diff options
author | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2022-01-26 21:10:01 +0000 |
---|---|---|
committer | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2022-01-26 21:10:01 +0000 |
commit | 304e0e3b95c57a37259a5350944a46a8a42499b3 (patch) | |
tree | 15223d83a7ed33a9517dc7605cf36c487d82c9cb /Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo | |
parent | 0b19d44096eb613853c6b04e08fbe716091c8798 (diff) |
latex2e-help-texinfo (26jan22)
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@61750 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo')
-rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog | 2358 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile | 3 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS | 93 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/README | 2 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/aspell.en.pws | 8 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/common.texi | 8 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk | 1977 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html | 8895 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf | bin | 1345654 -> 1358203 bytes | |||
-rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi | 2176 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt | 6203 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml | 6061 |
12 files changed, 16002 insertions, 11782 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog index e4dadad58cf..f7f8b0fd53b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog @@ -1,4 +1,2278 @@ +2022-01-26 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + January 2022 release to CTAN. + * NEWS: update. + +2022-01-26 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (Units of length): correct pt/mm/cm conversions. + Report from Geoff Odhner, 24 Jan 2022 22:08:58. + Also use @ftable, other wording changes. + +2022-01-17 Pieter van Oostrum <pieter@vanoostrum.org> + + * latex2e.texi (\hrulefill & \dotfill): replace "@" macros + with user-level macros. + +2021-12-09 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (NeedsAMSSymb flag, Footnotes in a table, Math + formulas, Math symbols): @file{...} -> @package{...}. + (sloppypar): Use EnvIndex + (Footnotes in a table): Use italic for book title _HMS + Surprise_. Add `tablefootnote' to package index. + (Math symbols, Math symbols, Math symbols, Math symbols) + (\DeclareGraphicsRule): Minor rewording ``with'' -> ``the ... of + which''. + (\resizebox): Fix example 1in -> 3.5in. + (\accent): Minor rewording ``constructs'' -> ``to construct''. Fix + example of use of \accent, and list all the cases. + (\openin & \openout): Fix compilation error introduced by K's + r1073. + +2021-11-13 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (\openin & \openout): max \openout for lualatex is + 127, not 255. Report from Faheem Mitha, 13 Nov 2021 16:08:07. + +2021-10-30 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi: use @r on remaining @findex lines that have + regular text, notably include @l{} and @L{}. + Use @c instead of @ignore ... @end ignore, so the spellcheck + ignores them. + Other small wording changes and typos. + +2021-10-28 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (Bib@TeX{} error messages): index entries, + mention aux file. + +2021-10-24 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (Bib@TeX{} error messages): new subsection, + suggested by bb, following + https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/618346. + Also fix some typos. + +2021-10-11 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak): translate + node. + +2021-10-11 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\day & \month & \year): Align translation on + English. + +2021-10-11 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\footnotetext): Align on en. + +2021-10-11 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Propagate Jim's r830. + (\providecommand): Align on en. + +2021-10-11 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Finish propagating Jim's r637. + (\linebreak & \nolinebreak): Align on English + (\hyphenation): Align on English, add some clarification about + internationalization package. + +2021-10-11 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\discretionary): Merge changes in English into + the French text. + (\fussy & \sloppy): Align on English. + (sloppypar): New node, translate from English. + (Letters): Align on English text, example with ``Ninon de l'Enclos''. + (\address): Align on English text, add example with ``Stephen Maturin''. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\footnotemark): Align on en. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Footnotes in section headings) + (Footnotes in a table): swap nodes + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Line breaking): Reword along my proposal at + https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000822.html. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Footnotes of footnotes): Add and translate this node. + (Footnotes): Align on English. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbolDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbol): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextCompositeCommand): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextComposite): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextCommandDefault & + \ProvideTextCommandDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\LastDeclaredEncoding): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccentDefault): @var{cmd} -> + \@var{cmd}. + (\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand): Translate this node. + (\providecommand): @var{cmd} -> \@var{cmd}. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccentDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccent): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes. + (\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Implement fix suggested by Laurent Van + Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html. + (\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using + it. + (lrbox): Typos. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem + Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbol): Fix guillemet glyph for + PDF output. + (\subsection): Fix Greek letter glyphs for the PDF output. + (verse): Align on English with better examples. + (Math symbols): Add \Phi --- as per Jim's r722. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\parindent & \parskip): Align this node on en. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Add link to the English version in the HTML + header. + (\left & \right): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\bigl & \bigr etc.): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Calligraphic, Delimiters): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Start page, give new URL + https://latexref.xyz/fr for the French version. + (Math symbols): Mention mathtools, as in current English version, + but fr still needs alignment. Add menu & create all sub-nodes. + (Math miscellany): Remove dots --- they have their own node. + (Arrows): Translate from en. + (\boldmath & \unboldmath, Blackboard bold, Dots, Greek letters): + Translate these nodes + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Accents): adjust \t text to make HTML output + not wrong --- propagate Jim's r1027. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Produce the index manually): New node, creation + & translation from English. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\footnotemark): Align on en. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Footnotes in section headings) + (Footnotes in a table): swap nodes + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Line breaking): Reword along my proposal at + https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000822.html. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Footnotes of footnotes): Add and translate this node. + (Footnotes): Align on English. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbolDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbol): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextCompositeCommand): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextComposite): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextCommandDefault & + \ProvideTextCommandDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\LastDeclaredEncoding): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccentDefault): @var{cmd} -> + \@var{cmd}. + (\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand): Translate this node. + (\providecommand): @var{cmd} -> \@var{cmd}. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccentDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccent): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos. + (\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Implement fix suggested by Laurent Van + Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html. + (\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using + it. + (lrbox): Typoes. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem + Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbol): Fix guillemet glyph for PDF output. + (\subsection): Fix Greek letter glyphs for the PDF output. + (verse): Align on English with better examples. + (Math symbols): Add \Phi --- as per Jim's r722. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\parindent & \parskip): Align this node on en. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Add link to the English version in the HTML + header. + (\left & \right): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\bigl & \bigr etc.): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Calligraphic, Delimiters): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Start page, give new URL + https://latexref.xyz/fr for the French version. + (Math symbols): Mention mathtools, as in current English version, + but fr still needs alignment. Add menu & create all sub-nodes. + (Math miscellany): Remove dots --- they have their own node. + (Arrows): Translate from en. + (\boldmath & \unboldmath, Blackboard bold, Dots, Greek letters): + Translate these nodes + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Accents): adjust \t text to make HTML output + not wrong --- propagate Jim's r1027. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Produce the index manually): New node, creation + & translation from English. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\footnotemark): Align on en. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Footnotes in section headings) + (Footnotes in a table): swap nodes + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Line breaking): Reword along my proposal at + https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000822.html. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Footnotes of footnotes): Add and translate this node. + (Footnotes): Align on English. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbolDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbol): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextCompositeCommand): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextComposite): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextCommandDefault & + \ProvideTextCommandDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\LastDeclaredEncoding): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccentDefault): @var{cmd} -> + \@var{cmd}. + (\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand): Translate this node. + (\providecommand): @var{cmd} -> \@var{cmd}. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccentDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccent): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos. + (\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Implement fix suggested by Laurent Van + Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html. + (\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using + it. + (lrbox): Typos. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem + Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbol): Fix guillemet glyph for PDF output. + (\subsection): Fix Greek letter glyphs for the PDF output. + (verse): Align on English with better examples. + (Math symbols): Add \Phi --- as per Jim's r722. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\parindent & \parskip): Align this node on en. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Add link to the English version in the HTML + header. + (\left & \right): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\bigl & \bigr etc.): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Calligraphic, Delimiters): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Start page, give new URL + https://latexref.xyz/fr for the French version. + (Math symbols): Mention mathtools, as in current English version, + but fr still needs alignment. Add menu & create all sub-nodes. + (Math miscellany): Remove dots --- they have their own node. + (Arrows): Translate from en. + (\boldmath & \unboldmath, Blackboard bold, Dots, Greek letters): + Translate these nodes + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Accents): adjust \t text to make HTML output + not wrong --- propagate Jim's r1027. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Produce the index manually): New node, creation + & translation from English. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\footnotemark): Align on en. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Footnotes in section headings) + (Footnotes in a table): swap nodes + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Line breaking): Reword along my proposal at + https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000822.html. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Footnotes of footnotes): Add and translate this node. + (Footnotes): Align on English. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbolDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbol): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextCompositeCommand): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextComposite): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextCommandDefault & + \ProvideTextCommandDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\LastDeclaredEncoding): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccentDefault): @var{cmd} -> + \@var{cmd}. + (\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand): Translate this node. + (\providecommand): @var{cmd} -> \@var{cmd}. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccentDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccent): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos. + (\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Implement fix suggested by Laurent Van + Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html. + (\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using + it. + (lrbox): Typos. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem + Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbol): Fix guillemet glyph for PDF output. + (\subsection): Fix Greek letter glyphs for the PDF output. + (verse): Align on English with better examples. + (Math symbols): Add \Phi --- as per Jim's r722. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\parindent & \parskip): Align this node on en. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Add link to the English version in the HTML + header. + (\left & \right): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\bigl & \bigr etc.): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Calligraphic, Delimiters): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Start page, give new URL + https://latexref.xyz/fr for the French version. + (Math symbols): Mention mathtools, as in current English version, + but fr still needs alignment. Add menu & create all sub-nodes. + (Math miscellany): Remove dots --- they have their own node. + (Arrows): Translate from en. + (\boldmath & \unboldmath, Blackboard bold, Dots, Greek letters): + Translate these nodes + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Accents): adjust \t text to make HTML output + not wrong --- propagate Jim's r1027. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Produce the index manually): New node, creation + & translation from English. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\footnotemark): Align on en. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Footnotes in section headings) + (Footnotes in a table): swap nodes + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Line breaking): Reword along my proposal at + https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000822.html. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Footnotes of footnotes): Add and translate this node. + (Footnotes): Align on English. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbolDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbol): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextCompositeCommand): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextComposite): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextCommandDefault & + \ProvideTextCommandDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\LastDeclaredEncoding): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccentDefault): @var{cmd} -> + \@var{cmd}. + (\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand): Translate this node. + (\providecommand): @var{cmd} -> \@var{cmd}. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccentDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccent): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos. + (\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Implement fix suggested by Laurent Van + Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html. + (\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using + it. + (lrbox): Typos. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem + Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbol): Fix guillemet glyph for PDF output. + (\subsection): Fix Greek letter glyphs for the PDF output. + (verse): Align on English with better examples. + (Math symbols): Add \Phi --- as per Jim's r722. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\parindent & \parskip): Align this node on en. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Add link to the English version in the HTML + header. + (\left & \right): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\bigl & \bigr etc.): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Calligraphic, Delimiters): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Start page, give new URL + https://latexref.xyz/fr for the French version. + (Math symbols): Mention mathtools, as in current English version, + but fr still needs alignment. Add menu & create all sub-nodes. + (Math miscellany): Remove dots --- they have their own node. + (Arrows): Translate from en. + (\boldmath & \unboldmath, Blackboard bold, Dots, Greek letters): + Translate these nodes + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Accents): adjust \t text to make HTML output + not wrong --- propagate Jim's r1027. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Produce the index manually): New node, creation + & translation from English. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\footnotemark): Align on en. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Footnotes in section headings) + (Footnotes in a table): swap nodes + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Line breaking): Reword along my proposal at + https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000822.html. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Footnotes of footnotes): Add and translate this node. + (Footnotes): Align on English. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbolDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbol): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextCompositeCommand): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextComposite): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextCommandDefault & + \ProvideTextCommandDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\LastDeclaredEncoding): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccentDefault): @var{cmd} -> + \@var{cmd}. + (\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand): Translate this node. + (\providecommand): @var{cmd} -> \@var{cmd}. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccentDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccent): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos. + (\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Implement fix suggested by Laurent Van + Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html. + (\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using + it. + (lrbox): Typos. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem + Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbol): Fix guillemet glyph for PDF output. + (\subsection): Fix Greek letter glyphs for the PDF output. + (verse): Align on English with better examples. + (Math symbols): Add \Phi --- as per Jim's r722. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\parindent & \parskip): Align this node on en. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Add link to the English version in the HTML + header. + (\left & \right): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\bigl & \bigr etc.): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Calligraphic, Delimiters): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Start page, give new URL + https://latexref.xyz/fr for the French version. + (Math symbols): Mention mathtools, as in current English version, + but fr still needs alignment. Add menu & create all sub-nodes. + (Math miscellany): Remove dots --- they have their own node. + (Arrows): Translate from en. + (\boldmath & \unboldmath, Blackboard bold, Dots, Greek letters): + Translate these nodes + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Accents): adjust \t text to make HTML output + not wrong --- propagate Jim's r1027. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Produce the index manually): New node, creation + & translation from English. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\footnotemark): Align on en. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Footnotes in section headings) + (Footnotes in a table): swap nodes + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Line breaking): Reword along my proposal at + https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000822.html. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Footnotes of footnotes): Add and translate this node. + (Footnotes): Align on English. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbolDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbol): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextCompositeCommand): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextComposite): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextCommandDefault & + \ProvideTextCommandDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\LastDeclaredEncoding): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccentDefault): @var{cmd} -> + \@var{cmd}. + (\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand): Translate this node. + (\providecommand): @var{cmd} -> \@var{cmd}. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccentDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccent): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos. + (\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Implement fix suggested by Laurent Van + Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html. + (\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using + it. + (lrbox): Typos. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem + Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbol): Fix guillemet glyph for PDF output. + (\subsection): Fix Greek letter glyphs for the PDF output. + (verse): Align on English with better examples. + (Math symbols): Add \Phi --- as per Jim's r722. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\parindent & \parskip): Align this node on en. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Add link to the English version in the HTML + header. + (\left & \right): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\bigl & \bigr etc.): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Calligraphic, Delimiters): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Start page, give new URL + https://latexref.xyz/fr for the French version. + (Math symbols): Mention mathtools, as in current English version, + but fr still needs alignment. Add menu & create all sub-nodes. + (Math miscellany): Remove dots --- they have their own node. + (Arrows): Translate from en. + (\boldmath & \unboldmath, Blackboard bold, Dots, Greek letters): + Translate these nodes + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Accents): adjust \t text to make HTML output + not wrong --- propagate Jim's r1027. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Produce the index manually): New node, creation + & translation from English. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\footnotemark): Align on en. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Footnotes in section headings) + (Footnotes in a table): swap nodes + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Line breaking): Reword along my proposal at + https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000822.html. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Footnotes of footnotes): Add and translate this node. + (Footnotes): Align on English. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbolDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbol): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextCompositeCommand): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextComposite): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextCommandDefault & + \ProvideTextCommandDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\LastDeclaredEncoding): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccentDefault): @var{cmd} -> + \@var{cmd}. + (\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand): Translate this node. + (\providecommand): @var{cmd} -> \@var{cmd}. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccentDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccent): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos. + (\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Implement fix suggested by Laurent Van + Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html. + (\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using + it. + (lrbox): Typos. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem + Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbol): Fix guillemet glyph for PDF output. + (\subsection): Fix Greek letter glyphs for the PDF output. + (verse): Align on English with better examples. + (Math symbols): Add \Phi --- as per Jim's r722. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\parindent & \parskip): Align this node on en. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Add link to the English version in the HTML + header. + (\left & \right): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\bigl & \bigr etc.): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Calligraphic, Delimiters): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Start page, give new URL + https://latexref.xyz/fr for the French version. + (Math symbols): Mention mathtools, as in current English version, + but fr still needs alignment. Add menu & create all sub-nodes. + (Math miscellany): Remove dots --- they have their own node. + (Arrows): Translate from en. + (\boldmath & \unboldmath, Blackboard bold, Dots, Greek letters): + Translate these nodes + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Accents): adjust \t text to make HTML output + not wrong --- propagate Jim's r1027. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Produce the index manually): New node, creation + & translation from English. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\footnotemark): Align on en. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Footnotes in section headings) + (Footnotes in a table): swap nodes + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Line breaking): Reword along my proposal at + https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000822.html. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Footnotes of footnotes): Add and translate this node. + (Footnotes): Align on English. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbolDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbol): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextCompositeCommand): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextComposite): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextCommandDefault & + \ProvideTextCommandDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\LastDeclaredEncoding): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccentDefault): @var{cmd} -> + \@var{cmd}. + (\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand): Translate this node. + (\providecommand): @var{cmd} -> \@var{cmd}. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccentDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccent): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos. + (\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Implement fix suggested by Laurent Van + Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html. + (\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using + it. + (lrbox): Typos. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem + Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbol): Fix guillemet glyph for PDF output. + (\subsection): Fix Greek letter glyphs for the PDF output. + (verse): Align on English with better examples. + (Math symbols): Add \Phi --- as per Jim's r722. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\parindent & \parskip): Align this node on en. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Add link to the English version in the HTML + header. + (\left & \right): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\bigl & \bigr etc.): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Calligraphic, Delimiters): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Start page, give new URL + https://latexref.xyz/fr for the French version. + (Math symbols): Mention mathtools, as in current English version, + but fr still needs alignment. Add menu & create all sub-nodes. + (Math miscellany): Remove dots --- they have their own node. + (Arrows): Translate from en. + (\boldmath & \unboldmath, Blackboard bold, Dots, Greek letters): + Translate these nodes + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Accents): adjust \t text to make HTML output + not wrong --- propagate Jim's r1027. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Produce the index manually): New node, creation + & translation from English. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\footnotemark): Align on en. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Footnotes in section headings) + (Footnotes in a table): swap nodes + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Line breaking): Reword along my proposal at + https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000822.html. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Footnotes of footnotes): Add and translate this node. + (Footnotes): Align on English. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbolDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbol): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextCompositeCommand): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextComposite): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextCommandDefault & + \ProvideTextCommandDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\LastDeclaredEncoding): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccentDefault): @var{cmd} -> + \@var{cmd}. + (\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand): Translate this node. + (\providecommand): @var{cmd} -> \@var{cmd}. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccentDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccent): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos. + (\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Implement fix suggested by Laurent Van + Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html. + (\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using + it. + (lrbox): Typos. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem + Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbol): Fix guillemet glyph for PDF output. + (\subsection): Fix Greek letter glyphs for the PDF output. + (verse): Align on English with better examples. + (Math symbols): Add \Phi --- as per Jim's r722. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\parindent & \parskip): Align this node on en. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Add link to the English version in the HTML + header. + (\left & \right): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\bigl & \bigr etc.): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Calligraphic, Delimiters): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Start page, give new URL + https://latexref.xyz/fr for the French version. + (Math symbols): Mention mathtools, as in current English version, + but fr still needs alignment. Add menu & create all sub-nodes. + (Math miscellany): Remove dots --- they have their own node. + (Arrows): Translate from en. + (\boldmath & \unboldmath, Blackboard bold, Dots, Greek letters): + Translate these nodes + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Accents): adjust \t text to make HTML output + not wrong --- propagate Jim's r1027. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Produce the index manually): New node, creation + & translation from English. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\footnotemark): Align on en. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Footnotes in section headings) + (Footnotes in a table): swap nodes + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Line breaking): Reword along my proposal at + https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000822.html. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Footnotes of footnotes): Add and translate this node. + (Footnotes): Align on English. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbolDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbol): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextCompositeCommand): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextComposite): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextCommandDefault & + \ProvideTextCommandDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\LastDeclaredEncoding): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccentDefault): @var{cmd} -> + \@var{cmd}. + (\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand): Translate this node. + (\providecommand): @var{cmd} -> \@var{cmd}. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccentDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccent): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos. + (\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Implement fix suggested by Laurent Van + Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html. + (\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using + it. + (lrbox): Typos. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem + Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbol): Fix guillemet glyph for PDF output. + (\subsection): Fix Greek letter glyphs for the PDF output. + (verse): Align on English with better examples. + (Math symbols): Add \Phi --- as per Jim's r722. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\parindent & \parskip): Align this node on en. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Add link to the English version in the HTML + header. + (\left & \right): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\bigl & \bigr etc.): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Calligraphic, Delimiters): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Start page, give new URL + https://latexref.xyz/fr for the French version. + (Math symbols): Mention mathtools, as in current English version, + but fr still needs alignment. Add menu & create all sub-nodes. + (Math miscellany): Remove dots --- they have their own node. + (Arrows): Translate from en. + (\boldmath & \unboldmath, Blackboard bold, Dots, Greek letters): + Translate these nodes + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Accents): adjust \t text to make HTML output + not wrong --- propagate Jim's r1027. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Produce the index manually): New node, creation + & translation from English. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\footnotemark): Align on en. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Footnotes in section headings) + (Footnotes in a table): swap nodes + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Line breaking): Reword along my proposal at + https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000822.html. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Footnotes of footnotes): Add and translate this node. + (Footnotes): Align on English. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbolDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbol): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextCompositeCommand): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextComposite): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextCommandDefault & + \ProvideTextCommandDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\LastDeclaredEncoding): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccentDefault): @var{cmd} -> + \@var{cmd}. + (\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand): Translate this node. + (\providecommand): @var{cmd} -> \@var{cmd}. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccentDefault): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextAccent): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos. + (\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Implement fix suggested by Laurent Van + Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html. + (\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using + it. + (lrbox): Typos. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem + Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbol): Fix guillemet glyph for PDF output. + (\subsection): Fix Greek letter glyphs for the PDF output. + (verse): Align on English with better examples. + (Math symbols): Add \Phi --- as per Jim's r722. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\parindent & \parskip): Align this node on en. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Add link to the English version in the HTML + header. + (\left & \right): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\bigl & \bigr etc.): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Calligraphic, Delimiters): Translate node. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Start page, give new URL + https://latexref.xyz/fr for the French version. + (Math symbols): Mention mathtools, as in current English version, + but fr still needs alignment. Add menu & create all sub-nodes. + (Math miscellany): Remove dots --- they have their own node. + (Arrows): Translate from en. + (\boldmath & \unboldmath, Blackboard bold, Dots, Greek letters): + Translate these nodes + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Accents): adjust \t text to make HTML output + not wrong --- propagate Jim's r1027. + +2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Produce the index manually): New node, creation + & translation from English. + +2021-10-05 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * README-fr (outline): Mention how it was translated concerning + font shape. + + * Makefile.1: Add dependance to common.texi where applicable. + +2021-10-05 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (\DeclareFontEncoding): ``or'' -> ``and'' in + ``@code{\selectfont} and @code{\fontencoding}'', see https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000824.html. + (\DeclareTextAccent): Define word ``slot''. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000825.html. + (\DeclareTextAccentDefault, \DeclareTextCommand & + \ProvideTextCommand, \DeclareTextCommandDefault & + \ProvideTextCommandDefault, \DeclareTextComposite) + (\DeclareTextCompositeCommand, \DeclareTextSymbol) + (\DeclareTextSymbolDefault, \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent) + (\providecommand): ``@var{cmd}'' -> ``\@var{cmd}''. + (\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand): Remove + ``\DeclareTextCommandDefault'' from index. Add \DeclareTextSymbol + to index. + (\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand): Typo on + ``@var{optargdefault}''. + (\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault) + (\DeclareTextComposite): ``location'' -> ``slot''. + (Line breaking): Mention within @ignore comment alternative text + concerning word processors, see + https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000803.html + (\footnotemark): @code{...}-ify ``footnote''. Typo. + (Footnotes of footnotes): Remove ``First'' concerning Wilson + theorem, see + https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000839.html. + (\providecommand ): In exemple does not use the same definition + twice to illustrate that the first one met is that used. + + * latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e-fr/latex2e-figures: Symlink to + the English one. + +2021-09-15 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (\DeclareFontEncoding): ``or'' -> ``and'', + concerning \selectfont & \fontencoding. + (\DeclareTextAccent): Add definition of slot, and index it. + (\DeclareTextAccentDefault, \DeclareTextCommand & + \ProvideTextCommand, \DeclareTextCommandDefault & + \ProvideTextCommandDefault, \DeclareTextComposite) + (\DeclareTextCompositeCommand, \DeclareTextSymbol) + (\DeclareTextSymbolDefault, \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent) + (\providecommand): @var{cmd} -> \@var{cmd} + some + @code{...}-ification. + (\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand): Suppress + \DeclareTextCommandDefault from index. Some rewording. Add + \DeclareTextSymbol to index, where applicable. Typos. + (\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault): @noindent + inserted. + (\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault) + (\DeclareTextComposite): ``location'' -> ``slot''. + (Line breaking): Recall as @ignored text the alternative wording + about differing line break adjustments. + (Footnotes of footnotes): ``First noted in Wilson'' -> ``Noted in + Wilson''. + +2021-09-05 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi Implement fix suggested by Laurent Van Deik. + (\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using it. + (lrbox): Fix @xref. + +2021-09-01 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (\multicolumn): Typo, credits Faheem Mitha + 2021-09-01 on latexrefman list. + +2021-09-01 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * common.texi (\mathbbN): New math symbol. + + * latex2e.texi (\DeclareTextSymbol): Fix \guillemotleft TeX output. + (\parindent & \parskip): Use @dmn, plus some rewording, classes + not styles. + (Blackboard bold): Use new math symbol \mathbbN defined in + common.texi. + (Delimiters): ``starred version'' -> ``starred form''. + (\left & \right): Add linke to node ``Reserved + characters''. ``contained'' -> ``enclosed'' for consistency. + (\bigl & \bigr etc.): Insert a space for the info output. Reword + ``be the same'' -> ``match together'', ``and'' -> ``or''. + (Produce the index manually): @command{...}-ify ``makeindex''. + +2021-08-26 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (\newline): Clarify phrase ``prior text''. Fix + example: ``{...}'' -> ``@{...}''. + (\- (hyphenation)): Clarify that specified hyphenation points are + valid even though TeX might have chosen the same one. ``insist + on'' -> ``force''. + (\discretionary): Fix punctuation. @sample{...}-ize letter f. Add + texi-escaped text from fr, for translation by Jim. + (\fussy & \sloppy): Clarify end of paragraph. + (\hyphenation): Restore text ``no inflections are tried'', and + insert also some @ignored text from fr for Jim to translate. + (\linebreak & \nolinebreak): Add ``lying between 0 and 4'', just + the name of the @var{...} does not says that, as this is arbitrary + text. Clarify what is meant by line extending. + (\linebreak & \nolinebreak, \printindex): Observe 2 empty lines + before next node. + +2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: (\newline, \- (hyphenation)): Align on en --- + propagate Jim's r636. Change ``insist on'' to ``force'' concerning + forced hyphenation with ``-\linebreak''. + (\newline): Fix the example with \newline in a tabular. + +2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Line breaking, \\, \obeycr & \restorecr): Align + on Jim's r636. + (\fussy & \sloppy): Merge node \fussy & node \sloppy in one node, + as in r636. Alignment to en still needs some work. + +2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Complete propagation of Jim's r631. + (picture): Typos. Propagate some fixes by Jim's r631: .3 -> 0.3, + lR -> LR, menu descriptions. + (\put, \multiput): Propagate Jim's r631. + (\qbezier): Typos. + (\line): Rename xpente ypente to x_avance, y_monte, to stick to + the English original. Remove extra indexation of pict2e as in my + r994. + (\linethickness): Add some references as in my r994. + (\thinlines, \thicklines): Propagate Jim's r631. + (\circle): Typos. + (\oval): @dfn{...}-ize word oval as in my r994. Propagate Jim's + r631. + (\shortstack): Propagate Jim's r631. + +2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: No other changes than node reordering. + +2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Low-level font commands): Translate ``ol'' by + ``D\'etour\'e'' on a recommendation by Jean-C\^ome Charpentier. + + * README-fr: Add credit to Jean-C\^ome for the translation of outline + font shape. + +2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (array): Fix typos. Align on English, notably + Karl's r504. + +2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (fontenc package): Suppress + ``\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}'' --- as per Jim's r908 + Rename ``\UseTextAccent & \UseTextSymbol'' to ``\UseTextSymbol & + \UseTextAccent'' + (Font styles): Typos. + (minipage): Add argument ``{\columnwidth}'' --- as per Jim's r908 + +2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (makeindex): Re-align node translation on English. + +2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Make formatting of package names uniform. + +2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\twocolumn): Typo. + (\caption): Translate the node --- propagate Jim's r988. + (figure, table): add reference to node \caption --- propagate Jim's + r988. + (\numberline): @example ... @end example around some example --- + propagate Jim's r988. + +2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex-fr.texi (\index): realign on English. + +2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\printindex): Align on English. + (makeindex): move some text from \printindex. + +2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Indexes): re-align node on English + (\index, makeindex, \printindex): Create new nodes with old French + text, they will need translation refurbish. + +2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Counters): Add index entry for each standard + counter. Typos on standard counter names. + +2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Font sizes): Propagate Jim's r950 on font size + change warning in math mode. + (\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom): Propagate Jim's r950 on + replacing Mark Twain's controversial quote. + (\strut): Propagate Jim's r950 on restoring d instead of + \mathrm{d} for integral infenitesimal variation. + +2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Math formulas): Add ``Math styles'' to menu. + (Math styles): Add & translate node. + (~): Use French bullet for itemize. + +2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: adopt HTML head from easyurls for .texi file + +2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: adopt HTML head from easyurls for .texi file + +2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Text symbols): more \text... dash characters in + LaTeX June 2021 release + +2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Two blank lines before each node. Remove line + trailing blanks. + +2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Definitions): add to menu ``\ignorespaces & + \ignorespacesafterend'' & ``xspace package''. + (\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend, xspace package): and & + translate these nodes. + (Footnote parameters): typos. + (Footnote parameters, \mathstrut, \strut): Add ``\'etai'' --- ie + strut --- to index. + +2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (xr package): Translate from en. + +2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (inputenc package): Translate from en. + +2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (~): Translate node. + +2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Command line interface, Command line options) + (Command line input): Align on English. + (Command line input): Typo. + +2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\baselineskip & \baselinestretch): typo. + (Units of length): typo on ``cicero'' + add ``douze''. + (Jobname): rework the node. + +2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Units of length, \footnote): lower case in index + entries. + (Units of length): add some anchors. + (Expressions): scaled point, add reference to ``Unit of length''. + (\contentsline): typo. + (Command line interface): index, ``command line inrterface'' to follow + Karl's r928. + +2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Low-level font commands): Place @anchor before @item. + (low level font commands fontseries): Typo. + (Low-level font commands fontsize): Remove item about + \baselinestrech and refer to node ``\baselineskip & + \baselinestretch'' instead. + (low level font commands linespread): Simplify text with a + reference to node ``\baselineskip & \baselinestretch''. + (Low-level font commands): <<commandes de police>> -> <<commandes + de fonte>>. + (\baselineskip & \baselinestretch): Restore the statement about + setspace package that it does not change the baseline skip in + footnotes and caption. + +2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\baselineskip & \baselinestretch): Add & translate + this node. + +2021-08-24 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (Producing the index manually): Add subsection. + Provides a place to define theindex environment.on \caption. + +2021-08-22 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * writing.html (Document structure): Add item ``Check + references''. + + * latex2e.texi (array): Add reference to ``Modes'' where + applicable, and change erroneous reference to ``Modes'' into + ``Math styles''. Remove ``(package)'' from @PkdIndex argument, the + macro already adds this. @file -> @pacakge. + (\line): Remove extra indexing of ``pict2e'' as a package. + (\linethickness): Add reference to ``\oval'', as ovals are not + ellipse and you have to read the \oval node to know this. + (\thicklines): Fix reference ``picture'' -> ``\qbezier''. + (\oval): @dfn{...}-ize the term oval. ``boxes'' -> ``frames''. + (\shortstack): Fix the example which did not compile, and make it + complete. Clarify \makebox is used. Clarify baseline skip and not + just height can be controlled in some ways. + (makeindex): Clarify index of makeindex by mentionning + ``program''. @var{attributes} -> @var{attribute}s. ``output file'' + -> ``output index file''. ``starting with a'' -> ``starting with + letter a'', otherwise it sounds strange because ``a'' is an + article in English, as in ``*a* pear''. @uref{...}-ize the xindy + URL. + +2021-08-21 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * writing.html (Document structure): new section. + +2021-08-19 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi: in all document uniformize @code{...} or + @file{...} for package names to @code{...}. + +2021-08-19 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (\caption): Clarify ``vertical'' blank. Use @pxref + where applicable. ``moving text'' -> ``moving argument''. + (\index): Mention that " also needs escaping. + +2021-08-17 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * writing.html (Coding conventions): Mention to use @PkgIndex + where applicable. + + * latex2e.texi (Font sizes): typo. + (Low-level font commands): Place @anchor{...} immediately before + @item, see this thread + https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/help-texinfo/2021-08/msg00000.html + For \linespread reword text about setspace package with a + reference to node ``\baselineskip & \baselinestretch''. + (\baselineskip & \baselinestretch): @dfn{...}-ize word + ``leading''. @dmn{...}-ize units. Reword statement about baskine + skip/font size ratio. @noindent after example. Restore statement + about setspace producing single-spaced lines where typically + desirable. + (xr package): Use @PkgIndex. @noindent before or, after + example. @code -> @file. + (\footnote): index strut. + (\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend): blanks, not spaces. And + also says that a box, not only a non-blank stops the + space-ignoring. Typo, add ``\''. + (xspace package): Reword to use ``control sequence'', ``control + word'', ``control symbol'' and add reference to ``Control + sequences'' node. Say to place \xspace at the very end of the + definition. Clarify \xspaceaddexceptions example adds two + exceptions. + (Expressions): Add reference about scaled points. + (\mathstrut): index strut. + (~): @dfn{...}-ize word ``tie''. Add a note that meaning of + ``tie'' in typography differs from this TeX-community specific + meaning. Reword what concerns label/number month/day tieing. + (inputenc package): @samp{...}-ize @"{a}. index+anchor for \inputenc macro. + (Indexes): clarify the showidx places the note where \index + is. Comment in example for filename. Reword the enigmatic + ``nothing appears''. + (\index): ``\'' -> ``|'' where applicable. ``page entry'' -> + ``page number''. ``see'' not ``See'' is the default, same for + ``see also''. ``\seename'' is a no-arg macro, ``see'' is a two arg + macro. + (\printindex): Remove one too many @findex. Add @PkgIndex{makeidx}. + (Command line input): Add reference to Jobname node. + (Jobname): index ``root file'', and explain this term and its + relation to job name. ``For example'' -> ``That is'', and reword + ``before any output'' to ``before any input file is met''. + +2021-08-16 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (\caption): Add section on \caption. Put in + cross-references to figure and table entries. + +2021-08-13 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (Command line input): Replace the graphics draft + option example with \includeonly{} example. + +2021-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\@@dottedtocline, \numberline): New nodes, + translate them to English. + +2021-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Table of contents etc., \contentsline): Add + node \contentsline and translate it. + (\addcontentsline): Realign on English. + +2021-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\fbox & \framebox): realign on English. + +2021-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\mbox & \makebox): align on English. Plus some + typos correction. + +2021-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip): align on English. + +2021-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Control sequence): Create node. + +2021-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Making paragraph): align on English. + +2021-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\settoheight, \settowidth): align on English. + +2021-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\settodepth): align on English. + +2021-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\addtolength): Align node on English. + +2021-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Update copyright notice & credits, cf rev 684. + (\setlength): Align node en English. + +2021-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\newlength): align on English. + +2021-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): Typo. + (\par): Translated from English. + (Modes): Re-align on English. + +2021-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\par): New node --- to be translated. + (\addvspace): Realign on English. + +2021-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\vspace): Re-align one English. + +2021-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\strut): translate node from English. + +2021-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\/): align node on English. + +2021-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\thinspace & \negthinspace): Re-align on English. + +2021-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\(SPACE)): Re-align on English. + +2021-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\normalsfcodes): translate node to French. + +2021-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\spacefactor): Translate menu entry + \@. (\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing): Align on the English. + +2021-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\hspace): Re-align node on English version. + +2021-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\mathstrut): Translate node. + +2021-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom): Translate node to French. + +2021-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\smash): translate node to French. + +2021-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Spacing in math mode): Align on English version. + (\smash, \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom, \mathstrut): New nodes to be translated. + +2021-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Expressions): Translate the node to French. + +2021-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\hss): Translate node to French. + +2021-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (Command line input): Add more text from the French + version to be translated. + (\day & \month & \year): wording + refer to Command line input. + (\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip): wording. + (\mbox & \makebox): add TODO after discussion with Karl. + (\fbox & \framebox): ``lines'' -> ``rules''. Remove word + ``split''. ``height'' -> ``total height''. Suppress spurious space + in example. + (\@@dottedtocline): Ref to \contentsline + wording. + (\addcontentsline): Add some refs, notably about root-name + some + clarification & wording. + (\contentsline): base file -> root file. tocloft & hyperref to + Index + clarification about the hyperref addition error. + (\numberline): Minor fix. + (Command line input): Slurp the text from the French version. + +2021-08-11 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (Indexes): Expand section header text. + +2021-08-11 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (\newlength): ``command sequence'' -> ``control + sequence''. + (Making paragraphs): Clarify the empty lines are in the source + code. Clarify that the paragrapgh separation can have more than + one blank line, and the line may be not empty for the + blanks. ``line'' -> ``blank line'' where applicable for clarity. Typo. + (\par): Refer to node ``Making paragraph'' for the usual par + separator. Fix description of what \par does in LR and in + paragraph mode. + (Modes): Clarify that ``paragraph mode'' is the same as + ``horizontal mode'' and the the actual page breaks occur in outer + vertical mode, horizontal mode gets just the line break positions. + +2021-08-11 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (\newcommand & \renewcommand): ``alphabetic control + sequence'' -> ``control word''. + (Control sequences): new node. + (\newlength): ``@var{arg}'' -> ``\@var{len}''. + (\setlength, \addtolength, \settoheight, \settodepth, \settowidth): + ``@var{len}'' -> ``\@var{len}''. Fix error messages description. + (\(SPACE)): Indicate leading blanks are ignored. + +2021-08-09 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (Font sizes): Add paragraph on using font size + commands in formulas. + +2021-08-09 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (\normalsfcodes): ``space factor values'' -> + ``space factors''. + (\(SPACE) ): @key{...}-ify index entries such as \NEWLINE -> + \@key{NEWLINE}. Use a two column table in the exemple to stress + change of space amount. Make more generic the statement about + collapsing whatever blanks in a single white space. Improve + description how to prevent a control sequence from swallowing + subsequent spaces. + (\thinspace & \negthinspace): For consistency @file{...}-ize + package names. + (\/): @dfn{...}-ize ``slant parameter''. + (\strut): and -> or. Clarify where the problem happens in the + lists example. \mathrm{...}-ize d in integral dt. Calrify that \\ + optional argument changes the baseline skip. + (\addvspace): Fix missing ``\'' + clarifications. + +2021-08-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (\hspace, \vspace): add missing ``is'' before ``non-discardable''. + (\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing): Add anchor to old node name. + (\vspace): version -> form, concerning *-forms. + +2021-08-07 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom): Fix Twain's quotation. + (\hspace): distinguish ``space'' from ``amount of space''. version + -> form concerning *-forms. + (\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing): node renamed from + \frenchspacing. Some rewording. + +2021-08-05 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (Math styles): Add section on Math styles, + include moving some material from Math formulas and expanding. + +2021-08-05 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (Spacing in math mode): wording + adjustments. amsmath as a package + send to index. + +2021-08-04 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Spaces): Re-align on the English version. + (\enspace & \quad & \qquad): New node, translate from English. + (\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak, \strut): New nodes to be + translated + (\vspace, \vfill, \addvspace): Change order of these nodes to align the + doc strcuture on English version. + +2021-08-04 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\newcommand & \renewcommand): Align node on + English version. + +2021-08-04 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\clearpage & \cleardoublepage): Align node on + English version. + +2021-08-04 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\centering): Align node on English version. + +2021-08-03 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (fontenc package): Translate the node to French. + (list): typos. + (\@@ ): Translate the node to French. + +2021-08-03 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (fontenc package): Add fontspec to the package + index + add word put. + (\newcommand & \renewcommand): letter -> character, as \ is not a + letter + minor clarification. + +2021-07-26 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (\pagebreak & \nopagebreak): add mention of + \samepage and samepage environment; note they are obsolete and + unreliable. + 2021-07-24 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + New release for CTAN, version of July 2021. 2021-07-21 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> @@ -140,7 +2414,7 @@ 2020-12-30 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> - * latex2e-fr.texi: Few typoes. + * latex2e-fr.texi: Few typos. * NEWS-fr: Delivery note December 2020 French delivery to CTAN. @@ -207,7 +2481,7 @@ * latex2e.texi (verbatim): Explain why it cannot be used within a macro argument. Forward reference to CTAN node. - * latex2e-fr.texi (\verb): Typoes. + * latex2e-fr.texi (\verb): Typos. (verbatim): Align on English. 2020-12-24 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> @@ -274,7 +2548,7 @@ separator, but for English it also make the column alignment easier. - * latex2e-fr.texi (list): Complete translation + fix typoes. + * latex2e-fr.texi (list): Complete translation + fix typos. (minipage): Fix translation, do not use inches (French people don't understand what it means). Fix the neighbourhood population example. @@ -396,7 +2670,7 @@ * latex2e-fr.texi (\ref): typo, ``item'' duplicate word removal. Reported by Denis Bitouz\'e. - (figure): Typoes. + (figure): Typos. 2020-12-08 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> @@ -524,7 +2798,7 @@ 2020-09-06 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi: Finalize propagating Jim's r649, notably - include article template. Fix lots of typoes. + include article template. Fix lots of typos. * latex2e.texi: Insert a comma after @xref{...} wherever applicable. @@ -596,7 +2870,11 @@ * latex2e-fr.texi (minipage): Re-align on English translation. - * latex2e.texi (minipage): Typoes + insert a few TODO comments. + * latex2e.texi (minipage): Typos + insert a few TODO comments. + +2020-07-124 Jim Hefferon <jim@joshua.smcvt.edu> + + * July 2020 release. 2020-07-13 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> @@ -772,7 +3050,7 @@ 2020-04-16 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> - * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package construction): Typoes. + * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package construction): Typos. (\write): Clarify example comment, \og courant\fg \rightarrow \og racine\fg. (\wlog): Suppress spurious space in example. (\write18): Translate node with fixing statement on \jobname. @@ -808,11 +3086,11 @@ * latex2e-fr.texi (\include & \includeonly): Complete translation. - * latex2e.texi (\include & \includeonly): Typoes. + * latex2e.texi (\include & \includeonly): Typos. 2020-04-06 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> - * latex2e-fr.texi (Sectioning): Typoes. + * latex2e-fr.texi (Sectioning): Typos. * latex2e.texi (Sectioning): Fix \og secnumdepth\fg \rightarrow \og tocdepth\fg @@ -831,7 +3109,7 @@ * latex2e-fr.texi (Top, Front/back matter): Change \og Front/back matter\fg translation to \og Parties pr\'e/post-liminaires\fg. - (CTAN): Typoes. + (CTAN): Typos. (Document classes): Refresh translation. (\part): Translate node. (\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph): Typo. @@ -878,7 +3156,7 @@ * latex2e.texi (\endinput): clarify \og during mailing\fg. (Table of contents etc.): Move package index reference to the concerned paragaph. - (\openin & \openout): Typoes. + (\openin & \openout): Typos. (\read): \og\file\fg \rightarrow \og\recipient file\fg (\write): \og@code{\ldots}\fg \rightarrow \og@var{\ldots}\fg. (\write): typo. @@ -1004,7 +3282,7 @@ * latex2e-fr.texi (\@@startsection): \og scenumdepth\fg \rightarrow \og tocdepth\fg where applicable. (Class and package commands): Translate index entries. (figure): \og figure\fg \rightarrow \og figure*\fg. - (list): Typoes. + (list): Typos. (quotation & quote): Typo. (Color): Translate menu entry. (Commands for color): Translate node. @@ -1058,7 +3336,7 @@ * latex2e-fr.texi (trivlist): typo. (\linethickness): typo - (tabular): typoes. + (tabular): typos. (\newcommand & \renewcommand): use @var{\ldots}. (\parbox): Re-align French on English version. (Color package options): progress translation. @@ -1793,7 +4071,7 @@ 2017-10-03 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): Typo. - (quotation and quote): Typoes. + (quotation and quote): Typos. 2017-08-24 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> @@ -1826,7 +4104,7 @@ 2017-08-09 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> - * NEWS-fr: Typoes. + * NEWS-fr: Typos. * Makefile.1: Add common.texi to the list of files to be zipped into distribution. @@ -1848,7 +4126,7 @@ * NEWS-fr: svn propset keywords to Id for leading timestap to be uptodate - * README-fr: Typoes. Extend the leading English part fo the French + * README-fr: Typos. Extend the leading English part fo the French readme to comply with CTAN requirements. 2017-08-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> @@ -1901,7 +4179,7 @@ as \@@startsection and how \section keeps is standard calling form when redefined. heading -> title for consistency. @code{}-ify class names, book, report & article. Use anchor to - secnumdepth. Typoes. rubber -> typically rubber. Solve overfully + secnumdepth. Typos. rubber -> typically rubber. Solve overfully hbox in example by not repeating explanations in examplified LaTeX comments, rather make a simple link. style [...] file -> package [...] file. redefined [...] sectional units -> redefined [...] @@ -2190,7 +4468,7 @@ (Cross references, \label, abstract): Same changes as in latex2e.texi. (Cross references, \label, \pageref, \ref): Take Jim's rev481 - edits + fix some typoes. + edits + fix some typos. (\includeonly): Fix typo. * Makefile.1: Add check-license-<lang> targets to check that the @@ -2205,12 +4483,12 @@ license.texi, make it delimited by @comment's. (dircategory): fix `LaTeX2e-fr' -> `latex2e-fr' (throughout document): Use proper unbreakable space before colons. - (tabular, \newtheorem): typoes. - (\address): @var{...} instead of @code{...} for the argument + typoes. - (\cc): typoes + add example from latex2e.texi + (tabular, \newtheorem): typos. + (\address): @var{...} instead of @code{...} for the argument + typos. + (\cc): typos + add example from latex2e.texi (\closing): typo. - (\signature): Typoes, translate @var name. - (Command line): Typoes. + (\signature): Typos, translate @var name. + (Command line): Typos. * latex2e.texi: Restore license text without @inclusion of license.texi, make it delimited by @comment's. @@ -2431,19 +4709,19 @@ package variable @var{paquo} in the synopsis description. (\newcommand & \renewcommand): Align description on latest latex2e.texi by @code{...}-ifying all the occurrence of - `\@var{cmd}'. Fix typoes. + `\@var{cmd}'. Fix typos. (\newenvironment & \renewenvironment): nargs starting from 0 - rather than from 1. Fix typoes. `argument positionnel' -> + rather than from 1. Fix typos. `argument positionnel' -> `param\`etre positionnel'. (Reserved characters): `\backslash' -> `\textbackslash' in the - @findex in accordance with description. Fix typoes. + @findex in accordance with description. Fix typos. 2016-04-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi (top comment, Top): Make version under quotes to avoid incorrect French ``de Avril 2016'' or ``du Avril 2016'' instead of ``d'Avril 2016''. - (Document classes): Typoes. + (Document classes): Typos. * latex2e-{es,fr}.texi (top comment): Update dates in copyright notice up to 2016. @@ -2460,7 +4738,7 @@ * latex2e-fr.texi (top comment, Output files, Using BibTeX): Replace CTAN central server URLs by mirror URLs, after a comment by Petra R\"ube-Pugliese. - (Output files, Using BibTeX): Typoes. + (Output files, Using BibTeX): Typos. * latex2e.texi (top comment, Output files): Replace CTAN central server URLs by mirror URLs, after a comment by Petra @@ -2537,10 +4815,10 @@ environment by a call to this macro. * latex2e-fr.texi: Same as latex2e.texi. - (filecontents): Typoes. + (filecontents): Typos. (table): Typo (table evironment name mistakenly translated to French). - (\\): Typoes. + (\\): Typos. (\enlargethispage): translate cindex entry to French. * latex2e-es.texi: Same as latex2e.texi. @@ -2623,11 +4901,11 @@ 2016-03-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> - * latex2e-fr.texi (Top): Typoe in `Modes' menu entry. + * latex2e-fr.texi (Top): Typo in `Modes' menu entry. (eqnarray): `or' -> `ou'. (Math symbols): Progress translation of this node + same changes as in latex2e.texi. - (Modes): Typoes + same changes as in latex2e.texi. + (Modes): Typos + same changes as in latex2e.texi. (\ensuremath): new node. (\(SPACE) and \@@): `guillemet anglais' -> `guillemet-apostrophe'. (Text symbols): Progess translation of this node + same changes as @@ -2765,7 +5043,7 @@ (\addtocontents): Translate this node. (Glossaries): Translate this node. (Indexes): Translate this node, with same edits as in latex2e.texi. - (Letters): Typoes. `cl\^oture' -> `salutation'. Typo. Complete + (Letters): Typos. `cl\^oture' -> `salutation'. Typo. Complete translation with same edits as in latex2e.texi. (\address): Translate this node. (\cc): Translate this node. @@ -2849,7 +5127,7 @@ 2016-01-27 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> - * latex2e-fr.texi (Marginal notes): Typoes. + * latex2e-fr.texi (Marginal notes): Typos. (Subscripts & superscripts): Typo. (Math functions): Translate this node to French. (Math accents): Translate this node to French. @@ -3016,7 +5294,7 @@ @example...@end~example. * latex2e-fr.texi (Output files): Typo. - (tabular): Typoes. + (tabular): Typos. (\newcommand & \renewcommand): Typo. Introduce the concept of positional parameter. (\newenvironment & \renewenvironment): Complete the translation and make the same text improvements as in latex2e.texi. @@ -3575,7 +5853,7 @@ concerning \parindent length. * latex2e-fr.texi (Tables of contents): Translation of this node. - (\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol, Boxes): Typoes. + (\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol, Boxes): Typos. 2015-08-03 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> @@ -3604,10 +5882,12 @@ 2015-07-30 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> - * latex2e-fr.texi (Top): Correct menu item French translation for "Making paragraphs" + * latex2e-fr.texi (Top): Correct menu item French translation for + "Making paragraphs" (itemize): typo, remove left-over English word "dash" - (Making paragraphs): typoes. - (\indent, \noindent, \parskip, \parbox): Translate to French these nodes. + (Making paragraphs): typos. + (\indent, \noindent, \parskip, \parbox): Translate to French these + nodes. * latex2e.texi (Text symbols): Correct -- for --- for en-dash diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile index 390dc1040da..3f52d9459f2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# $Id: Makefile 935 2021-07-23 17:48:15Z jimhefferon $ +# $Id: Makefile 1073 2021-11-13 21:50:34Z karl $ # Public domain. Originally written 2006, Karl Berry. # Makefile for latexrefman. @@ -133,6 +133,7 @@ easyurls: htmlsplit dist # make # make htmlsplit # make dist +# make easyurls # make commitready # svn commit # to commit regenerated files # then: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS index c0ea88815a6..26b3816a320 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS @@ -1,23 +1,37 @@ -$Id: NEWS 712 2018-10-15 23:08:38Z jimhefferon $ +$Id: NEWS 1078 2022-01-26 18:12:17Z karl $ NEWS for latex2e.texi, aka the latex2e-help-texinfo package. Public domain. Originally written 1995, Torsten Martinsen. -Spanish translation originally from Nacho Pacheco (currently unmaintained). French translation originally from Vincent Belaiche. +Spanish translation originally from Nacho Pacheco (currently looking for +a maintainer). + Some changes in January 2022 release: -Changes in July 2020 release: +New sections: +* \caption +* BibTeX error messages +* Producing the index manually -Among the changes since the last release: - * Entries for \openin, \openout, \message, \write, \write18. - * Section on fontenc. - * Section on math delimiters. - * Describe -output-directory option. - * Section on xr. - * Section on expressions. - * Entry on \contentsline. +Fixes: +* Units of length: correct pt/mm/cm conversions. +* Command line input: extended text. +* throughout: index entries; typographical, reference, wording. + Changes in July 2021 release -Changes in October 2018 release: +(see ChangeLog) + + Changes in July 2020 release: + +* Entries for \openin, \openout, \message, \write, \write18. +* Section on fontenc. +* Section on math delimiters. +* Describe -output-directory option. +* Section on xr. +* Section on expressions. +* Entry on \contentsline. + + Changes in October 2018 release: The main change is that we now offer the manual in a version that is split into separate web pages for each section or subsection. @@ -35,9 +49,7 @@ included instructions at https://latexref.xyz/dev/mirroring.html. In addition to the format news, there were many bug fixes and new entries, including \smash and \phantom. ----------------------------------------------------------------- - -Changes in July 2018 release: + Changes in July 2018 release: We have gone through the two documents latex-info and latex2e-reference and checked that any information in those documents @@ -54,9 +66,7 @@ combinations such as that of \clearpage and \cleardoublepage. In addition, there were many bug fixes, including greatly shrinking the size of one of the graphics. ----------------------------------------------------------------- - -Changes in April 2018 release: + Changes in April 2018 release: There is a new chapter on color and a new chapter on graphics inclusion (all the commands from grfguide.pdf are now covered), @@ -65,8 +75,7 @@ diagram of the parameters, and a description of the tabbing environment. ----------------------------------------------------------------- -Changes in Aug 2017 release: + Changes in Aug 2017 release: Besides the usual bug fixes, some of the changes in this version include coverage of \makeatletter and \makeatother, \@startsection, @@ -74,8 +83,7 @@ and commands for writing classes and packages, as well as improvements in the descriptions of floats, the letter environment, \raisebox, \onecolumn and \twocolumn, and many more. ----------------------------------------------------------------- -Changes in Apr 2016 release: + Changes in Apr 2016 release: Provide first complete French translation --- still not fully aligned on the latest revisions of the English version. @@ -86,8 +94,7 @@ environment indexing consistent, improve some synopsis syntax, notably for optional parameters. Improve naming of Math symbols. Usual bug and typo fixes. ----------------------------------------------------------------- -Changes in Oct 2015 release: + Changes in Oct 2015 release: Many examples added, often using typical constructs. Extend many entries to include points frequently asked. @@ -95,8 +102,7 @@ Show list of math characters using Unicode glyphs. Translations not yet part of update; needs to be worked out. Thanks to Vincent Belaiche for many contributions. ----------------------------------------------------------------- -Changes in May 2015 release: + Changes in May 2015 release: Usual bug fixes, more indexing, template updates. Improve document and LaTeX overview, including general syntax. @@ -106,53 +112,46 @@ Avoid using plain's \sup, since @sup will be a Texinfo command. For HTML, make the Up from Top be http://tug.org/texinfohtml. Exception word list for spell checking, and make target for spell checking and doubled words. -- + French translation begun (only in sources); Spanish translation updated. Thanks to Vincent Belaiche and Jim Hefferon for their many contributions. ----------------------------------------------------------------- -Changes in May 2014 release: + Changes in May 2014 release: Usual bug fixes, template updates. Add filecontents description, fnsymbol info, non-obsolescence of \tt et al., mostly due to Vincent Belaiche. Updates to Spanish translation, also from Vincent. ----------------------------------------------------------------- -Changes in May 2013 release: + Changes in May 2013 release: Usual bug fixes, template updates. Mention \unitlength default (1pt) and \oldstylenums. Fix in ltx-help.el to find correct nodes for environments, etc. ----------------------------------------------------------------- -Changes in May 2012 release: + Changes in May 2012 release: Template updates and references. More on floats. Mention a few other documents. ----------------------------------------------------------------- -Changes in May 2011 release: + Changes in May 2011 release: Usual bug fixes, additional background info. TUGboat sample document updated. Discussion of width parameters. ----------------------------------------------------------------- -Changes in July 2010 release: + Changes in July 2010 release: Usual bug fixes. Added a number of control sequences from ltoutenc that typeset particular glyphs. ----------------------------------------------------------------- -Changes in September 2009 release: + Changes in September 2009 release: A bit more about figures and indexes, use of @table where appropriate in the source, usual array of minor fixes, added references, etc. ----------------------------------------------------------------- -Changes in release 2.0: + Changes in release 2.0: After discussions with Torsten and Stephen Gilmore, maintainership of this document has been handed off to me. See the README for more @@ -170,8 +169,7 @@ Derived files generated with the current TeX and Texinfo. Karl Berry (karl@freefriends.org), June 12 2008 ----------------------------------------------------------------- -Changes in release 1.6: + Changes in release 1.6: Some minor bug fixes; thanks to Piet van Oostrum and Ralf Fassel for those. @@ -187,8 +185,7 @@ As always, bug reports and comments are welcome. Torsten Martinsen, April 24 1996 ----------------------------------------------------------------- -Changes in release 1.3: + Changes in release 1.3: A selection of low-level NFSS2 commands added. A short description of how to use BibTeX. @@ -200,8 +197,7 @@ Several minor omissions and errors fixed. Torsten Martinsen, March 13th 1995 ----------------------------------------------------------------- -Changes in release 1.4: + Changes in release 1.4: NOTE: The name of the generated Info file is now `latex' and not `latex2e'. More commands added to function index (ahem). @@ -210,8 +206,7 @@ A few omissions fixed. Torsten Martinsen, April 5th 1995 ----------------------------------------------------------------- -Changes in release 1.5: + Changes in release 1.5: All menu items now have one-line descriptions. Major cleanup of next/previous links. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/README index 3b5ad109bf7..0c30f41bbdb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/README +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/README @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -$Id: README 905 2021-05-15 22:41:07Z karl $ +$Id: README 936 2021-07-24 15:13:12Z jimhefferon $ README for latex2e.texi, aka the latex2e-help-texinfo package. This README file originally written 2008, Karl Berry. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/aspell.en.pws b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/aspell.en.pws index 16e81b799b2..bed1e3767f1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/aspell.en.pws +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/aspell.en.pws @@ -281,3 +281,11 @@ xstring qed dottedtocline xindex +visiblespace +theindex +samepage +entendre +disproven +unimagined +vitalism +tablefootnote diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/common.texi b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/common.texi index 04824f1c7a4..51759254fbc 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/common.texi +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/common.texi @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -@c $Id: common.texi 729 2018-11-13 23:22:27Z karl $ +@c $Id: common.texi 1031 2021-09-01 17:02:05Z vincentb1 $ @c Public domain. @set LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE https://latexref.xyz @set LTXREFMAN_BUGS latexrefman@@tug.org @@ -14,6 +14,9 @@ \else\@c @end macro @end ifnottex +@macro package {packagename} +@code{\packagename\} +@end macro @tex \globaldefs=1 @@ -52,6 +55,9 @@ \lasymathchardef{2003}{\rhd} \lasymathchardef{2002}{\unlhd} \lasymathchardef{2004}{\unrhd} +\font\tenmathbb = msbm10 +% use \hbox to force horizontal mode, as \mathbbN is to be called from Math mode. +\def\mathbbN{{\hbox{\tenmathbb N}}} % % must explicitly reset before the (at)end tex, not let the (at)end group % reset it; else internal Texinfo variables get messed up. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk index b1a75624cb8..a2145d20b93 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ <!ENTITY latex "LaTeX"> ]> <book id="latex2e.dbk" lang="en"> -<!-- $Id: common.texi 729 2018-11-13 23:22:27Z karl $ --> +<!-- $Id: common.texi 1031 2021-09-01 17:02:05Z vincentb1 $ --> <!-- Public domain. --> -<title>&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021)</title> +<title>&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022)</title> <!-- %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) --> <!-- latex 2.09 commands should all be present now, --> @@ -28,7 +28,8 @@ <!-- xx JH expand theorem, AMS math --> <!-- xx JH something on code listings --> <!-- xx JH ligatures --> -<!-- xx JH \caption --> +<!-- --> +<!-- xx \NewCommandCopy et al. (Brian Dunn, 21 Dec 2021 06:50:17). --> <!-- --> <!-- xx The typeset source2e has an index with all kernel --> <!-- xx commands, though some are internal and shouldn't be included. --> @@ -38,7 +39,7 @@ <!-- xx All the special characters should be definitively described. --> <bookinfo><legalnotice><para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a -document preparation system, version of July 2021. +document preparation system, version of January 2022. </para> <para>This manual was originally translated from <filename>LATEX.HLP</filename> v1.0a in the VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by @@ -55,7 +56,7 @@ latex2e-reference by Martin Herbert Dietze. (From these references no text was directly copied.) </para> <para>Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, -2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry. +2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry. Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore. @@ -82,7 +83,7 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a -document preparation system, version of July 2021. +document preparation system, version of January 2022. </para> <para>This manual was originally translated from <filename>LATEX.HLP</filename> v1.0a in the VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by @@ -99,7 +100,7 @@ latex2e-reference by Martin Herbert Dietze. (From these references no text was directly copied.) </para> <para>Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, -2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry. +2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry. Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore. @@ -128,7 +129,7 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. <title>&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</title> <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of -July 2021) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system. +January 2022) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system. </para> </chapter> @@ -1034,7 +1035,7 @@ command is used within a moving argument, use <literal>\newcommand</literal>. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>etoolbox</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>etoolbox</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<para>The <filename>etoolbox</filename> package offers the commands +<para>The <literal>etoolbox</literal> package offers the commands <literal>\newrobustcmd</literal>, <literal>\newrobustcmd*</literal>, as well as the commands <literal>\renewrobustcmd</literal>, <literal>\renewrobustcmd*</literal>, and the commands <literal>\providerobustcmd</literal>, and <literal>\providerobustcmd*</literal>. These are @@ -1366,16 +1367,19 @@ alphabet free fonts available for easy use with &latex;. <para>Specify the font encodings. A font encoding is a mapping of the character codes to the font glyphs that are used to typeset your output. </para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>fontspec</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>fontspec</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + <para>This package only applies if you use the <literal>pdflatex</literal> engine (see <link linkend="TeX-engines">&tex; engines</link>). If you use the <command>xelatex</command> or -<command>lualatex</command> engine then instead use the <filename>fontspec</filename> package. +<command>lualatex</command> engine then instead use the <literal>fontspec</literal> package. </para> <para>&tex;’s original font family, Computer Modern, has a limited character set. For instance, to make common accented characters you must use <literal>\accent</literal> (see <link linkend="_005caccent">\accent</link>) but this disables hyphenation. &tex; users have agreed on a number of standards to access the larger sets of characters provided by modern fonts. If you are using -<command>pdflatex</command> then this in the preamble +<command>pdflatex</command> then put this in the preamble </para> <screen>\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} </screen> @@ -1393,7 +1397,7 @@ to directly enter accented characters into your source file.) <para>If you are using an encoding such as <literal>T1</literal> and the characters appear blurry or do not magnify well then your fonts may be bitmapped, sometimes called raster or Type 3. You want vector fonts. Use a -package such as <filename>lmodern</filename> or <filename>cm-super</filename> to get a font that +package such as <literal>lmodern</literal> or <literal>cm-super</literal> to get a font that extends &latex;’s default using vector fonts. </para> <para>For each <replaceable>font_encoding</replaceable> given as an option but not already @@ -1465,7 +1469,7 @@ is not in effect. </screen> <para>The <replaceable>text-settings</replaceable> are the commands that &latex; will run every time it switches from one encoding to another with the -<literal>\selectfont</literal> or <literal>\fontencoding</literal> command. The +<literal>\selectfont</literal> and <literal>\fontencoding</literal> commands. The <replaceable>math-settings</replaceable> are the commands that &latex; will use whenever the font is accessed as a math alphabet. </para> @@ -1501,6 +1505,9 @@ should only contain declarations specific to that encoding. <para>Define an accent, to be put on top of other glyphs, in the encoding <replaceable>encoding</replaceable> at the location <replaceable>slot</replaceable>. </para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>slot, font</primary></indexterm> +<para>A <firstterm>slot</firstterm> is the number identifying a glyph within a font. +</para> <para>This line from <filename>t1enc.def</filename> declares that to make a circumflex accent as in <literal>\^A</literal>, the system will put the accent in slot 2 over the ‘<literal>A</literal>’ character, which is represented in ASCII as 65. @@ -1525,9 +1532,9 @@ transcript file. <para>Synopsis: </para> -<screen>\DeclareTextAccentDefault{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>} +<screen>\DeclareTextAccentDefault{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>} </screen> -<para>If there is an encoding-specific accent command <replaceable>cmd</replaceable> but there is +<para>If there is an encoding-specific accent command \<replaceable>cmd</replaceable> but there is no associated <literal>\DeclareTextAccent</literal> for that encoding then this command will pick up the slack, by saying to use it as described for <replaceable>encoding</replaceable>. @@ -1544,8 +1551,8 @@ definition for that accent then &latex; will use the definition from <para>That is, this command is equivalent to this call (see <link linkend="_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent">\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent</link>). </para> -<screen>\DeclareTextCommandDefault[1]{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>} - {\UseTextAccent{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{#1}} +<screen>\DeclareTextCommandDefault[1]{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>} + {\UseTextAccent{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{#1}} </screen> <para>Note that <literal>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</literal> works for any one-argument <filename>fontenc</filename> command, not just the accent command. @@ -1556,26 +1563,25 @@ definition for that accent then &latex; will use the definition from <title><literal>\DeclareTextCommand</literal> & <literal>\ProvideTextCommand</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextCommand</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProvideTextCommand</primary></indexterm> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> -<screen>\DeclareTextCommand{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} -\DeclareTextCommand{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn}</replaceable> -\DeclareTextCommand{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} +<screen>\DeclareTextCommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} +\DeclareTextCommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn}</replaceable> +\DeclareTextCommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} </screen> <para>or one of: </para> -<screen>\ProvideTextCommand{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} -\ProvideTextCommand{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} -\ProvideTextCommand{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} +<screen>\ProvideTextCommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} +\ProvideTextCommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} +\ProvideTextCommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} </screen> -<para>Define the command <replaceable>cmd</replaceable>, which will be specific to one encoding. -The command name <replaceable>cmd</replaceable> must begin with a backslash, \. These -commands can only appear in the preamble. Redefining <literal>cmd</literal> does -not cause an error. The defined command will be robust even if the code -in <replaceable>defn</replaceable> is fragile (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). +<para>Define the command <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal>, which will be specific to one +encoding. The command name <replaceable>cmd</replaceable> must be preceded by a backslash, +<literal>\</literal>. These commands can only appear in the preamble. Redefining +\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable> does not cause an error. The defined command will be robust +even if the code in <replaceable>defn</replaceable> is fragile (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). </para> <para>For example, the file <filename>t1enc.def</filename> contains this line. </para> @@ -1591,22 +1597,23 @@ Legal limit is \( 0.8 \)\textperthousand. ‘<literal>LaTeX Error: Command \textperthousand unavailable in encoding OT1</literal>’. </para> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextSymbol</primary></indexterm> <para>The <literal>\ProvideTextCommand</literal> variant does the same, except that it -does nothing if <replaceable>cmd</replaceable> is already defined. The +does nothing if <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> is already defined. The <literal>\DeclareTextSymbol</literal> command is faster than this one for simple slot-to-glyph association (see <link linkend="_005cDeclareTextSymbol">\DeclareTextSymbol</link>) </para> -<para>The optional <replaceable>nargs</replaceable> and <replaceable>optargsdefault</replaceable> arguments play the -same role here as in <literal>\newcommand</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & +<para>The optional <replaceable>nargs</replaceable> and <replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable> arguments play the same +role here as in <literal>\newcommand</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</link>). Briefly, <replaceable>nargs</replaceable> is an integer from 0 to 9 -specifying the number of arguments that the defined command <literal>cmd</literal> -takes. This number includes any optional argument. Omitting this -argument is the same as specifying 0, meaning that <replaceable>cmd</replaceable> will have -no arguments. And, if <replaceable>optargsdefault</replaceable> is present then the first -argument of <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> is optional, with default value -<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable> (which may be the empty string). If -<replaceable>optargsdefault</replaceable> is not present then <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> does not take -an optional argument. +specifying the number of arguments that the defined command +<literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> takes. This number includes any optional argument. +Omitting this argument is the same as specifying 0, meaning that +<literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> will have no arguments. And, if <replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable> +is present then the first argument of <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> is optional, +with default value <replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable> (which may be the empty string). +If <replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable> is not present then <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> does not +take an optional argument. </para> </sect2> @@ -1620,15 +1627,15 @@ an optional argument. <para>Synopsis: </para> -<screen>\DeclareTextCommandDefault{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} +<screen>\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} </screen> <para>or: </para> -<screen>\ProvideTextCommandDefault{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} +<screen>\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} </screen> -<para>Give a default definition for <replaceable>cmd</replaceable>, for when that command is not -defined in the encoding currently in force. This default should only use -encodings known to be available. +<para>Give a default definition for <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal>, for when that command +is not defined in the encoding currently in force. This default should +only use encodings known to be available. </para> <para>This makes <literal>\copyright</literal> available. </para> @@ -1643,7 +1650,7 @@ when you select that encoding. It should instead be in a package. <para>As with the related non-default commands, the <literal>\ProvideTextCommandDefault</literal> has exactly the same behavior as <literal>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</literal> except that it does nothing if -<replaceable>cmd</replaceable> is already defined (see <link linkend="_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand">\DeclareTextCommand & +<literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> is already defined (see <link linkend="_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand">\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand</link>). So, packages can use it to provide fallbacks that other packages can improve upon. </para> @@ -1657,14 +1664,14 @@ that other packages can improve upon. <para>Synopsis: </para> -<screen>\DeclareTextComposite{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>simple_object</replaceable>}{<replaceable>slot</replaceable>} +<screen>\DeclareTextComposite{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>simple_object</replaceable>}{<replaceable>slot</replaceable>} </screen> <para>Access an accented glyph directly, that is, without having to put an accent over a separate character. </para> <para>This line from <filename>t1enc.def</filename> means that <literal>\^o</literal> will cause &latex; to typeset lowercase ‘<literal>o</literal>’ by taking the character -directly from location 224 in the font. +directly from slot 224 in the font. </para> <screen>\DeclareTextComposite{\^}{T1}{o}{244} </screen> @@ -1672,7 +1679,7 @@ directly from location 224 in the font. <replaceable>simple_object</replaceable> should be a single character or a single command. The <replaceable>slot</replaceable> argument is usually a positive integer represented in decimal (although octal or hexadecimal are possible). Normally -<replaceable>cmd</replaceable> has already been declared for this encoding, either with +\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable> has already been declared for this encoding, either with <literal>\DeclareTextAccent</literal> or with a one-argument <literal>\DeclareTextCommand</literal>. In <filename>t1enc.def</filename>, the above line follows the <literal>\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2}</literal> command. @@ -1687,10 +1694,10 @@ the <literal>\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2}</literal> command. <para>Synopsis: </para> -<screen>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>arg</replaceable>}{<replaceable>code</replaceable>} +<screen>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>arg</replaceable>}{<replaceable>code</replaceable>} </screen> <para>A more general version of <literal>\DeclareTextComposite</literal> that runs -arbitrary code with <replaceable>cmd</replaceable>. +arbitrary code with <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal>. </para> <para>This allows accents on ‘<literal>i</literal>’ to act like accents on dotless i, <literal>\i</literal>. @@ -1698,7 +1705,7 @@ arbitrary code with <replaceable>cmd</replaceable>. <screen>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{OT1}{i}{\'\i} </screen> <para>See <link linkend="fontenc-package">fontenc package</link>, for a list of common encodings. Normally -<replaceable>cmd</replaceable> will have already been declared with <literal>\DeclareTextAccent</literal> +<literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> will have already been declared with <literal>\DeclareTextAccent</literal> or as a one argument <literal>\DeclareTextCommand</literal>. </para> @@ -1711,7 +1718,7 @@ or as a one argument <literal>\DeclareTextCommand</literal>. <para>Synopsis: </para> -<screen>\DeclareTextSymbol{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>slot</replaceable>} +<screen>\DeclareTextSymbol{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>slot</replaceable>} </screen> <para>Define a symbol in the encoding <replaceable>encoding</replaceable> at the location <replaceable>slot</replaceable>. Symbols defined in this way are for use in text, not @@ -1731,9 +1738,9 @@ can be specified in decimal, or octal (as in <literal>'023</literal>), or hexadecimal (as in <literal>"13</literal>), although decimal has the advantage that single quote or double quote could be redefined by another package. </para> -<para>If <replaceable>cmd</replaceable> has already been defined then <literal>\DeclareTextSymbol</literal> -does not give an error but it does log the redefinition in the -transcript file. +<para>If <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> has already been defined then +<literal>\DeclareTextSymbol</literal> does not give an error but it does log the +redefinition in the transcript file. </para> </sect2> @@ -1746,12 +1753,12 @@ transcript file. <para>Synopsis: </para> -<screen>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>} +<screen>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>} </screen> -<para>If there is an encoding-specific symbol command <replaceable>cmd</replaceable> but there is no -associated <literal>\DeclareTextSymbol</literal> for that encoding, then this command -will pick up the slack, by saying to get the symbol as described for -<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>. +<para>If there is an encoding-specific symbol command <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> but +there is no associated <literal>\DeclareTextSymbol</literal> for that encoding, then +this command will pick up the slack, by saying to get the symbol as +described for <replaceable>encoding</replaceable>. </para> <para>For example, to declare that if the current encoding has no meaning for <literal>\textdollar</literal> then use the one from <literal>OT1</literal>, declare this. @@ -1761,8 +1768,8 @@ will pick up the slack, by saying to get the symbol as described for <para>That is, this command is equivalent to this call (see <link linkend="_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent">\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent</link>). </para> -<screen>\DeclareTextCommandDefault{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>} - {\UseTextSymbol{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}} +<screen>\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>} + {\UseTextSymbol{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}} </screen> <para>Note that <literal>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</literal> can be used to define a default for any zero-argument <filename>fontenc</filename> command. @@ -1798,11 +1805,11 @@ name of the encoding explicitly. <para>Synopsis: </para> -<screen>\UseTextSymbol{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>} +<screen>\UseTextSymbol{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>} </screen> <para>or: </para> -<screen>\UseTextAccent{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} +<screen>\UseTextAccent{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} </screen> <para>Use a symbol or accent not from the current encoding. </para> @@ -2093,6 +2100,18 @@ since that is how they are typically used. For example. style command or the end of the current group, so you could enclose it in curly braces <literal>{\small This text is typeset in the small font.}</literal>. </para> +<para>Trying to use these commands in math, as with <literal>$\small mv^2/2$</literal>, +results in ‘<literal>LaTeX Font Warning: Command \small +invalid in math mode</literal>’, and the font size doesn’t +change. To work with a too-large formula, often the best option is to +use the <literal>displaymath</literal> environment (see <link linkend="Math-formulas">Math formulas</link>), or +one of the environments from the <literal>amsmath</literal> package. For inline +mathematics, such as in a table of formulas, an alternative is something +like <literal>{\small $mv^2/2$}</literal>. (Sometimes <literal>\scriptsize</literal> and +<literal>\scriptstyle</literal> are confused. Both change the font size, but the +latter also changes a number of other aspects of how mathematics is +typeset. See <link linkend="Math-styles">Math styles</link>.) +</para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>environment form of font size commands</primary></indexterm> <para>An <firstterm>environment form</firstterm> of each of these commands is also defined; for instance, <literal>\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}</literal>. However, in practice @@ -2251,10 +2270,10 @@ relationship of these terms varies with individual typefaces): weight and width are <literal>m</literal>, in which case use just one (‘<literal><literal>m</literal></literal>’). </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\fontshape{<replaceable>shape</replaceable>}</literal> +<anchor id="low-level-font-commands-fontshape"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\fontshape{<replaceable>shape</replaceable>}</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fontshape</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>shapes, of fonts</primary></indexterm> -<anchor id="low-level-font-commands-fontshape"/><para>Select font shape. Valid shapes are: +<para>Select font shape. Valid shapes are: </para> <informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="19*"></colspec><tbody><row><entry><para><literal>n</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>Upright (normal) @@ -2287,11 +2306,10 @@ reset every time a size change happens; instead use </para> <anchor id="low-level-font-commands-linespread"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\linespread{<replaceable>factor</replaceable>}</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\linespread</primary></indexterm> -<para>Equivalent to -<literal>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<replaceable>factor</replaceable>}</literal>, and -therefore must be followed by <literal>\selectfont</literal> to have any effect. -Best specified in the preamble, or use the <literal>setspace</literal> package, as -just described. +<para>Equivalent to <literal>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<replaceable>factor</replaceable>}</literal>, +and therefore must be followed by <literal>\selectfont</literal> to have any +effect. Best specified in the preamble. See <link linkend="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip & +\baselinestretch</link>, for using <literal>setspace</literal> package instead. </para> <anchor id="low-level-font-commands-selectfont"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\selectfont</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\selectfont</primary></indexterm> @@ -2679,7 +2697,7 @@ same as the font size, e.g., ‘<literal>10pt</literal>’ at a type siz <indexterm role="cp"><primary>double spacing</primary></indexterm> <para>The <literal>\baselineskip</literal> is a rubber length (see <link linkend="Lengths">Lengths</link>). It gives -the leading, the normal distance between lines in a paragraph, from +the <firstterm>leading</firstterm>, the normal distance between lines in a paragraph, from baseline to baseline. </para> <para>Ordinarily document authors do not directly change <literal>\baselineskip</literal> @@ -2730,9 +2748,9 @@ lines would be too close together, closer than <literal>\lineskiplimit</literal> then &tex; instead uses <literal>\lineskip</literal> as the interline glue. The second is that &tex; doesn’t actually use the depth of the previous line. Instead it uses <literal>\prevdepth</literal>, which usually contains that -depth. But at the beginning of the paragraph (or any vertical list) -or just after a rule, <literal>\prevdepth</literal> has the value -1000pt and this -special value tells &tex; not to insert any interline glue at the +depth. But at the beginning of the paragraph (or any vertical list) or +just after a rule, <literal>\prevdepth</literal> has the value -1000pt and +this special value tells &tex; not to insert any interline glue at the paragraph start. </para> <para>In the standard classes <literal>\lineskiplimit</literal> is 0pt and @@ -2752,7 +2770,7 @@ document is to put <literal>\linespread{<replaceable>factor</replaceable>}</lite For double spacing, take <replaceable>factor</replaceable> to be 1.6 and for one-and-a-half spacing use 1.3. These number are rough: for instance, since the <literal>\baselineskip</literal> is about 1.2 times the font size, multiplying by -1.6 gives a font size to baseline ratio of about 2. (The +1.6 gives a baseline skip to font size ratio of about 2. (The <literal>\linespread</literal> command is defined as <literal>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<replaceable>factor</replaceable>}</literal> so it won’t take effect until a font setting happens. But that always takes place at @@ -2762,7 +2780,7 @@ the start of a document, so there you don’t need to follow it with <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>setspace</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>setspace</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<para>A simpler approach is the <filename>setspace</filename> package. The basic example: +<para>A simpler approach is the <literal>setspace</literal> package. The basic example: </para> <screen>\usepackage{setspace} \doublespacing % or \onehalfspacing for 1.5 @@ -2776,8 +2794,10 @@ environments, such as <literal>\begin{doublespace} ... \end{doublespace}</literal>. The package also has commands to do arbitrary spacing: <literal>\setstretch{<replaceable>factor</replaceable>}</literal> and <literal>\begin{spacing}{<replaceable>factor</replaceable>} ... \end{spacing}</literal>. +This package also keeps the line spacing single-spaced in places +where that is typically desirable, such as footnotes and figure +captions. See the package documentation. </para> - </sect1> <sect1 label="5.7" id="Floats"> <title>Floats</title> @@ -2789,7 +2809,7 @@ for instance floating to the top of a later page. <para>&latex; can have a number of different classes of floating material. The default is the two classes, <literal>figure</literal> (see <link linkend="figure">figure</link>) and <literal>table</literal> (see <link linkend="table">table</link>), but you can create a new class with the -package <filename>float</filename>. +package <literal>float</literal>. </para> <para>Within any one float class &latex; always respects the order, so that the first figure in a document source must be typeset before the second @@ -2875,7 +2895,7 @@ is finished and then flush all outstanding floats. the <replaceable>placement</replaceable> parameter. If this is not desired, and deleting the <literal>t</literal> is not acceptable as it keeps the float from being placed at the top of the next page, then you can prevent it by either using -the <filename>flafter</filename> package or using the command +the <literal>flafter</literal> package or using the command <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\suppressfloats</primary></indexterm> <literal>\suppressfloats[t]</literal>, which causes floats for the top position on this page to moved to the next page. @@ -2958,6 +2978,92 @@ influence the position of float environments like figure and table in (<ulink url="https://www.latex-project.org/publications/2014-FMi-TUB-tb111mitt-float-placement.pdf">https://www.latex-project.org/publications/2014-FMi-TUB-tb111mitt-float-placement.pdf</ulink>). </para> + +<sect2 label="5.7.1" id="_005ccaption"> +<title><literal>\caption</literal></title> + +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\caption</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>captions</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\caption{<replaceable>caption-text</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>or +</para> +<screen>\caption[<replaceable>short-caption-text</replaceable>]{<replaceable>caption-text</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>Make a caption for a floating environment, such as a <literal>figure</literal> or +<literal>table</literal> environment (see <link linkend="figure">figure</link> or <link linkend="table">table</link>). +</para> +<para>In this example, &latex; places a caption below the vertical blank +space that is left by the author for the later inclusion of a picture. +</para> +<screen>\begin{figure} + \vspace*{1cm} + \caption{Alonzo Cushing, Battery A, 4th US Artillery.} + \label{fig:CushingPic} +\end{figure} +</screen> +<para>The <literal>\caption</literal> command will label the <replaceable>caption-text</replaceable> with +something like ‘<literal>Figure 1:</literal>’ for an article or +‘<literal>Figure 1.1:</literal>’ for a book. The text is centered if it is +shorter than the text width, or set as an unindented paragraph if it +takes more than one line. +</para> +<para>In addition to placing the <replaceable>caption-text</replaceable> in the output, the +<literal>\caption</literal> command also saves that information for use in a list of +figures or list of tables (see <link linkend="Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</link>). +</para> +<para>Here the <literal>\caption</literal> command uses the optional +<replaceable>short-caption-text</replaceable>, so that the shorter text appears in the list +of tables, rather than the longer <replaceable>caption-text</replaceable>. +</para> +<screen>\begin{table} + \centering + \begin{tabular}{|*{3}{c}|} + \hline + 4 &9 &2 \\ + 3 &5 &7 \\ + 8 &1 &6 \\ + \hline + \end{tabular} + \caption[\textit{Lo Shu} magic square]{% + The \textit{Lo Shu} magic square, which is unique among + squares of order three up to rotation and reflection.} + \label{tab:LoShu} +\end{table} +</screen> +<para>&latex; will label the <replaceable>caption-text</replaceable> with something like +‘<literal>Table 1:</literal>’ for an article or ‘<literal>Table 1.1:</literal>’ for a +book. +</para> +<para>The caption can appear at the top of the <literal>figure</literal> or <literal>table</literal>. +For instance, that would happen in the prior example by putting the +<literal>\caption</literal> between the <literal>\centering</literal> and the +<literal>\begin{tabular}</literal>. +</para> +<para>Different floating environments are numbered separately, by default. It +is <literal>\caption</literal> that updates the counter, and so any <literal>\label</literal> +must come after the <literal>\caption</literal>. The counter for the <literal>figure</literal> +environment is named <literal>figure</literal>, and similarly the counter for the +<literal>table</literal> environment is <literal>table</literal>. +</para> +<para>The text that will be put in the list of figures or list of tables is +moving argument. If you get the &latex; error ‘<literal>! Argument of +\@caption has an extra }</literal>’ then you must put <literal>\protect</literal> in front +of any fragile commands. See <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>. +</para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>caption</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>caption</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + +<para>The <literal>caption</literal> package has many options to adjust how the caption +appears, for example changing the font size, making the caption be +hanging text rather than set as a paragraph, or making the caption +always set as a paragraph rather than centered when it is short. +</para> + +</sect2> </sect1> </chapter> <chapter label="6" id="Sectioning"> @@ -3048,7 +3154,7 @@ simple example, you can change the section numbering to upper-case letters with <literal>\renewcommand\thesection{\Alph{section}}</literal> in the preamble (see <link linkend="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</link>). CTAN has many packages that make this adjustment easier, notably -<filename>titlesec</filename>. +<literal>titlesec</literal>. </para> <para>Two counters relate to the appearance of headings made by sectioning commands. </para> @@ -3123,8 +3229,8 @@ but it does not show the part number, does not increment the <para>The optional argument <replaceable>toc-title</replaceable> will appear as the part title in the table of contents (see <link linkend="Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</link>) and in running headers (see <link linkend="Page-styles">Page styles</link>). If it is not present then <replaceable>title</replaceable> -will be there. This example puts a line break in <replaceable>title</replaceable> but leaves -out the break in the table of contents. +will be there. This example puts a line break in <replaceable>title</replaceable> but omits +the break in the table of contents. </para> <screen>\part[Up from the bottom; my life]{Up from the bottom\\ my life} </screen> @@ -3137,12 +3243,12 @@ the table of contents, the level number of a part is -1 <para>In the class <literal>article</literal>, if a paragraph immediately follows the part title then it is not indented. To get an indent you can use the package -<filename>indentfirst</filename>. +<literal>indentfirst</literal>. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>titlesec</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>titlesec</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<para>One package to change the behavior of <literal>\part</literal> is <filename>titlesec</filename>. +<para>One package to change the behavior of <literal>\part</literal> is <literal>titlesec</literal>. See its documentation on CTAN. </para> @@ -3212,7 +3318,7 @@ the table of contents, the level number of a chapter is 0 <para>The paragraph that follows the chapter title is not indented, as is a standard typographical practice. To get an indent use the package -<filename>indentfirst</filename>. +<literal>indentfirst</literal>. </para> <para>You can change what is shown for the chapter number. To change it to something like ‘<literal>Lecture 1</literal>’, put in the preamble either @@ -3227,7 +3333,7 @@ something like ‘<literal>Lecture 1</literal>’, put in the preamble e <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>babel</literal> package</primary></indexterm> <para>To make this change because of the primary language for -the document, see the package <filename>babel</filename>. +the document, see the package <literal>babel</literal>. </para> <para>In a two-sided document &latex; puts a chapter on odd-numbered page, if necessary leaving an even-numbered page that is blank except for any @@ -3240,7 +3346,7 @@ see <link linkend="_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage">\clearpage &a <para>To change the behavior of the <literal>\chapter</literal> command, you can copy its definition from the &latex; format file and make adjustments. But there are also many packages on CTAN that address this. One is -<filename>titlesec</filename>. See its documentation, but the example below gives a +<literal>titlesec</literal>. See its documentation, but the example below gives a sense of what it can do. </para> <screen>\usepackage{titlesec} % in preamble @@ -3301,7 +3407,7 @@ prior section.) in the table of contents (see <link linkend="Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</link>) and in running headers (see <link linkend="Page-styles">Page styles</link>). If it is not present then <replaceable>title</replaceable> will be there. This shows the full name in the title of the -section, +section: </para> <screen>\section[Elizabeth~II]{Elizabeth the Second, by the Grace of God of the United Kingdom, @@ -3324,7 +3430,7 @@ the table of contents, the level number of a section is 1 <para>The paragraph that follows the section title is not indented, as is a standard typographical practice. One way to get an indent is to use the -package <filename>indentfirst</filename>. +package <literal>indentfirst</literal>. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>titlesec</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>titlesec</literal> package</primary></indexterm> @@ -3332,7 +3438,7 @@ package <filename>indentfirst</filename>. <para>In general, to change the behavior of the <literal>\section</literal> command, there are a number of options. One is the <literal>\@startsection</literal> command (see <link linkend="_005c_0040startsection">\@startsection</link>). There are also many packages on CTAN that -address this, including <filename>titlesec</filename>. See the documentation but the +address this, including <literal>titlesec</literal>. See the documentation but the example below gives a sense of what they can do. </para> <!-- credit: egreg https://groups.google.com/forum/#!topic/comp.text.tex/tvc8oM5P4y4 --> @@ -3386,8 +3492,8 @@ But it does not show the subsection number, does not increment the </para> <para>The optional argument <replaceable>toc-title</replaceable> will appear as the subsection title in the table of contents (see <link linkend="Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</link>). If it is -not present then <replaceable>title</replaceable> will be there. This shows the full text in -the title of the subsection, +not present then <replaceable>title</replaceable> will be there. This +shows the full text in the title of the subsection: </para> <screen>\subsection[$\alpha,\beta,\gamma$ paper]{\textit{The Origin of Chemical Elements} by R.A.~Alpher, H.~Bethe, and G.~Gamow} @@ -3404,7 +3510,7 @@ the table of contents, the level number of a subsection is 2 <para>The paragraph that follows the subsection title is not indented, as is a standard typographical practice. One way to get an indent is to use the -package <filename>indentfirst</filename>. +package <literal>indentfirst</literal>. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>titlesec</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>titlesec</literal> package</primary></indexterm> @@ -3412,7 +3518,7 @@ package <filename>indentfirst</filename>. <para>There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the <literal>\subsection</literal> command. One is the <literal>\@startsection</literal> command (see <link linkend="_005c_0040startsection">\@startsection</link>). There are also many packages on CTAN that -address this, including <filename>titlesec</filename>. See the documentation but the +address this, including <literal>titlesec</literal>. See the documentation but the example below gives a sense of what they can do. </para> <screen>\usepackage{titlesec} % in preamble @@ -3497,7 +3603,7 @@ a paragraph is 4, and of a subparagraph is 5 <para>The paragraph that follows the subsubsection title is not indented, as is a standard typographical practice. One way to get an indent is to use the -package <filename>indentfirst</filename>. +package <literal>indentfirst</literal>. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>titlesec</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>titlesec</literal> package</primary></indexterm> @@ -3505,7 +3611,7 @@ package <filename>indentfirst</filename>. <para>There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the these commands. One is the <literal>\@startsection</literal> command (see <link linkend="_005c_0040startsection">\@startsection</link>). There are also many packages on CTAN that address this, including -<filename>titlesec</filename>. See the documentation on CTAN. +<literal>titlesec</literal>. See the documentation on CTAN. </para> </sect1> @@ -3545,7 +3651,7 @@ for another example. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>appendix</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>appendix</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<para>The <filename>appendix</filename> package adds the command +<para>The <literal>appendix</literal> package adds the command <literal>\appendixpage</literal> to put a separate ‘<literal>Appendices</literal>’ in the document body before the first appendix, and the command <literal>\addappheadtotoc</literal> to do the same in the table of contents. You can reset the name @@ -3617,7 +3723,7 @@ switches the chapters back to being not numbered. <para>Used to help redefine the behavior of commands that start sectioning divisions such as <literal>\section</literal> or <literal>\subsection</literal>. </para> -<para>Note that the <filename>titlesec</filename> package makes manipulation of sectioning +<para>Note that the <literal>titlesec</literal> package makes manipulation of sectioning easier. Further, while most requirements for sectioning commands can be satisfied with <literal>\@startsection</literal>, some cannot. For instance, in the standard &latex; <literal>book</literal> and <literal>report</literal> classes the commands @@ -4004,7 +4110,7 @@ so this document would have to be compiled twice. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>cleveref</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>cleveref</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<para>The <filename>cleveref</filename> package includes text such as ‘<literal>Theorem</literal>’ in the +<para>The <literal>cleveref</literal> package includes text such as ‘<literal>Theorem</literal>’ in the reference. See the documentation on CTAN. </para> @@ -4012,8 +4118,12 @@ reference. See the documentation on CTAN. <sect1 label="7.4" id="xr-package"> <title><literal>xr</literal> package</title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>xr</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>xr-hyper</literal> package</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>xr</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>xr</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>xr-hyper</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>xr-hyper</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\externaldocument</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>cross referencing, across documents</primary></indexterm> @@ -4028,9 +4138,9 @@ reference. See the documentation on CTAN. \externaldocument[<replaceable>reference-prefix</replaceable>]{<replaceable>document-basename</replaceable>} </screen> <para>Make cross references to the external document -<literal><replaceable>document-basename</replaceable>.tex</literal>. +<filename><replaceable>document-basename</replaceable>.tex</filename>. </para> -<para>Here is an example. If <literal>lectures.tex</literal> has this in the preamble +<para>Here is an example. If <filename>lectures.tex</filename> has this in the preamble </para> <screen>\usepackage{xr} \externaldocument{exercises} @@ -4038,22 +4148,22 @@ reference. See the documentation on CTAN. \externaldocument{answers} </screen> <para>then it can use cross reference labels from the other three documents. -Suppose that <literal>exercises.tex</literal> has an enumerated list containing +Suppose that <filename>exercises.tex</filename> has an enumerated list containing this, </para> <screen>\item \label{exer:EulersThm} What if every vertex has odd degree? </screen> -<para>and <literal>hints.tex</literal> has an enumerated list with this, +<para>and <filename>hints.tex</filename> has an enumerated list with this, </para> <screen>\item \label{exer:EulersThm} Distinguish the case of two vertices. </screen> -<para>and <literal>answers.tex</literal> has an enumerated list with this. +<para>and <filename>answers.tex</filename> has an enumerated list with this, </para> <screen>\item \label{ans:EulersThm} There is no Euler path, except if there are exactly two vertices. </screen> <para>After compiling the exercises, hints, and answers documents, entering -this in the body of <literal>lectures.tex</literal> will result in the lectures +this in the body of <filename>lectures.tex</filename> will result in the lectures getting the reference numbers used in the other documents. </para> <screen>See Exercise~\ref{exer:EulersThm}, with Hint~\ref{H-exer:EulersThm}. @@ -4178,10 +4288,10 @@ a more flexible solution, use the package <filename>abstract</filename>). \end{array} </screen> <para>Produce a mathematical array. This environment can only be used in math -mode, and normally appears within a displayed mathematics environment -such as <literal>equation</literal> (see <link linkend="equation">equation</link>). Inside of each row the -column entries are separated by an ampersand, (<literal>&</literal>). Rows are -terminated with double-backslashes (see <link linkend="_005c_005c">\\</link>). +mode (see <link linkend="Modes">Modes</link>), and normally appears within a displayed +mathematics environment such as <literal>equation</literal> (see <link linkend="equation">equation</link>). +Inside of each row the column entries are separated by an ampersand, +(<literal>&</literal>). Rows are terminated with double-backslashes (see <link linkend="_005c_005c">\\</link>). </para> <para>This example shows a three by three array. </para> @@ -4206,7 +4316,7 @@ other common features of the two environments, including the optional </para> <para>There are two ways that <literal>array</literal> diverges from <literal>tabular</literal>. The first is that <literal>array</literal> entries are typeset in math mode, in -textstyle (see <link linkend="Modes">Modes</link>) except if the <replaceable>cols</replaceable> definition specifies +textstyle (see <link linkend="Math-styles">Math styles</link>) except if the <replaceable>cols</replaceable> definition specifies the column with <literal>p{...}</literal>, which causes the entry to be typeset in text mode. The second is that, instead of <literal>tabular</literal>’s parameter <literal>\tabcolsep</literal>, &latex;’s intercolumn space in an <literal>array</literal> is @@ -4219,7 +4329,7 @@ default for this is ‘<literal>5pt</literal>’ so that between two col <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsmath</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsmath</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<para>To obtain arrays with braces the standard is to use the <filename>amsmath</filename> +<para>To obtain arrays with braces the standard is to use the <literal>amsmath</literal> package. It comes with environments <literal>pmatrix</literal> for an array surrounded by parentheses <literal>(...)</literal>, <literal>bmatrix</literal> for an array surrounded by square brackets <literal>[...]</literal>, <literal>Bmatrix</literal> for an @@ -4231,7 +4341,7 @@ bars <literal>||...||</literal>, along with a number of other array constru <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsmath</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsmath</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<para>The next example uses the <filename>amsmath</filename> package. +<para>The next example uses the <literal>amsmath</literal> package. </para> <screen>\usepackage{amsmath} % in preamble @@ -4242,14 +4352,14 @@ bars <literal>||...||</literal>, along with a number of other array constru \end{vmatrix}=ad-bc \end{equation} </screen> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>array (package)</literal></primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>array (package)</literal> package</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>array</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>array</literal> package</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>dcolumn</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>dcolumn</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<para>There are many packages concerning arrays. The <filename>array</filename> package has -many useful extensions, including more column types. The <filename>dcolumn</filename> +<para>There are many packages concerning arrays. The <literal>array</literal> package has +many useful extensions, including more column types. The <literal>dcolumn</literal> package adds a column type to center on a decimal point. For both see the documentation on CTAN. </para> @@ -4318,7 +4428,6 @@ entire page. <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\centering</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>centering text, declaration for</primary></indexterm> - <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>{\centering ... } @@ -4419,7 +4528,7 @@ boldface and flush left at all levels. </para> <para>For information about list layout parameters, including the default values, and for information about customizing list layout, see -<link linkend="list">list</link>. The package <filename>enumitem</filename> is useful for customizing +<link linkend="list">list</link>. The package <literal>enumitem</literal> is useful for customizing lists. </para> <para>This example changes the description labels to small caps. @@ -4456,7 +4565,7 @@ math text. One way to get an equation number is to use the <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsmath</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsmath</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<para>Note that the <filename>amsmath</filename> package has significantly more extensive +<para>Note that the <literal>amsmath</literal> package has significantly more extensive displayed equation facilities. For example, there are a number of ways in that package for having math text broken across lines. </para> @@ -4604,7 +4713,7 @@ the outermost level. <para>For other major &latex; labeled list environments, see <link linkend="description">description</link> and <link linkend="itemize">itemize</link>. For information about list layout parameters, including the default values, and for information about -customizing list layout, see <link linkend="list">list</link>. The package <filename>enumitem</filename> is +customizing list layout, see <link linkend="list">list</link>. The package <literal>enumitem</literal> is useful for customizing lists. </para> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\labelenumi</primary></indexterm> @@ -4645,7 +4754,7 @@ period. including spacing that is inconsistent with other mathematics elements. (See “Avoid eqnarray!” by Lars Madsen <ulink url="https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf">https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf</ulink>). New documents -should include the <filename>amsmath</filename> package and use the displayed +should include the <literal>amsmath</literal> package and use the displayed mathematics environments provided there, such as the <literal>align</literal> environment. We include a description only for completeness and for working with old documents. @@ -4725,7 +4834,7 @@ missing dollar sign. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsmath</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsmath</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<para>The package <filename>amsmath</filename> package has extensive displayed equation +<para>The package <literal>amsmath</literal> package has extensive displayed equation facilities. New documents should include this package. </para> @@ -4776,13 +4885,12 @@ spans both columns, at the top of the page. To add the possibility of placing at a page bottom see the discussion of <replaceable>placement</replaceable> <literal>b</literal> in <link linkend="Floats">Floats</link>. </para> -<para>The label is optional; it is used for cross references (see <link linkend="Cross-references">Cross -references</link>). <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\caption</primary></indexterm> -The optional <literal>\caption</literal> command specifies caption text for the -figure. By default it is numbered. If <replaceable>loftitle</replaceable> is present, it is -used in the list of figures instead of <replaceable>title</replaceable> (see <link linkend="Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of -contents etc.</link>). +<para>The label is optional; it is used for cross references (see <link linkend="Cross-references">Cross +references</link>). The optional <literal>\caption</literal> command specifies caption +text for the figure (see <link linkend="_005ccaption">\caption</link>). By default it is numbered. +If <replaceable>loftitle</replaceable> is present, it is used in the list of figures +instead of <replaceable>title</replaceable> (see <link linkend="Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</link>). </para> <para>This example makes a figure out of a graphic. &latex; will place that graphic and its caption at the top of a page or, if it is pushed to the @@ -5059,7 +5167,7 @@ must be at least one <literal>\item</literal> within the environment; having non \item Rice portrait \end{itemize} </screen> -<para>With the default locale—without loading e.g. <filename>babel</filename> package +<para>With the default locale—without loading e.g. <literal>babel</literal> package with another language than USenglish—as a top-level list each label would come out as a bullet, •. The format of the labeling depends on the nesting level; see below. @@ -5121,7 +5229,7 @@ smaller values for more deeply nested levels. <literal>enumerate</literal> and <literal>description</literal> environment use the same list layout parameters. For a description, including the default values, and for information about customizing list layout, see <link linkend="list">list</link>. The -package <filename>enumitem</filename> is useful for customizing lists. +package <literal>enumitem</literal> is useful for customizing lists. </para> <para>This example greatly reduces the margin space for outermost itemized lists. @@ -5633,15 +5741,13 @@ vertical center lines up with the center of the adjacent text line. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>t</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vtop plain &tex;</primary></indexterm> -<!-- xx Is there any reason why the word ``match'' is used instead of word --> -<!-- ``align''. Do we mean some more permissive alignment? --> -<para>Match the top line in the <literal>minipage</literal> with the baseline of the -surrounding text (plain &tex;’s <literal>\vtop</literal>). +<para>Align the baseline of the top line in the <literal>minipage</literal> with the +baseline of the surrounding text (plain &tex;’s <literal>\vtop</literal>). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>b</literal> -</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vbox plain &tex;</primary></indexterm> -<para>Match the bottom line in the <literal>minipage</literal> with the baseline of the -surrounding text (plain &tex;’s <literal>\vbox</literal>). +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vbox (plain &tex;)</primary></indexterm> +<para>Align the baseline of the bottom line in the <literal>minipage</literal> with the +baseline of the surrounding text (plain &tex;’s <literal>\vbox</literal>). </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> <para>To see the effects of these, contrast running this </para> @@ -6007,7 +6113,7 @@ that curve. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>graphpap</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>graphpap</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<para>Draw a coordinate grid. Requires the <filename>graphpap</filename> package. +<para>Draw a coordinate grid. Requires the <literal>graphpap</literal> package. The grid’s origin is <literal>(<replaceable>x_init</replaceable>,<replaceable>y_init</replaceable>)</literal>. Grid lines come every <replaceable>spacing</replaceable> units (the default is 10). The grid extends <replaceable>x_dimen</replaceable> units to the right and <replaceable>y_dimen</replaceable> units up. @@ -6063,7 +6169,6 @@ then the line’s ending point has a second coordinate that is less than <para>If <replaceable>travel</replaceable> is negative then you get <literal>LaTeX Error: Bad \line or \vector argument.</literal> </para> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>pict2e</literal> package</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>graphics packages</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>pict2e</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>pict2e</literal> package</primary></indexterm> @@ -6088,7 +6193,7 @@ relatively prime, so that <replaceable>(x_run,y_rise)</replaceable> can be (2,1) (4,2) (if you choose the latter then instead of lines you get sequences of arrowheads; the solution is to switch to the former). To get lines of arbitrary slope and plenty of other shapes in a system like -<literal>picture</literal>, see the package <filename>pict2e</filename> +<literal>picture</literal>, see the package <literal>pict2e</literal> (<ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/pict2e">https://ctan.org/pkg/pict2e</ulink>). Another solution is to use a full-featured graphics system such as TikZ, PSTricks, MetaPost, or Asymptote. @@ -6108,7 +6213,7 @@ MetaPost, or Asymptote. picture to be <replaceable>dim</replaceable>, which must be a positive length (see <link linkend="Lengths">Lengths</link>). It differs from <literal>\thinlines</literal> and <literal>\thicklines</literal> in that it does not affect the thickness of slanted -lines, circles, or ovals. +lines, circles, or ovals (see <link linkend="_005coval">\oval</link>). </para> </sect2> @@ -6132,7 +6237,7 @@ changed with either <link linkend="_005clinethickness">\linethickness</link> or <para>Declaration to set the thickness of subsequent lines, circles, and ovals in a picture environment to be 0.8pt. See also <link linkend="_005clinethickness">\linethickness</link> and <link linkend="_005cthinlines">\thinlines</link>. This command is illustrated -in the Trapezoidal Rule example of <link linkend="picture">picture</link>. +in the Trapezoidal Rule example of <link linkend="_005cqbezier">\qbezier</link>. </para> </sect2> @@ -6169,9 +6274,10 @@ integers from 1 to 15. <screen>\oval(<replaceable>width</replaceable>,<replaceable>height</replaceable>) \oval(<replaceable>width</replaceable>,<replaceable>height</replaceable>)[<replaceable>portion</replaceable>] </screen> -<para>Produce a rectangle with rounded corners. The optional argument -<replaceable>portion</replaceable> allows you to produce only half or a quarter of the oval. -For half an oval take <replaceable>portion</replaceable> to be one of these. +<para>Produce a rectangle with rounded corners, hereinafter referred to as an +<firstterm>oval</firstterm>. The optional argument <replaceable>portion</replaceable> allows you to produce +only half or a quarter of the oval. For half an oval take <replaceable>portion</replaceable> +to be one of these. </para> <variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>t</literal> </term><listitem><para>top half @@ -6195,7 +6301,7 @@ top half. <para>These shapes are not ellipses. They are rectangles whose corners are made with quarter circles. These circles have a maximum radius of 20pt (see <link linkend="_005ccircle">\circle</link> for the sizes). Thus large ovals are just -boxes with a small amount of corner rounding. +frames with a small amount of corner rounding. </para> </sect2> @@ -6210,16 +6316,20 @@ boxes with a small amount of corner rounding. </screen> <para>Produce a vertical stack of objects. </para> -<para>This labels the <inlineequation><mathphrase>y</mathphrase></inlineequation> axis. +<para>This labels the <inlineequation><mathphrase>y</mathphrase></inlineequation> axis by writing the word ‘<literal><inlineequation><mathphrase>y</mathphrase></inlineequation></literal>’ above +the word ‘<literal>axis</literal>’. </para> -<screen>\put(0,0){\vector(1,0){4}} % x axis -\put(0,0){\vector(0,1){2}} % y -\put(-0.25,2){\makebox[0][r]{\shortstack[r]{$y$\\ axis}}} +<screen>\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm} +\begin{picture}(5,2.5)(-0.75,0) + \put(0,0){\vector(1,0){4}} % x axis + \put(0,0){\vector(0,1){2}} % y + \put(-0.2,2){\makebox(0,0)[r]{\shortstack[r]{$y$\\ axis}}} +\end{picture} </screen> <para>For a short stack, the reference point is the lower left of the stack. -In the above example the <link linkend="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</link> puts the stack flush -right in a zero width box so in total the short stack sits slightly to -the left of the <inlineequation><mathphrase>y</mathphrase></inlineequation> axis. +In the above example the <literal>\makebox</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</link>) puts +the stack flush right in a zero width box so in total the short stack +sits slightly to the left of the <inlineequation><mathphrase>y</mathphrase></inlineequation> axis. </para> <para>The valid positions are: </para> @@ -6233,11 +6343,13 @@ the left of the <inlineequation><mathphrase>y</mathphrase></inlineequation>  <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ (for <literal>\shortstack</literal> objects)</primary></indexterm> <para>Separate objects into lines with <literal>\\</literal>. These stacks are short in that, unlike in a <literal>tabular</literal> or <literal>array</literal> environment, here the -rows are not spaced out to be of even heights. Thus, in +rows are not spaced out to be of even baseline skips. Thus, in <literal>\shortstack{X\\o\\o\\X}</literal> the first and last rows are taller than -the middle two. You can adjust row heights either by putting in the -usual interline spacing with <literal>\shortstack{X\\ \strut o\\o\\X}</literal>, -or by hand, via an explicit zero-width box <literal>\shortstack{X \\ +the middle two, and therefore the baseline skip between the two middle +rows is smaller than that between the third and last row. You can +adjust row heights and depths either by putting in the usual interline +spacing with <literal>\shortstack{X\\ \strut o\\o\\X}</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cstrut">\strut</link>), +or explicitly, via an zero-width box <literal>\shortstack{X \\ \rule{0pt}{12pt} o\\o\\X}</literal> or by using <literal>\\</literal>’s optional argument <literal>\shortstack{X\\[2pt] o\\o\\X}</literal>. </para> @@ -6686,10 +6798,11 @@ float placement algorithm, see <link linkend="Floats">Floats</link>. <para>The label is optional; it is used for cross references (see <link linkend="Cross-references">Cross references</link>). <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\caption</primary></indexterm> -The <literal>\caption</literal> command is also optional. It specifies caption text -<replaceable>title</replaceable> for the table. By default it is numbered. If its optional -<replaceable>lottitle</replaceable> is present then that text is used in the list of tables -instead of <replaceable>title</replaceable> (see <link linkend="Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</link>). +The <literal>\caption</literal> command is also optional. It specifies caption +text <replaceable>title</replaceable> for the table (see <link linkend="_005ccaption">\caption</link>). By default it is +numbered. If its optional <replaceable>lottitle</replaceable> is present then that text is +used in the list of tables instead of <replaceable>title</replaceable> (see <link linkend="Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of +contents etc.</link>). </para> <para>In this example the table and caption will float to the bottom of a page, unless it is pushed to a float page at the end. @@ -6977,7 +7090,7 @@ range en-dash. </para> <screen>\begin{tabular}{l|r@{--}l} \multicolumn{1}{c}{\textsc{Period}} - &multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsc{Span}} \\ \hline + &\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsc{Span}} \\ \hline Baroque &1600 &1760 \\ Classical &1730 &1820 \\ Romantic &1780 &1910 \\ @@ -7132,7 +7245,7 @@ as with <literal>\renewcommand{\refname}{Cited references}</literal>, after <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>babel</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>babel</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<para>Language support packages such as <filename>babel</filename> will automatically +<para>Language support packages such as <literal>babel</literal> will automatically redefine <literal>\refname</literal> or <literal>\bibname</literal> to fit the selected language. </para> @@ -7294,8 +7407,8 @@ sophisticated approach to managing bibliographies is provided by the Bib&tex; program. This is only an introduction; see the full documentation on CTAN (see <link linkend="CTAN">CTAN</link>). </para> -<para>With Bib&tex;, you don’t use <literal>thebibliography</literal> -(see <link linkend="thebibliography">thebibliography</link>). Instead, include these lines. +<para>With Bib&tex;, you don’t use the <literal>thebibliography</literal> environment +directly (see <link linkend="thebibliography">thebibliography</link>). Instead, include these lines: </para> <screen>\bibliographystyle{<replaceable>bibstyle</replaceable>} \bibliography{<replaceable>bibfile1</replaceable>, <replaceable>bibfile2</replaceable>, ...} @@ -7316,8 +7429,8 @@ Sort the bibliographic items alphabetically. </term><listitem><para>Like <literal>plain</literal>, but more compact labels. </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> <para>Many, many other Bib&tex; style files exist, -tailored to the demands of various publications. See CTAN’s listing -<ulink url="https://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib">https://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib</ulink>. +tailored to the demands of various publications. See the CTAN topic +<ulink url="https://ctan.org/topic/bibtex-sty">https://ctan.org/topic/bibtex-sty</ulink>. </para> <para>The <literal>\bibliography</literal> command is what actually produces the bibliography. Its argument is a comma-separated list, referring to @@ -7346,7 +7459,50 @@ can keep all your sources together in one file, or a small number of files, and rely on Bib&tex; to include in this document only those that you used. </para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>‘<literal>*</literal>’, to <literal>\nocite</literal> all keys</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nocite {*}, for all keys</primary></indexterm> +<para>With Bib&tex;, the <replaceable>keys</replaceable> argument to <literal>\nocite</literal> can also be +the single character ‘<literal>*</literal>’. This means to implicitly cite all +entries from all given bibliographies. +</para> + +<sect3 label="8.24.4.1" id="BibTeX-error-messages"> +<title>Bib&tex; error messages</title> + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Bib&tex; error messages</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>error messages, from Bib&tex;</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>.aux file and Bib&tex; commands</primary></indexterm> +<para>If you forget to use <literal>\bibliography</literal> or <literal>\bibliographystyle</literal> +in your document (or, less likely, any <literal>\cite</literal> or <literal>\nocite</literal> +command), Bib&tex; will issue an error message. Because Bib&tex; +can be used with any program, not just &latex;, the error messages +refer to the internal commands read by Bib&tex; (from the <filename>.aux</filename> +file), rather than the user-level commands described above. +</para> +<para>Here is a table showing internal commands mentioned in the Bib&tex; +errors, and the corresponding user-level commands. +</para> +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bibdata</primary></indexterm><literal>\bibdata</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bibliography and internal <literal>\bibdata</literal></primary></indexterm> +<para><literal>\bibliography</literal> +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bibstyle</primary></indexterm><literal>\bibstyle</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bibliographystyle and internal <literal>\bibstyle</literal></primary></indexterm> +<para><literal>\bibliographystyle</literal> +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\citation</primary></indexterm><literal>\citation</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cite and internal <literal>\citation</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nocite and internal <literal>\citation</literal></primary></indexterm> +<para><literal>\cite</literal>, <literal>\nocite</literal> +</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> +<para>For example, if your document has no <literal>\bibliographystyle</literal> +command, Bib&tex; complains as follows: +</para> +<screen>I found no \bibstyle command---while reading file <replaceable>document</replaceable>.aux +</screen> + +</sect3> </sect2> </sect1> <sect1 label="8.25" id="theorem"> @@ -7564,7 +7720,7 @@ it allows line breaks. <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>minted</literal> package</primary></indexterm> <para>For computer code there are many packages with advantages over -<literal>\verb</literal>. One is <filename>listings</filename>, another is <filename>minted</filename>. +<literal>\verb</literal>. One is <literal>listings</literal>, another is <literal>minted</literal>. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>cprotect</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>cprotect</literal> package</primary></indexterm> @@ -7645,6 +7801,8 @@ before taking a final pass through and considering line breaks (and page breaks). This differs from word processing, where you are formatting text as you input it. Putting these off until the end prevents a lot of fiddling with breaks that will change anyway. +<!-- Alernative text proposed here: https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000803.html --> +<!-- this text is that of the French version. --> </para> @@ -7671,12 +7829,12 @@ rubber length (see <link linkend="Lengths">Lengths</link>) and can be negative. the line break is set at its normal length, that is, it is not stretched to fill out the line width. This command is fragile (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). </para> -<para>The starred form, <literal>\\*</literal>, tells &latex; not to start a new page -between the two lines, by issuing a <literal>\nobreak</literal>. -</para> <screen>\title{My story: \\[0.25in] a tale of woe} </screen> +<para>The starred form, <literal>\\*</literal>, tells &latex; not to start a new page +between the two lines, by issuing a <literal>\nobreak</literal>. +</para> <para>Explicit line breaks in the main text body are unusual in &latex;. In particular, don’t start new paragraphs with <literal>\\</literal>. Instead leave a blank line between the two paragraphs. And don’t put in a sequence of @@ -7775,9 +7933,9 @@ fff ggg <indexterm role="cp"><primary>new line, starting (paragraph mode)</primary></indexterm> <para>In ordinary text, this ends a line in a way that does not right-justify -the line, so the prior text is not stretched. That is, in paragraph mode -(see <link linkend="Modes">Modes</link>), the <literal>\newline</literal> command is equivalent to -double-backslash (see <link linkend="_005c_005c">\\</link>). This command is fragile +it, so the text before the end of line is not stretched. That is, in +paragraph mode (see <link linkend="Modes">Modes</link>), the <literal>\newline</literal> command is +equivalent to double-backslash (see <link linkend="_005c_005c">\\</link>). This command is fragile (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). </para> <para>However, the two commands are different inside a <literal>tabular</literal> or @@ -7790,7 +7948,7 @@ equivalent <literal>\tabularnewline</literal>. <para>This will print ‘<literal>Name:</literal>’ and ‘<literal>Address:</literal>’ as two lines in a single cell of the table. </para> -<screen>\begin{tabular}{p{1in}{\hspace{2in}}p{1in}} +<screen>\begin{tabular}{p{1in}@{\hspace{2in}}p{1in}} Name: \newline Address: &Date: \\ \hline \end{tabular} </screen> @@ -7806,8 +7964,9 @@ single cell of the table. <para>Tell &latex; that it may hyphenate the word at that point. When you insert <literal>\-</literal> commands in a word, the word will only be hyphenated at -those points and not at any of the hyphenation points that &latex; -might otherwise have chosen. This command is robust (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). +those points and not at any of the other hyphenation points that +&latex; might otherwise have chosen. This command is robust +(see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). </para> <para>&latex; is good at hyphenating and usually finds most of the correct hyphenation points, while almost never using an incorrect one. The @@ -7831,9 +7990,9 @@ in unacceptably large spaces to set the narrow column. better fit. </para> <para>The <literal>\-</literal> command only allows &latex; to break there, it does not -require that it break there. You can insist on a split with something -like <literal>Hef-\linebreak feron</literal>. Of course, if you later change the -text then this forced break may look very odd, so this approach requires +require that it break there. You can force a split with something like +<literal>Hef-\linebreak feron</literal>. Of course, if you later change the text +then this forced break may look very odd, so this approach requires care. </para> @@ -7853,16 +8012,19 @@ care. <para>If a line break occurs at the point where <literal>\discretionary</literal> appears then &tex; puts <replaceable>pre-break</replaceable> at the end of the current line and puts <replaceable>post-break</replaceable> at the start of the next line. If there is no line -break here then &tex; puts <replaceable>no-break</replaceable> +break here then &tex; puts <replaceable>no-break</replaceable>. </para> <para>In ‘<literal>difficult</literal>’ the three letters <literal>ffi</literal> form a ligature. But -&tex; can nonetheless break between the two f’s with this. +&tex; can nonetheless break between the two ‘<literal>f</literal>’’s with this. </para> <screen>di\discretionary{f-}{fi}{ffi}cult </screen> <para>Note that users do not have to do this. It is typically handled automatically by &tex;’s hyphenation algorithm. </para> +<!-- xxx TODO, complete this node, see LaTeX-fr (copied & pasted below, --> +<!-- with accented letter escaped) --> + </sect1> <sect1 label="9.6" id="_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy"> @@ -7879,17 +8041,19 @@ words, at the cost of an occasional overfull box. Conversely, spacing. </para> <para>The default is <literal>\fussy</literal>. Line breaking in a paragraph is -controlled by whichever declaration is current at the blank line, or -<literal>\par</literal>, or displayed equation ending that paragraph. So to affect -the line breaks, include that paragraph-ending material in the scope of -the command. +controlled by whichever declaration is current at the end of the +paragraph, i.e., at the blank line or <literal>\par</literal> or displayed +equation ending that paragraph. So to affect the line breaks, include +that paragraph-ending material in the scope of the command. </para> <sect2 label="9.6.1" id="sloppypar"> <title><literal>sloppypar</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>sloppypar</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>sloppypar</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>sloppypar</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> + <indexterm role="cp"><primary>sloppypar environment</primary></indexterm> <para>Synopsis: @@ -7939,8 +8103,13 @@ hyphenation with a dash character, <literal>-</literal>. <screen>\hyphenation{hat-er il-lit-e-ra-ti tru-th-i-ness} </screen> <para>Use lowercase letters. &tex; will only hyphenate if the word matches -exactly. Multiple <literal>\hyphenation</literal> commands accumulate. +exactly, no inflections are tried. Multiple <literal>\hyphenation</literal> +commands accumulate. </para> +<!-- xx Re-align on LaTeX-fr which also mentions fontenc, and that --> +<!-- babel/polyglossia already load hyphenation patterns, and you have to --> +<!-- declare only non existing words. --> + </sect1> <sect1 label="9.8" id="_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak"> @@ -7962,12 +8131,12 @@ exactly. Multiple <literal>\hyphenation</literal> commands accumulate. \nolinebreak[<replaceable>zero-to-four</replaceable>] </screen> <para>Encourage or discourage a line break. The optional <replaceable>zero-to-four</replaceable> -is an integer that allows you to soften the instruction. The default is -4, so that without the optional argument these commands entirely force -or prevent the break. But for instance, <literal>\nolinebreak[1]</literal> is a -suggestion that another place may be better. The higher the number, the -more insistent the request. Both commands are fragile -(see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). +is an integer lying between 0 and 4 that allows you to soften the +instruction. The default is 4, so that without the optional argument +these commands entirely force or prevent the break. But for instance, +<literal>\nolinebreak[1]</literal> is a suggestion that another place may be better. +The higher the number, the more insistent the request. Both commands +are fragile (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). </para> <para>Here we tell &latex; that a good place to put a linebreak is after the standard legal text. @@ -7977,11 +8146,10 @@ We especially encourage applications from members of traditionally underrepresented groups. </screen> <para>When you issue <literal>\linebreak</literal>, the spaces in the line are stretched -out so that it extends to the right margin. See <link linkend="_005c_005c">\\</link> +out so that the break point reaches the right margin. See <link linkend="_005c_005c">\\</link> and <link linkend="_005cnewline">\newline</link>, to have the spaces not stretched out. </para> - </sect1> </chapter> <chapter label="10" id="Page-breaking"> @@ -8191,6 +8359,14 @@ this can cause you to get ‘<literal>Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has occurred while \output is active</literal>’. See <link linkend="_005cnewpage">\newpage</link>, for a command that does not have these effects. </para> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\samepage</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>samepage environment</primary></indexterm> +<para>(There is an obsolete declaration <literal>\samepage</literal>, which tries to only +allow a break between two paragraphs. There is a related environment +<literal>samepage</literal>, also obsolete. Neither of these work reliably. For +more on keeping material on the same page, see the FAQ entry +<ulink url="https://texfaq.org/FAQ-nopagebrk">https://texfaq.org/FAQ-nopagebrk</ulink>.) +</para> </sect1> </chapter> @@ -8271,7 +8447,8 @@ Change the rule with something like this. \kern 2pt} % and this 2 </screen> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\footnotesep</primary></indexterm><literal>\footnotesep</literal> -</term><listitem><anchor id="footnote-footnotesep"/><para>The height of the strut placed at the beginning of the footnote +</term><listitem><anchor id="footnote-footnotesep"/><indexterm role="cp"><primary>strut</primary></indexterm> +<para>The height of the strut placed at the beginning of the footnote (see <link linkend="_005cstrut">\strut</link>). By default, this is set to the normal strut for <literal>\footnotesize</literal> fonts (see <link linkend="Font-sizes">Font sizes</link>), therefore there is no extra space between footnotes. This is ‘<literal>6.65pt</literal>’ for ‘<literal>10pt</literal>’, @@ -8314,18 +8491,19 @@ footnote mark. This command can be used in inner paragraph mode (see <link linkend="Modes">Modes</link>). </para> <para>If you use <literal>\footnotemark</literal> without the optional argument then it -increments the footnote counter but if you use the optional <replaceable>number</replaceable> -then it does not. The next example produces several consecutive footnote -markers referring to the same footnote. +increments the <literal>footnote</literal> counter, but if you use the optional +<replaceable>number</replaceable> then it does not. The next example produces several +consecutive footnote markers referring to the same footnote. </para> <screen>The first theorem\footnote{Due to Gauss.} and the second theorem\footnotemark[\value{footnote}] and the third theorem.\footnotemark[\value{footnote}] </screen> -<para>If there are intervening footnotes then you must remember the value of the -common mark. This example gives the same institutional affiliation to -both the first and third authors (<literal>\thanks</literal> is a version of -<literal>footnote</literal>), by-hand giving the number of the footnote. +<para>If there are intervening footnotes then you must remember the value of +the number of the common mark. This example gives the same +institutional affiliation to both the first and third authors +(<literal>\thanks</literal> is a version of <literal>\footnote</literal>), by-hand giving the +number of the footnote. </para> <screen>\title{A Treatise on the Binomial Theorem} \author{J Moriarty\thanks{University of Leeds} @@ -8351,7 +8529,7 @@ Therefore, anyone who can manage a crocodile is not a baby. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>hyperref</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>hyperref</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<para>This example accomplishes the same by using the package <filename>cleveref</filename>. +<para>This example accomplishes the same by using the package <literal>cleveref</literal>. </para> <!-- from SE user Jake http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/10116/339 --> <screen>\usepackage{cleveref}[2012/02/15] % in preamble @@ -8364,7 +8542,7 @@ But the key lemma is from Tinker.\cref{fn:TE} <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>hyperref</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>hyperref</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<para>It will work with the package <filename>hyperref</filename>. +<para>It will work with the package <literal>hyperref</literal>. </para> </sect1> @@ -8431,7 +8609,7 @@ the footnote text does not appear. The solution is to use a \textit{HMS Polychrest} &Post Captain \\ \textit{HMS Lively} &Post Captain \\ \textit{HMS Surprise} &A number of books\footnote{% - Starting with HMS Surprise.} + Starting with \textit{HMS Surprise}.} \end{tabular} \end{minipage} \end{center} @@ -8465,8 +8643,11 @@ part of the regular footnote sequence, use the <literal>\footnotemark</literal> Relationship is unresolved in XXI.} \end{center} </screen> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>tablefootnote</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>tablefootnote</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + <para>For a floating <literal>table</literal> environment (see <link linkend="table">table</link>), use the -<filename>tablefootnote</filename> package. +<literal>tablefootnote</literal> package. </para> <screen>\usepackage{tablefootnote} % in preamble ... @@ -8497,7 +8678,7 @@ other footnotes. <para>Particularly in the humanities, authors can have multiple classes of footnotes, including having footnotes of footnotes. The package -<filename>bigfoot</filename> extends &latex;’s default footnote mechanism in many +<literal>bigfoot</literal> extends &latex;’s default footnote mechanism in many ways, including allow these two, as in this example. </para> <screen>\usepackage{bigfoot} % in preamble @@ -8506,7 +8687,7 @@ ways, including allow these two, as in this example. ... The third theorem is a partial converse of the second.\footnotefrom{% - First noted in Wilson.\footnote{Second edition only.}} + Noted in Wilson.\footnote{Second edition only.}} </screen> </sect1> @@ -8562,8 +8743,8 @@ multiple paragraphs. </para> <variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>cmd</replaceable> </term><listitem> -<para>Required; the command name. It must begin with a backslash, <literal>\</literal>, -and must not begin with the four letter string <literal>\end</literal>. For +<para>Required; <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> is the command name. It must begin with a backslash, <literal>\</literal>, +and must not begin with the four character string <literal>\end</literal>. For <literal>\newcommand</literal>, it must not be already defined. For <literal>\renewcommand</literal>, this name must already be defined. </para> @@ -8602,10 +8783,11 @@ you call the command (or by the default value if there is an optional argument and you don’t exercise the option). </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> -<para>&tex; ignores spaces in the source following an alphabetic control -sequence, as in ‘<literal>\cmd </literal>’. If you actually want a space there, one -solution is to type <literal>{}</literal> after the command (‘<literal>\cmd{} </literal>’, and -another solution is to use an explicit control space (‘<literal>\cmd\ </literal>’). +<para>&tex; ignores blanks in the source following a control word +(see <link linkend="Control-sequences">Control sequences</link>), as in ‘<literal>\cmd </literal>’. If you actually want a +space there, one solution is to type <literal>{}</literal> after the command +(‘<literal>\cmd{} </literal>’, and another solution is to use an explicit control +space (‘<literal>\cmd\ </literal>’). </para> <para>A simple example of defining a new command: <literal>\newcommand{\RS}{Robin Smith}</literal> results in <literal>\RS</literal> being @@ -8618,14 +8800,14 @@ defined. Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual</literal>’. If to redefine a command and the name has not yet been used then you get something like ‘<literal>LaTeX Error: \hank undefined</literal>’. </para> -<para>Here the first command definition has no arguments, and the second has -one required argument. +<para>Here the first definition creates a command with no arguments, and the +second, one with one required argument. </para> <screen>\newcommand{\student}{Ms~O'Leary} \newcommand{\defref}[1]{Definition~\ref{#1}} </screen> <para>Use the first as in <literal>I highly recommend \student{} to you</literal>. The -second has a variable, so that <literal>\defref{def:basis}</literal> expands to +second has a variable argument, so that <literal>\defref{def:basis}</literal> expands to <literal>Definition~\ref{def:basis}</literal>, which ultimately expands to something like ‘<literal>Definition~3.14</literal>’. </para> @@ -8664,6 +8846,38 @@ is to put another pair of braces inside the definition: <literal>\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{{\it #1}}</literal>. </para> +<sect2 label="12.1.1" id="Control-sequences"> +<title>Control sequence, control word and control symbol</title> + +<para>When reading input &tex; converts the sequences of read characters into +a sequence of <firstterm>tokens</firstterm>. When &tex; sees a backslash <literal>\</literal>, it +will handle the following characters in a special way in order to make a +<firstterm>control sequence</firstterm> token. +</para> +<para>The control sequences fall into two categories: +</para> +<itemizedlist><listitem><para><firstterm>control word</firstterm>, when the control sequence is gathered from a +<literal>\</literal> followed by at least one ASCII letter, followed by at least one +blank. The sequence of at least one ASCII letter is called the +<firstterm>control sequence name</firstterm>. +</para></listitem><listitem><para><firstterm>control symbol</firstterm>, when the control sequence is gathered from a +<literal>\</literal> followed by one non-letter character. +</para></listitem></itemizedlist> +<para>Blanks after a control word are ignored and do not produce any +whitespace in the output (see <link linkend="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</link> and +<link linkend="_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</link>). +</para> +<para>Just as the <literal>\relax</literal> command does nothing, the following will print +‘<literal>Hello!</literal>’: +</para> +<screen>Hel\relax <!-- /@w --> <!-- /@w --> <!-- /@w --> + <!-- /@w --> <!-- /@w --> <!-- /@w -->lo! +</screen> +<para>This is because blanks after <literal>\relax</literal>, including the newline are +ignored, and blanks at the beginning of a line are also ignored +(see <link linkend="Leading-blanks">Leading blanks</link>). +</para> +</sect2> </sect1> <sect1 label="12.2" id="_005cprovidecommand"> <title><literal>\providecommand</literal></title> @@ -8675,12 +8889,12 @@ is to put another pair of braces inside the definition: <para>Synopses, one of: </para> -<screen>\providecommand{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} -\providecommand{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} -\providecommand{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} -\providecommand*{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} -\providecommand*{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} -\providecommand*{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} +<screen>\providecommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} +\providecommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} +\providecommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} +\providecommand*{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} +\providecommand*{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} +\providecommand*{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} </screen> <para>Defines a command, as long as no command of this name already exists. If no command of this name already exists then this has the same effect @@ -8692,8 +8906,8 @@ See <link linkend="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \r <para>This example </para> <screen>\providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Saint Michael's College} -\providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Saint Michael's College} ->From \myaffiliation. +\providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Lyc\'ee Henri IV} +From \myaffiliation. </screen> <para>outputs ‘<literal>From Saint Michael's College</literal>’. Unlike <literal>\newcommand</literal>, the repeated use of <literal>\providecommand</literal> does not give an error. @@ -8831,11 +9045,11 @@ standard practice is not to insert any such spaces. <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>xparse</literal> package</primary></indexterm> <para>There are two alternative ways to accomplish the work of -<literal>\@ifstar</literal>. (1) The <filename>suffix</filename> package allows the +<literal>\@ifstar</literal>. (1) The <literal>suffix</literal> package allows the construct <literal>\newcommand\mycommand{<replaceable>unstarred-variant</replaceable>}</literal> followed by <literal>\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{<replaceable>starred-variant</replaceable>}</literal>. -(2) &latex; provides the <filename>xparse</filename> package, which allows +(2) &latex; provides the <literal>xparse</literal> package, which allows this code: </para> <screen>\NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1 @@ -8905,21 +9119,23 @@ defined.</literal>’ <para>Synopsis: </para> -<screen>\newlength{<replaceable>arg</replaceable>} +<screen>\newlength{\<replaceable>len</replaceable>} </screen> <para>Allocate a new length register (see <link linkend="Lengths">Lengths</link>). The required argument -<replaceable>arg</replaceable> must begin with a backslash, <literal>\</literal>. The new register holds -rubber lengths such as <literal>72.27pt</literal> or <literal>1in plus.2in minus.1in</literal> -(a &latex; length register is what plain &tex; calls a <literal>skip</literal> -register). The initial value is zero. The control sequence -<literal>\<replaceable>arg</replaceable></literal> must not be already defined. +<literal>\<replaceable>len</replaceable></literal> has to be a control sequence (see <link linkend="Control-sequences">Control +sequences</link>), and as such must begin with a backslash, <literal>\</literal> under +normal circumstances. The new register holds rubber lengths such as +<literal>72.27pt</literal> or <literal>1in plus.2in minus.1in</literal> (a &latex; length +register is what plain &tex; calls a <literal>skip</literal> register). The +initial value is zero. The control sequence <literal>\<replaceable>len</replaceable></literal> must not +be already defined. </para> <para>An example: </para> <screen>\newlength{\graphichgt} </screen> <para>If you forget the backslash then you get ‘<literal>Missing control sequence -inserted</literal>’. If the command sequence already exists then you get +inserted</literal>’. If the control sequence already exists then you get something like ‘<literal>LaTeX Error: Command \graphichgt already defined. Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual</literal>’. </para> @@ -9351,11 +9567,12 @@ to <literal>\protect\(..\protect\)</literal>. </para> <screen>\ignorespacesafterend </screen> -<para>Both commands cause &latex; to ignore spaces after the end of the -command up until the first non-space character. The first is a command -from plain &tex;, and the second is &latex;-specific. +<para>Both commands cause &latex; to ignore blanks (that is, characters of +catcode 10 such as space or tabulation) after the end of the +command up to the first box or non-blank character. The first is a +command from plain &tex;, and the second is &latex;-specific. </para> -<para>The <literal>ignorespaces</literal> is often used when defining commands via +<para>The <literal>\ignorespaces</literal> is often used when defining commands via <literal>\newcommand</literal>, or <literal>\newenvironment</literal>, or <literal>\def</literal>. The example below illustrates. It allows a user to show the points values for quiz questions in the margin but it is inconvenient because, as @@ -9373,7 +9590,7 @@ the command and the question text. <screen>\newcommand{\points}[1]{% \makebox[0pt]{\makebox[10em][l]{#1~pts}}\ignorespaces} </screen> -<para>A second example shows spaces being removed from the front of text. The +<para>A second example shows blanks being removed from the front of text. The commands below allow a user to uniformly attach a title to names. But, as given, if a title accidentally starts with a space then <literal>\fullname</literal> will reproduce that. @@ -9394,7 +9611,7 @@ at the end of the <replaceable>begin</replaceable> clause, as in <literal>\begin{newenvironment}{<replaceable>env name</replaceable>}{... \ignorespaces}{...}</literal>. </para> -<para>To strip spaces off the end of an environment use +<para>To strip blanks off the end of an environment use <literal>\ignorespacesafterend</literal>. An example is that this will show a much larger vertical space between the first and second environments than between the second and third. @@ -9421,6 +9638,9 @@ inconvenient. The solution is to change to <title>xspace package</title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\xspace</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>xspace</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>xspace</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + <indexterm role="cp"><primary>spaces, ignore around commands</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>commands, ignore spaces</primary></indexterm> @@ -9430,27 +9650,30 @@ inconvenient. The solution is to change to ... \newcommand{...}{...\xspace} </screen> -<para>The <literal>\xspace</literal> macro, when used at the end of a command, adds a -space unless the command is followed by certain punctuation characters. +<para>The <literal>\xspace</literal> macro, when used at the end of a command definition, +adds a space unless the command is followed by certain punctuation +characters. </para> -<para>After a command name that uses letters (as opposed to single character -command names using non-letters such as <literal>\$</literal>), &tex; gobbles white -space. Thus, in the first sentence below, the output has ‘<literal>Vermont</literal>’ -placed snugly against the period, without any intervening space. +<para>After a command control sequence that is a control word (see <link linkend="Control-sequences">Control +sequences</link>, as opposed to control symbols such as <literal>\$</literal>), &tex; +gobbles blank characters. Thus, in the first sentence below, the output +has ‘<literal>Vermont</literal>’ placed snugly against the period, without any +intervening space. </para> <screen>\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont} Our college is in \VT . The \VT{} summers are nice. </screen> -<para>But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the dummy curly +<para>But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the empty curly braces or else there would be no space separating ‘<literal>Vermont</literal>’ from -‘<literal>summers</literal>’. (Many authors instead instead use a backslash-space +‘<literal>summers</literal>’. (Many authors instead use a backslash-space <literal>\ </literal> for this. See <link linkend="_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</link>.) </para> -<para>The <filename>xspace</filename> package provides <literal>\xspace</literal>. It is for writing -commands which are designed to be used mainly in text. It inserts a -space after that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of -exceptions. In this example, the dummy braces are not needed. +<para>The <literal>xspace</literal> package provides <literal>\xspace</literal>. It is for writing +commands which are designed to be used mainly in text. It must be place +at the very end of the definition of these commands. It inserts a space +after that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of +exceptions. In this example, the empty braces are not needed. </para> <screen>\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont\xspace} Our college is in \VT . @@ -9459,16 +9682,17 @@ Our college is in \VT . <para>The default exception list contains the characters <literal>,.'/?;:!~-)</literal>, the open curly brace and the backslash-space command discussed above, and the commands <literal>\footnote</literal> or <literal>\footnotemark</literal>. Add to that -list as with <literal>\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}</literal> and remove -from that list as with <literal>\xspaceremoveexception{!}</literal>. +list as with <literal>\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}</literal> which adds +<literal>\myfni</literal> and <literal>\myfnii</literal> to the list, and remove from that +list as with <literal>\xspaceremoveexception{!}</literal>. </para> <!-- David Carlisle https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/86620/339 --> <para>A comment: many experts prefer not to use <literal>\xspace</literal>. Putting it in a definition means that the command will usually get the spacing right. -But it isn’t easy to predict when to enter dummy braces because +But it isn’t easy to predict when to enter empty braces because <literal>\xspace</literal> will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another command, and so <literal>\xspace</literal> can make editing material harder and more -error-prone than instead always remembering the dummy braces. +error-prone than instead always inserting the empty braces. </para> </sect1> @@ -9489,6 +9713,23 @@ track of the chapter number. <para>Below is a list of the counters used in &latex;’s standard document classes to control numbering. </para> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>part counter</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>chapter counter</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>section counter</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>subsection counter</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>subsubsection counter</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>paragraph counter</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>subparagraph counter</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>page counter</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>equation counter</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>figure counter</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>table counter</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>footnote counter</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>mpfootnote counter</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>enumi counter</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>enumii counter</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>enumiii counter</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>enumiv counter</primary></indexterm> <screen>part paragraph figure enumi chapter subparagraph table enumii section page footnote enumiii @@ -9554,7 +9795,7 @@ warning but &latex; does not output anything. </para> <para>Here are the symbols: </para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="4"><colspec colwidth="10*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="30*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="30*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="30*"></colspec><thead><row><entry><para>Number</para></entry><entry><para>Name</para></entry><entry><para>Command</para></entry><entry><para>Symbol +<informaltable><tgroup cols="4"><colspec colwidth="11*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="30*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="30*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="29*"></colspec><thead><row><entry><para>Number</para></entry><entry><para>Name</para></entry><entry><para>Command</para></entry><entry><para>Symbol </para></entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry><para>1</para></entry><entry><para>asterisk</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\ast</literal></para></entry><entry><para>*<!-- --> </para></entry></row><row><entry><para>2</para></entry><entry><para>dagger</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\dagger</literal></para></entry><entry><para>† </para></entry></row><row><entry><para>3</para></entry><entry><para>ddagger</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\ddagger</literal></para></entry><entry><para>‡ @@ -9734,9 +9975,9 @@ not influence references; that is, it does not define the current <para>&latex; defines the counter <literal>\day</literal> for the day of the month (nominally with value between 1 and 31), <literal>\month</literal> for the month of -the year (nominally with value between 1 and 12), and year <literal>\year</literal>. -When &tex; starts up, they are set from the current values on the -system. The related command <literal>\today</literal> produces a string +the year (nominally with value between 1 and 12), and <literal>\year</literal> for +the year. When &tex; starts up, they are set from the current values +on the system. The related command <literal>\today</literal> produces a string representing the current day (see <link linkend="_005ctoday">\today</link>). </para> <para>They counters are not updated as the job progresses so in principle they @@ -9748,7 +9989,9 @@ check: <para>gives no error or warning and results in the output ‘<literal>-2, -4</literal>’ (the bogus month value produces no output). </para> - +<para>See <link linkend="Command-line-input">Command line input</link>, to force the date to a given value from the +command line. +</para> </sect1> </chapter> <chapter label="14" id="Lengths"> @@ -9850,10 +10093,10 @@ the page. \hspace{0pt plus 1fill} \end{minipage} </screen> -<para>&tex; actually has three levels of infinity for glue components: -<literal>fil</literal>, <literal>fill</literal>, and <literal>filll</literal>. The later ones are more -infinite than the earlier ones. Ordinarily document authors only use -the middle one (see <link linkend="_005chfill">\hfill</link> and see <link linkend="_005cvfill">\vfill</link>). +<para>&tex; has three levels of infinity for glue components: <literal>fil</literal>, +<literal>fill</literal>, and <literal>filll</literal>. The later ones are more infinite than +the earlier ones. Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one +(see <link linkend="_005chfill">\hfill</link> and see <link linkend="_005cvfill">\vfill</link>). </para> <para>Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length, so that after <literal>\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}</literal> and @@ -9870,79 +10113,79 @@ that after <literal>\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}</literal> and <para>&tex; and &latex; know about these units both inside and outside of math mode. </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>pt</literal> -</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>pt</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>point</primary></indexterm> -<anchor id="units-of-length-pt"/><para>Point, 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units -is 1point = 2.845mm = .2845cm. +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>pt</primary></indexterm><literal>pt</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>point</primary></indexterm> +<anchor id="units-of-length-pt"/><para>Point, 1/72.27 inch. The (approximate) conversion to metric units +is 1point = .35146mm = .035146cm. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>pc</literal> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>pc</primary></indexterm><literal>pc</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>pica</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>pc</primary></indexterm> <anchor id="units-of-length-pc"/><para>Pica, 12 pt </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>in</literal> -</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>in</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>inch</primary></indexterm> -<anchor id="units-of-length-in"/><para>Inch, 72.27 pt +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>in</primary></indexterm><literal>in</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>inch</primary></indexterm> +<anchor id="units-of-length-in"/><para>Inch, 72.27 pt </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>bp</literal> -</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>bp</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>big point</primary></indexterm> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>bp</primary></indexterm><literal>bp</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>big point</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>PostScript point</primary></indexterm> <anchor id="units-of-length-bp"/><para>Big point, 1/72 inch. This length is the definition of a point in PostScript and many desktop publishing systems. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>cm</literal> -</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>centimeter</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>cm</primary></indexterm> -<anchor id="units-of-length-cm"/><para>Centimeter -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>mm</literal> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>mm</primary></indexterm><literal>mm</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>millimeter</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>mm</primary></indexterm> -<anchor id="units-of-length-mm"/><para>Millimeter +<anchor id="units-of-length-mm"/><para>Millimeter, 2.845 pt </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>dd</literal> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>cm</primary></indexterm><literal>cm</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>centimeter</primary></indexterm> +<anchor id="units-of-length-cm"/><para>Centimeter, 10 mm +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>dd</primary></indexterm><literal>dd</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>didot point</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>dd</primary></indexterm> <anchor id="units-of-length-dd"/><para>Didot point, 1.07 pt </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>cc</literal> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>cc</primary></indexterm><literal>cc</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>cicero</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>cc</primary></indexterm> <anchor id="units-of-length-cc"/><para>Cicero, 12 dd </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>sp</literal> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>sp</primary></indexterm><literal>sp</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>scaled point</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>sp</primary></indexterm> <anchor id="units-of-length-sp"/><para>Scaled point, 1/65536 pt </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> +<para>Three other units are defined according to the current font, rather +than being an absolute dimension. +</para> +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>ex</primary></indexterm><literal>ex</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>x-height</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>ex</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>x-height</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>ex</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>m-width</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>em</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>em</primary></indexterm> -<anchor id="Lengths_002fem"/><anchor id="Lengths_002fen"/><anchor id="Lengths_002fex"/><anchor id="units-of-length-em"/><anchor id="units-of-length-en"/><anchor id="units-of-length-ex"/><para>Two other lengths that are often used are values set by the designer of -the font. The x-height of the current font <firstterm>ex</firstterm>, traditionally the +<anchor id="Lengths_002fex"/><anchor id="units-of-length-ex"/><para>The x-height of the current font <firstterm>ex</firstterm>, traditionally the height of the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical -lengths. Similarly <firstterm>em</firstterm>, traditionally the width of the capital -letter M, is often used for horizontal lengths (there is also -<literal>\enspace</literal>, which is <literal>0.5em</literal>). Use of these can help make a -definition work better across font changes. For example, a definition -of the vertical space between list items given as -<literal>\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex}</literal> is more -likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a definition -given in points. -</para> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>mu, math unit</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>mu</primary></indexterm> -<para>In math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of the math unit -<firstterm>mu</firstterm> given by 1 em = 18 mu, where the em is taken from the current -math symbols family. See <link linkend="Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</link>. +lengths. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>em</primary></indexterm><literal>em</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>m-width</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>em</primary></indexterm> +<anchor id="Lengths_002fem"/><anchor id="units-of-length-em"/><para>Similarly <firstterm>em</firstterm>, traditionally the width of the capital +letter M, is often used for horizontal lengths. This is also often +the size of the current font, e.g., a nominal 10pt font will +have 1em = 10pt. &latex; has several commands to produce +horizontal spaces based on the em (see <link linkend="_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad">\enspace & \quad & \qquad</link>). +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>mu</primary></indexterm><literal>mu</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>mu, math unit</primary></indexterm> +<anchor id="units-of-length-mu"/><para>Finally, in math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms +of the math unit <firstterm>mu</firstterm>, defined by 1em = 18mu, where the +em is taken from the current math symbols family. See <link linkend="Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in +math mode</link>. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> +<para>Using these units can help make a definition work better across font +changes. For example, a definition of the vertical space between list +items given as <literal>\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus +0.01ex}</literal> is more likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed +than a definition given in points. </para> - </sect1> <sect1 label="14.2" id="_005csetlength"> <title><literal>\setlength</literal></title> @@ -9952,13 +10195,14 @@ math symbols family. See <link linkend="Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math m <para>Synopsis: </para> -<screen>\setlength{<replaceable>len</replaceable>}{<replaceable>amount</replaceable>} +<screen>\setlength{\<replaceable>len</replaceable>}{<replaceable>amount</replaceable>} </screen> -<para>Set the length <replaceable>len</replaceable> to <replaceable>amount</replaceable>. The length name <replaceable>len</replaceable> -must begin with a backslash, <literal>\</literal>. The <literal>amount</literal> can be a -rubber length (see <link linkend="Lengths">Lengths</link>). It can be positive, negative or zero, -and can be in any units that &latex; understands (see <link linkend="Units-of-length">Units of -length</link>). +<para>Set the length \<replaceable>len</replaceable> to <replaceable>amount</replaceable>. The length name +<literal>\<replaceable>len</replaceable></literal> has to be a control sequence (see <link linkend="Control-sequences">Control +sequences</link>), and as such must begin with a backslash, <literal>\</literal> under +normal circumstances. The <replaceable>amount</replaceable> can be a rubber length +(see <link linkend="Lengths">Lengths</link>). It can be positive, negative or zero, and can be in +any units that &latex; understands (see <link linkend="Units-of-length">Units of length</link>). </para> <para>Below, with &latex;’s defaults the first paragraph will be indented while the second will not. @@ -9968,15 +10212,13 @@ while the second will not. \setlength{\parindent}{0em} He said stop going to those places. </screen> -<para>If you did not declare <replaceable>len</replaceable> with <literal>\newlength</literal>, for example if -you mistype the above as +<para>If you did not declare \<replaceable>len</replaceable> with <literal>\newlength</literal>, for example if +you mistype it as in <literal>\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}</literal>, then you get an error like ‘<literal>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \sepcindent</literal>’. If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name -then you get an error like ‘<literal>Missing number, treated as zero. <to be -read again> \relax l.19 \setlength{specparindent}{0.6\parindent}</literal>’ +then you get an error like ‘<literal>Missing number, treated as zero.</literal>’. </para> - </sect1> <sect1 label="14.3" id="_005caddtolength"> <title><literal>\addtolength</literal></title> @@ -9986,13 +10228,14 @@ read again> \relax l.19 \setlength{specparindent}{0.6\parindent}</literal> <para>Synopsis: </para> -<screen>\addtolength{<replaceable>len</replaceable>}{<replaceable>amount</replaceable>} +<screen>\addtolength{\<replaceable>len</replaceable>}{<replaceable>amount</replaceable>} </screen> -<para>Increment the length <replaceable>len</replaceable> by <replaceable>amount</replaceable>. The length name -<replaceable>len</replaceable> begins with a backslash, <literal>\</literal>. The <literal>amount</literal> is a -rubber length (see <link linkend="Lengths">Lengths</link>). It can be positive, negative or zero, -and can be in any units that &latex; understands (see <link linkend="Units-of-length">Units of -length</link>). +<para>Increment the length \<replaceable>len</replaceable> by <replaceable>amount</replaceable>. The length name +<literal>\<replaceable>len</replaceable></literal> has to be a control sequence (see <link linkend="Control-sequences">Control +sequences</link>), and as such must begin with a backslash, <literal>\</literal> under +normal circumstances. The <replaceable>amount</replaceable> is a rubber length +(see <link linkend="Lengths">Lengths</link>). It can be positive, negative or zero, and can be in +any units that &latex; understands (see <link linkend="Units-of-length">Units of length</link>). </para> <para>Below, if <literal>\parskip</literal> starts with the value <literal>0pt plus 1pt</literal> </para> @@ -10003,15 +10246,18 @@ Nurse: no change. </screen> <para>then it has the value <literal>1pt plus 1pt</literal> for the second paragraph. </para> -<para>If you did not declare the length <replaceable>len</replaceable> with <literal>\newlength</literal>, if -for example you mistype the above as +<para>If you did not declare \<replaceable>len</replaceable> with <literal>\newlength</literal>, for example if +you mistype it as in +<literal>\newlength{\specparindent}\addtolength{\sepcparindent}{...}</literal>, +then you get an error like ‘<literal>Undefined control sequence. <argument> +\sepcindent</literal>’. If the <replaceable>amount</replaceable> uses some length that has not been +declared, for instance if for example you mistype the above as <literal>\addtolength{\specparindent}{0.6\praindent}</literal>, then you get something like ‘<literal>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \praindent</literal>’. -If you leave off the backslash at the start of <replaceable>len</replaceable>, as in +If you leave off the backslash at the start of \<replaceable>len</replaceable>, as in <literal>\addtolength{parindent}{1pt}</literal>, then you get something like ‘<literal>You can't use `the letter p' after \advance</literal>’. </para> - </sect1> <sect1 label="14.4" id="_005csettodepth"> <title><literal>\settodepth</literal></title> @@ -10020,22 +10266,23 @@ If you leave off the backslash at the start of <replaceable>len</replaceable>, a <para>Synopsis: </para> -<screen>\settodepth{<replaceable>len</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} +<screen>\settodepth{\<replaceable>len</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} </screen> -<para>Set the length <replaceable>len</replaceable> to the depth of box that &latex; gets on -typesetting the <replaceable>text</replaceable> argument. The length name <replaceable>len</replaceable> must -begin with a backslash, <literal>\</literal>. +<para>Set the length \<replaceable>len</replaceable> to the depth of box that &latex; gets on +typesetting the <replaceable>text</replaceable> argument. The length name <literal>\<replaceable>len</replaceable></literal> +has to be a control sequence (see <link linkend="Control-sequences">Control sequences</link>), and as such +must begin with a backslash, <literal>\</literal> under normal circumstances. </para> -<para>This will show how low the character descenders go. +<para>This will print how low the character descenders go. </para> <screen>\newlength{\alphabetdepth} \settodepth{\alphabetdepth}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz} \the\alphabetdepth </screen> -<para>If you did not set aside the length <replaceable>len</replaceable>, if for example you +<para>If you did not declare \<replaceable>len</replaceable> with <literal>\newlength</literal>, if for example you mistype the above as <literal>\settodepth{\aplhabetdepth}{abc...}</literal>, then you get something like ‘<literal>Undefined control sequence. <argument> -\aplhabetdepth</literal>’. If you leave the backslash out of <replaceable>len</replaceable>, as in +\aplhabetdepth</literal>’. If you leave the backslash out of \<replaceable>len</replaceable>, as in <literal>\settodepth{alphabetdepth}{...}</literal> then you get something like ‘<literal>Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox</literal>’. </para> @@ -10048,23 +10295,24 @@ then you get something like ‘<literal>Undefined control sequence. <argu <para>Synopsis: </para> -<screen>\settoheight{<replaceable>len</replaceable>}{text} +<screen>\settoheight{\<replaceable>len</replaceable>}{text} </screen> -<para>Sets the length <replaceable>len</replaceable> to the height of box that &latex; gets on -typesetting the <literal>text</literal> argument. The length name <replaceable>len</replaceable> must -begin with a backslash, <literal>\</literal>. +<para>Sets the length \<replaceable>len</replaceable> to the height of box that &latex; gets on +typesetting the <literal>text</literal> argument. The length name <literal>\<replaceable>len</replaceable></literal> +has to be a control sequence (see <link linkend="Control-sequences">Control sequences</link>), and as such +must begin with a backslash, <literal>\</literal> under normal circumstances. </para> -<para>This will show how high the characters go. +<para>This will print how high the characters go. </para> <screen>\newlength{\alphabetheight} \settoheight{\alphabetheight}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz} \the\alphabetheight </screen> -<para>If no such length <replaceable>len</replaceable> has been declared with <literal>\newlength</literal>, if +<para>If no such length \<replaceable>len</replaceable> has been declared with <literal>\newlength</literal>, if for example you mistype as <literal>\settoheight{\aplhabetheight}{abc...}</literal>, then you get something like ‘<literal>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \alphabetheight</literal>’. If -you leave the backslash out of <replaceable>len</replaceable>, as in +you leave the backslash out of \<replaceable>len</replaceable>, as in <literal>\settoheight{alphabetheight}{...}</literal> then you get something like ‘<literal>Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox</literal>’. </para> @@ -10077,22 +10325,24 @@ you leave the backslash out of <replaceable>len</replaceable>, as in <para>Synopsis: </para> -<screen>\settowidth{<replaceable>len</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} +<screen>\settowidth{\<replaceable>len</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} </screen> -<para>Set the length <replaceable>len</replaceable> to the width of the box that &latex; gets on -typesetting the <replaceable>text</replaceable> argument. The length name <replaceable>len</replaceable> must -begin with a backslash, <literal>\</literal>. +<para>Set the length \<replaceable>len</replaceable> to the width of the box that &latex; gets on +typesetting the <replaceable>text</replaceable> argument. The length name <literal>\<replaceable>len</replaceable></literal> +has to be a control sequence (see <link linkend="Control-sequences">Control sequences</link>), and as such +must begin with a backslash, <literal>\</literal> under normal circumstances. </para> -<para>This measures the width of the lowercase ASCII alphabet. +<para>This prints the width of the lowercase ASCII alphabet. </para> <screen>\newlength{\alphabetwidth} \settowidth{\alphabetwidth}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz} \the\alphabetwidth </screen> -<para>If no such length <replaceable>len</replaceable> has been set aside, if for example you -mistype the above as <literal>\settowidth{\aplhabetwidth}{abc...}</literal>, -then you get something like ‘<literal>Undefined control sequence. <argument> -\aplhabetwidth</literal>’. If you leave the backslash out of <replaceable>len</replaceable>, as in +<para>If no such length \<replaceable>len</replaceable> has been declared with <literal>\newlength</literal>, +if for example you mistype the above as +<literal>\settowidth{\aplhabetwidth}{abc...}</literal>, then you get something +like ‘<literal>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \aplhabetwidth</literal>’. If +you leave the backslash out of \<replaceable>len</replaceable>, as in <literal>\settoheight{alphabetwidth}{...}</literal> then you get something like ‘<literal>Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox</literal>’. </para> @@ -10220,10 +10470,11 @@ parentheses to be affected by a factor. So <literal>\the\glueexpr 5pt plus <para>&tex; will coerce other numerical types in the same way as it does when doing register assignment. Thus <literal>\the\numexpr\dimexpr 1pt\relax\relax</literal> will result in ‘<literal>65536</literal>’, which is <literal>1pt</literal> -converted to scaled points (&tex;’s internal unit) and then coerced -into an integer. With a <literal>\glueexpr</literal> here, the stretch and shrink -would be dropped. Going the other way, a <literal>\numexpr</literal> inside a -<literal>\dimexpr</literal> or <literal>\glueexpr</literal> will need appropriate units, as in +converted to scaled points (see <link linkend="units-of-length-sp"><literal>sp</literal></link>, +&tex;’s internal unit) and then coerced into an integer. With a +<literal>\glueexpr</literal> here, the stretch and shrink would be dropped. Going +the other way, a <literal>\numexpr</literal> inside a <literal>\dimexpr</literal> or +<literal>\glueexpr</literal> will need appropriate units, as in <literal>\the\dimexpr\numexpr 1 + 2\relax pt\relax</literal>, which produces ‘<literal>3.0pt</literal>’. </para> @@ -10253,8 +10504,8 @@ because it rounds <literal>3/2</literal> to <literal>2</literal>, while <indexterm role="cp"><primary>paragraphs</primary></indexterm> <para>To start a paragraph, just type some text. To end the current -paragraph, put an empty line. This is three paragraphs, separated by -two empty lines. +paragraph, put an empty line. This is three paragraphs, the +separation of which is made by two empty lines. </para> <screen>It is a truth universally acknowledged, that a single man in possession of a good fortune, must be in want of a wife. @@ -10267,15 +10518,33 @@ of some one or other of their daughters. ``My dear Mr. Bennet,'' said his lady to him one day, ``have you heard that Netherfield Park is let at last?'' </screen> -<para>The separator lines must be empty, including not containing a comment -character, <literal>%</literal>. +<para>A paragraph separator is made of a sequence of at least one blank +line, at least one of which is not terminated by a comment. A blank +line is a line that is empty or made only of blank characters such as +space or tab. Comments in source code are started with a <literal>%</literal> and +span up to the end of line. In the following example the two columns +are identical: </para> +<screen>\documentclass[twocolumn]{article} +\begin{document} +First paragraph. + +Second paragraph. +\newpage +First paragraph. + + % separator lines may contain blank characters. + +Second paragraph. +\end{document} +</screen> + <para>Once &latex; has gathered all of a paragraph’s contents it divides that content into lines in a way that is optimized over the entire paragraph (see <link linkend="Line-breaking">Line breaking</link>). </para> <para>There are places where a new paragraph is not permitted. Don’t put a -blank line in math mode (see <link linkend="Modes">Modes</link>); here the line before the +blank line in math mode (see <link linkend="Modes">Modes</link>); here the blank line before the <literal>\end{equation}</literal> </para> <screen>\begin{equation} @@ -10284,7 +10553,7 @@ blank line in math mode (see <link linkend="Modes">Modes</link>); here the line \end{equation} </screen> <para>will get you the error ‘<literal>Missing $ inserted</literal>’. Similarly, the blank -line in this <literal>section</literal> argument +line in this <literal>\section</literal> argument </para> <screen>\section{aaa @@ -10302,8 +10571,8 @@ complete</literal>’. <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\par</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>paragraph, ending</primary></indexterm> -<para>Synopsis (note that while reading the input &tex; converts two -consecutive newlines to a <literal>\par</literal>): +<para>Synopsis (note that while reading the input &tex; converts any sequence +of one or more blank lines to a <literal>\par</literal>, <link linkend="Making-paragraphs">Making paragraphs</link>): </para> <screen>\par </screen> @@ -10317,18 +10586,18 @@ readability. <screen>\newcommand{\syllabusLegalese}{% \whatCheatingIs\par\whatHappensWhenICatchYou} </screen> -<para>In LR mode or a vertical mode the <literal>\par</literal> command does nothing but -it terminates paragraph mode, switching &latex; to vertical mode -(see <link linkend="Modes">Modes</link>). +<para>In LR mode the <literal>\par</literal> command does nothing and is ignored. In +paragraph mode, the <literal>\par</literal> command terminates paragraph mode, +switching &latex; to vertical mode (see <link linkend="Modes">Modes</link>). </para> <para>You cannot use the <literal>\par</literal> command in a math mode. You also cannot -use it in the argument of many commands, such as the <literal>\section</literal> -command (see <link linkend="Making-paragraphs">Making paragraphs</link> and <link linkend="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & -\renewcommand</link>). +use it in the argument of many commands, such as the sectioning +commands, e.g. <literal>\section</literal> (see <link linkend="Making-paragraphs">Making paragraphs</link> and +<link linkend="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</link>). </para> <para>The <literal>\par</literal> command is not the same as the <literal>\paragraph</literal> command. The latter is, like <literal>\section</literal> or <literal>\subsection</literal>, a -sectioning unit used by the standard &latex; documents +sectioning command used by the &latex; document standard classes (see <link linkend="_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</link>). </para> <para>The <literal>\par</literal> command is not the same as <literal>\newline</literal> or the line @@ -10440,17 +10709,19 @@ paragraphs, respectively. <para>The document will have paragraphs that are not indented, but instead are vertically separated by about the height of a lowercase ‘<literal>x</literal>’. </para> -<para>In standard &latex; documents, the default value for <literal>\parindent</literal> -in one-column documents is <literal>15pt</literal> when the default text size is -<literal>10pt</literal>, <literal>17pt</literal> for <literal>11pt</literal>, and <literal>1.5em</literal> for -<literal>12pt</literal>. In two-column documents it is <literal>1em</literal>. (These values -are set before &latex; calls <literal>\normalfont</literal> so <literal>em</literal> is derived -from the default font, Computer Modern. If you use a different font -then to set <literal>\parindent</literal> in units matching that font, do -<literal>\AtBeginDocument{\setlength{\parindent}{1em}}</literal>.) +<para>In &latex; standard class documents, the default value for +<literal>\parindent</literal> in one-column documents is <literal>15pt</literal> when the +default text size is <literal>10pt</literal>, <literal>17pt</literal> for <literal>11pt</literal>, and +<literal>1.5em</literal> for <literal>12pt</literal>. In two-column documents it is <literal>1em</literal>. +(These values are set before &latex; calls <literal>\normalfont</literal> so +<literal>em</literal> is derived from the default font, Computer Modern. If you use +a different font then to set <literal>\parindent</literal> to 1em matching +that font, put +<literal>\AtBeginDocument{\setlength{\parindent}{1em}}</literal> in the +preamble.) </para> <para>The default value for <literal>\parskip</literal> in &latex;’s standard document -styles is <literal>0pt plus1pt</literal>. +classes is <literal>0pt plus1pt</literal>. </para> </sect1> @@ -10593,32 +10864,6 @@ equivalent to <literal>\begin{displaymath} <replaceable>math</replaceable> \end{displaymath}</literal>. These environments can only be used in paragraph mode (see <link linkend="Modes">Modes</link>). </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\displaystyle</primary></indexterm> -<para>The two mathematics modes are similar, but there are some differences. -One involves the placement of subscripts and superscripts; in display -math mode they are further apart and in inline math mode they are closer -together. -</para> -<para>Sometimes you want the display math typographical treatment to happen in -the inline math mode. For this, the <literal>\displaystyle</literal> declaration -forces the size and style of the formula to be that of -<literal>displaymath</literal>. Thus <literal>\(\displaystyle \sum_{n=0}^\infty -x_n\)</literal> will have the limits above and below the summation sign, not next -to it. Another example is that -</para> -<screen>\begin{tabular}{r|cc} - \textsc{Name} &\textsc{Series} &\textsc{Sum} \\ \hline - Arithmetic &\( a+(a+b)+(a+2b)+\cdots+(a+(n-1)b) \) - &\( na+(n-1)n\cdot\frac{b}{2}\) \\ - Geometric &\( a+ab+ab^2+\cdots+ab^{n-1} \) - &\(\displaystyle a\cdot\frac{1-b^n}{1-b}\) \\ -\end{tabular} -</screen> -<para>because it has no <literal>\displaystyle</literal>, the ‘<literal>Arithmetic</literal>’ line’s -fraction will be scrunched. But, because of its <literal>\displaystyle</literal>, -the ‘<literal>Geometric</literal>’ line’s fraction will be easy to read, with -characters the same size as in the rest of the line. -</para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsmath</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsmath</literal> package</primary></indexterm> @@ -10630,8 +10875,8 @@ characters the same size as in the rest of the line. <para>The American Mathematical Society has made freely available a set of packages that greatly expand your options for writing mathematics, -<filename>amsmath</filename> and <filename>amssymb</filename> (also be aware of the <filename>mathtools</filename> -package that is an extension to, and loads, <filename>amsmath</filename>). New +<literal>amsmath</literal> and <literal>amssymb</literal> (also be aware of the <literal>mathtools</literal> +package that is an extension to, and loads, <literal>amsmath</literal>). New documents that will have mathematical text should use these packages. Descriptions of these packages is outside the scope of this document; see their documentation on CTAN. @@ -10709,7 +10954,7 @@ the error ‘<literal>Missing $ inserted</literal>’. <para>A common reason to want subscripts outside of a mathematics mode is to typeset chemical formulas. There are packages for that, such as -<filename>mhchem</filename>; see CTAN. +<literal>mhchem</literal>; see CTAN. </para> </sect1> @@ -10827,7 +11072,7 @@ set, or a contradiction (ordinary). See also <literal>\top</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Box</primary></indexterm><literal>\Box</literal> </term><listitem><para>□ Modal operator for necessity; square open box -(ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. +(ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <literal>amssymb</literal> package. <!-- bb Best Unicode equivalent? --> </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bullet</primary></indexterm><literal>\bullet</literal> @@ -10855,7 +11100,7 @@ variable-sized operator <literal>\bigcirc</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\complement</primary></indexterm><literal>\complement</literal> </term><listitem><para>∁, Set complement, used as a superscript as in -<literal>$S^\complement$</literal> (ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. Also used: +<literal>$S^\complement$</literal> (ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <literal>amssymb</literal> package. Also used: <literal>$S^{\mathsf{c}}$</literal> or <literal>$\bar{S}$</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cong</primary></indexterm><literal>\cong</literal> @@ -10885,7 +11130,7 @@ turnstile <literal>\vdash</literal>. </term><listitem><para>δ Greek lowercase delta (ordinary). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Diamond</primary></indexterm><literal>\Diamond</literal> -</term><listitem><para>◇ Large diamond operator (ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. +</term><listitem><para>◇ Large diamond operator (ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <literal>amssymb</literal> package. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\diamond</primary></indexterm><literal>\diamond</literal> </term><listitem><para>⋄ Diamond operator (binary). Similar: large @@ -11085,7 +11330,7 @@ for <literal>\le</literal>. </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lhd</primary></indexterm><literal>\lhd</literal> </term><listitem><para>◁ Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should load -<filename>amssymb</filename> and use <literal>\vartriangleleft</literal> (which is a relation +<literal>amssymb</literal> and use <literal>\vartriangleleft</literal> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ll</primary></indexterm><literal>\ll</literal> @@ -11174,7 +11419,7 @@ of <literal>\in</literal>. following operator (relation). </para> <para>Many negated operators are available that don’t require <literal>\not</literal>, -particularly with the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. For example, <literal>\notin</literal> +particularly with the <literal>amssymb</literal> package. For example, <literal>\notin</literal> is typographically preferable to <literal>\not\in</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\notin</primary></indexterm><literal>\notin</literal> @@ -11295,11 +11540,11 @@ Similar: greater than <literal>></literal>. Matches:<literal>\langle</li </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Re</primary></indexterm><literal>\Re</literal> </term><listitem><para>ℜ Real part, real numbers, cursive capital R (ordinary). Related: double-line, or blackboard bold, R <literal>\mathbb{R}</literal>; to access -this, load the <filename>amsfonts</filename> package. +this, load the <literal>amsfonts</literal> package. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\restriction</primary></indexterm><literal>\restriction</literal> </term><listitem><para>↾, Restriction of a function (relation). Synonym: -<literal>\upharpoonright</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. +<literal>\upharpoonright</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <literal>amssymb</literal> package. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\revemptyset</primary></indexterm><literal>\revemptyset</literal> </term><listitem><para>⦰, Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary). Related: @@ -11312,7 +11557,7 @@ off (closing). Matches <literal>\lfloor</literal>. </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rhd</primary></indexterm><literal>\rhd</literal> </term><listitem><para>◁ Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead -load <filename>amssymb</filename> and use <literal>\vartriangleright</literal> (which is a +load <literal>amssymb</literal> and use <literal>\vartriangleright</literal> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rho</primary></indexterm><literal>\rho</literal> @@ -11385,7 +11630,7 @@ operator <literal>\bigsqcup</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqsubset</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqsubset</literal> </term><listitem><para>⊏, Square subset symbol (relation). Similar: -subset <literal>\subset</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. +subset <literal>\subset</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <literal>amssymb</literal> package. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqsubseteq</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqsubseteq</literal> </term><listitem><para>⊑ Square subset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: subset or @@ -11393,7 +11638,7 @@ equal to <literal>\subseteq</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqsupset</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqsupset</literal> </term><listitem><para>⊐, Square superset symbol (relation). Similar: -superset <literal>\supset</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. +superset <literal>\supset</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <literal>amssymb</literal> package. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqsupseteq</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqsupseteq</literal> </term><listitem><para>⊒ Square superset or equal symbol (binary). @@ -11463,26 +11708,26 @@ Synonym: <literal>\rightarrow</literal>. </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\triangleleft</primary></indexterm><literal>\triangleleft</literal> </term><listitem><para>◁ Not-filled triangle pointing left (binary). Similar: <literal>\lhd</literal>. For the normal subgroup symbol you -should load <filename>amssymb</filename> and use <literal>\vartriangleleft</literal> (which +should load <literal>amssymb</literal> and use <literal>\vartriangleleft</literal> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\triangleright</primary></indexterm><literal>\triangleright</literal> </term><listitem><para>▷ Not-filled triangle pointing right (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load -<filename>amssymb</filename> and use <literal>\vartriangleright</literal> (which is a +<literal>amssymb</literal> and use <literal>\vartriangleright</literal> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\unlhd</primary></indexterm><literal>\unlhd</literal> </term><listitem><para>⊴ Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is, triangle, with a line under (binary). For the -normal subgroup symbol load <filename>amssymb</filename> and +normal subgroup symbol load <literal>amssymb</literal> and use <literal>\vartrianglelefteq</literal> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\unrhd</primary></indexterm><literal>\unrhd</literal> </term><listitem><para>⊵ Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is, triangle, with a line under (binary). For the -normal subgroup symbol load <filename>amssymb</filename> and +normal subgroup symbol load <literal>amssymb</literal> and use <literal>\vartrianglerighteq</literal> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </para> @@ -11509,7 +11754,7 @@ arrow <literal>\Updownarrow</literal>. </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\upharpoonright</primary></indexterm><literal>\upharpoonright</literal> </term><listitem><para>↾, Up harpoon, with barb on right side (relation). Synonym: <literal>\restriction</literal>. -Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. +Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <literal>amssymb</literal> package. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\uplus</primary></indexterm><literal>\uplus</literal> </term><listitem><para>⊎ Multiset union, a union symbol with a plus symbol in @@ -11530,7 +11775,7 @@ membership <literal>\in</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vanothing</primary></indexterm><literal>\vanothing</literal> </term><listitem><para>∅, Empty set symbol. Similar: <literal>\emptyset</literal>. Related: -<literal>\revemptyset</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. +<literal>\revemptyset</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <literal>amssymb</literal> package. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\varphi</primary></indexterm><literal>\varphi</literal> </term><listitem><para>φ Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). @@ -11566,13 +11811,13 @@ operator <literal>\bigvee</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Vert</primary></indexterm><literal>\Vert</literal> </term><listitem><para>‖ Vertical double bar (ordinary). See <link linkend="Delimiters">Delimiters</link>, -for how to use the <filename>mathtools</filename> package to create flexibly-sized +for how to use the <literal>mathtools</literal> package to create flexibly-sized norm symbols. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vert</primary></indexterm><literal>\vert</literal> </term><listitem><para>| Single line vertical bar (ordinary). For “such that”, as in the definition of a set, use <literal>\mid</literal> because it -is a relation. See <link linkend="Delimiters">Delimiters</link>, for how to use the <filename>mathtools</filename> +is a relation. See <link linkend="Delimiters">Delimiters</link>, for how to use the <literal>mathtools</literal> package to create flexibly-sized absolute-value symbols. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\wedge</primary></indexterm><literal>\wedge</literal> @@ -11631,7 +11876,7 @@ provides versions to use in mathematical text. <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>latexsym</literal> package</primary></indexterm> <para>These are the arrows that come with standard &latex;. The -<filename>latexsym</filename> and <filename>amsfonts</filename> packages contain many more. +<literal>latexsym</literal> and <literal>amsfonts</literal> packages contain many more. </para> <informaltable><tgroup cols="3"><colspec colwidth="10*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="40*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="50*"></colspec><thead><row><entry><para>Symbol</para></entry><entry><para>Command</para></entry><entry></entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry><para>⇓ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\Downarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>↓ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\downarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>↩ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\hookleftarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>↪ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\hookrightarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>← </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\leftarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>⇐ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\Leftarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>⇔ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\Leftrightarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>↔ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\leftrightarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>⟵ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\longleftarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>⟸ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\Longleftarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>⟷ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\longleftrightarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>⟺ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\Longleftrightarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>⟼ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\longmapsto</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>⟹ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\Longrightarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>⟶ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\longrightarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>↦ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\mapsto</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>↗ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\nearrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>↖ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\nwarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>⇒ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\Rightarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>→ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\rightarrow</literal>, or <literal>\to</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>↘ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\searrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>↙ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\swarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>↑ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\uparrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>⇑ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\Uparrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>↕ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\updownarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>⇕ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\Updownarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> <para>An example of the difference between <literal>\to</literal> and <literal>\mapsto</literal> @@ -11644,7 +11889,7 @@ is: <literal>\( f\colon D\to C \) given by \( n\mapsto n^2 \)</literal>. <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>tikz-cd</literal> package</primary></indexterm> <para>For commutative diagrams there are a number of packages, including -<filename>tikz-cd</filename> and <filename>amscd</filename>. +<literal>tikz-cd</literal> and <literal>amscd</literal>. </para> </sect2> @@ -11691,7 +11936,7 @@ Font Warning: Command \mathversion invalid in math mode on input line <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>bm</literal> package</primary></indexterm> <para>There are many issues with <literal>\boldmath</literal>. New documents should use -the <filename>bm</filename> package provided by the &latex; Project team. A complete +the <literal>bm</literal> package provided by the &latex; Project team. A complete description is outside the scope of this document (see the full documentation on CTAN) but even this small example </para> @@ -11797,19 +12042,19 @@ parentheses delimiting the three subformulas. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>mathtools</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>mathtools</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<para>The <filename>mathtools</filename> package allows you to create commands for paired +<para>The <literal>mathtools</literal> package allows you to create commands for paired delimiters. For instance, if you put <literal>\DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs{\lvert}{\rvert}</literal> in your preamble then you get two commands for single-line vertical bars (they only work -in math mode). The starred version, such as +in math mode). The starred form, such as <literal>\abs*{\frac{22}{7}}</literal>, has the height of the vertical bars -match the height of the argument. The unstarred version, such as +match the height of the argument. The unstarred form, such as <literal>\abs{\frac{22}{7}}</literal>, has the bars fixed at a default height. -This version accepts an optional argument, as in <literal>\abs[<replaceable>size +This form accepts an optional argument, as in <literal>\abs[<replaceable>size command</replaceable>]{\frac{22}{7}}</literal>, where the height of the bars is given in -<replaceable>size command</replaceable>, such as <literal>\Bigg</literal>. Using <literal>\lVert</literal> and -<literal>\rVert</literal> as the symbols will give you a norm symbol with the same -behavior. +<replaceable>size command</replaceable>, such as <literal>\Bigg</literal>. Using instead <literal>\lVert</literal> +and <literal>\rVert</literal> as the symbols will give you a norm symbol with the +same behavior. </para> @@ -11869,9 +12114,9 @@ case is that you want an unmatched brace, as below. Use a period, \end{equation} </screen> <para>Note that to get a curly brace as a delimiter you must prefix it with a -backslash, <literal>\{</literal>. (The packages <filename>amsmath</filename> and -<filename>mathtools</filename> allow you to get the above construct through in a -<literal>cases</literal> environment.) +backslash, <literal>\{</literal> (see <link linkend="Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</link>). (The packages +<literal>amsmath</literal> and <literal>mathtools</literal> allow you to get the above +construct through in a <literal>cases</literal> environment.) </para> <para>The <literal>\left ... \right</literal> pair make a group. One consequence is that the formula enclosed in the <literal>\left ... \right</literal> pair cannot have @@ -11910,7 +12155,7 @@ form a group, the enclosed subformula will be typeset at its natural width, with no stretching or shrinking to make the line fit better. </para> <para>&tex; scales the delimiters according to the height and depth of the -contained formula. Here &latex; grows the brackets to extend the full +enclosed formula. Here &latex; grows the brackets to extend the full height of the integral. </para> <screen>\begin{equation} @@ -11982,8 +12227,8 @@ causing &latex; to spread the lines apart. The larger sizes are meant for displayed equations. </para> <para>See <link linkend="Delimiters">Delimiters</link>, for a list of the common delimiters. In the family of -commands with ‘<literal>l</literal>’ and ‘<literal>r</literal>’, <replaceable>delimiter1</replaceable> and -<replaceable>delimiter2</replaceable> need not be the same. +commands with ‘<literal>l</literal>’ or ‘<literal>r</literal>’, <replaceable>delimiter1</replaceable> and +<replaceable>delimiter2</replaceable> need not match together. </para> <para>The ‘<literal>l</literal>’ and ‘<literal>r</literal>’ commands produce open and close delimiters that insert no horizontal space between a preceding atom and the @@ -12012,14 +12257,14 @@ some circumstances, as with this large vertical line <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsmath</literal> package</primary></indexterm> <para>(many authors would replace <literal>\frac</literal> with the <literal>\tfrac</literal> command -from the <filename>amsmath</filename> package), and as with this larger slash. +from the <literal>amsmath</literal> package), and as with this larger slash. </para> <screen>\begin{equation} \lim_{n\to\infty}\pi(n) \big/ (n/\log n) = 1 \end{equation} </screen> <para>Unlike the <literal>\left...\right</literal> pair (see <link linkend="_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left & \right</link>), the -commands here with ‘<literal>l</literal>’ and ‘<literal>r</literal>’ do not make a group. +commands here with ‘<literal>l</literal>’ or ‘<literal>r</literal>’ do not make a group. Strictly speaking they need not be matched so you can write something like this. </para> @@ -12069,7 +12314,7 @@ usage. <anchor id="ellipses-ldots"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ldots</primary></indexterm><literal>\ldots</literal> </term><listitem><para>Ellipsis on the baseline, …. Used as: <literal>\( x_0,\ldots x_{n-1} \)</literal>. Another example is the above array example. A -synonym is <literal>\mathellipsis</literal>. A synonym from the <filename>amsmath</filename> +synonym is <literal>\mathellipsis</literal>. A synonym from the <literal>amsmath</literal> package is <literal>\hdots</literal>. </para> <para>You can also use this command outside of mathematical text, as in @@ -12084,7 +12329,7 @@ usage. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsmath</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsmath</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<para>The <filename>amsmath</filename> package has the command <literal>\dots</literal> to semantically +<para>The <literal>amsmath</literal> package has the command <literal>\dots</literal> to semantically mark up ellipses. This example produces two different-looking outputs for the first two uses of the <literal>\dots</literal> command. </para> @@ -12145,7 +12390,7 @@ differ from Roman upper case letters. <para>For omicron, if you are using &latex;’s default Computer Modern font then enter omicron just as ‘<literal>o</literal>’ or ‘<literal>O</literal>’. If you like having the name or if your font shows a difference then you can use something like -<literal>\newcommand\omicron{o}</literal>. The package <filename>unicode-math</filename> has +<literal>\newcommand\omicron{o}</literal>. The package <literal>unicode-math</literal> has <literal>\upomicron</literal> for upright omicron and <literal>\mitomicron</literal> for math italic. </para> @@ -12273,7 +12518,7 @@ spacing. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsmath</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsmath</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<para>The <filename>amsmath</filename> package adds improvements on some of these, and also +<para>The <literal>amsmath</literal> package adds improvements on some of these, and also allows you to define your own. The full documentation is on CTAN, but briefly, you can define an identity operator with <literal>\DeclareMathOperator{\identity}{id}</literal> that is like the ones @@ -12374,7 +12619,7 @@ descenders, so in <literal>\(\underline{y}\)</literal> the line is lower than in <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>ulem</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>ulem</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<para>Note that the package <filename>ulem</filename> does text mode underlining and allows +<para>Note that the package <literal>ulem</literal> does text mode underlining and allows line breaking as well as a number of other features. See the documentation on CTAN. See also <link linkend="_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill">\hrulefill & \dotfill</link> for producing a line, for such things as a signature. @@ -12408,7 +12653,7 @@ unconnected to the underbrace. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>mathtools</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>mathtools</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<para>The package <filename>mathtools</filename> adds an over- and underbrace, as well as +<para>The package <literal>mathtools</literal> adds an over- and underbrace, as well as some improvements on the braces. See the documentation on CTAN. </para> @@ -12440,30 +12685,35 @@ a ‘<literal>M</literal>’. <variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\;</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\;</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\thickspace</primary></indexterm> -<anchor id="spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace"/><para>Synonym: <literal>\thickspace</literal>. Normally <literal>5.0mu plus 5.0mu</literal>. -With <literal>amsmath</literal>, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be -used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. +<anchor id="spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace"/><indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsmath</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsmath</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Synonym: <literal>\thickspace</literal>. Normally <literal>5.0mu plus 5.0mu</literal>. With +the <literal>amsmath</literal> package, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, +can be used in text mode as well as math mode; otherwise, in math mode +only. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\negthickspace</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\negthickspace</primary></indexterm> -<para>Normally <literal>-5.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</literal>. -With <literal>amsmath</literal>, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be -used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. +<para>Normally <literal>-5.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</literal>. With the <literal>amsmath</literal> +package, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be used in text +mode as well as math mode; otherwise, in math mode only. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\:</literal> </term><term><literal>\></literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\:</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\medspace</primary></indexterm> -<anchor id="spacing-in-math-mode-medspace"/><para>Synonym: <literal>\medspace</literal>. Normally <literal>4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</literal>. -With <literal>amsmath</literal>, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be -used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. +<anchor id="spacing-in-math-mode-medspace"/><para>Synonym: <literal>\medspace</literal>. Normally <literal>4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus +4.0mu</literal>. With the <literal>amsmath</literal> package, or as of the 2020-10-01 +&latex; release, can be used in text mode as well as math mode; before +that, in math mode only. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\negmedspace</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\negmedspace</primary></indexterm> -<para>Normally <literal>-4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</literal>. -With <literal>amsmath</literal>, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be -used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. +<para>Normally <literal>-4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</literal>. With the <literal>amsmath</literal> +package, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be used in text +mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\,</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\,</primary></indexterm> @@ -12486,11 +12736,12 @@ this, before punctuation in a displayed equation. </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\!</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\negthinspace</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>thin space, negative</primary></indexterm> -<anchor id="spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace"/><para>A negative thin space. Normally <literal>-3mu</literal>. -With <literal>amsmath</literal>, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be -used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, -The <literal>\!</literal> command is math mode only but the <literal>\negthinspace</literal> -command has always worked in text mode (see <link linkend="_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace & \negthinspace</link>). +<anchor id="spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace"/><para>Synonym: <literal>\negthinspace</literal>. A negative thin space. Normally +<literal>-3mu</literal>. With the <literal>amsmath</literal> package, or as of the 2020-10-01 +&latex; release, can be used in text mode as well as math mode; +otherwise, the <literal>\!</literal> command is math mode only but the +<literal>\negthinspace</literal> command has always also worked in text mode +(see <link linkend="_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace & \negthinspace</link>). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\quad</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>quad</primary></indexterm> @@ -12601,10 +12852,12 @@ control over smashing a subformula box. <para>The <literal>\phantom</literal> command creates a box with the same height, depth, and width as <replaceable>subformula</replaceable>, but empty. That is, this command causes &latex; to typeset the space but not fill it with the material. Here -&latex; will put a box of the right size for the quotation, but empty. +&latex; will put a blank line that is the correct width for the answer, +but will not show that answer. </para> -<screen>\fbox{\phantom{Conservatism is the fear-filled worship of dead radicals. - --- Mark Twain}} +<screen>\begin{displaymath} + \int x^2\,dx=\mbox{\underline{$\phantom{(1/3)x^3+C}$}} +\end{displaymath} </screen> <para>The <literal>\vphantom</literal> variant produces an invisible box with the same vertical size as <replaceable>subformula</replaceable>, the same height and depth, but having @@ -12634,7 +12887,7 @@ a suite of other commands to work with box sizes that may be more convenient, including <literal>\makebox</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</link>) as well as <literal>\settodepth</literal> (see <link linkend="_005csettodepth">\settodepth</link>), <literal>\settoheight</literal> (see <link linkend="_005csettoheight">\settoheight</link>), and <literal>\settowidth</literal> (see <link linkend="_005csettowidth">\settowidth</link>). -In addition, the <filename>mathtools</filename> package has many commands that offer +In addition, the <literal>mathtools</literal> package has many commands that offer fine-grained control over spacing. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsmath</literal></primary></indexterm> @@ -12643,7 +12896,7 @@ fine-grained control over spacing. <para>All three commands produce an ordinary box, without any special mathematics status. So to do something like attaching a superscript you should give it such a status, for example with the <literal>\operatorname</literal> -command from the package <filename>amsmath</filename>. +command from the package <literal>amsmath</literal>. </para> <para>While most often used in mathematics, these three can appear in other contexts. However, they don’t cause &latex; to change into horizontal @@ -12661,6 +12914,7 @@ with <literal>\leavevmode</literal>. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>math mode, spacing</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>invisible character</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>character, invisible</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>strut, math</primary></indexterm> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -12684,7 +12938,88 @@ amount of space, use <literal>\rule</literal> with a width of zero. See <link l </sect2> </sect1> -<sect1 label="16.7" id="Math-miscellany"> +<sect1 label="16.7" id="Math-styles"> +<title>Math styles</title> + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>math styles</primary></indexterm> + +<para>&tex;’s rules for typesetting a formula depend on the context. For +example, inside a displayed equation, the input <literal>\sum_{0\leq +i<n}k^m=\frac{n^{m+1}}{m+1}+\mbox{lower order terms}</literal> will give +output with the summation index centered below the summation symbol. +But if that input is inline then the summation index is off to the right +rather than below, so it won’t push the lines apart. Similarly, in a +displayed context, the symbols in the numerator and denominator will be +larger than for an inline context, and in display math subscripts and +superscripts are further apart then they are in inline math. +</para> +<para>&tex; uses four math styles. +</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>display style</primary></indexterm> +<para>Display style is for a formula displayed on a line by itself, such as +with <literal>\begin{equation} ... \end{equation}</literal>. +</para> +</listitem><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>text style</primary></indexterm> +<para>Text style is for an inline formula, as with ‘<literal>so we have $ ... $</literal>’. +</para> +</listitem><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>script style</primary></indexterm> +<para>Script style is for parts of a formula in a subscript or superscript. +</para> +</listitem><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>scriptscript style</primary></indexterm> +<para>Scriptscript style is for parts of a formula at a second level (or more) +of subscript or superscript. +</para> +</listitem></itemizedlist> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\displaystyle</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textstyle</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\scriptstyle</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\scriptscriptstyle</primary></indexterm> +<para>&tex; determines a default math style but you can override it with a +declaration of <literal>\displaystyle</literal>, or <literal>\textstyle</literal>, or +<literal>\scriptstyle</literal>, or <literal>\scriptscriptstyle</literal>. +</para> +<para>In this example, the ‘<literal>Arithmetic</literal>’ line’s fraction will look +scrunched. +</para> +<screen>\begin{tabular}{r|cc} + \textsc{Name} &\textsc{Series} &\textsc{Sum} \\ \hline + Arithmetic &$a+(a+b)+(a+2b)+\cdots+(a+(n-1)b)$ + &$na+(n-1)n\cdot\frac{b}{2}$ \\ + Geometric &$a+ab+ab^2+\cdots+ab^{n-1}$ + &$\displaystyle a\cdot\frac{1-b^n}{1-b}$ \\ +\end{tabular} +</screen> +<para>But because of the <literal>\displaystyle</literal> declaration, +the ‘<literal>Geometric</literal>’ line’s fraction will be easy to read, with +characters the same size as in the rest of the line. +</para> +<para>Another example is that, compared to the same input without the +declaration, the result of +</para> +<screen>we get +$\pi=2\cdot{\displaystyle\int_{x=0}^1 \sqrt{1-x^2}\,dx}$ +</screen> +<para>will have an integral sign that is much taller. Note that here the +<literal>\displaystyle</literal> applies to only part of the formula, and it is +delimited by being inside curly braces, as ‘<literal>{\displaystyle ...}</literal>’. +</para> +<para>The last example is a continued fraction. +</para> +<screen>\begin{equation} +a_0+\frac{1}{ + \displaystyle a_1+\frac{\mathstrut 1}{ + \displaystyle a_2+\frac{\mathstrut 1}{ + \displaystyle a_3}}} +\end{equation} +</screen> +<para>Without the <literal>\displaystyle</literal> declarations, the denominators would be +set in script style and scriptscript style. (The <literal>\mathstrut</literal> +improves the height of the denominators; see <link linkend="_005cmathstrut">\mathstrut</link>.) +</para> + +</sect1> +<sect1 label="16.8" id="Math-miscellany"> <title>Math miscellany</title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>math miscellany</primary></indexterm> @@ -12694,7 +13029,7 @@ some that don’t fit into other categories. </para> -<sect2 label="16.7.1" id="Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon"> +<sect2 label="16.8.1" id="Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon"> <title>Colon character <literal>:</literal> & <literal>\colon</literal></title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>colon character</primary></indexterm> @@ -12720,13 +13055,13 @@ with the spacing appropriate for punctuation, as in set-builder notation <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsmath</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsmath</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<para>But the widely-used <filename>amsmath</filename> package defines <literal>\colon</literal> for use +<para>But the widely-used <literal>amsmath</literal> package defines <literal>\colon</literal> for use in the definition of functions <literal>f\colon D\to C</literal>. So if you want the colon character as a punctuation then use <literal>\mathpunct{:}</literal>. </para> </sect2> -<sect2 label="16.7.2" id="_005c_002a"> +<sect2 label="16.8.2" id="_005c_002a"> <title><literal>\*</literal></title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>multiplication, discretionary</primary></indexterm> @@ -12751,7 +13086,7 @@ break, followed by <literal>\( A_3 A_4 \)</literal>. </para> </sect2> -<sect2 label="16.7.3" id="_005cfrac"> +<sect2 label="16.8.3" id="_005cfrac"> <title><literal>\frac</literal></title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>fraction</primary></indexterm> @@ -12768,7 +13103,7 @@ mode it comes out small; see the discussion of <literal>\displaystyle</literal> </para> </sect2> -<sect2 label="16.7.4" id="_005csqrt"> +<sect2 label="16.8.4" id="_005csqrt"> <title><literal>\sqrt</literal></title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>square root</primary></indexterm> @@ -12792,7 +13127,7 @@ a large enough <literal>arg</literal>, it is vertical). </para> </sect2> -<sect2 label="16.7.5" id="_005cstackrel"> +<sect2 label="16.8.5" id="_005cstackrel"> <title><literal>\stackrel</literal></title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>stack math</primary></indexterm> @@ -12822,9 +13157,11 @@ in one mode or another (in particular, many commands only work in one of the math modes), and error messages will refer to these. </para> <itemizedlist><listitem><anchor id="modes-paragraph-mode"/><indexterm role="cp"><primary>paragraph mode</primary></indexterm> -<para><firstterm>Paragraph mode</firstterm> is what &latex; is in when processing ordinary -text. It breaks the input text into lines and breaks the lines into -pages. This is the mode &latex; is in most of the time. +<para><firstterm>Paragraph mode</firstterm> (in plain &tex; this is called <firstterm>horizontal +mode</firstterm>) is what &latex; is in when processing ordinary text. It breaks +the input text into lines and finds the positions of line breaks, so that +in vertical mode page breaks can be done. This is the mode &latex; is +in most of the time. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>left-to-right mode</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>LR mode</primary></indexterm> @@ -12849,13 +13186,15 @@ ones. One example is that the placement of the subscript on <literal>\int</lite differs in the two situations.) </para> </listitem><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>vertical mode</primary></indexterm> -<anchor id="modes-vertical-mode"/><para><firstterm>Vertical mode</firstterm> is when &latex; is building the list of lines and -other material making the output page. This is the mode &latex; is in -when it starts a document. +<anchor id="modes-vertical-mode"/><para><firstterm>Vertical mode</firstterm> is when &latex; is +building the list of lines and other material making the output page, +which comprises insertion of page breaks. This is the mode &latex; is +in when it starts a document. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>internal vertical mode</primary></indexterm> <anchor id="modes-internal-vertical-mode"/><para><firstterm>Internal vertical mode</firstterm> is in effect when &latex; starts making a -<literal>\vbox</literal>. This is the vertical analogue of LR mode. +<literal>\vbox</literal>. It has not such thing as page breaks, and as such is the +vertical analogue of LR mode. </para> </listitem></itemizedlist> <para>For instance, if you begin a &latex; article with ‘<literal>Let \( x \) be @@ -12916,7 +13255,7 @@ the first page of an article. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>fancyhdr</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>fancyhdr</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<para>The package <filename>fancyhdr</filename> is very helpful for constructing page +<para>The package <literal>fancyhdr</literal> is very helpful for constructing page styles. See its documentation on CTAN. </para> @@ -13056,7 +13395,7 @@ get ‘<literal>LaTeX Error: Counter too large</literal>’. <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>hyperref</literal> package</primary></indexterm> <para>&latex; does not output a page number, although it does get reset. References to that page also are blank. (This does not -work with the popular package <filename>hyperref</filename> so to have the page number +work with the popular package <literal>hyperref</literal> so to have the page number not appear you may want to instead use <literal>\pagestyle{empty}</literal> or <literal>\thispagestyle{empty}</literal>.) </para> @@ -13066,10 +13405,9 @@ contents, etc.—then it is numbered with lowercase Roman numerals. The main matter of a document uses arabic. See <link linkend="_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</link>. </para> -<para>If you want to address where the page number appears on the page, -see <link linkend="_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</link>. If you want to change the value of page -number then you will manipulate the <literal>page</literal> counter -(see <link linkend="Counters">Counters</link>). +<para>If you want to change where the page number appears on the page, +see <link linkend="_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</link>. If you want to change the value of the page +number, then you manipulate the <literal>page</literal> counter (see <link linkend="Counters">Counters</link>). </para> </sect1> @@ -13092,7 +13430,7 @@ from the current page onwards. <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>fancyhdr</literal> package</primary></indexterm> <para>A discussion with an example is below. Note first that the package -<filename>fancyhdr</filename> is now the standard way to manipulate headers and +<literal>fancyhdr</literal> is now the standard way to manipulate headers and footers. New documents that need to do anything other than one of the standard options below should use this package. See its documentation on CTAN. @@ -13103,7 +13441,7 @@ on CTAN. </term><listitem><para>The header is empty. The footer contains only a page number, centered. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>empty</literal> -</term><listitem><para>The header and footer is empty. +</term><listitem><para>The header and footer are both empty. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>headings</literal> </term><listitem><para>Put running headers and footers on each page. The document style @@ -13213,11 +13551,9 @@ To make the page entirely empty, the command <indexterm role="cp"><primary>spaces</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>white space</primary></indexterm> -<para>&latex; has many ways to produce white (or filled) space. Some of -these are best suited to mathematical text; see <link linkend="Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in -math mode</link>. Some spacing commands are suitable for both regular text -and mathematical text; versions of some of these commands are in this -chapter. +<para>&latex; has many ways to produce white space, or filled space. Some of +these are best suited to mathematical text; for these +see <link linkend="Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</link>. </para> @@ -13264,20 +13600,21 @@ in many circumstances than arbitrary lengths, such as you get with <screen>\hspace{<replaceable>length</replaceable>} \hspace*{<replaceable>length</replaceable>} </screen> -<para>Insert the horizontal space <replaceable>length</replaceable>. The <replaceable>length</replaceable> can be -positive, negative, or zero; adding negative space is like backspacing. -It is a rubber length, that is, it may contain a <literal>plus</literal> or -<literal>minus</literal> component, or both (see <link linkend="Lengths">Lengths</link>). Because the space is -stretchable and shrinkable, it is sometimes called <firstterm>glue</firstterm>. +<para>Insert the amount <replaceable>length</replaceable> of horizontal space. The <replaceable>length</replaceable> can +be positive, negative, or zero; adding a negative amount of space is +like backspacing. It is a rubber length, that is, it may contain a +<literal>plus</literal> or <literal>minus</literal> component, or both (see <link linkend="Lengths">Lengths</link>). +Because the space is stretchable and shrinkable, it is sometimes called +<firstterm>glue</firstterm>. </para> <para>This makes a line with ‘<literal>Name:</literal>’ an inch from the right margin. </para> <screen>\noindent\makebox[\linewidth][r]{Name:\hspace{1in}} </screen> -<para>The <literal>*</literal>-version inserts horizontal space that non-discardable. -More precisely, when &tex; breaks a paragraph into lines any white +<para>The <literal>*</literal>-form inserts horizontal space that is non-discardable. More +precisely, when &tex; breaks a paragraph into lines any white space—glues and kerns—that come at a line break are discarded. The -<literal>*</literal>-version avoids that (technically, it adds a non-discardable +<literal>*</literal>-form avoids that (technically, it adds a non-discardable invisible item in front of the space). </para> <para>In this example @@ -13498,8 +13835,9 @@ Examples are <literal>Nat.\ Acad.\ Science</literal>, and <literal>Mr.~Bean</lit </para> </sect2> -<sect2 label="19.5.2" id="_005cfrenchspacing"> -<title><literal>\frenchspacing</literal></title> +<anchor id="_005cfrenchspacing"/><!-- old node name --> +<sect2 label="19.5.2" id="_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing"> +<title><literal>\frenchspacing</literal> & <literal>\nonfrenchspacing</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\frenchspacing</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nonfrenchspacing</primary></indexterm> @@ -13510,10 +13848,11 @@ Examples are <literal>Nat.\ Acad.\ Science</literal>, and <literal>Mr.~Bean</lit <screen>\frenchspacing \nonfrenchspacing </screen> -<para>The first declaration causes &latex; to treat spacing between sentences -in the same way as spacing between words in the middle of a sentence. -The second causes spacing between sentences to stretch or shrink more -(see <link linkend="_005cspacefactor">\spacefactor</link>); this is the default. +<para>The first declaration causes &latex; to handle spacing between +sentences in the same way as spacing between words in the middle of a +sentence. The second switches back to the default handling in which +spacing between sentences stretches or shrinks more +(see <link linkend="_005cspacefactor">\spacefactor</link>). </para> <para>Some typographic traditions, including English, prefer to adjust the space between sentences (or spaces following a question mark, @@ -13534,7 +13873,7 @@ spaces are treated equally. </para> <screen>\normalsfcodes </screen> -<para>Reset the &latex; space factor values to the default +<para>Reset the &latex; space factors to the default values (see <link linkend="_005cspacefactor">\spacefactor</link>). </para> @@ -13543,16 +13882,17 @@ spaces are treated equally. <sect1 label="19.6" id="_005c_0028SPACE_0029"> <title>Backslash-space, <literal>\ </literal></title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>\NEWLINE</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>\SPACE</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>\ (backslash-space)</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>\TAB</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\SPACE</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>\<keycap>NEWLINE</keycap></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>\<keycap>SPACE</keycap></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>\<keycap>TAB</keycap></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ <!-- /@w --> (backslash-space)</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\<keycap>SPACE</keycap></primary></indexterm> <para>This section refers to the command consisting of two characters, a -backslash followed by a space. Synopsis: +backslash followed by a space. +Synopsis: </para> -<screen>\ +<screen>\ <!-- /@w --> </screen> <para>Produce a space. By default it produces white space of length 3.33333pt plus 1.66666pt minus 1.11111pt. @@ -13560,35 +13900,48 @@ backslash followed by a space. Synopsis: <para>When you type one or more blanks between words, &latex; produces white space. But that is different than an explicit space. This illustrates. </para> -<screen>\begin{tabular}{l} -One blank: makes some space \\ -Three blanks: in a row \\ -Three spaces:\ \ \ in a row \\ +<screen>\begin{tabular}{rl} +One blank:& makes some space \\ +Three blanks:& in a row \\ +Three spaces:&\ \ \ in a row \\ \end{tabular} </screen> <para>On the first line &latex; puts some space after the colon. On the second line &latex; collapses the three blanks to output one whitespace, so you end with the same space after the colon as in the -first line. &latex; would similarly collapse a blank followed by a -tab, or a blank and a newline and a blank. However, the bottom line -asks for three spaces so the white area is wider. That is, the -backslash-space command creates a fixed amount of horizontal space. -(Note that you can define a horizontal space of any width at all with -<literal>\hspace</literal>; see <link linkend="_005chspace">\hspace</link>.) +first line. &latex; would similarly collapse them to a single +whitespace if one, two or all of the three blanks were replaced by a +tab, or by a newline. However, the bottom line asks for three spaces so +the white area is wider. That is, the backslash-space command creates a +fixed amount of horizontal space. (Note that you can define a +horizontal space of any width at all with <literal>\hspace</literal>; +see <link linkend="_005chspace">\hspace</link>.) </para> <para>The backslash-space command has two main uses. It is often used after -control sequences to keep them from gobbling the space that follows, as -in <literal>\TeX\ is nice</literal>. (But using curly parentheses, as in -<literal>\TeX{} is best</literal>, has the advantage of still working if the next -character is a period.) The other common use is that it marks a period -as ending an abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in <literal>So -says Prof.\ Smith</literal> or <literal>Jones et al.\ (1993)</literal> (see <link linkend="_005c_0040">\@</link>). -</para> -<para>Under normal circumstances, <literal>\</literal><keycap>tab</keycap> and <literal>\</literal><keycap>newline</keycap> +control sequences to keep them from gobbling the blank that follows, as +after <literal>\TeX</literal> in <literal>\TeX\ (or \LaTeX)</literal>. (But using curly braces +has the advantage of still working whether the next character is a blank +or any other non-letter, as in <literal>\TeX{} (or \LaTeX{})</literal> in which +<literal>{}</literal> can be added after <literal>\LaTeX</literal> as well as after +<literal>\TeX</literal>.) The other common use is that it marks a period as ending +an abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in <literal>Prof.\ Smith</literal> +or <literal>Jones et al.\ (1993)</literal> (see <link linkend="_005c_0040">\@</link>). +</para> +<para>Under normal circumstances, <literal>\</literal><keycap>TAB</keycap> and <literal>\</literal><keycap>NEWLINE</keycap> are equivalent to backslash-space, <literal>\ </literal>. </para> +<anchor id="Leading-blanks"/><para>Please also note that in order to allow source code indentation, under +normal circumstances, &tex; ignores leading blanks in a line. So the +following prints ‘<literal>one word</literal>’: +</para> +<screen>one + word +</screen> +<para>where the white space between ‘<literal>one</literal>’ and ‘<literal>word</literal>’ is produced by +the newline after ‘<literal>one</literal>’, not by the space before ‘<literal>word</literal>’. +</para> <!-- @PkgIndex{xspace} --> -<!-- Some individual commands, notably those defined with the @code{xspace}, --> +<!-- Some individual commands, notably those defined with the @package{xspace}, --> <!-- package do not follow the standard behavior. --> @@ -13607,12 +13960,19 @@ are equivalent to backslash-space, <literal>\ </literal>. </para> <screen><replaceable>before</replaceable>~<replaceable>after</replaceable> </screen> -<para>The tie character, <literal>~</literal>, produces a space between <replaceable>before</replaceable> and +<para>The <firstterm>tie</firstterm> character, <literal>~</literal>, produces a space between <replaceable>before</replaceable> and <replaceable>after</replaceable> at which the line will not be broken. By default the white space has length 3.33333pt plus 1.66666pt minus 1.11111pt (see <link linkend="Lengths">Lengths</link>). </para> -<para>Here &latex; will not break the line between the final two words. +<!-- This paragraph is not translated to French, as the French translation --> +<!-- uses a term that means ``unbreakable''. --> +<para>Note that the word ‘<literal>tie</literal>’ has this meaning in the &tex;/Texinfo +community; this differs from the typographic term “tie”, which +is a diacritic in the shape of an arc, called a “tie-after” accent +in <citetitle>The &tex;book</citetitle>. +</para> +<para>Here &latex; will not break the line between the final two words: </para> <screen>Thanks to Prof.~Lerman. </screen> @@ -13628,7 +13988,7 @@ words in an <literal>\mbox</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cma among readers. Nevertheless, here are some usage models, many of them from <citetitle>The &tex;book</citetitle>. </para> -<itemizedlist><listitem><para>Between an enumerator and its item, such as in references: +<itemizedlist><listitem><para>Between an enumerator label and number, such as in references: <literal>Chapter~12</literal>, or <literal>Theorem~\ref{th:Wilsons}</literal>, or <literal>Figure~\ref{fig:KGraph}</literal>. </para> @@ -13639,10 +13999,10 @@ from <citetitle>The &tex;book</citetitle>. <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>siunitx</literal> package</primary></indexterm> </listitem><listitem><para>Between a number and its unit: <literal>$745.7.8$~watts</literal> (the -<filename>siunitx</filename> package has a special facility for this) or -<literal>144~eggs</literal>. This includes between a month and a date: -<literal>October~12</literal> or <literal>12~Oct</literal>. In general, in any expressions -where numbers and abbreviations or symbols are separated by a space: +<literal>siunitx</literal> package has a special facility for this) or +<literal>144~eggs</literal>. This includes between a month and day number in a date: +<literal>October~12</literal> or <literal>12~Oct</literal>. In general, in any expressions where +numbers and abbreviations or symbols are separated by a space: <literal>AD~565</literal>, or <literal>2:50~pm</literal>, or <literal>Boeing~747</literal>, or <literal>268~Plains Road</literal>, or <literal>\$$1.4$~billion</literal>. Other common choices here are a thin space (see <link linkend="_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace & \negthinspace</link>) and @@ -13701,11 +14061,14 @@ think the three dots and/or four dots are plenty). Another style-specific use is between initials, as in <literal>D.\thinspace E.\ Knuth</literal>. </para> -<para>&latex; provides a variety of similar spacing commands -(see <link linkend="Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</link>). With <literal>amsmath</literal>, or as of the -2020-10-01 &latex; release, they can be used in text mode as well as -math mode, including <literal>\!</literal> for <literal>\negthinspace</literal>; before that, -they were available only in math mode. +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsmath</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsmath</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + +<para>&latex; provides a variety of similar spacing commands for math mode +(see <link linkend="Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</link>). With the <literal>amsmath</literal> package, or as +of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, they can be used in text mode as +well as math mode, including <literal>\!</literal> for <literal>\negthinspace</literal>; but +otherwise, they are available only in math mode. </para> </sect1> <sect1 label="19.9" id="_005c_002f"> @@ -13752,8 +14115,8 @@ do not include italic correction values even for italic fonts. <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fontdimen1</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>font dimension, slant</primary></indexterm> <para>Technically, &latex; uses another font-specific value, the so-called -slant parameter (namely <literal>\fontdimen1</literal>), to determine whether to -possibly insert an italic correction, rather than tying the action to +<firstterm>slant parameter</firstterm> (namely <literal>\fontdimen1</literal>), to determine whether +to possibly insert an italic correction, rather than tying the action to particular font commands. </para> <para>There is no concept of italic correction in math mode; math spacing is @@ -13793,13 +14156,13 @@ start or end. here </para> <screen>\renewcommand{\hrulefill}{% - \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern\z@} + \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern0pt } </screen> <para>which changes the default thickness of 0.4pt to 1pt. Similarly, adjust the dot spacing as with </para> <screen>\renewcommand{\dotfill}{% - \leavevmode\cleaders\hb@xt@1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern\z@} + \leavevmode\cleaders\hbox to 1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern0pt } </screen> <para>which changes the default length of 0.33em to 1.00em. </para> @@ -13859,7 +14222,7 @@ quarter of a line space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the <literal>book</literal> and <literal>article</literal> classes is <literal>3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> -<para>Because each command is a <literal>\vspace</literal>, if you use on in mid-paragraph +<para>Because each command is a <literal>\vspace</literal>, if you use it in mid-paragraph then it will insert its vertical space between the line in which you use it and the next line, not necessarily at the place that you use it. So these are best between paragraphs. @@ -13913,7 +14276,7 @@ with ‘<literal>def</literal>’. and depth at least <literal>0.3\baselineskip</literal>. Essentially, &latex; inserts into the line a rectangle having zero width, <literal>\rule[-0.3\baselineskip]{0pt}{\baselineskip}</literal> (see <link linkend="_005crule">\rule</link>). -The <literal>\baselineskip</literal> changes with the current font and fontsize. +The <literal>\baselineskip</literal> changes with the current font or fontsize. </para> <para>In this example the <literal>\strut</literal> keeps the box inside the frame from having zero height. @@ -13956,10 +14319,10 @@ item’s second line. \end{minipage}% </screen> <para>The final two lists use <literal>\fbox</literal> to show what’s happening. The -third list’s <literal>\parbox</literal> goes only to the bottom of its second -‘<literal>test</literal>’, which happens not have any characters that descend below -the baseline. The fourth list adds the strut that gives the needed -extra below-baseline space. +first item <literal>\parbox</literal> of the third list goes only to the bottom of +its second ‘<literal>test</literal>’, which happens not have any characters that +descend below the baseline. The fourth list adds the strut that gives +the needed extra below-baseline space. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>TikZ</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>TikZ</literal> package</primary></indexterm> @@ -13967,7 +14330,7 @@ extra below-baseline space. <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>Asymptote</literal> package</primary></indexterm> <para>The <literal>\strut</literal> command is often useful in graphics, such as in -<filename>TikZ</filename> or <filename>Asymptote</filename>. For instance, you may have a command +<literal>TikZ</literal> or <literal>Asymptote</literal>. For instance, you may have a command such as <literal>\graphnode{<replaceable>node-name</replaceable>}</literal> that fits a circle around <replaceable>node-name</replaceable>. However, unless you are careful the <replaceable>node-name</replaceable>’s ‘<literal>x</literal>’ and ‘<literal>y</literal>’ will produce different-diameter circles because @@ -13987,10 +14350,10 @@ second rule keeps the second integral from hitting the first. \end{tabular} </screen> <para>(Although the line-ending double backslash command has an available -optional argument to put in more vertical room, that won’t work here. -Changing the first double backslash to something like <literal>\\[2.5ex]</literal> -will put the room between the header line and the <literal>\hline</literal>, and the -integral would still hit the line.) +optional argument to change the corresponding baseline skip, that won’t +solve this issue. Changing the first double backslash to something like +<literal>\\[2.5ex]</literal> will put more room between the header line and the +<literal>\hline</literal> rule, and the integral would still hit the rule.) </para> </sect1> @@ -14020,9 +14383,9 @@ The new day dawned cold. <para>(See <link linkend="_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip</link>, for common inter-paragraph spaces.) </para> -<para>The <literal>*</literal>-version inserts vertical space that non-discardable. More +<para>The <literal>*</literal>-form inserts vertical space that is non-discardable. More precisely, &latex; discards vertical space at a page break and the -<literal>*</literal>-version causes the space to stay. This example leaves space +<literal>*</literal>-form causes the space to stay. This example leaves space between the two questions. </para> <screen>Question: Find the integral of \( 5x^4+5 \). @@ -14106,10 +14469,11 @@ space needed to make the natural length equal to the maximum of the (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). The <replaceable>vert-length</replaceable> is a rubber length (see <link linkend="Lengths">Lengths</link>). </para> -<para>This example illustrates. The <literal>picture</literal> draws a scale. In a -standard &latex; article the length <literal>\baselineskip</literal> is 12pt. -The two rules here are 22pt apart: the sum of the -<literal>\baselineskip</literal> and the 10pt from the first <literal>addvspace</literal>. +<para>This example illustrates. The <literal>picture</literal> draws a scale over which +to rules are placed. In a standard &latex; article the length +<literal>\baselineskip</literal> is 12pt. As shown by the scale, the two +rules are 22pt apart: the sum of the <literal>\baselineskip</literal> and the +10pt from the first <literal>\addvspace</literal>. </para> <screen>\documentclass{article} \usepackage{color} @@ -14157,7 +14521,7 @@ page. So these commands are central. <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>adjustbox</literal> package</primary></indexterm> <para>There are many packages on CTAN that are useful for manipulating boxes. -One useful adjunct to the commands here is <filename>adjustbox</filename>. +One useful adjunct to the commands here is <literal>adjustbox</literal>. </para> @@ -14225,7 +14589,11 @@ values: </term><listitem><para>Flush right. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>s</literal> -</term><listitem><para>Stretch the interword space in <replaceable>text</replaceable> across the entire <replaceable>width</replaceable>. +</term><listitem><!-- xx TODO add a generic node to make clear that some statement may be --> +<!-- not true for some internationalization or some script. Eg. in Arabic --> +<!-- script or with microtype package I think that the strech also plays --> +<!-- on word width --> +<para>Stretch the interword space in <replaceable>text</replaceable> across the entire <replaceable>width</replaceable>. The <replaceable>text</replaceable> must contain stretchable space for this to work. For instance, this could head a press release: <literal>\noindent\makebox[\textwidth][s]{\large\hfil IMMEDIATE\hfil @@ -14247,8 +14615,8 @@ puts the value of the quiz questions to the left of those questions. <para>The right edge of the output ‘<literal>10 points </literal>’ (note the ending space after ‘<literal>points</literal>’) will be just before the ‘<literal>What</literal>’. You can use -<literal>\makebox</literal> similarly when making graphics, such as in <filename>TikZ</filename> -or <filename>Asymptote</filename>, where you put the edge of the text at a known +<literal>\makebox</literal> similarly when making graphics, such as in <literal>TikZ</literal> +or <literal>Asymptote</literal>, where you put the edge of the text at a known location, regardless of the length of that text. </para> <para>For boxes with frames see <link linkend="_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">\fbox & \framebox</link>. For colors @@ -14280,15 +14648,15 @@ and <link linkend="minipage">minipage</link>. \framebox[<replaceable>width</replaceable>]{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} \framebox[<replaceable>width</replaceable>][<replaceable>position</replaceable>]{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} </screen> -<para>Create a box with an enclosing frame, four lines surrounding the space. +<para>Create a box with an enclosing frame, four rules surrounding the <replaceable>text</replaceable>. These commands are the same as <literal>\mbox</literal> and <literal>\makebox</literal> except for the frame (see <link linkend="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</link>). The <literal>\fbox</literal> command is robust, the <literal>\framebox</literal> command is fragile (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). </para> <screen>\fbox{Warning! No work shown, no credit given.} </screen> -<para>&latex; puts the text into a box that cannot be split or hyphenated. -Around that box, separated from it by a small gap, are four lines making +<para>&latex; puts the text into a box, the text cannot be hyphenated. +Around that box, separated from it by a small gap, are four rules making a frame. </para> <para>The first two command invocations, <literal>\fbox{...}</literal> and @@ -14300,7 +14668,7 @@ here is an example creating an empty box that is 1/4in wide. </para> <screen>\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}\framebox[0.25in]{\strut}} </screen> -<para>The <literal>\strut</literal> inserts a vertical height of <literal>\baselineskip</literal> +<para>The <literal>\strut</literal> ensures a total height of <literal>\baselineskip</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cstrut">\strut</link>). </para> <para>These parameters determine the frame layout. @@ -14309,7 +14677,7 @@ here is an example creating an empty box that is 1/4in wide. </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>frame, line width</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>frame rule width</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>\fboxrule</primary></indexterm> -<para>The thickness of the lines around the enclosed box. The default is +<para>The thickness of the rules around the enclosed box. The default is 0.2pt. Change it with a command such as <literal>\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}</literal> (see <link linkend="_005csetlength">\setlength</link>). </para> @@ -14321,7 +14689,7 @@ Change it with a command such as <literal>\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}</literal> (see <link linkend="_005csetlength">\setlength</link>). Setting it to 0pt is useful sometimes: this will put a frame around the picture with no white border. </para> -<screen>{\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt} +<screen>{\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}% \framebox{% \includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]{prudence.jpg}}} </screen> @@ -14340,9 +14708,9 @@ paragraph, and then frame the result. </screen> <para>See <link linkend="Colored-boxes">Colored boxes</link>, for colors other than black and white. </para> -<para>The <literal>picture</literal> environment has a version of this command where the -units depend on <literal>picture</literal>’s <literal>\unitlength</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox -(picture)</link>). +<para>The <literal>picture</literal> environment has a version of the <literal>\framebox</literal> +command where the units depend on <literal>picture</literal>’s <literal>\unitlength</literal> +(see <link linkend="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</link>). </para> </sect1> @@ -14513,7 +14881,8 @@ enter <literal>\sbox{\newreg}{test \par test}</literal> and warning. To fix this use a <literal>\parbox</literal> or <literal>minipage</literal> as here. </para> <!-- credit: egreg https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/41668/121234 --> -<screen>\savebox{\areg}{% +<screen>\newsavebox{\areg} +\savebox{\areg}{% \begin{minipage}{\linewidth} \begin{enumerate} \item First item @@ -14561,8 +14930,8 @@ header. &latex; only typesets it once. \end{lrbox} </screen> <para>This is the environment form of the <literal>\sbox</literal> and <literal>\savebox</literal> -commands, and is equivalent to them. for the full description, -See <link linkend="_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox">\sbox & \savebox</link>. +commands, and is equivalent to them. See <link linkend="_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox">\sbox & \savebox</link>, for the +full description. </para> <para>The <replaceable>text</replaceable> inside the environment is saved in the box register referred to by variable <literal><replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable></literal>. The variable name @@ -14595,7 +14964,7 @@ for entering the <literal>tabular</literal>. </screen> <para>Produce the box most recently saved in the box register <replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable> by the commands <literal>\sbox</literal> or <literal>\savebox</literal>, or the <literal>lrbox</literal> -environment. For more information and examples, See <link linkend="_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox">\sbox & +environment. For more information and examples, see <link linkend="_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox">\sbox & \savebox</link>. (Note that the variable name <replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable> starts with a backslash, <literal>\</literal>.) This command is robust (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). </para> @@ -14928,12 +15297,12 @@ This example is the short how-to. </screen> <para>To use the commands described here your document preamble must contain either <literal>\usepackage{graphicx}</literal> or -<literal>\usepackage{graphics}</literal>. Most of the time, <filename>graphicx</filename> is the +<literal>\usepackage{graphics}</literal>. Most of the time, <literal>graphicx</literal> is the better choice. </para> <para>Graphics come in two main types, raster and vector. &latex; can use both. In raster graphics the file contains an entry for each location -in an array, describing what color it is. An example is a photograph, +in an array, describing what color it is. An example is a photograph in JPG format. In vector graphics, the file contains a list of instructions such as ‘<literal>draw a circle with this radius and that center</literal>’. An example is a line drawing produced by the Asymptote @@ -14972,7 +15341,7 @@ see their documentation on CTAN. <para>The <literal>graphicx</literal> package has a format for optional arguments to the <literal>\includegraphics</literal> command that is convenient (it is the key-value format), so it is the better choice for new documents. When you load -the <filename>graphics</filename> or <filename>graphicx</filename> package with <literal>\usepackage</literal> +the <literal>graphics</literal> or <literal>graphicx</literal> package with <literal>\usepackage</literal> there are two kinds of available options. </para> <para>The first is that &latex; does not contain information about different @@ -15179,7 +15548,7 @@ than once. Show its value with </screen> <para>Declare how to handle graphic files whose names end in <replaceable>extension</replaceable>. </para> -<para>This example declares that all files with names have the form +<para>This example declares that all files with names of the form <filename>filename-without-dot.mps</filename> will be treated as output from MetaPost, meaning that the printer driver will use its MetaPost-handling code to input the file. @@ -15251,8 +15620,8 @@ See the documentation for your &tex; distribution. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>graphics package commands</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>commands, graphics package</primary></indexterm> -<para>These are the commands available with the <filename>graphics</filename> and -<filename>graphicx</filename> packages. +<para>These are the commands available with the <literal>graphics</literal> and +<literal>graphicx</literal> packages. </para> @@ -15270,7 +15639,7 @@ See the documentation for your &tex; distribution. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>PNG files</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\includegraphics</primary></indexterm> -<para>Synopses for <filename>graphics</filename> package: +<para>Synopses for <literal>graphics</literal> package: </para> <screen>\includegraphics{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>} \includegraphics[<replaceable>urx</replaceable>,<replaceable>ury</replaceable>]{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>} @@ -15279,7 +15648,7 @@ See the documentation for your &tex; distribution. \includegraphics*[<replaceable>urx</replaceable>,<replaceable>ury</replaceable>]{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>} \includegraphics*[<replaceable>llx</replaceable>,<replaceable>lly</replaceable>][<replaceable>urx</replaceable>,<replaceable>ury</replaceable>]{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>} </screen> -<para>Synopses for <filename>graphicx</filename> package: +<para>Synopses for <literal>graphicx</literal> package: </para> <screen>\includegraphics{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>} \includegraphics[<replaceable>key-value list</replaceable>]{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>} @@ -15317,7 +15686,7 @@ with that extension (see <link linkend="_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions">\Declare <para>If your file name contains dots before the extension then you can hide them with curly braces, as in <literal>\includegraphics{{plot.2018.03.12.a}.pdf}</literal>. Or, if you use -the <filename>graphicx</filename> package then you can use the options <literal>type</literal> and +the <literal>graphicx</literal> package then you can use the options <literal>type</literal> and <literal>ext</literal>; see below. This and other filename issues are also handled with the package <filename>grffile</filename>. </para> @@ -15358,7 +15727,7 @@ text, with the two vertically centered. \end{minipage}} \end{center} </screen> -<para>If you use the <filename>graphics</filename> package then the only options involve the +<para>If you use the <literal>graphics</literal> package then the only options involve the size of the graphic (but see <link linkend="_005crotatebox">\rotatebox</link> and <link linkend="_005cscalebox">\scalebox</link>). When one optional argument is present then it is <literal>[<replaceable>urx</replaceable>,<replaceable>ury</replaceable>]</literal> and it gives the coordinates of the top @@ -15371,7 +15740,7 @@ lower left. Thus, <literal>\includegraphics[1in,0.618in]{...}</literal> calls f the graphic to be placed so it is 1 inch wide and 0.618 inches tall and so its origin is at (0,0). </para> -<para>The <filename>graphicx</filename> package gives you many more options. Specify them +<para>The <literal>graphicx</literal> package gives you many more options. Specify them in a key-value form, as here. </para> <screen>\begin{center} @@ -15600,11 +15969,11 @@ external commands. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>rotating text</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rotatebox</primary></indexterm> -<para>Synopsis if you use the <filename>graphics</filename> package: +<para>Synopsis if you use the <literal>graphics</literal> package: </para> <screen>\rotatebox{<replaceable>angle</replaceable>}{<replaceable>material</replaceable>} </screen> -<para>Synopses if you use the <filename>graphicx</filename> package: +<para>Synopses if you use the <literal>graphicx</literal> package: </para> <screen>\rotatebox{<replaceable>angle</replaceable>}{<replaceable>material</replaceable>} \rotatebox[<replaceable>key-value list</replaceable>]{<replaceable>angle</replaceable>}{<replaceable>material</replaceable>} @@ -15634,8 +16003,8 @@ from the first step (they need not coincide vertically). This new bounding box, in its new position, is what &latex; uses as the box when typesetting this material. </para> -<para>If you use the <filename>graphics</filename> package then the rotation is about the -reference point of the box. If you use the <filename>graphicx</filename> package +<para>If you use the <literal>graphics</literal> package then the rotation is about the +reference point of the box. If you use the <literal>graphicx</literal> package then these are the options that can go in the <replaceable>key-value list</replaceable>, but note that you can get the same effect without needing this package, except for the <literal>x</literal> and <literal>y</literal> options @@ -15702,14 +16071,14 @@ defaults to the same value as the <replaceable>horizontal factor</replaceable>. </para> <screen>\scalebox{0.5}{\includegraphics{lion}} </screen> -<para>If you use the <filename>graphicx</filename> package then you can accomplish the same +<para>If you use the <literal>graphicx</literal> package then you can accomplish the same thing with optional arguments to <literal>\includegraphics</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</link>). </para> <para>The <literal>\reflectbox</literal> command abbreviates <literal>\scalebox{-1}[1]{<replaceable>material</replaceable>}</literal>. Thus, <literal>Able was I\reflectbox{Able was I}</literal> will show the phrase ‘<literal>Able was I</literal>’ -immediately followed by its mirror reflection. +immediately followed by its mirror reflection against a vertical axis. </para> </sect2> @@ -15742,7 +16111,7 @@ vertically by the same factor to keep it from being distorted. <para>The unstarred form <literal>\resizebox</literal> takes <replaceable>vertical length</replaceable> to be the box’s height while the starred form <literal>\resizebox*</literal> takes it to be height+depth. For instance, make the text have a height+depth of a -quarter inch with <literal>\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{1in}{This +quarter-inch with <literal>\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{3.5in}{This box has both height and depth.}}</literal>. </para> <para>You can use <literal>\depth</literal>, <literal>\height</literal>, <literal>\totalheight</literal>, and @@ -15859,7 +16228,7 @@ you need to do expansion. Here the <literal>\Schoolname</literal> produces <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>textcase</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>textcase</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<para>The <filename>textcase</filename> package brings some of the missing feature of the +<para>The <literal>textcase</literal> package brings some of the missing feature of the standard &latex; commands <literal>\MakeUppercase</literal> and <literal>\MakeLowerCase</literal>. </para> @@ -15867,7 +16236,7 @@ standard &latex; commands <literal>\MakeUppercase</literal> and <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>mfirstuc</literal> package</primary></indexterm> <para>To uppercase only the first letter of words, you can use the package -<filename>mfirstuc</filename>. +<literal>mfirstuc</literal>. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>expl3</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>expl3</literal> package</primary></indexterm> @@ -16105,7 +16474,7 @@ for spacing around em-dashes vary widely. <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>eurosym</literal> package</primary></indexterm> </para> <para>For an alternative glyph design, try the -<filename>eurosym</filename> package; also, most fonts nowadays come with their own +<literal>eurosym</literal> package; also, most fonts nowadays come with their own Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textexclamdown (or <literal>!`</literal>)</primary></indexterm><literal>\textexclamdown (or <literal>!`</literal>)</literal> @@ -16251,7 +16620,7 @@ breaks disallowed after). <para>&latex; has wide support for many of the world’s scripts and languages, provided through the core <literal>babel</literal> package, which supports pdf&latex;, Xe&latex; and Lua&latex;. The -<filename>polyglossia</filename> package provides similar support with the latter +<literal>polyglossia</literal> package provides similar support with the latter two engines. </para> <para>This section does not cover that support. It only lists the core @@ -16382,8 +16751,9 @@ thus crossing through descenders. See also <literal>\underline</literal> in <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newtie</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalnewtie</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>tie-after accent</primary></indexterm> -<para>oo[ Tie-after accent. The <literal>\newtie</literal> form is centered in -its box. +<para>Tie-after accent (used for transliterating from Cyrillic, such as in the +ALA-LC romanization). It expects that the argument has two characters. +The <literal>\newtie</literal> form is centered in its box. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\u</literal> </term><term><literal>\capitalbreve</literal> @@ -16413,9 +16783,9 @@ its box. <screen>\accent <replaceable>number</replaceable> <replaceable>character</replaceable> </screen> <para>A &tex; primitive command used to generate accented characters from -accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by <replaceable>number</replaceable>, -a numeric argument, followed by a space and then a <replaceable>character</replaceable> argument -constructs the accented character in the current font. +accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by <replaceable>number</replaceable>, a +numeric argument, followed by a space and then a <replaceable>character</replaceable> +argument to construct the accented character in the current font. </para> <para>These are accented ‘<literal>e</literal>’ characters. </para> @@ -16425,7 +16795,8 @@ constructs the accented character in the current font. \accent22 e \accent23 e </screen> -<para>The first is a grave, the second is breve, etc. +<para>The first is a grave, the second a caron, the third a breve, the fourth +a macron, and the fifth a ring above. </para> <para>The position of the accent is determined by the font designer and so the outcome of <literal>\accent</literal> use may differ between fonts. In &latex; it is @@ -16574,7 +16945,7 @@ useful to omit it. called the <firstterm>encoding</firstterm>. There are many different encodings. The simplest is ASCII, which supports 95 printable characters, not enough for most of the world’s languages. For instance, to typeset the -a-umlaut character ä in an ASCII-encoded &latex; source file, the +a-umlaut character ‘<literal>ä</literal>’ in an ASCII-encoded &latex; source file, the sequence <literal>\"a</literal> is used. This would make source files for anything but English hard to read; even for English, often a more extensive encoding is more convenient. @@ -16606,7 +16977,8 @@ is a left single quote from a web page using <literal>latin1</literal> inside a replace the non-UTF-8 character with its UTF-8 equivalent, or use a &latex; equivalent command or character. </para> -<para>In some documents, such as a collection of journal articles from a +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\inputencoding</primary></indexterm> +<anchor id="_005cinputencoding"/><para>In some documents, such as a collection of journal articles from a variety of authors, changing the encoding in mid-document may be necessary. Use the command <literal>\inputencoding{<replaceable>encoding-name</replaceable>}</literal>. The most common values @@ -16638,7 +17010,7 @@ or just “qed”, often used to mark the end of a proof: <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsthm</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsthm</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<para>The <filename>amsthm</filename> package includes this command, with a somewhat +<para>The <literal>amsthm</literal> package includes this command, with a somewhat different-looking symbol. </para> <para>The mandatory arguments give the horizontal <replaceable>width</replaceable> and vertical @@ -16681,7 +17053,7 @@ See <link linkend="_005cstrut">\strut</link>, for examples. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>polyglossia</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>polyglossia</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<para>Multilingual packages such as <filename>babel</filename> or <filename>polyglossia</filename>, or +<para>Multilingual packages such as <literal>babel</literal> or <literal>polyglossia</literal>, or classes such as <filename>lettre</filename>, will localize <literal>\today</literal>. For example, the following will output ‘<literal>4 juillet 1976</literal>’: </para> @@ -16698,7 +17070,7 @@ the following will output ‘<literal>4 juillet 1976</literal>’: <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>datetime</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>datetime</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<para>A number of package on CTAN work with dates. One is <filename>datetime</filename> package +<para>A number of package on CTAN work with dates. One is <literal>datetime</literal> package which can produce a wide variety of date formats, including ISO standards. </para> <para>The date is not updated as the &latex; process runs, so in principle the @@ -16890,6 +17262,7 @@ should avoid spaces in the file names. The tradition is to instead use dashes or underscores. Nevertheless, for the name ‘<literal>amo amas amat</literal>’, this works under &tex; Live on GNU/Linux: </para> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\space</primary></indexterm> <screen>\documentclass{book} \includeonly{ "amo\space amas\space amat" @@ -16960,6 +17333,7 @@ should avoid spaces in the file names. The tradition is to instead use dashes or underscores. Nevertheless, for the name ‘<literal>amo amas amat</literal>’, this works under &tex; Live on GNU/Linux: </para> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\space</primary></indexterm> <screen>\input{"amo\space amas\space amat"} </screen> <para>and this works under MiK&tex; on Windows: @@ -16973,9 +17347,9 @@ this works under &tex; Live on GNU/Linux: <title>Front/back matter</title> - +<!-- no comma in the node name because Texinfo doesn't support that well. --> <sect1 label="25.1" id="Table-of-contents-etc_002e"> -<title>Table of contents etc.</title> +<title>Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>table of contents, creating</primary></indexterm> @@ -17104,9 +17478,9 @@ inside a box of width <literal>\@pnumwidth</literal>. By default <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>tocbibbind</literal> package</primary></indexterm> <para>CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures -and tables (see <link linkend="CTAN">CTAN</link>). The package <filename>tocloft</filename> is convenient for +and tables (see <link linkend="CTAN">CTAN</link>). The package <literal>tocloft</literal> is convenient for adjusting some aspects of the default such as spacing. And, -<filename>tocbibbind</filename> will automatically add the bibliography, index, +<literal>tocbibbind</literal> will automatically add the bibliography, index, etc. to the table of contents. </para> <para>To change the header for the table of contents page, do something like @@ -17122,7 +17496,7 @@ these commands before you call <literal>\tableofcontents</literal>, etc. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>polyglossia</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>polyglossia</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<para>Internationalization packages such as <filename>babel</filename> or <filename>polyglossia</filename> +<para>Internationalization packages such as <literal>babel</literal> or <literal>polyglossia</literal> will change these headers depending on the chosen base language. </para> @@ -17152,19 +17526,19 @@ file contains these definitions: <para>In this example, <literal>\@dottedcline</literal> appears to have been given only three arguments. But tracing the internal code shows that it picks up the final <replaceable>text</replaceable> and <replaceable>pagenumber</replaceable> arguments in the synopsis -from a call to <literal>\contentsline</literal>. +from a call to <literal>\contentsline</literal> (see <link linkend="_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</link>). </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>leaders, dots in table of contents</primary></indexterm> <para>Between the box for the title text of a section and the right margin box, these <literal>\@dottedtocline</literal> commands insert <firstterm>leaders</firstterm>, that is, evenly-spaced dots. The dot-to-dot space is given by the command -<literal>\@dotsep</literal>. By default it is 4.5 (it is in math units, which -are <literal>1/18</literal> em. Change it using <literal>\renewcommand</literal>, as -in <literal>\renewcommand{\@dotsep}{3.5}</literal>. +<literal>\@dotsep</literal>. By default it is 4.5 (it is in math units, aka. +<literal>mu</literal>, which are <literal>1/18</literal> em. Change it using +<literal>\renewcommand</literal>, as in <literal>\renewcommand{\@dotsep}{3.5}</literal>. </para> -<para>In the default book class, &latex; does not use dotted leaders for -the Part and Chapter table entries, and in the default article class -it does not use dotted leaders for Section entries. +<para>In the standard <filename>book</filename> class, &latex; does not use dotted leaders +for the Part and Chapter table entries, and in the standard +<filename>article</filename> class it does not use dotted leaders for Section entries. </para> </sect2> @@ -17188,29 +17562,32 @@ contents. </screen> <para>It will appear at the same indentation level as the sections, will be in boldface, and will be assigned the page number associated with the point -where it appears in the input file. +where the command appears in the input file. </para> <para>The <literal>\addcontentsline</literal> command writes information to the file -<filename><replaceable>root-name</replaceable>.<replaceable>ext</replaceable></filename>. It writes that information as the -text of the command +<filename><replaceable>root-name</replaceable>.<replaceable>ext</replaceable></filename>, where <replaceable>root-name</replaceable> is the file name +of the root file (see <link linkend="Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</link>). It writes that +information as the text of the command <literal>\contentsline{<replaceable>unit</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>num</replaceable>}</literal>, where <literal><replaceable>num</replaceable></literal> is the current value of counter <literal><replaceable>unit</replaceable></literal> (see <link linkend="_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</link>). The most common case is the table of contents and there <replaceable>num</replaceable> is the page number of the first page of <replaceable>unit</replaceable>. </para> <para>This command is invoked by the sectioning commands <literal>\chapter</literal>, -etc., and also by <literal>\caption</literal> inside a float environment. But it is -also used by authors. For example, an author writing a book whose style -is to have an unnumbered preface may use the starred <literal>\chapter*</literal>. -But that command leaves out table of contents information, which can be -entered manually, as here. +etc. (see <link linkend="Sectioning">Sectioning</link>), and also by <literal>\caption</literal> inside a float +environment (see <link linkend="Floats">Floats</link>). But it is also directly used by authors. +For example, an author writing a book whose style is to have an +unnumbered preface may use the starred <literal>\chapter*</literal>. But that +command leaves out table of contents information, which can be entered +manually, as here. </para> <screen>\chapter*{Preface} \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect\numberline{}Preface} </screen> -<para>In the <filename>.toc</filename> file &latex; will put the line <literal>\contentsline -{chapter}{\numberline {}Preface}{3}</literal>; note that the page number -‘<literal>3</literal>’ is automatically generated by the system, not entered manually. +<para>In the <filename><replaceable>root-name</replaceable>.toc</filename> file &latex; will put the line +<literal>\contentsline {chapter}{\numberline {}Preface}{3}</literal>; note +that the page number ‘<literal>3</literal>’ is automatically generated by the system, +not entered manually. </para> <para>All of the arguments for <literal>\addcontentsline</literal> are required. </para> @@ -17220,7 +17597,8 @@ entered manually, as here. tables. The filename extension of the information file. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>unit</replaceable> -</term><listitem><para>A string that depends on the value of the <replaceable>ext</replaceable> argument: +</term><listitem><para>A string that depends on the value of the <replaceable>ext</replaceable> argument, typically +one of: </para> <variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>toc</literal> </term><listitem><para>For the table of contents, this is the name of a sectional unit: @@ -17233,8 +17611,8 @@ tables. The filename extension of the information file. </term><listitem><para>For the list of tables: <literal>table</literal>. </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>text</replaceable> -</term><listitem><para>The text of the entry. You must <literal>\protect</literal> any commands that are -fragile (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). +</term><listitem><para>The text of the entry. You must <literal>\protect</literal> any fragile commands +(see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>) used in it. </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> <para>The <literal>\addcontentsline</literal> command has an interaction with <literal>\include</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly">\include & \includeonly</link>). If you use them at @@ -17243,7 +17621,8 @@ the same level, as with in the table of contents can come out in the wrong order. The solution is to move <literal>\addcontentsline</literal> into the file being included. </para> -<para>If you use a <replaceable>unit</replaceable> that &latex; does not recognize, as here +<para>If you use a <replaceable>unit</replaceable> that &latex; does not recognize, as with the +typo here </para> <screen>\addcontentsline{toc}{setcion}{\protect\textbf{Appendices}} </screen> @@ -17343,7 +17722,7 @@ etc.</link>). Authors do not directly enter <literal>\contentsline</literal> com commands <literal>\chapter</literal>, <literal>\section</literal>, etc. for the table of contents, or by the <literal>\caption</literal> command inside of a <literal>\figure</literal> or <literal>\table</literal> environment (see <link linkend="figure">figure</link> and see <link linkend="table">table</link>). Thus, -where the base file is <filename>thesis.tex</filename>, and contains the declaration +where the root file is <filename>thesis.tex</filename>, and contains the declaration <literal>\tableofcontents</literal>, the command <literal>\chapter{Chapter One}</literal> produces something like this in the file <filename>thesis.toc</filename>. </para> @@ -17360,15 +17739,22 @@ something like this in <filename>thesis.lof</filename>. where <replaceable>filetype</replaceable> is <literal>toc</literal>, <literal>lof</literal>, or <literal>lot</literal> (see <link linkend="_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</link>). </para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>tocloft</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>tocloft</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + <para>For manipulating how the <literal>\contentline</literal> material is typeset, see -the <filename>tocloft</filename> package. +the <literal>tocloft</literal> package. </para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>hyperref</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>hyperref</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + <para>Note that the <literal>hyperref</literal> package changes the definition of <literal>\contentsline</literal> (and <literal>\addcontentsline</literal>) to add more arguments, to make hyperlinks. This is the source of the error -<literal>Argument of \contentsline has an extra }</literal>. Fix this error by -deleting the <filename>.toc</filename> or <filename>.lof</filename> or <filename>.lot</filename> file, and running -&latex; again. +<literal>Argument of \contentsline has an extra }</literal> when one adds/remove +the use of package <literal>hyperref</literal> and a compilation was already run. +Fix this error by deleting the <filename>.toc</filename> or <filename>.lof</filename> or <filename>.lot</filename> +file, and running &latex; again. </para> </sect2> @@ -17415,7 +17801,7 @@ the old information. <literal>\contentsline</literal> command to typeset the section number (see <link linkend="_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</link>). </para> -<para>For example, this line in a <filename>.toc</filename> file causes the <literal>1</literal> to be +<para>For example, this line in a <filename>.toc</filename> file causes the <literal>1.1</literal> to be typeset flush left. </para> <screen>\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}Motivation}{2} @@ -17424,16 +17810,19 @@ typeset flush left. <literal>\@tempdima</literal>. That length is set by the commands <literal>\l@section</literal>, <literal>\l@subsection</literal>, etc. Put section numbers inside a natural-width box with -<literal>\renewcommand{\numberline}[1]{#1~}</literal>. +<literal>\renewcommand{\numberline}[1]{#1~}</literal> before +<literal>\tableofcontents</literal>. </para> -<para>This command is fragile, so you may need to precede it with +<para>This command is fragile so you may need to precede it with <literal>\protect</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). An example is the use of -<literal>\protect</literal> in the command -<literal>\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}Summary}</literal> -to get the <literal>\numberline</literal> into this command in the <filename>.toc</filename> file: -<literal>\contentsline {section}{\numberline {}Summary}{6}</literal> (the -page number ‘<literal>6</literal>’ is automatically added by &latex;; -see <link linkend="_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</link>). +<literal>\protect</literal> in this command, +</para> +<screen><literal>\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}Summary}</literal> +</screen> +<para>to get the <literal>\numberline</literal> into the <literal>\contentsline</literal> +command in the <filename>.toc</filename> file: <literal>\contentsline +{section}{\numberline {}Summary}{6}</literal> (the page number ‘<literal>6</literal>’ +is automatically added by &latex;; see <link linkend="_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</link>). </para> </sect2> @@ -17447,32 +17836,50 @@ see <link linkend="_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</link>). <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\index</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><filename>.idx</filename> file</primary></indexterm> -<para>This document has an index. +<para>If you tell &latex; what terms you want to appear in an index then it +can produce that index, alphabetized and with the page numbers +automatically maintained. This illustrates the basics. </para> <screen>\documentclass{article} -\usepackage{makeidx} \makeindex +\usepackage{makeidx} % Provide indexing commands + \makeindex +% \usepackage{showidx} % Show marginal notes of index entries ... \begin{document} ... -Recall Wilson's Theorem: \index{Wilson's Theorem} -a number \( n>1 \) is prime if and only if the factorial of \( n-1 \) -is congruent to \( -1 \) modulo~\( n \). +Wilson's Theorem\index{Wilson's Theorem} +says that a number $n>1$ is prime if and only if the factorial +of $n-1$ is congruent to $-1$ +modulo~$n$.\index{congruence!and Wilson's Theorem} ... \printindex - ... +\end{document} </screen> -<para>The <literal>\usepackage{makeidx}</literal> and <literal>\makeindex</literal> in the preamble -bring in the relevant commands. -</para> -<para>Producing an index is a three stage process. First, in the document -body you declare index entries with the <literal>\index</literal> command +<para>As that shows, declare index entries with the <literal>\index</literal> command (see <link linkend="_005cindex">\index</link>). When you run &latex;, the <literal>\index</literal> writes its -information to an auxiliary file <filename><replaceable>root-name</replaceable>.idx</filename>. Next, to -alphabetize and to do other manipulations you run an external command, -typically <command>makeindex</command> or <command>xindy</command> (see <link linkend="makeindex">makeindex</link>). -These output a file <filename><replaceable>root-name</replaceable>.ind</filename>. Finally, you bring the -information back into your document and typeset it with the -<literal>\printindex</literal> command (see <link linkend="_005cprintindex">\printindex</link>). +information, such as ‘<literal>Wilson's Theorem</literal>’ and the page number, to an +auxiliary file whose name ends in <filename>.idx</filename>. Next, to alphabetize and +do other manipulations, run an external command, typically +<command>makeindex</command> (see <link linkend="makeindex">makeindex</link>), which writes a file whose name +ends in <filename>.ind</filename>. Finally, <literal>\printindex</literal> brings this +manipulated information into the output (see <link linkend="_005cprintindex">\printindex</link>). +</para> +<para>Thus, if the above example is in the file <filename>numth.tex</filename> then running +‘<literal>pdflatex numth</literal>’ will save index entry and page number information +to <filename>numth.idx</filename>. Then running ‘<literal>makeindex numth</literal>’ will +alphabetize and save the results to <filename>numth.ind</filename>. Finally, again +running ‘<literal>pdflatex numth</literal>’ will show the desired index, at the place +where the <literal>\printindex</literal> command is in the source file. +</para> +<para>There are many options for the output. An example is that the +exclamation point in <literal>\index{congruence!and Wilson's Theorem}</literal> +produces a main entry of ‘<literal>congruence</literal>’ with a subentry of ‘<literal>and +Wilson's Theorem</literal>’. For more, see <link linkend="makeindex">makeindex</link>. +</para> +<para>The <literal>\makeindex</literal> and <literal>\printindex</literal> commands are independent. +Leaving out the <literal>\makeindex</literal> will stop &latex; from saving the +index entries to the auxiliary file. Leaving out the <literal>\printindex</literal> +will cause &latex; to not show the index in the document output. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>showidx</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>showidx</literal> package</primary></indexterm> @@ -17484,7 +17891,7 @@ information back into your document and typeset it with the <indexterm role="cp"><primary>multiple indexes</primary></indexterm> <para>There are many packages in the area of indexing. The <literal>showidx</literal> package causes each index entries to be shown in the margin on the -page where the entry appears. This can help in preparing the index. +page where the <literal>\index</literal> appears. This can help in preparing the index. The <literal>multind</literal> package, among others, supports multiple indexes. See also the &tex; FAQ entry on this topic, <ulink url="https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-multind">https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-multind</ulink>, and the CTAN topic, @@ -17492,7 +17899,48 @@ See also the &tex; FAQ entry on this topic, </para> -<sect2 label="25.2.1" id="_005cindex"> +<sect2 label="25.2.1" id="Produce-the-index-manually"> +<title>Produce the index manually</title> + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>index, producing manually</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>theindex</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Documents that are small and static can have a manually produced index. +This will make a separate page labeled ‘<literal>Index</literal>’, in twocolumn +format. +</para> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>theindex</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>theindex</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> + +<screen>\begin{theindex} +\item acorn squash, 1 +\subitem maple baked, 2 +\indexspace +\item bacon, 3 +\subitem maple baked, 4 +\end{theindex} +</screen> +<para>Note that the author must enter the page numbers, which is tedious and +which will result in wrong numbers if the document changes. This is why +in most cases automated methods such as <command>makeindex</command> are best. +See <link linkend="Indexes">Indexes</link>. +</para> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\item</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\subitem</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\subsubitem</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\indexspace</primary></indexterm> +<para>However we cover the commands for completeness, and because the +automated methods are based on these commands. There are three levels +of entries. As the example shows, a main entry uses <literal>\item</literal>, +subentries use <literal>\subitem</literal>, and the lowest level uses +<literal>\subsubitem</literal>. Blank lines between entries have no effect. The +example above includes <literal>\indexspace</literal> to produce vertical space in +the output that some index styles use before the first entry starting +with a new letter. +</para> + +</sect2> +<sect2 label="25.2.2" id="_005cindex"> <title><literal>\index</literal></title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>index entry</primary></indexterm> @@ -17510,19 +17958,23 @@ what’s below is to compile the document with <literal>pdflatex test</liter process the index entries with <literal>makeindex test</literal>, and then compile again with <literal>pdflatex test</literal>. </para> -<screen>W~Ackermann (1896--1962).\index{Ackermann} +<screen>% file test.tex + ... +W~Ackermann (1896--1962).\index{Ackermann} ... Ackermann function\index{Ackermann!function} ... rate of growth\index{Ackermann!function!growth rate} </screen> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>index entries, subentries</primary></indexterm> <para>All three index entries will get a page number, such as ‘<literal>Ackermann, 22</literal>’. &latex; will format the second as a subitem of the first, on the line below it and indented, and the third as a subitem of the second. Three levels deep is as far as you can nest subentries. (If you add <literal>\index{Ackermann!function!growth rate!comparison}</literal> then <command>makeindex</command> says ‘<literal>Scanning input file test.idx....done (4 -entries accepted, 1 rejected)</literal>’ and nothing appears in the index). +entries accepted, 1 rejected)</literal>’ and the fourth level is silently missing +from the index.) </para> <para>If you enter a second <literal>\index</literal> with the same <replaceable>index-entry-string</replaceable> then you will get a single index entry with two @@ -17538,12 +17990,12 @@ instance <literal>\index{Ackermann!function}</literal> could come before </para> <screen>W~Ackermann (1896--1962).\index{Ackermann} ... -D~Hilbert (1862--1943)\index{Ackermann!Hilbert\(} +D~Hilbert (1862--1943)\index{Ackermann!Hilbert|(} ... -disapproved of his marriage.\index{Ackermann!Hilbert\)} +disapproved of his marriage.\index{Ackermann!Hilbert|)} </screen> <para>If the beginning and ending of the page range are equal then the system -just gives a single page entry, not a range. +just gives a single page number, not a range. </para> <para>If you index subentries but not a main entry, as with <literal>\index{Jones!program}</literal> and <literal>\index{Jones!results}</literal>, then @@ -17561,16 +18013,15 @@ followed by two subitems, like ‘<literal>program, 50</literal>’ and <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>polyglossia</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<para>Generate a index entry that says ‘<literal>See</literal>’ by using a vertical bar +<para>Generate a index entry that says ‘<literal>see</literal>’ by using a vertical bar character: <literal>\index{Ackermann!function|see{P\'eter's -function}}</literal>. You can instead get ‘<literal>See also</literal>’ with <literal>seealso</literal>. -(The text ‘<literal>See</literal>’ is defined by <literal>\seename</literal>, and ‘<literal>See also</literal>’ +function}}</literal>. You can instead get ‘<literal>see also</literal>’ with <literal>seealso</literal>. +(The text ‘<literal>see</literal>’ is defined by <literal>\seename</literal>, and ‘<literal>see also</literal>’ by <literal>\alsoname</literal>. You can redefine these either by using an -internationalization package such as <filename>babel</filename> or <filename>polyglossia</filename>, -or directly as with <literal>\renewcommand{\alsoname}[1]{Also see -#1}</literal>.) +internationalization package such as <literal>babel</literal> or <literal>polyglossia</literal>, +or directly as with <literal>\renewcommand{\alsoname}{Also see}</literal>.) </para> -<para>The ‘<literal>See</literal>’ feature is part of a more general functionality. After +<para>The ‘<literal>see</literal>’ feature is part of a more general functionality. After the vertical bar you can put the name of a one-input command, as in <literal>\index{group|textit}</literal> (note the missing backslash on the <literal>\textit</literal> command) and the system will apply that command to the @@ -17606,15 +18057,15 @@ then <replaceable>pos</replaceable> gives the alphabetical position of the entry ‘<literal>SMC</literal>’ alphabetized into a different location than its spelling would naturally give it. </para> -<para>To put a <literal>!</literal>, or <literal>@</literal>, or <literal>|</literal> character in an index -entry, preceding it with a double quote, <literal>"</literal>. (The double quote -gets deleted before alphabetization.) +<para>To put a <literal>!</literal>, or <literal>@</literal>, or <literal>|</literal>, or <literal>"</literal> character in +an index entry, escape it by preceding it with a double quote, <literal>"</literal>. +(The double quote gets deleted before alphabetization.) </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>index</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>index</literal> package</primary></indexterm> <para>A number of packages on CTAN have additional functionality beyond that -provided by <filename>makeidx</filename>. One is <filename>index</filename>, which allows for +provided by <literal>makeidx</literal>. One is <literal>index</literal>, which allows for multiple indices and contains a command <literal>\index*{<replaceable>index-entry-string</replaceable>}</literal> that prints the <replaceable>index-entry-string</replaceable> as well as indexing it. @@ -17637,11 +18088,11 @@ message like this. </screen> </sect2> -<sect2 label="25.2.2" id="makeindex"> +<sect2 label="25.2.3" id="makeindex"> <title><command>makeindex</command></title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>index, processing</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>makeindex</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>makeindex, program</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><command>makeindex</command> program</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><filename>.ind</filename> file</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><filename>.idx</filename> file</primary></indexterm> @@ -17687,7 +18138,7 @@ on CTAN. </para> <para>A style file consists of a list of pairs: <replaceable>specifier</replaceable> and <replaceable>attribute</replaceable>. These can appear in the file in any order. All of the -<replaceable>attributes</replaceable> are strings, except where noted. Strings are +<replaceable>attribute</replaceable>s are strings, except where noted. Strings are surrounded with double quotes, <literal>"</literal>, and the maximum length of a string is 144 characters. The <literal>\n</literal> is for a newline and <literal>\t</literal> is for a tab. Backslashes are escaped with another backslash, @@ -17695,19 +18146,19 @@ is for a tab. Backslashes are escaped with another backslash, comment. </para> <variablelist><anchor id="makeindex-preamble"/><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>preamble</primary></indexterm><literal>preamble</literal> -</term><listitem><para>Preamble of the output file. Defines the context in which the index is +</term><listitem><para>Preamble of the output index file. Defines the context in which the index is formatted. Default: <literal>"\\begin{theindex}\n"</literal>. </para> <anchor id="makeindex-postamble"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>postamble</primary></indexterm><literal>postamble</literal> -</term><listitem><para>Postamble of the output file. Default: <literal>"\n\n\\end{theindex}\n"</literal>. +</term><listitem><para>Postamble of the output index file. Default: <literal>"\n\n\\end{theindex}\n"</literal>. </para> <anchor id="makeindex-group-skip"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>group_skip</primary></indexterm><literal>group_skip</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\indexspace</primary></indexterm> <para>Traditionally index items are broken into groups, typically a group for -entries starting with ‘<literal>a</literal>’, etc. This specifier gives what is -inserted when a new group begins. Default: <literal>"\n\n \\indexspace\n"</literal> -(<literal>\indexspace</literal> is a command inserting a rubber length, by default -<literal>10pt plus5pt minus3pt</literal>). +entries starting with letter ‘<literal>a</literal>’, etc. This specifier gives what +is inserted when a new group begins. Default: <literal>"\n\n +\\indexspace\n"</literal> (<literal>\indexspace</literal> is a command inserting a rubber +length, by default <literal>10pt plus5pt minus3pt</literal>). </para> <anchor id="makeindex-letheadflag"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>lethead_flag</primary></indexterm><literal>lethead_flag</literal> </term><listitem><para>An integer. It governs what is inserted for a new group or letter. If @@ -17801,7 +18252,7 @@ roman <literal>R</literal>, and uppercase alphabetic <literal>A</literal>. Defa <indexterm role="fn"><primary>xindy program</primary></indexterm> <para>There are a number of other programs that do the job <command>makeindex</command> does. One is <command>xindy</command> -(https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy), which does internationalization and can +(<ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy">https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy</ulink>), which does internationalization and can process indexes for documents marked up using &latex; and a number of other languages. It is written in Lisp, highly configurable, both in markup terms and in terms of the collating order of the text, as @@ -17813,7 +18264,7 @@ written in Lua (<ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/xindex">https://ctan.org/pkg/xi </para> </sect2> -<sect2 label="25.2.3" id="_005cprintindex"> +<sect2 label="25.2.4" id="_005cprintindex"> <title><command>\printindex</command></title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>index, printing</primary></indexterm> @@ -17823,9 +18274,11 @@ written in Lua (<ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/xindex">https://ctan.org/pkg/xi </para> <screen>\printindex </screen> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\printindex</primary></indexterm> <para>Place the index into the output. </para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>makeidx</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>makeidx</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + <para>To get an index you must first include <literal>\usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex</literal> in the document preamble and compile the document, then run the system command <command>makeindex</command>, @@ -18389,9 +18842,9 @@ And, you can issue instructions for the operating system. </para> <screen>\openout <replaceable>number</replaceable>=<replaceable>filename</replaceable> </screen> -<para>Open a file for reading material, or for writing it. The <replaceable>number</replaceable> -must be between 0 and 15, as in <literal>\openin3</literal> (in Lua&latex; -<replaceable>number</replaceable> can be between 0 and 255). +<para>Open a file for reading material, or for writing it. In most engines, +the <replaceable>number</replaceable> must be between 0 and 15, as in <literal>\openin3</literal>; in +Lua&latex;, <replaceable>number</replaceable> can be between 0 and 127. </para> <para>Here &tex; opens the file <filename>presidents.tex</filename> for reading. </para> @@ -18487,7 +18940,7 @@ is <literal>\typein</literal> (see <link linkend="_005ctypein">\typein</link>.) <indexterm role="cp"><primary>mail merges</primary></indexterm> <para>A common reason to want to read from a data file is to do mail merges. -CTAN has a number of packages for that; one is <filename>datatool</filename>. +CTAN has a number of packages for that; one is <literal>datatool</literal>. </para> </sect1> @@ -18561,11 +19014,12 @@ Recommendation for John Dee. <literal>\renewcommand</literal> (among others) are replaced by their definitions before being printed. </para> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\space</primary></indexterm> <para>&latex;’s usual rules for treating multiple spaces as a single space -and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to <literal>msg</literal>. As above, -use the command <literal>\space</literal> to get a single space, independent of -surrounding spaces. Use <literal>^^J</literal> to get a newline. Get a percent -character with <literal>\csname @percentchar\endcsname</literal>. +and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to <literal>msg</literal>. Use the +command <literal>\space</literal> to get a single space, independent of surrounding +spaces. Use <literal>^^J</literal> to get a newline. Get a percent character with +<literal>\csname @percentchar\endcsname</literal>. </para> <para>This command can be useful for simple debugging, as here: </para> @@ -18709,7 +19163,7 @@ file: <para>A common case where authors need to write their own file is for answers to exercises, or another situation where you want to write out verbatim, without expanding the macros. CTAN has a number of -packages for this; one is <filename>answers</filename>. +packages for this; one is <literal>answers</literal>. </para> @@ -18860,7 +19314,7 @@ in which case this is the option argument. </para> <para>You sometimes need to do a multi-step process to get the information that you want. This will insert into the input a list of all PDF files -in the current directory (but see <filename>texosquery</filename> below): +in the current directory (but see <literal>texosquery</literal> below): </para> <screen>\immediate\write18{ls *.pdf > tmp.dat} \input{tmp.dat} @@ -18906,7 +19360,7 @@ the <literal>SHELL</literal> environment variable, is ignored. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>directory listings, from system</primary></indexterm> <para>If what you need is system information, such as the operating system name, locale information, or directory contents, take a look at the -<filename>texosquery</filename> package, which provides a convenient and secure +<literal>texosquery</literal> package, which provides a convenient and secure interface for this, unlike the above examples using the raw <literal>\write18</literal>: <ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/texosquery">https://ctan.org/pkg/texosquery</ulink>. </para> @@ -19112,7 +19566,7 @@ allows you to do some special effects. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>hyperref</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>hyperref</literal> package</primary></indexterm> <para>For example, this file (which uses the -<filename>hyperref</filename> package for hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of +<literal>hyperref</literal> package for hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of output, one to be read on physical paper and one to be read online. </para> <screen>\ifdefined\paperversion % in preamble @@ -19145,17 +19599,27 @@ two different versions. pdflatex -jobname=teachers "\def\teachers{}\input{main}" </screen> <para>The <literal>jobname</literal> option is there because otherwise both files would be -called <filename>main.pdf</filename> and the second would overwrite the first. (See -the next section.) +called <filename>main.pdf</filename> and the second would overwrite the +first. (see <link linkend="Jobname">Jobname</link>.) </para> -<para>In this example, we pass the <literal>draft</literal> option to the -<filename>graphicx</filename> package: +<para>In this example we use the command line to select which parts of a +document to include. For a book named <filename>mybook.tex</filename> and structured +like this. +</para> +<screen>\documentclass{book} +\begin{document} + ... +\include{chap1} +\include{chap2} + ... +\end{document} +</screen> +<para>the command line </para> -<screen>pdflatex "\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\input{aa.tex}" +<screen>pdflatex "\includeonly{chap1}\input{mybook}" </screen> -<para>so the graphic files are read for their bounding box size information -but replaced in the PDF by a box with same size and that contains only -the file name, which speeds up compilation time and saves printer ink. +<para>will give output that has the first chapter but no other +chapter. See <link linkend="Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</link>. </para> </sect1> @@ -19166,6 +19630,8 @@ the file name, which speeds up compilation time and saves printer ink. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>jobname</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>document root name</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>name of document root</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>root file</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>file, root</primary></indexterm> <para>Running &latex; creates a number of files, including the main PDF (or DVI) output but also including others. These files are named with the @@ -19177,13 +19643,14 @@ Here the job name is <literal>thesis</literal>. <para>In general, &latex; is invoked as <literal><replaceable>latex-engine</replaceable> <replaceable>options</replaceable> <replaceable>argument</replaceable></literal>, where <replaceable>latex-engine</replaceable> is <command>pdflatex</command>, <command>lualatex</command>, etc. (see <link linkend="TeX-engines">&tex; engines</link>). -If <replaceable>argument</replaceable> does not start with a backslash, as is the case -above with <literal>thesis</literal>, then &tex; considers it to be the name of -the file to input as the main document. The name of that root file, -without the <filename>.tex</filename> extension, is the jobname. If <replaceable>argument</replaceable> -does start with a backslash, or if &tex; is in interactive mode, then -it waits for the first <literal>\input</literal> command, and the jobname is the -argument to <literal>\input</literal>. +If <replaceable>argument</replaceable> does not start with a backslash, as is the case above +with <literal>thesis</literal>, then &tex; considers it to be the name of the file +to input as the main document. This file is referred to as the <firstterm>root +file</firstterm> (see <link linkend="Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</link>, and <link linkend="_005cinput">\input</link>). The name of +that root file, without the <filename>.tex</filename> extension if any, is the +jobname. If <replaceable>argument</replaceable> does start with a backslash, or if &tex; is +in interactive mode, then it waits for the first <literal>\input</literal> command, +and the jobname is the argument to <literal>\input</literal>. </para> <para>There are two more possibilities for the jobname. It can be directly specified with the <literal>-jobname</literal> option, as in <literal>pdflatex @@ -19192,10 +19659,10 @@ specified with the <literal>-jobname</literal> option, as in <literal>pdflatex <indexterm role="fn"><primary>texput, jobname default</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>fallback jobname</primary></indexterm> <para>The final possibility is <filename>texput</filename>, which is the final fallback -default if no other name is available to &tex;. For example, if no +default if no other name is available to &tex;. That is, if no <literal>-jobname</literal> option was specified, and the compilation stops before -there is any output, then the log file will be named -<filename>texput.log</filename>. +any input file is met, then the log file will be named +<filename>texput.log</filename>. </para> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\documentclass, and <literal>texput</literal> jobname</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\RequirePackage, and <literal>texput</literal> jobname</primary></indexterm> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html index f778eee8c21..730e89e15ff 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html @@ -1,7 +1,10 @@ <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> <html> +<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.8, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ --> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8"> <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a -document preparation system, version of July 2021. +document preparation system, version of January 2022. This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by @@ -18,7 +21,7 @@ latex2e-reference by Martin Herbert Dietze. (From these references no text was directly copied.) Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, -2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry. +2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry. Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore. @@ -36,20 +39,20 @@ notice identical to this one. Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. --> -<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ --> -<head> -<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8"> -<title>LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021)</title> +<title>LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022)</title> -<meta name="description" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021)"> -<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021)"> +<meta name="description" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022)"> +<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022)"> <meta name="resource-type" content="document"> <meta name="distribution" content="global"> <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo"> +<meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width,initial-scale=1"> + <link href="#Top" rel="start" title="Top"> <link href="#Index" rel="index" title="Index"> <link href="#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents"> <link href="https://tug.org/texinfohtml/" rel="up" title="(dir)"> +<link href="#About-this-document" rel="next" title="About this document"> <style type="text/css"> <!-- /* $Id: latex2e.css 935 2021-07-23 17:48:15Z jimhefferon $ @@ -57,11 +60,11 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. --> Originally written by Jim Hefferon and Karl Berry, 2018. */ +a.copiable-anchor {visibility: hidden; text-decoration: none; line-height: 0em} a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none} blockquote.indentedblock {margin-right: 0em} div.display {margin-left: 3.2em} div.example {margin-left: 3.2em} -div.lisp {margin-left: 3.2em} kbd {font-style: oblique} pre.display {font-family: inherit} pre.format {font-family: inherit} @@ -70,6 +73,7 @@ pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif} span.nolinebreak {white-space: nowrap} span.roman {font-family: initial; font-weight: normal} span.sansserif {font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: normal} +span:hover a.copiable-anchor {visibility: visible} ul.no-bullet {list-style: none} BODY { margin-top: 1em; @@ -98,7 +102,7 @@ div.referenceinfo {font-size:small;} </head> <body lang="en"> -<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021)</h1> +<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022)</h1> @@ -115,8 +119,10 @@ href='https://ctan.org/topic/tut-latex'>this list</a>.</p> <p>This manual has two versions. One has <a href="https://latexref.xyz/">separate web pages for each section or subsection</a>. It's also available as a <a -href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html">single web page</a> and -as a <a href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.pdf">pdf</a>.</p> +href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html">single web page</a> and as +a <a href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.pdf">pdf</a>. Note that +there is also a separately-maintained <a +href="https://latexref.xyz/fr/">French edition</a>.</p> <p> This document is not official. It has not been reviewed by the LaTeX maintainers. Our goal is to cover all (non-private) LaTeX @@ -131,45 +137,21 @@ as well as <!-- End of opening header --> -<span id="SEC_Overview"></span> -<h2 class="shortcontents-heading">Short Table of Contents</h2> -<div class="shortcontents"> -<ul class="no-bullet"> -<li><a id="stoc-About-this-document-1" href="#toc-About-this-document-1">1 About this document</a></li> -<li><a id="stoc-Overview-of-LaTeX" href="#toc-Overview-of-LaTeX">2 Overview of LaTeX</a></li> -<li><a id="stoc-Document-classes-1" href="#toc-Document-classes-1">3 Document classes</a></li> -<li><a id="stoc-Fonts-1" href="#toc-Fonts-1">4 Fonts</a></li> -<li><a id="stoc-Layout-1" href="#toc-Layout-1">5 Layout</a></li> -<li><a id="stoc-Sectioning-1" href="#toc-Sectioning-1">6 Sectioning</a></li> -<li><a id="stoc-Cross-references-1" href="#toc-Cross-references-1">7 Cross references</a></li> -<li><a id="stoc-Environments-1" href="#toc-Environments-1">8 Environments</a></li> -<li><a id="stoc-Line-breaking-1" href="#toc-Line-breaking-1">9 Line breaking</a></li> -<li><a id="stoc-Page-breaking-1" href="#toc-Page-breaking-1">10 Page breaking</a></li> -<li><a id="stoc-Footnotes-1" href="#toc-Footnotes-1">11 Footnotes</a></li> -<li><a id="stoc-Definitions-1" href="#toc-Definitions-1">12 Definitions</a></li> -<li><a id="stoc-Counters-1" href="#toc-Counters-1">13 Counters</a></li> -<li><a id="stoc-Lengths-1" href="#toc-Lengths-1">14 Lengths</a></li> -<li><a id="stoc-Making-paragraphs-1" href="#toc-Making-paragraphs-1">15 Making paragraphs</a></li> -<li><a id="stoc-Math-formulas-1" href="#toc-Math-formulas-1">16 Math formulas</a></li> -<li><a id="stoc-Modes-1" href="#toc-Modes-1">17 Modes</a></li> -<li><a id="stoc-Page-styles-1" href="#toc-Page-styles-1">18 Page styles</a></li> -<li><a id="stoc-Spaces-1" href="#toc-Spaces-1">19 Spaces</a></li> -<li><a id="stoc-Boxes-1" href="#toc-Boxes-1">20 Boxes</a></li> -<li><a id="stoc-Color-1" href="#toc-Color-1">21 Color</a></li> -<li><a id="stoc-Graphics-1" href="#toc-Graphics-1">22 Graphics</a></li> -<li><a id="stoc-Special-insertions-1" href="#toc-Special-insertions-1">23 Special insertions</a></li> -<li><a id="stoc-Splitting-the-input-1" href="#toc-Splitting-the-input-1">24 Splitting the input</a></li> -<li><a id="stoc-Front_002fback-matter-1" href="#toc-Front_002fback-matter-1">25 Front/back matter</a></li> -<li><a id="stoc-Letters-1" href="#toc-Letters-1">26 Letters</a></li> -<li><a id="stoc-Input_002foutput-1" href="#toc-Input_002foutput-1">27 Input/output</a></li> -<li><a id="stoc-Command-line-interface-1" href="#toc-Command-line-interface-1">28 Command line interface</a></li> -<li><a id="stoc-Document-templates-1" href="#toc-Document-templates-1">Appendix A Document templates</a></li> -<li><a id="stoc-Index-1" href="#toc-Index-1" rel="index">Index</a></li> -</ul> + + +<div class="top" id="Top"> +<div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#About-this-document" accesskey="n" rel="next">About this document</a>, Up: <a href="https://tug.org/texinfohtml/" accesskey="u" rel="up">(dir)</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> +<span id="LaTeX2e_003a-An-unofficial-reference-manual"></span><h1 class="top">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</h1> + +<p>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of +January 2022) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system. +</p> -<span id="SEC_Contents"></span> +<div class="Contents_element" id="SEC_Contents"> <h2 class="contents-heading">Table of Contents</h2> <div class="contents"> @@ -223,7 +205,10 @@ as well as <li><a id="toc-_005craggedbottom-1" href="#g_t_005craggedbottom">5.4 <code>\raggedbottom</code></a></li> <li><a id="toc-Page-layout-parameters-1" href="#Page-layout-parameters">5.5 Page layout parameters</a></li> <li><a id="toc-_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch-1" href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">5.6 <code>\baselineskip</code> & <code>\baselinestretch</code></a></li> - <li><a id="toc-Floats-1" href="#Floats">5.7 Floats</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Floats-1" href="#Floats">5.7 Floats</a> + <ul class="no-bullet"> + <li><a id="toc-_005ccaption-1" href="#g_t_005ccaption">5.7.1 <code>\caption</code></a></li> + </ul></li> </ul></li> <li><a id="toc-Sectioning-1" href="#Sectioning">6 Sectioning</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> @@ -314,7 +299,10 @@ as well as <li><a id="toc-_005cbibitem-1" href="#g_t_005cbibitem">8.24.1 <code>\bibitem</code></a></li> <li><a id="toc-_005ccite-1" href="#g_t_005ccite">8.24.2 <code>\cite</code></a></li> <li><a id="toc-_005cnocite-1" href="#g_t_005cnocite">8.24.3 <code>\nocite</code></a></li> - <li><a id="toc-Using-BibTeX-1" href="#Using-BibTeX">8.24.4 Using BibTeX</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Using-BibTeX-1" href="#Using-BibTeX">8.24.4 Using BibTeX</a> + <ul class="no-bullet"> + <li><a id="toc-BibTeX-error-messages-1" href="#BibTeX-error-messages">8.24.4.1 BibTeX error messages</a></li> + </ul></li> </ul></li> <li><a id="toc-theorem-1" href="#theorem">8.25 <code>theorem</code></a></li> <li><a id="toc-titlepage-1" href="#titlepage">8.26 <code>titlepage</code></a></li> @@ -356,7 +344,10 @@ as well as </ul></li> <li><a id="toc-Definitions-1" href="#Definitions">12 Definitions</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a id="toc-_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand-1" href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">12.1 <code>\newcommand</code> & <code>\renewcommand</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand-1" href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">12.1 <code>\newcommand</code> & <code>\renewcommand</code></a> + <ul class="no-bullet"> + <li><a id="toc-Control-sequence_002c-control-word-and-control-symbol" href="#Control-sequences">12.1.1 Control sequence, control word and control symbol</a></li> + </ul></li> <li><a id="toc-_005cprovidecommand-1" href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand">12.2 <code>\providecommand</code></a></li> <li><a id="toc-_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother-1" href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">12.3 <code>\makeatletter</code> & <code>\makeatother</code></a></li> <li><a id="toc-_005c_0040ifstar-1" href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">12.4 <code>\@ifstar</code></a></li> @@ -425,13 +416,14 @@ as well as <li><a id="toc-_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom-1" href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">16.6.2 <code>\phantom</code> & <code>\vphantom</code> & <code>\hphantom</code></a></li> <li><a id="toc-_005cmathstrut-1" href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">16.6.3 <code>\mathstrut</code></a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a id="toc-Math-miscellany-1" href="#Math-miscellany">16.7 Math miscellany</a> + <li><a id="toc-Math-styles-1" href="#Math-styles">16.7 Math styles</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Math-miscellany-1" href="#Math-miscellany">16.8 Math miscellany</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a id="toc-Colon-character-_003a-_0026-_005ccolon" href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">16.7.1 Colon character <code>:</code> & <code>\colon</code></a></li> - <li><a id="toc-_005c_002a-1" href="#g_t_005c_002a">16.7.2 <code>\*</code></a></li> - <li><a id="toc-_005cfrac-1" href="#g_t_005cfrac">16.7.3 <code>\frac</code></a></li> - <li><a id="toc-_005csqrt-1" href="#g_t_005csqrt">16.7.4 <code>\sqrt</code></a></li> - <li><a id="toc-_005cstackrel-1" href="#g_t_005cstackrel">16.7.5 <code>\stackrel</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Colon-character-_003a-_0026-_005ccolon" href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">16.8.1 Colon character <code>:</code> & <code>\colon</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005c_002a-1" href="#g_t_005c_002a">16.8.2 <code>\*</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cfrac-1" href="#g_t_005cfrac">16.8.3 <code>\frac</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005csqrt-1" href="#g_t_005csqrt">16.8.4 <code>\sqrt</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cstackrel-1" href="#g_t_005cstackrel">16.8.5 <code>\stackrel</code></a></li> </ul></li> </ul></li> <li><a id="toc-Modes-1" href="#Modes">17 Modes</a> @@ -454,7 +446,7 @@ as well as <li><a id="toc-_005cspacefactor-1" href="#g_t_005cspacefactor">19.5 <code>\spacefactor</code></a> <ul class="no-bullet"> <li><a id="toc-_005c_0040-1" href="#g_t_005c_0040">19.5.1 <code>\@</code></a></li> - <li><a id="toc-_005cfrenchspacing-1" href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing">19.5.2 <code>\frenchspacing</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing-1" href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing">19.5.2 <code>\frenchspacing</code> & <code>\nonfrenchspacing</code></a></li> <li><a id="toc-_005cnormalsfcodes-1" href="#g_t_005cnormalsfcodes">19.5.3 <code>\normalsfcodes</code></a></li> </ul></li> <li><a id="toc-Backslash_002dspace_002c-_005c-" href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">19.6 Backslash-space, <code>\ </code></a></li> @@ -531,7 +523,7 @@ as well as </ul></li> <li><a id="toc-Front_002fback-matter-1" href="#Front_002fback-matter">25 Front/back matter</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a id="toc-Table-of-contents-etc_002e-1" href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">25.1 Table of contents etc.</a> + <li><a id="toc-Table-of-contents_002c-list-of-figures_002c-list-of-tables" href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">25.1 Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> <li><a id="toc-_005c_0040dottedtocline-1" href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline">25.1.1 <code>\@dottedtocline</code></a></li> <li><a id="toc-_005caddcontentsline-1" href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">25.1.2 <code>\addcontentsline</code></a></li> @@ -542,9 +534,10 @@ as well as </ul></li> <li><a id="toc-Indexes-1" href="#Indexes">25.2 Indexes</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a id="toc-_005cindex-1" href="#g_t_005cindex">25.2.1 <code>\index</code></a></li> - <li><a id="toc-makeindex-1" href="#makeindex">25.2.2 <code>makeindex</code></a></li> - <li><a id="toc-_005cprintindex-1" href="#g_t_005cprintindex">25.2.3 <code>\printindex</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Produce-the-index-manually-1" href="#Produce-the-index-manually">25.2.1 Produce the index manually</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cindex-1" href="#g_t_005cindex">25.2.2 <code>\index</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-makeindex-1" href="#makeindex">25.2.3 <code>makeindex</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cprintindex-1" href="#g_t_005cprintindex">25.2.4 <code>\printindex</code></a></li> </ul></li> <li><a id="toc-Glossaries-1" href="#Glossaries">25.3 Glossaries</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> @@ -597,93 +590,57 @@ as well as <li><a id="toc-Index-1" href="#Index" rel="index">Index</a></li> </ul> </div> - - - - -<span id="Top"></span><div class="header"> -<p> -Next: <a href="#About-this-document" accesskey="n" rel="next">About this document</a>, Up: <a href="https://tug.org/texinfohtml/" accesskey="u" rel="up">(dir)</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<span id="LaTeX2e_003a-An-unofficial-reference-manual"></span><h1 class="top">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</h1> - -<p>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of -July 2021) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system. -</p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#About-this-document" accesskey="1">About this document</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Bug reporting, etc. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Overview" accesskey="2">Overview</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">What is LaTeX? -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="3">Document classes</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Some of the various classes available. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Fonts" accesskey="4">Fonts</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Italic, bold, typewriter, etc. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Layout" accesskey="5">Layout</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Controlling the page layout. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="6">Sectioning</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Parts, Chapters, Sections, etc. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="7">Cross references</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Automatic referencing. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Environments" accesskey="8">Environments</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Such as enumerate & itemize. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="9">Line breaking</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Influencing line breaks. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Page-breaking">Page breaking</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Influencing page breaks. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to produce footnotes. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Definitions">Definitions</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define your own commands, etc. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Internal counters used by LaTeX. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The length commands. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Making-paragraphs">Making paragraphs</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Paragraph commands. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to create mathematical formulas. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Paragraph, Math or LR modes. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Various styles of page layout. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Spaces">Spaces</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Horizontal and vertical space. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Boxes">Boxes</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Making boxes. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Color">Color</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Defining and using colors. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Graphics">Graphics</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Importing graphics from outside LaTeX. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Special-insertions">Special insertions</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting reserved and special characters. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Dealing with big files by splitting. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Front_002fback-matter">Front/back matter</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Tables of contents, glossaries, indexes. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Letters">Letters</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The <code>letter</code> class. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Input_002foutput">Input/output</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">User interaction. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Command-line-interface">Command line interface</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Common command-line options. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Document-templates">Document templates</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Starter templates for various document classes. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Index" rel="index">Index</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">General index. -</td></tr> -</table> +<div class="Overview_element" id="SEC_Overview"> +<h2 class="shortcontents-heading">Short Table of Contents</h2> +<div class="shortcontents"> +<ul class="no-bullet"> +<li><a id="stoc-About-this-document-1" href="#toc-About-this-document-1">1 About this document</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Overview-of-LaTeX" href="#toc-Overview-of-LaTeX">2 Overview of LaTeX</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Document-classes-1" href="#toc-Document-classes-1">3 Document classes</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Fonts-1" href="#toc-Fonts-1">4 Fonts</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Layout-1" href="#toc-Layout-1">5 Layout</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Sectioning-1" href="#toc-Sectioning-1">6 Sectioning</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Cross-references-1" href="#toc-Cross-references-1">7 Cross references</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Environments-1" href="#toc-Environments-1">8 Environments</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Line-breaking-1" href="#toc-Line-breaking-1">9 Line breaking</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Page-breaking-1" href="#toc-Page-breaking-1">10 Page breaking</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Footnotes-1" href="#toc-Footnotes-1">11 Footnotes</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Definitions-1" href="#toc-Definitions-1">12 Definitions</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Counters-1" href="#toc-Counters-1">13 Counters</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Lengths-1" href="#toc-Lengths-1">14 Lengths</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Making-paragraphs-1" href="#toc-Making-paragraphs-1">15 Making paragraphs</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Math-formulas-1" href="#toc-Math-formulas-1">16 Math formulas</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Modes-1" href="#toc-Modes-1">17 Modes</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Page-styles-1" href="#toc-Page-styles-1">18 Page styles</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Spaces-1" href="#toc-Spaces-1">19 Spaces</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Boxes-1" href="#toc-Boxes-1">20 Boxes</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Color-1" href="#toc-Color-1">21 Color</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Graphics-1" href="#toc-Graphics-1">22 Graphics</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Special-insertions-1" href="#toc-Special-insertions-1">23 Special insertions</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Splitting-the-input-1" href="#toc-Splitting-the-input-1">24 Splitting the input</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Front_002fback-matter-1" href="#toc-Front_002fback-matter-1">25 Front/back matter</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Letters-1" href="#toc-Letters-1">26 Letters</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Input_002foutput-1" href="#toc-Input_002foutput-1">27 Input/output</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Command-line-interface-1" href="#toc-Command-line-interface-1">28 Command line interface</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Document-templates-1" href="#toc-Document-templates-1">Appendix A Document templates</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Index-1" href="#toc-Index-1" rel="index">Index</a></li> +</ul> +</div> +</div> <hr> -<span id="About-this-document"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="chapter" id="About-this-document"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="n" rel="next">Overview</a>, Previous: <a href="#Top" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Top</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="n" rel="next">Overview of LaTeX</a>, Previous: <a href="#Top" accesskey="p" rel="prev">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="About-this-document-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">1 About this document</h2> <span id="index-home-page-for-manual"></span> <p>This is an unofficial reference manual for the LaTeX2e document preparation system, which is a macro package for the TeX -typesetting program (see <a href="#Overview">Overview</a>). +typesetting program (see <a href="#Overview">Overview of LaTeX</a>). </p> <p>This document’s home page is <a href="https://latexref.xyz">https://latexref.xyz</a>; it has separate web pages for each topic. Alternatively. @@ -714,22 +671,19 @@ of other information available about LaTeX, at all levels. Here are a few introductions. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr">https://ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr</a></dt> -<dd><span id="index-latex_002ddoc_002dptr-document"></span> -<p>Two pages of recommended references to LaTeX documentation. +<dt id='index-latex_002ddoc_002dptr-document'><span><a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr">https://ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr</a><a href='#index-latex_002ddoc_002dptr-document' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><p>Two pages of recommended references to LaTeX documentation. </p> </dd> -<dt><a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc">https://ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc</a></dt> -<dd><span id="index-first_002dlatex_002ddoc-document"></span> -<p>Writing your first document, with a bit of both text and math. +<dt id='index-first_002dlatex_002ddoc-document'><span><a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc">https://ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc</a><a href='#index-first_002dlatex_002ddoc-document' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><p>Writing your first document, with a bit of both text and math. </p> </dd> -<dt><a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/lshort">https://ctan.org/pkg/lshort</a></dt> -<dd><span id="index-lshort-document"></span> -<p>A longer introduction to LaTeX, translated to many languages. +<dt id='index-lshort-document'><span><a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/lshort">https://ctan.org/pkg/lshort</a><a href='#index-lshort-document' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><p>A longer introduction to LaTeX, translated to many languages. </p> </dd> -<dt><a href="https://tug.org/begin.html">https://tug.org/begin.html</a></dt> +<dt><span><a href="https://tug.org/begin.html">https://tug.org/begin.html</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Introduction to the TeX system, including LaTeX, with further references. </p> @@ -738,9 +692,11 @@ references. <hr> -<span id="Overview"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="chapter" id="Overview"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Document classes</a>, Previous: <a href="#About-this-document" accesskey="p" rel="prev">About this document</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Document classes</a>, Previous: <a href="#About-this-document" accesskey="p" rel="prev">About this document</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Overview-of-LaTeX"></span><h2 class="chapter">2 Overview of LaTeX</h2> @@ -779,26 +735,21 @@ LAH-teck or LAY-teck, or sometimes LAY-tecks. Inside a document, produce the logo with <code>\LaTeX</code>. Where use of the logo is not sensible, such as in plain text, write it as ‘<samp>LaTeX</samp>’. </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Starting-and-ending" accesskey="1">Starting and ending</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The standard beginning and end of a document. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Output-files" accesskey="2">Output files</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Files produced. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#TeX-engines" accesskey="3">TeX engines</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Programs that can compile TeX and LaTeX. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax" accesskey="4">LaTeX command syntax</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">General syntax of LaTeX commands. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Environment" accesskey="5">Environment</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">An area of the source with distinct behavior. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#CTAN" accesskey="6">CTAN</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Our repository. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#Starting-and-ending" accesskey="1">Starting and ending</a></li> +<li><a href="#Output-files" accesskey="2">Output files</a></li> +<li><a href="#TeX-engines" accesskey="3">TeX engines</a></li> +<li><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax" accesskey="4">LaTeX command syntax</a></li> +<li><a href="#Environment" accesskey="5">Environment</a></li> +<li><a href="#CTAN" accesskey="6">CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="Starting-and-ending"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="section" id="Starting-and-ending"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Output-files" accesskey="n" rel="next">Output files</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Output-files" accesskey="n" rel="next">Output files</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview of LaTeX</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Starting-and-ending-1"></span><h3 class="section">2.1 Starting and ending</h3> @@ -833,19 +784,21 @@ This area is called the <em>preamble</em>. <p>The <code>\begin{document}</code>, <code>\end{document}</code> pair defines an <span id="index-environment"></span> <em>environment</em>; the ‘<samp>document</samp>’ environment (and no others) is -required in all LaTeX documents (see <a href="#document">document</a>). LaTeX make +required in all LaTeX documents (see <a href="#document"><code>document</code></a>). LaTeX make available to you many environments that are documented here (see <a href="#Environments">Environments</a>). Many more are available to you from external -packages, most importantly those available at CTAN (see <a href="#CTAN">CTAN</a>). +packages, most importantly those available at CTAN (see <a href="#CTAN">CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</a>). </p> <p>The following sections discuss how to produce PDF or other output from a LaTeX input file. </p> <hr> -<span id="Output-files"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Output-files"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#TeX-engines" accesskey="n" rel="next">TeX engines</a>, Previous: <a href="#Starting-and-ending" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Starting and ending</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#TeX-engines" accesskey="n" rel="next">TeX engines</a>, Previous: <a href="#Starting-and-ending" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Starting and ending</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview of LaTeX</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Output-files-1"></span><h3 class="section">2.2 Output files</h3> @@ -853,9 +806,8 @@ Next: <a href="#TeX-engines" accesskey="n" rel="next">TeX engines</a>, Previous: The main output file’s name ends in either <samp>.dvi</samp> or <samp>.pdf</samp>. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>.dvi</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_002edvi-file"></span> -<span id="index-latex-command"></span> +<dt id='index-_002edvi-file'><span><code>.dvi</code><a href='#index-_002edvi-file' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-latex-command"></span> <span id="index-xdvi-command"></span> <span id="index-dvips-command"></span> <span id="index-dvipdfmx-command"></span> @@ -870,9 +822,8 @@ The contents of the file can be dumped in human-readable form with available (<a href="https://mirror.ctan.org/dviware">https://mirror.ctan.org/dviware</a>). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>.pdf</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_002epdf-file"></span> -<span id="index-pdfTeX"></span> +<dt id='index-_002epdf-file'><span><code>.pdf</code><a href='#index-_002epdf-file' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-pdfTeX"></span> <span id="index-pdflatex-command"></span> <span id="output-files-pdf"></span><p>If LaTeX is invoked via the system command <code>pdflatex</code>, among other commands (see <a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>), then the main output is @@ -885,18 +836,16 @@ self-contained file, with all fonts and images included. <p>LaTeX always produces at least two additional files. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>.log</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-transcript-file"></span> -<span id="index-log-file"></span> +<dt id='index-transcript-file'><span><code>.log</code><a href='#index-transcript-file' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-log-file"></span> <span id="index-_002elog-file"></span> <span id="output-files-log"></span><p>This transcript file contains summary information such as a list of loaded packages. It also includes diagnostic messages and perhaps additional information for any errors. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>.aux</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-auxiliary-file"></span> -<span id="index-_002eaux-file"></span> +<dt id='index-auxiliary-file'><span><code>.aux</code><a href='#index-auxiliary-file' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_002eaux-file"></span> <span id="index-cross-references_002c-resolving"></span> <span id="index-forward-references_002c-resolving"></span> <span id="index-references_002c-resolving-forward"></span> @@ -924,14 +873,16 @@ location. <p>LaTeX may produce yet more files, characterized by the filename ending. These include a <code>.lof</code> file that is used to make a list of figures, a <code>.lot</code> file used to make a list of tables, and a -<code>.toc</code> file used to make a table of contents (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a>). A particular class may create others; the list is +<code>.toc</code> file used to make a table of contents (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>). A particular class may create others; the list is open-ended. </p> <hr> -<span id="TeX-engines"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="TeX-engines"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax" accesskey="n" rel="next">LaTeX command syntax</a>, Previous: <a href="#Output-files" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Output files</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax" accesskey="n" rel="next">LaTeX command syntax</a>, Previous: <a href="#Output-files" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Output files</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview of LaTeX</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="TeX-engines-1"></span><h3 class="section">2.3 TeX engines</h3> @@ -947,7 +898,7 @@ Next: <a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax" accesskey="n" rel="next">LaTeX command syn <span id="index-format-files_002c-TeX"></span> <span id="index-_002efmt-file"></span> <p>LaTeX is a large set of commands that is executed by a TeX -program (see <a href="#Overview">Overview</a>). Such a set of commands is called a +program (see <a href="#Overview">Overview of LaTeX</a>). Such a set of commands is called a <em>format</em>, and is embodied in a binary <code>.fmt</code> file, which can be read much more quickly than the corresponding TeX source. </p> @@ -955,12 +906,8 @@ be read much more quickly than the corresponding TeX source. commonly available (see also <a href="#Command-line-interface">Command line interface</a>). </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>latex</code> -<span id="index-latex"></span> -</dt> -<dt><code>pdflatex</code> -<span id="index-pdflatex"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-latex'><span><code>latex</code><a href='#index-latex' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt id='index-pdflatex'><span><code>pdflatex</code><a href='#index-pdflatex' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-etex-command"></span> <span id="index-pdfTeX-engine"></span> <span id="index-e_002dTeX"></span> @@ -982,9 +929,7 @@ rather than pdfTeX. In any case, the e-TeX extensions can be assumed to be available in LaTeX. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>lualatex</code> -<span id="index-lualatex"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-lualatex'><span><code>lualatex</code><a href='#index-lualatex' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-LuaTeX"></span> <span id="tex-engines-lualatex"></span><p>If LaTeX is invoked via the system command <code>lualatex</code>, the LuaTeX engine is run (<a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/luatex">https://ctan.org/pkg/luatex</a>). This @@ -995,9 +940,7 @@ and TrueType fonts, and produces a <samp>.pdf</samp> file by default. There is also <code>dvilualatex</code> to produce a <samp>.dvi</samp> file. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>xelatex</code> -<span id="index-xelatex"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-xelatex'><span><code>xelatex</code><a href='#index-xelatex' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-XeTeX"></span> <span id="index-_002exdv-file"></span> <span id="index-xdvipdfmx"></span> @@ -1014,12 +957,8 @@ program, but this process is automatic. The <code>.xdv</code> file is only useful for debugging. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>platex</code> -<span id="index-platex"></span> -</dt> -<dt><code>uplatex</code> -<span id="index-uplatex"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-platex'><span><code>platex</code><a href='#index-platex' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt id='index-uplatex'><span><code>uplatex</code><a href='#index-uplatex' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>These commands provide significant additional support for Japanese and other languages; the <code>u</code> variant supports Unicode. See <a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/ptex">https://ctan.org/pkg/ptex</a> and <a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/uptex">https://ctan.org/pkg/uptex</a>. @@ -1030,27 +969,13 @@ other languages; the <code>u</code> variant supports Unicode. See all of the above: </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>dvilualatex-dev</code> -<span id="index-dvilualatex_002ddev"></span> -</dt> -<dt><code>latex-dev</code> -<span id="index-latex_002ddev"></span> -</dt> -<dt><code>lualatex-dev</code> -<span id="index-lualatex_002ddev"></span> -</dt> -<dt><code>pdflatex-dev</code> -<span id="index-pdflatex_002ddev"></span> -</dt> -<dt><code>platex-dev</code> -<span id="index-platex_002ddev"></span> -</dt> -<dt><code>uplatex-dev</code> -<span id="index-uplatex_002ddev"></span> -</dt> -<dt><code>xelatex-dev</code> -<span id="index-xelatex_002ddev"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-dvilualatex_002ddev'><span><code>dvilualatex-dev</code><a href='#index-dvilualatex_002ddev' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt id='index-latex_002ddev'><span><code>latex-dev</code><a href='#index-latex_002ddev' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt id='index-lualatex_002ddev'><span><code>lualatex-dev</code><a href='#index-lualatex_002ddev' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt id='index-pdflatex_002ddev'><span><code>pdflatex-dev</code><a href='#index-pdflatex_002ddev' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt id='index-platex_002ddev'><span><code>platex-dev</code><a href='#index-platex_002ddev' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt id='index-uplatex_002ddev'><span><code>uplatex-dev</code><a href='#index-uplatex_002ddev' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt id='index-xelatex_002ddev'><span><code>xelatex-dev</code><a href='#index-xelatex_002ddev' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-release-candidates"></span> <span id="index-prerelease-testing"></span> <p>These are candidates for an upcoming LaTeX release. The main @@ -1076,9 +1001,11 @@ LaTeX <code>dev</code> formats” by Frank Mittelbach, <cite>TUGboat</cite> </dl> <hr> -<span id="LaTeX-command-syntax"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="LaTeX-command-syntax"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Environment" accesskey="n" rel="next">Environment</a>, Previous: <a href="#TeX-engines" accesskey="p" rel="prev">TeX engines</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Environment" accesskey="n" rel="next">Environment</a>, Previous: <a href="#TeX-engines" accesskey="p" rel="prev">TeX engines</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview of LaTeX</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="LaTeX-command-syntax-1"></span><h3 class="section">2.4 LaTeX command syntax</h3> @@ -1131,9 +1058,11 @@ syntax. We won’t try to cover them in this document; see the related package documentation and other LaTeX manuals. </p> <hr> -<span id="Environment"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Environment"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#CTAN" accesskey="n" rel="next">CTAN</a>, Previous: <a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax" accesskey="p" rel="prev">LaTeX command syntax</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#CTAN" accesskey="n" rel="next">CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</a>, Previous: <a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax" accesskey="p" rel="prev">LaTeX command syntax</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview of LaTeX</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Environment-1"></span><h3 class="section">2.5 Environment</h3> @@ -1178,9 +1107,11 @@ required (it specifies the formatting of columns). <hr> -<span id="CTAN"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="CTAN"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#Environment" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Environment</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#Environment" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Environment</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview of LaTeX</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="CTAN_003a-The-Comprehensive-TeX-Archive-Network"></span><h3 class="section">2.6 CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</h3> @@ -1216,9 +1147,12 @@ site. The list of mirrors is at <a href="https://ctan.org/mirrors">https://ctan. </p> <hr> -<span id="Document-classes"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="chapter" id="Document-classes"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Fonts" accesskey="n" rel="next">Fonts</a>, Previous: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Overview</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Fonts" accesskey="n" rel="next">Fonts</a>, Previous: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Overview of LaTeX</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Document-classes-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">3 Document classes</h2> @@ -1240,33 +1174,33 @@ normally the first command in a LaTeX source file. <span id="index-slides-class"></span> <p>The following document <var>class</var> names are built into LaTeX. (Many other document classes are available as separate packages; -see <a href="#Overview">Overview</a>.) +see <a href="#Overview">Overview of LaTeX</a>.) </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>article</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>article</code></span></dt> <dd><span id="document-classes-article"></span><p>For a journal article, a presentation, and miscellaneous general use. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>book</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>book</code></span></dt> <dd><span id="document-classes-book"></span><p>Full-length books, including chapters and possibly including front matter, such as a preface, and back matter, such as an appendix (see <a href="#Front_002fback-matter">Front/back matter</a>). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>letter</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>letter</code></span></dt> <dd><span id="document-classes-letter"></span><p>Mail, optionally including mailing labels (see <a href="#Letters">Letters</a>). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>report</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>report</code></span></dt> <dd><span id="document-classes-report"></span><p>For documents of length between an <code>article</code> and a <code>book</code>, such as technical reports or theses, which may contain several chapters. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>slides</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>slides</code></span></dt> <dd><span id="document-classes-slides"></span><p>For slide presentations—rarely used nowadays. The <code>beamer</code> package is perhaps the most prevalent -(<a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer">https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer</a>). See <a href="#beamer-template">beamer template</a>, for a +(<a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer">https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer</a>). See <a href="#beamer-template"><code>beamer</code> template</a>, for a small template for a beamer document. </p> </dd> @@ -1274,18 +1208,16 @@ small template for a beamer document. <p>Standard <var>options</var> are described in the next section. </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Document-class-options" accesskey="1">Document class options</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Global options. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Additional-packages" accesskey="2">Additional packages</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Bring in packages. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Class-and-package-construction" accesskey="3">Class and package construction</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Create new classes and packages. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#Document-class-options" accesskey="1">Document class options</a></li> +<li><a href="#Additional-packages" accesskey="2">Additional packages</a></li> +<li><a href="#Class-and-package-construction" accesskey="3">Class and package construction</a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="Document-class-options"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="section" id="Document-class-options"> +<div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Additional-packages" accesskey="n" rel="next">Additional packages</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document classes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -1326,27 +1258,27 @@ options for selecting the typeface size (default is <code>10pt</code>): size (these show height by width): </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>a4paper</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>a4paper</code></span></dt> <dd><p>210 by 297mm (about 8.25 by 11.75 inches) </p> </dd> -<dt><code>a5paper</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>a5paper</code></span></dt> <dd><p>148 by 210mm (about 5.8 by 8.3 inches) </p> </dd> -<dt><code>b5paper</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>b5paper</code></span></dt> <dd><p>176 by 250mm (about 6.9 by 9.8 inches) </p> </dd> -<dt><code>executivepaper</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>executivepaper</code></span></dt> <dd><p>7.25 by 10.5 inches </p> </dd> -<dt><code>legalpaper</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>legalpaper</code></span></dt> <dd><p>8.5 by 14 inches </p> </dd> -<dt><code>letterpaper</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>letterpaper</code></span></dt> <dd><p>8.5 by 11 inches (the default) </p></dd> </dl> @@ -1378,42 +1310,36 @@ area and physical page size. <p>Miscellaneous other options: </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>draft</code></dt> -<dt><code>final</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-black-boxes_002c-omitting"></span> -<p>Mark (<code>draft</code>) or do not mark (<code>final</code>) overfull boxes with a +<dt id='index-black-boxes_002c-omitting'><span><code>draft</code><a href='#index-black-boxes_002c-omitting' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>final</code></span></dt> +<dd><p>Mark (<code>draft</code>) or do not mark (<code>final</code>) overfull boxes with a black box in the margin; default is <code>final</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>fleqn</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-flush-left-equations"></span> -<span id="index-centered-equations"></span> +<dt id='index-flush-left-equations'><span><code>fleqn</code><a href='#index-flush-left-equations' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-centered-equations"></span> <span id="index-equations_002c-flush-left-vs_002e-centered"></span> <p>Put displayed formulas flush left; default is centered. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>landscape</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-landscape-orientation"></span> -<span id="index-portrait-orientation"></span> +<dt id='index-landscape-orientation'><span><code>landscape</code><a href='#index-landscape-orientation' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-portrait-orientation"></span> <p>Selects landscape format; default is portrait. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>leqno</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-left_002dhand-equation-numbers"></span> -<span id="index-right_002dhand-equation-numbers"></span> +<dt id='index-left_002dhand-equation-numbers'><span><code>leqno</code><a href='#index-left_002dhand-equation-numbers' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-right_002dhand-equation-numbers"></span> <span id="index-equation-numbers_002c-left-vs_002e-right"></span> <p>Put equation numbers on the left side of equations; default is the right side. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>openbib</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-bibliography-format_002c-open"></span> -<p>Use “open” bibliography format. +<dt id='index-bibliography-format_002c-open'><span><code>openbib</code><a href='#index-bibliography-format_002c-open' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><p>Use “open” bibliography format. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>titlepage</code></dt> -<dt><code>notitlepage</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-title-page_002c-separate-or-run_002din"></span> -<p>Specifies whether there is a separate page for the title information and +<dt id='index-title-page_002c-separate-or-run_002din'><span><code>titlepage</code><a href='#index-title-page_002c-separate-or-run_002din' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>notitlepage</code></span></dt> +<dd><p>Specifies whether there is a separate page for the title information and for the abstract also, if there is one. The default for the <code>report</code> class is <code>titlepage</code>, for the other classes it is <code>notitlepage</code>. @@ -1429,15 +1355,14 @@ for the abstract also, if there is one. The default for the <span id="index-openright-option"></span> <span id="index-openany-option"></span> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>onecolumn</code></dt> -<dt><code>twocolumn</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>onecolumn</code></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>twocolumn</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Typeset in one or two columns; default is <code>onecolumn</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>oneside</code></dt> -<dt><code>twoside</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cevensidemargin"></span> -<span id="index-_005coddsidemargin"></span> +<dt id='index-_005cevensidemargin'><span><code>oneside</code><a href='#index-_005cevensidemargin' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>twoside</code></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005coddsidemargin"></span> <p>Selects one- or two-sided layout; default is <code>oneside</code>, except that in the <code>book</code> class the default is <code>twoside</code>. </p> @@ -1449,8 +1374,8 @@ being 40% of the difference between <code>\paperwidth</code> and <code>\textwidth</code>, and <code>\evensidemargin</code> is the remainder. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>openright</code></dt> -<dt><code>openany</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>openright</code></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>openany</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Determines if a chapter should start on a right-hand page; default is <code>openright</code> for <code>book</code>, and <code>openany</code> for <code>report</code>. </p></dd> @@ -1462,7 +1387,9 @@ the time at the bottom of each note. </p> <hr> -<span id="Additional-packages"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Additional-packages"> +<div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Class-and-package-construction" accesskey="n" rel="next">Class and package construction</a>, Previous: <a href="#Document-class-options" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document class options</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document classes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -1491,7 +1418,9 @@ to the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with </p> <hr> -<span id="Class-and-package-construction"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Class-and-package-construction"> +<div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#Additional-packages" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Additional packages</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document classes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -1518,7 +1447,7 @@ SMC Math Department</code> is for a class. <p>Inside of a class or package file you can use the at-sign <code>@</code> as a character in command names without having to surround the code containing that command with <code>\makeatletter</code> and -<code>\makeatother</code>. See <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter & \makeatother</a>. This allow +<code>\makeatother</code>. See <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"><code>\makeatletter</code> & <code>\makeatother</code></a>. This allow you to create commands that users will not accidentally redefine. Another technique is to preface class- or package-specific commands with some string to prevent your class or package from interfering with @@ -1526,16 +1455,15 @@ others. For instance, the class <code>smcmemo</code> might have commands <code>\smc@tolist</code>, <code>\smc@fromlist</code>, etc. </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Class-and-package-structure" accesskey="1">Class and package structure</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Layout of the file. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Class-and-package-commands" accesskey="2">Class and package commands</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">List of commands. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#Class-and-package-structure" accesskey="1">Class and package structure</a></li> +<li><a href="#Class-and-package-commands" accesskey="2">Class and package commands</a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="Class-and-package-structure"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="subsection" id="Class-and-package-structure"> +<div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Class-and-package-commands" accesskey="n" rel="next">Class and package commands</a>, Up: <a href="#Class-and-package-construction" accesskey="u" rel="up">Class and package construction</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -1601,7 +1529,9 @@ of the descriptions here derive from this document), or the tutorial </p> <hr> -<span id="Class-and-package-commands"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="Class-and-package-commands"> +<div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#Class-and-package-structure" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Class and package structure</a>, Up: <a href="#Class-and-package-construction" accesskey="u" rel="up">Class and package construction</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -1612,28 +1542,25 @@ Previous: <a href="#Class-and-package-structure" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Class <p>These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>\AtBeginDvi{specials}</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cAtBeginDvi"></span> -<p>Save in a box register things that are written to the <samp>.dvi</samp> file +<dt id='index-_005cAtBeginDvi'><span><code>\AtBeginDvi{specials}</code><a href='#index-_005cAtBeginDvi' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><p>Save in a box register things that are written to the <samp>.dvi</samp> file at the beginning of the shipout of the first page of the document. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\AtEndOfClass{<var>code</var>}</code></dt> -<dt><code>\AtEndOfPackage{<var>code</var>}</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cAtEndOfClass"></span> -<span id="index-_005cAtEndOfPackage"></span> +<dt><span><code>\AtEndOfClass{<var>code</var>}</code></span></dt> +<dt id='index-_005cAtEndOfClass'><span><code>\AtEndOfPackage{<var>code</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cAtEndOfClass' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cAtEndOfPackage"></span> <p>Hook to insert <var>code</var> to be executed when LaTeX finishes processing the current class or package. You can use these hooks multiple times; the <code>code</code> will be executed in the order that you -called it. See also <a href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument">\AtBeginDocument</a>. +called it. See also <a href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument"><code>\AtBeginDocument</code></a>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\CheckCommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</code></dt> -<dt><code>\CheckCommand*{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cCheckCommand"></span> -<span id="index-_005cCheckCommand_002a"></span> +<dt><span><code>\CheckCommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</code></span></dt> +<dt id='index-_005cCheckCommand'><span><code>\CheckCommand*{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cCheckCommand' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cCheckCommand_002a"></span> <span id="index-new-command_002c-check"></span> -<p>Like <code>\newcommand</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a>) but does +<p>Like <code>\newcommand</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><code>\newcommand</code> & <code>\renewcommand</code></a>) but does not define <var>cmd</var>; instead it checks that the current definition of <var>cmd</var> is exactly as given by <var>definition</var> and is or is not <span id="index-long-command"></span> @@ -1645,18 +1572,17 @@ redefining <code>cmd</code> yourself that no other package has already redefined this command. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\ClassError{<var>class name</var>}{<var>error text</var>}{<var>help text</var>}</code></dt> -<dt><code>\PackageError{<var>package name</var>}{<var>error text</var>}{<var>help text</var>}</code></dt> -<dt><code>\ClassWarning{<var>class name</var>}{<var>warning text</var>}</code></dt> -<dt><code>\PackageWarning{<var>package name</var>}{<var>warning text</var>}</code></dt> -<dt><code>\ClassWarningNoLine{<var>class name</var>}{<var>warning text</var>}</code></dt> -<dt><code>\PackageWarningNoLine{<var>package name</var>}{<var>warning text</var>}</code></dt> -<dt><code>\ClassInfo{<var>class name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</code></dt> -<dt><code>\PackageInfo{<var>package name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</code></dt> -<dt><code>\ClassInfoNoLine{<var>class name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</code></dt> -<dt><code>\PackageInfoNoLine{<var>package name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cClassError"></span> -<span id="index-_005cPackageError"></span> +<dt><span><code>\ClassError{<var>class name</var>}{<var>error text</var>}{<var>help text</var>}</code></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\PackageError{<var>package name</var>}{<var>error text</var>}{<var>help text</var>}</code></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\ClassWarning{<var>class name</var>}{<var>warning text</var>}</code></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\PackageWarning{<var>package name</var>}{<var>warning text</var>}</code></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\ClassWarningNoLine{<var>class name</var>}{<var>warning text</var>}</code></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\PackageWarningNoLine{<var>package name</var>}{<var>warning text</var>}</code></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\ClassInfo{<var>class name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</code></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\PackageInfo{<var>package name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</code></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\ClassInfoNoLine{<var>class name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</code></span></dt> +<dt id='index-_005cClassError'><span><code>\PackageInfoNoLine{<var>package name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cClassError' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cPackageError"></span> <span id="index-_005cClassWarning"></span> <span id="index-_005cPackageWarning"></span> <span id="index-_005cClassWarningNoLine"></span> @@ -1685,17 +1611,15 @@ character does not allow it, like after a command. Note that LaTeX appends a period to the messages. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\CurrentOption</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cCurrentOption"></span> -<p>Expands to the name of the currently-being-processed option. Can only +<dt id='index-_005cCurrentOption'><span><code>\CurrentOption</code><a href='#index-_005cCurrentOption' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><p>Expands to the name of the currently-being-processed option. Can only be used within the <var>code</var> argument of either <code>\DeclareOption</code> or <code>\DeclareOption*</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\DeclareOption{<var>option</var>}{<var>code</var>}</code></dt> -<dt><code>\DeclareOption*{<var>code</var>}</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cDeclareOption"></span> -<span id="index-_005cDeclareOption_002a"></span> +<dt><span><code>\DeclareOption{<var>option</var>}{<var>code</var>}</code></span></dt> +<dt id='index-_005cDeclareOption'><span><code>\DeclareOption*{<var>code</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cDeclareOption' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cDeclareOption_002a"></span> <span id="index-class-options-2"></span> <span id="index-package-options-1"></span> <span id="index-options_002c-class"></span> @@ -1733,14 +1657,13 @@ passes the option to the <code>article</code> class. </pre></div> </dd> -<dt><code>\DeclareRobustCommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</code></dt> -<dt><code>\DeclareRobustCommand*{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand"></span> -<span id="index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand_002a"></span> +<dt><span><code>\DeclareRobustCommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</code></span></dt> +<dt id='index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand'><span><code>\DeclareRobustCommand*{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand_002a"></span> <span id="index-new-command_002c-definition"></span> -<p>Like <code>\newcommand</code> and <code>\newcommand*</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a>) but these declare a robust command, even if some code +<p>Like <code>\newcommand</code> and <code>\newcommand*</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><code>\newcommand</code> & <code>\renewcommand</code></a>) but these declare a robust command, even if some code within the <var>definition</var> is fragile. (For a discussion of robust and -fragile commands see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>.) Use this command to define new +fragile commands see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>.) Use this command to define new robust commands or to redefine existing commands and make them robust. Unlike <code>\newcommand</code> these do not give an error if macro <var>cmd</var> already exists; instead, a log message is put into the @@ -1752,7 +1675,7 @@ command is used within a moving argument, use <code>\newcommand</code>. </p> <span id="index-package_002c-etoolbox"></span> <span id="index-etoolbox-package"></span> -<p>The <samp>etoolbox</samp> package offers the commands +<p>The <code>etoolbox</code> package offers the commands <code>\newrobustcmd</code>, <code>\newrobustcmd*</code>, as well as the commands <code>\renewrobustcmd</code>, <code>\renewrobustcmd*</code>, and the commands <code>\providerobustcmd</code>, and <code>\providerobustcmd*</code>. These are @@ -1773,10 +1696,9 @@ commands, so they do not just make a log message when you redefine </dd> -<dt><code>\IfFileExists{<var>filename</var>}{<var>true code</var>}{<var>false code</var>}</code></dt> -<dt><code>\InputIfFileExists{<var>filename</var>}{<var>true code</var>}{<var>false code</var>}</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cIfFileExists"></span> -<span id="index-_005cInputIfFileExists"></span> +<dt><span><code>\IfFileExists{<var>filename</var>}{<var>true code</var>}{<var>false code</var>}</code></span></dt> +<dt id='index-_005cIfFileExists'><span><code>\InputIfFileExists{<var>filename</var>}{<var>true code</var>}{<var>false code</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cIfFileExists' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cInputIfFileExists"></span> <p>Execute <var>true code</var> if LaTeX finds the file <samp><var>file name</var></samp> or <var>false code</var> otherwise. In the first case it executing <var>true code</var> and then inputs the file. Thus the command @@ -1795,13 +1717,12 @@ directory do something like <code>\IfFileExists{./filename}{<var>true code</var>}{<var>false code</var>}</code>. If you ask for a filename without a <code>.tex</code> extension then LaTeX will first look for the file by appending the <code>.tex</code>; for more on how LaTeX handles file -extensions see <a href="#g_t_005cinput">\input</a>. +extensions see <a href="#g_t_005cinput"><code>\input</code></a>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\LoadClass[<var>options list</var>]{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</code></dt> -<dt><code>\LoadClassWithOptions{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cLoadClass"></span> -<span id="index-_005cLoadClassWithOptions"></span> +<dt><span><code>\LoadClass[<var>options list</var>]{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</code></span></dt> +<dt id='index-_005cLoadClass'><span><code>\LoadClassWithOptions{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</code><a href='#index-_005cLoadClass' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cLoadClassWithOptions"></span> <p>Load a class, as with <code>\documentclass[<var>options list</var>]{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release info</var>]</code>. An example is <code>\LoadClass[twoside]{article}</code>. @@ -1827,9 +1748,8 @@ that lets you build classes on existing ones, such as the standard <code>article</code> class, without having to track which options were passed. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\ExecuteOptions{<var>options-list</var>}</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cExecuteOptions"></span> -<p>For each option <var>option</var> in the <var>options-list</var>, in order, this command +<dt id='index-_005cExecuteOptions'><span><code>\ExecuteOptions{<var>options-list</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cExecuteOptions' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><p>For each option <var>option</var> in the <var>options-list</var>, in order, this command executes the command <code>\ds@<var>option</var></code>. If this command is not defined then that option is silently ignored. </p> @@ -1839,9 +1759,8 @@ default to be 11pt fonts then you could specify <code>\ExecuteOptions{11pt}\ProcessOptions\relax</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\NeedsTeXFormat{<var>format</var>}[<var>format date</var>]</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cNeedsTeXFormat"></span> -<p>Specifies the format that this class must be run under. Often issued +<dt id='index-_005cNeedsTeXFormat'><span><code>\NeedsTeXFormat{<var>format</var>}[<var>format date</var>]</code><a href='#index-_005cNeedsTeXFormat' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><p>Specifies the format that this class must be run under. Often issued as the first line of a class file, and most often used as: <code>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}</code>. When a document using that class is processed, the format name given here must match the format that is @@ -1861,18 +1780,16 @@ release `2016/02/01' is available. </pre></div> </dd> -<dt><code>\OptionNotUsed</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cOptionNotUsed"></span> -<p>Adds the current option to the list of unused options. Can only be used +<dt id='index-_005cOptionNotUsed'><span><code>\OptionNotUsed</code><a href='#index-_005cOptionNotUsed' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><p>Adds the current option to the list of unused options. Can only be used within the <var>code</var> argument of either <code>\DeclareOption</code> or <code>\DeclareOption*</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\PassOptionsToClass{<var>option list</var>}{<var>class name</var>}</code></dt> -<dt><code>\PassOptionsToPackage{<var>option list</var>}{<var>package name</var>}</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cPassOptionsToClass"></span> -<span id="index-_005cPassOptionsToPackage"></span> +<dt><span><code>\PassOptionsToClass{<var>option list</var>}{<var>class name</var>}</code></span></dt> +<dt id='index-_005cPassOptionsToClass'><span><code>\PassOptionsToPackage{<var>option list</var>}{<var>package name</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cPassOptionsToClass' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cPassOptionsToPackage"></span> <p>Adds the options in the comma-separated list <var>option list</var> to the options used by any future <code>\RequirePackage</code> or <code>\usepackage</code> command for package <var>package name</var> or the class <var>class name</var>. @@ -1911,10 +1828,9 @@ option. The user could start their LaTeX file with <code>\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\documentclass{foo}</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\ProcessOptions</code></dt> -<dt><code>\ProcessOptions*<var>\@options</var></code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cProcessOptions"></span> -<span id="index-_005cProcessOptions_002a"></span> +<dt><span><code>\ProcessOptions</code></span></dt> +<dt id='index-_005cProcessOptions'><span><code>\ProcessOptions*<var>\@options</var></code><a href='#index-_005cProcessOptions' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cProcessOptions_002a"></span> <p>Execute the code for each option that the user has invoked. Include it in the class file as <code>\ProcessOptions\relax</code> (because of the existence of the starred command). @@ -1953,12 +1869,11 @@ the order of declaration in the class or package. For a package this means that the global options are processed first. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\ProvidesClass{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var> <var>brief additional information</var>]</code></dt> -<dt><code>\ProvidesClass{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</code></dt> -<dt><code>\ProvidesPackage{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var> <var>brief additional information</var>]</code></dt> -<dt><code>\ProvidesPackage{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cProvidesClass"></span> -<span id="index-_005cProvidesPackage"></span> +<dt><span><code>\ProvidesClass{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var> <var>brief additional information</var>]</code></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\ProvidesClass{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</code></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\ProvidesPackage{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var> <var>brief additional information</var>]</code></span></dt> +<dt id='index-_005cProvidesClass'><span><code>\ProvidesPackage{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</code><a href='#index-_005cProvidesClass' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cProvidesPackage"></span> <p>Identifies the class or package, printing a message to the screen and the log file. </p> @@ -1991,9 +1906,8 @@ than the given date. (Although, in practice package users only rarely include a date, and class users almost never do.) </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\ProvidesFile{<var>filename</var>}[<var>additional information</var>]</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cProvidesFile"></span> -<p>Declare a file other than the main class and package files, such as +<dt id='index-_005cProvidesFile'><span><code>\ProvidesFile{<var>filename</var>}[<var>additional information</var>]</code><a href='#index-_005cProvidesFile' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><p>Declare a file other than the main class and package files, such as configuration files or font definition files. Put this command in that file and you get in the log a string like <code>File: test.config 2017/10/12 config file for test.cls</code> for <var>filename</var> equal to @@ -2001,10 +1915,9 @@ file and you get in the log a string like <code>File: test.config ‘<samp>2017/10/12 config file for test.cls</samp>’. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\RequirePackage[<var>option list</var>]{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</code></dt> -<dt><code>\RequirePackageWithOptions{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cRequirePackage"></span> -<span id="index-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions"></span> +<dt><span><code>\RequirePackage[<var>option list</var>]{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</code></span></dt> +<dt id='index-_005cRequirePackage'><span><code>\RequirePackageWithOptions{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</code><a href='#index-_005cRequirePackage' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions"></span> <p>Load a package, like the command <code>\usepackage</code> (see <a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a>). The LaTeX development team strongly recommends use of these commands over Plain TeX’s <code>\input</code>; see the Class Guide. An example is @@ -2034,9 +1947,13 @@ causes LaTeX to give error like <code>\usepackage before <hr> -<span id="Fonts"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="chapter" id="Fonts"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="n" rel="next">Layout</a>, Previous: <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document classes</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="n" rel="next">Layout</a>, Previous: <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document classes</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Fonts-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">4 Fonts</h2> <span id="Typefaces"></span> @@ -2079,20 +1996,17 @@ alphabet free fonts available for easy use with LaTeX. <p>More information is also available from the TeX Users Group, at <a href="https://www.tug.org/fonts/">https://www.tug.org/fonts/</a>. </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="1">fontenc package</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Encoding of the font. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Font-styles" accesskey="2">Font styles</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Select roman, italics, etc. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Font-sizes" accesskey="3">Font sizes</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Select point size. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands" accesskey="4">Low-level font commands</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Select encoding, family, series, shape. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="1"><code>fontenc</code> package</a></li> +<li><a href="#Font-styles" accesskey="2">Font styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#Font-sizes" accesskey="3">Font sizes</a></li> +<li><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands" accesskey="4">Low-level font commands</a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="fontenc-package"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="section" id="fontenc-package"> +<div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Font-styles" accesskey="n" rel="next">Font styles</a>, Up: <a href="#Fonts" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fonts</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -2119,16 +2033,19 @@ Next: <a href="#Font-styles" accesskey="n" rel="next">Font styles</a>, Up: <a hr <p>Specify the font encodings. A font encoding is a mapping of the character codes to the font glyphs that are used to typeset your output. </p> +<span id="index-package_002c-fontspec"></span> +<span id="index-fontspec-package"></span> + <p>This package only applies if you use the <code>pdflatex</code> engine (see <a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>). If you use the <code>xelatex</code> or -<code>lualatex</code> engine then instead use the <samp>fontspec</samp> package. +<code>lualatex</code> engine then instead use the <code>fontspec</code> package. </p> <p>TeX’s original font family, Computer Modern, has a limited character set. For instance, to make common accented characters you must use -<code>\accent</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005caccent">\accent</a>) but this disables hyphenation. TeX +<code>\accent</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005caccent"><code>\accent</code></a>) but this disables hyphenation. TeX users have agreed on a number of standards to access the larger sets of characters provided by modern fonts. If you are using -<code>pdflatex</code> then this in the preamble +<code>pdflatex</code> then put this in the preamble </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} @@ -2148,7 +2065,7 @@ to directly enter accented characters into your source file.) <p>If you are using an encoding such as <code>T1</code> and the characters appear blurry or do not magnify well then your fonts may be bitmapped, sometimes called raster or Type 3. You want vector fonts. Use a -package such as <samp>lmodern</samp> or <samp>cm-super</samp> to get a font that +package such as <code>lmodern</code> or <code>cm-super</code> to get a font that extends LaTeX’s default using vector fonts. </p> <p>For each <var>font_encoding</var> given as an option but not already @@ -2159,21 +2076,21 @@ to be the last encoding in the option list. <p>These are the common values for <var>font_encoding</var>. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>OT1</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>OT1</code></span></dt> <dd><p>The original encoding for TeX. Limited to mostly English characters. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>OMS, OML</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>OMS, OML</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Math symbols and math letters encoding. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>T1</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>T1</code></span></dt> <dd><p>TeX text extended. Sometimes called the Cork encoding for the Users Group meeting where it was developed. Gives access to most European accented characters. The most common option for this package. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>TS1</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>TS1</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Text Companion encoding. </p></dd> </dl> @@ -2202,36 +2119,26 @@ them are encoding-specific, so if you have defined a command that works for one encoding but the current encoding is different then the command is not in effect. </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding" accesskey="1">\DeclareFontEncoding</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define an encoding. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent" accesskey="2">\DeclareTextAccent</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define an accent in the encoding. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault" accesskey="3">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Fallback for using an accent in the encoding. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand" accesskey="4">\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">New encoding-specific command. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault" accesskey="5">\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Fallback for encoding-specific commands. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite" accesskey="6">\DeclareTextComposite</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Directly access an accented glyph, in the encoding. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand" accesskey="7">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Run code in slot, in the encoding. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol" accesskey="8">\DeclareTextSymbol</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a symbol in the encoding. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault" accesskey="9">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Fallback for a symbol in the encoding. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding">\LastDeclaredEncoding</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Save most recently declared encoding. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent">\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Temporarily switch to another encoding. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding" accesskey="1"><code>\DeclareFontEncoding</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent" accesskey="2"><code>\DeclareTextAccent</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault" accesskey="3"><code>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand" accesskey="4"><code>\DeclareTextCommand</code> & <code>\ProvideTextCommand</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault" accesskey="5"><code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> & <code>\ProvideTextCommandDefault </code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite" accesskey="6"><code>\DeclareTextComposite</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand" accesskey="7"><code>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol" accesskey="8"><code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault" accesskey="9"><code>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding"><code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent"><code>\UseTextSymbol</code> & <code>\UseTextAccent</code></a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent" accesskey="n" rel="next">\DeclareTextAccent</a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up">fontenc package</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\DeclareTextAccent</code></a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>fontenc</code> package</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.1 <code>\DeclareFontEncoding</code></h4> @@ -2248,7 +2155,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent" accesskey="n" rel="next">\DeclareText <p>Declare the font encoding <var>encoding</var>. It also saves the value of <var>encoding</var> in <code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code> -(see <a href="#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding">\LastDeclaredEncoding</a>). +(see <a href="#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding"><code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></a>). </p> <p>The file <samp>t1enc.def</samp> contains this line (followed by many others). </p> @@ -2258,7 +2165,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent" accesskey="n" rel="next">\DeclareText <p>The <var>text-settings</var> are the commands that LaTeX will run every time it switches from one encoding to another with the -<code>\selectfont</code> or <code>\fontencoding</code> command. The +<code>\selectfont</code> and <code>\fontencoding</code> commands. The <var>math-settings</var> are the commands that LaTeX will use whenever the font is accessed as a math alphabet. </p> @@ -2279,9 +2186,11 @@ should only contain declarations specific to that encoding. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault" accesskey="n" rel="next">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\DeclareFontEncoding</a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up">fontenc package</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\DeclareFontEncoding</code></a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>fontenc</code> package</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.2 <code>\DeclareTextAccent</code></h4> @@ -2298,12 +2207,15 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault" accesskey="n" rel="next">\Decl <p>Define an accent, to be put on top of other glyphs, in the encoding <var>encoding</var> at the location <var>slot</var>. </p> +<span id="index-slot_002c-font"></span> +<p>A <em>slot</em> is the number identifying a glyph within a font. +</p> <p>This line from <samp>t1enc.def</samp> declares that to make a circumflex accent as in <code>\^A</code>, the system will put the accent in slot 2 over the ‘<samp>A</samp>’ character, which is represented in ASCII as 65. (This holds unless there is a relevant <code>DeclareTextComposite</code> or <code>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code> declaration; -see <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite">\DeclareTextComposite</a>.) +see <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite"><code>\DeclareTextComposite</code></a>.) </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2} @@ -2315,9 +2227,11 @@ transcript file. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand" accesskey="n" rel="next">\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\DeclareTextAccent</a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up">fontenc package</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\DeclareTextCommand</code> & <code>\ProvideTextCommand</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\DeclareTextAccent</code></a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>fontenc</code> package</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.3 <code>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></h4> @@ -2328,10 +2242,10 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand" access <p>Synopsis: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\DeclareTextAccentDefault{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>} +<pre class="example">\DeclareTextAccentDefault{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>} </pre></div> -<p>If there is an encoding-specific accent command <var>cmd</var> but there is +<p>If there is an encoding-specific accent command \<var>cmd</var> but there is no associated <code>\DeclareTextAccent</code> for that encoding then this command will pick up the slack, by saying to use it as described for <var>encoding</var>. @@ -2347,11 +2261,11 @@ the accent <code>\"</code>, declare this. definition for that accent then LaTeX will use the definition from <code>OT1</code> </p> -<p>That is, this command is equivalent to this call (see <a href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent">\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent</a>). +<p>That is, this command is equivalent to this call (see <a href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent"><code>\UseTextSymbol</code> & <code>\UseTextAccent</code></a>). </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\DeclareTextCommandDefault[1]{<var>cmd</var>} - {\UseTextAccent{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>cmd</var>}{#1}} +<pre class="example">\DeclareTextCommandDefault[1]{\<var>cmd</var>} + {\UseTextAccent{<var>encoding</var>}{\<var>cmd</var>}{#1}} </pre></div> <p>Note that <code>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code> works for any one-argument @@ -2359,37 +2273,38 @@ definition for that accent then LaTeX will use the definition from </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault" accesskey="n" rel="next">\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up">fontenc package</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> & <code>\ProvideTextCommandDefault </code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>fontenc</code> package</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.4 <code>\DeclareTextCommand</code> & <code>\ProvideTextCommand</code></h4> <span id="index-_005cDeclareTextCommand"></span> -<span id="index-_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault"></span> <span id="index-_005cProvideTextCommand"></span> <p>Synopsis, one of: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\DeclareTextCommand{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>defn</var>} -\DeclareTextCommand{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>defn}</var> -\DeclareTextCommand{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} +<pre class="example">\DeclareTextCommand{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>defn</var>} +\DeclareTextCommand{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>defn}</var> +\DeclareTextCommand{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} </pre></div> <p>or one of: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\ProvideTextCommand{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>defn</var>} -\ProvideTextCommand{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>defn</var>} -\ProvideTextCommand{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} +<pre class="example">\ProvideTextCommand{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>defn</var>} +\ProvideTextCommand{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>defn</var>} +\ProvideTextCommand{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} </pre></div> -<p>Define the command <var>cmd</var>, which will be specific to one encoding. -The command name <var>cmd</var> must begin with a backslash, \. These -commands can only appear in the preamble. Redefining <code>cmd</code> does -not cause an error. The defined command will be robust even if the code -in <var>defn</var> is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +<p>Define the command <code>\<var>cmd</var></code>, which will be specific to one +encoding. The command name <var>cmd</var> must be preceded by a backslash, +<code>\</code>. These commands can only appear in the preamble. Redefining +\<var>cmd</var> does not cause an error. The defined command will be robust +even if the code in <var>defn</var> is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <p>For example, the file <samp>t1enc.def</samp> contains this line. </p> @@ -2409,50 +2324,53 @@ Legal limit is \( 0.8 \)\textperthousand. ‘<samp>LaTeX Error: Command \textperthousand unavailable in encoding OT1</samp>’. </p> +<span id="index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol"></span> <p>The <code>\ProvideTextCommand</code> variant does the same, except that it -does nothing if <var>cmd</var> is already defined. The +does nothing if <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is already defined. The <code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code> command is faster than this one for simple -slot-to-glyph association (see <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol">\DeclareTextSymbol</a>) +slot-to-glyph association (see <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol"><code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a>) </p> -<p>The optional <var>nargs</var> and <var>optargsdefault</var> arguments play the -same role here as in <code>\newcommand</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a>). Briefly, <var>nargs</var> is an integer from 0 to 9 -specifying the number of arguments that the defined command <code>cmd</code> -takes. This number includes any optional argument. Omitting this -argument is the same as specifying 0, meaning that <var>cmd</var> will have -no arguments. And, if <var>optargsdefault</var> is present then the first -argument of <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is optional, with default value -<var>optargdefault</var> (which may be the empty string). If -<var>optargsdefault</var> is not present then <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> does not take -an optional argument. +<p>The optional <var>nargs</var> and <var>optargdefault</var> arguments play the same +role here as in <code>\newcommand</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><code>\newcommand</code> & <code>\renewcommand</code></a>). Briefly, <var>nargs</var> is an integer from 0 to 9 +specifying the number of arguments that the defined command +<code>\<var>cmd</var></code> takes. This number includes any optional argument. +Omitting this argument is the same as specifying 0, meaning that +<code>\<var>cmd</var></code> will have no arguments. And, if <var>optargdefault</var> +is present then the first argument of <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is optional, +with default value <var>optargdefault</var> (which may be the empty string). +If <var>optargdefault</var> is not present then <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> does not +take an optional argument. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite" accesskey="n" rel="next">\DeclareTextComposite</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand</a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up">fontenc package</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\DeclareTextComposite</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\DeclareTextCommand</code> & <code>\ProvideTextCommand</code></a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>fontenc</code> package</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault-"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.5 <code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> & <code>\ProvideTextCommandDefault </code></h4> <span id="index-_005cDeclareTextCommand-1"></span> -<span id="index-_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-1"></span> +<span id="index-_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault"></span> <span id="index-_005cProvideTextCommand-1"></span> <span id="index-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\DeclareTextCommandDefault{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>defn</var>} +<pre class="example">\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>defn</var>} </pre></div> <p>or: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\ProvideTextCommandDefault{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>defn</var>} +<pre class="example">\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>defn</var>} </pre></div> -<p>Give a default definition for <var>cmd</var>, for when that command is not -defined in the encoding currently in force. This default should only use -encodings known to be available. +<p>Give a default definition for <code>\<var>cmd</var></code>, for when that command +is not defined in the encoding currently in force. This default should +only use encodings known to be available. </p> <p>This makes <code>\copyright</code> available. </p> @@ -2469,14 +2387,16 @@ when you select that encoding. It should instead be in a package. <p>As with the related non-default commands, the <code>\ProvideTextCommandDefault</code> has exactly the same behavior as <code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> except that it does nothing if -<var>cmd</var> is already defined (see <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand">\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand</a>). So, packages can use it to provide fallbacks +<code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is already defined (see <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand"><code>\DeclareTextCommand</code> & <code>\ProvideTextCommand</code></a>). So, packages can use it to provide fallbacks that other packages can improve upon. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand" accesskey="n" rel="next">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault</a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up">fontenc package</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> & <code>\ProvideTextCommandDefault </code></a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>fontenc</code> package</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.6 <code>\DeclareTextComposite</code></h4> @@ -2486,7 +2406,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand" accesskey="n" rel="next">\D <p>Synopsis: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\DeclareTextComposite{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>simple_object</var>}{<var>slot</var>} +<pre class="example">\DeclareTextComposite{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>simple_object</var>}{<var>slot</var>} </pre></div> <p>Access an accented glyph directly, that is, without having to put an @@ -2494,26 +2414,28 @@ accent over a separate character. </p> <p>This line from <samp>t1enc.def</samp> means that <code>\^o</code> will cause LaTeX to typeset lowercase ‘<samp>o</samp>’ by taking the character -directly from location 224 in the font. +directly from slot 224 in the font. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\DeclareTextComposite{\^}{T1}{o}{244} </pre></div> -<p>See <a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a>, for a list of common encodings. The +<p>See <a href="#fontenc-package"><code>fontenc</code> package</a>, for a list of common encodings. The <var>simple_object</var> should be a single character or a single command. The <var>slot</var> argument is usually a positive integer represented in decimal (although octal or hexadecimal are possible). Normally -<var>cmd</var> has already been declared for this encoding, either with +\<var>cmd</var> has already been declared for this encoding, either with <code>\DeclareTextAccent</code> or with a one-argument <code>\DeclareTextCommand</code>. In <samp>t1enc.def</samp>, the above line follows the <code>\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2}</code> command. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol" accesskey="n" rel="next">\DeclareTextSymbol</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\DeclareTextComposite</a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up">fontenc package</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\DeclareTextComposite</code></a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>fontenc</code> package</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.7 <code>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></h4> @@ -2523,11 +2445,11 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol" accesskey="n" rel="next">\DeclareText <p>Synopsis: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>arg</var>}{<var>code</var>} +<pre class="example">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>arg</var>}{<var>code</var>} </pre></div> <p>A more general version of <code>\DeclareTextComposite</code> that runs -arbitrary code with <var>cmd</var>. +arbitrary code with <code>\<var>cmd</var></code>. </p> <p>This allows accents on ‘<samp>i</samp>’ to act like accents on dotless i, <code>\i</code>. @@ -2536,25 +2458,27 @@ arbitrary code with <var>cmd</var>. <pre class="example">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{OT1}{i}{\'\i} </pre></div> -<p>See <a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a>, for a list of common encodings. Normally -<var>cmd</var> will have already been declared with <code>\DeclareTextAccent</code> +<p>See <a href="#fontenc-package"><code>fontenc</code> package</a>, for a list of common encodings. Normally +<code>\<var>cmd</var></code> will have already been declared with <code>\DeclareTextAccent</code> or as a one argument <code>\DeclareTextCommand</code>. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault" accesskey="n" rel="next">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up">fontenc package</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>fontenc</code> package</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.8 <code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></h4> <span id="index-symbol_002c-defining"></span> -<span id="index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol"></span> +<span id="index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol-1"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\DeclareTextSymbol{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>slot</var>} +<pre class="example">\DeclareTextSymbol{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>slot</var>} </pre></div> <p>Define a symbol in the encoding <var>encoding</var> at the location @@ -2569,39 +2493,41 @@ glyph to use for «, the left guillemet. </pre></div> <p>The command <code>\DeclareTextCommand{\guillemotleft}{T1}{\char -19}</code> has the same effect but is slower (see <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand">\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand</a>). +19}</code> has the same effect but is slower (see <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand"><code>\DeclareTextCommand</code> & <code>\ProvideTextCommand</code></a>). </p> -<p>See <a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a>, for a list of common encodings. The <var>slot</var> +<p>See <a href="#fontenc-package"><code>fontenc</code> package</a>, for a list of common encodings. The <var>slot</var> can be specified in decimal, or octal (as in <code>'023</code>), or hexadecimal (as in <code>"13</code>), although decimal has the advantage that single quote or double quote could be redefined by another package. </p> -<p>If <var>cmd</var> has already been defined then <code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code> -does not give an error but it does log the redefinition in the -transcript file. +<p>If <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> has already been defined then +<code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code> does not give an error but it does log the +redefinition in the transcript file. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding" accesskey="n" rel="next">\LastDeclaredEncoding</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\DeclareTextSymbol</a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up">fontenc package</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>fontenc</code> package</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.9 <code>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></h4> <span id="index-accents_002c-defining-5"></span> -<span id="index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol-1"></span> +<span id="index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol-2"></span> <span id="index-_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>} +<pre class="example">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>} </pre></div> -<p>If there is an encoding-specific symbol command <var>cmd</var> but there is no -associated <code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code> for that encoding, then this command -will pick up the slack, by saying to get the symbol as described for -<var>encoding</var>. +<p>If there is an encoding-specific symbol command <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> but +there is no associated <code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code> for that encoding, then +this command will pick up the slack, by saying to get the symbol as +described for <var>encoding</var>. </p> <p>For example, to declare that if the current encoding has no meaning for <code>\textdollar</code> then use the one from <code>OT1</code>, declare this. @@ -2610,11 +2536,11 @@ will pick up the slack, by saying to get the symbol as described for <pre class="example">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textdollar}{OT1} </pre></div> -<p>That is, this command is equivalent to this call (see <a href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent">\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent</a>). +<p>That is, this command is equivalent to this call (see <a href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent"><code>\UseTextSymbol</code> & <code>\UseTextAccent</code></a>). </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\DeclareTextCommandDefault{<var>cmd</var>} - {\UseTextSymbol{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>cmd</var>}} +<pre class="example">\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\<var>cmd</var>} + {\UseTextSymbol{<var>encoding</var>}{\<var>cmd</var>}} </pre></div> <p>Note that <code>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code> can be used to define a @@ -2622,9 +2548,11 @@ default for any zero-argument <samp>fontenc</samp> command. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent" accesskey="n" rel="next">\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up">fontenc package</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\UseTextSymbol</code> & <code>\UseTextAccent</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>fontenc</code> package</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.10 <code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></h4> @@ -2638,7 +2566,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent" accesskey="n" re <p>Get the name of the most recently declared encoding. The <code>\DeclareFontEncoding</code> command stores the name so that it can be -retrieved with this command (see <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding">\DeclareFontEncoding</a>). +retrieved with this command (see <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding"><code>\DeclareFontEncoding</code></a>). </p> <p>This relies on <code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code> rather than give the name of the encoding explicitly. @@ -2650,9 +2578,11 @@ name of the encoding explicitly. <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\LastDeclaredEncoding</a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up">fontenc package</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>fontenc</code> package</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.11 <code>\UseTextSymbol</code> & <code>\UseTextAccent</code></h4> @@ -2662,13 +2592,13 @@ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\Last <p>Synopsis: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\UseTextSymbol{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>cmd</var>} +<pre class="example">\UseTextSymbol{<var>encoding</var>}{\<var>cmd</var>} </pre></div> <p>or: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\UseTextAccent{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>text</var>} +<pre class="example">\UseTextAccent{<var>encoding</var>}{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>text</var>} </pre></div> <p>Use a symbol or accent not from the current encoding. @@ -2707,9 +2637,12 @@ and only the accent is taken from <code>OT1</code>. </p> <hr> -<span id="Font-styles"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Font-styles"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Font-sizes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Font sizes</a>, Previous: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="p" rel="prev">fontenc package</a>, Up: <a href="#Fonts" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fonts</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Font-sizes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Font sizes</a>, Previous: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>fontenc</code> package</a>, Up: <a href="#Fonts" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fonts</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Font-styles-1"></span><h3 class="section">4.2 Font styles</h3> @@ -2737,7 +2670,7 @@ you can get bold sans serif by saying either of <span id="index-_005cnocorrlist"></span> <span id="index-_005cnocorr"></span> <p>One advantage of these commands is that they automatically insert italic -corrections if needed (see <a href="#g_t_005c_002f">\/</a>). Specifically, they insert the +corrections if needed (see <a href="#g_t_005c_002f"><code>\/</code></a>). Specifically, they insert the italic correction unless the following character is in the list <code>\nocorrlist</code>, which by default consists of period and comma. To suppress the automatic insertion of italic correction, use @@ -2745,63 +2678,53 @@ To suppress the automatic insertion of italic correction, use <code>\textit{\nocorr text}</code> or <code>\textsc{text \nocorr}</code>. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>\textrm (\rmfamily)</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005ctextrm"></span> -<span id="index-_005crmfamily"></span> +<dt id='index-_005ctextrm'><span><code>\textrm (\rmfamily)</code><a href='#index-_005ctextrm' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005crmfamily"></span> <p>Roman. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textit (\itshape)</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005ctextit"></span> -<span id="index-_005citshape"></span> +<dt id='index-_005ctextit'><span><code>\textit (\itshape)</code><a href='#index-_005ctextit' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005citshape"></span> <p>Italics. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textmd (\mdseries)</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005ctextmd"></span> -<span id="index-_005cmdseries"></span> +<dt id='index-_005ctextmd'><span><code>\textmd (\mdseries)</code><a href='#index-_005ctextmd' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cmdseries"></span> <p>Medium weight (default). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textbf (\bfseries)</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005ctextbf"></span> -<span id="index-_005cbfseries"></span> +<dt id='index-_005ctextbf'><span><code>\textbf (\bfseries)</code><a href='#index-_005ctextbf' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cbfseries"></span> <p>Boldface. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textup (\upshape)</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005ctextup"></span> -<span id="index-_005cupshape"></span> +<dt id='index-_005ctextup'><span><code>\textup (\upshape)</code><a href='#index-_005ctextup' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cupshape"></span> <p>Upright (default). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textsl (\slshape)</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005ctextsl"></span> -<span id="index-_005cslshape"></span> +<dt id='index-_005ctextsl'><span><code>\textsl (\slshape)</code><a href='#index-_005ctextsl' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cslshape"></span> <p>Slanted. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textsf (\sffamily)</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005ctextsf"></span> -<span id="index-_005csffamily"></span> +<dt id='index-_005ctextsf'><span><code>\textsf (\sffamily)</code><a href='#index-_005ctextsf' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005csffamily"></span> <p>Sans serif. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textsc (\scshape)</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005ctextsc"></span> -<span id="index-_005cscshape"></span> +<dt id='index-_005ctextsc'><span><code>\textsc (\scshape)</code><a href='#index-_005ctextsc' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cscshape"></span> <p>Small caps. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\texttt (\ttfamily)</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005ctexttt"></span> -<span id="index-_005cttfamily"></span> +<dt id='index-_005ctexttt'><span><code>\texttt (\ttfamily)</code><a href='#index-_005ctexttt' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cttfamily"></span> <p>Typewriter. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textnormal (\normalfont)</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005ctextnormal"></span> -<span id="index-_005cnormalfont"></span> +<dt id='index-_005ctextnormal'><span><code>\textnormal (\normalfont)</code><a href='#index-_005ctextnormal' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cnormalfont"></span> <p>Main document font. </p> </dd> @@ -2827,60 +2750,44 @@ circumstances. But sometimes an unconditional font switch is what is needed.) </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>\bf</code> -<span id="index-_005cbf"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cbf'><span><code>\bf</code><a href='#index-_005cbf' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-bold-font"></span> <p>Switch to bold face. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\cal</code> -<span id="index-_005ccal"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ccal'><span><code>\cal</code><a href='#index-_005ccal' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-script-letters-for-math"></span> <span id="index-calligraphic-letters-for-math"></span> <p>Switch to calligraphic letters for math. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\it</code> -<span id="index-_005cit"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cit'><span><code>\it</code><a href='#index-_005cit' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-italic-font"></span> <p>Italics. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\rm</code> -<span id="index-_005crm"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005crm'><span><code>\rm</code><a href='#index-_005crm' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-roman-font"></span> <p>Roman. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\sc</code> -<span id="index-_005csc"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005csc'><span><code>\sc</code><a href='#index-_005csc' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-small-caps-font"></span> <p>Small caps. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\sf</code> -<span id="index-_005csf"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005csf'><span><code>\sf</code><a href='#index-_005csf' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-sans-serif-font"></span> <p>Sans serif. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\sl</code> -<span id="index-_005csl"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005csl'><span><code>\sl</code><a href='#index-_005csl' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-slanted-font"></span> <span id="index-oblique-font"></span> <p>Slanted (oblique). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\tt</code> -<span id="index-_005ctt"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctt'><span><code>\tt</code><a href='#index-_005ctt' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-typewriter-font"></span> <span id="index-monospace-font"></span> <span id="index-fixed_002dwidth-font"></span> @@ -2898,39 +2805,33 @@ italics. This is because typically math symbols need consistent typographic treatment, regardless of the surrounding environment. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>\mathrm</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cmathrm"></span> -<p>Roman, for use in math mode. +<dt id='index-_005cmathrm'><span><code>\mathrm</code><a href='#index-_005cmathrm' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><p>Roman, for use in math mode. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\mathbf</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cmathbf"></span> -<p>Boldface, for use in math mode. +<dt id='index-_005cmathbf'><span><code>\mathbf</code><a href='#index-_005cmathbf' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><p>Boldface, for use in math mode. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\mathsf</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cmathsf"></span> -<p>Sans serif, for use in math mode. +<dt id='index-_005cmathsf'><span><code>\mathsf</code><a href='#index-_005cmathsf' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><p>Sans serif, for use in math mode. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\mathtt</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cmathtt"></span> -<p>Typewriter, for use in math mode. +<dt id='index-_005cmathtt'><span><code>\mathtt</code><a href='#index-_005cmathtt' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><p>Typewriter, for use in math mode. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\mathit</code></dt> -<dt><code>(\mit)</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>\mathit</code></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>(\mit)</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Italics, for use in math mode. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\mathnormal</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cmathnormal"></span> -<p>For use in math mode, e.g., inside another type style declaration. +<dt id='index-_005cmathnormal'><span><code>\mathnormal</code><a href='#index-_005cmathnormal' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><p>For use in math mode, e.g., inside another type style declaration. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\mathcal</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cmathcal"></span> -<p>Calligraphic letters, for use in math mode. +<dt id='index-_005cmathcal'><span><code>\mathcal</code><a href='#index-_005cmathcal' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><p>Calligraphic letters, for use in math mode. </p> </dd> </dl> @@ -2958,7 +2859,9 @@ entry: <a href="https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-osf">https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-osf</ </p> <hr> -<span id="Font-sizes"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Font-sizes"> +<div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands" accesskey="n" rel="next">Low-level font commands</a>, Previous: <a href="#Font-styles" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Font styles</a>, Up: <a href="#Fonts" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fonts</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -3013,6 +2916,18 @@ since that is how they are typically used. For example. style command or the end of the current group, so you could enclose it in curly braces <code>{\small This text is typeset in the small font.}</code>. </p> +<p>Trying to use these commands in math, as with <code>$\small mv^2/2$</code>, +results in ‘<samp>LaTeX Font Warning: Command \small +invalid in math mode</samp>’, and the font size doesn’t +change. To work with a too-large formula, often the best option is to +use the <code>displaymath</code> environment (see <a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a>), or +one of the environments from the <code>amsmath</code> package. For inline +mathematics, such as in a table of formulas, an alternative is something +like <code>{\small $mv^2/2$}</code>. (Sometimes <code>\scriptsize</code> and +<code>\scriptstyle</code> are confused. Both change the font size, but the +latter also changes a number of other aspects of how mathematics is +typeset. See <a href="#Math-styles">Math styles</a>.) +</p> <span id="index-environment-form-of-font-size-commands"></span> <p>An <em>environment form</em> of each of these commands is also defined; for instance, <code>\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}</code>. However, in practice @@ -3029,7 +2944,9 @@ this particular use is not rare.) </p> <hr> -<span id="Low_002dlevel-font-commands"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Low_002dlevel-font-commands"> +<div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#Font-sizes" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Font sizes</a>, Up: <a href="#Fonts" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fonts</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -3044,9 +2961,8 @@ ones. </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dd><span id="low-level-font-commands-fontencoding"></span></dd> -<dt><code>\fontencoding{<var>encoding</var>}</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cfontencoding"></span> -<p>Select the font encoding, the encoding of the output font. There are a +<dt id='index-_005cfontencoding'><span><code>\fontencoding{<var>encoding</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cfontencoding' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><p>Select the font encoding, the encoding of the output font. There are a large number of valid encodings. The most common are <code>OT1</code>, Knuth’s original encoding for Computer Modern (the default), and <code>T1</code>, also known as the Cork encoding, which has support for the @@ -3056,9 +2972,8 @@ hyphenate words containing accented letters. For more, see <a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/encguide">https://ctan.org/pkg/encguide</a>. </p> <span id="low-level-font-commands-fontfamily"></span></dd> -<dt><code>\fontfamily{<var>family</var>}</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cfontfamily"></span> -<span id="index-families_002c-of-fonts"></span> +<dt id='index-_005cfontfamily'><span><code>\fontfamily{<var>family</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cfontfamily' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-families_002c-of-fonts"></span> <span id="index-font-catalogue"></span> <p>Select the font family. The web page <a href="https://tug.org/FontCatalogue/">https://tug.org/FontCatalogue/</a> provides one way to browse @@ -3090,9 +3005,8 @@ examples of some common families. <span id="low-level-font-commands-fontseries"></span></dd> -<dt><code>\fontseries{<var>series</var>}</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cfontseries"></span> -<span id="index-series_002c-of-fonts"></span> +<dt id='index-_005cfontseries'><span><code>\fontseries{<var>series</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cfontseries' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-series_002c-of-fonts"></span> <p>Select the font series. A <em>series</em> combines a <em>weight</em> and a <em>width</em>. Typically, a font supports only a few of the possible combinations. Some common combined series values include: @@ -3141,11 +3055,10 @@ relationship of these terms varies with individual typefaces): weight and width are <code>m</code>, in which case use just one (‘<samp><code>m</code></samp>’). </p> -</dd> -<dt><code>\fontshape{<var>shape</var>}</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cfontshape"></span> -<span id="index-shapes_002c-of-fonts"></span> -<span id="low-level-font-commands-fontshape"></span><p>Select font shape. Valid shapes are: +<span id="low-level-font-commands-fontshape"></span></dd> +<dt id='index-_005cfontshape'><span><code>\fontshape{<var>shape</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cfontshape' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-shapes_002c-of-fonts"></span> +<p>Select font shape. Valid shapes are: </p> <table> <tr><td><code>n</code></td><td>Upright (normal)</td></tr> @@ -3160,9 +3073,8 @@ weight and width are <code>m</code>, in which case use just one small caps are often missing as well. </p> <span id="low-level-font-commands-fontsize"></span></dd> -<dt><code>\fontsize{<var>size</var>}{<var>skip</var>}</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cfontsize"></span> -<span id="index-font-size"></span> +<dt id='index-_005cfontsize'><span><code>\fontsize{<var>size</var>}{<var>skip</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cfontsize' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-font-size"></span> <span id="index-_005cbaselineskip"></span> <p>Set the font size and the line spacing. The unit of both parameters defaults to points (<code>pt</code>). The line spacing is the nominal @@ -3171,31 +3083,26 @@ parameter <code>\baselineskip</code>. The default <code>\baselineskip</code> fo the Computer Modern typeface is 1.2 times the <code>\fontsize</code>. Changing <code>\baselineskip</code> directly is inadvisable since its value is reset every time a size change happens; instead use -<code>\baselinestretch</code>. (see <a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a>). +<code>\baselinestretch</code>. (see <a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch"><code>\baselineskip</code> & <code>\baselinestretch</code></a>). </p> <span id="low-level-font-commands-linespread"></span></dd> -<dt><code>\linespread{<var>factor</var>}</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005clinespread"></span> -<p>Equivalent to -<code>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<var>factor</var>}</code>, and -therefore must be followed by <code>\selectfont</code> to have any effect. -Best specified in the preamble, or use the <code>setspace</code> package, as -just described. +<dt id='index-_005clinespread'><span><code>\linespread{<var>factor</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005clinespread' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><p>Equivalent to <code>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<var>factor</var>}</code>, +and therefore must be followed by <code>\selectfont</code> to have any +effect. Best specified in the preamble. See <a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch"><code>\baselineskip</code> & <code>\baselinestretch</code></a>, for using <code>setspace</code> package instead. </p> <span id="low-level-font-commands-selectfont"></span></dd> -<dt><code>\selectfont</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cselectfont"></span> -<p>The effects of the font commands described above do not happen until +<dt id='index-_005cselectfont'><span><code>\selectfont</code><a href='#index-_005cselectfont' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><p>The effects of the font commands described above do not happen until <code>\selectfont</code> is called, as in <code>\fontfamily{<var>familyname</var>}\selectfont</code>. It is often useful to put this in a macro:<br> <code>\newcommand*{\myfont}{\fontfamily{<var>familyname</var>}\selectfont}</code><br> -(see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a>). +(see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><code>\newcommand</code> & <code>\renewcommand</code></a>). </p> <span id="low-level-font-commands-usefont"></span></dd> -<dt><code>\usefont{<var>enc</var>}{<var>family</var>}{<var>series</var>}{<var>shape</var>}</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cusefont"></span> -<p>The same as invoking <code>\fontencoding</code>, <code>\fontfamily</code>, +<dt id='index-_005cusefont'><span><code>\usefont{<var>enc</var>}{<var>family</var>}{<var>series</var>}{<var>shape</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cusefont' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><p>The same as invoking <code>\fontencoding</code>, <code>\fontfamily</code>, <code>\fontseries</code> and <code>\fontshape</code> with the given parameters, followed by <code>\selectfont</code>. For example: </p> @@ -3208,9 +3115,12 @@ followed by <code>\selectfont</code>. For example: <hr> -<span id="Layout"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="chapter" id="Layout"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="n" rel="next">Sectioning</a>, Previous: <a href="#Fonts" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Fonts</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="n" rel="next">Sectioning</a>, Previous: <a href="#Fonts" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Fonts</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Layout-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">5 Layout</h2> @@ -3218,28 +3128,22 @@ Next: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="n" rel="next">Sectioning</a>, Previous: < <p>Commands for controlling the general page layout. </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005conecolumn" accesskey="1">\onecolumn</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Use one-column layout. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn" accesskey="2">\twocolumn</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Use two-column layout. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom" accesskey="3">\flushbottom</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Make all text pages the same height. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom" accesskey="4">\raggedbottom</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Allow text pages of differing height. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Page-layout-parameters" accesskey="5">Page layout parameters</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"><code>\headheight</code> <code>\footskip</code>. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch" accesskey="6">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Space between lines. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Floats" accesskey="7">Floats</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Figures, tables, etc. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005conecolumn" accesskey="1"><code>\onecolumn</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn" accesskey="2"><code>\twocolumn</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom" accesskey="3"><code>\flushbottom</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom" accesskey="4"><code>\raggedbottom</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#Page-layout-parameters" accesskey="5">Page layout parameters</a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch" accesskey="6"><code>\baselineskip</code> & <code>\baselinestretch</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#Floats" accesskey="7">Floats</a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005conecolumn"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005conecolumn"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn" accesskey="n" rel="next">\twocolumn</a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\twocolumn</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005conecolumn-1"></span><h3 class="section">5.1 <code>\onecolumn</code></h3> @@ -3255,13 +3159,15 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn" accesskey="n" rel="next">\twocolumn</a>, Up: <p>Start a new page and produce single-column output. If the document is given the class option <code>onecolumn</code> then this is the default behavior (see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>). This command is fragile -(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005ctwocolumn"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005ctwocolumn"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom" accesskey="n" rel="next">\flushbottom</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005conecolumn" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\onecolumn</a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\flushbottom</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005conecolumn" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\onecolumn</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005ctwocolumn-1"></span><h3 class="section">5.2 <code>\twocolumn</code></h3> @@ -3279,7 +3185,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom" accesskey="n" rel="next">\flushbottom</a>, <p>Start a new page and produce two-column output. If the document is given the class option <code>twocolumn</code> then this is the default (see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>). This command is fragile -(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <p>If the optional <var>prelim one column text</var> argument is present, it is typeset in one-column mode before the two-column @@ -3288,18 +3194,14 @@ typesetting starts. <p>These parameters control typesetting in two-column output: </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>\columnsep</code> -<span id="index-_005ccolumnsep"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ccolumnsep'><span><code>\columnsep</code><a href='#index-_005ccolumnsep' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="twocolumn-columnsep"></span><p>The distance between columns. The default is 35pt. Change it with a command such as <code>\setlength{\columnsep}{40pt}</code>. You must change it before the two column mode starts; in the preamble is a good place. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\columnseprule</code> -<span id="index-_005ccolumnseprule"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ccolumnseprule'><span><code>\columnseprule</code><a href='#index-_005ccolumnseprule' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="twocolumn-columnseprule"></span><p>The width of the rule between columns. The default is 0pt, meaning that there is no rule. Otherwise, the rule appears halfway between the two columns. Change it with a command such as @@ -3307,9 +3209,7 @@ columns. Change it with a command such as mode starts. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\columnwidth</code> -<span id="index-_005ccolumnwidth"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ccolumnwidth'><span><code>\columnwidth</code><a href='#index-_005ccolumnwidth' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="twocolumn-columnwidth"></span><p>The width of a single column. In one-column mode this is equal to <code>\textwidth</code>. In two-column mode by default LaTeX sets the width of each of the two columns, <code>\columnwidth</code>, to be half of @@ -3320,15 +3220,13 @@ width of each of the two columns, <code>\columnwidth</code>, to be half of <p>In a two-column document, the starred environments <code>table*</code> and <code>figure*</code> are two columns wide, whereas the unstarred environments -<code>table</code> and <code>figure</code> take up only one column (see <a href="#figure">figure</a> -and see <a href="#table">table</a>). LaTeX places starred floats at the top of a page. +<code>table</code> and <code>figure</code> take up only one column (see <a href="#figure"><code>figure</code></a> +and see <a href="#table"><code>table</code></a>). LaTeX places starred floats at the top of a page. The following parameters control float behavior of two-column output. </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dd><span id="twocolumn-dbltopfraction"></span></dd> -<dt><code>\dbltopfraction</code> -<span id="index-_005cdbltopfraction"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cdbltopfraction'><span><code>\dbltopfraction</code><a href='#index-_005cdbltopfraction' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>The maximum fraction at the top of a two-column page that may be occupied by two-column wide floats. The default is 0.7, meaning that the height of a <code>table*</code> or <code>figure*</code> environment must not @@ -3351,17 +3249,13 @@ to avoid going to float pages so soon. <code>\renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{0.9}</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\dblfloatpagefraction</code> -<span id="index-_005cdblfloatpagefraction"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cdblfloatpagefraction'><span><code>\dblfloatpagefraction</code><a href='#index-_005cdblfloatpagefraction' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction"></span><p>For a float page of two-column wide floats, this is the minimum fraction that must be occupied by floats, limiting the amount of blank space. LaTeX’s default is <code>0.5</code>. Change it with <code>\renewcommand</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\dblfloatsep</code> -<span id="index-_005cdblfloatsep"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cdblfloatsep'><span><code>\dblfloatsep</code><a href='#index-_005cdblfloatsep' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="twocolumn-dblfloatsep"></span><p>On a float page of two-column wide floats, this length is the distance between floats, at both the top and bottom of the page. The default is <code>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</code> for a document set at <code>10pt</code> or @@ -3369,17 +3263,13 @@ between floats, at both the top and bottom of the page. The default is <code>12pt</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\dbltextfloatsep</code> -<span id="index-_005cdbltextfloatsep"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cdbltextfloatsep'><span><code>\dbltextfloatsep</code><a href='#index-_005cdbltextfloatsep' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep"></span><p>This length is the distance between a multi-column float at the top or bottom of a page and the main text. The default is <code>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\dbltopnumber</code> -<span id="index-_005cdbltopnumber"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cdbltopnumber'><span><code>\dbltopnumber</code><a href='#index-_005cdbltopnumber' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="twocolumn-dbltopnumber"></span><p>On a float page of two-column wide floats, this counter gives the maximum number of floats allowed at the top of the page. The LaTeX default is <code>2</code>. @@ -3412,9 +3302,11 @@ Two column text here. <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cflushbottom"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cflushbottom"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom" accesskey="n" rel="next">\raggedbottom</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\twocolumn</a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\raggedbottom</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\twocolumn</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cflushbottom-1"></span><h3 class="section">5.3 <code>\flushbottom</code></h3> @@ -3428,21 +3320,23 @@ differences in facing pages can be glaring. <p>If TeX cannot satisfactorily stretch the vertical space in a page then you get a message like ‘<samp>Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has occurred while \output is active</samp>’. If you get that, one option is to -change to <code>\raggedbottom</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a>). Alternatively, +change to <code>\raggedbottom</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom"><code>\raggedbottom</code></a>). Alternatively, you can adjust the <code>textheight</code> to make compatible pages, or you can add some vertical stretch glue between lines or between paragraphs, as in <code>\setlength{\parskip}{0ex plus0.1ex}</code>. Your last option is to, in a final editing stage, adjust the height of individual pages -(see <a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</a>). +(see <a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage"><code>\enlargethispage</code></a>). </p> <p>The <code>\flushbottom</code> state is the default only if you select the <code>twoside</code> document class option (see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>). </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005craggedbottom"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005craggedbottom"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Page-layout-parameters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Page layout parameters</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\flushbottom</a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Page-layout-parameters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Page layout parameters</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\flushbottom</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005craggedbottom-1"></span><h3 class="section">5.4 <code>\raggedbottom</code></h3> @@ -3452,16 +3346,18 @@ Next: <a href="#Page-layout-parameters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Page layout par <p>Make all later pages the natural height of the material on that page; no rubber vertical lengths will be stretched. Thus, in a two-sided document the facing pages may be different heights. This command can go -at any point in the document body. See <a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom">\flushbottom</a>. +at any point in the document body. See <a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom"><code>\flushbottom</code></a>. </p> <p>This is the default unless you select the <code>twoside</code> document class option (see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>). </p> <hr> -<span id="Page-layout-parameters"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Page-layout-parameters"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch" accesskey="n" rel="next">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\raggedbottom</a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\baselineskip</code> & <code>\baselinestretch</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\raggedbottom</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Page-layout-parameters-1"></span><h3 class="section">5.5 Page layout parameters</h3> @@ -3473,36 +3369,26 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch" accesskey="n" r <span id="index-running-header-and-footer"></span> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>\columnsep</code> -<span id="index-_005ccolumnsep-1"></span> -</dt> -<dt><code>\columnseprule</code> -<span id="index-_005ccolumnseprule-1"></span> -</dt> -<dt><code>\columnwidth</code> -<span id="index-_005ccolumnwidth-1"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ccolumnsep-1'><span><code>\columnsep</code><a href='#index-_005ccolumnsep-1' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt id='index-_005ccolumnseprule-1'><span><code>\columnseprule</code><a href='#index-_005ccolumnseprule-1' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt id='index-_005ccolumnwidth-1'><span><code>\columnwidth</code><a href='#index-_005ccolumnwidth-1' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-_005ccolumnsep-2"></span> <span id="index-_005ccolumnseprule-2"></span> <span id="index-_005ccolumnwidth-2"></span> <span id="page-layout-parameters-columnsep"></span><span id="page-layout-parameters-columnseprule"></span><span id="page-layout-parameters-columnwidth"></span><p>The distance between the two columns, the width of a rule between the columns, and the width of the columns, when the document class option <code>twocolumn</code> is in effect (see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>). -See <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a>. +See <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn"><code>\twocolumn</code></a>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\headheight</code> -<span id="index-_005cheadheight"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cheadheight'><span><code>\headheight</code><a href='#index-_005cheadheight' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-_005cheadheight-1"></span> <span id="page-layout-parameters-headheight"></span><p>Height of the box that contains the running head. The default in the <code>article</code>, <code>report</code>, and <code>book</code> classes is ‘<samp>12pt</samp>’, at all type sizes. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\headsep</code> -<span id="index-_005cheadsep"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cheadsep'><span><code>\headsep</code><a href='#index-_005cheadsep' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-_005cheadsep-1"></span> <span id="page-layout-parameters-headsep"></span><p>Vertical distance between the bottom of the header line and the top of the main text. The default in the <code>article</code> and <code>report</code> @@ -3511,9 +3397,7 @@ document is set at 10pt then it is ‘<samp>0.25in</samp>’, and at 11p it is ‘<samp>0.275in</samp>’. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\footskip</code> -<span id="index-_005cfootskip"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cfootskip'><span><code>\footskip</code><a href='#index-_005cfootskip' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-_005cfootskip-1"></span> <span id="page-layout-parameters-footskip"></span><p>Distance from the baseline of the last line of text to the baseline of the page footer. The default in the <code>article</code> and <code>report</code> @@ -3522,26 +3406,18 @@ the type size is 10pt the default is ‘<samp>0.35in</samp>’, while at ‘<samp>0.38in</samp>’, and at 12pt it is ‘<samp>30pt</samp>’. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\linewidth</code> -<span id="index-_005clinewidth"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005clinewidth'><span><code>\linewidth</code><a href='#index-_005clinewidth' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-_005clinewidth-1"></span> <span id="page-layout-parameters-linewidth"></span><p>Width of the current line, decreased for each nested <code>list</code> -(see <a href="#list">list</a>). That is, the nominal value for <code>\linewidth</code> is to +(see <a href="#list"><code>list</code></a>). That is, the nominal value for <code>\linewidth</code> is to equal <code>\textwidth</code> but for each nested list the <code>\linewidth</code> is decreased by the sum of that list’s <code>\leftmargin</code> and -<code>\rightmargin</code> (see <a href="#itemize">itemize</a>). -</p> -</dd> -<dt><code>\marginparpush</code> -<span id="index-_005cmarginparpush"></span> -</dt> -<dt><code>\marginsep</code> -<span id="index-_005cmarginsep"></span> -</dt> -<dt><code>\marginparwidth</code> -<span id="index-_005cmarginparwidth"></span> -</dt> +<code>\rightmargin</code> (see <a href="#itemize"><code>itemize</code></a>). +</p> +</dd> +<dt id='index-_005cmarginparpush'><span><code>\marginparpush</code><a href='#index-_005cmarginparpush' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt id='index-_005cmarginsep'><span><code>\marginsep</code><a href='#index-_005cmarginsep' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt id='index-_005cmarginparwidth'><span><code>\marginparwidth</code><a href='#index-_005cmarginparwidth' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-_005cmarginparpush-1"></span> <span id="index-_005cmarginsep-1"></span> <span id="index-_005cmarginparwidth-1"></span> @@ -3570,12 +3446,8 @@ classes, in two-column mode the default is 60% of <code>\paperwidth distance. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\oddsidemargin</code> -<span id="index-_005coddsidemargin-1"></span> -</dt> -<dt><code>\evensidemargin</code> -<span id="index-_005cevensidemargin-1"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005coddsidemargin-1'><span><code>\oddsidemargin</code><a href='#index-_005coddsidemargin-1' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt id='index-_005cevensidemargin-1'><span><code>\evensidemargin</code><a href='#index-_005cevensidemargin-1' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-_005coddsidemargin-2"></span> <span id="index-_005cevensidemargin-2"></span> <span id="page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin"></span><span id="page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin"></span><p>The <code>\oddsidemargin</code> length is the extra distance between the left side of @@ -3590,27 +3462,21 @@ difference between <code>\paperwidth</code> and <code>\textwidth</code>, and <code>\evensidemargin</code> is the remainder. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\paperheight</code> -<span id="index-_005cpaperheight"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cpaperheight'><span><code>\paperheight</code><a href='#index-_005cpaperheight' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-_005cpaperheight-1"></span> <span id="page-layout-parameters-paperheight"></span><p>The height of the paper, as distinct from the height of the print area. Normally set with a document class option, as in <code>\documentclass[a4paper]{article}</code> (see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\paperwidth</code> -<span id="index-_005cpaperwidth"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cpaperwidth'><span><code>\paperwidth</code><a href='#index-_005cpaperwidth' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-_005cpaperwidth-1"></span> <span id="page-layout-parameters-paperwidth"></span><p>The width of the paper, as distinct from the width of the print area. Normally set with a document class option, as in <code>\documentclass[a4paper]{article}</code> (see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textheight</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextheight"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextheight'><span><code>\textheight</code><a href='#index-_005ctextheight' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-_005ctextheight-1"></span> <span id="page-layout-parameters-textheight"></span><p>The normal vertical height of the page body. If the document is set at a nominal type size of 10pt then for an <code>article</code> or <code>report</code> @@ -3620,9 +3486,7 @@ the default is ‘<samp>43\baselineskip</samp>’, while for a <code>boo ‘<samp>36\baselineskip</samp>’ for all classes. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textwidth</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextwidth"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextwidth'><span><code>\textwidth</code><a href='#index-_005ctextwidth' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-_005ctextwidth-1"></span> <span id="page-layout-parameters-textwidth"></span><p>The full horizontal width of the entire page body. For an <code>article</code> or <code>report</code> document, the default is ‘<samp>345pt</samp>’ @@ -3632,30 +3496,26 @@ is ‘<samp>4.5in</samp>’ at a type size of 10pt, and ‘<samp>5in </p> <p>In multi-column output, <code>\textwidth</code> remains the width of the entire page body, while <code>\columnwidth</code> is the width of one column -(see <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a>). +(see <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn"><code>\twocolumn</code></a>). </p> -<p>In lists (see <a href="#list">list</a>), <code>\textwidth</code> remains the width of the +<p>In lists (see <a href="#list"><code>list</code></a>), <code>\textwidth</code> remains the width of the entire page body (and <code>\columnwidth</code> the width of the entire column), while <code>\linewidth</code> may decrease for nested lists. </p> -<p>Inside a minipage (see <a href="#minipage">minipage</a>) or <code>\parbox</code> -(see <a href="#g_t_005cparbox">\parbox</a>), all the width-related parameters are set to the +<p>Inside a minipage (see <a href="#minipage"><code>minipage</code></a>) or <code>\parbox</code> +(see <a href="#g_t_005cparbox"><code>\parbox</code></a>), all the width-related parameters are set to the specified width, and revert to their normal values at the end of the <code>minipage</code> or <code>\parbox</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\hsize</code> -<span id="index-_005chsize"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005chsize'><span><code>\hsize</code><a href='#index-_005chsize' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-_005chsize-1"></span> <span id="page-layout-parameters-hsize"></span><p>This entry is included for completeness: <code>\hsize</code> is the TeX primitive parameter used when text is broken into lines. It should not be used in normal LaTeX documents. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\topmargin</code> -<span id="index-_005ctopmargin"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctopmargin'><span><code>\topmargin</code><a href='#index-_005ctopmargin' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-topmargin"></span> <span id="page-layout-parameters-topmargin"></span><p>Space between the top of the TeX page (one inch from the top of the paper, by default) and the top of the header. The value is computed @@ -3664,9 +3524,7 @@ based on many other parameters: <code>\paperheight - 2in - and then divided by two. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\topskip</code> -<span id="index-_005ctopskip"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctopskip'><span><code>\topskip</code><a href='#index-_005ctopskip' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-_005ctopskip-1"></span> <span id="page-layout-parameters-topskip"></span><p>Minimum distance between the top of the page body and the baseline of the first line of text. For the standard classes, the default is the @@ -3677,7 +3535,9 @@ same as the font size, e.g., ‘<samp>10pt</samp>’ at a type size of 1 <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch"> +<div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Floats" accesskey="n" rel="next">Floats</a>, Previous: <a href="#Page-layout-parameters" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Page layout parameters</a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -3692,7 +3552,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Floats" accesskey="n" rel="next">Floats</a>, Previous: <a href=" <span id="index-double-spacing"></span> <p>The <code>\baselineskip</code> is a rubber length (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). It gives -the leading, the normal distance between lines in a paragraph, from +the <em>leading</em>, the normal distance between lines in a paragraph, from baseline to baseline. </p> <p>Ordinarily document authors do not directly change <code>\baselineskip</code> @@ -3717,7 +3577,7 @@ entire paragraph. As a result, large text in the middle of a paragraph, such as a single <code>{\Huge Q}</code>, will be squashed into its line. TeX will make sure it doesn’t scrape up against the line above but won’t change the <code>\baselineskip</code> for that one line to make extra -room above. For the fix, use a <code>\strut</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a>). +room above. For the fix, use a <code>\strut</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cstrut"><code>\strut</code></a>). </p> <p>The value of <code>\baselineskip</code> that TeX uses for the paragraph is the value in effect at the blank line or command that ends the paragraph @@ -3743,9 +3603,9 @@ lines would be too close together, closer than <code>\lineskiplimit</code>, then TeX instead uses <code>\lineskip</code> as the interline glue. The second is that TeX doesn’t actually use the depth of the previous line. Instead it uses <code>\prevdepth</code>, which usually contains that -depth. But at the beginning of the paragraph (or any vertical list) -or just after a rule, <code>\prevdepth</code> has the value -1000pt and this -special value tells TeX not to insert any interline glue at the +depth. But at the beginning of the paragraph (or any vertical list) or +just after a rule, <code>\prevdepth</code> has the value -1000pt and +this special value tells TeX not to insert any interline glue at the paragraph start. </p> <p>In the standard classes <code>\lineskiplimit</code> is 0pt and @@ -3765,7 +3625,7 @@ document is to put <code>\linespread{<var>factor</var>}</code> in the preamble. For double spacing, take <var>factor</var> to be 1.6 and for one-and-a-half spacing use 1.3. These number are rough: for instance, since the <code>\baselineskip</code> is about 1.2 times the font size, multiplying by -1.6 gives a font size to baseline ratio of about 2. (The +1.6 gives a baseline skip to font size ratio of about 2. (The <code>\linespread</code> command is defined as <code>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<var>factor</var>}</code> so it won’t take effect until a font setting happens. But that always takes place at @@ -3775,7 +3635,7 @@ the start of a document, so there you don’t need to follow it with <span id="index-package_002c-setspace"></span> <span id="index-setspace-package"></span> -<p>A simpler approach is the <samp>setspace</samp> package. The basic example: +<p>A simpler approach is the <code>setspace</code> package. The basic example: </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\usepackage{setspace} @@ -3791,12 +3651,16 @@ environments, such as <code>\begin{doublespace} ... \end{doublespace}</code>. The package also has commands to do arbitrary spacing: <code>\setstretch{<var>factor</var>}</code> and <code>\begin{spacing}{<var>factor</var>} ... \end{spacing}</code>. +This package also keeps the line spacing single-spaced in places +where that is typically desirable, such as footnotes and figure +captions. See the package documentation. </p> - <hr> -<span id="Floats"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Floats"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\baselineskip</code> & <code>\baselinestretch</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Floats-1"></span><h3 class="section">5.7 Floats</h3> @@ -3805,9 +3669,9 @@ across pages. They must be typeset outside of the normal flow of text, for instance floating to the top of a later page. </p> <p>LaTeX can have a number of different classes of floating material. -The default is the two classes, <code>figure</code> (see <a href="#figure">figure</a>) and -<code>table</code> (see <a href="#table">table</a>), but you can create a new class with the -package <samp>float</samp>. +The default is the two classes, <code>figure</code> (see <a href="#figure"><code>figure</code></a>) and +<code>table</code> (see <a href="#table"><code>table</code></a>), but you can create a new class with the +package <code>float</code>. </p> <p>Within any one float class LaTeX always respects the order, so that the first figure in a document source must be typeset before the second @@ -3834,11 +3698,11 @@ letters below. The default for both <code>figure</code> and <code>table</code>, both <code>article</code> and <code>book</code> classes, is <code>tbp</code>. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>t</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>t</code></span></dt> <dd><p>(Top)—at the top of a text page. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>b</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>b</code></span></dt> <dd><p>(Bottom)—at the bottom of a text page. (However, <code>b</code> is not allowed for full-width floats (<code>figure*</code>) with double-column output. To ameliorate this, use the <samp>stfloats</samp> or @@ -3846,7 +3710,7 @@ output. To ameliorate this, use the <samp>stfloats</samp> or FAQ: <a href="https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-2colfloat">https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-2colfloat</a>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>h</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>h</code></span></dt> <dd><p>(Here)—at the position in the text where the <code>figure</code> environment appears. However, <code>h</code> is not allowed by itself; <code>t</code> is automatically added. @@ -3861,13 +3725,12 @@ defines. For further discussion, see the FAQ entry at <a href="https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-figurehere">https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-figurehere</a>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>p</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-float-page"></span> -<p>(Page of floats)—on a separate <em>float page</em>, which is a page +<dt id='index-float-page'><span><code>p</code><a href='#index-float-page' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><p>(Page of floats)—on a separate <em>float page</em>, which is a page containing no text, only floats. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>!</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>!</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Used in addition to one of the above; for this float only, LaTeX ignores the restrictions on both the number of floats that can appear and the relative amounts of float and non-float text on the page. @@ -3900,7 +3763,7 @@ is finished and then flush all outstanding floats. the <var>placement</var> parameter. If this is not desired, and deleting the <code>t</code> is not acceptable as it keeps the float from being placed at the top of the next page, then you can prevent it by either using -the <samp>flafter</samp> package or using the command +the <code>flafter</code> package or using the command <span id="index-_005csuppressfloats"></span> <code>\suppressfloats[t]</code>, which causes floats for the top position on this page to moved to the next page. @@ -3910,34 +3773,26 @@ non-float text (change them with <code>\renewcommand{<var>parameter</var>}{<var>decimal between 0 and 1</var>}</code>): </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>\bottomfraction</code> -<span id="index-_005cbottomfraction"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cbottomfraction'><span><code>\bottomfraction</code><a href='#index-_005cbottomfraction' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-_005cbottomfraction-1"></span> <span id="floats-bottomfraction"></span><p>The maximum fraction of the page allowed to be occupied by floats at the bottom; default ‘<samp>.3</samp>’. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\floatpagefraction</code> -<span id="index-_005cfloatpagefraction"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cfloatpagefraction'><span><code>\floatpagefraction</code><a href='#index-_005cfloatpagefraction' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-_005cfloatpagefraction-1"></span> <span id="floats-floatpagefraction"></span><p>The minimum fraction of a float page that must be occupied by floats; default ‘<samp>.5</samp>’. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textfraction</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextfraction"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextfraction'><span><code>\textfraction</code><a href='#index-_005ctextfraction' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-_005ctextfraction-1"></span> <span id="floats-textfraction"></span><p>Minimum fraction of a page that must be text; if floats take up too much space to preserve this much text, floats will be moved to a different page. The default is ‘<samp>.2</samp>’. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\topfraction</code> -<span id="index-_005ctopfraction"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctopfraction'><span><code>\topfraction</code><a href='#index-_005ctopfraction' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-_005ctopfraction-1"></span> <span id="floats-topfraction"></span><p>Maximum fraction at the top of a page that may be occupied before floats; default ‘<samp>.7</samp>’. @@ -3949,26 +3804,20 @@ command of the form <code>\setlength{<var>parameter</var>}{<var>length expression</var>}</code>): </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>\floatsep</code> -<span id="index-_005cfloatsep"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cfloatsep'><span><code>\floatsep</code><a href='#index-_005cfloatsep' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-_005cfloatsep-1"></span> <span id="floats-floatsep"></span><p>Space between floats at the top or bottom of a page; default ‘<samp>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</samp>’. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\intextsep</code> -<span id="index-_005cintextsep"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cintextsep'><span><code>\intextsep</code><a href='#index-_005cintextsep' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-_005cintextsep-1"></span> <span id="floats-intextsep"></span><p>Space above and below a float in the middle of the main text; default ‘<samp>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</samp>’ for 10 point and 11 point documents, and ‘<samp>14pt plus4pt minus4pt</samp>’ for 12 point documents. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textfloatsep</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextfloatsep"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextfloatsep'><span><code>\textfloatsep</code><a href='#index-_005ctextfloatsep' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-_005ctextfloatsep-1"></span> <span id="floats-textfloatsep"></span><p>Space between the last (first) float at the top (bottom) of a page; default ‘<samp>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</samp>’. @@ -3980,33 +3829,25 @@ command of the form <code>\setcounter{<var>ctrname</var>}{<var>natural number</var>}</code>): </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>bottomnumber</code> -<span id="index-bottomnumber"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-bottomnumber'><span><code>bottomnumber</code><a href='#index-bottomnumber' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-bottomnumber-1"></span> <span id="floats-bottomnumber"></span><p>Maximum number of floats that can appear at the bottom of a text page; default 1. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>dbltopnumber</code> -<span id="index-dbltopnumber"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-dbltopnumber'><span><code>dbltopnumber</code><a href='#index-dbltopnumber' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-dbltopnumber-1"></span> <span id="floats-dbltopnumber"></span><p>Maximum number of full-sized floats that can appear at the top of a two-column page; default 2. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>topnumber</code> -<span id="index-topnumber"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-topnumber'><span><code>topnumber</code><a href='#index-topnumber' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-topnumber-1"></span> <span id="floats-topnumber"></span><p>Maximum number of floats that can appear at the top of a text page; default 2. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>totalnumber</code> -<span id="index-totalnumber"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-totalnumber'><span><code>totalnumber</code><a href='#index-totalnumber' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-totalnumber-1"></span> <span id="floats-totalnumber"></span><p>Maximum number of floats that can appear on a text page; default 3. </p></dd> @@ -4022,10 +3863,115 @@ LaTeX?” (<a href="https://www.latex-project.org/publications/2014-FMi-TUB-tb111mitt-float-placement.pdf">https://www.latex-project.org/publications/2014-FMi-TUB-tb111mitt-float-placement.pdf</a>). </p> + +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005ccaption" accesskey="1"><code>\caption</code></a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="Sectioning"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005ccaption"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="n" rel="next">Cross references</a>, Previous: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Layout</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Up: <a href="#Floats" accesskey="u" rel="up">Floats</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="g_t_005ccaption-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">5.7.1 <code>\caption</code></h4> + +<span id="index-_005ccaption"></span> +<span id="index-captions"></span> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\caption{<var>caption-text</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>or +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\caption[<var>short-caption-text</var>]{<var>caption-text</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>Make a caption for a floating environment, such as a <code>figure</code> or +<code>table</code> environment (see <a href="#figure"><code>figure</code></a> or <a href="#table"><code>table</code></a>). +</p> +<p>In this example, LaTeX places a caption below the vertical blank +space that is left by the author for the later inclusion of a picture. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\begin{figure} + \vspace*{1cm} + \caption{Alonzo Cushing, Battery A, 4th US Artillery.} + \label{fig:CushingPic} +\end{figure} +</pre></div> + +<p>The <code>\caption</code> command will label the <var>caption-text</var> with +something like ‘<samp>Figure 1:</samp>’ for an article or +‘<samp>Figure 1.1:</samp>’ for a book. The text is centered if it is +shorter than the text width, or set as an unindented paragraph if it +takes more than one line. +</p> +<p>In addition to placing the <var>caption-text</var> in the output, the +<code>\caption</code> command also saves that information for use in a list of +figures or list of tables (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>). +</p> +<p>Here the <code>\caption</code> command uses the optional +<var>short-caption-text</var>, so that the shorter text appears in the list +of tables, rather than the longer <var>caption-text</var>. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\begin{table} + \centering + \begin{tabular}{|*{3}{c}|} + \hline + 4 &9 &2 \\ + 3 &5 &7 \\ + 8 &1 &6 \\ + \hline + \end{tabular} + \caption[\textit{Lo Shu} magic square]{% + The \textit{Lo Shu} magic square, which is unique among + squares of order three up to rotation and reflection.} + \label{tab:LoShu} +\end{table} +</pre></div> + +<p>LaTeX will label the <var>caption-text</var> with something like +‘<samp>Table 1:</samp>’ for an article or ‘<samp>Table 1.1:</samp>’ for a +book. +</p> +<p>The caption can appear at the top of the <code>figure</code> or <code>table</code>. +For instance, that would happen in the prior example by putting the +<code>\caption</code> between the <code>\centering</code> and the +<code>\begin{tabular}</code>. +</p> +<p>Different floating environments are numbered separately, by default. It +is <code>\caption</code> that updates the counter, and so any <code>\label</code> +must come after the <code>\caption</code>. The counter for the <code>figure</code> +environment is named <code>figure</code>, and similarly the counter for the +<code>table</code> environment is <code>table</code>. +</p> +<p>The text that will be put in the list of figures or list of tables is +moving argument. If you get the LaTeX error ‘<samp>! Argument of +\@caption has an extra }</samp>’ then you must put <code>\protect</code> in front +of any fragile commands. See <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>. +</p> +<span id="index-package_002c-caption"></span> +<span id="index-caption-package"></span> + +<p>The <code>caption</code> package has many options to adjust how the caption +appears, for example changing the font size, making the caption be +hanging text rather than set as a paragraph, or making the caption +always set as a paragraph rather than centered when it is short. +</p> + +<hr> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="chapter" id="Sectioning"> +<div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="n" rel="next">Cross references</a>, Previous: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Layout</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Sectioning-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">6 Sectioning</h2> @@ -4078,7 +4024,7 @@ not available in <code>article</code>. but does not number it and does not make an entry in the table of contents. An example of using this is for an appendix in an <code>article</code>. The input <code>\appendix\section{Appendix}</code> gives the output ‘<samp>A -Appendix</samp>’ (see <a href="#g_t_005cappendix">\appendix</a>). You can lose the numbering ‘<samp>A</samp>’ +Appendix</samp>’ (see <a href="#g_t_005cappendix"><code>\appendix</code></a>). You can lose the numbering ‘<samp>A</samp>’ by instead entering <code>\section*{Appendix}</code> (articles often omit a table of contents and have simple page headers so the other differences from the <code>\section</code> command may not matter). @@ -4109,22 +4055,20 @@ something like a subsection numbered ‘<samp>3.0.1</samp>’. <p>LaTeX lets you change the appearance of the sectional units. As a simple example, you can change the section numbering to upper-case letters with <code>\renewcommand\thesection{\Alph{section}}</code> in the -preamble (see <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a>). CTAN +preamble (see <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</a>). CTAN has many packages that make this adjustment easier, notably -<samp>titlesec</samp>. +<code>titlesec</code>. </p> <p>Two counters relate to the appearance of headings made by sectioning commands. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>secnumdepth</code> -<span id="index-secnumdepth"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-secnumdepth'><span><code>secnumdepth</code><a href='#index-secnumdepth' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-secnumdepth-counter"></span> <span id="index-section-numbers_002c-printing"></span> <span id="sectioning-secnumdepth"></span><span id="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"></span><p>Controls which sectioning unit are numbered. Setting the counter with <code>\setcounter{secnumdepth}{<var>level</var>}</code> will suppress numbering of sectioning at any depth greater than <var>level</var> -(see <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a>). See the above table for the level numbers. +(see <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter"><code>\setcounter</code></a>). See the above table for the level numbers. For instance, if the <code>secnumdepth</code> is 1 in an <code>article</code> then a <code>\section{Introduction}</code> command will produce output like ‘<samp>1 Introduction</samp>’ while <code>\subsection{Discussion}</code> will @@ -4133,15 +4077,13 @@ default <code>secnumdepth</code> is 3 in <samp>article</samp> class and 2 in the <samp>book</samp> and <samp>report</samp> classes. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>tocdepth</code> -<span id="index-tocdepth"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-tocdepth'><span><code>tocdepth</code><a href='#index-tocdepth' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-tocdepth-counter"></span> <span id="index-table-of-contents_002c-sectioning-numbers-printed"></span> <span id="sectioning-tocdepth"></span><span id="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"></span><p>Controls which sectioning units are listed in the table of contents. The setting <code>\setcounter{tocdepth}{<var>level</var>}</code> makes the sectioning units at <var>level</var> be the smallest ones listed -(see <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a>). See the above table for the level numbers. For +(see <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter"><code>\setcounter</code></a>). See the above table for the level numbers. For instance, if <code>tocdepth</code> is 1 then the table of contents will list sections but not subsections. LaTeX’s default <code>tocdepth</code> is 3 in <samp>article</samp> class and 2 in the @@ -4150,30 +4092,23 @@ list sections but not subsections. LaTeX’s default </dd> </dl> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cpart" accesskey="1">\part</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Start a part. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cchapter" accesskey="2">\chapter</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Start a chapter. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csection" accesskey="3">\section</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Start a section. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csubsection" accesskey="4">\subsection</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Start a subsection. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph" accesskey="5">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Lower divisions. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cappendix" accesskey="6">\appendix</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Start appendices. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter" accesskey="7">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The three parts of a book. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection" accesskey="8">\@startsection</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Sectional unit headings. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cpart" accesskey="1"><code>\part</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cchapter" accesskey="2"><code>\chapter</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005csection" accesskey="3"><code>\section</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005csubsection" accesskey="4"><code>\subsection</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph" accesskey="5"><code>\subsubsection</code>, <code>\paragraph</code>, <code>\subparagraph</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cappendix" accesskey="6"><code>\appendix</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter" accesskey="7"><code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, <code>\backmatter</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection" accesskey="8"><code>\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cpart"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cpart"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cchapter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\chapter</a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cchapter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\chapter</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cpart-1"></span><h3 class="section">6.1 <code>\part</code></h3> @@ -4218,10 +4153,10 @@ but it does not show the part number, does not increment the <code>part</code> counter, and produces no table of contents entry. </p> <p>The optional argument <var>toc-title</var> will appear as the part title in -the table of contents (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a>) and in running +the table of contents (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>) and in running headers (see <a href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a>). If it is not present then <var>title</var> -will be there. This example puts a line break in <var>title</var> but leaves -out the break in the table of contents. +will be there. This example puts a line break in <var>title</var> but omits +the break in the table of contents. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\part[Up from the bottom; my life]{Up from the bottom\\ my life} @@ -4236,19 +4171,21 @@ the table of contents, the level number of a part is -1 <p>In the class <code>article</code>, if a paragraph immediately follows the part title then it is not indented. To get an indent you can use the package -<samp>indentfirst</samp>. +<code>indentfirst</code>. </p> <span id="index-package_002c-titlesec-1"></span> <span id="index-titlesec-package-1"></span> -<p>One package to change the behavior of <code>\part</code> is <samp>titlesec</samp>. +<p>One package to change the behavior of <code>\part</code> is <code>titlesec</code>. See its documentation on CTAN. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cchapter"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cchapter"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005csection" accesskey="n" rel="next">\section</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpart" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\part</a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005csection" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\section</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpart" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\part</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cchapter-1"></span><h3 class="section">6.2 <code>\chapter</code></h3> @@ -4283,7 +4220,7 @@ number such as ‘<samp>Chapter 1</samp>’ in large boldface type (the <code>\huge</code>). It then puts <var>title</var> on a fresh line, in boldface type that is still larger (size <code>\Huge</code>). It also increments the <code>chapter</code> counter, adds an entry to the table of contents -(see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a>), and sets the running header +(see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>), and sets the running header information (see <a href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a>). </p> <p>The <code>*</code> form shows <var>title</var> on a fresh line, in boldface. @@ -4298,7 +4235,7 @@ prior chapter.) This example illustrates. </pre></div> <p>The optional argument <var>toc-title</var> will appear as the chapter title -in the table of contents (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a>) and in +in the table of contents (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>) and in running headers (see <a href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a>). If it is not present then <var>title</var> will be there. This shows the full name in the chapter title, @@ -4324,12 +4261,12 @@ the table of contents, the level number of a chapter is 0 <p>The paragraph that follows the chapter title is not indented, as is a standard typographical practice. To get an indent use the package -<samp>indentfirst</samp>. +<code>indentfirst</code>. </p> <p>You can change what is shown for the chapter number. To change it to something like ‘<samp>Lecture 1</samp>’, put in the preamble either <code>\renewcommand{\chaptername}{Lecture}</code> or this -(see <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter & \makeatother</a>). +(see <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"><code>\makeatletter</code> & <code>\makeatother</code></a>). </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\makeatletter @@ -4341,12 +4278,12 @@ something like ‘<samp>Lecture 1</samp>’, put in the preamble either <span id="index-babel-package"></span> <p>To make this change because of the primary language for -the document, see the package <samp>babel</samp>. +the document, see the package <code>babel</code>. </p> <p>In a two-sided document LaTeX puts a chapter on odd-numbered page, if necessary leaving an even-numbered page that is blank except for any running headers. To make that page completely blank, -see <a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage">\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</a>. +see <a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage"><code>\clearpage</code> & <code>\cleardoublepage</code></a>. </p> <span id="index-package_002c-titlesec-2"></span> <span id="index-titlesec-package-2"></span> @@ -4354,7 +4291,7 @@ see <a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage">\clearpage & <p>To change the behavior of the <code>\chapter</code> command, you can copy its definition from the LaTeX format file and make adjustments. But there are also many packages on CTAN that address this. One is -<samp>titlesec</samp>. See its documentation, but the example below gives a +<code>titlesec</code>. See its documentation, but the example below gives a sense of what it can do. </p> <div class="example"> @@ -4372,9 +4309,11 @@ running headers. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005csection"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005csection"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005csubsection" accesskey="n" rel="next">\subsection</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cchapter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\chapter</a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005csubsection" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\subsection</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cchapter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\chapter</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005csection-1"></span><h3 class="section">6.3 <code>\section</code></h3> @@ -4421,10 +4360,10 @@ not affect the running header. (If you use the page style prior section.) </p> <p>The optional argument <var>toc-title</var> will appear as the section title -in the table of contents (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a>) and in +in the table of contents (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>) and in running headers (see <a href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a>). If it is not present then <var>title</var> will be there. This shows the full name in the title of the -section, +section: </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\section[Elizabeth~II]{Elizabeth the Second, @@ -4451,15 +4390,15 @@ the table of contents, the level number of a section is 1 <p>The paragraph that follows the section title is not indented, as is a standard typographical practice. One way to get an indent is to use the -package <samp>indentfirst</samp>. +package <code>indentfirst</code>. </p> <span id="index-package_002c-titlesec-3"></span> <span id="index-titlesec-package-3"></span> <p>In general, to change the behavior of the <code>\section</code> command, there are a number of options. One is the <code>\@startsection</code> command -(see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection">\@startsection</a>). There are also many packages on CTAN that -address this, including <samp>titlesec</samp>. See the documentation but the +(see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection"><code>\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</a>). There are also many packages on CTAN that +address this, including <code>titlesec</code>. See the documentation but the example below gives a sense of what they can do. </p> <div class="example"> @@ -4477,9 +4416,11 @@ example below gives a sense of what they can do. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005csubsection"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005csubsection"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph" accesskey="n" rel="next">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csection" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\section</a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\subsubsection</code>, <code>\paragraph</code>, <code>\subparagraph</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csection" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\section</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005csubsection-1"></span><h3 class="section">6.4 <code>\subsection</code></h3> @@ -4520,9 +4461,9 @@ But it does not show the subsection number, does not increment the <code>subsection</code> counter, and produces no table of contents entry. </p> <p>The optional argument <var>toc-title</var> will appear as the subsection title -in the table of contents (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a>). If it is -not present then <var>title</var> will be there. This shows the full text in -the title of the subsection, +in the table of contents (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>). If it is +not present then <var>title</var> will be there. This +shows the full text in the title of the subsection: </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\subsection[$\alpha,\beta,\gamma$ paper]{\textit{The Origin of @@ -4541,15 +4482,15 @@ the table of contents, the level number of a subsection is 2 <p>The paragraph that follows the subsection title is not indented, as is a standard typographical practice. One way to get an indent is to use the -package <samp>indentfirst</samp>. +package <code>indentfirst</code>. </p> <span id="index-package_002c-titlesec-4"></span> <span id="index-titlesec-package-4"></span> <p>There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the <code>\subsection</code> command. One is the <code>\@startsection</code> command -(see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection">\@startsection</a>). There are also many packages on CTAN that -address this, including <samp>titlesec</samp>. See the documentation but the +(see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection"><code>\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</a>). There are also many packages on CTAN that +address this, including <code>titlesec</code>. See the documentation but the example below gives a sense of what they can do. </p> <div class="example"> @@ -4566,9 +4507,11 @@ text. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cappendix" accesskey="n" rel="next">\appendix</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csubsection" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\subsection</a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cappendix" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\appendix</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csubsection" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\subsection</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005csubsubsection_002c-_005cparagraph_002c-_005csubparagraph"></span><h3 class="section">6.5 <code>\subsubsection</code>, <code>\paragraph</code>, <code>\subparagraph</code></h3> @@ -4634,7 +4577,7 @@ associated counter and produces no table of contents entry (and does not show the number for <code>\subsubsection</code>). </p> <p>The optional argument <var>toc-title</var> will appear as the division title -in the table of contents (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a>). If it is +in the table of contents (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>). If it is not present then <var>title</var> will be there. </p> <p>For determining which sectional units are numbered and which appear in @@ -4647,21 +4590,23 @@ a paragraph is 4, and of a subparagraph is 5 <p>The paragraph that follows the subsubsection title is not indented, as is a standard typographical practice. One way to get an indent is to use the -package <samp>indentfirst</samp>. +package <code>indentfirst</code>. </p> <span id="index-package_002c-titlesec-5"></span> <span id="index-titlesec-package-5"></span> <p>There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the these commands. -One is the <code>\@startsection</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection">\@startsection</a>). +One is the <code>\@startsection</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection"><code>\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</a>). There are also many packages on CTAN that address this, including -<samp>titlesec</samp>. See the documentation on CTAN. +<code>titlesec</code>. See the documentation on CTAN. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cappendix"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cappendix"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, <code>\backmatter</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\subsubsection</code>, <code>\paragraph</code>, <code>\subparagraph</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cappendix-1"></span><h3 class="section">6.6 <code>\appendix</code></h3> @@ -4696,13 +4641,13 @@ book or report, and in an article resets the <code>section</code> and <p>the first two will generate output numbered ‘<samp>Chapter 1</samp>’ and ‘<samp>Chapter 2</samp>’. After the <code>\appendix</code> the numbering will be -‘<samp>Appendix A</samp>’ and ‘<samp>Appendix B</samp>’. See <a href="#Larger-book-template">Larger book template</a>, +‘<samp>Appendix A</samp>’ and ‘<samp>Appendix B</samp>’. See <a href="#Larger-book-template">Larger <code>book</code> template</a>, for another example. </p> <span id="index-package_002c-appendix"></span> <span id="index-appendix-package"></span> -<p>The <samp>appendix</samp> package adds the command +<p>The <code>appendix</code> package adds the command <code>\appendixpage</code> to put a separate ‘<samp>Appendices</samp>’ in the document body before the first appendix, and the command <code>\addappheadtotoc</code> to do the same in the table of contents. You can reset the name @@ -4712,9 +4657,11 @@ number of other features. See the documentation on CTAN. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection" accesskey="n" rel="next">\@startsection</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cappendix" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\appendix</a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cappendix" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\appendix</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cfrontmatter_002c-_005cmainmatter_002c-_005cbackmatter"></span><h3 class="section">6.7 <code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, <code>\backmatter</code></h3> @@ -4762,13 +4709,15 @@ version, and resets the page number. <p>The <code>\backmatter</code> command leaves the page numbering alone but switches the chapters back to being not numbered. </p> -<p>See <a href="#Larger-book-template">Larger book template</a>, for an example using these three commands. +<p>See <a href="#Larger-book-template">Larger <code>book</code> template</a>, for an example using these three commands. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005c_0040startsection"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005c_0040startsection"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, <code>\backmatter</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002c-typesetting-sectional-unit-headings"></span><h3 class="section">6.8 <code>\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</h3> @@ -4784,7 +4733,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmat <p>Used to help redefine the behavior of commands that start sectioning divisions such as <code>\section</code> or <code>\subsection</code>. </p> -<p>Note that the <samp>titlesec</samp> package makes manipulation of sectioning +<p>Note that the <code>titlesec</code> package makes manipulation of sectioning easier. Further, while most requirements for sectioning commands can be satisfied with <code>\@startsection</code>, some cannot. For instance, in the standard LaTeX <code>book</code> and <code>report</code> classes the commands @@ -4822,7 +4771,7 @@ that when you write a command like examples below. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><var>name</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>name</var></span></dt> <dd><span id="startsection-name"></span><span id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fname"></span><p>Name of the counter used to number the sectioning header. This counter must be defined separately. Most commonly this is either <code>section</code>, <code>subsection</code>, or <code>paragraph</code>. Although in @@ -4834,7 +4783,7 @@ itself, you don’t have to use the same name. example below. </p> </dd> -<dt><var>level</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>level</var></span></dt> <dd><span id="startsection-level"></span><span id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002flevel"></span><p>An integer giving the depth of the sectioning command. See <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a>, for the list of standard level numbers. </p> @@ -4853,14 +4802,14 @@ sectioning unit (see <a href="#Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</a>) list sections but not subsections. </p> </dd> -<dt><var>indent</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>indent</var></span></dt> <dd><span id="startsection-indent"></span><span id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002findent"></span><p>A length giving the indentation of all of the title lines with respect to the left margin. To have the title flush with the margin use <code>0pt</code>. A negative indentation such as <code>-\parindent</code> will move the title into the left margin. </p> </dd> -<dt><var>beforeskip</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>beforeskip</var></span></dt> <dd><span id="startsection-beforeskip"></span><span id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip"></span><p>The absolute value of this length is the amount of vertical space that is inserted before this sectioning unit’s title. This space will be discarded if the sectioning unit happens to start at the beginning of a @@ -4887,7 +4836,7 @@ where LaTeX would put the baseline of the first text line on that page.) </p> </dd> -<dt><var>afterskip</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>afterskip</var></span></dt> <dd><span id="startsection-afterskip"></span><span id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip"></span><p>This is a length. If <var>afterskip</var> is non-negative then this is the vertical space inserted after the sectioning unit’s title header. If it is negative then the title header becomes a run-in header, so that it @@ -4911,7 +4860,7 @@ header’s from standalone to run-in, you cannot use a negative <code>afterskip</code> to cancel part of the <code>\parskip</code>.) </p> </dd> -<dt><var>style</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>style</var></span></dt> <dd><span id="startsection-style"></span><span id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle"></span><p>Controls the styling of the title. See the examples below. Typical commands to use here are <code>\centering</code>, <code>\raggedright</code>, <code>\normalfont</code>, <code>\hrule</code>, or <code>\newpage</code>. The last command @@ -4949,7 +4898,7 @@ preamble of a LaTeX document. If you put them in the preamble they must go between a <code>\makeatletter</code> command and a <code>\makeatother</code>. (Probably the error message <code>You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical mode.</code> means that you forgot this.) -See <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter & \makeatother</a>. +See <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"><code>\makeatletter</code> & <code>\makeatother</code></a>. </p> <p>This will put section titles in large boldface type, centered. It says <code>\renewcommand</code> because LaTeX’s standard classes have already @@ -5003,9 +4952,12 @@ display that counter. <hr> -<span id="Cross-references"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="chapter" id="Cross-references"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="n" rel="next">Environments</a>, Previous: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Sectioning</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="n" rel="next">Environments</a>, Previous: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Sectioning</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Cross-references-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">7 Cross references</h2> @@ -5056,22 +5008,19 @@ cross referencing features. You can arrange that if you enter <code>\cref{th:Nerode}</code> will output ‘<samp>Theorem 3.21</samp>’, without you having to enter the “Theorem.” </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005clabel" accesskey="1">\label</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Assign a symbolic name to a piece of text. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cpageref" accesskey="2">\pageref</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Refer to a page number. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cref" accesskey="3">\ref</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Refer to a section, figure or similar. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#xr-package" accesskey="4">xr package</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">References from another document. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005clabel" accesskey="1"><code>\label</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cpageref" accesskey="2"><code>\pageref</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cref" accesskey="3"><code>\ref</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#xr-package" accesskey="4"><code>xr</code> package</a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005clabel"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005clabel"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cpageref" accesskey="n" rel="next">\pageref</a>, Up: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cross references</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cpageref" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\pageref</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cross references</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005clabel-1"></span><h3 class="section">7.1 <code>\label</code></h3> @@ -5089,7 +5038,7 @@ current sectional unit. Inside an environment with numbering, such as a <code>table</code> or <code>theorem</code> environment, <code>\label{<var>key</var>}</code> assigns to <var>key</var> the number of that environment. Retrieve the assigned number with the <code>\ref{<var>key</var>}</code> command -(see <a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a>). +(see <a href="#g_t_005cref"><code>\ref</code></a>). </p> <p>A key name can consist of any sequence of letters, digits, or common punctuation characters. Upper and lowercase letters are @@ -5102,24 +5051,24 @@ accidentally creating two labels with the same name, and makes your source more readable. Some commonly-used prefixes: </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>ch</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>ch</code></span></dt> <dd><p>for chapters </p> </dd> -<dt><code>sec</code></dt> -<dt><code>subsec</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>sec</code></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>subsec</code></span></dt> <dd><p>for lower-level sectioning commands </p> </dd> -<dt><code>fig</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>fig</code></span></dt> <dd><p>for figures </p> </dd> -<dt><code>tab</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>tab</code></span></dt> <dd><p>for tables </p> </dd> -<dt><code>eq</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>eq</code></span></dt> <dd><p>for equations </p></dd> </dl> @@ -5149,9 +5098,11 @@ See Figure~\ref{fig:test}. <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cpageref"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cpageref"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cref" accesskey="n" rel="next">\ref</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005clabel" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\label</a>, Up: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cross references</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cref" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\ref</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005clabel" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\label</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cross references</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cpageref-1"></span><h3 class="section">7.2 <code>\pageref</code></h3> @@ -5187,9 +5138,11 @@ those.) <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cref"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cref"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#xr-package" accesskey="n" rel="next">xr package</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpageref" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\pageref</a>, Up: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cross references</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#xr-package" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>xr</code> package</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpageref" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\pageref</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cross references</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cref-1"></span><h3 class="section">7.3 <code>\ref</code></h3> @@ -5208,7 +5161,7 @@ Next: <a href="#xr-package" accesskey="n" rel="next">xr package</a>, Previous: < <p>Produces the number of the sectional unit, equation, footnote, figure, …, of the corresponding -<code>\label</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005clabel">\label</a>). It does not produce any text, +<code>\label</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005clabel"><code>\label</code></a>). It does not produce any text, such as the word ‘Section’ or ‘Figure’, just the bare number itself. </p> <p>If there is no <code>\label{<var>key</var>}</code> then you get something like @@ -5231,19 +5184,25 @@ so this document would have to be compiled twice. <span id="index-package_002c-cleveref-1"></span> <span id="index-cleveref-package-1"></span> -<p>The <samp>cleveref</samp> package includes text such as ‘<samp>Theorem</samp>’ in the +<p>The <code>cleveref</code> package includes text such as ‘<samp>Theorem</samp>’ in the reference. See the documentation on CTAN. </p> <hr> -<span id="xr-package"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="xr-package"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cref" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\ref</a>, Up: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cross references</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cref" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\ref</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cross references</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="xr-package-1"></span><h3 class="section">7.4 <code>xr</code> package</h3> +<span id="index-package_002c-xr"></span> <span id="index-xr-package"></span> + +<span id="index-package_002c-xr_002dhyper"></span> <span id="index-xr_002dhyper-package"></span> + <span id="index-_005cexternaldocument"></span> <span id="index-cross-referencing_002c-across-documents"></span> @@ -5262,9 +5221,9 @@ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cref" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\ref</a>, Up: <a href= </pre></div> <p>Make cross references to the external document -<code><var>document-basename</var>.tex</code>. +<samp><var>document-basename</var>.tex</samp>. </p> -<p>Here is an example. If <code>lectures.tex</code> has this in the preamble +<p>Here is an example. If <samp>lectures.tex</samp> has this in the preamble </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\usepackage{xr} @@ -5274,20 +5233,20 @@ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cref" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\ref</a>, Up: <a href= </pre></div> <p>then it can use cross reference labels from the other three documents. -Suppose that <code>exercises.tex</code> has an enumerated list containing +Suppose that <samp>exercises.tex</samp> has an enumerated list containing this, </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\item \label{exer:EulersThm} What if every vertex has odd degree? </pre></div> -<p>and <code>hints.tex</code> has an enumerated list with this, +<p>and <samp>hints.tex</samp> has an enumerated list with this, </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\item \label{exer:EulersThm} Distinguish the case of two vertices. </pre></div> -<p>and <code>answers.tex</code> has an enumerated list with this. +<p>and <samp>answers.tex</samp> has an enumerated list with this, </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\item \label{ans:EulersThm} There is no Euler path, except if there @@ -5295,7 +5254,7 @@ this, </pre></div> <p>After compiling the exercises, hints, and answers documents, entering -this in the body of <code>lectures.tex</code> will result in the lectures +this in the body of <samp>lectures.tex</samp> will result in the lectures getting the reference numbers used in the other documents. </p> <div class="example"> @@ -5315,9 +5274,12 @@ uses <code>hyperref</code> then they all must use it. </p> <hr> -<span id="Environments"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="chapter" id="Environments"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="n" rel="next">Line breaking</a>, Previous: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Cross references</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="n" rel="next">Line breaking</a>, Previous: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Cross references</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Environments-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">8 Environments</h2> @@ -5344,70 +5306,43 @@ the end. For instance, the input <span id="index-group_002c-and-environments"></span> <p>Environments are executed within a group. </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#abstract" accesskey="1">abstract</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Produce an abstract. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#array" accesskey="2">array</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Math arrays. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#center" accesskey="3">center</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Centered lines. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#description" accesskey="4">description</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Labelled lists. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#displaymath" accesskey="5">displaymath</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Formulas that appear on their own line. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#document" accesskey="6">document</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Enclose the whole document. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#enumerate" accesskey="7">enumerate</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Numbered lists. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#eqnarray" accesskey="8">eqnarray</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Sequences of aligned equations. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#equation" accesskey="9">equation</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Displayed equation. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#figure">figure</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Floating figures. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Writing multiple files from the source. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Flushed left lines. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#flushright">flushright</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Flushed right lines. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Bulleted lists. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#letter">letter</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Letters. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#list">list</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Generic list environment. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#math">math</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">In-line math. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Miniature page. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#picture">picture</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Picture with text, arrows, lines and circles. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation & quote</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Include a quotation. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Align text arbitrarily. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#table">table</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Floating tables. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Align text in columns. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Bibliography or reference list. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Theorems, lemmas, etc. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">For hand crafted title pages. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Simulating typed input. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#verse">verse</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">For poetry and other things. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#abstract" accesskey="1"><code>abstract</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#array" accesskey="2"><code>array</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#center" accesskey="3"><code>center</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#description" accesskey="4"><code>description</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#displaymath" accesskey="5"><code>displaymath</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#document" accesskey="6"><code>document</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#enumerate" accesskey="7"><code>enumerate</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#eqnarray" accesskey="8"><code>eqnarray</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#equation" accesskey="9"><code>equation</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#figure"><code>figure</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#filecontents"><code>filecontents</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#flushleft"><code>flushleft</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#flushright"><code>flushright</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#itemize"><code>itemize</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#letter"><code>letter</code> environment: writing letters</a></li> +<li><a href="#list"><code>list</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#math"><code>math</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#minipage"><code>minipage</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#picture"><code>picture</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote"><code>quotation</code> & <code>quote</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#tabbing"><code>tabbing</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#table"><code>table</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#tabular"><code>tabular</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#thebibliography"><code>thebibliography</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#theorem"><code>theorem</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#titlepage"><code>titlepage</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#verbatim"><code>verbatim</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#verse"><code>verse</code></a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="abstract"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="section" id="abstract"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#array" accesskey="n" rel="next">array</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#array" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>array</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="abstract-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.1 <code>abstract</code></h3> @@ -5470,9 +5405,11 @@ a more flexible solution, use the package <samp>abstract</samp>). <hr> -<span id="array"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="array"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#center" accesskey="n" rel="next">center</a>, Previous: <a href="#abstract" accesskey="p" rel="prev">abstract</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#center" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>center</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#abstract" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>abstract</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="array-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.2 <code>array</code></h3> @@ -5500,10 +5437,10 @@ Next: <a href="#center" accesskey="n" rel="next">center</a>, Previous: <a href=" </pre></div> <p>Produce a mathematical array. This environment can only be used in math -mode, and normally appears within a displayed mathematics environment -such as <code>equation</code> (see <a href="#equation">equation</a>). Inside of each row the -column entries are separated by an ampersand, (<code>&</code>). Rows are -terminated with double-backslashes (see <a href="#g_t_005c_005c">\\</a>). +mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>), and normally appears within a displayed +mathematics environment such as <code>equation</code> (see <a href="#equation"><code>equation</code></a>). +Inside of each row the column entries are separated by an ampersand, +(<code>&</code>). Rows are terminated with double-backslashes (see <a href="#g_t_005c_005c"><code>\\</code></a>). </p> <p>This example shows a three by three array. </p> @@ -5524,13 +5461,13 @@ terminated with double-backslashes (see <a href="#g_t_005c_005c">\\</a>). alignment, and the formatting of the intercolumn regions. For instance, <code>\begin{array}{rcl}...\end{array}</code> gives three columns: the first flush right, the second centered, and the third flush left. See -<a href="#tabular">tabular</a> for the complete description of <var>cols</var> and of the +<a href="#tabular"><code>tabular</code></a> for the complete description of <var>cols</var> and of the other common features of the two environments, including the optional <var>pos</var> argument. </p> <p>There are two ways that <code>array</code> diverges from <code>tabular</code>. The first is that <code>array</code> entries are typeset in math mode, in -textstyle (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>) except if the <var>cols</var> definition specifies +textstyle (see <a href="#Math-styles">Math styles</a>) except if the <var>cols</var> definition specifies the column with <code>p{...}</code>, which causes the entry to be typeset in text mode. The second is that, instead of <code>tabular</code>’s parameter <code>\tabcolsep</code>, LaTeX’s intercolumn space in an <code>array</code> is @@ -5543,7 +5480,7 @@ default for this is ‘<samp>5pt</samp>’ so that between two columns c <span id="index-package_002c-amsmath"></span> <span id="index-amsmath-package"></span> -<p>To obtain arrays with braces the standard is to use the <samp>amsmath</samp> +<p>To obtain arrays with braces the standard is to use the <code>amsmath</code> package. It comes with environments <code>pmatrix</code> for an array surrounded by parentheses <code>(...)</code>, <code>bmatrix</code> for an array surrounded by square brackets <code>[...]</code>, <code>Bmatrix</code> for an @@ -5555,7 +5492,7 @@ bars <code>||...||</code>, along with a number of other array constructs. <span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-1"></span> <span id="index-amsmath-package-1"></span> -<p>The next example uses the <samp>amsmath</samp> package. +<p>The next example uses the <code>amsmath</code> package. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\usepackage{amsmath} % in preamble @@ -5568,22 +5505,24 @@ bars <code>||...||</code>, along with a number of other array constructs. \end{equation} </pre></div> -<span id="index-package_002c-array-_0028package_0029"></span> -<span id="index-array-_0028package_0029-package"></span> +<span id="index-package_002c-array"></span> +<span id="index-array-package"></span> <span id="index-package_002c-dcolumn"></span> <span id="index-dcolumn-package"></span> -<p>There are many packages concerning arrays. The <samp>array</samp> package has -many useful extensions, including more column types. The <samp>dcolumn</samp> +<p>There are many packages concerning arrays. The <code>array</code> package has +many useful extensions, including more column types. The <code>dcolumn</code> package adds a column type to center on a decimal point. For both see the documentation on CTAN. </p> <hr> -<span id="center"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="center"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#description" accesskey="n" rel="next">description</a>, Previous: <a href="#array" accesskey="p" rel="prev">array</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#description" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>description</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#array" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>array</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="center-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.3 <code>center</code></h3> @@ -5604,14 +5543,14 @@ Next: <a href="#description" accesskey="n" rel="next">description</a>, Previous: <p>Create a new paragraph consisting of a sequence of lines that are centered within the left and right margins. Use -double-backslash, <code>\\</code>, to get a line break (see <a href="#g_t_005c_005c">\\</a>). +double-backslash, <code>\\</code>, to get a line break (see <a href="#g_t_005c_005c"><code>\\</code></a>). <span id="index-_005c_005c-_0028for-center_0029"></span> If some text is too long to fit on a line then LaTeX will insert line breaks that avoid hyphenation and avoid stretching or shrinking any interword space. </p> <p>This environment inserts space above and below the text body. See -<a href="#g_t_005ccentering">\centering</a> to avoid such space, for example inside a <code>figure</code> +<a href="#g_t_005ccentering"><code>\centering</code></a> to avoid such space, for example inside a <code>figure</code> environment. </p> <p>This example produces three centered lines. There is extra vertical @@ -5645,23 +5584,22 @@ doesn’t add any vertical space. <p>In a two-column document the text is centered in a column, not in the entire page. </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ccentering" accesskey="1">\centering</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Declaration form of the <code>center</code> environment. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005ccentering" accesskey="1"><code>\centering</code></a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005ccentering"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005ccentering"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Up: <a href="#center" accesskey="u" rel="up">center</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Up: <a href="#center" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>center</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005ccentering-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.3.1 <code>\centering</code></h4> <span id="index-_005ccentering"></span> <span id="index-centering-text_002c-declaration-for"></span> - <p>Synopsis: </p> <div class="example"> @@ -5710,9 +5648,12 @@ centered lines ‘<samp>xx</samp>’ and ‘<samp>yy</samp>’, </p> <hr> -<span id="description"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="section" id="description"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#displaymath" accesskey="n" rel="next">displaymath</a>, Previous: <a href="#center" accesskey="p" rel="prev">center</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#displaymath" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>displaymath</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#center" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>center</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="description-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.4 <code>description</code></h3> @@ -5751,7 +5692,7 @@ missing \item</samp>’. left edge on the left margin. </p> <span id="index-_005citem"></span> -<p>Start list items with the <code>\item</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005citem">\item</a>). Use the +<p>Start list items with the <code>\item</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005citem"><code>\item</code>: An entry in a list</a>). Use the optional labels, as in <code>\item[Main point]</code>, because there is no sensible default. Following the <code>\item</code> is optional text, which may contain multiple paragraphs. @@ -5767,14 +5708,14 @@ example to get non-bold typewriter, is to use declarative style: <code>\item[{\tt label text}]</code>. Similarly, get the standard roman font with <code>\item[{\rm label text}]</code>. </p> -<p>For other major LaTeX labelled list environments, see <a href="#itemize">itemize</a> -and <a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a>. Unlike those environments, nesting +<p>For other major LaTeX labelled list environments, see <a href="#itemize"><code>itemize</code></a> +and <a href="#enumerate"><code>enumerate</code></a>. Unlike those environments, nesting <code>description</code> environments does not change the default label; it is boldface and flush left at all levels. </p> <p>For information about list layout parameters, including the default values, and for information about customizing list layout, see -<a href="#list">list</a>. The package <samp>enumitem</samp> is useful for customizing +<a href="#list"><code>list</code></a>. The package <code>enumitem</code> is useful for customizing lists. </p> <p>This example changes the description labels to small caps. @@ -5786,9 +5727,11 @@ lists. <hr> -<span id="displaymath"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="displaymath"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#document" accesskey="n" rel="next">document</a>, Previous: <a href="#description" accesskey="p" rel="prev">description</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#document" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>document</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#description" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>description</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="displaymath-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.5 <code>displaymath</code></h3> @@ -5810,14 +5753,14 @@ global option <code>fleqn</code>; see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document </p> <p>In the <code>displaymath</code> environment no equation number is added to the math text. One way to get an equation number is to use the -<code>equation</code> environment (see <a href="#equation">equation</a>). +<code>equation</code> environment (see <a href="#equation"><code>equation</code></a>). </p> <p>LaTeX will not break the <var>math text</var> across lines. </p> <span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-2"></span> <span id="index-amsmath-package-2"></span> -<p>Note that the <samp>amsmath</samp> package has significantly more extensive +<p>Note that the <code>amsmath</code> package has significantly more extensive displayed equation facilities. For example, there are a number of ways in that package for having math text broken across lines. </p> @@ -5848,9 +5791,11 @@ consistency checks.) </p> <hr> -<span id="document"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="document"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#enumerate" accesskey="n" rel="next">enumerate</a>, Previous: <a href="#displaymath" accesskey="p" rel="prev">displaymath</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#enumerate" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>enumerate</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#displaymath" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>displaymath</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="document-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.6 <code>document</code></h3> @@ -5861,18 +5806,17 @@ Next: <a href="#enumerate" accesskey="n" rel="next">enumerate</a>, Previous: <a <p>The <code>document</code> environment encloses the entire body of a document. It is required in every LaTeX document. See <a href="#Starting-and-ending">Starting and ending</a>. </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument" accesskey="1">\AtBeginDocument</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Hook for commands at the start of the document. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cAtEndDocument" accesskey="2">\AtEndDocument</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Hook for commands at the end of the document. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument" accesskey="1"><code>\AtBeginDocument</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cAtEndDocument" accesskey="2"><code>\AtEndDocument</code></a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cAtBeginDocument"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cAtBeginDocument"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cAtEndDocument" accesskey="n" rel="next">\AtEndDocument</a>, Up: <a href="#document" accesskey="u" rel="up">document</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cAtEndDocument" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\AtEndDocument</code></a>, Up: <a href="#document" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>document</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cAtBeginDocument-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.6.1 <code>\AtBeginDocument</code></h4> @@ -5896,9 +5840,11 @@ will be executed in the order that you gave them. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cAtEndDocument"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cAtEndDocument"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\AtBeginDocument</a>, Up: <a href="#document" accesskey="u" rel="up">document</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\AtBeginDocument</code></a>, Up: <a href="#document" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>document</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cAtEndDocument-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.6.2 <code>\AtEndDocument</code></h4> @@ -5923,9 +5869,12 @@ will be executed in the order that you gave them. </p> <hr> -<span id="enumerate"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="section" id="enumerate"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#eqnarray" accesskey="n" rel="next">eqnarray</a>, Previous: <a href="#document" accesskey="p" rel="prev">document</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#eqnarray" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>eqnarray</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#document" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>document</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="enumerate-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.7 <code>enumerate</code></h3> @@ -5963,17 +5912,17 @@ As a top-level list the labels would come out as ‘<samp>1.</samp>’ a </pre></div> <span id="index-_005citem-1"></span> -<p>Start list items with the <code>\item</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005citem">\item</a>). If you +<p>Start list items with the <code>\item</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005citem"><code>\item</code>: An entry in a list</a>). If you give <code>\item</code> an optional argument by following it with square brackets, as in <code>\item[Interstitial label]</code>, then the next item -will continue the interrupted sequence (see <a href="#g_t_005citem">\item</a>). That is, you +will continue the interrupted sequence (see <a href="#g_t_005citem"><code>\item</code>: An entry in a list</a>). That is, you will get labels like ‘<samp>1.</samp>’, then ‘<samp>Interstitial label</samp>’, then ‘<samp>2.</samp>’. Following the <code>\item</code> is optional text, which may contain multiple paragraphs. </p> <p>Enumerations may be nested within other <code>enumerate</code> environments, or within any paragraph-making environment such as <code>itemize</code> -(see <a href="#itemize">itemize</a>), up to four levels deep. This gives LaTeX’s +(see <a href="#itemize"><code>itemize</code></a>), up to four levels deep. This gives LaTeX’s default for the format at each nesting level, where 1 is the top level, the outermost level. </p> @@ -5992,9 +5941,9 @@ the outermost level. <code>\enumiv</code> (see <a href="#Counters">Counters</a>). </p> <p>For other major LaTeX labeled list environments, see -<a href="#description">description</a> and <a href="#itemize">itemize</a>. For information about list layout +<a href="#description"><code>description</code></a> and <a href="#itemize"><code>itemize</code></a>. For information about list layout parameters, including the default values, and for information about -customizing list layout, see <a href="#list">list</a>. The package <samp>enumitem</samp> is +customizing list layout, see <a href="#list"><code>list</code></a>. The package <code>enumitem</code> is useful for customizing lists. </p> <span id="index-_005clabelenumi"></span> @@ -6002,7 +5951,7 @@ useful for customizing lists. <span id="index-_005clabelenumiii"></span> <span id="index-_005clabelenumiv"></span> <span id="enumerate-labelenumi"></span><span id="enumerate-labelenumii"></span><span id="enumerate-labelenumiii"></span><span id="enumerate-labelenumiv"></span><p>To change the format of the label use <code>\renewcommand</code> -(see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a>) on the commands <code>\labelenumi</code> +(see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><code>\newcommand</code> & <code>\renewcommand</code></a>) on the commands <code>\labelenumi</code> through <code>\labelenumiv</code>. For instance, this first level list will be labelled with uppercase letters, in boldface, and without a trailing period. @@ -6016,13 +5965,15 @@ period. \end{enumerate} </pre></div> -<p>For a list of counter-labeling commands see <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a>. +<p>For a list of counter-labeling commands see <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</a>. </p> <hr> -<span id="eqnarray"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="eqnarray"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#equation" accesskey="n" rel="next">equation</a>, Previous: <a href="#enumerate" accesskey="p" rel="prev">enumerate</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#equation" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>equation</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#enumerate" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>enumerate</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="eqnarray-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.8 <code>eqnarray</code></h3> @@ -6039,7 +5990,7 @@ Next: <a href="#equation" accesskey="n" rel="next">equation</a>, Previous: <a hr including spacing that is inconsistent with other mathematics elements. (See “Avoid eqnarray!” by Lars Madsen <a href="https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf">https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf</a>). New documents -should include the <samp>amsmath</samp> package and use the displayed +should include the <code>amsmath</code> package and use the displayed mathematics environments provided there, such as the <code>align</code> environment. We include a description only for completeness and for working with old documents. @@ -6072,7 +6023,7 @@ within a row separated by an ampersand (<code>&</code>), and with rows separated by double backslash <code>\\</code>). <span id="index-_005c_005c_002a-_0028for-eqnarray_0029"></span> The starred form of line break (<code>\\*</code>) can also be used to separate -equations, and will disallow a page break there (see <a href="#g_t_005c_005c">\\</a>). +equations, and will disallow a page break there (see <a href="#g_t_005c_005c"><code>\\</code></a>). </p> <span id="index-_005cnonumber"></span> <span id="index-equation-numbers_002c-omitting"></span> @@ -6099,9 +6050,11 @@ while the third line has not entry on the left side. <hr> -<span id="equation"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="equation"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#figure" accesskey="n" rel="next">figure</a>, Previous: <a href="#eqnarray" accesskey="p" rel="prev">eqnarray</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#figure" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>figure</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#eqnarray" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>eqnarray</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="equation-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.9 <code>equation</code></h3> @@ -6119,7 +6072,7 @@ Next: <a href="#figure" accesskey="n" rel="next">figure</a>, Previous: <a href=" \end{equation} </pre></div> -<p>The same as a <code>displaymath</code> environment (see <a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a>) +<p>The same as a <code>displaymath</code> environment (see <a href="#displaymath"><code>displaymath</code></a>) except that LaTeX puts an equation number flush to the right margin. The equation number is generated using the <code>equation</code> counter. </p> @@ -6130,14 +6083,16 @@ missing dollar sign. <span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-3"></span> <span id="index-amsmath-package-3"></span> -<p>The package <samp>amsmath</samp> package has extensive displayed equation +<p>The package <code>amsmath</code> package has extensive displayed equation facilities. New documents should include this package. </p> <hr> -<span id="figure"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="figure"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#filecontents" accesskey="n" rel="next">filecontents</a>, Previous: <a href="#equation" accesskey="p" rel="prev">equation</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#filecontents" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>filecontents</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#equation" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>equation</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="figure-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.10 <code>figure</code></h3> @@ -6183,16 +6138,16 @@ place, such as the top of a following page (see <a href="#Floats">Floats</a>). the float placement algorithm, see <a href="#Floats">Floats</a>. </p> <p>The starred form <code>figure*</code> is used when a document is in -double-column mode (see <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a>). It produces a figure that +double-column mode (see <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn"><code>\twocolumn</code></a>). It produces a figure that spans both columns, at the top of the page. To add the possibility of placing at a page bottom see the discussion of <var>placement</var> <code>b</code> in <a href="#Floats">Floats</a>. </p> -<p>The label is optional; it is used for cross references (see <a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a>). -<span id="index-_005ccaption"></span> -The optional <code>\caption</code> command specifies caption text for the -figure. By default it is numbered. If <var>loftitle</var> is present, it is -used in the list of figures instead of <var>title</var> (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a>). +<span id="index-_005ccaption-1"></span> +<p>The label is optional; it is used for cross references (see <a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a>). The optional <code>\caption</code> command specifies caption +text for the figure (see <a href="#g_t_005ccaption"><code>\caption</code></a>). By default it is numbered. +If <var>loftitle</var> is present, it is used in the list of figures +instead of <var>title</var> (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>). </p> <p>This example makes a figure out of a graphic. LaTeX will place that graphic and its caption at the top of a page or, if it is pushed to the @@ -6210,9 +6165,11 @@ end of the document, on a page of floats. <hr> -<span id="filecontents"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="filecontents"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#flushleft" accesskey="n" rel="next">flushleft</a>, Previous: <a href="#figure" accesskey="p" rel="prev">figure</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#flushleft" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>flushleft</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#figure" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>figure</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="filecontents-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.11 <code>filecontents</code></h3> @@ -6253,21 +6210,18 @@ version <code>filecontents*</code> does not include the header. <p>The possible options are: </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>force</code></dt> -<dt><code>overwrite</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-force-option-for-filecontents"></span> -<span id="index-overwrite-option-for-filecontents"></span> +<dt id='index-force-option-for-filecontents'><span><code>force</code><a href='#index-force-option-for-filecontents' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>overwrite</code></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-overwrite-option-for-filecontents"></span> <p>Overwrite an existing file. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>noheader</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-noheader-option-for-filecontents"></span> -<p>Omit the header. Equivalent to using <code>filecontents*</code>. +<dt id='index-noheader-option-for-filecontents'><span><code>noheader</code><a href='#index-noheader-option-for-filecontents' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><p>Omit the header. Equivalent to using <code>filecontents*</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>nosearch</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-nosearch-option-for-filecontents"></span> -<p>Only check the current directory (and the output directory, if +<dt id='index-nosearch-option-for-filecontents'><span><code>nosearch</code><a href='#index-nosearch-option-for-filecontents' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><p>Only check the current directory (and the output directory, if specified) for an existing file, not the entire search path. </p> </dd> @@ -6309,9 +6263,11 @@ Article by \myname. <hr> -<span id="flushleft"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="flushleft"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#flushright" accesskey="n" rel="next">flushright</a>, Previous: <a href="#filecontents" accesskey="p" rel="prev">filecontents</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#flushright" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>flushright</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#filecontents" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>filecontents</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="flushleft-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.12 <code>flushleft</code></h3> @@ -6337,7 +6293,7 @@ left-hand margin, and ragged right. If you have lines that are too long then LaTeX will linebreak them in a way that avoids hyphenation and stretching or shrinking interword spaces. To force a new line use a double backslash, <code>\\</code>. For the declaration form -see <a href="#g_t_005craggedright">\raggedright</a>. +see <a href="#g_t_005craggedright"><code>\raggedright</code></a>. </p> <p>This creates a box of text that is at most 3 inches wide, with the text flush left and ragged right. @@ -6353,16 +6309,16 @@ flush left and ragged right. </pre></div> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005craggedright" accesskey="1">\raggedright</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Declaration form of the <code>flushleft</code> environment. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005craggedright" accesskey="1"><code>\raggedright</code></a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005craggedright"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005craggedright"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Up: <a href="#flushleft" accesskey="u" rel="up">flushleft</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Up: <a href="#flushleft" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>flushleft</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005craggedright-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.12.1 <code>\raggedright</code></h4> @@ -6388,7 +6344,7 @@ Up: <a href="#flushleft" accesskey="u" rel="up">flushleft</a> [<a href="# <p>A declaration which causes lines to be flush to the left margin and ragged right. It can be used inside an <var>environment</var> such as <code>quote</code> or in a <code>parbox</code>. For the environment form -see <a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a>. +see <a href="#flushleft"><code>flushleft</code></a>. </p> <p>Unlike the <code>flushleft</code> environment, the <code>\raggedright</code> command does not start a new paragraph; it only changes how LaTeX @@ -6411,9 +6367,12 @@ delimit its effect. <hr> -<span id="flushright"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="section" id="flushright"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#itemize" accesskey="n" rel="next">itemize</a>, Previous: <a href="#flushleft" accesskey="p" rel="prev">flushleft</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#itemize" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>itemize</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#flushleft" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>flushleft</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="flushright-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.13 <code>flushright</code></h3> @@ -6437,22 +6396,22 @@ right-hand margin and ragged left. If you have lines that are too long to fit the margins then LaTeX will linebreak them in a way that avoids hyphenation and stretching or shrinking inter-word spaces. To force a new line use a double backslash, <code>\\</code>. For the declaration form -see <a href="#g_t_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a>. +see <a href="#g_t_005craggedleft"><code>\raggedleft</code></a>. </p> -<p>For an example related to this environment, see <a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a>, +<p>For an example related to this environment, see <a href="#flushleft"><code>flushleft</code></a>, where one just have mutatis mutandis to replace <code>flushleft</code> by <code>flushright</code>. </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005craggedleft" accesskey="1">\raggedleft</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Declaration form of the <code>flushright</code> environment. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005craggedleft" accesskey="1"><code>\raggedleft</code></a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005craggedleft"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005craggedleft"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Up: <a href="#flushright" accesskey="u" rel="up">flushright</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Up: <a href="#flushright" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>flushright</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005craggedleft-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.13.1 <code>\raggedleft</code></h4> @@ -6478,7 +6437,7 @@ Up: <a href="#flushright" accesskey="u" rel="up">flushright</a> [<a href= <p>A declaration which causes lines to be flush to the right margin and ragged left. It can be used inside an <var>environment</var> such as <code>quote</code> or in a <code>parbox</code>. For the environment form -see <a href="#flushright">flushright</a>. +see <a href="#flushright"><code>flushright</code></a>. </p> <p>Unlike the <code>flushright</code> environment, the <code>\raggedleft</code> command does not start a new paragraph; it only changes how LaTeX @@ -6486,15 +6445,18 @@ formats paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit’s format, the scope of the declaration must contain the blank line or <code>\end</code> command that ends the paragraph unit. </p> -<p>For an example related to this environment, see <a href="#g_t_005craggedright">\raggedright</a>, +<p>For an example related to this environment, see <a href="#g_t_005craggedright"><code>\raggedright</code></a>, where one just have mutatis mutandis to replace <code>\raggedright</code> by <code>\raggedleft</code>. </p> <hr> -<span id="itemize"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="section" id="itemize"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#letter" accesskey="n" rel="next">letter</a>, Previous: <a href="#flushright" accesskey="p" rel="prev">flushright</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#letter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>letter</code> environment: writing letters</a>, Previous: <a href="#flushright" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>flushright</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="itemize-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.14 <code>itemize</code></h3> @@ -6530,23 +6492,23 @@ LaTeX error ‘<samp>Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item</samp>&rsquo \end{itemize} </pre></div> -<p>With the default locale—without loading e.g. <samp>babel</samp> package +<p>With the default locale—without loading e.g. <code>babel</code> package with another language than USenglish—as a top-level list each label would come out as a bullet, •. The format of the labeling depends on the nesting level; see below. </p> <span id="index-_005citem-3"></span> -<p>Start list items with the <code>\item</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005citem">\item</a>). If you +<p>Start list items with the <code>\item</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005citem"><code>\item</code>: An entry in a list</a>). If you give <code>\item</code> an optional argument by following it with square brackets, as in <code>\item[<var>Optional label</var>]</code>, then by default <var>Optional label</var> will appear in bold and be flush right, so it could extend into the left margin. For labels that are flush left see the -<a href="#description">description</a> environment. Following the <code>\item</code> is the text of +<a href="#description"><code>description</code></a> environment. Following the <code>\item</code> is the text of the item, which may be empty or contain multiple paragraphs. </p> <p>Unordered lists can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can also be nested within other paragraph-making environments, such -as <code>enumerate</code> (see <a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a>). +as <code>enumerate</code> (see <a href="#enumerate"><code>enumerate</code></a>). </p> <span id="index-_005clabelitemi"></span> <span id="index-_005clabelitemii"></span> @@ -6592,11 +6554,11 @@ smaller values for more deeply nested levels. <span id="index-enumitem-package"></span> <p>For other major LaTeX labeled list environments, see -<a href="#description">description</a> and <a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a>. The <code>itemize</code>, +<a href="#description"><code>description</code></a> and <a href="#enumerate"><code>enumerate</code></a>. The <code>itemize</code>, <code>enumerate</code> and <code>description</code> environment use the same list layout parameters. For a description, including the default values, and -for information about customizing list layout, see <a href="#list">list</a>. The -package <samp>enumitem</samp> is useful for customizing lists. +for information about customizing list layout, see <a href="#list"><code>list</code></a>. The +package <code>enumitem</code> is useful for customizing lists. </p> <p>This example greatly reduces the margin space for outermost itemized lists. @@ -6610,7 +6572,7 @@ lists. space between items. Here is an example defining an <code>itemize*</code> environment with no extra spacing between items, or between paragraphs within a single item (<code>\parskip</code> is not list-specific, -see <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">\parindent & \parskip</a>): +see <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"><code>\parindent</code> & <code>\parskip</code></a>): </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\newenvironment{itemize*}% @@ -6623,9 +6585,11 @@ see <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">\parindent & \parskip</a <hr> -<span id="letter"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="letter"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#list" accesskey="n" rel="next">list</a>, Previous: <a href="#itemize" accesskey="p" rel="prev">itemize</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#list" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>list</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#itemize" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>itemize</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="letter-environment_003a-writing-letters"></span><h3 class="section">8.15 <code>letter</code> environment: writing letters</h3> @@ -6637,9 +6601,11 @@ Next: <a href="#list" accesskey="n" rel="next">list</a>, Previous: <a href="#ite </p> <hr> -<span id="list"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="list"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#math" accesskey="n" rel="next">math</a>, Previous: <a href="#letter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">letter</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#math" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>math</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#letter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>letter</code> environment: writing letters</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="list-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.16 <code>list</code></h3> @@ -6663,12 +6629,12 @@ Next: <a href="#math" accesskey="n" rel="next">math</a>, Previous: <a href="#let <p>Note that this environment does not typically appear in the document body. Most lists created by LaTeX authors are the ones that come standard: the <code>description</code>, <code>enumerate</code>, and <code>itemize</code> -environments (see <a href="#description">description</a>, <a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a>, and <a href="#itemize">itemize</a>). +environments (see <a href="#description"><code>description</code></a>, <a href="#enumerate"><code>enumerate</code></a>, and <a href="#itemize"><code>itemize</code></a>). </p> <p>Instead, the <code>list</code> environment is most often used in macros. For example, many standard LaTeX environments that do not immediately appear to be lists are in fact constructed using <code>list</code>, including -<code>quotation</code>, <code>quote</code>, and <code>center</code> (see <a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation & quote</a>, see <a href="#center">center</a>). +<code>quotation</code>, <code>quote</code>, and <code>center</code> (see <a href="#quotation-_0026-quote"><code>quotation</code> & <code>quote</code></a>, see <a href="#center"><code>center</code></a>). </p> <p>This uses the <code>list</code> environment to define a new custom environment. @@ -6698,11 +6664,11 @@ of width <code>\labelwidth</code>. If the label is wider than that, the additional material extends to the right. When making an instance of a <code>list</code> you can override the default labeling by giving <code>\item</code> an optional argument by including square braces and the text, as in the -above <code>\item[Special label.]</code>; see <a href="#g_t_005citem">\item</a>. +above <code>\item[Special label.]</code>; see <a href="#g_t_005citem"><code>\item</code>: An entry in a list</a>. </p> <p>The mandatory second argument <var>spacing</var> has a list of commands. This list can be empty. A command that can go in here is -<code>\usecounter{<var>countername</var>}</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a>). Use this +<code>\usecounter{<var>countername</var>}</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cusecounter"><code>\usecounter</code></a>). Use this to tell LaTeX to number the items using the given counter. The counter will be reset to zero each time LaTeX enters the environment, and the counter is incremented by one each time LaTeX encounters an @@ -6734,16 +6700,12 @@ command such as <code>\setlength{itemsep}{2pt plus1pt minus1pt}</code>. For some effects these lengths should be zero or negative. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>\itemindent</code> -<span id="index-_005citemindent"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005citemindent'><span><code>\itemindent</code><a href='#index-_005citemindent' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="list-itemindent"></span><p>Extra horizontal space indentation, beyond <code>leftmargin</code>, of the first line each item. Its default value is <code>0pt</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\itemsep</code> -<span id="index-_005citemsep"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005citemsep'><span><code>\itemsep</code><a href='#index-_005citemsep' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="list-itemsep"></span><p>Vertical space between items, beyond the <code>\parsep</code>. The defaults for the first three levels in LaTeX’s ‘<samp>article</samp>’, ‘<samp>book</samp>’, and ‘<samp>report</samp>’ classes at 10 point size are: <code>4pt plus2pt @@ -6756,17 +6718,13 @@ minus1pt</code>, <code>\parsep</code> (that is, <code>2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</co <code>\topsep</code> (that is, <code>2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\labelsep</code> -<span id="index-_005clabelsep"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005clabelsep'><span><code>\labelsep</code><a href='#index-_005clabelsep' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="list-labelsep"></span><p>Horizontal space between the label and text of an item. The default for LaTeX’s ‘<samp>article</samp>’, ‘<samp>book</samp>’, and ‘<samp>report</samp>’ classes is <code>0.5em</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\labelwidth</code> -<span id="index-_005clabelwidth"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005clabelwidth'><span><code>\labelwidth</code><a href='#index-_005clabelwidth' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="list-labelwidth"></span><p>Horizontal width. The box containing the label is nominally this wide. If <code>\makelabel</code> returns text that is wider than this then the first line of the item will be indented to make room for this extra material. @@ -6788,9 +6746,7 @@ label’s left edge coincide with the left margin of the enclosing environment. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\leftmargin</code> -<span id="index-_005cleftmargin-1"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cleftmargin-1'><span><code>\leftmargin</code><a href='#index-_005cleftmargin-1' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="list-leftmargin"></span><p>Horizontal space between the left margin of the enclosing environment (or the left margin of the page if this is a top-level list), and the left margin of this list. It must be non-negative. @@ -6808,18 +6764,14 @@ error message ‘<samp>Too deeply nested</samp>’.) <code>2.2em</code>, and <code>\leftmarginiii</code> is <code>1.87em</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\listparindent</code> -<span id="index-_005clistparindent"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005clistparindent'><span><code>\listparindent</code><a href='#index-_005clistparindent' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="list-listparindent"></span><p>Horizontal space of additional line indentation, beyond <code>\leftmargin</code>, for second and subsequent paragraphs within a list item. A negative value makes this an “outdent”. Its default value is <code>0pt</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\parsep</code> -<span id="index-_005cparsep"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cparsep'><span><code>\parsep</code><a href='#index-_005cparsep' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="list-parsep"></span><p>Vertical space between paragraphs within an item. The defaults for the first three levels in LaTeX’s ‘<samp>article</samp>’, ‘<samp>book</samp>’, and ‘<samp>report</samp>’ classes at 10 point size are: <code>4pt @@ -6830,9 +6782,7 @@ size are: <code>5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt</code>, <code>2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>, and <code>0pt</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\partopsep</code> -<span id="index-_005cpartopsep"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cpartopsep'><span><code>\partopsep</code><a href='#index-_005cpartopsep' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="list-partopsep"></span><p>Vertical space added, beyond <code>\topsep</code>+<code>\parskip</code>, to the top and bottom of the entire environment if the list instance is preceded by a blank line. (A blank line in the LaTeX source before the list @@ -6848,19 +6798,15 @@ defaults at 12 point are: <code>3pt plus2pt minus3pt</code>, <code>3pt plus2pt minus2pt</code>, and <code>1pt plus0pt minus1pt</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\rightmargin</code> -<span id="index-_005crightmargin"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005crightmargin'><span><code>\rightmargin</code><a href='#index-_005crightmargin' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="list-rightmargin"></span><p>Horizontal space between the right margin of the list and the right margin of the enclosing environment. Its default value is <code>0pt</code>. It must be non-negative. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\topsep</code> -<span id="index-_005ctopsep"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctopsep'><span><code>\topsep</code><a href='#index-_005ctopsep' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="list-topsep"></span><p>Vertical space added to both the top and bottom of the list, in addition -to <code>\parskip</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">\parindent & \parskip</a>). The defaults for +to <code>\parskip</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"><code>\parindent</code> & <code>\parskip</code></a>). The defaults for the first three levels in LaTeX’s ‘<samp>article</samp>’, ‘<samp>book</samp>’, and ‘<samp>report</samp>’ classes at 10 point size are: <code>8pt plus2pt minus4pt</code>, <code>4pt plus2pt minus1pt</code>, and <code>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>. The @@ -6883,47 +6829,47 @@ bracket for <var>h4</var>, so that the left edge of the label box is at <var>h3</var>+<var>h4</var>-(<var>h0</var>+<var>h1</var>). </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><var>v0</var></dt> -<dd><p><em><code>\topsep</code> + <code>\parskip</code></em> if +<dt><span><var>v0</var></span></dt> +<dd><p><em class='math'><code>\topsep</code> + <code>\parskip</code></em> if the list environment does not start a new paragraph, and <code>\topsep</code>+<code>\parskip</code>+<code>\partopsep</code> if it does </p> </dd> -<dt><var>v1</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>v1</var></span></dt> <dd><p><code>\parsep</code> </p> </dd> -<dt><var>v2</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>v2</var></span></dt> <dd><p><code>\itemsep</code>+<code>\parsep</code> </p> </dd> -<dt><var>v3</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>v3</var></span></dt> <dd><p>Same as <var>v0</var>. (This space is affected by whether a blank line appears in the source above the environment; whether a blank line appears in the source below the environment does not matter.) </p> </dd> -<dt><var>h0</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>h0</var></span></dt> <dd><p><code>\labelwidth</code> </p> </dd> -<dt><var>h1</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>h1</var></span></dt> <dd><p><code>\labelsep</code> </p> </dd> -<dt><var>h2</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>h2</var></span></dt> <dd><p><code>\listparindent</code> </p> </dd> -<dt><var>h3</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>h3</var></span></dt> <dd><p><code>\leftmargin</code> </p> </dd> -<dt><var>h4</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>h4</var></span></dt> <dd><p><code>\itemindent</code> </p> </dd> -<dt><var>h5</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>h5</var></span></dt> <dd><p><code>\rightmargin</code> </p> </dd> @@ -6945,21 +6891,15 @@ e.g., <code>\@beginparpenalty=9999</code>; a value of 10000 prohibits a page break. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>\@beginparpenalty</code> -<span id="index-_005c_0040beginparpenalty"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005c_0040beginparpenalty'><span><code>\@beginparpenalty</code><a href='#index-_005c_0040beginparpenalty' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="list-beginparpenalty"></span><p>The page breaking penalty for breaking before the list (default <code>-51</code>). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\@itempenalty</code> -<span id="index-_005c_0040itempenalty"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005c_0040itempenalty'><span><code>\@itempenalty</code><a href='#index-_005c_0040itempenalty' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="list-itempenalty"></span><p>The page breaking penalty for breaking before a list item (default <code>-51</code>). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\@endparpenalty</code> -<span id="index-_005c_0040endparpenalty"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005c_0040endparpenalty'><span><code>\@endparpenalty</code><a href='#index-_005c_0040endparpenalty' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="list-endparpenalty"></span><p>The page breaking penalty for breaking after a list (default <code>-51</code>). </p> </dd> @@ -6972,7 +6912,7 @@ page break. </p> <p>This example has the labels in red. They are numbered, and the left edge of the label lines up with the left edge of the item text. -See <a href="#g_t_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a>. +See <a href="#g_t_005cusecounter"><code>\usecounter</code></a>. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\usepackage{color} @@ -6992,18 +6932,17 @@ See <a href="#g_t_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a>. {\end{list}} </pre></div> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005citem" accesskey="1">\item</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">An entry in a list. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#trivlist" accesskey="2">trivlist</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">A restricted form of <code>list</code>. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005citem" accesskey="1"><code>\item</code>: An entry in a list</a></li> +<li><a href="#trivlist" accesskey="2"><code>trivlist</code>: A restricted form of <code>list</code></a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005citem"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005citem"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#trivlist" accesskey="n" rel="next">trivlist</a>, Up: <a href="#list" accesskey="u" rel="up">list</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#trivlist" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>trivlist</code>: A restricted form of <code>list</code></a>, Up: <a href="#list" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>list</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005citem_003a-An-entry-in-a-list"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.16.1 <code>\item</code>: An entry in a list</h4> @@ -7050,9 +6989,11 @@ labelled ‘<samp>3.</samp>’. </p> <hr> -<span id="trivlist"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="trivlist"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005citem" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\item</a>, Up: <a href="#list" accesskey="u" rel="up">list</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005citem" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\item</code>: An entry in a list</a>, Up: <a href="#list" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>list</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="trivlist_003a-A-restricted-form-of-list"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.16.2 <code>trivlist</code>: A restricted form of <code>list</code></h4> @@ -7085,7 +7026,7 @@ adjusting the left and right margins for possible nested list environments. </p> <p>Specifically, <code>trivlist</code> uses the current values of the list -parameters (see <a href="#list">list</a>), except that <code>\parsep</code> is set to the +parameters (see <a href="#list"><code>list</code></a>), except that <code>\parsep</code> is set to the value of <code>\parskip</code>, and <code>\leftmargin</code>, <code>\labelwidth</code>, and <code>\itemindent</code> are set to zero. </p> @@ -7101,9 +7042,12 @@ default) they have no paragraph indent and are vertically separated. <hr> -<span id="math"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="section" id="math"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#minipage" accesskey="n" rel="next">minipage</a>, Previous: <a href="#list" accesskey="p" rel="prev">list</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#minipage" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>minipage</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#list" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>list</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="math-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.17 <code>math</code></h3> @@ -7128,9 +7072,11 @@ See <a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a>. </p> <hr> -<span id="minipage"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="minipage"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#picture" accesskey="n" rel="next">picture</a>, Previous: <a href="#math" accesskey="p" rel="prev">math</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#picture" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>picture</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#math" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>math</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="minipage-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.18 <code>minipage</code></h3> @@ -7159,7 +7105,7 @@ Next: <a href="#picture" accesskey="n" rel="next">picture</a>, Previous: <a href small version of a page; it can contain its own footnotes, itemized lists, etc. (There are some restrictions, including that it cannot have floats.) This box will not be broken across pages. So <code>minipage</code> -is similar to <code>\parbox</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cparbox">\parbox</a>) but here you can have +is similar to <code>\parbox</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cparbox"><code>\parbox</code></a>) but here you can have paragraphs. </p> <p>This example will be 3 inches wide, and has two paragraphs. @@ -7191,21 +7137,19 @@ default <var>position</var> and set the <var>height</var> with vertically aligns with the surrounding material. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>c</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>c</code></span></dt> <dd><p>(synonym <code>m</code>) Default. Positions the <code>minipage</code> so its vertical center lines up with the center of the adjacent text line. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>t</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cvtop-plain-TeX"></span> -<p>Match the top line in the <code>minipage</code> with the baseline of the -surrounding text (plain TeX’s <code>\vtop</code>). +<dt id='index-_005cvtop-plain-TeX'><span><code>t</code><a href='#index-_005cvtop-plain-TeX' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><p>Align the baseline of the top line in the <code>minipage</code> with the +baseline of the surrounding text (plain TeX’s <code>\vtop</code>). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>b</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cvbox-plain-TeX"></span> -<p>Match the bottom line in the <code>minipage</code> with the baseline of the -surrounding text (plain TeX’s <code>\vbox</code>). +<dt id='index-_005cvbox-_0028plain-TeX_0029'><span><code>b</code><a href='#index-_005cvbox-_0028plain-TeX_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><p>Align the baseline of the bottom line in the <code>minipage</code> with the +baseline of the surrounding text (plain TeX’s <code>\vbox</code>). </p></dd> </dl> @@ -7230,19 +7174,19 @@ it to a height of zero or a negative value. default is the value of <var>position</var>). </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>t</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>t</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Place <var>contents</var> at the top of the box. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>c</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>c</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Place it in the vertical center. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>b</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>b</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Place it at the box bottom. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>s</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>s</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Stretch <var>contents</var> out vertically; it must contain vertically stretchable space. </p> @@ -7336,9 +7280,11 @@ are vertically centered. <hr> -<span id="picture"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="picture"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#quotation-_0026-quote" accesskey="n" rel="next">quotation & quote</a>, Previous: <a href="#minipage" accesskey="p" rel="prev">minipage</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#quotation-_0026-quote" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>quotation</code> & <code>quote</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#minipage" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>minipage</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="picture-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.19 <code>picture</code></h3> @@ -7427,7 +7373,7 @@ so if <code>\unitlength</code> has been set to <code>1cm</code>, then the coordi </p> <p>LaTeX’s default for <code>\unitlength</code> is <code>1pt</code>. It is a rigid length (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). Change it with the <code>\setlength</code> command -(see <a href="#g_t_005csetlength">\setlength</a>). Make this change only outside of a <code>picture</code> +(see <a href="#g_t_005csetlength"><code>\setlength</code></a>). Make this change only outside of a <code>picture</code> environment. </p> <p>The <code>picture</code> environment supports using standard arithmetic @@ -7438,7 +7384,7 @@ the lower-left corner of the picture. Note that when a position appears as an argument, as with <code>\put(1,2){...}</code>, it is not enclosed in braces since the parentheses serve to delimit the argument. Also, unlike in some computer graphics systems, larger y-coordinates are -further up the page, for example, <em>y = 1</em> is <em>above</em> <em>y = 0</em>. +further up the page, for example, <em class='math'>y = 1</em> is <em>above</em> <em class='math'>y = 0</em>. </p> <p>There are four ways to put things in a picture: <code>\put</code>, <code>\multiput</code>, <code>\qbezier</code>, and <code>\graphpaper</code>. The most @@ -7449,11 +7395,11 @@ often used is <code>\put</code>. This </pre></div> <p>places the object with its reference point at coordinates -<em>(11.3,-0.3)</em>. The reference points for various objects will be +<em class='math'>(11.3,-0.3)</em>. The reference points for various objects will be described below. <span id="index-LR-box"></span> The <code>\put</code> command creates an <em>LR box</em> (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>). -Anything that can go in an <code>\mbox</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</a>) can +Anything that can go in an <code>\mbox</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><code>\mbox</code> & <code>\makebox</code></a>) can go in the text argument of the <code>\put</code> command. The reference point will be the lower left corner of the box. In this picture </p> @@ -7493,46 +7439,31 @@ the left margin, and <code>0.35\textwidth</code> up from the bottom of the picture. Another example of this usage is to put similar code in the page header to get repeat material on each of a document’s pages. </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cput" accesskey="1">\put</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Place an object at a specified place. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmultiput" accesskey="2">\multiput</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw multiple instances of an object. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cqbezier" accesskey="3">\qbezier</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a quadratic Bézier curve. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper" accesskey="4">\graphpaper</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw graph paper. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cline" accesskey="5">\line</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a straight line. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005clinethickness" accesskey="6">\linethickness</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set thickness of horizontal and vertical lines. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cthinlines" accesskey="7">\thinlines</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The default line thickness. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cthicklines" accesskey="8">\thicklines</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">A heavier line thickness. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ccircle" accesskey="9">\circle</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a circle. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005coval">\oval</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw an oval. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cshortstack">\shortstack</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Make a stack of objects. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cvector">\vector</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a line with an arrow. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a box of the specified size. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a box with a frame around it. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cframe">\frame</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a frame around an object. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cdashbox">\dashbox</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a dashed box. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cput" accesskey="1"><code>\put</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cmultiput" accesskey="2"><code>\multiput</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cqbezier" accesskey="3"><code>\qbezier</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper" accesskey="4"><code>\graphpaper</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cline" accesskey="5"><code>\line</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005clinethickness" accesskey="6"><code>\linethickness</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cthinlines" accesskey="7"><code>\thinlines</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cthicklines" accesskey="8"><code>\thicklines</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005ccircle" accesskey="9"><code>\circle</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005coval"><code>\oval</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cshortstack"><code>\shortstack</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cvector"><code>\vector</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><code>\makebox</code> (picture)</a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029"><code>\framebox</code> (picture)</a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cframe"><code>\frame</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cdashbox"><code>\dashbox</code></a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cput"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cput"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmultiput" accesskey="n" rel="next">\multiput</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmultiput" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\multiput</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>picture</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cput-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.1 <code>\put</code></h4> @@ -7545,7 +7476,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmultiput" accesskey="n" rel="next">\multiput</a>, Up: <a </pre></div> <p>Place <var>content</var> at the coordinate (<var>xcoord</var>,<var>ycoord</var>). See -the discussion of coordinates and <code>\unitlength</code> in <a href="#picture">picture</a>. +the discussion of coordinates and <code>\unitlength</code> in <a href="#picture"><code>picture</code></a>. The <var>content</var> is processed in LR mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>) so it cannot contain line breaks. </p> @@ -7560,9 +7491,11 @@ text, at the bottom left of the ‘<samp>A</samp>’. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cmultiput"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cmultiput"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cqbezier" accesskey="n" rel="next">\qbezier</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cput" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\put</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cqbezier" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\qbezier</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cput" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\put</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>picture</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cmultiput-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.2 <code>\multiput</code></h4> @@ -7576,10 +7509,10 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cqbezier" accesskey="n" rel="next">\qbezier</a>, Previous <p>Copy <var>obj</var> a total of <var>num-copies</var> times, with an increment of <var>delta_x,delta_y</var>. The <var>obj</var> first appears at position -<em>(x,y)</em>, then at <em>(x+\delta_x,y+\delta_y)</em>, and so on. +<em class='math'>(x,y)</em>, then at <em class='math'>(x+\delta_x,y+\delta_y)</em>, and so on. </p> <p>This draws a simple grid with every fifth line in bold (see also -<a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper">\graphpaper</a>). +<a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper"><code>\graphpaper</code></a>). </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\begin{picture}(10,10) @@ -7594,9 +7527,11 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cqbezier" accesskey="n" rel="next">\qbezier</a>, Previous <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cqbezier"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cqbezier"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper" accesskey="n" rel="next">\graphpaper</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmultiput" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\multiput</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\graphpaper</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmultiput" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\multiput</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>picture</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cqbezier-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.3 <code>\qbezier</code></h4> @@ -7648,9 +7583,11 @@ that curve. </pre></div> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cgraphpaper"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cgraphpaper"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cline" accesskey="n" rel="next">\line</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cqbezier" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\qbezier</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cline" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\line</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cqbezier" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\qbezier</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>picture</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cgraphpaper-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.4 <code>\graphpaper</code></h4> @@ -7665,7 +7602,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cline" accesskey="n" rel="next">\line</a>, Previous: <a h <span id="index-package_002c-graphpap"></span> <span id="index-graphpap-package"></span> -<p>Draw a coordinate grid. Requires the <samp>graphpap</samp> package. +<p>Draw a coordinate grid. Requires the <code>graphpap</code> package. The grid’s origin is <code>(<var>x_init</var>,<var>y_init</var>)</code>. Grid lines come every <var>spacing</var> units (the default is 10). The grid extends <var>x_dimen</var> units to the right and <var>y_dimen</var> units up. @@ -7685,9 +7622,11 @@ All arguments must be positive integers. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cline"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cline"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005clinethickness" accesskey="n" rel="next">\linethickness</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\graphpaper</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005clinethickness" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\linethickness</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\graphpaper</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>picture</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cline-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.5 <code>\line</code></h4> @@ -7702,9 +7641,9 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005clinethickness" accesskey="n" rel="next">\linethickness</ <p>Draw a line. It slopes such that it vertically rises <var>y_rise</var> for every horizontal <var>x_run</var>. The <var>travel</var> is the total horizontal change—it is not the length of the vector, it is the change in -<em>x</em>. In the special case of vertical lines, where +<em class='math'>x</em>. In the special case of vertical lines, where (<var>x_run</var>,<var>y_rise</var>)=(0,1), the <var>travel</var> gives the change in -<em>y</em>. +<em class='math'>y</em>. </p> <p>This draws a line starting at coordinates (1,3). </p> @@ -7714,9 +7653,9 @@ change—it is not the length of the vector, it is the change in <p>For every over 2, this line will go up 5. Because <var>travel</var> specifies that this goes over 4, it must go up 10. Thus its -endpoint is <em>(1,3)+(4,10)=(5,13)</em>. In particular, note that -<em><var>travel</var>=4</em> is not the length of the line, it is the change in -<em>x</em>. +endpoint is <em class='math'>(1,3)+(4,10)=(5,13)</em>. In particular, note that +<em class='math'><var>travel</var>=4</em> is not the length of the line, it is the change in +<em class='math'>x</em>. </p> <p>The arguments <var>x_run</var> and <var>y_rise</var> are integers that can be positive, negative, or zero. (If both are 0 then LaTeX treats the @@ -7730,10 +7669,9 @@ then the line’s ending point has a second coordinate that is less than <p>If <var>travel</var> is negative then you get <code>LaTeX Error: Bad \line or \vector argument.</code> </p> -<span id="index-pict2e-package"></span> <span id="index-graphics-packages"></span> <span id="index-package_002c-pict2e"></span> -<span id="index-pict2e-package-1"></span> +<span id="index-pict2e-package"></span> <span id="index-package_002c-TikZ"></span> <span id="index-TikZ-package"></span> @@ -7755,16 +7693,18 @@ relatively prime, so that <var>(x_run,y_rise)</var> can be (2,1) but not (4,2) (if you choose the latter then instead of lines you get sequences of arrowheads; the solution is to switch to the former). To get lines of arbitrary slope and plenty of other shapes in a system like -<code>picture</code>, see the package <samp>pict2e</samp> +<code>picture</code>, see the package <code>pict2e</code> (<a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/pict2e">https://ctan.org/pkg/pict2e</a>). Another solution is to use a full-featured graphics system such as TikZ, PSTricks, MetaPost, or Asymptote. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005clinethickness"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005clinethickness"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthinlines" accesskey="n" rel="next">\thinlines</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cline" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\line</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthinlines" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\thinlines</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cline" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\line</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>picture</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005clinethickness-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.6 <code>\linethickness</code></h4> @@ -7780,13 +7720,15 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthinlines" accesskey="n" rel="next">\thinlines</a>, Prev picture to be <var>dim</var>, which must be a positive length (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). It differs from <code>\thinlines</code> and <code>\thicklines</code> in that it does not affect the thickness of slanted -lines, circles, or ovals. +lines, circles, or ovals (see <a href="#g_t_005coval"><code>\oval</code></a>). </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cthinlines"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cthinlines"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthicklines" accesskey="n" rel="next">\thicklines</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005clinethickness" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\linethickness</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthicklines" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\thicklines</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005clinethickness" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\linethickness</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>picture</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cthinlines-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.7 <code>\thinlines</code></h4> @@ -7795,13 +7737,15 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthicklines" accesskey="n" rel="next">\thicklines</a>, Pr <p>Declaration to set the thickness of subsequent lines, circles, and ovals in a picture environment to be 0.4pt. This is the default thickness, so this command is unnecessary unless the thickness has been -changed with either <a href="#g_t_005clinethickness">\linethickness</a> or <a href="#g_t_005cthicklines">\thicklines</a>. +changed with either <a href="#g_t_005clinethickness"><code>\linethickness</code></a> or <a href="#g_t_005cthicklines"><code>\thicklines</code></a>. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cthicklines"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cthicklines"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccircle" accesskey="n" rel="next">\circle</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cthinlines" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\thinlines</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccircle" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\circle</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cthinlines" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\thinlines</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>picture</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cthicklines-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.8 <code>\thicklines</code></h4> @@ -7809,14 +7753,16 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccircle" accesskey="n" rel="next">\circle</a>, Previous: <p>Declaration to set the thickness of subsequent lines, circles, and ovals in a picture environment to be 0.8pt. See also -<a href="#g_t_005clinethickness">\linethickness</a> and <a href="#g_t_005cthinlines">\thinlines</a>. This command is illustrated -in the Trapezoidal Rule example of <a href="#picture">picture</a>. +<a href="#g_t_005clinethickness"><code>\linethickness</code></a> and <a href="#g_t_005cthinlines"><code>\thinlines</code></a>. This command is illustrated +in the Trapezoidal Rule example of <a href="#g_t_005cqbezier"><code>\qbezier</code></a>. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005ccircle"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005ccircle"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005coval" accesskey="n" rel="next">\oval</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cthicklines" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\thicklines</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005coval" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\oval</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cthicklines" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\thicklines</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>picture</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005ccircle-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.9 <code>\circle</code></h4> @@ -7844,9 +7790,11 @@ integers from 1 to 15. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005coval"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005coval"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cshortstack" accesskey="n" rel="next">\shortstack</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccircle" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\circle</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cshortstack" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\shortstack</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccircle" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\circle</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>picture</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005coval-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.10 <code>\oval</code></h4> @@ -7859,21 +7807,22 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cshortstack" accesskey="n" rel="next">\shortstack</a>, Pr \oval(<var>width</var>,<var>height</var>)[<var>portion</var>] </pre></div> -<p>Produce a rectangle with rounded corners. The optional argument -<var>portion</var> allows you to produce only half or a quarter of the oval. -For half an oval take <var>portion</var> to be one of these. +<p>Produce a rectangle with rounded corners, hereinafter referred to as an +<em>oval</em>. The optional argument <var>portion</var> allows you to produce +only half or a quarter of the oval. For half an oval take <var>portion</var> +to be one of these. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>t</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>t</code></span></dt> <dd><p>top half </p></dd> -<dt><code>b</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>b</code></span></dt> <dd><p>bottom half </p></dd> -<dt><code>r</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>r</code></span></dt> <dd><p>right half </p></dd> -<dt><code>l</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>l</code></span></dt> <dd><p>left half </p></dd> </dl> @@ -7892,14 +7841,16 @@ top half. </p> <p>These shapes are not ellipses. They are rectangles whose corners are made with quarter circles. These circles have a maximum radius of -20pt (see <a href="#g_t_005ccircle">\circle</a> for the sizes). Thus large ovals are just -boxes with a small amount of corner rounding. +20pt (see <a href="#g_t_005ccircle"><code>\circle</code></a> for the sizes). Thus large ovals are just +frames with a small amount of corner rounding. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cshortstack"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cshortstack"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvector" accesskey="n" rel="next">\vector</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005coval" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\oval</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvector" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\vector</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005coval" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\oval</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>picture</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cshortstack-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.11 <code>\shortstack</code></h4> @@ -7913,29 +7864,33 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvector" accesskey="n" rel="next">\vector</a>, Previous: <p>Produce a vertical stack of objects. </p> -<p>This labels the <em>y</em> axis. +<p>This labels the <em class='math'>y</em> axis by writing the word ‘<samp><em class='math'>y</em></samp>’ above +the word ‘<samp>axis</samp>’. </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\put(0,0){\vector(1,0){4}} % x axis -\put(0,0){\vector(0,1){2}} % y -\put(-0.25,2){\makebox[0][r]{\shortstack[r]{$y$\\ axis}}} +<pre class="example">\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm} +\begin{picture}(5,2.5)(-0.75,0) + \put(0,0){\vector(1,0){4}} % x axis + \put(0,0){\vector(0,1){2}} % y + \put(-0.2,2){\makebox(0,0)[r]{\shortstack[r]{$y$\\ axis}}} +\end{picture} </pre></div> <p>For a short stack, the reference point is the lower left of the stack. -In the above example the <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</a> puts the stack flush -right in a zero width box so in total the short stack sits slightly to -the left of the <em>y</em> axis. +In the above example the <code>\makebox</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><code>\mbox</code> & <code>\makebox</code></a>) puts +the stack flush right in a zero width box so in total the short stack +sits slightly to the left of the <em class='math'>y</em> axis. </p> <p>The valid positions are: </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>r</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>r</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Make objects flush right </p></dd> -<dt><code>l</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>l</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Make objects flush left </p></dd> -<dt><code>c</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>c</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Center objects (default) </p></dd> </dl> @@ -7943,11 +7898,13 @@ the left of the <em>y</em> axis. <span id="index-_005c_005c-_0028for-_005cshortstack-objects_0029"></span> <p>Separate objects into lines with <code>\\</code>. These stacks are short in that, unlike in a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment, here the -rows are not spaced out to be of even heights. Thus, in +rows are not spaced out to be of even baseline skips. Thus, in <code>\shortstack{X\\o\\o\\X}</code> the first and last rows are taller than -the middle two. You can adjust row heights either by putting in the -usual interline spacing with <code>\shortstack{X\\ \strut o\\o\\X}</code>, -or by hand, via an explicit zero-width box <code>\shortstack{X \\ +the middle two, and therefore the baseline skip between the two middle +rows is smaller than that between the third and last row. You can +adjust row heights and depths either by putting in the usual interline +spacing with <code>\shortstack{X\\ \strut o\\o\\X}</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cstrut"><code>\strut</code></a>), +or explicitly, via an zero-width box <code>\shortstack{X \\ \rule{0pt}{12pt} o\\o\\X}</code> or by using <code>\\</code>’s optional argument <code>\shortstack{X\\[2pt] o\\o\\X}</code>. </p> @@ -7956,9 +7913,11 @@ argument <code>\shortstack{X\\[2pt] o\\o\\X}</code>. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cvector"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cvector"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next">\makebox (picture)</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cshortstack" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\shortstack</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\makebox</code> (picture)</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cshortstack" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\shortstack</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>picture</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cvector-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.12 <code>\vector</code></h4> @@ -7973,13 +7932,13 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next">\mak <p>Draw a line ending in an arrow. The slope of that line is: it vertically rises <var>y_rise</var> for every horizontal <var>x_run</var>. The <var>travel</var> is the total horizontal change—it is not the -length of the vector, it is the change in <em>x</em>. In the special case +length of the vector, it is the change in <em class='math'>x</em>. In the special case of vertical vectors, if (<var>x_run</var>,<var>y_rise</var>)=(0,1), then -<var>travel</var> gives the change in <em>y</em>. +<var>travel</var> gives the change in <em class='math'>y</em>. </p> -<p>For an example see <a href="#picture">picture</a>. +<p>For an example see <a href="#picture"><code>picture</code></a>. </p> -<p>For elaboration on <var>x_run</var> and <var>y_rise</var> see <a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a>. As +<p>For elaboration on <var>x_run</var> and <var>y_rise</var> see <a href="#g_t_005cline"><code>\line</code></a>. As there, the values of <var>x_run</var> and <var>y_rise</var> are limited. For <code>\vector</code> you must chooses integers between -4 and 4, inclusive. Also, the two you choose must be relatively prime. Thus, @@ -7988,9 +7947,11 @@ not (if you use the latter then you get a sequence of arrowheads). </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next">\framebox (picture)</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cvector" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\vector</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\framebox</code> (picture)</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cvector" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\vector</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>picture</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.13 <code>\makebox</code> (picture)</h4> @@ -8006,9 +7967,9 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next">\fr <p>Make a box to hold <var>text</var>. This command fits with the <code>picture</code> environment, although you can use it outside of there, because <var>rec-width</var> and <var>rec-height</var> are numbers specifying -distances in terms of the <code>\unitlength</code> (see <a href="#picture">picture</a>). This -command is similar to the normal <code>\makebox</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</a>) except here that you must specify the width and height. This -command is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +distances in terms of the <code>\unitlength</code> (see <a href="#picture"><code>picture</code></a>). This +command is similar to the normal <code>\makebox</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><code>\mbox</code> & <code>\makebox</code></a>) except here that you must specify the width and height. This +command is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <p>This makes a box of length 3.5 times <code>\unitlength</code> and height 4 times <code>\unitlength</code>. @@ -8023,19 +7984,19 @@ and vertically. To place it somewhere else, use a string with one or two of these letters. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>t</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>t</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Puts <var>text</var> the top of the box. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>b</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>b</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Put <var>text</var> at the bottom. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>l</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>l</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Put <var>text</var> on the left. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>r</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>r</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Put <var>text</var> on the right. </p> </dd> @@ -8043,9 +8004,11 @@ two of these letters. <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cframe" accesskey="n" rel="next">\frame</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\makebox (picture)</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cframe" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\frame</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\makebox</code> (picture)</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>picture</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.14 <code>\framebox</code> (picture)</h4> @@ -8058,13 +8021,13 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cframe" accesskey="n" rel="next">\frame</a>, Previous: <a \framebox(<var>rec-width</var>,<var>rec-height</var>)[<var>position</var>]{<var>text</var>} </pre></div> -<p>This is the same as <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a> except that it puts a frame +<p>This is the same as <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><code>\makebox</code> (picture)</a> except that it puts a frame around the outside of the box that it creates. The reference point is the bottom left corner of the frame. This command fits with the <code>picture</code> environment, although you can use it outside of there, because lengths are numbers specifying the distance in terms of the -<code>\unitlength</code> (see <a href="#picture">picture</a>). This command is fragile -(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +<code>\unitlength</code> (see <a href="#picture"><code>picture</code></a>). This command is fragile +(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <p>This example creates a frame 2.5 inches by 3 inches and puts the text in the center. @@ -8078,7 +8041,7 @@ the text in the center. <var>rect-width</var> units and height <var>rect-height</var> units. </p> <p>The optional argument <var>position</var> specifies the position of -<var>text</var>; see <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a> for the values that it can +<var>text</var>; see <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><code>\makebox</code> (picture)</a> for the values that it can take. </p> <span id="index-_005cfboxrule-1"></span> @@ -8088,13 +8051,15 @@ take. </p> <p>For this command, you must specify the <var>width</var> and <var>height</var>. If you want to just put a frame around some contents whose dimension is -determined in some other way then either use <code>\fbox</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">\fbox & \framebox</a>) or <code>\frame</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cframe">\frame</a>). +determined in some other way then either use <code>\fbox</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox"><code>\fbox</code> & <code>\framebox</code></a>) or <code>\frame</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cframe"><code>\frame</code></a>). </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cframe"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cframe"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cdashbox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\dashbox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\framebox (picture)</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cdashbox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\dashbox</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\framebox</code> (picture)</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>picture</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cframe-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.15 <code>\frame</code></h4> @@ -8108,14 +8073,16 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cdashbox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\dashbox</a>, Previous <p>Puts a rectangular frame around <var>contents</var>. The reference point is the bottom left corner of the frame. In contrast to <code>\framebox</code> -(see <a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a>), this command puts no extra space is put -between the frame and the object. It is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +(see <a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029"><code>\framebox</code> (picture)</a>), this command puts no extra space is put +between the frame and the object. It is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cdashbox"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cdashbox"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cframe" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\frame</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cframe" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\frame</code></a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>picture</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cdashbox-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.16 <code>\dashbox</code></h4> @@ -8131,14 +8098,14 @@ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cframe" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\frame</a>, Up: <a h <p>Create a dashed rectangle around <var>text</var>. This command fits with the <code>picture</code> environment, although you can use it outside of there, because lengths are numbers specifying the distance in terms of the -<code>\unitlength</code> (see <a href="#picture">picture</a>). +<code>\unitlength</code> (see <a href="#picture"><code>picture</code></a>). </p> <p>The required arguments are: dashes are <var>dash-len</var> units long, with the same length gap, and the rectangle has overall width <var>rect-width</var> units and height <var>rect-height</var> units. </p> <p>The optional argument <var>position</var> specifies the position of -<var>text</var>; see <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a> for the values that it can +<var>text</var>; see <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><code>\makebox</code> (picture)</a> for the values that it can take. </p> <p>This shows that you can use non-integer value for <var>dash-len</var>. @@ -8155,9 +8122,12 @@ take. </p> <hr> -<span id="quotation-_0026-quote"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="section" id="quotation-_0026-quote"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#tabbing" accesskey="n" rel="next">tabbing</a>, Previous: <a href="#picture" accesskey="p" rel="prev">picture</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#tabbing" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>tabbing</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#picture" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>picture</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="quotation-_0026-quote-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.20 <code>quotation</code> & <code>quote</code></h3> @@ -8209,9 +8179,11 @@ between paragraphs (it is the rubber length <code>\parsep</code>). <hr> -<span id="tabbing"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="tabbing"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#table" accesskey="n" rel="next">table</a>, Previous: <a href="#quotation-_0026-quote" accesskey="p" rel="prev">quotation & quote</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#table" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>table</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#quotation-_0026-quote" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>quotation</code> & <code>quote</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="tabbing-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.21 <code>tabbing</code></h3> @@ -8235,7 +8207,7 @@ Next: <a href="#table" accesskey="n" rel="next">table</a>, Previous: <a href="#q <p>Align text in columns, by setting tab stops and tabbing to them much as was done on a typewriter. This is less often used than the environments -<code>tabular</code> (see <a href="#tabular">tabular</a>) or <code>array</code> (see <a href="#array">array</a>) because +<code>tabular</code> (see <a href="#tabular"><code>tabular</code></a>) or <code>array</code> (see <a href="#array"><code>array</code></a>) because in those the width of each column need not be constant and need not be known in advance. </p> @@ -8278,12 +8250,12 @@ rows</em>. The first tabbed row begins immediately after </p> <span id="index-pattern_002c-current-tab-stops_002c-tabbing"></span> <p>At any point the <code>tabbing</code> environment has a <em>current tab stop -pattern</em>, a sequence of <em><var>n</var> > 0</em> tab stops, numbered 0, 1, +pattern</em>, a sequence of <em class='math'><var>n</var> > 0</em> tab stops, numbered 0, 1, etc. These create <var>n</var> corresponding columns. Tab stop 0 is always the left margin, defined by the enclosing environment. Tab stop number <var>i</var> is set if it is assigned a horizontal position on the page. Tab stop number <var>i</var> can only be set if -all the stops 0, …, <em>i-1</em> have already been set; normally +all the stops 0, …, <em class='math'>i-1</em> have already been set; normally later stops are to the right of earlier ones. </p> <p>By default any text typeset in a <code>tabbing</code> environment is typeset @@ -8291,63 +8263,47 @@ ragged right and left-aligned on the current tab stop. Typesetting is done in LR mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>). </p> <p>The following commands can be used inside a <code>tabbing</code> environment. -They are all fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +They are all fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>\\ <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code> -<span id="index-_005c_005c-_0028tabbing_0029"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005c_005c-_0028tabbing_0029'><span><code>\\ <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code><a href='#index-_005c_005c-_0028tabbing_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>End a tabbed line and typeset it. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\= <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code> -<span id="index-_005c_003d-_0028tabbing_0029"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005c_003d-_0028tabbing_0029'><span><code>\= <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code><a href='#index-_005c_003d-_0028tabbing_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Sets a tab stop at the current position. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\> <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code> -<span id="index-_005c_003e-_0028tabbing_0029"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005c_003e-_0028tabbing_0029'><span><code>\> <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code><a href='#index-_005c_003e-_0028tabbing_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-_005c_003e"></span> <p>Advances to the next tab stop. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\<</code> -<span id="index-_005c_003c"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005c_003c'><span><code>\<</code><a href='#index-_005c_003c' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Put following text to the left of the local margin (without changing the margin). Can only be used at the start of the line. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\+</code> -<span id="index-_005c_002b"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005c_002b'><span><code>\+</code><a href='#index-_005c_002b' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands one tab stop to the right, beginning tabbed line if necessary. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\-</code> -<span id="index-_005c_002d"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005c_002d'><span><code>\-</code><a href='#index-_005c_002d' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands one tab stop to the left, beginning tabbed line if necessary. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\' <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code> -<span id="index-_005c_0027-_0028tabbing_0029"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005c_0027-_0028tabbing_0029'><span><code>\' <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code><a href='#index-_005c_0027-_0028tabbing_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Moves everything that you have typed so far in the current column, i.e., everything from the most recent <code>\></code>, <code>\<</code>, <code>\'</code>, <code>\\</code>, or <code>\kill</code> command, to the previous column and aligned to the right, flush against the current column’s tab stop. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\` <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code> -<span id="index-_005c_0060-_0028tabbing_0029"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005c_0060-_0028tabbing_0029'><span><code>\` <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code><a href='#index-_005c_0060-_0028tabbing_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Allows you to put text flush right against any tab stop, including tab stop 0. However, it can’t move text to the right of the last column because there’s no tab stop there. The <code>\`</code> command moves @@ -8358,9 +8314,7 @@ of the <code>tabbing</code> environment. There must be no <code>\></code> or <code>\end{tabbing}</code> command that ends the line. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\a <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code> -<span id="index-_005ca-_0028tabbing_0029"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ca-_0028tabbing_0029'><span><code>\a <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code><a href='#index-_005ca-_0028tabbing_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-_005ca_0027-_0028acute-accent-in-tabbing_0029"></span> <span id="index-_005ca_0060-_0028grave-accent-in-tabbing_0029"></span> <span id="index-_005ca_003d-_0028macron-accent-in-tabbing_0029"></span> @@ -8369,32 +8323,24 @@ of the <code>tabbing</code> environment. There must be no <code>\></code> or use the commands <code>\a=</code>, <code>\a'</code> and <code>\a`</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\kill</code> -<span id="index-_005ckill"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ckill'><span><code>\kill</code><a href='#index-_005ckill' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Sets tab stops without producing text. Works just like <code>\\</code> except that it throws away the current line instead of producing output for it. Any <code>\=</code>, <code>\+</code> or <code>\-</code> commands in that line remain in effect. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\poptabs</code> -<span id="index-_005cpoptabs"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cpoptabs'><span><code>\poptabs</code><a href='#index-_005cpoptabs' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-_005cpoptabs-1"></span> <p>Restores the tab stop positions saved by the last <code>\pushtabs</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\pushtabs</code> -<span id="index-_005cpushtabs"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cpushtabs'><span><code>\pushtabs</code><a href='#index-_005cpushtabs' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful for temporarily changing tab stop positions in the middle of a <code>tabbing</code> environment. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\tabbingsep</code> -<span id="index-_005ctabbingsep"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctabbingsep'><span><code>\tabbingsep</code><a href='#index-_005ctabbingsep' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Distance of the text moved by <code>\'</code> to left of current tab stop. </p> </dd> @@ -8438,15 +8384,17 @@ function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\ <p>This example is just for illustration of the environment. To actually typeset computer code in typewriter like this, a verbatim environment -(see <a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a>) would normally be best. For pretty-printed code, +(see <a href="#verbatim"><code>verbatim</code></a>) would normally be best. For pretty-printed code, there are quite a few packages, including <code>algorithm2e</code>, <code>fancyvrb</code>, <code>listings</code>, and <code>minted</code>. </p> <hr> -<span id="table"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="table"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="n" rel="next">tabular</a>, Previous: <a href="#tabbing" accesskey="p" rel="prev">tabbing</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>tabular</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#tabbing" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>tabbing</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="table-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.22 <code>table</code></h3> @@ -8495,11 +8443,11 @@ typeset in a <code>parbox</code> of width <code>\textwidth</code>. float placement algorithm, see <a href="#Floats">Floats</a>. </p> <p>The label is optional; it is used for cross references (see <a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a>). -<span id="index-_005ccaption-1"></span> -The <code>\caption</code> command is also optional. It specifies caption text -<var>title</var> for the table. By default it is numbered. If its optional -<var>lottitle</var> is present then that text is used in the list of tables -instead of <var>title</var> (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a>). +<span id="index-_005ccaption-2"></span> +The <code>\caption</code> command is also optional. It specifies caption +text <var>title</var> for the table (see <a href="#g_t_005ccaption"><code>\caption</code></a>). By default it is +numbered. If its optional <var>lottitle</var> is present then that text is +used in the list of tables instead of <var>title</var> (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>). </p> <p>In this example the table and caption will float to the bottom of a page, unless it is pushed to a float page at the end. @@ -8519,9 +8467,11 @@ unless it is pushed to a float page at the end. <hr> -<span id="tabular"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="tabular"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="n" rel="next">thebibliography</a>, Previous: <a href="#table" accesskey="p" rel="prev">table</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>thebibliography</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#table" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>table</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="tabular-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.23 <code>tabular</code></h3> @@ -8577,7 +8527,7 @@ command follows to put a rule below the table. <p>The required and optional arguments to <code>tabular</code> consist of: </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><var>pos</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>pos</var></span></dt> <dd><p>Optional. Specifies the table’s vertical position. The default is to align the table so its vertical center matches the baseline of the surrounding text. There are two other possible alignments: <code>t</code> @@ -8589,32 +8539,32 @@ text, and <code>b</code> aligns on the bottom row. no difference. </p> </dd> -<dt><var>cols</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>cols</var></span></dt> <dd><p>Required. Specifies the formatting of columns. It consists of a sequence of the following specifiers, corresponding to the types of column and intercolumn material. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>l</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>l</code></span></dt> <dd><p>A column of left-aligned items. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>r</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>r</code></span></dt> <dd><p>A column of right-aligned items. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>c</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>c</code></span></dt> <dd><p>A column of centered items. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>|</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>|</code></span></dt> <dd><p>A vertical line the full height and depth of the environment. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>@{<var>text or space</var>}</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>@{<var>text or space</var>}</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Insert <var>text or space</var> at this location in every row. The <var>text or space</var> material is typeset in LR mode. This text is fragile -(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <p>If between two columns there is no @-expression then LaTeX’s <code>book</code>, <code>article</code>, and <code>report</code> classes will put on @@ -8675,7 +8625,7 @@ column, load the <code>array</code> package and use the <code>>{...}</code> specifier. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>p{<var>wd</var>}</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>p{<var>wd</var>}</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Each item in the column is typeset in a parbox of width <var>wd</var>, as if it were the argument of a <code>\parbox[t]{wd}{...}</code> command. </p> @@ -8687,10 +8637,10 @@ declaration (when used in a <code>p</code>-column element these declarations must appear inside braces, as with <code>{\centering .. \\ ..}</code>). Otherwise LaTeX will misinterpret the double backslash as ending the tabular row. Instead, to get a line break in there use -<code>\newline</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewline">\newline</a>). +<code>\newline</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewline"><code>\newline</code></a>). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>*{<var>num</var>}{<var>cols</var>}</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>*{<var>num</var>}{<var>cols</var>}</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Equivalent to <var>num</var> copies of <var>cols</var>, where <var>num</var> is a positive integer and <var>cols</var> is a list of specifiers. Thus the specifier <code>\begin{tabular}{|*{3}{l|r}|}</code> is equivalent to @@ -8701,7 +8651,7 @@ the specifier <code>\begin{tabular}{|l|rl|rl|r|}</code>. Note that </dl> </dd> -<dt><var>width</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>width</var></span></dt> <dd><p>Required for <code>tabular*</code>, not allowed for <code>tabular</code>. Specifies the width of the <code>tabular*</code> environment. The space between columns should be rubber, as with <code>@{\extracolsep{\fill}}</code>, to allow @@ -8715,33 +8665,25 @@ are likely to get the <code>Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in alignment <p>Parameters that control formatting: </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>\arrayrulewidth</code> -<span id="index-_005carrayrulewidth"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005carrayrulewidth'><span><code>\arrayrulewidth</code><a href='#index-_005carrayrulewidth' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="tabular-arrayrulewidth"></span><p>A length that is the thickness of the rule created by <code>|</code>, <code>\hline</code>, and <code>\vline</code> in the <code>tabular</code> and <code>array</code> environments. The default is ‘<samp>.4pt</samp>’. Change it as in <code>\setlength{\arrayrulewidth}{0.8pt}</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\arraystretch</code> -<span id="index-_005carraystretch"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005carraystretch'><span><code>\arraystretch</code><a href='#index-_005carraystretch' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="tabular-arraystrech"></span><p>A factor by which the spacing between rows in the <code>tabular</code> and <code>array</code> environments is multiplied. The default is ‘<samp>1</samp>’, for no scaling. Change it as <code>\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2}</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\doublerulesep</code> -<span id="index-_005cdoublerulesep"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cdoublerulesep'><span><code>\doublerulesep</code><a href='#index-_005cdoublerulesep' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="tabular-doublerulesep"></span><p>A length that is the distance between the vertical rules produced by the <code>||</code> specifier. The default is ‘<samp>2pt</samp>’. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\tabcolsep</code> -<span id="index-_005ctabcolsep"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctabcolsep'><span><code>\tabcolsep</code><a href='#index-_005ctabcolsep' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="tabular-tabcolsep"></span><p>A length that is half of the space between columns. The default is ‘<samp>6pt</samp>’. Change it with <code>\setlength</code>. </p> @@ -8752,22 +8694,19 @@ no scaling. Change it as <code>\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2}</code>. environment, the first two inside an entry and the second two between lines: </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmulticolumn" accesskey="1">\multicolumn</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Make an item spanning several columns. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cvline" accesskey="2">\vline</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a vertical line. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ccline" accesskey="3">\cline</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a horizontal line spanning some columns. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005chline" accesskey="4">\hline</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a horizontal line spanning all columns. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cmulticolumn" accesskey="1"><code>\multicolumn</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cvline" accesskey="2"><code>\vline</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005ccline" accesskey="3"><code>\cline</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005chline" accesskey="4"><code>\hline</code></a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cmulticolumn"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cmulticolumn"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvline" accesskey="n" rel="next">\vline</a>, Up: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="u" rel="up">tabular</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvline" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\vline</code></a>, Up: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>tabular</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cmulticolumn-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.23.1 <code>\multicolumn</code></h4> @@ -8851,7 +8790,7 @@ range en-dash. <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\begin{tabular}{l|r@{--}l} \multicolumn{1}{c}{\textsc{Period}} - &multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsc{Span}} \\ \hline + &\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsc{Span}} \\ \hline Baroque &1600 &1760 \\ Classical &1730 &1820 \\ Romantic &1780 &1910 \\ @@ -8866,9 +8805,11 @@ in the first row here. That’s because there is no vertical bar in the </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cvline"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cvline"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccline" accesskey="n" rel="next">\cline</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmulticolumn" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\multicolumn</a>, Up: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="u" rel="up">tabular</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccline" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\cline</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmulticolumn" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\multicolumn</code></a>, Up: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>tabular</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cvline-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.23.2 <code>\vline</code></h4> @@ -8879,7 +8820,7 @@ used in an @-expression, although its synonym vertical bar <code>|</code> is more common. This command is rarely used in the body of a table; typically a table’s vertical lines are specified in <code>tabular</code>’s <var>cols</var> argument and overridden as needed with -<code>\multicolumn</code> (see <a href="#tabular">tabular</a>). +<code>\multicolumn</code> (see <a href="#tabular"><code>tabular</code></a>). </p> <p>The example below illustrates some pitfalls. In the first row’s second entry the <code>\hfill</code> moves the <code>\vline</code> to the left edge of the @@ -8902,9 +8843,11 @@ the vertical line in that entry appears immediately next to the <hr> -<span id="g_t_005ccline"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005ccline"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005chline" accesskey="n" rel="next">\hline</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cvline" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\vline</a>, Up: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="u" rel="up">tabular</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005chline" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\hline</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cvline" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\vline</code></a>, Up: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>tabular</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005ccline-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.23.3 <code>\cline</code></h4> @@ -8935,9 +8878,11 @@ height. <hr> -<span id="g_t_005chline"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005chline"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccline" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\cline</a>, Up: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="u" rel="up">tabular</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccline" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\cline</code></a>, Up: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>tabular</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005chline-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.23.4 <code>\hline</code></h4> @@ -8962,9 +8907,12 @@ is required. <hr> -<span id="thebibliography"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="section" id="thebibliography"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#theorem" accesskey="n" rel="next">theorem</a>, Previous: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="p" rel="prev">tabular</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#theorem" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>theorem</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>tabular</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="thebibliography-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.24 <code>thebibliography</code></h3> @@ -9030,28 +8978,25 @@ as with <code>\renewcommand{\refname}{Cited references}</code>, after <span id="index-package_002c-babel-1"></span> <span id="index-babel-package-1"></span> -<p>Language support packages such as <samp>babel</samp> will automatically +<p>Language support packages such as <code>babel</code> will automatically redefine <code>\refname</code> or <code>\bibname</code> to fit the selected language. </p> -<p>See <a href="#list">list</a>, for the list layout control parameters. -</p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cbibitem" accesskey="1">\bibitem</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Specify a bibliography item. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ccite" accesskey="2">\cite</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Refer to a bibliography item. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnocite" accesskey="3">\nocite</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Include an item in the bibliography. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Using-BibTeX" accesskey="4">Using BibTeX</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Automatic generation of bibliographies. -</td></tr> -</table> +<p>See <a href="#list"><code>list</code></a>, for the list layout control parameters. +</p> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cbibitem" accesskey="1"><code>\bibitem</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005ccite" accesskey="2"><code>\cite</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cnocite" accesskey="3"><code>\nocite</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#Using-BibTeX" accesskey="4">Using BibTeX</a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cbibitem"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cbibitem"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccite" accesskey="n" rel="next">\cite</a>, Up: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="u" rel="up">thebibliography</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccite" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\cite</code></a>, Up: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>thebibliography</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cbibitem-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.24.1 <code>\bibitem</code></h4> @@ -9075,7 +9020,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccite" accesskey="n" rel="next">\cite</a>, Up: <a href="# <var>cite_key</var> can be any string of letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols (but not comma). </p> -<p>See <a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a>, for an example. +<p>See <a href="#thebibliography"><code>thebibliography</code></a>, for an example. </p> <p>When provided, the optional <var>label</var> becomes the entry label and the <code>enumi</code> counter is not incremented. With this @@ -9096,7 +9041,7 @@ letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols (but not comma). <p>the first entry will be styled as ‘<samp>[Lamport 1993] Leslie ...</samp>’ (The amount of horizontal space that LaTeX leaves for the label depends on the <var>widest-label</var> argument of the <code>thebibliography</code> -environment; see <a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a>.) Similarly, <code>... based on +environment; see <a href="#thebibliography"><code>thebibliography</code></a>.) Similarly, <code>... based on \cite{latexdps}</code> will produce ‘<samp>... based on [Lamport 1994]</samp>’. </p> <p>If you mix <code>\bibitem</code> entries having a <var>label</var> with those that @@ -9124,9 +9069,11 @@ recompiling. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005ccite"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005ccite"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnocite" accesskey="n" rel="next">\nocite</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cbibitem" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\bibitem</a>, Up: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="u" rel="up">thebibliography</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnocite" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\nocite</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cbibitem" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\bibitem</code></a>, Up: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>thebibliography</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005ccite-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.24.2 <code>\cite</code></h4> @@ -9146,7 +9093,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnocite" accesskey="n" rel="next">\nocite</a>, Previous: <p>Generate as output a citation to the references associated with <var>keys</var>. The mandatory <var>keys</var> is a citation key, or a -comma-separated list of citation keys (see <a href="#g_t_005cbibitem">\bibitem</a>). +comma-separated list of citation keys (see <a href="#g_t_005cbibitem"><code>\bibitem</code></a>). </p> <p>This </p> @@ -9175,7 +9122,7 @@ information to the auxiliary file <samp><var>jobname</var>.aux</samp> (see <a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a>). For instance, <code>\cite{latexdps}</code> writes ‘<samp>\citation{latexdps}</samp>’ to that file. This information is used by BibTeX to include in your reference list only those works that you -have actually cited; see <a href="#g_t_005cnocite">\nocite</a> also. +have actually cited; see <a href="#g_t_005cnocite"><code>\nocite</code></a> also. </p> <p>If <var>keys</var> is not in your bibliography information then you get ‘<samp>LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references</samp>’, and in the output @@ -9183,14 +9130,16 @@ the citation shows as a boldface question mark between square brackets. There are two possible causes. If you have mistyped something, as in <code>\cite{texbok}</code> then you need to correct the spelling. On the other hand, if you have just added or modified the bibliographic -information and so changed the <samp>.aux</samp> file (see <a href="#g_t_005cbibitem">\bibitem</a>) then +information and so changed the <samp>.aux</samp> file (see <a href="#g_t_005cbibitem"><code>\bibitem</code></a>) then the fix may be to run LaTeX again. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cnocite"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cnocite"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Using-BibTeX" accesskey="n" rel="next">Using BibTeX</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccite" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\cite</a>, Up: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="u" rel="up">thebibliography</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Using-BibTeX" accesskey="n" rel="next">Using BibTeX</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccite" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\cite</code></a>, Up: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>thebibliography</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cnocite-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.24.3 <code>\nocite</code></h4> @@ -9206,15 +9155,17 @@ Next: <a href="#Using-BibTeX" accesskey="n" rel="next">Using BibTeX</a>, Previou <samp><var>jobname</var>.aux</samp> (see <a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a>). </p> <p>The mandatory argument <var>keys</var> is a comma-separated list of one or -more citation keys (see <a href="#g_t_005cbibitem">\bibitem</a>). This information is used by +more citation keys (see <a href="#g_t_005cbibitem"><code>\bibitem</code></a>). This information is used by BibTeX to include these works in your reference list even though you -have not explicitly cited them (see <a href="#g_t_005ccite">\cite</a>). +have not explicitly cited them (see <a href="#g_t_005ccite"><code>\cite</code></a>). </p> <hr> -<span id="Using-BibTeX"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="Using-BibTeX"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnocite" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\nocite</a>, Up: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="u" rel="up">thebibliography</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnocite" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\nocite</code></a>, Up: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>thebibliography</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Using-BibTeX-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.24.4 Using BibTeX</h4> @@ -9224,13 +9175,13 @@ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnocite" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\nocite</a>, Up: <a <span id="index-_005cbibliographystyle"></span> <span id="index-_005cbibliography"></span> -<p>As described in <code>thebibliography</code> (see <a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a>), a +<p>As described in <code>thebibliography</code> (see <a href="#thebibliography"><code>thebibliography</code></a>), a sophisticated approach to managing bibliographies is provided by the BibTeX program. This is only an introduction; see the full -documentation on CTAN (see <a href="#CTAN">CTAN</a>). +documentation on CTAN (see <a href="#CTAN">CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</a>). </p> -<p>With BibTeX, you don’t use <code>thebibliography</code> -(see <a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a>). Instead, include these lines. +<p>With BibTeX, you don’t use the <code>thebibliography</code> environment +directly (see <a href="#thebibliography"><code>thebibliography</code></a>). Instead, include these lines: </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\bibliographystyle{<var>bibstyle</var>} @@ -9242,25 +9193,25 @@ defines how your citations will look. The standard <var>bibstyle</var>’s distributed with BibTeX are: </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>alpha</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>alpha</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Labels are formed from name of author and year of publication. The bibliographic items are sorted alphabetically. </p></dd> -<dt><code>plain</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>plain</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Labels are integers. Sort the bibliographic items alphabetically. </p></dd> -<dt><code>unsrt</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>unsrt</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Like <code>plain</code>, but entries are in order of citation. </p></dd> -<dt><code>abbrv</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>abbrv</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Like <code>plain</code>, but more compact labels. </p></dd> </dl> <p>Many, many other BibTeX style files exist, -tailored to the demands of various publications. See CTAN’s listing -<a href="https://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib">https://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib</a>. +tailored to the demands of various publications. See the CTAN topic +<a href="https://ctan.org/topic/bibtex-sty">https://ctan.org/topic/bibtex-sty</a>. </p> <p>The <code>\bibliography</code> command is what actually produces the bibliography. Its argument is a comma-separated list, referring to @@ -9291,11 +9242,72 @@ can keep all your sources together in one file, or a small number of files, and rely on BibTeX to include in this document only those that you used. </p> +<span id="index-_002a_002c-to-_005cnocite-all-keys"></span> +<span id="index-_005cnocite-_007b_002a_007d_002c-for-all-keys"></span> +<p>With BibTeX, the <var>keys</var> argument to <code>\nocite</code> can also be +the single character ‘<samp>*</samp>’. This means to implicitly cite all +entries from all given bibliographies. +</p> + +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages" accesskey="1">BibTeX error messages</a></li> +</ul> +<hr> +<div class="subsubsection" id="BibTeX-error-messages"> +<div class="header"> +<p> +Up: <a href="#Using-BibTeX" accesskey="u" rel="up">Using BibTeX</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="BibTeX-error-messages-1"></span><h4 class="subsubsection">8.24.4.1 BibTeX error messages</h4> + +<span id="index-BibTeX-error-messages"></span> +<span id="index-error-messages_002c-from-BibTeX"></span> +<span id="index-_002eaux-file-and-BibTeX-commands"></span> + +<p>If you forget to use <code>\bibliography</code> or <code>\bibliographystyle</code> +in your document (or, less likely, any <code>\cite</code> or <code>\nocite</code> +command), BibTeX will issue an error message. Because BibTeX +can be used with any program, not just LaTeX, the error messages +refer to the internal commands read by BibTeX (from the <samp>.aux</samp> +file), rather than the user-level commands described above. +</p> +<p>Here is a table showing internal commands mentioned in the BibTeX +errors, and the corresponding user-level commands. +</p> +<dl compact="compact"> +<dt id='index-_005cbibdata'><span><code>\bibdata</code><a href='#index-_005cbibdata' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cbibliography-and-internal-_005cbibdata"></span> +<p><code>\bibliography</code> +</p> +</dd> +<dt id='index-_005cbibstyle'><span><code>\bibstyle</code><a href='#index-_005cbibstyle' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cbibliographystyle-and-internal-_005cbibstyle"></span> +<p><code>\bibliographystyle</code> +</p> +</dd> +<dt id='index-_005ccitation'><span><code>\citation</code><a href='#index-_005ccitation' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005ccite-and-internal-_005ccitation"></span> +<span id="index-_005cnocite-and-internal-_005ccitation"></span> +<p><code>\cite</code>, <code>\nocite</code> +</p></dd> +</dl> + +<p>For example, if your document has no <code>\bibliographystyle</code> +command, BibTeX complains as follows: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">I found no \bibstyle command---while reading file <var>document</var>.aux +</pre></div> + <hr> -<span id="theorem"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="section" id="theorem"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#titlepage" accesskey="n" rel="next">titlepage</a>, Previous: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="p" rel="prev">thebibliography</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#titlepage" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>titlepage</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>thebibliography</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="theorem-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.25 <code>theorem</code></h3> @@ -9314,7 +9326,7 @@ Next: <a href="#titlepage" accesskey="n" rel="next">titlepage</a>, Previous: <a <p>Produces ‘<samp>Theorem <var>n</var></samp>’ in boldface followed by <var>theorem body</var> in italics. The numbering possibilities for <var>n</var> are described under -<code>\newtheorem</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a>). +<code>\newtheorem</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem"><code>\newtheorem</code></a>). </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\newtheorem{lem}{Lemma} % in preamble @@ -9343,9 +9355,11 @@ such as styling options. </p> <hr> -<span id="titlepage"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="titlepage"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#verbatim" accesskey="n" rel="next">verbatim</a>, Previous: <a href="#theorem" accesskey="p" rel="prev">theorem</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#verbatim" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>verbatim</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#theorem" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>theorem</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="titlepage-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.26 <code>titlepage</code></h3> @@ -9393,13 +9407,15 @@ the author. </pre></div> <p>To instead produce a standard title page without a <code>titlepage</code> -environment, use <code>\maketitle</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a>). +environment, use <code>\maketitle</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle"><code>\maketitle</code></a>). </p> <hr> -<span id="verbatim"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="verbatim"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#verse" accesskey="n" rel="next">verse</a>, Previous: <a href="#titlepage" accesskey="p" rel="prev">titlepage</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#verse" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>verse</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#titlepage" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>titlepage</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="verbatim-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.27 <code>verbatim</code></h3> @@ -9441,7 +9457,7 @@ the string <code>\end{verbatim}</code>. <p>You cannot use the verbatim environment in the argument to macros, for instance in the argument to a <code>\section</code>. This is not the same as -commands being fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>), instead it just cannot work, +commands being fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>), instead it just cannot work, as the <code>verbatim</code> environment changes the catcode regime before processing its contents, and restore it immediately afterward, nevertheless with a macro argument the content of the argument has @@ -9470,18 +9486,18 @@ and <code>minted</code>. <p>A package that provides many more options for verbatim environments is <code>fancyvrb</code>. Another is <code>verbatimbox</code>. </p> -<p>For a list of all the relevant packages, see CTAN (see <a href="#CTAN">CTAN</a>). +<p>For a list of all the relevant packages, see CTAN (see <a href="#CTAN">CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</a>). </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cverb" accesskey="1">\verb</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The macro form of the <code>verbatim</code> environment. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cverb" accesskey="1"><code>\verb</code></a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cverb"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cverb"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Up: <a href="#verbatim" accesskey="u" rel="up">verbatim</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Up: <a href="#verbatim" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>verbatim</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cverb-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.27.1 <code>\verb</code></h4> @@ -9543,14 +9559,14 @@ it allows line breaks. <span id="index-minted-package-2"></span> <p>For computer code there are many packages with advantages over -<code>\verb</code>. One is <samp>listings</samp>, another is <samp>minted</samp>. +<code>\verb</code>. One is <code>listings</code>, another is <code>minted</code>. </p> <span id="index-package_002c-cprotect-1"></span> <span id="index-cprotect-package-1"></span> <p>You cannot use <code>\verb</code> in the argument to a macro, for instance in the argument to a <code>\section</code>. It is not a question of <code>\verb</code> -being fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>), instead it just cannot work, as the +being fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>), instead it just cannot work, as the <code>\verb</code> command changes the catcode regime before reading its argument, and restore it immediately afterward, nevertheless with a macro argument the content of the argument has already be converted to a @@ -9559,9 +9575,12 @@ However, the <code>cprotect</code> package can help with this. </p> <hr> -<span id="verse"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="section" id="verse"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#verbatim" accesskey="p" rel="prev">verbatim</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#verbatim" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>verbatim</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="verse-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.28 <code>verse</code></h3> @@ -9612,9 +9631,12 @@ are not indented, and the text is not right-justified. </p> <hr> -<span id="Line-breaking"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="chapter" id="Line-breaking"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="n" rel="next">Page breaking</a>, Previous: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Environments</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="n" rel="next">Page breaking</a>, Previous: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Environments</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Line-breaking-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">9 Line breaking</h2> @@ -9635,30 +9657,23 @@ breaks). This differs from word processing, where you are formatting text as you input it. Putting these off until the end prevents a lot of fiddling with breaks that will change anyway. </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_005c" accesskey="1">\\</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Start a new line. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr" accesskey="2">\obeycr & \restorecr</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Make each input line start a new output line. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewline" accesskey="3">\newline</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Break the line -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" accesskey="4">\- (hyphenation)</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Insert explicit hyphenation. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary" accesskey="5">\discretionary</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Explicit control of the hyphen character. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy" accesskey="6">\fussy & \sloppy</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Be more or less particular with line breaking. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005chyphenation" accesskey="7">\hyphenation</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Tell LaTeX how to hyphenate a word. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak" accesskey="8">\linebreak & \nolinebreak</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Forcing & avoiding line breaks. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005c_005c" accesskey="1"><code>\\</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr" accesskey="2"><code>\obeycr</code> & <code>\restorecr</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewline" accesskey="3"><code>\newline</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" accesskey="4"><code>\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary" accesskey="5"><code>\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy" accesskey="6"><code>\fussy</code> & <code>\sloppy</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005chyphenation" accesskey="7"><code>\hyphenation</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak" accesskey="8"><code>\linebreak</code> & <code>\nolinebreak</code></a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005c_005c"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005c_005c"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr" accesskey="n" rel="next">\obeycr & \restorecr</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\obeycr</code> & <code>\restorecr</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005c_005c-1"></span><h3 class="section">9.1 <code>\\</code></h3> @@ -9684,16 +9699,16 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr" accesskey="n" rel="next">\o extra vertical space to be inserted before the next line. This is a rubber length (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>) and can be negative. The text before the line break is set at its normal length, that is, it is not stretched -to fill out the line width. This command is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). -</p> -<p>The starred form, <code>\\*</code>, tells LaTeX not to start a new page -between the two lines, by issuing a <code>\nobreak</code>. +to fill out the line width. This command is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\title{My story: \\[0.25in] a tale of woe} </pre></div> +<p>The starred form, <code>\\*</code>, tells LaTeX not to start a new page +between the two lines, by issuing a <code>\nobreak</code>. +</p> <p>Explicit line breaks in the main text body are unusual in LaTeX. In particular, don’t start new paragraphs with <code>\\</code>. Instead leave a blank line between the two paragraphs. And don’t put in a sequence of @@ -9701,16 +9716,16 @@ blank line between the two paragraphs. And don’t put in a sequence of <code>\vspace{<var>length</var>}</code>, or <code>\leavevmode\vspace{<var>length</var>}</code>, or <code>\vspace*{<var>length</var>}</code> if you want the space to not be thrown -out at the top of a new page (see <a href="#g_t_005cvspace">\vspace</a>). +out at the top of a new page (see <a href="#g_t_005cvspace"><code>\vspace</code></a>). </p> <p>The <code>\\</code> command is mostly used outside of the main flow of text such as in a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment or in an equation environment. </p> <p>The <code>\\</code> command is a synonym for <code>\newline</code> -(see <a href="#g_t_005cnewline">\newline</a>) under ordinary circumstances (an example of an +(see <a href="#g_t_005cnewline"><code>\newline</code></a>) under ordinary circumstances (an example of an exception is the <code>p{...}</code> column in a <code>tabular</code> -environment; see <a href="#tabular">tabular</a>). +environment; see <a href="#tabular"><code>tabular</code></a>). </p> <p>The <code>\\</code> command is a macro, and its definition changes by context so that its definition in normal text, a <code>center</code> environment, a @@ -9740,9 +9755,11 @@ something like this. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewline" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newline</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_005c" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\\</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewline" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\newline</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_005c" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\\</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr-1"></span><h3 class="section">9.2 <code>\obeycr</code> & <code>\restorecr</code></h3> @@ -9756,7 +9773,7 @@ new line in the input will also be a new line in the output. The <code>\restorecr</code> command restores normal line-breaking behavior. </p> <p>This is not the way to show verbatim text or computer code. Use -<code>verbatim</code> (see <a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a>) instead. +<code>verbatim</code> (see <a href="#verbatim"><code>verbatim</code></a>) instead. </p> <p>With LaTeX’s usual defaults, this </p> @@ -9793,9 +9810,11 @@ fff ggg </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cnewline"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cnewline"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next">\- (hyphenation)</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\obeycr & \restorecr</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\obeycr</code> & <code>\restorecr</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cnewline-1"></span><h3 class="section">9.3 <code>\newline</code></h3> @@ -9803,10 +9822,10 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next">\- <span id="index-new-line_002c-starting-_0028paragraph-mode_0029"></span> <p>In ordinary text, this ends a line in a way that does not right-justify -the line, so the prior text is not stretched. That is, in paragraph mode -(see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>), the <code>\newline</code> command is equivalent to -double-backslash (see <a href="#g_t_005c_005c">\\</a>). This command is fragile -(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +it, so the text before the end of line is not stretched. That is, in +paragraph mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>), the <code>\newline</code> command is +equivalent to double-backslash (see <a href="#g_t_005c_005c"><code>\\</code></a>). This command is fragile +(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <p>However, the two commands are different inside a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment. In a column with a specifier producing a @@ -9819,7 +9838,7 @@ equivalent <code>\tabularnewline</code>. single cell of the table. </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\begin{tabular}{p{1in}{\hspace{2in}}p{1in}} +<pre class="example">\begin{tabular}{p{1in}@{\hspace{2in}}p{1in}} Name: \newline Address: &Date: \\ \hline \end{tabular} </pre></div> @@ -9828,9 +9847,11 @@ single cell of the table. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary" accesskey="n" rel="next">\discretionary</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewline" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newline</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewline" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\newline</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005c_002d-_0028discretionary-hyphen_0029"></span><h3 class="section">9.4 <code>\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</h3> @@ -9839,8 +9860,9 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary" accesskey="n" rel="next">\discretionary</ <p>Tell LaTeX that it may hyphenate the word at that point. When you insert <code>\-</code> commands in a word, the word will only be hyphenated at -those points and not at any of the hyphenation points that LaTeX -might otherwise have chosen. This command is robust (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +those points and not at any of the other hyphenation points that +LaTeX might otherwise have chosen. This command is robust +(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <p>LaTeX is good at hyphenating and usually finds most of the correct hyphenation points, while almost never using an incorrect one. The @@ -9866,16 +9888,18 @@ in unacceptably large spaces to set the narrow column. better fit. </p> <p>The <code>\-</code> command only allows LaTeX to break there, it does not -require that it break there. You can insist on a split with something -like <code>Hef-\linebreak feron</code>. Of course, if you later change the -text then this forced break may look very odd, so this approach requires +require that it break there. You can force a split with something like +<code>Hef-\linebreak feron</code>. Of course, if you later change the text +then this forced break may look very odd, so this approach requires care. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cdiscretionary"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cdiscretionary"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy" accesskey="n" rel="next">\fussy & \sloppy</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\- (hyphenation)</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\fussy</code> & <code>\sloppy</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cdiscretionary-_0028generalized-hyphenation-point_0029"></span><h3 class="section">9.5 <code>\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</h3> <span id="index-hyphenation_002c-discretionary"></span> @@ -9893,10 +9917,10 @@ LaTeX documents. <p>If a line break occurs at the point where <code>\discretionary</code> appears then TeX puts <var>pre-break</var> at the end of the current line and puts <var>post-break</var> at the start of the next line. If there is no line -break here then TeX puts <var>no-break</var> +break here then TeX puts <var>no-break</var>. </p> <p>In ‘<samp>difficult</samp>’ the three letters <code>ffi</code> form a ligature. But -TeX can nonetheless break between the two f’s with this. +TeX can nonetheless break between the two ‘<samp>f</samp>’’s with this. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">di\discretionary{f-}{fi}{ffi}cult @@ -9906,10 +9930,13 @@ TeX can nonetheless break between the two f’s with this. automatically by TeX’s hyphenation algorithm. </p> + <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005chyphenation" accesskey="n" rel="next">\hyphenation</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\discretionary</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005chyphenation" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\hyphenation</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy-1"></span><h3 class="section">9.6 <code>\fussy</code> & <code>\sloppy</code></h3> @@ -9924,25 +9951,27 @@ words, at the cost of an occasional overfull box. Conversely, spacing. </p> <p>The default is <code>\fussy</code>. Line breaking in a paragraph is -controlled by whichever declaration is current at the blank line, or -<code>\par</code>, or displayed equation ending that paragraph. So to affect -the line breaks, include that paragraph-ending material in the scope of -the command. -</p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#sloppypar" accesskey="1">sloppypar</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Environment version of \sloppy command. -</td></tr> -</table> +controlled by whichever declaration is current at the end of the +paragraph, i.e., at the blank line or <code>\par</code> or displayed +equation ending that paragraph. So to affect the line breaks, include +that paragraph-ending material in the scope of the command. +</p> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#sloppypar" accesskey="1"><code>sloppypar</code></a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="sloppypar"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="subsection" id="sloppypar"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Up: <a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy" accesskey="u" rel="up">\fussy & \sloppy</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Up: <a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>\fussy</code> & <code>\sloppy</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="sloppypar-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">9.6.1 <code>sloppypar</code></h4> -<span id="index-sloppypar"></span> +<span id="index-environment_002c-sloppypar"></span> +<span id="index-sloppypar-environment-1"></span> + <span id="index-sloppypar-environment"></span> <p>Synopsis: @@ -9953,7 +9982,7 @@ Up: <a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy" accesskey="u" rel="up">\fussy &am \end{sloppypar} </pre></div> -<p>Typeset the paragraphs with <code>\sloppy</code> in effect (see <a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy">\fussy & \sloppy</a>). Use this to locally adjust line breaking, to avoid +<p>Typeset the paragraphs with <code>\sloppy</code> in effect (see <a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy"><code>\fussy</code> & <code>\sloppy</code></a>). Use this to locally adjust line breaking, to avoid ‘<samp>Overfull box</samp>’ or ‘<samp>Underfull box</samp>’ errors. </p> <p>The example is simple. @@ -9975,9 +10004,12 @@ Up: <a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy" accesskey="u" rel="up">\fussy &am <hr> -<span id="g_t_005chyphenation"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005chyphenation"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak" accesskey="n" rel="next">\linebreak & \nolinebreak</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\fussy & \sloppy</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\linebreak</code> & <code>\nolinebreak</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\fussy</code> & <code>\sloppy</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005chyphenation-1"></span><h3 class="section">9.7 <code>\hyphenation</code></h3> @@ -10001,13 +10033,17 @@ hyphenation with a dash character, <code>-</code>. </pre></div> <p>Use lowercase letters. TeX will only hyphenate if the word matches -exactly. Multiple <code>\hyphenation</code> commands accumulate. +exactly, no inflections are tried. Multiple <code>\hyphenation</code> +commands accumulate. </p> + <hr> -<span id="g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chyphenation" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\hyphenation</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chyphenation" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\hyphenation</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak-1"></span><h3 class="section">9.8 <code>\linebreak</code> & <code>\nolinebreak</code></h3> @@ -10031,12 +10067,12 @@ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chyphenation" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\hyphenation</ </pre></div> <p>Encourage or discourage a line break. The optional <var>zero-to-four</var> -is an integer that allows you to soften the instruction. The default is -4, so that without the optional argument these commands entirely force -or prevent the break. But for instance, <code>\nolinebreak[1]</code> is a -suggestion that another place may be better. The higher the number, the -more insistent the request. Both commands are fragile -(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +is an integer lying between 0 and 4 that allows you to soften the +instruction. The default is 4, so that without the optional argument +these commands entirely force or prevent the break. But for instance, +<code>\nolinebreak[1]</code> is a suggestion that another place may be better. +The higher the number, the more insistent the request. Both commands +are fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <p>Here we tell LaTeX that a good place to put a linebreak is after the standard legal text. @@ -10048,15 +10084,17 @@ underrepresented groups. </pre></div> <p>When you issue <code>\linebreak</code>, the spaces in the line are stretched -out so that it extends to the right margin. See <a href="#g_t_005c_005c">\\</a> -and <a href="#g_t_005cnewline">\newline</a>, to have the spaces not stretched out. +out so that the break point reaches the right margin. See <a href="#g_t_005c_005c"><code>\\</code></a> +and <a href="#g_t_005cnewline"><code>\newline</code></a>, to have the spaces not stretched out. </p> - <hr> -<span id="Page-breaking"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="chapter" id="Page-breaking"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Footnotes</a>, Previous: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Line breaking</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Footnotes</a>, Previous: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Line breaking</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Page-breaking-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">10 Page breaking</h2> @@ -10092,22 +10130,19 @@ influence page breaks while preparing a final version of a document. </p> <p>See <a href="#Layout">Layout</a>, for more material that is relevant to page breaking. </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage" accesskey="1">\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Start a new page; eject floats. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewpage" accesskey="2">\newpage</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Start a new page. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage" accesskey="3">\enlargethispage</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Enlarge the current page a bit. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak" accesskey="4">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Forcing & avoiding page breaks. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage" accesskey="1"><code>\clearpage</code> & <code>\cleardoublepage</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewpage" accesskey="2"><code>\newpage</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage" accesskey="3"><code>\enlargethispage</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak" accesskey="4"><code>\pagebreak</code> & <code>\nopagebreak</code></a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewpage" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newpage</a>, Up: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewpage" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\newpage</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage-1"></span><h3 class="section">10.1 <code>\clearpage</code> & <code>\cleardoublepage</code></h3> @@ -10135,7 +10170,7 @@ page then LaTeX will put in extra pages containing only floats. In two-sided printing, <code>\cleardoublepage</code> also makes the next page of content a right-hand page, an odd-numbered page, if necessary inserting a blank page. The <code>\clearpage</code> command is robust while -<code>\cleardoublepage</code> is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +<code>\cleardoublepage</code> is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <p>LaTeX’s page breaks are optimized so ordinarily you only use this command in a document body to polish the final version, or inside @@ -10156,7 +10191,7 @@ page, use this command. <p>If you want LaTeX’s standard <code>\chapter</code> command to do this then add the line <code>\let\cleardoublepage\clearemptydoublepage</code>. </p> -<p>The command <code>\newpage</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewpage">\newpage</a>) also ends the current +<p>The command <code>\newpage</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewpage"><code>\newpage</code></a>) also ends the current page, but without clearing pending floats. And, if LaTeX is in two-column mode then <code>\newpage</code> ends the current column while <code>\clearpage</code> and <code>\cleardoublepage</code> end the current page. @@ -10164,9 +10199,11 @@ two-column mode then <code>\newpage</code> ends the current column while <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cnewpage"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cnewpage"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage" accesskey="n" rel="next">\enlargethispage</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</a>, Up: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\enlargethispage</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\clearpage</code> & <code>\cleardoublepage</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cnewpage-1"></span><h3 class="section">10.2 <code>\newpage</code></h3> @@ -10180,7 +10217,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage" accesskey="n" rel="next">\enlargethispa <pre class="example">\newpage </pre></div> -<p>End the current page. This command is robust (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +<p>End the current page. This command is robust (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <p>LaTeX’s page breaks are optimized so ordinarily you only use this command in a document body to polish the final version, or inside @@ -10188,12 +10225,12 @@ commands. </p> <p>While the commands <code>\clearpage</code> and <code>\cleardoublepage</code> also end the current page, in addition they clear pending floats -(see <a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage">\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</a>). And, if LaTeX is in +(see <a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage"><code>\clearpage</code> & <code>\cleardoublepage</code></a>). And, if LaTeX is in two-column mode then <code>\clearpage</code> and <code>\cleardoublepage</code> end the current page, possibly leaving an empty column, while <code>\newpage</code> only ends the current column. </p> -<p>In contrast with <code>\pagebreak</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</a>), +<p>In contrast with <code>\pagebreak</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak"><code>\pagebreak</code> & <code>\nopagebreak</code></a>), the <code>\newpage</code> command will cause the new page to start right where requested. This </p> @@ -10211,9 +10248,11 @@ stretch out the page, as <code>\pagebreak</code> does. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cenlargethispage"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cenlargethispage"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak" accesskey="n" rel="next">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewpage" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newpage</a>, Up: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\pagebreak</code> & <code>\nopagebreak</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewpage" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\newpage</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cenlargethispage-1"></span><h3 class="section">10.3 <code>\enlargethispage</code></h3> @@ -10229,7 +10268,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak" accesskey="n" rel="nex <p>Enlarge the <code>\textheight</code> for the current page. The required argument <var>size</var> must be a rigid length (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). It may be -positive or negative. This command is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +positive or negative. This command is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <p>A common strategy is to wait until you have the final text of a document, and then pass through it tweaking line and page breaks. This @@ -10248,9 +10287,11 @@ explicit <code>\pagebreak</code>. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\enlargethispage</a>, Up: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\enlargethispage</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak-1"></span><h3 class="section">10.4 <code>\pagebreak</code> & <code>\nopagebreak</code></h3> @@ -10279,7 +10320,7 @@ so that without the optional argument these commands entirely force or prevent the break. But for instance <code>\nopagebreak[1]</code> suggests to LaTeX that another spot might be preferable. The higher the number, the more insistent the request. Both commands are fragile -(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <p>LaTeX’s page endings are optimized so ordinarily you only use this command in a document body to polish the final version, or inside @@ -10302,14 +10343,25 @@ addition, with <code>\pagebreak</code> the vertical space on the page is stretched out where possible so that it extends to the normal bottom margin. This can look strange, and if <code>\flushbottom</code> is in effect this can cause you to get ‘<samp>Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has -occurred while \output is active</samp>’. See <a href="#g_t_005cnewpage">\newpage</a>, for a command that +occurred while \output is active</samp>’. See <a href="#g_t_005cnewpage"><code>\newpage</code></a>, for a command that does not have these effects. </p> +<span id="index-_005csamepage"></span> +<span id="index-samepage-environment"></span> +<p>(There is an obsolete declaration <code>\samepage</code>, which tries to only +allow a break between two paragraphs. There is a related environment +<code>samepage</code>, also obsolete. Neither of these work reliably. For +more on keeping material on the same page, see the FAQ entry +<a href="https://texfaq.org/FAQ-nopagebrk">https://texfaq.org/FAQ-nopagebrk</a>.) +</p> <hr> -<span id="Footnotes"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="chapter" id="Footnotes"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="n" rel="next">Definitions</a>, Previous: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Page breaking</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="n" rel="next">Definitions</a>, Previous: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Page breaking</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Footnotes-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">11 Footnotes</h2> @@ -10334,26 +10386,21 @@ circumstances. <p>To make bibliographic references come out as footnotes you need to include a bibliographic style with that behavior (see <a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a>). </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfootnote" accesskey="1">\footnote</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Insert a footnote. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark" accesskey="2">\footnotemark</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Insert footnote mark only. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext" accesskey="3">\footnotetext</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Insert footnote text only. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Footnotes-in-section-headings" accesskey="4">Footnotes in section headings</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Chapter or section titles. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table" accesskey="5">Footnotes in a table</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Table footnotes. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Footnotes-of-footnotes" accesskey="6">Footnotes of footnotes</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Multiple classes of footnotes. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote" accesskey="1"><code>\footnote</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark" accesskey="2"><code>\footnotemark</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext" accesskey="3"><code>\footnotetext</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#Footnotes-in-section-headings" accesskey="4">Footnotes in section headings</a></li> +<li><a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table" accesskey="5">Footnotes in a table</a></li> +<li><a href="#Footnotes-of-footnotes" accesskey="6">Footnotes of footnotes</a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cfootnote"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cfootnote"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark" accesskey="n" rel="next">\footnotemark</a>, Up: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Footnotes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\footnotemark</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Footnotes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cfootnote-1"></span><h3 class="section">11.1 <code>\footnote</code></h3> @@ -10387,7 +10434,7 @@ the footnote. If you use this then LaTeX does not increment the <p>By default, LaTeX uses arabic numbers as footnote markers. Change this with something like <code>\renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}</code>, which -uses a sequence of symbols (see <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a>). To make this change global put that in the preamble. If +uses a sequence of symbols (see <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</a>). To make this change global put that in the preamble. If you make the change local then you may want to reset the counter with <code>\setcounter{footnote}{0}</code>. </p> @@ -10397,9 +10444,7 @@ you make the change local then you may want to reset the counter with <span id="index-parameters_002c-for-footnotes"></span> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>\footnoterule</code> -<span id="index-_005cfootnoterule"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cfootnoterule'><span><code>\footnoterule</code><a href='#index-_005cfootnoterule' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="footnote-footnoterule"></span><p>Produces the rule separating the main text on a page from the page’s footnotes. Default dimensions in the standard document classes (except <code>slides</code>, where it does not appear) is: vertical thickness of @@ -10414,11 +10459,10 @@ Change the rule with something like this. </pre></div> </dd> -<dt><code>\footnotesep</code> -<span id="index-_005cfootnotesep"></span> -</dt> -<dd><span id="footnote-footnotesep"></span><p>The height of the strut placed at the beginning of the footnote -(see <a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a>). By default, this is set to the normal strut for +<dt id='index-_005cfootnotesep'><span><code>\footnotesep</code><a href='#index-_005cfootnotesep' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="footnote-footnotesep"></span><span id="index-strut"></span> +<p>The height of the strut placed at the beginning of the footnote +(see <a href="#g_t_005cstrut"><code>\strut</code></a>). By default, this is set to the normal strut for <code>\footnotesize</code> fonts (see <a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a>), therefore there is no extra space between footnotes. This is ‘<samp>6.65pt</samp>’ for ‘<samp>10pt</samp>’, ‘<samp>7.7pt</samp>’ for ‘<samp>11pt</samp>’, and ‘<samp>8.4pt</samp>’ for ‘<samp>12pt</samp>’. Change @@ -10427,7 +10471,7 @@ it as with <code>\setlength{\footnotesep}{11pt}</code>. </dd> </dl> -<p>The <code>\footnote</code> command is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +<p>The <code>\footnote</code> command is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <p>LaTeX’s default puts many restrictions on where you can use a <code>\footnote</code>; for instance, you cannot use it in an argument to a @@ -10441,13 +10485,15 @@ following sections. <code>mpfootnote</code> counter instead of the <code>footnote</code> counter, so they are numbered independently. They are shown at the bottom of the environment, not at the bottom of the page. And by default they are -shown alphabetically. See <a href="#minipage">minipage</a> and <a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table">Footnotes in a table</a>. +shown alphabetically. See <a href="#minipage"><code>minipage</code></a> and <a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table">Footnotes in a table</a>. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cfootnotemark"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cfootnotemark"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext" accesskey="n" rel="next">\footnotetext</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnote" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\footnote</a>, Up: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Footnotes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\footnotetext</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnote" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\footnote</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Footnotes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cfootnotemark-1"></span><h3 class="section">11.2 <code>\footnotemark</code></h3> @@ -10461,15 +10507,15 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext" accesskey="n" rel="next">\footnotetext</a> </pre></div> <p>Put the current footnote mark in the text. To specify associated text -for the footnote see <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext">\footnotetext</a>. The optional argument +for the footnote see <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext"><code>\footnotetext</code></a>. The optional argument <var>number</var> causes the command to use that number to determine the footnote mark. This command can be used in inner paragraph mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>). </p> <p>If you use <code>\footnotemark</code> without the optional argument then it -increments the footnote counter but if you use the optional <var>number</var> -then it does not. The next example produces several consecutive footnote -markers referring to the same footnote. +increments the <code>footnote</code> counter, but if you use the optional +<var>number</var> then it does not. The next example produces several +consecutive footnote markers referring to the same footnote. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">The first theorem\footnote{Due to Gauss.} @@ -10477,10 +10523,11 @@ and the second theorem\footnotemark[\value{footnote}] and the third theorem.\footnotemark[\value{footnote}] </pre></div> -<p>If there are intervening footnotes then you must remember the value of the -common mark. This example gives the same institutional affiliation to -both the first and third authors (<code>\thanks</code> is a version of -<code>footnote</code>), by-hand giving the number of the footnote. +<p>If there are intervening footnotes then you must remember the value of +the number of the common mark. This example gives the same +institutional affiliation to both the first and third authors +(<code>\thanks</code> is a version of <code>\footnote</code>), by-hand giving the +number of the footnote. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\title{A Treatise on the Binomial Theorem} @@ -10510,7 +10557,7 @@ Therefore, anyone who can manage a crocodile is not a baby. <span id="index-package_002c-hyperref"></span> <span id="index-hyperref-package"></span> -<p>This example accomplishes the same by using the package <samp>cleveref</samp>. +<p>This example accomplishes the same by using the package <code>cleveref</code>. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\usepackage{cleveref}[2012/02/15] % in preamble @@ -10524,13 +10571,15 @@ But the key lemma is from Tinker.\cref{fn:TE} <span id="index-package_002c-hyperref-1"></span> <span id="index-hyperref-package-1"></span> -<p>It will work with the package <samp>hyperref</samp>. +<p>It will work with the package <code>hyperref</code>. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cfootnotetext"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cfootnotetext"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Footnotes-in-section-headings" accesskey="n" rel="next">Footnotes in section headings</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\footnotemark</a>, Up: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Footnotes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Footnotes-in-section-headings" accesskey="n" rel="next">Footnotes in section headings</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\footnotemark</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Footnotes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cfootnotetext-1"></span><h3 class="section">11.3 <code>\footnotetext</code></h3> @@ -10544,19 +10593,21 @@ Next: <a href="#Footnotes-in-section-headings" accesskey="n" rel="next">Footnote </pre></div> <p>Place <var>text</var> at the bottom of the page as a footnote. It pairs with -<code>\footnotemark</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a>) and can come anywhere after +<code>\footnotemark</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark"><code>\footnotemark</code></a>) and can come anywhere after that command, but must appear in outer paragraph mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>). The optional argument <var>number</var> changes the number of the footnote mark. </p> -<p>See <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a> and <a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table">Footnotes in a table</a>, for usage +<p>See <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark"><code>\footnotemark</code></a> and <a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table">Footnotes in a table</a>, for usage examples. </p> <hr> -<span id="Footnotes-in-section-headings"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Footnotes-in-section-headings"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table" accesskey="n" rel="next">Footnotes in a table</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\footnotetext</a>, Up: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Footnotes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table" accesskey="n" rel="next">Footnotes in a table</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\footnotetext</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Footnotes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Footnotes-in-section-headings-1"></span><h3 class="section">11.4 Footnotes in section headings</h3> @@ -10585,7 +10636,9 @@ what gets moved to the table of contents is the optional argument. </p> <hr> -<span id="Footnotes-in-a-table"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Footnotes-in-a-table"> +<div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Footnotes-of-footnotes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Footnotes of footnotes</a>, Previous: <a href="#Footnotes-in-section-headings" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Footnotes in section headings</a>, Up: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Footnotes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -10596,7 +10649,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Footnotes-of-footnotes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Footnotes of fo <p>Inside a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment the <code>\footnote</code> command does not work; there is a footnote mark in the table cell but the footnote text does not appear. The solution is to use a -<code>minipage</code> environment as here (see <a href="#minipage">minipage</a>). +<code>minipage</code> environment as here (see <a href="#minipage"><code>minipage</code></a>). </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\begin{center} @@ -10607,7 +10660,7 @@ the footnote text does not appear. The solution is to use a \textit{HMS Polychrest} &Post Captain \\ \textit{HMS Lively} &Post Captain \\ \textit{HMS Surprise} &A number of books\footnote{% - Starting with HMS Surprise.} + Starting with \textit{HMS Surprise}.} \end{tabular} \end{minipage} \end{center} @@ -10616,7 +10669,7 @@ the footnote text does not appear. The solution is to use a <p>Inside a <code>minipage</code>, footnote marks are lowercase letters. Change that with something like <code>\renewcommand{\thempfootnote}{\arabic{mpfootnote}}</code> -(see <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a>). +(see <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</a>). </p> <p>The footnotes in the prior example appear at the bottom of the <code>minipage</code>. To have them appear at the bottom of the main page, as @@ -10644,8 +10697,11 @@ part of the regular footnote sequence, use the <code>\footnotemark</code> and \end{center} </pre></div> -<p>For a floating <code>table</code> environment (see <a href="#table">table</a>), use the -<samp>tablefootnote</samp> package. +<span id="index-package_002c-tablefootnote"></span> +<span id="index-tablefootnote-package"></span> + +<p>For a floating <code>table</code> environment (see <a href="#table"><code>table</code></a>), use the +<code>tablefootnote</code> package. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\usepackage{tablefootnote} % in preamble @@ -10668,7 +10724,9 @@ other footnotes. </p> <hr> -<span id="Footnotes-of-footnotes"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Footnotes-of-footnotes"> +<div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Footnotes in a table</a>, Up: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Footnotes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -10681,7 +10739,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Footnotes in <p>Particularly in the humanities, authors can have multiple classes of footnotes, including having footnotes of footnotes. The package -<samp>bigfoot</samp> extends LaTeX’s default footnote mechanism in many +<code>bigfoot</code> extends LaTeX’s default footnote mechanism in many ways, including allow these two, as in this example. </p> <div class="example"> @@ -10691,14 +10749,17 @@ ways, including allow these two, as in this example. ... The third theorem is a partial converse of the second.\footnotefrom{% - First noted in Wilson.\footnote{Second edition only.}} + Noted in Wilson.\footnote{Second edition only.}} </pre></div> <hr> -<span id="Definitions"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="chapter" id="Definitions"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Counters</a>, Previous: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Footnotes</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Counters</a>, Previous: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Footnotes</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Definitions-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">12 Definitions</h2> @@ -10706,40 +10767,28 @@ Next: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Counters</a>, Previous: <a hr <p>LaTeX has support for making new commands of many different kinds. </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand" accesskey="1">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">(Re)define a new command. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand" accesskey="2">\providecommand</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new command, if name not used. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="3">\makeatletter & \makeatother</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Change the status of the at-sign character. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar" accesskey="4">\@ifstar</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define your own commands with *-variants. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="5">\newcounter</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new counter. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="6">\newlength</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new length. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="7">\newsavebox</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new box. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="8">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new environment. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="9">\newtheorem</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new theorem-like environment. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new font name. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Using tricky commands. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Discard extra spaces. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#xspace-package">xspace package</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Space after a macro, conditionally. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand" accesskey="1"><code>\newcommand</code> & <code>\renewcommand</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand" accesskey="2"><code>\providecommand</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="3"><code>\makeatletter</code> & <code>\makeatother</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar" accesskey="4"><code>\@ifstar</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="5"><code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="6"><code>\newlength</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="7"><code>\newsavebox</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="8"><code>\newenvironment</code> & <code>\renewenvironment</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="9"><code>\newtheorem</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewfont"><code>\newfont</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend"><code>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#xspace-package">xspace package</a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand" accesskey="n" rel="next">\providecommand</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\providecommand</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.1 <code>\newcommand</code> & <code>\renewcommand</code></h3> @@ -10785,15 +10834,15 @@ multiple paragraphs. <p>These are the parameters: </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><var>cmd</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>cmd</var></span></dt> <dd> -<p>Required; the command name. It must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>, -and must not begin with the four letter string <code>\end</code>. For +<p>Required; <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is the command name. It must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>, +and must not begin with the four character string <code>\end</code>. For <code>\newcommand</code>, it must not be already defined. For <code>\renewcommand</code>, this name must already be defined. </p> </dd> -<dt><var>nargs</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>nargs</var></span></dt> <dd><p>Optional; an integer from 0 to 9, specifying the number of arguments that the command takes, including any optional argument. Omitting this argument is the same as specifying 0, meaning that the command has no @@ -10801,7 +10850,7 @@ arguments. If you redefine a command, the new version can have a different number of arguments than the old version. </p> </dd> -<dt><var>optargdefault</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>optargdefault</var></span></dt> <dd><p>Optional; if this argument is present then the first argument of <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is optional, with default value <var>optargdefault</var> (which may be the empty string). If <var>optargsdefault</var> is not present @@ -10822,7 +10871,7 @@ square brackets with no contents, as in <code>[]</code>. The former sets to the empty string. </p> </dd> -<dt><var>defn</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>defn</var></span></dt> <dd><p>Required; the text to be substituted for every occurrence of <code>\<var>cmd</var></code>. The parameters <code>#1</code>, <code>#2</code>, ... <code>#<var>nargs</var></code> are replaced by the values that you supply when @@ -10832,10 +10881,11 @@ argument and you don’t exercise the option). </dd> </dl> -<p>TeX ignores spaces in the source following an alphabetic control -sequence, as in ‘<samp>\cmd </samp>’. If you actually want a space there, one -solution is to type <code>{}</code> after the command (‘<samp>\cmd{} </samp>’, and -another solution is to use an explicit control space (‘<samp>\cmd\ </samp>’). +<p>TeX ignores blanks in the source following a control word +(see <a href="#Control-sequences">Control sequence, control word and control symbol</a>), as in ‘<samp>\cmd </samp>’. If you actually want a +space there, one solution is to type <code>{}</code> after the command +(‘<samp>\cmd{} </samp>’, and another solution is to use an explicit control +space (‘<samp>\cmd\ </samp>’). </p> <p>A simple example of defining a new command: <code>\newcommand{\RS}{Robin Smith}</code> results in <code>\RS</code> being @@ -10848,8 +10898,8 @@ defined. Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual</samp>’. If you to redefine a command and the name has not yet been used then you get something like ‘<samp>LaTeX Error: \hank undefined</samp>’. </p> -<p>Here the first command definition has no arguments, and the second has -one required argument. +<p>Here the first definition creates a command with no arguments, and the +second, one with one required argument. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\newcommand{\student}{Ms~O'Leary} @@ -10857,7 +10907,7 @@ one required argument. </pre></div> <p>Use the first as in <code>I highly recommend \student{} to you</code>. The -second has a variable, so that <code>\defref{def:basis}</code> expands to +second has a variable argument, so that <code>\defref{def:basis}</code> expands to <code>Definition~\ref{def:basis}</code>, which ultimately expands to something like ‘<samp>Definition~3.14</samp>’. </p> @@ -10902,10 +10952,56 @@ is to put another pair of braces inside the definition: <code>\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{{\it #1}}</code>. </p> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#Control-sequences" accesskey="1">Control sequence, control word and control symbol</a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cprovidecommand"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="subsection" id="Control-sequences"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="n" rel="next">\makeatletter & \makeatother</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Up: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>\newcommand</code> & <code>\renewcommand</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="Control-sequence_002c-control-word-and-control-symbol"></span><h4 class="subsection">12.1.1 Control sequence, control word and control symbol</h4> + +<p>When reading input TeX converts the sequences of read characters into +a sequence of <em>tokens</em>. When TeX sees a backslash <code>\</code>, it +will handle the following characters in a special way in order to make a +<em>control sequence</em> token. +</p> +<p>The control sequences fall into two categories: +</p> +<ul> +<li> <em>control word</em>, when the control sequence is gathered from a +<code>\</code> followed by at least one ASCII letter, followed by at least one +blank. The sequence of at least one ASCII letter is called the +<em>control sequence name</em>. +</li><li> <em>control symbol</em>, when the control sequence is gathered from a +<code>\</code> followed by one non-letter character. +</li></ul> + +<p>Blanks after a control word are ignored and do not produce any +whitespace in the output (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><code>\newcommand</code> & <code>\renewcommand</code></a> and +<a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">Backslash-space, <code>\ </code></a>). +</p> +<p>Just as the <code>\relax</code> command does nothing, the following will print +‘<samp>Hello!</samp>’: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">Hel\relax <!-- /@w --> <!-- /@w --> <!-- /@w --> + <!-- /@w --> <!-- /@w --> <!-- /@w -->lo! +</pre></div> + +<p>This is because blanks after <code>\relax</code>, including the newline are +ignored, and blanks at the beginning of a line are also ignored +(see <a href="#Leading-blanks">Leading blanks</a>). +</p> +<hr> +</div> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cprovidecommand"> +<div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\makeatletter</code> & <code>\makeatother</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\newcommand</code> & <code>\renewcommand</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cprovidecommand-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.2 <code>\providecommand</code></h3> @@ -10917,12 +11013,12 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="n" rel=" <p>Synopses, one of: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\providecommand{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>defn</var>} -\providecommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>defn</var>} -\providecommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} -\providecommand*{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>defn</var>} -\providecommand*{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>defn</var>} -\providecommand*{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} +<pre class="example">\providecommand{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>defn</var>} +\providecommand{\<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>defn</var>} +\providecommand{\<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} +\providecommand*{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>defn</var>} +\providecommand*{\<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>defn</var>} +\providecommand*{\<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} </pre></div> <p>Defines a command, as long as no command of this name already exists. @@ -10930,14 +11026,14 @@ If no command of this name already exists then this has the same effect as <code>\newcommand</code>. If a command of this name already exists then this definition does nothing. This is particularly useful in a file that may be loaded more than once, such as a style file. -See <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a>, for the description of the arguments. +See <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><code>\newcommand</code> & <code>\renewcommand</code></a>, for the description of the arguments. </p> <p>This example </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Saint Michael's College} -\providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Saint Michael's College} ->From \myaffiliation. +\providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Lyc\'ee Henri IV} +From \myaffiliation. </pre></div> <p>outputs ‘<samp>From Saint Michael's College</samp>’. Unlike <code>\newcommand</code>, @@ -10945,9 +11041,11 @@ the repeated use of <code>\providecommand</code> does not give an error. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar" accesskey="n" rel="next">\@ifstar</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\providecommand</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\@ifstar</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\providecommand</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.3 <code>\makeatletter</code> & <code>\makeatother</code></h3> @@ -11009,9 +11107,11 @@ three lines should go in the preamble, before the <hr> -<span id="g_t_005c_0040ifstar"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005c_0040ifstar"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newcounter</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\makeatletter & \makeatother</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\makeatletter</code> & <code>\makeatother</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005c_0040ifstar-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.4 <code>\@ifstar</code></h3> @@ -11049,7 +11149,7 @@ arguments. In the synopsis these two are <code>\mycmd@nostar</code> and different number, or no arguments at all. As always, in a LaTeX document a command using an at-sign <code>@</code> in its name must be enclosed inside a <code>\makeatletter ... \makeatother</code> block -(see <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter & \makeatother</a>). +(see <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"><code>\makeatletter</code> & <code>\makeatother</code></a>). </p> <p>This example of <code>\@ifstar</code> defines the command <code>\ciel</code> and a variant <code>\ciel*</code>. Both have one required argument. A call to @@ -11092,11 +11192,11 @@ standard practice is not to insert any such spaces. <span id="index-xparse-package-1"></span> <p>There are two alternative ways to accomplish the work of -<code>\@ifstar</code>. (1) The <samp>suffix</samp> package allows the +<code>\@ifstar</code>. (1) The <code>suffix</code> package allows the construct <code>\newcommand\mycommand{<var>unstarred-variant</var>}</code> followed by <code>\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{<var>starred-variant</var>}</code>. -(2) LaTeX provides the <samp>xparse</samp> package, which allows +(2) LaTeX provides the <code>xparse</code> package, which allows this code: </p> <div class="example"> @@ -11108,9 +11208,11 @@ this code: <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cnewcounter"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cnewcounter"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newlength</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\@ifstar</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\newlength</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\@ifstar</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cnewcounter_003a-Allocating-a-counter"></span><h3 class="section">12.5 <code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</h3> @@ -11136,8 +11238,8 @@ counter <var>countername</var> will be reset to zero whenever <var>supercounter</var> is incremented. For example, ordinarily <code>subsection</code> is numbered within <code>section</code> so that any time you increment <var>section</var>, either with <code>\stepcounter</code> -(see <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</a>) or <code>\refstepcounter</code> -(see <a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter">\refstepcounter</a>), then LaTeX will reset <var>subsection</var> to +(see <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter"><code>\stepcounter</code></a>) or <code>\refstepcounter</code> +(see <a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter"><code>\refstepcounter</code></a>), then LaTeX will reset <var>subsection</var> to zero. </p> <p>This example @@ -11164,9 +11266,11 @@ defined.</samp>’ </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cnewlength"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cnewlength"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newsavebox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newcounter</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\newsavebox</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cnewlength-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.6 <code>\newlength</code></h3> @@ -11179,15 +11283,16 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newsavebox</a>, Pr <p>Synopsis: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\newlength{<var>arg</var>} +<pre class="example">\newlength{\<var>len</var>} </pre></div> <p>Allocate a new length register (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). The required argument -<var>arg</var> must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>. The new register holds -rubber lengths such as <code>72.27pt</code> or <code>1in plus.2in minus.1in</code> -(a LaTeX length register is what plain TeX calls a <code>skip</code> -register). The initial value is zero. The control sequence -<code>\<var>arg</var></code> must not be already defined. +<code>\<var>len</var></code> has to be a control sequence (see <a href="#Control-sequences">Control sequence, control word and control symbol</a>), and as such must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code> under +normal circumstances. The new register holds rubber lengths such as +<code>72.27pt</code> or <code>1in plus.2in minus.1in</code> (a LaTeX length +register is what plain TeX calls a <code>skip</code> register). The +initial value is zero. The control sequence <code>\<var>len</var></code> must not +be already defined. </p> <p>An example: </p> @@ -11196,15 +11301,17 @@ register). The initial value is zero. The control sequence </pre></div> <p>If you forget the backslash then you get ‘<samp>Missing control sequence -inserted</samp>’. If the command sequence already exists then you get +inserted</samp>’. If the control sequence already exists then you get something like ‘<samp>LaTeX Error: Command \graphichgt already defined. Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual</samp>’. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cnewsavebox"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cnewsavebox"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newlength</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\newenvironment</code> & <code>\renewenvironment</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\newlength</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cnewsavebox-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.7 <code>\newsavebox</code></h3> @@ -11222,7 +11329,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="n material that has been typeset, to use multiple times or to measure or manipulate (see <a href="#Boxes">Boxes</a>). The bin name \<var>cmd</var> is required, must start with a backslash, \, and must not already be a defined command. -This command is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +This command is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <p>This allocates a bin and then puts typeset material into it. </p> @@ -11242,9 +11349,11 @@ Our logo is \usebox{\logobox}. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newtheorem</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newsavebox</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\newtheorem</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\newsavebox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.8 <code>\newenvironment</code> & <code>\renewenvironment</code></h3> @@ -11285,7 +11394,7 @@ contain multiple paragraphs of text. However, the body of these environments can contain multiple paragraphs. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><var>env</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>env</var></span></dt> <dd><p>Required; the environment name. It consists only of letters or the <code>*</code> character, and thus does not begin with backslash, <code>\</code>. It must not begin with the string <code>end</code>. For @@ -11295,7 +11404,7 @@ must be undefined. For <code>\renewenvironment</code>, <var>env</var> must be t name of an existing environment. </p> </dd> -<dt><var>nargs</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>nargs</var></span></dt> <dd><p>Optional; an integer from 0 to 9 denoting the number of arguments of that the environment takes. When you use the environment these arguments appear after the <code>\begin</code>, as in @@ -11305,7 +11414,7 @@ arguments. When redefining an environment, the new version can have a different number of arguments than the old version. </p> </dd> -<dt><var>optargdefault</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>optargdefault</var></span></dt> <dd><p>Optional; if this is present then the first argument of the defined environment is optional, with default value <var>optargdefault</var> (which may be the empty string). If this is not in the definition then the @@ -11326,7 +11435,7 @@ in <code>#1</code> expanding to <var>optargdefault</var>; the latter results in <code>#1</code> expanding to the empty string. </p> </dd> -<dt><var>begdef</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>begdef</var></span></dt> <dd><p>Required; the text expanded at every occurrence of <code>\begin{<var>env</var>}</code>. Within <var>begdef</var>, the parameters <code>#1</code>, <code>#2</code>, ... <code>#<var>nargs</var></code>, are replaced by the @@ -11334,7 +11443,7 @@ values that you supply when you call the environment; see the examples below. </p> </dd> -<dt><var>enddef</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>enddef</var></span></dt> <dd><p>Required; the text expanded at every occurrence of <code>\end{<var>env</var>}</code>. This may not contain any parameters, that is, you cannot use <code>#1</code>, <code>#2</code>, etc., here (but see the final @@ -11397,7 +11506,7 @@ the document, use the environment like this. </pre></div> <p>The final example shows how to save the value of an argument to use in -<var>enddef</var>, in this case in a box (see <a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox">\sbox & \savebox</a>). +<var>enddef</var>, in this case in a box (see <a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox"><code>\sbox</code> & <code>\savebox</code></a>). </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\newsavebox{\quoteauthor} @@ -11412,9 +11521,11 @@ the document, use the environment like this. <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cnewtheorem"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cnewtheorem"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewfont" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newfont</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewfont" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\newfont</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\newenvironment</code> & <code>\renewenvironment</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cnewtheorem-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.9 <code>\newtheorem</code></h3> @@ -11454,26 +11565,26 @@ environment whose counter will share the previously defined counter <p>This command creates a counter named <var>name</var>. In addition, unless the optional argument <var>numbered_like</var> is used, inside of the theorem-like environment the current <code>\ref</code> value will be that of -<code>\the<var>numbered_within</var></code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a>). +<code>\the<var>numbered_within</var></code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cref"><code>\ref</code></a>). </p> -<p>This declaration is global. It is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +<p>This declaration is global. It is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <p>Arguments: </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><var>name</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>name</var></span></dt> <dd><p>The name of the environment. It is a string of letters. It must not begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>. It must not be the name of an existing environment, and the command name <code>\<var>name</var></code> must not already be defined. </p> </dd> -<dt><var>title</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>title</var></span></dt> <dd><p>The text to be printed at the beginning of the environment, before the number. For example, ‘<samp>Theorem</samp>’. </p> </dd> -<dt><var>numbered_within</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>numbered_within</var></span></dt> <dd><p>Optional; the name of an already defined counter, usually a sectional unit such as <code>chapter</code> or <code>section</code>. When the <var>numbered_within</var> counter is reset then the <var>name</var> environment’s @@ -11483,7 +11594,7 @@ counter will also be reset. <code>\the<var>name</var></code> is set to <code>\arabic{<var>name</var>}</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><var>numbered_like</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>numbered_like</var></span></dt> <dd><p>Optional; the name of an already defined theorem-like environment. The new environment will be numbered in sequence with <var>numbered_like</var>. </p> @@ -11554,9 +11665,11 @@ by ‘<samp>Theorem 2.1</samp>’ and ‘<samp>Definition <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cnewfont"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cnewfont"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cprotect" accesskey="n" rel="next">\protect</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newtheorem</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cprotect" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\protect</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\newtheorem</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cnewfont-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.10 <code>\newfont</code></h3> @@ -11601,9 +11714,11 @@ relative to the font’s design size, which is a value defined in the <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cprotect"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cprotect"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend" accesskey="n" rel="next">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewfont" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newfont</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewfont" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\newfont</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cprotect-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.11 <code>\protect</code></h3> @@ -11631,9 +11746,9 @@ referred to as a <em>moving argument</em>. A command is fragile if it can expand during this process into invalid TeX code. Some examples of moving arguments are those that appear in the <code>\caption{...}</code> -command (see <a href="#figure">figure</a>), in the <code>\thanks{...}</code> command -(see <a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a>), and in @-expressions in the <code>tabular</code> and -<code>array</code> environments (see <a href="#tabular">tabular</a>). +command (see <a href="#figure"><code>figure</code></a>), in the <code>\thanks{...}</code> command +(see <a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle"><code>\maketitle</code></a>), and in @-expressions in the <code>tabular</code> and +<code>array</code> environments (see <a href="#tabular"><code>tabular</code></a>). </p> <p>If you get strange errors from commands used in moving arguments, try preceding it with <code>\protect</code>. Every fragile commands must be @@ -11670,9 +11785,11 @@ to <code>\protect\(..\protect\)</code>. <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#xspace-package" accesskey="n" rel="next">xspace package</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cprotect" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\protect</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#xspace-package" accesskey="n" rel="next">xspace package</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cprotect" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\protect</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.12 <code>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</code></h3> @@ -11693,11 +11810,12 @@ Next: <a href="#xspace-package" accesskey="n" rel="next">xspace package</a>, Pre <pre class="example">\ignorespacesafterend </pre></div> -<p>Both commands cause LaTeX to ignore spaces after the end of the -command up until the first non-space character. The first is a command -from plain TeX, and the second is LaTeX-specific. +<p>Both commands cause LaTeX to ignore blanks (that is, characters of +catcode 10 such as space or tabulation) after the end of the +command up to the first box or non-blank character. The first is a +command from plain TeX, and the second is LaTeX-specific. </p> -<p>The <code>ignorespaces</code> is often used when defining commands via +<p>The <code>\ignorespaces</code> is often used when defining commands via <code>\newcommand</code>, or <code>\newenvironment</code>, or <code>\def</code>. The example below illustrates. It allows a user to show the points values for quiz questions in the margin but it is inconvenient because, as @@ -11719,7 +11837,7 @@ the command and the question text. \makebox[0pt]{\makebox[10em][l]{#1~pts}}\ignorespaces} </pre></div> -<p>A second example shows spaces being removed from the front of text. The +<p>A second example shows blanks being removed from the front of text. The commands below allow a user to uniformly attach a title to names. But, as given, if a title accidentally starts with a space then <code>\fullname</code> will reproduce that. @@ -11742,7 +11860,7 @@ at the end of the <var>begin</var> clause, as in <code>\begin{newenvironment}{<var>env name</var>}{... \ignorespaces}{...}</code>. </p> -<p>To strip spaces off the end of an environment use +<p>To strip blanks off the end of an environment use <code>\ignorespacesafterend</code>. An example is that this will show a much larger vertical space between the first and second environments than between the second and third. @@ -11767,13 +11885,18 @@ inconvenient. The solution is to change to </p> <hr> -<span id="xspace-package"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="xspace-package"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="xspace-package-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.13 xspace package</h3> <span id="index-_005cxspace"></span> +<span id="index-package_002c-xspace"></span> +<span id="index-xspace-package"></span> + <span id="index-spaces_002c-ignore-around-commands-1"></span> <span id="index-commands_002c-ignore-spaces-1"></span> @@ -11785,13 +11908,14 @@ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend" access \newcommand{...}{...\xspace} </pre></div> -<p>The <code>\xspace</code> macro, when used at the end of a command, adds a -space unless the command is followed by certain punctuation characters. +<p>The <code>\xspace</code> macro, when used at the end of a command definition, +adds a space unless the command is followed by certain punctuation +characters. </p> -<p>After a command name that uses letters (as opposed to single character -command names using non-letters such as <code>\$</code>), TeX gobbles white -space. Thus, in the first sentence below, the output has ‘<samp>Vermont</samp>’ -placed snugly against the period, without any intervening space. +<p>After a command control sequence that is a control word (see <a href="#Control-sequences">Control sequence, control word and control symbol</a>, as opposed to control symbols such as <code>\$</code>), TeX +gobbles blank characters. Thus, in the first sentence below, the output +has ‘<samp>Vermont</samp>’ placed snugly against the period, without any +intervening space. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont} @@ -11799,15 +11923,16 @@ Our college is in \VT . The \VT{} summers are nice. </pre></div> -<p>But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the dummy curly +<p>But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the empty curly braces or else there would be no space separating ‘<samp>Vermont</samp>’ from -‘<samp>summers</samp>’. (Many authors instead instead use a backslash-space -<code>\ </code> for this. See <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</a>.) +‘<samp>summers</samp>’. (Many authors instead use a backslash-space +<code>\ </code> for this. See <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">Backslash-space, <code>\ </code></a>.) </p> -<p>The <samp>xspace</samp> package provides <code>\xspace</code>. It is for writing -commands which are designed to be used mainly in text. It inserts a -space after that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of -exceptions. In this example, the dummy braces are not needed. +<p>The <code>xspace</code> package provides <code>\xspace</code>. It is for writing +commands which are designed to be used mainly in text. It must be place +at the very end of the definition of these commands. It inserts a space +after that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of +exceptions. In this example, the empty braces are not needed. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont\xspace} @@ -11818,21 +11943,25 @@ Our college is in \VT . <p>The default exception list contains the characters <code>,.'/?;:!~-)</code>, the open curly brace and the backslash-space command discussed above, and the commands <code>\footnote</code> or <code>\footnotemark</code>. Add to that -list as with <code>\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}</code> and remove -from that list as with <code>\xspaceremoveexception{!}</code>. +list as with <code>\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}</code> which adds +<code>\myfni</code> and <code>\myfnii</code> to the list, and remove from that +list as with <code>\xspaceremoveexception{!}</code>. </p> <p>A comment: many experts prefer not to use <code>\xspace</code>. Putting it in a definition means that the command will usually get the spacing right. -But it isn’t easy to predict when to enter dummy braces because +But it isn’t easy to predict when to enter empty braces because <code>\xspace</code> will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another command, and so <code>\xspace</code> can make editing material harder and more -error-prone than instead always remembering the dummy braces. +error-prone than instead always inserting the empty braces. </p> <hr> -<span id="Counters"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="chapter" id="Counters"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="n" rel="next">Lengths</a>, Previous: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Definitions</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="n" rel="next">Lengths</a>, Previous: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Definitions</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Counters-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">13 Counters</h2> @@ -11849,6 +11978,23 @@ track of the chapter number. <p>Below is a list of the counters used in LaTeX’s standard document classes to control numbering. </p> +<span id="index-part-counter"></span> +<span id="index-chapter-counter"></span> +<span id="index-section-counter"></span> +<span id="index-subsection-counter"></span> +<span id="index-subsubsection-counter"></span> +<span id="index-paragraph-counter"></span> +<span id="index-subparagraph-counter"></span> +<span id="index-page-counter"></span> +<span id="index-equation-counter"></span> +<span id="index-figure-counter"></span> +<span id="index-table-counter"></span> +<span id="index-footnote-counter"></span> +<span id="index-mpfootnote-counter-1"></span> +<span id="index-enumi-counter"></span> +<span id="index-enumii-counter"></span> +<span id="index-enumiii-counter"></span> +<span id="index-enumiv-counter"></span> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">part paragraph figure enumi chapter subparagraph table enumii @@ -11858,39 +12004,32 @@ subsubsection </pre></div> <p>The <code>mpfootnote</code> counter is used by the <code>\footnote</code> command -inside of a minipage (see <a href="#minipage">minipage</a>). The counters <code>enumi</code> +inside of a minipage (see <a href="#minipage"><code>minipage</code></a>). The counters <code>enumi</code> through <code>enumiv</code> are used in the <code>enumerate</code> environment, for -up to four levels of nesting (see <a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a>). +up to four levels of nesting (see <a href="#enumerate"><code>enumerate</code></a>). </p> <p>Counters can have any integer value but they are typically positive. </p> -<p>New counters are created with <code>\newcounter</code>. See <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</a>. -</p> - -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol" accesskey="1">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Print value of a counter. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cusecounter" accesskey="2">\usecounter</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Use a specified counter in a list environment. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cvalue" accesskey="3">\value</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Use the value of a counter in an expression. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter" accesskey="4">\setcounter</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set the value of a counter. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter" accesskey="5">\addtocounter</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add a quantity to a counter. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter" accesskey="6">\refstepcounter</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add to a counter. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter" accesskey="7">\stepcounter</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add to a counter, resetting subsidiary counters. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear" accesskey="8">\day & \month & \year</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Numeric date values. -</td></tr> -</table> +<p>New counters are created with <code>\newcounter</code>. See <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter"><code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</a>. +</p> + +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol" accesskey="1"><code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cusecounter" accesskey="2"><code>\usecounter</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cvalue" accesskey="3"><code>\value</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005csetcounter" accesskey="4"><code>\setcounter</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter" accesskey="5"><code>\addtocounter</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter" accesskey="6"><code>\refstepcounter</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter" accesskey="7"><code>\stepcounter</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear" accesskey="8"><code>\day</code> & <code>\month</code> & <code>\year</code></a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cusecounter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\usecounter</a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cusecounter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\usecounter</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol_003a-Printing-counters"></span><h3 class="section">13.1 <code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</h3> @@ -11906,47 +12045,35 @@ instance, <code>\alph{enumi}</code>. Note that the counter name does not start with a backslash. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>\alph{<var>counter</var>}</code> -<span id="index-_005calph_007bcounter_007d"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005calph_007bcounter_007d'><span><code>\alph{<var>counter</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005calph_007bcounter_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Print the value of <var>counter</var> in lowercase letters: ‘a’, ‘b’, <small class="enddots">...</small> If the counter’s value is less than 1 or more than 26 then you get ‘<samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large.</samp>’ </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\Alph{<var>counter</var>}</code> -<span id="index-_005cAlph_007bcounter_007d"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cAlph_007bcounter_007d'><span><code>\Alph{<var>counter</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cAlph_007bcounter_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Print in uppercase letters: ‘A’, ‘B’, <small class="enddots">...</small> If the counter’s value is less than 1 or more than 26 then you get ‘<samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large.</samp>’ </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\arabic{<var>counter</var>}</code> -<span id="index-_005carabic_007bcounter_007d"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005carabic_007bcounter_007d'><span><code>\arabic{<var>counter</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005carabic_007bcounter_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Print in Arabic numbers such as ‘<samp>5</samp>’ or ‘<samp>-2</samp>’. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\roman{<var>counter</var>}</code> -<span id="index-_005croman_007bcounter_007d"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005croman_007bcounter_007d'><span><code>\roman{<var>counter</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005croman_007bcounter_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Print in lowercase roman numerals: ‘i’, ‘ii’, <small class="enddots">...</small> If the counter’s value is less than 1 then you get no warning or error but LaTeX does not print anything in the output. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\Roman{<var>counter</var>}</code> -<span id="index-_005cRoman_007bcounter_007d"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cRoman_007bcounter_007d'><span><code>\Roman{<var>counter</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cRoman_007bcounter_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Print in uppercase roman numerals: ‘I’, ‘II’, <small class="enddots">...</small> If the counter’s value is less than 1 then you get no warning or error but LaTeX does not print anything in the output. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</code> -<span id="index-_005cfnsymbol_007bcounter_007d"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cfnsymbol_007bcounter_007d'><span><code>\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cfnsymbol_007bcounter_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Prints the value of <var>counter</var> using a sequence of nine symbols that are traditionally used for labeling footnotes. The value of <var>counter</var> should be between 1 and 9, inclusive. If the @@ -11957,16 +12084,16 @@ warning but LaTeX does not output anything. <p>Here are the symbols: </p> <table> -<thead><tr><th width="10%">Number</th><th width="30%">Name</th><th width="30%">Command</th><th width="30%">Symbol</th></tr></thead> -<tr><td width="10%">1</td><td width="30%">asterisk</td><td width="30%"><code>\ast</code></td><td width="30%">*</td></tr> -<tr><td width="10%">2</td><td width="30%">dagger</td><td width="30%"><code>\dagger</code></td><td width="30%">†</td></tr> -<tr><td width="10%">3</td><td width="30%">ddagger</td><td width="30%"><code>\ddagger</code></td><td width="30%">‡</td></tr> -<tr><td width="10%">4</td><td width="30%">section-sign</td><td width="30%"><code>\S</code></td><td width="30%">§</td></tr> -<tr><td width="10%">5</td><td width="30%">paragraph-sign</td><td width="30%"><code>\P</code></td><td width="30%">¶</td></tr> -<tr><td width="10%">6</td><td width="30%">double-vert</td><td width="30%"><code>\parallel</code></td><td width="30%">‖</td></tr> -<tr><td width="10%">7</td><td width="30%">double-asterisk</td><td width="30%"><code>\ast\ast</code></td><td width="30%">**</td></tr> -<tr><td width="10%">8</td><td width="30%">double-dagger</td><td width="30%"><code>\dagger\dagger</code></td><td width="30%">††</td></tr> -<tr><td width="10%">9</td><td width="30%">double-ddagger</td><td width="30%"><code>\ddagger\ddagger</code></td><td width="30%">‡‡</td></tr> +<thead><tr><th width="11%">Number</th><th width="30%">Name</th><th width="30%">Command</th><th width="28%">Symbol</th></tr></thead> +<tr><td width="11%">1</td><td width="30%">asterisk</td><td width="30%"><code>\ast</code></td><td width="28%">*</td></tr> +<tr><td width="11%">2</td><td width="30%">dagger</td><td width="30%"><code>\dagger</code></td><td width="28%">†</td></tr> +<tr><td width="11%">3</td><td width="30%">ddagger</td><td width="30%"><code>\ddagger</code></td><td width="28%">‡</td></tr> +<tr><td width="11%">4</td><td width="30%">section-sign</td><td width="30%"><code>\S</code></td><td width="28%">§</td></tr> +<tr><td width="11%">5</td><td width="30%">paragraph-sign</td><td width="30%"><code>\P</code></td><td width="28%">¶</td></tr> +<tr><td width="11%">6</td><td width="30%">double-vert</td><td width="30%"><code>\parallel</code></td><td width="28%">‖</td></tr> +<tr><td width="11%">7</td><td width="30%">double-asterisk</td><td width="30%"><code>\ast\ast</code></td><td width="28%">**</td></tr> +<tr><td width="11%">8</td><td width="30%">double-dagger</td><td width="30%"><code>\dagger\dagger</code></td><td width="28%">††</td></tr> +<tr><td width="11%">9</td><td width="30%">double-ddagger</td><td width="30%"><code>\ddagger\ddagger</code></td><td width="28%">‡‡</td></tr> </table> </dd> @@ -11974,9 +12101,11 @@ warning but LaTeX does not output anything. <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cusecounter"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cusecounter"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvalue" accesskey="n" rel="next">\value</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvalue" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\value</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cusecounter-1"></span><h3 class="section">13.2 <code>\usecounter</code></h3> @@ -11991,12 +12120,12 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvalue" accesskey="n" rel="next">\value</a>, Previous: <a </pre></div> <p>Used in the second argument of the <code>list</code> environment -(see <a href="#list">list</a>), this declares that list items will be numbered by +(see <a href="#list"><code>list</code></a>), this declares that list items will be numbered by <var>counter</var>. It initializes <var>counter</var> to zero, and arranges that when <code>\item</code> is called without its optional argument then <var>counter</var> is incremented by <code>\refstepcounter</code>, making its value -be the current <code>ref</code> value (see <a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a>). This command is fragile -(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +be the current <code>ref</code> value (see <a href="#g_t_005cref"><code>\ref</code></a>). This command is fragile +(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <p>Put in the document preamble, this example makes a new list environment enumerated with <var>testcounter</var>: @@ -12014,9 +12143,11 @@ enumerated with <var>testcounter</var>: <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cvalue"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cvalue"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\setcounter</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cusecounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\usecounter</a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\setcounter</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cusecounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\usecounter</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cvalue-1"></span><h3 class="section">13.3 <code>\value</code></h3> @@ -12045,12 +12176,12 @@ Other counter is \arabic{other}. </pre></div> <p>The <code>\value</code> command is not used for typesetting the value of the -counter. For that, see <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a>. +counter. For that, see <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</a>. </p> <p>It is often used in <code>\setcounter</code> or <code>\addtocounter</code> but <code>\value</code> can be used anywhere that LaTeX expects a number, such as in <code>\hspace{\value{foo}\parindent}</code>. It must not be -preceded by <code>\protect</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +preceded by <code>\protect</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <p>This example inserts <code>\hspace{4\parindent}</code>. </p> @@ -12061,9 +12192,11 @@ preceded by <code>\protect</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). <hr> -<span id="g_t_005csetcounter"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005csetcounter"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\addtocounter</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cvalue" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\value</a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\addtocounter</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cvalue" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\value</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005csetcounter-1"></span><h3 class="section">13.4 <code>\setcounter</code></h3> @@ -12092,9 +12225,11 @@ Here it is in Roman: \Roman{exercise}. <hr> -<span id="g_t_005caddtocounter"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005caddtocounter"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\refstepcounter</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\setcounter</a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\refstepcounter</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\setcounter</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005caddtocounter-1"></span><h3 class="section">13.5 <code>\addtocounter</code></h3> @@ -12119,9 +12254,11 @@ Here it is in Roman: \Roman{section}. <hr> -<span id="g_t_005crefstepcounter"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005crefstepcounter"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\stepcounter</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\addtocounter</a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\stepcounter</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\addtocounter</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005crefstepcounter-1"></span><h3 class="section">13.6 <code>\refstepcounter</code></h3> @@ -12134,9 +12271,9 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\stepcounter</a>, </pre></div> <p>Globally increments the value of <var>counter</var> by one, as does -<code>\stepcounter</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</a>). The difference is that this +<code>\stepcounter</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter"><code>\stepcounter</code></a>). The difference is that this command resets the value of any counter numbered within it. (For the -definition of “counters numbered within”, see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</a>.) +definition of “counters numbered within”, see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter"><code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</a>.) </p> <p>In addition, this command also defines the current <code>\ref</code> value to be the result of <code>\thecounter</code>. @@ -12146,9 +12283,11 @@ locally, i.e., inside the current group. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cstepcounter"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cstepcounter"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear" accesskey="n" rel="next">\day & \month & \year</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\refstepcounter</a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\day</code> & <code>\month</code> & <code>\year</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\refstepcounter</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cstepcounter-1"></span><h3 class="section">13.7 <code>\stepcounter</code></h3> @@ -12162,18 +12301,20 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear" accesskey="n" rel= <p>Globally adds one to <var>counter</var> and resets all counters numbered within it. (For the definition of “counters numbered within”, -see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</a>.) +see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter"><code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</a>.) </p> <p>This command differs from <code>\refstepcounter</code> in that this one does not influence references; that is, it does not define the current <code>\ref</code> value to be the result of <code>\thecounter</code> -(see <a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter">\refstepcounter</a>). +(see <a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter"><code>\refstepcounter</code></a>). </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\stepcounter</a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\stepcounter</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear-1"></span><h3 class="section">13.8 <code>\day</code> & <code>\month</code> & <code>\year</code></h3> @@ -12183,10 +12324,10 @@ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\stepcounter</ <p>LaTeX defines the counter <code>\day</code> for the day of the month (nominally with value between 1 and 31), <code>\month</code> for the month of -the year (nominally with value between 1 and 12), and year <code>\year</code>. -When TeX starts up, they are set from the current values on the -system. The related command <code>\today</code> produces a string -representing the current day (see <a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a>). +the year (nominally with value between 1 and 12), and <code>\year</code> for +the year. When TeX starts up, they are set from the current values +on the system. The related command <code>\today</code> produces a string +representing the current day (see <a href="#g_t_005ctoday"><code>\today</code></a>). </p> <p>They counters are not updated as the job progresses so in principle they could be incorrect by the end. In addition, TeX does no sanity @@ -12199,11 +12340,16 @@ check: <p>gives no error or warning and results in the output ‘<samp>-2, -4</samp>’ (the bogus month value produces no output). </p> - +<p>See <a href="#Command-line-input">Command line input</a>, to force the date to a given value from the +command line. +</p> <hr> -<span id="Lengths"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="chapter" id="Lengths"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="n" rel="next">Making paragraphs</a>, Previous: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Counters</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="n" rel="next">Making paragraphs</a>, Previous: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Counters</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Lengths-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">14 Lengths</h2> @@ -12315,40 +12461,33 @@ the page. \end{minipage} </pre></div> -<p>TeX actually has three levels of infinity for glue components: -<code>fil</code>, <code>fill</code>, and <code>filll</code>. The later ones are more -infinite than the earlier ones. Ordinarily document authors only use -the middle one (see <a href="#g_t_005chfill">\hfill</a> and see <a href="#g_t_005cvfill">\vfill</a>). +<p>TeX has three levels of infinity for glue components: <code>fil</code>, +<code>fill</code>, and <code>filll</code>. The later ones are more infinite than +the earlier ones. Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one +(see <a href="#g_t_005chfill"><code>\hfill</code></a> and see <a href="#g_t_005cvfill"><code>\vfill</code></a>). </p> <p>Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length, so that after <code>\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}</code> and <code>\setlength{\zlength}{3\ylength}</code> then the value of <code>\zlength</code> is <code>3in</code>. </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Units-of-length" accesskey="1">Units of length</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The units that LaTeX knows. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csetlength" accesskey="2">\setlength</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set the value of a length. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caddtolength" accesskey="3">\addtolength</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add a quantity to a length. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csettodepth" accesskey="4">\settodepth</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set a length to the depth of something. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csettoheight" accesskey="5">\settoheight</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set a length to the height of something. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csettowidth" accesskey="6">\settowidth</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set a length to the width of something. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cstretch" accesskey="7">\stretch</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add infinite stretchability. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Expressions" accesskey="8">Expressions</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Compute with lengths and integers. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#Units-of-length" accesskey="1">Units of length</a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005csetlength" accesskey="2"><code>\setlength</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005caddtolength" accesskey="3"><code>\addtolength</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005csettodepth" accesskey="4"><code>\settodepth</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005csettoheight" accesskey="5"><code>\settoheight</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005csettowidth" accesskey="6"><code>\settowidth</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cstretch" accesskey="7"><code>\stretch</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#Expressions" accesskey="8">Expressions</a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="Units-of-length"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="section" id="Units-of-length"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005csetlength" accesskey="n" rel="next">\setlength</a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005csetlength" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\setlength</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Units-of-length-1"></span><h3 class="section">14.1 Units of length</h3> @@ -12358,93 +12497,99 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005csetlength" accesskey="n" rel="next">\setlength</a>, Up: math mode. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>pt</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-pt"></span> -<span id="index-point"></span> -<span id="units-of-length-pt"></span><p>Point, 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units -is 1point = 2.845mm = .2845cm. +<dt id='index-pt'><span><code>pt</code><a href='#index-pt' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-point"></span> +<span id="units-of-length-pt"></span><p>Point, 1/72.27 inch. The (approximate) conversion to metric units +is 1point = .35146mm = .035146cm. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>pc</code></dt> +<dt id='index-pc'><span><code>pc</code><a href='#index-pc' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-pica"></span> -<span id="index-pc"></span> <span id="units-of-length-pc"></span><p>Pica, 12 pt </p> </dd> -<dt><code>in</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-in"></span> -<span id="index-inch"></span> -<span id="units-of-length-in"></span><p>Inch, 72.27 pt +<dt id='index-in'><span><code>in</code><a href='#index-in' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-inch"></span> +<span id="units-of-length-in"></span><p>Inch, 72.27 pt </p> </dd> -<dt><code>bp</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-bp"></span> -<span id="index-big-point"></span> +<dt id='index-bp'><span><code>bp</code><a href='#index-bp' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-big-point"></span> +<span id="index-PostScript-point"></span> <span id="units-of-length-bp"></span><p>Big point, 1/72 inch. This length is the definition of a point in PostScript and many desktop publishing systems. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>cm</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-centimeter"></span> -<span id="index-cm"></span> -<span id="units-of-length-cm"></span><p>Centimeter +<dt id='index-mm'><span><code>mm</code><a href='#index-mm' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-millimeter"></span> +<span id="units-of-length-mm"></span><p>Millimeter, 2.845 pt </p> </dd> -<dt><code>mm</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-millimeter"></span> -<span id="index-mm"></span> -<span id="units-of-length-mm"></span><p>Millimeter +<dt id='index-cm'><span><code>cm</code><a href='#index-cm' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-centimeter"></span> +<span id="units-of-length-cm"></span><p>Centimeter, 10 mm </p> </dd> -<dt><code>dd</code></dt> +<dt id='index-dd'><span><code>dd</code><a href='#index-dd' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-didot-point"></span> -<span id="index-dd"></span> <span id="units-of-length-dd"></span><p>Didot point, 1.07 pt </p> </dd> -<dt><code>cc</code></dt> +<dt id='index-cc'><span><code>cc</code><a href='#index-cc' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-cicero"></span> -<span id="index-cc"></span> <span id="units-of-length-cc"></span><p>Cicero, 12 dd </p> </dd> -<dt><code>sp</code></dt> +<dt id='index-sp'><span><code>sp</code><a href='#index-sp' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-scaled-point"></span> -<span id="index-sp"></span> <span id="units-of-length-sp"></span><p>Scaled point, 1/65536 pt </p> </dd> </dl> +<p>Three other units are defined according to the current font, rather +than being an absolute dimension. +</p> +<dl compact="compact"> +<dt id='index-ex-1'><span><code>ex</code><a href='#index-ex-1' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-x_002dheight"></span> <span id="index-ex"></span> -<span id="index-x_002dheight"></span> -<span id="index-ex-1"></span> -<span id="index-m_002dwidth"></span> -<span id="index-em"></span> -<span id="index-em-1"></span> -<span id="Lengths_002fem"></span><span id="Lengths_002fen"></span><span id="Lengths_002fex"></span><span id="units-of-length-em"></span><span id="units-of-length-en"></span><span id="units-of-length-ex"></span><p>Two other lengths that are often used are values set by the designer of -the font. The x-height of the current font <em>ex</em>, traditionally the +<span id="Lengths_002fex"></span><span id="units-of-length-ex"></span><p>The x-height of the current font <em>ex</em>, traditionally the height of the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical -lengths. Similarly <em>em</em>, traditionally the width of the capital -letter M, is often used for horizontal lengths (there is also -<code>\enspace</code>, which is <code>0.5em</code>). Use of these can help make a -definition work better across font changes. For example, a definition -of the vertical space between list items given as -<code>\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex}</code> is more -likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a definition -given in points. +lengths. +</p> +</dd> +<dt id='index-em-1'><span><code>em</code><a href='#index-em-1' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-m_002dwidth"></span> +<span id="index-em"></span> +<span id="Lengths_002fem"></span><span id="units-of-length-em"></span><p>Similarly <em>em</em>, traditionally the width of the capital +letter M, is often used for horizontal lengths. This is also often +the size of the current font, e.g., a nominal 10pt font will +have 1em = 10pt. LaTeX has several commands to produce +horizontal spaces based on the em (see <a href="#g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad"><code>\enspace</code> & <code>\quad</code> & <code>\qquad</code></a>). </p> -<span id="index-mu_002c-math-unit"></span> -<span id="index-mu"></span> -<p>In math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of the math unit -<em>mu</em> given by 1 em = 18 mu, where the em is taken from the current -math symbols family. See <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a>. +</dd> +<dt id='index-mu'><span><code>mu</code><a href='#index-mu' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-mu_002c-math-unit"></span> +<span id="units-of-length-mu"></span><p>Finally, in math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms +of the math unit <em>mu</em>, defined by 1em = 18mu, where the +em is taken from the current math symbols family. See <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a>. </p> +</dd> +</dl> +<p>Using these units can help make a definition work better across font +changes. For example, a definition of the vertical space between list +items given as <code>\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus +0.01ex}</code> is more likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed +than a definition given in points. +</p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005csetlength"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005csetlength"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddtolength" accesskey="n" rel="next">\addtolength</a>, Previous: <a href="#Units-of-length" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Units of length</a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddtolength" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\addtolength</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#Units-of-length" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Units of length</a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005csetlength-1"></span><h3 class="section">14.2 <code>\setlength</code></h3> @@ -12454,13 +12599,14 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddtolength" accesskey="n" rel="next">\addtolength</a>, <p>Synopsis: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\setlength{<var>len</var>}{<var>amount</var>} +<pre class="example">\setlength{\<var>len</var>}{<var>amount</var>} </pre></div> -<p>Set the length <var>len</var> to <var>amount</var>. The length name <var>len</var> -must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>. The <code>amount</code> can be a -rubber length (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). It can be positive, negative or zero, -and can be in any units that LaTeX understands (see <a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a>). +<p>Set the length \<var>len</var> to <var>amount</var>. The length name +<code>\<var>len</var></code> has to be a control sequence (see <a href="#Control-sequences">Control sequence, control word and control symbol</a>), and as such must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code> under +normal circumstances. The <var>amount</var> can be a rubber length +(see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). It can be positive, negative or zero, and can be in +any units that LaTeX understands (see <a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a>). </p> <p>Below, with LaTeX’s defaults the first paragraph will be indented while the second will not. @@ -12472,19 +12618,19 @@ while the second will not. He said stop going to those places. </pre></div> -<p>If you did not declare <var>len</var> with <code>\newlength</code>, for example if -you mistype the above as +<p>If you did not declare \<var>len</var> with <code>\newlength</code>, for example if +you mistype it as in <code>\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}</code>, then you get an error like ‘<samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \sepcindent</samp>’. If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name -then you get an error like ‘<samp>Missing number, treated as zero. <to be -read again> \relax l.19 \setlength{specparindent}{0.6\parindent}</samp>’ +then you get an error like ‘<samp>Missing number, treated as zero.</samp>’. </p> - <hr> -<span id="g_t_005caddtolength"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005caddtolength"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005csettodepth" accesskey="n" rel="next">\settodepth</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csetlength" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\setlength</a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005csettodepth" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\settodepth</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csetlength" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\setlength</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005caddtolength-1"></span><h3 class="section">14.3 <code>\addtolength</code></h3> @@ -12494,13 +12640,14 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005csettodepth" accesskey="n" rel="next">\settodepth</a>, Pr <p>Synopsis: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\addtolength{<var>len</var>}{<var>amount</var>} +<pre class="example">\addtolength{\<var>len</var>}{<var>amount</var>} </pre></div> -<p>Increment the length <var>len</var> by <var>amount</var>. The length name -<var>len</var> begins with a backslash, <code>\</code>. The <code>amount</code> is a -rubber length (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). It can be positive, negative or zero, -and can be in any units that LaTeX understands (see <a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a>). +<p>Increment the length \<var>len</var> by <var>amount</var>. The length name +<code>\<var>len</var></code> has to be a control sequence (see <a href="#Control-sequences">Control sequence, control word and control symbol</a>), and as such must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code> under +normal circumstances. The <var>amount</var> is a rubber length +(see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). It can be positive, negative or zero, and can be in +any units that LaTeX understands (see <a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a>). </p> <p>Below, if <code>\parskip</code> starts with the value <code>0pt plus 1pt</code> </p> @@ -12513,19 +12660,24 @@ Nurse: no change. <p>then it has the value <code>1pt plus 1pt</code> for the second paragraph. </p> -<p>If you did not declare the length <var>len</var> with <code>\newlength</code>, if -for example you mistype the above as +<p>If you did not declare \<var>len</var> with <code>\newlength</code>, for example if +you mistype it as in +<code>\newlength{\specparindent}\addtolength{\sepcparindent}{...}</code>, +then you get an error like ‘<samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> +\sepcindent</samp>’. If the <var>amount</var> uses some length that has not been +declared, for instance if for example you mistype the above as <code>\addtolength{\specparindent}{0.6\praindent}</code>, then you get something like ‘<samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \praindent</samp>’. -If you leave off the backslash at the start of <var>len</var>, as in +If you leave off the backslash at the start of \<var>len</var>, as in <code>\addtolength{parindent}{1pt}</code>, then you get something like ‘<samp>You can't use `the letter p' after \advance</samp>’. </p> - <hr> -<span id="g_t_005csettodepth"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005csettodepth"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005csettoheight" accesskey="n" rel="next">\settoheight</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddtolength" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\addtolength</a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005csettoheight" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\settoheight</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddtolength" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\addtolength</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005csettodepth-1"></span><h3 class="section">14.4 <code>\settodepth</code></h3> @@ -12534,14 +12686,15 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005csettoheight" accesskey="n" rel="next">\settoheight</a>, <p>Synopsis: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\settodepth{<var>len</var>}{<var>text</var>} +<pre class="example">\settodepth{\<var>len</var>}{<var>text</var>} </pre></div> -<p>Set the length <var>len</var> to the depth of box that LaTeX gets on -typesetting the <var>text</var> argument. The length name <var>len</var> must -begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>. +<p>Set the length \<var>len</var> to the depth of box that LaTeX gets on +typesetting the <var>text</var> argument. The length name <code>\<var>len</var></code> +has to be a control sequence (see <a href="#Control-sequences">Control sequence, control word and control symbol</a>), and as such +must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code> under normal circumstances. </p> -<p>This will show how low the character descenders go. +<p>This will print how low the character descenders go. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\newlength{\alphabetdepth} @@ -12549,18 +12702,20 @@ begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>. \the\alphabetdepth </pre></div> -<p>If you did not set aside the length <var>len</var>, if for example you +<p>If you did not declare \<var>len</var> with <code>\newlength</code>, if for example you mistype the above as <code>\settodepth{\aplhabetdepth}{abc...}</code>, then you get something like ‘<samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> -\aplhabetdepth</samp>’. If you leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in +\aplhabetdepth</samp>’. If you leave the backslash out of \<var>len</var>, as in <code>\settodepth{alphabetdepth}{...}</code> then you get something like ‘<samp>Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox</samp>’. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005csettoheight"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005csettoheight"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005csettowidth" accesskey="n" rel="next">\settowidth</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csettodepth" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\settodepth</a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005csettowidth" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\settowidth</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csettodepth" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\settodepth</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005csettoheight-1"></span><h3 class="section">14.5 <code>\settoheight</code></h3> @@ -12569,14 +12724,15 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005csettowidth" accesskey="n" rel="next">\settowidth</a>, Pr <p>Synopsis: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\settoheight{<var>len</var>}{text} +<pre class="example">\settoheight{\<var>len</var>}{text} </pre></div> -<p>Sets the length <var>len</var> to the height of box that LaTeX gets on -typesetting the <code>text</code> argument. The length name <var>len</var> must -begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>. +<p>Sets the length \<var>len</var> to the height of box that LaTeX gets on +typesetting the <code>text</code> argument. The length name <code>\<var>len</var></code> +has to be a control sequence (see <a href="#Control-sequences">Control sequence, control word and control symbol</a>), and as such +must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code> under normal circumstances. </p> -<p>This will show how high the characters go. +<p>This will print how high the characters go. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\newlength{\alphabetheight} @@ -12584,19 +12740,21 @@ begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>. \the\alphabetheight </pre></div> -<p>If no such length <var>len</var> has been declared with <code>\newlength</code>, if +<p>If no such length \<var>len</var> has been declared with <code>\newlength</code>, if for example you mistype as <code>\settoheight{\aplhabetheight}{abc...}</code>, then you get something like ‘<samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \alphabetheight</samp>’. If -you leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in +you leave the backslash out of \<var>len</var>, as in <code>\settoheight{alphabetheight}{...}</code> then you get something like ‘<samp>Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox</samp>’. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005csettowidth"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005csettowidth"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cstretch" accesskey="n" rel="next">\stretch</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csettoheight" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\settoheight</a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cstretch" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\stretch</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csettoheight" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\settoheight</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005csettowidth-1"></span><h3 class="section">14.6 <code>\settowidth</code></h3> @@ -12605,14 +12763,15 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cstretch" accesskey="n" rel="next">\stretch</a>, Previous <p>Synopsis: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\settowidth{<var>len</var>}{<var>text</var>} +<pre class="example">\settowidth{\<var>len</var>}{<var>text</var>} </pre></div> -<p>Set the length <var>len</var> to the width of the box that LaTeX gets on -typesetting the <var>text</var> argument. The length name <var>len</var> must -begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>. +<p>Set the length \<var>len</var> to the width of the box that LaTeX gets on +typesetting the <var>text</var> argument. The length name <code>\<var>len</var></code> +has to be a control sequence (see <a href="#Control-sequences">Control sequence, control word and control symbol</a>), and as such +must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code> under normal circumstances. </p> -<p>This measures the width of the lowercase ASCII alphabet. +<p>This prints the width of the lowercase ASCII alphabet. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\newlength{\alphabetwidth} @@ -12620,18 +12779,21 @@ begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>. \the\alphabetwidth </pre></div> -<p>If no such length <var>len</var> has been set aside, if for example you -mistype the above as <code>\settowidth{\aplhabetwidth}{abc...}</code>, -then you get something like ‘<samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> -\aplhabetwidth</samp>’. If you leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in +<p>If no such length \<var>len</var> has been declared with <code>\newlength</code>, +if for example you mistype the above as +<code>\settowidth{\aplhabetwidth}{abc...}</code>, then you get something +like ‘<samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \aplhabetwidth</samp>’. If +you leave the backslash out of \<var>len</var>, as in <code>\settoheight{alphabetwidth}{...}</code> then you get something like ‘<samp>Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox</samp>’. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cstretch"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cstretch"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Expressions" accesskey="n" rel="next">Expressions</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csettowidth" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\settowidth</a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Expressions" accesskey="n" rel="next">Expressions</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csettowidth" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\settowidth</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cstretch-1"></span><h3 class="section">14.7 <code>\stretch</code></h3> @@ -12646,7 +12808,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Expressions" accesskey="n" rel="next">Expressions</a>, Previous: <p>Produces a rubber length with zero natural length and <var>number</var> times <code>\fill</code> units of stretchability (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). The <var>number</var> can be positive or negative. This command is robust -(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <p>It works for both vertical and horizontal spacing. In this horizontal example, LaTeX produces three tick marks, and the distance between @@ -12679,9 +12841,11 @@ We dedicate this book to our wives. <hr> -<span id="Expressions"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Expressions"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cstretch" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\stretch</a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cstretch" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\stretch</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Expressions-1"></span><h3 class="section">14.8 Expressions</h3> @@ -12766,17 +12930,18 @@ parentheses to be affected by a factor. So <code>\the\glueexpr 5pt plus <p>TeX will coerce other numerical types in the same way as it does when doing register assignment. Thus <code>\the\numexpr\dimexpr 1pt\relax\relax</code> will result in ‘<samp>65536</samp>’, which is <code>1pt</code> -converted to scaled points (TeX’s internal unit) and then coerced -into an integer. With a <code>\glueexpr</code> here, the stretch and shrink -would be dropped. Going the other way, a <code>\numexpr</code> inside a -<code>\dimexpr</code> or <code>\glueexpr</code> will need appropriate units, as in +converted to scaled points (see <a href="#units-of-length-sp"><code>sp</code></a>, +TeX’s internal unit) and then coerced into an integer. With a +<code>\glueexpr</code> here, the stretch and shrink would be dropped. Going +the other way, a <code>\numexpr</code> inside a <code>\dimexpr</code> or +<code>\glueexpr</code> will need appropriate units, as in <code>\the\dimexpr\numexpr 1 + 2\relax pt\relax</code>, which produces ‘<samp>3.0pt</samp>’. </p> <p>The details of the arithmetic: each factor is checked to be in the -allowed range, numbers must be less than <em>2^{31}</em> in absolute +allowed range, numbers must be less than <em class='math'>2^{31}</em> in absolute value, and dimensions or glue components must be less than -<em>2^{14}</em> points, or <code>mu</code>, or <code>fil</code>, etc. The +<em class='math'>2^{14}</em> points, or <code>mu</code>, or <code>fil</code>, etc. The arithmetic operations are performed individually, except for a scaling operation (a multiplication immediately followed by a division) which is done as one combined operation with a 64-bit product as @@ -12791,9 +12956,12 @@ because it rounds <code>3/2</code> to <code>2</code>, while </p> <hr> -<span id="Making-paragraphs"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="chapter" id="Making-paragraphs"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="n" rel="next">Math formulas</a>, Previous: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Lengths</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="n" rel="next">Math formulas</a>, Previous: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Lengths</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Making-paragraphs-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">15 Making paragraphs</h2> @@ -12801,8 +12969,8 @@ Next: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="n" rel="next">Math formulas</a>, Previ <span id="index-paragraphs"></span> <p>To start a paragraph, just type some text. To end the current -paragraph, put an empty line. This is three paragraphs, separated by -two empty lines. +paragraph, put an empty line. This is three paragraphs, the +separation of which is made by two empty lines. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">It is a truth universally acknowledged, that a single man in possession @@ -12817,15 +12985,35 @@ of some one or other of their daughters. ``have you heard that Netherfield Park is let at last?'' </pre></div> -<p>The separator lines must be empty, including not containing a comment -character, <code>%</code>. +<p>A paragraph separator is made of a sequence of at least one blank +line, at least one of which is not terminated by a comment. A blank +line is a line that is empty or made only of blank characters such as +space or tab. Comments in source code are started with a <code>%</code> and +span up to the end of line. In the following example the two columns +are identical: </p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\documentclass[twocolumn]{article} +\begin{document} +First paragraph. + +Second paragraph. +\newpage +First paragraph. + + % separator lines may contain blank characters. + +Second paragraph. +\end{document} +</pre></div> + + <p>Once LaTeX has gathered all of a paragraph’s contents it divides that content into lines in a way that is optimized over the entire paragraph (see <a href="#Line-breaking">Line breaking</a>). </p> <p>There are places where a new paragraph is not permitted. Don’t put a -blank line in math mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>); here the line before the +blank line in math mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>); here the blank line before the <code>\end{equation}</code> </p> <div class="example"> @@ -12836,7 +13024,7 @@ blank line in math mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>); here the line before t </pre></div> <p>will get you the error ‘<samp>Missing $ inserted</samp>’. Similarly, the blank -line in this <code>section</code> argument +line in this <code>\section</code> argument </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\section{aaa @@ -12848,30 +13036,27 @@ bbb} complete</samp>’. </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cpar" accesskey="1">\par</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">End the current paragraph. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent" accesskey="2">\indent & \noindent</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Go into horizontal mode, possibly with an indent. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip" accesskey="3">\parindent & \parskip</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Space added before paragraphs. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Marginal-notes" accesskey="4">Marginal notes</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Put remarks in the margin. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cpar" accesskey="1"><code>\par</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent" accesskey="2"><code>\indent</code> & <code>\noindent</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip" accesskey="3"><code>\parindent</code> & <code>\parskip</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#Marginal-notes" accesskey="4">Marginal notes</a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cpar"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cpar"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent" accesskey="n" rel="next">\indent & \noindent</a>, Up: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="u" rel="up">Making paragraphs</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\indent</code> & <code>\noindent</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="u" rel="up">Making paragraphs</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cpar-1"></span><h3 class="section">15.1 <code>\par</code></h3> <span id="index-_005cpar"></span> <span id="index-paragraph_002c-ending"></span> -<p>Synopsis (note that while reading the input TeX converts two -consecutive newlines to a <code>\par</code>): +<p>Synopsis (note that while reading the input TeX converts any sequence +of one or more blank lines to a <code>\par</code>, <a href="#Making-paragraphs">Making paragraphs</a>): </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\par @@ -12879,7 +13064,7 @@ consecutive newlines to a <code>\par</code>): <p>End the current paragraph. The usual way to separate paragraphs is with a blank line but the <code>\par</code> command is entirely equivalent. This -command is robust (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +command is robust (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <p>This example uses <code>\par</code> rather than a blank line simply for readability. @@ -12889,23 +13074,24 @@ readability. \whatCheatingIs\par\whatHappensWhenICatchYou} </pre></div> -<p>In LR mode or a vertical mode the <code>\par</code> command does nothing but -it terminates paragraph mode, switching LaTeX to vertical mode -(see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>). +<p>In LR mode the <code>\par</code> command does nothing and is ignored. In +paragraph mode, the <code>\par</code> command terminates paragraph mode, +switching LaTeX to vertical mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>). </p> <p>You cannot use the <code>\par</code> command in a math mode. You also cannot -use it in the argument of many commands, such as the <code>\section</code> -command (see <a href="#Making-paragraphs">Making paragraphs</a> and <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a>). +use it in the argument of many commands, such as the sectioning +commands, e.g. <code>\section</code> (see <a href="#Making-paragraphs">Making paragraphs</a> and +<a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><code>\newcommand</code> & <code>\renewcommand</code></a>). </p> <p>The <code>\par</code> command is not the same as the <code>\paragraph</code> command. The latter is, like <code>\section</code> or <code>\subsection</code>, a -sectioning unit used by the standard LaTeX documents -(see <a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</a>). +sectioning command used by the LaTeX document standard classes +(see <a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph"><code>\subsubsection</code>, <code>\paragraph</code>, <code>\subparagraph</code></a>). </p> <p>The <code>\par</code> command is not the same as <code>\newline</code> or the line break double backslash, <code>\\</code>. The difference is that <code>\par</code> ends the paragraph, not just the line, and also triggers the addition of -the between-paragraph vertical space <code>\parskip</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">\parindent & \parskip</a>). +the between-paragraph vertical space <code>\parskip</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"><code>\parindent</code> & <code>\parskip</code></a>). </p> <p>The output from this example </p> @@ -12926,9 +13112,11 @@ there is an empty horizontal space of 3 inches and then </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip" accesskey="n" rel="next">\parindent & \parskip</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpar" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\par</a>, Up: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="u" rel="up">Making paragraphs</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\parindent</code> & <code>\parskip</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpar" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\par</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="u" rel="up">Making paragraphs</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent-1"></span><h3 class="section">15.2 <code>\indent</code> & <code>\noindent</code></h3> @@ -12951,10 +13139,10 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip" accesskey="n" rel="next">\ <p>Go into horizontal mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>). The <code>\indent</code> command first outputs an empty box whose width is <code>\parindent</code>. These -commands are robust (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +commands are robust (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <p>Ordinarily you create a new paragraph by putting in a blank line. -See <a href="#g_t_005cpar">\par</a>, for the difference between this command and <code>\par</code>. To +See <a href="#g_t_005cpar"><code>\par</code></a>, for the difference between this command and <code>\par</code>. To start a paragraph without an indent, or to continue an interrupted paragraph, use <code>\noindent</code>. </p> @@ -12985,7 +13173,7 @@ because LaTeX is already in horizontal mode there. The <p>To omit indentation in the entire document put <code>\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}</code> in the preamble. If you do that, you may want to also set the length of spaces between paragraphs, -<code>\parskip</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">\parindent & \parskip</a>). +<code>\parskip</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"><code>\parindent</code> & <code>\parskip</code></a>). </p> <span id="index-package_002c-indentfirst-5"></span> <span id="index-indentfirst-package-5"></span> @@ -12996,9 +13184,11 @@ look on CTAN for the package <code>indentfirst</code>. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Marginal-notes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Marginal notes</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\indent & \noindent</a>, Up: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="u" rel="up">Making paragraphs</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Marginal-notes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Marginal notes</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\indent</code> & <code>\noindent</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="u" rel="up">Making paragraphs</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip-1"></span><h3 class="section">15.3 <code>\parindent</code> & <code>\parskip</code></h3> @@ -13017,7 +13207,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Marginal-notes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Marginal notes</a>, Pre <p>Both are rubber lengths (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). They affect the indentation of ordinary paragraphs, not paragraphs inside -minipages (see <a href="#minipage">minipage</a>), and the vertical space between +minipages (see <a href="#minipage"><code>minipage</code></a>), and the vertical space between paragraphs, respectively. </p> <p>For example, if this is put in the preamble: @@ -13030,23 +13220,27 @@ paragraphs, respectively. <p>The document will have paragraphs that are not indented, but instead are vertically separated by about the height of a lowercase ‘<samp>x</samp>’. </p> -<p>In standard LaTeX documents, the default value for <code>\parindent</code> -in one-column documents is <code>15pt</code> when the default text size is -<code>10pt</code>, <code>17pt</code> for <code>11pt</code>, and <code>1.5em</code> for -<code>12pt</code>. In two-column documents it is <code>1em</code>. (These values -are set before LaTeX calls <code>\normalfont</code> so <code>em</code> is derived -from the default font, Computer Modern. If you use a different font -then to set <code>\parindent</code> in units matching that font, do -<code>\AtBeginDocument{\setlength{\parindent}{1em}}</code>.) +<p>In LaTeX standard class documents, the default value for +<code>\parindent</code> in one-column documents is <code>15pt</code> when the +default text size is <code>10pt</code>, <code>17pt</code> for <code>11pt</code>, and +<code>1.5em</code> for <code>12pt</code>. In two-column documents it is <code>1em</code>. +(These values are set before LaTeX calls <code>\normalfont</code> so +<code>em</code> is derived from the default font, Computer Modern. If you use +a different font then to set <code>\parindent</code> to 1em matching +that font, put +<code>\AtBeginDocument{\setlength{\parindent}{1em}}</code> in the +preamble.) </p> <p>The default value for <code>\parskip</code> in LaTeX’s standard document -styles is <code>0pt plus1pt</code>. +classes is <code>0pt plus1pt</code>. </p> <hr> -<span id="Marginal-notes"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Marginal-notes"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\parindent & \parskip</a>, Up: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="u" rel="up">Making paragraphs</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\parindent</code> & <code>\parskip</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="u" rel="up">Making paragraphs</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Marginal-notes-1"></span><h3 class="section">15.4 Marginal notes</h3> @@ -13092,23 +13286,17 @@ hyphenation there by beginning <var>left</var> or <var>right</var> with <p>These parameters affect the formatting of the note: </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>\marginparpush</code> -<span id="index-_005cmarginparpush-2"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cmarginparpush-2'><span><code>\marginparpush</code><a href='#index-_005cmarginparpush-2' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="marginal-notes-marginparpush"></span><p>Minimum vertical space between notes; default ‘<samp>7pt</samp>’ for ‘<samp>12pt</samp>’ documents, ‘<samp>5pt</samp>’ else. See also <a href="#page-layout-parameters-marginparpush">page layout parameters marginparpush</a>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\marginparsep</code> -<span id="index-_005cmarginparsep"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cmarginparsep'><span><code>\marginparsep</code><a href='#index-_005cmarginparsep' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="marginal-notes-marginparsep"></span><p>Horizontal space between the main text and the note; default ‘<samp>11pt</samp>’ for ‘<samp>10pt</samp>’ documents, ‘<samp>10pt</samp>’ else. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\marginparwidth</code> -<span id="index-_005cmarginparwidth-2"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cmarginparwidth-2'><span><code>\marginparwidth</code><a href='#index-_005cmarginparwidth-2' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="marginal-notes-marginparwidth"></span><p>Width of the note itself; default for a one-sided ‘<samp>10pt</samp>’ document is ‘<samp>90pt</samp>’, ‘<samp>83pt</samp>’ for ‘<samp>11pt</samp>’, and ‘<samp>68pt</samp>’ for ‘<samp>12pt</samp>’; ‘<samp>17pt</samp>’ more in each case for a two-sided document. @@ -13122,9 +13310,12 @@ notes from falling off the bottom of the page. </p> <hr> -<span id="Math-formulas"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="chapter" id="Math-formulas"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Modes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Modes</a>, Previous: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Making paragraphs</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Modes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Modes</a>, Previous: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Making paragraphs</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Math-formulas-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">16 Math formulas</h2> @@ -13200,41 +13391,13 @@ either: \end{equation} </pre></div> -<p>(see <a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a>, see <a href="#equation">equation</a>). The only difference is that +<p>(see <a href="#displaymath"><code>displaymath</code></a>, see <a href="#equation"><code>equation</code></a>). The only difference is that with the <code>equation</code> environment, LaTeX puts a formula number alongside the formula. The construct <code>\[ <var>math</var> \]</code> is equivalent to <code>\begin{displaymath} <var>math</var> \end{displaymath}</code>. These environments can only be used in paragraph mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>). </p> -<span id="index-_005cdisplaystyle"></span> -<p>The two mathematics modes are similar, but there are some differences. -One involves the placement of subscripts and superscripts; in display -math mode they are further apart and in inline math mode they are closer -together. -</p> -<p>Sometimes you want the display math typographical treatment to happen in -the inline math mode. For this, the <code>\displaystyle</code> declaration -forces the size and style of the formula to be that of -<code>displaymath</code>. Thus <code>\(\displaystyle \sum_{n=0}^\infty -x_n\)</code> will have the limits above and below the summation sign, not next -to it. Another example is that -</p> -<div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\begin{tabular}{r|cc} - \textsc{Name} &\textsc{Series} &\textsc{Sum} \\ \hline - Arithmetic &\( a+(a+b)+(a+2b)+\cdots+(a+(n-1)b) \) - &\( na+(n-1)n\cdot\frac{b}{2}\) \\ - Geometric &\( a+ab+ab^2+\cdots+ab^{n-1} \) - &\(\displaystyle a\cdot\frac{1-b^n}{1-b}\) \\ -\end{tabular} -</pre></div> - -<p>because it has no <code>\displaystyle</code>, the ‘<samp>Arithmetic</samp>’ line’s -fraction will be scrunched. But, because of its <code>\displaystyle</code>, -the ‘<samp>Geometric</samp>’ line’s fraction will be easy to read, with -characters the same size as in the rest of the line. -</p> <span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-5"></span> <span id="index-amsmath-package-5"></span> @@ -13246,32 +13409,27 @@ characters the same size as in the rest of the line. <p>The American Mathematical Society has made freely available a set of packages that greatly expand your options for writing mathematics, -<samp>amsmath</samp> and <samp>amssymb</samp> (also be aware of the <samp>mathtools</samp> -package that is an extension to, and loads, <samp>amsmath</samp>). New +<code>amsmath</code> and <code>amssymb</code> (also be aware of the <code>mathtools</code> +package that is an extension to, and loads, <code>amsmath</code>). New documents that will have mathematical text should use these packages. Descriptions of these packages is outside the scope of this document; see their documentation on CTAN. </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts" accesskey="1">Subscripts & superscripts</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Also known as exponent or index. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="2">Math symbols</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Various mathematical squiggles. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Math-functions" accesskey="3">Math functions</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Math function names like sin and exp. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Math-accents" accesskey="4">Math accents</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Accents in math. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining" accesskey="5">Over- and Underlining</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Things over or under formulas. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="6">Spacing in math mode</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Thick, medium, thin, and negative spaces. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="7">Math miscellany</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Stuff that doesn’t fit anywhere else. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts" accesskey="1">Subscripts & superscripts</a></li> +<li><a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="2">Math symbols</a></li> +<li><a href="#Math-functions" accesskey="3">Math functions</a></li> +<li><a href="#Math-accents" accesskey="4">Math accents</a></li> +<li><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining" accesskey="5">Over- and Underlining</a></li> +<li><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="6">Spacing in math mode</a></li> +<li><a href="#Math-styles" accesskey="7">Math styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="8">Math miscellany</a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="Subscripts-_0026-superscripts"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="section" id="Subscripts-_0026-superscripts"> +<div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="n" rel="next">Math symbols</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math formulas</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -13355,11 +13513,13 @@ the error ‘<samp>Missing $ inserted</samp>’. <p>A common reason to want subscripts outside of a mathematics mode is to typeset chemical formulas. There are packages for that, such as -<samp>mhchem</samp>; see CTAN. +<code>mhchem</code>; see CTAN. </p> <hr> -<span id="Math-symbols"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Math-symbols"> +<div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Math-functions" accesskey="n" rel="next">Math functions</a>, Previous: <a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Subscripts & superscripts</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math formulas</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -13384,50 +13544,36 @@ Each symbol is described with a short phrase, and its symbol class, which determines the spacing around it, is given in parenthesis. Unless said otherwise, the commands for these symbols can be used only in math mode. To redefine a command so that it can be used whatever the current -mode, see <a href="#g_t_005censuremath">\ensuremath</a>. +mode, see <a href="#g_t_005censuremath"><code>\ensuremath</code></a>. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>\|</code> -<span id="index-_005c_007c"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005c_007c'><span><code>\|</code><a href='#index-_005c_007c' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>∥ Parallel (relation). Synonym: <code>\parallel</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\aleph</code> -<span id="index-_005caleph"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005caleph'><span><code>\aleph</code><a href='#index-_005caleph' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>ℵ Aleph, transfinite cardinal (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\alpha</code> -<span id="index-_005calpha"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005calpha'><span><code>\alpha</code><a href='#index-_005calpha' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>α Lowercase Greek letter alpha (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\amalg</code> -<span id="index-_005camalg"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005camalg'><span><code>\amalg</code><a href='#index-_005camalg' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⨿ Disjoint union (binary) </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\angle</code> -<span id="index-_005cangle"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cangle'><span><code>\angle</code><a href='#index-_005cangle' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>∠ Geometric angle (ordinary). Similar: less-than sign <code><</code> and angle bracket <code>\langle</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\approx</code> -<span id="index-_005capprox"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005capprox'><span><code>\approx</code><a href='#index-_005capprox' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>≈ Almost equal to (relation). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\ast</code> -<span id="index-_005cast"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cast'><span><code>\ast</code><a href='#index-_005cast' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>∗ Asterisk operator, convolution, six-pointed (binary). Synonym: <code>*</code>, which is often a superscript or subscript, as in the Kleene star. Similar: <code>\star</code>, which is @@ -13435,646 +13581,452 @@ five-pointed, and is sometimes used as a general binary operation, and sometimes reserved for cross-correlation. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\asymp</code> -<span id="index-_005casymp"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005casymp'><span><code>\asymp</code><a href='#index-_005casymp' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>≍ Asymptotically equivalent (relation). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\backslash</code> -<span id="index-_005cbackslash"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cbackslash'><span><code>\backslash</code><a href='#index-_005cbackslash' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>\ Backslash (ordinary). Similar: set minus <code>\setminus</code>, and <code>\textbackslash</code> for backslash outside of math mode. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\beta</code> -<span id="index-_005cbeta"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cbeta'><span><code>\beta</code><a href='#index-_005cbeta' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>β Lowercase Greek letter beta (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\bigcap</code> -<span id="index-_005cbigcap"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cbigcap'><span><code>\bigcap</code><a href='#index-_005cbigcap' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⋂ Variable-sized, or n-ary, intersection (operator). Similar: binary intersection <code>\cap</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\bigcirc</code> -<span id="index-_005cbigcirc"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cbigcirc'><span><code>\bigcirc</code><a href='#index-_005cbigcirc' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⚪ Circle, larger (binary). Similar: function composition <code>\circ</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\bigcup</code> -<span id="index-_005cbigcup"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cbigcup'><span><code>\bigcup</code><a href='#index-_005cbigcup' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⋃ Variable-sized, or n-ary, union (operator). Similar: binary union <code>\cup</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\bigodot</code> -<span id="index-_005cbigodot"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cbigodot'><span><code>\bigodot</code><a href='#index-_005cbigodot' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⨀ Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled dot operator (operator). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\bigoplus</code> -<span id="index-_005cbigoplus"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cbigoplus'><span><code>\bigoplus</code><a href='#index-_005cbigoplus' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⨁ Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled plus operator (operator). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\bigotimes</code> -<span id="index-_005cbigotimes"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cbigotimes'><span><code>\bigotimes</code><a href='#index-_005cbigotimes' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⨂ Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled times operator (operator). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\bigtriangledown</code> -<span id="index-_005cbigtriangledown"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cbigtriangledown'><span><code>\bigtriangledown</code><a href='#index-_005cbigtriangledown' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>▽ Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing down (operator). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\bigtriangleup</code> -<span id="index-_005cbigtriangleup"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cbigtriangleup'><span><code>\bigtriangleup</code><a href='#index-_005cbigtriangleup' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>△ Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing up (operator). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\bigsqcup</code> -<span id="index-_005cbigsqcup"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cbigsqcup'><span><code>\bigsqcup</code><a href='#index-_005cbigsqcup' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⨆ Variable-sized, or n-ary, square union (operator). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\biguplus</code> -<span id="index-_005cbiguplus"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cbiguplus'><span><code>\biguplus</code><a href='#index-_005cbiguplus' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⨄ Variable-sized, or n-ary, union operator with a plus (operator). (Note that the name has only one p.) </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\bigvee</code> -<span id="index-_005cbigvee"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cbigvee'><span><code>\bigvee</code><a href='#index-_005cbigvee' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⋁ Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-or (operator). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\bigwedge</code> -<span id="index-_005cbigwedge"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cbigwedge'><span><code>\bigwedge</code><a href='#index-_005cbigwedge' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⋀ Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-and (operator). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\bot</code> -<span id="index-_005cbot"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cbot'><span><code>\bot</code><a href='#index-_005cbot' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⊥, Up tack, bottom, least element of a partially ordered set, or a contradiction (ordinary). See also <code>\top</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\bowtie</code> -<span id="index-_005cbowtie"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cbowtie'><span><code>\bowtie</code><a href='#index-_005cbowtie' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⋈ Natural join of two relations (relation). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\Box</code> -<span id="index-_005cBox"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cBox'><span><code>\Box</code><a href='#index-_005cBox' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>□ Modal operator for necessity; square open box -(ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. +(ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\bullet</code> -<span id="index-_005cbullet"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cbullet'><span><code>\bullet</code><a href='#index-_005cbullet' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-bullet-symbol"></span> <p>• Bullet (binary). Similar: multiplication dot <code>\cdot</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\cap</code> -<span id="index-_005ccap"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ccap'><span><code>\cap</code><a href='#index-_005ccap' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>∩ Intersection of two sets (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigcap</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\cdot</code> -<span id="index-_005ccdot"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ccdot'><span><code>\cdot</code><a href='#index-_005ccdot' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⋅ Multiplication (binary). Similar: Bullet dot <code>\bullet</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\chi</code> -<span id="index-_005cchi"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cchi'><span><code>\chi</code><a href='#index-_005cchi' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>χ Lowercase Greek chi (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\circ</code> -<span id="index-_005ccirc"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ccirc'><span><code>\circ</code><a href='#index-_005ccirc' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>∘ Function composition, ring operator (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigcirc</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\clubsuit</code> -<span id="index-_005cclubsuit"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cclubsuit'><span><code>\clubsuit</code><a href='#index-_005cclubsuit' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>♣ Club card suit (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\complement</code> -<span id="index-_005ccomplement"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ccomplement'><span><code>\complement</code><a href='#index-_005ccomplement' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>∁, Set complement, used as a superscript as in -<code>$S^\complement$</code> (ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. Also used: +<code>$S^\complement$</code> (ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package. Also used: <code>$S^{\mathsf{c}}$</code> or <code>$\bar{S}$</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\cong</code> -<span id="index-_005ccong"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ccong'><span><code>\cong</code><a href='#index-_005ccong' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>≅ Congruent (relation). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\coprod</code> -<span id="index-_005ccoprod"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ccoprod'><span><code>\coprod</code><a href='#index-_005ccoprod' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>∐ Coproduct (operator). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\cup</code> -<span id="index-_005ccup"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ccup'><span><code>\cup</code><a href='#index-_005ccup' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>∪ Union of two sets (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigcup</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\dagger</code> -<span id="index-_005cdagger"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cdagger'><span><code>\dagger</code><a href='#index-_005cdagger' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>† Dagger relation (binary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\dashv</code> -<span id="index-_005cdashv"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cdashv'><span><code>\dashv</code><a href='#index-_005cdashv' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⊣ Dash with vertical, reversed turnstile (relation). Similar: turnstile <code>\vdash</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\ddagger</code> -<span id="index-_005cddagger"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cddagger'><span><code>\ddagger</code><a href='#index-_005cddagger' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>‡ Double dagger relation (binary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\Delta</code> -<span id="index-_005cDelta"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cDelta'><span><code>\Delta</code><a href='#index-_005cDelta' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Δ Greek uppercase delta, used for increment (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\delta</code> -<span id="index-_005cdelta"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cdelta'><span><code>\delta</code><a href='#index-_005cdelta' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>δ Greek lowercase delta (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\Diamond</code> -<span id="index-_005cDiamond"></span> -</dt> -<dd><p>◇ Large diamond operator (ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. +<dt id='index-_005cDiamond'><span><code>\Diamond</code><a href='#index-_005cDiamond' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><p>◇ Large diamond operator (ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\diamond</code> -<span id="index-_005cdiamond"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cdiamond'><span><code>\diamond</code><a href='#index-_005cdiamond' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⋄ Diamond operator (binary). Similar: large diamond <code>\Diamond</code>, circle bullet <code>\bullet</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\diamondsuit</code> -<span id="index-_005cdiamondsuit"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cdiamondsuit'><span><code>\diamondsuit</code><a href='#index-_005cdiamondsuit' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>♢ Diamond card suit (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\div</code> -<span id="index-_005cdiv"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cdiv'><span><code>\div</code><a href='#index-_005cdiv' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>÷ Division sign (binary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\doteq</code> -<span id="index-_005cdoteq"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cdoteq'><span><code>\doteq</code><a href='#index-_005cdoteq' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>≐ Approaches the limit (relation). Similar: geometrically equal to <code>\Doteq</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\downarrow</code> -<span id="index-_005cdownarrow"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cdownarrow'><span><code>\downarrow</code><a href='#index-_005cdownarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>↓ Down arrow, converges (relation). Similar: <code>\Downarrow</code> double line down arrow. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\Downarrow</code> -<span id="index-_005cDownarrow"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cDownarrow'><span><code>\Downarrow</code><a href='#index-_005cDownarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⇓ Double line down arrow (relation). Similar: <code>\downarrow</code> single line down arrow. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\ell</code> -<span id="index-_005cell"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cell'><span><code>\ell</code><a href='#index-_005cell' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>ℓ Lowercase cursive letter l (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\emptyset</code> -<span id="index-_005cemptyset"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cemptyset'><span><code>\emptyset</code><a href='#index-_005cemptyset' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>∅ Empty set symbol (ordinary). The variant form is <code>\varnothing</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\epsilon</code> -<span id="index-_005cepsilon"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cepsilon'><span><code>\epsilon</code><a href='#index-_005cepsilon' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>ϵ Lowercase lunate epsilon (ordinary). Similar to Greek text letter. More widely used in mathematics is the script small letter epsilon <code>\varepsilon</code> ε. Related: the set membership relation <code>\in</code> ∈. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\equiv</code> -<span id="index-_005cequiv"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cequiv'><span><code>\equiv</code><a href='#index-_005cequiv' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>≡ Equivalence (relation). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\eta</code> -<span id="index-_005ceta"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ceta'><span><code>\eta</code><a href='#index-_005ceta' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>η Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\exists</code> -<span id="index-_005cexists"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cexists'><span><code>\exists</code><a href='#index-_005cexists' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>∃ Existential quantifier (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\flat</code> -<span id="index-_005cflat"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cflat'><span><code>\flat</code><a href='#index-_005cflat' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>♭ Musical flat (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\forall</code> -<span id="index-_005cforall"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cforall'><span><code>\forall</code><a href='#index-_005cforall' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>∀ Universal quantifier (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\frown</code> -<span id="index-_005cfrown"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cfrown'><span><code>\frown</code><a href='#index-_005cfrown' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⌢ Downward curving arc (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\Gamma</code> -<span id="index-_005cGamma"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cGamma'><span><code>\Gamma</code><a href='#index-_005cGamma' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Γ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\gamma</code> -<span id="index-_005cgamma"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cgamma'><span><code>\gamma</code><a href='#index-_005cgamma' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>γ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\ge</code> -<span id="index-_005cge"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cge'><span><code>\ge</code><a href='#index-_005cge' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>≥ Greater than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for <code>\geq</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\geq</code> -<span id="index-_005cgeq"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cgeq'><span><code>\geq</code><a href='#index-_005cgeq' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>≥ Greater than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for <code>\ge</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\gets</code> -<span id="index-_005cgets"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cgets'><span><code>\gets</code><a href='#index-_005cgets' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>← Is assigned the value (relation). Synonym: <code>\leftarrow</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\gg</code> -<span id="index-_005cgg"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cgg'><span><code>\gg</code><a href='#index-_005cgg' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>≫ Much greater than (relation). Similar: much less than <code>\ll</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\hbar</code> -<span id="index-_005chbar"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005chbar'><span><code>\hbar</code><a href='#index-_005chbar' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>ℏ Planck constant over two pi (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\heartsuit</code> -<span id="index-_005cheartsuit"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cheartsuit'><span><code>\heartsuit</code><a href='#index-_005cheartsuit' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>♡ Heart card suit (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\hookleftarrow</code> -<span id="index-_005chookleftarrow"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005chookleftarrow'><span><code>\hookleftarrow</code><a href='#index-_005chookleftarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>↩ Hooked left arrow (relation). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\hookrightarrow</code> -<span id="index-_005chookrightarrow"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005chookrightarrow'><span><code>\hookrightarrow</code><a href='#index-_005chookrightarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>↪ Hooked right arrow (relation). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\iff</code> -<span id="index-_005ciff"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ciff'><span><code>\iff</code><a href='#index-_005ciff' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⟷ If and only if (relation). It is <code>\Longleftrightarrow</code> with a <code>\thickmuskip</code> on either side. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\Im</code> -<span id="index-_005cIm"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cIm'><span><code>\Im</code><a href='#index-_005cIm' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>ℑ Imaginary part (ordinary). See: real part <code>\Re</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\imath</code> -<span id="index-_005cimath"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cimath'><span><code>\imath</code><a href='#index-_005cimath' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-dotless-i_002c-math"></span> <p>Dotless i; used when you are putting an accent on an i (see <a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a>). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\in</code> -<span id="index-_005cin"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cin'><span><code>\in</code><a href='#index-_005cin' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>∈ Set element (relation). See also: lowercase lunate epsilon <code>\epsilon</code>ϵ and small letter script epsilon <code>\varepsilon</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\infty</code> -<span id="index-_005cinfty"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cinfty'><span><code>\infty</code><a href='#index-_005cinfty' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>∞ Infinity (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\int</code> -<span id="index-_005cint"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cint'><span><code>\int</code><a href='#index-_005cint' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>∫ Integral (operator). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\iota</code> -<span id="index-_005ciota"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ciota'><span><code>\iota</code><a href='#index-_005ciota' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>ι Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\Join</code> -<span id="index-_005cJoin"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cJoin'><span><code>\Join</code><a href='#index-_005cJoin' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⨝ Condensed bowtie symbol (relation). Not available in Plain TeX. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\jmath</code> -<span id="index-_005cjmath"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cjmath'><span><code>\jmath</code><a href='#index-_005cjmath' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-dotless-j_002c-math"></span> <p>Dotless j; used when you are putting an accent on a j (see <a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a>). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\kappa</code> -<span id="index-_005ckappa"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ckappa'><span><code>\kappa</code><a href='#index-_005ckappa' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>κ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\Lambda</code> -<span id="index-_005cLambda"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cLambda'><span><code>\Lambda</code><a href='#index-_005cLambda' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Λ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\lambda</code> -<span id="index-_005clambda"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005clambda'><span><code>\lambda</code><a href='#index-_005clambda' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>λ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\land</code> -<span id="index-_005cland"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cland'><span><code>\land</code><a href='#index-_005cland' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>∧ Logical and (binary). Synonym: <code>\wedge</code>. See also logical or <code>\lor</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\langle</code> -<span id="index-_005clangle"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005clangle'><span><code>\langle</code><a href='#index-_005clangle' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⟨ Left angle, or sequence, bracket (opening). Similar: less-than <code><</code>. Matches <code>\rangle</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\lbrace</code> -<span id="index-_005clbrace"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005clbrace'><span><code>\lbrace</code><a href='#index-_005clbrace' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>{ Left curly brace (opening). Synonym: <code>\{</code>. Matches <code>\rbrace</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\lbrack</code> -<span id="index-_005clbrack"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005clbrack'><span><code>\lbrack</code><a href='#index-_005clbrack' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>[ Left square bracket (opening). Synonym: <code>[</code>. Matches <code>\rbrack</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\lceil</code> -<span id="index-_005clceil"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005clceil'><span><code>\lceil</code><a href='#index-_005clceil' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⌈ Left ceiling bracket, like a square bracket but with the bottom shaved off (opening). Matches <code>\rceil</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\le</code> -<span id="index-_005cle"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cle'><span><code>\le</code><a href='#index-_005cle' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>≤ Less than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for <code>\leq</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\leadsto</code> -<span id="index-_005cleadsto"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cleadsto'><span><code>\leadsto</code><a href='#index-_005cleadsto' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⇝ Squiggly right arrow (relation). To get this symbol outside of math mode you can put <code>\newcommand*{\Leadsto}{\ensuremath{\leadsto}}</code> in the preamble and then use <code>\Leadsto</code> instead. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\Leftarrow</code> -<span id="index-_005cLeftarrow"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cLeftarrow'><span><code>\Leftarrow</code><a href='#index-_005cLeftarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⇐ Is implied by, double-line left arrow (relation). Similar: single-line left arrow <code>\leftarrow</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\leftarrow</code> -<span id="index-_005cleftarrow"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cleftarrow'><span><code>\leftarrow</code><a href='#index-_005cleftarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>← Single-line left arrow (relation). Synonym: <code>\gets</code>. Similar: double-line left arrow <code>\Leftarrow</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\leftharpoondown</code> -<span id="index-_005cleftharpoondown"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cleftharpoondown'><span><code>\leftharpoondown</code><a href='#index-_005cleftharpoondown' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>↽ Single-line left harpoon, barb under bar (relation). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\leftharpoonup</code> -<span id="index-_005cleftharpoonup"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cleftharpoonup'><span><code>\leftharpoonup</code><a href='#index-_005cleftharpoonup' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>↼ Single-line left harpoon, barb over bar (relation). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\Leftrightarrow</code> -<span id="index-_005cLeftrightarrow"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cLeftrightarrow'><span><code>\Leftrightarrow</code><a href='#index-_005cLeftrightarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⇔ Bi-implication; double-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar: single-line double headed arrow <code>\leftrightarrow</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\leftrightarrow</code> -<span id="index-_005cleftrightarrow"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cleftrightarrow'><span><code>\leftrightarrow</code><a href='#index-_005cleftrightarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>↔ Single-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar: double-line double headed arrow <code>\Leftrightarrow</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\leq</code> -<span id="index-_005cleq"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cleq'><span><code>\leq</code><a href='#index-_005cleq' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>≤ Less than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for <code>\le</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\lfloor</code> -<span id="index-_005clfloor"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005clfloor'><span><code>\lfloor</code><a href='#index-_005clfloor' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⌊ Left floor bracket (opening). Matches: <code>\floor</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\lhd</code> -<span id="index-_005clhd"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005clhd'><span><code>\lhd</code><a href='#index-_005clhd' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>◁ Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should load -<samp>amssymb</samp> and use <code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation +<code>amssymb</code> and use <code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\ll</code> -<span id="index-_005cll"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cll'><span><code>\ll</code><a href='#index-_005cll' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>≪ Much less than (relation). Similar: much greater than <code>\gg</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\lnot</code> -<span id="index-_005clnot"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005clnot'><span><code>\lnot</code><a href='#index-_005clnot' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>¬ Logical negation (ordinary). Synonym: <code>\neg</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\longleftarrow</code> -<span id="index-_005clongleftarrow"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005clongleftarrow'><span><code>\longleftarrow</code><a href='#index-_005clongleftarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⟵ Long single-line left arrow (relation). Similar: long double-line left arrow <code>\Longleftarrow</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\longleftrightarrow</code> -<span id="index-_005clongleftrightarrow"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005clongleftrightarrow'><span><code>\longleftrightarrow</code><a href='#index-_005clongleftrightarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⟷ Long single-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar: long double-line double-headed arrow <code>\Longleftrightarrow</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\longmapsto</code> -<span id="index-_005clongmapsto"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005clongmapsto'><span><code>\longmapsto</code><a href='#index-_005clongmapsto' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⟼ Long single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar (relation). Similar: shorter version <code>\mapsto</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\longrightarrow</code> -<span id="index-_005clongrightarrow"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005clongrightarrow'><span><code>\longrightarrow</code><a href='#index-_005clongrightarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⟶ Long single-line right arrow (relation). Similar: long double-line right arrow <code>\Longrightarrow</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\lor</code> -<span id="index-_005clor"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005clor'><span><code>\lor</code><a href='#index-_005clor' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>∨ Logical or (binary). Synonym: <code>\vee</code>. See also logical and <code>\land</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\mapsto</code> -<span id="index-_005cmapsto"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cmapsto'><span><code>\mapsto</code><a href='#index-_005cmapsto' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>↦ Single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar (relation). Similar: longer version <code>\longmapsto</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\mho</code> -<span id="index-_005cmho"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cmho'><span><code>\mho</code><a href='#index-_005cmho' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>℧ Conductance, half-circle rotated capital omega (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\mid</code> -<span id="index-_005cmid"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cmid'><span><code>\mid</code><a href='#index-_005cmid' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>∣ Single-line vertical bar (relation). A typical use of <code>\mid</code> is for a set <code>\{\, x \mid x\geq 5 \,\}</code>. </p> @@ -14085,229 +14037,161 @@ ordinals, i.e., footnote symbols. For absolute value, see the entry for <code>\vert</code> and for norm see the entry for <code>\Vert</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\models</code> -<span id="index-_005cmodels"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cmodels'><span><code>\models</code><a href='#index-_005cmodels' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⊨ Entails, or satisfies; double turnstile, short double dash (relation). Similar: long double dash <code>\vDash</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\mp</code> -<span id="index-_005cmp"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cmp'><span><code>\mp</code><a href='#index-_005cmp' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>∓ Minus or plus (relation). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\mu</code> -<span id="index-_005cmu"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cmu'><span><code>\mu</code><a href='#index-_005cmu' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>μ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\nabla</code> -<span id="index-_005cnabla"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cnabla'><span><code>\nabla</code><a href='#index-_005cnabla' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>∇ Hamilton’s del, or differential, operator (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\natural</code> -<span id="index-_005cnatural"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cnatural'><span><code>\natural</code><a href='#index-_005cnatural' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>♮ Musical natural notation (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\ne</code> -<span id="index-_005cne"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cne'><span><code>\ne</code><a href='#index-_005cne' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>≠ Not equal (relation). Synonym: <code>\neq</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\nearrow</code> -<span id="index-_005cnearrow"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cnearrow'><span><code>\nearrow</code><a href='#index-_005cnearrow' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>↗ North-east arrow (relation). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\neg</code> -<span id="index-_005cneg"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cneg'><span><code>\neg</code><a href='#index-_005cneg' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>¬ Logical negation (ordinary). Synonym: <code>\lnot</code>. Sometimes instead used for negation: <code>\sim</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\neq</code> -<span id="index-_005cneq"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cneq'><span><code>\neq</code><a href='#index-_005cneq' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>≠ Not equal (relation). Synonym: <code>\ne</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\ni</code> -<span id="index-_005cni"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cni'><span><code>\ni</code><a href='#index-_005cni' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>∋ Reflected membership epsilon; has the member (relation). Synonym: <code>\owns</code>. Similar: is a member of <code>\in</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\not</code> -<span id="index-_005cnot"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cnot'><span><code>\not</code><a href='#index-_005cnot' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>  Long solidus, or slash, used to overstrike a following operator (relation). </p> <p>Many negated operators are available that don’t require <code>\not</code>, -particularly with the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. For example, <code>\notin</code> +particularly with the <code>amssymb</code> package. For example, <code>\notin</code> is typographically preferable to <code>\not\in</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\notin</code> -<span id="index-_005cnotin"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cnotin'><span><code>\notin</code><a href='#index-_005cnotin' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>∉ Not an element of (relation). Similar: not subset of <code>\nsubseteq</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\nu</code> -<span id="index-_005cnu"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cnu'><span><code>\nu</code><a href='#index-_005cnu' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>ν Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\nwarrow</code> -<span id="index-_005cnwarrow"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cnwarrow'><span><code>\nwarrow</code><a href='#index-_005cnwarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>↖ North-west arrow (relation). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\odot</code> -<span id="index-_005codot"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005codot'><span><code>\odot</code><a href='#index-_005codot' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⊙ Dot inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigodot</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\oint</code> -<span id="index-_005coint"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005coint'><span><code>\oint</code><a href='#index-_005coint' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>∮ Contour integral, integral with circle in the middle (operator). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\Omega</code> -<span id="index-_005cOmega"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cOmega'><span><code>\Omega</code><a href='#index-_005cOmega' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Ω uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\omega</code> -<span id="index-_005comega"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005comega'><span><code>\omega</code><a href='#index-_005comega' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>ω Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\ominus</code> -<span id="index-_005cominus"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cominus'><span><code>\ominus</code><a href='#index-_005cominus' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⊖ Minus sign, or dash, inside a circle (binary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\oplus</code> -<span id="index-_005coplus"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005coplus'><span><code>\oplus</code><a href='#index-_005coplus' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⊕ Plus sign inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigoplus</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\oslash</code> -<span id="index-_005coslash"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005coslash'><span><code>\oslash</code><a href='#index-_005coslash' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⊘ Solidus, or slash, inside a circle (binary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\otimes</code> -<span id="index-_005cotimes"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cotimes'><span><code>\otimes</code><a href='#index-_005cotimes' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⊗ Times sign, or cross, inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigotimes</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\owns</code> -<span id="index-_005cowns"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cowns'><span><code>\owns</code><a href='#index-_005cowns' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>∋ Reflected membership epsilon; has the member (relation). Synonym: <code>\ni</code>. Similar: is a member of <code>\in</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\parallel</code> -<span id="index-_005cparallel"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cparallel'><span><code>\parallel</code><a href='#index-_005cparallel' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>∥ Parallel (relation). Synonym: <code>\|</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\partial</code> -<span id="index-_005cpartial"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cpartial'><span><code>\partial</code><a href='#index-_005cpartial' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>∂ Partial differential (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\perp</code> -<span id="index-_005cperp"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cperp'><span><code>\perp</code><a href='#index-_005cperp' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⟂ Perpendicular (relation). Similar: <code>\bot</code> uses the same glyph but the spacing is different because it is in the class ordinary. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\Phi</code> -<span id="index-_005cPhi"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cPhi'><span><code>\Phi</code><a href='#index-_005cPhi' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Φ Uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\phi</code> -<span id="index-_005cphi"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cphi'><span><code>\phi</code><a href='#index-_005cphi' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>ϕ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is <code>\varphi</code> φ. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\Pi</code> -<span id="index-_005cPi"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cPi'><span><code>\Pi</code><a href='#index-_005cPi' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Π uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\pi</code> -<span id="index-_005cpi"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cpi'><span><code>\pi</code><a href='#index-_005cpi' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>π Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is <code>\varpi</code> ϖ. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\pm</code> -<span id="index-_005cpm"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cpm'><span><code>\pm</code><a href='#index-_005cpm' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>± Plus or minus (binary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\prec</code> -<span id="index-_005cprec"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cprec'><span><code>\prec</code><a href='#index-_005cprec' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>≺ Precedes (relation). Similar: less than <code><</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\preceq</code> -<span id="index-_005cpreceq"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cpreceq'><span><code>\preceq</code><a href='#index-_005cpreceq' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⪯ Precedes or equals (relation). Similar: less than or equals <code>\leq</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\prime</code> -<span id="index-_005cprime"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cprime'><span><code>\prime</code><a href='#index-_005cprime' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>′ Prime, or minute in a time expression (ordinary). Typically used as a superscript: <code>$f^\prime$</code>; <code>$f^\prime$</code> and <code>$f'$</code> produce the same result. An advantage of the second @@ -14318,248 +14202,176 @@ single quote <code>'</code> in text mode produces a different character (apostrophe). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\prod</code> -<span id="index-_005cprod"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cprod'><span><code>\prod</code><a href='#index-_005cprod' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>∏ Product (operator). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\propto</code> -<span id="index-_005cpropto"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cpropto'><span><code>\propto</code><a href='#index-_005cpropto' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>∝ Is proportional to (relation) </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\Psi</code> -<span id="index-_005cPsi"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cPsi'><span><code>\Psi</code><a href='#index-_005cPsi' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Ψ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\psi</code> -<span id="index-_005cpsi"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cpsi'><span><code>\psi</code><a href='#index-_005cpsi' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>ψ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\rangle</code> -<span id="index-_005crangle"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005crangle'><span><code>\rangle</code><a href='#index-_005crangle' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⟩ Right angle, or sequence, bracket (closing). Similar: greater than <code>></code>. Matches:<code>\langle</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\rbrace</code> -<span id="index-_005crbrace"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005crbrace'><span><code>\rbrace</code><a href='#index-_005crbrace' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>} Right curly brace (closing). Synonym: <code>\}</code>. Matches <code>\lbrace</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\rbrack</code> -<span id="index-_005crbrack"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005crbrack'><span><code>\rbrack</code><a href='#index-_005crbrack' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>] Right square bracket (closing). Synonym: <code>]</code>. Matches <code>\lbrack</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\rceil</code> -<span id="index-_005crceil"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005crceil'><span><code>\rceil</code><a href='#index-_005crceil' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⌉ Right ceiling bracket (closing). Matches <code>\lceil</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\Re</code> -<span id="index-_005cRe"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cRe'><span><code>\Re</code><a href='#index-_005cRe' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>ℜ Real part, real numbers, cursive capital R (ordinary). Related: double-line, or blackboard bold, R <code>\mathbb{R}</code>; to access -this, load the <samp>amsfonts</samp> package. +this, load the <code>amsfonts</code> package. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\restriction</code> -<span id="index-_005crestriction"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005crestriction'><span><code>\restriction</code><a href='#index-_005crestriction' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>↾, Restriction of a function (relation). Synonym: -<code>\upharpoonright</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. +<code>\upharpoonright</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\revemptyset</code> -<span id="index-_005crevemptyset"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005crevemptyset'><span><code>\revemptyset</code><a href='#index-_005crevemptyset' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⦰, Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary). Related: <code>\varnothing</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>stix</samp> package. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\rfloor</code> -<span id="index-_005crfloor"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005crfloor'><span><code>\rfloor</code><a href='#index-_005crfloor' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⌋ Right floor bracket, a right square bracket with the top cut off (closing). Matches <code>\lfloor</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\rhd</code> -<span id="index-_005crhd"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005crhd'><span><code>\rhd</code><a href='#index-_005crhd' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>◁ Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead -load <samp>amssymb</samp> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a +load <code>amssymb</code> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\rho</code> -<span id="index-_005crho"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005crho'><span><code>\rho</code><a href='#index-_005crho' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>ρ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is <code>\varrho</code> ϱ. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\Rightarrow</code> -<span id="index-_005cRightarrow"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cRightarrow'><span><code>\Rightarrow</code><a href='#index-_005cRightarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⇒ Implies, right-pointing double line arrow (relation). Similar: right single-line arrow <code>\rightarrow</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\rightarrow</code> -<span id="index-_005crightarrow"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005crightarrow'><span><code>\rightarrow</code><a href='#index-_005crightarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>→ Right-pointing single line arrow (relation). Synonym: <code>\to</code>. Similar: right double line arrow <code>\Rightarrow</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\rightharpoondown</code> -<span id="index-_005crightharpoondown"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005crightharpoondown'><span><code>\rightharpoondown</code><a href='#index-_005crightharpoondown' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⇁ Right-pointing harpoon with barb below the line (relation). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\rightharpoonup</code> -<span id="index-_005crightharpoonup"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005crightharpoonup'><span><code>\rightharpoonup</code><a href='#index-_005crightharpoonup' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⇀ Right-pointing harpoon with barb above the line (relation). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\rightleftharpoons</code> -<span id="index-_005crightleftharpoons"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005crightleftharpoons'><span><code>\rightleftharpoons</code><a href='#index-_005crightleftharpoons' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⇌ Right harpoon up above left harpoon down (relation). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\searrow</code> -<span id="index-_005csearrow"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005csearrow'><span><code>\searrow</code><a href='#index-_005csearrow' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>↘ Arrow pointing southeast (relation). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\setminus</code> -<span id="index-_005csetminus"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005csetminus'><span><code>\setminus</code><a href='#index-_005csetminus' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⧵ Set difference, reverse solidus or reverse slash, like \ (binary). Similar: backslash <code>\backslash</code> and also <code>\textbackslash</code> outside of math mode. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\sharp</code> -<span id="index-_005csharp"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005csharp'><span><code>\sharp</code><a href='#index-_005csharp' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>♯ Musical sharp (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\Sigma</code> -<span id="index-_005cSigma"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cSigma'><span><code>\Sigma</code><a href='#index-_005cSigma' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Σ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\sigma</code> -<span id="index-_005csigma"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005csigma'><span><code>\sigma</code><a href='#index-_005csigma' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>σ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is <code>\varsigma</code> ς. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\sim</code> -<span id="index-_005csim"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005csim'><span><code>\sim</code><a href='#index-_005csim' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>∼ Similar, in a relation (relation). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\simeq</code> -<span id="index-_005csimeq"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005csimeq'><span><code>\simeq</code><a href='#index-_005csimeq' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>≃ Similar or equal to, in a relation (relation). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\smallint</code> -<span id="index-_005csmallint"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005csmallint'><span><code>\smallint</code><a href='#index-_005csmallint' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>∫ Integral sign that does not change to a larger size in a display (operator). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\smile</code> -<span id="index-_005csmile"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005csmile'><span><code>\smile</code><a href='#index-_005csmile' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⌣ Upward curving arc, smile (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\spadesuit</code> -<span id="index-_005cspadesuit"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cspadesuit'><span><code>\spadesuit</code><a href='#index-_005cspadesuit' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>♠ Spade card suit (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\sqcap</code> -<span id="index-_005csqcap"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005csqcap'><span><code>\sqcap</code><a href='#index-_005csqcap' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⊓ Square intersection symbol (binary). Similar: intersection <code>cap</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\sqcup</code> -<span id="index-_005csqcup"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005csqcup'><span><code>\sqcup</code><a href='#index-_005csqcup' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⊔ Square union symbol (binary). Similar: union <code>cup</code>. Related: variable-sized operator <code>\bigsqcup</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\sqsubset</code> -<span id="index-_005csqsubset"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005csqsubset'><span><code>\sqsubset</code><a href='#index-_005csqsubset' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⊏, Square subset symbol (relation). Similar: -subset <code>\subset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. +subset <code>\subset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\sqsubseteq</code> -<span id="index-_005csqsubseteq"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005csqsubseteq'><span><code>\sqsubseteq</code><a href='#index-_005csqsubseteq' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⊑ Square subset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: subset or equal to <code>\subseteq</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\sqsupset</code> -<span id="index-_005csqsupset"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005csqsupset'><span><code>\sqsupset</code><a href='#index-_005csqsupset' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⊐, Square superset symbol (relation). Similar: -superset <code>\supset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. +superset <code>\supset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\sqsupseteq</code> -<span id="index-_005csqsupseteq"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005csqsupseteq'><span><code>\sqsupseteq</code><a href='#index-_005csqsupseteq' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⊒ Square superset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: superset or equal <code>\supseteq</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\star</code> -<span id="index-_005cstar"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cstar'><span><code>\star</code><a href='#index-_005cstar' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⋆ Five-pointed star, sometimes used as a general binary operation but sometimes reserved for cross-correlation (binary). Similar: the synonyms asterisk <code>*</code> and <code>\ast</code>, which @@ -14567,324 +14379,236 @@ are six-pointed, and more often appear as a superscript or subscript, as with the Kleene star. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\subset</code> -<span id="index-_005csubset"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005csubset'><span><code>\subset</code><a href='#index-_005csubset' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⊂ Subset (occasionally, is implied by) (relation). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\subseteq</code> -<span id="index-_005csubseteq"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005csubseteq'><span><code>\subseteq</code><a href='#index-_005csubseteq' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⊆ Subset or equal to (relation). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\succ</code> -<span id="index-_005csucc"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005csucc'><span><code>\succ</code><a href='#index-_005csucc' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>≻ Comes after, succeeds (relation). Similar: is less than <code>></code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\succeq</code> -<span id="index-_005csucceq"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005csucceq'><span><code>\succeq</code><a href='#index-_005csucceq' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⪰ Succeeds or is equal to (relation). Similar: less than or equal to <code>\leq</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\sum</code> -<span id="index-_005csum"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005csum'><span><code>\sum</code><a href='#index-_005csum' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>∑ Summation (operator). Similar: Greek capital sigma <code>\Sigma</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\supset</code> -<span id="index-_005csupset"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005csupset'><span><code>\supset</code><a href='#index-_005csupset' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⊃ Superset (relation). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\supseteq</code> -<span id="index-_005csupseteq"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005csupseteq'><span><code>\supseteq</code><a href='#index-_005csupseteq' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⊇ Superset or equal to (relation). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\surd</code> -<span id="index-_005csurd"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005csurd'><span><code>\surd</code><a href='#index-_005csurd' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>√ Radical symbol (ordinary). The LaTeX command <code>\sqrt{...}</code> typesets the square root of the argument, with a bar that extends to cover the argument. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\swarrow</code> -<span id="index-_005cswarrow"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cswarrow'><span><code>\swarrow</code><a href='#index-_005cswarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>↙ Southwest-pointing arrow (relation). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\tau</code> -<span id="index-_005ctau"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctau'><span><code>\tau</code><a href='#index-_005ctau' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>τ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\theta</code> -<span id="index-_005ctheta"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctheta'><span><code>\theta</code><a href='#index-_005ctheta' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>θ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is <code>\vartheta</code> ϑ. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\times</code> -<span id="index-_005ctimes"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctimes'><span><code>\times</code><a href='#index-_005ctimes' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>× Primary school multiplication sign (binary). See also <code>\cdot</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\to</code> -<span id="index-_005cto"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cto'><span><code>\to</code><a href='#index-_005cto' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>→ Right-pointing single line arrow (relation). Synonym: <code>\rightarrow</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\top</code> -<span id="index-_005ctop"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctop'><span><code>\top</code><a href='#index-_005ctop' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⊤ Top, greatest element of a partially ordered set (ordinary). See also <code>\bot</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\triangle</code> -<span id="index-_005ctriangle"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctriangle'><span><code>\triangle</code><a href='#index-_005ctriangle' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>△ Triangle (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\triangleleft</code> -<span id="index-_005ctriangleleft"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctriangleleft'><span><code>\triangleleft</code><a href='#index-_005ctriangleleft' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>◁ Not-filled triangle pointing left (binary). Similar: <code>\lhd</code>. For the normal subgroup symbol you -should load <samp>amssymb</samp> and use <code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which +should load <code>amssymb</code> and use <code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\triangleright</code> -<span id="index-_005ctriangleright"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctriangleright'><span><code>\triangleright</code><a href='#index-_005ctriangleright' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>▷ Not-filled triangle pointing right (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load -<samp>amssymb</samp> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a +<code>amssymb</code> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\unlhd</code> -<span id="index-_005cunlhd"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cunlhd'><span><code>\unlhd</code><a href='#index-_005cunlhd' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⊴ Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is, triangle, with a line under (binary). For the -normal subgroup symbol load <samp>amssymb</samp> and +normal subgroup symbol load <code>amssymb</code> and use <code>\vartrianglelefteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\unrhd</code> -<span id="index-_005cunrhd"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cunrhd'><span><code>\unrhd</code><a href='#index-_005cunrhd' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⊵ Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is, triangle, with a line under (binary). For the -normal subgroup symbol load <samp>amssymb</samp> and +normal subgroup symbol load <code>amssymb</code> and use <code>\vartrianglerighteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\Uparrow</code> -<span id="index-_005cUparrow"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cUparrow'><span><code>\Uparrow</code><a href='#index-_005cUparrow' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⇑ Double-line upward-pointing arrow (relation). Similar: single-line up-pointing arrow <code>\uparrow</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\uparrow</code> -<span id="index-_005cuparrow"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cuparrow'><span><code>\uparrow</code><a href='#index-_005cuparrow' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>↑ Single-line upward-pointing arrow, diverges (relation). Similar: double-line up-pointing arrow <code>\Uparrow</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\Updownarrow</code> -<span id="index-_005cUpdownarrow"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cUpdownarrow'><span><code>\Updownarrow</code><a href='#index-_005cUpdownarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⇕ Double-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow (relation). Similar: single-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow <code>\updownarrow</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\updownarrow</code> -<span id="index-_005cupdownarrow"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cupdownarrow'><span><code>\updownarrow</code><a href='#index-_005cupdownarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>↕ Single-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow (relation). Similar: double-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow <code>\Updownarrow</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\upharpoonright</code> -<span id="index-_005cupharpoonright"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cupharpoonright'><span><code>\upharpoonright</code><a href='#index-_005cupharpoonright' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>↾, Up harpoon, with barb on right side (relation). Synonym: <code>\restriction</code>. -Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. +Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\uplus</code> -<span id="index-_005cuplus"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cuplus'><span><code>\uplus</code><a href='#index-_005cuplus' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⊎ Multiset union, a union symbol with a plus symbol in the middle (binary). Similar: union <code>\cup</code>. Related: variable-sized operator <code>\biguplus</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\Upsilon</code> -<span id="index-_005cUpsilon"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cUpsilon'><span><code>\Upsilon</code><a href='#index-_005cUpsilon' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Υ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\upsilon</code> -<span id="index-_005cupsilon"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cupsilon'><span><code>\upsilon</code><a href='#index-_005cupsilon' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>υ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\varepsilon</code> -<span id="index-_005cvarepsilon"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cvarepsilon'><span><code>\varepsilon</code><a href='#index-_005cvarepsilon' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>ε Small letter script epsilon (ordinary). This is more widely used in mathematics than the non-variant lunate epsilon form <code>\epsilon</code> ϵ. Related: set membership <code>\in</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\vanothing</code> -<span id="index-_005cvanothing"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cvanothing'><span><code>\vanothing</code><a href='#index-_005cvanothing' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>∅, Empty set symbol. Similar: <code>\emptyset</code>. Related: -<code>\revemptyset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. +<code>\revemptyset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\varphi</code> -<span id="index-_005cvarphi"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cvarphi'><span><code>\varphi</code><a href='#index-_005cvarphi' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>φ Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The non-variant form is <code>\phi</code> ϕ. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\varpi</code> -<span id="index-_005cvarpi"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cvarpi'><span><code>\varpi</code><a href='#index-_005cvarpi' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>ϖ Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The non-variant form is <code>\pi</code> π. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\varrho</code> -<span id="index-_005cvarrho"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cvarrho'><span><code>\varrho</code><a href='#index-_005cvarrho' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>ϱ Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The non-variant form is <code>\rho</code> ρ. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\varsigma</code> -<span id="index-_005cvarsigma"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cvarsigma'><span><code>\varsigma</code><a href='#index-_005cvarsigma' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>ς Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The non-variant form is <code>\sigma</code> σ. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\vartheta</code> -<span id="index-_005cvartheta"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cvartheta'><span><code>\vartheta</code><a href='#index-_005cvartheta' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>ϑ Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The non-variant form is <code>\theta</code> θ. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\vdash</code> -<span id="index-_005cvdash"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cvdash'><span><code>\vdash</code><a href='#index-_005cvdash' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>⊢ Provable; turnstile, vertical and a dash (relation). Similar: turnstile rotated a half-circle <code>\dashv</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\vee</code> -<span id="index-_005cvee"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cvee'><span><code>\vee</code><a href='#index-_005cvee' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>∨ Logical or; a downwards v shape (binary). Related: logical and <code>\wedge</code>. Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigvee</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\Vert</code> -<span id="index-_005cVert"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cVert'><span><code>\Vert</code><a href='#index-_005cVert' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>‖ Vertical double bar (ordinary). See <a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a>, -for how to use the <samp>mathtools</samp> package to create flexibly-sized +for how to use the <code>mathtools</code> package to create flexibly-sized norm symbols. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\vert</code> -<span id="index-_005cvert"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cvert'><span><code>\vert</code><a href='#index-_005cvert' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>| Single line vertical bar (ordinary). For “such that”, as in the definition of a set, use <code>\mid</code> because it -is a relation. See <a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a>, for how to use the <samp>mathtools</samp> +is a relation. See <a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a>, for how to use the <code>mathtools</code> package to create flexibly-sized absolute-value symbols. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\wedge</code> -<span id="index-_005cwedge"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cwedge'><span><code>\wedge</code><a href='#index-_005cwedge' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>∧ Logical and (binary). Synonym: <code>\land</code>. See also logical or <code>\vee</code>. Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigwedge</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\wp</code> -<span id="index-_005cwp"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cwp'><span><code>\wp</code><a href='#index-_005cwp' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>℘ Weierstrass p (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\wr</code> -<span id="index-_005cwr"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cwr'><span><code>\wr</code><a href='#index-_005cwr' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>≀ Wreath product (binary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\Xi</code> -<span id="index-_005cXi"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cXi'><span><code>\Xi</code><a href='#index-_005cXi' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Ξ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\xi</code> -<span id="index-_005cxi"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cxi'><span><code>\xi</code><a href='#index-_005cxi' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>ξ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\zeta</code> -<span id="index-_005czeta"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005czeta'><span><code>\zeta</code><a href='#index-_005czeta' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>ζ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> @@ -14894,60 +14618,44 @@ operator <code>\bigwedge</code>. provides versions to use in mathematical text. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>\mathdollar</code> -<span id="index-_005cmathdollar"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cmathdollar'><span><code>\mathdollar</code><a href='#index-_005cmathdollar' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Dollar sign in math mode: $. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\mathparagraph</code> -<span id="index-_005cmathparagraph"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cmathparagraph'><span><code>\mathparagraph</code><a href='#index-_005cmathparagraph' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Paragraph sign (pilcrow) in math mode, ¶. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\mathsection</code> -<span id="index-_005cmathsection"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cmathsection'><span><code>\mathsection</code><a href='#index-_005cmathsection' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Section sign in math mode §. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\mathsterling</code> -<span id="index-_005cmathsterling"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cmathsterling'><span><code>\mathsterling</code><a href='#index-_005cmathsterling' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Sterling sign in math mode: £. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\mathunderscore</code> -<span id="index-_005cmathunderscore"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cmathunderscore'><span><code>\mathunderscore</code><a href='#index-_005cmathunderscore' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Underscore in math mode: _. </p> </dd> </dl> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Arrows" accesskey="1">Arrows</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">List of arrows. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath" accesskey="2">\boldmath & \unboldmath</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Symbols in boldface. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Blackboard-bold" accesskey="3">Blackboard bold</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Doublestruck characters. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Calligraphic" accesskey="4">Calligraphic</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Cursive characters. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Delimiters" accesskey="5">Delimiters</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Parentheses, braces, etc. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Dots" accesskey="6">Dots</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Ellipses, etc. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Greek-letters" accesskey="7">Greek letters</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">List of Greek letters. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#Arrows" accesskey="1">Arrows</a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath" accesskey="2"><code>\boldmath</code> & <code>\unboldmath</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#Blackboard-bold" accesskey="3">Blackboard bold</a></li> +<li><a href="#Calligraphic" accesskey="4">Calligraphic</a></li> +<li><a href="#Delimiters" accesskey="5">Delimiters</a></li> +<li><a href="#Dots" accesskey="6">Dots, horizontal or vertical</a></li> +<li><a href="#Greek-letters" accesskey="7">Greek letters</a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="Arrows"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="subsection" id="Arrows"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath" accesskey="n" rel="next">\boldmath & \unboldmath</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math symbols</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\boldmath</code> & <code>\unboldmath</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math symbols</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Arrows-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.2.1 Arrows</h4> @@ -14962,7 +14670,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath" accesskey="n" rel="next" <span id="index-latexsym-package"></span> <p>These are the arrows that come with standard LaTeX. The -<samp>latexsym</samp> and <samp>amsfonts</samp> packages contain many more. +<code>latexsym</code> and <code>amsfonts</code> packages contain many more. </p> <table> <thead><tr><th width="10%">Symbol</th><th width="40%">Command</th><th width="50%"></th></tr></thead> @@ -15004,11 +14712,13 @@ is: <code>\( f\colon D\to C \) given by \( n\mapsto n^2 \)</code>. <span id="index-tikz_002dcd-package"></span> <p>For commutative diagrams there are a number of packages, including -<samp>tikz-cd</samp> and <samp>amscd</samp>. +<code>tikz-cd</code> and <code>amscd</code>. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath"> +<div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Blackboard-bold" accesskey="n" rel="next">Blackboard bold</a>, Previous: <a href="#Arrows" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Arrows</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math symbols</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -15037,7 +14747,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Blackboard-bold" accesskey="n" rel="next">Blackboard bold</a>, P a bold font, or to countermand that and bring back the regular (non-bold) default. They must be used when not in math mode or display math mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>). Both commands are fragile -(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <p>In this example each <code>\boldmath</code> command takes place inside an <code>\mbox</code>, @@ -15060,7 +14770,7 @@ Font Warning: Command \mathversion invalid in math mode on input line <span id="index-bm-package"></span> <p>There are many issues with <code>\boldmath</code>. New documents should use -the <samp>bm</samp> package provided by the LaTeX Project team. A complete +the <code>bm</code> package provided by the LaTeX Project team. A complete description is outside the scope of this document (see the full documentation on CTAN) but even this small example </p> @@ -15074,9 +14784,11 @@ we have $\bm{v} = 5\cdot\bm{u}$ </p> <hr> -<span id="Blackboard-bold"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="Blackboard-bold"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Calligraphic" accesskey="n" rel="next">Calligraphic</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\boldmath & \unboldmath</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math symbols</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Calligraphic" accesskey="n" rel="next">Calligraphic</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\boldmath</code> & <code>\unboldmath</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math symbols</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Blackboard-bold-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.2.3 Blackboard bold</h4> @@ -15112,7 +14824,9 @@ capital letters; look on CTAN. </p> <hr> -<span id="Calligraphic"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="Calligraphic"> +<div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Delimiters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Delimiters</a>, Previous: <a href="#Blackboard-bold" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Blackboard bold</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math symbols</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -15142,9 +14856,11 @@ an error but you also do not get math calligraphic output. For instance, </p> <hr> -<span id="Delimiters"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="Delimiters"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Dots" accesskey="n" rel="next">Dots</a>, Previous: <a href="#Calligraphic" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Calligraphic</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math symbols</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Dots" accesskey="n" rel="next">Dots, horizontal or vertical</a>, Previous: <a href="#Calligraphic" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Calligraphic</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math symbols</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Delimiters-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.2.5 Delimiters</h4> @@ -15189,32 +14905,31 @@ parentheses delimiting the three subformulas. <span id="index-package_002c-mathtools-1"></span> <span id="index-mathtools-package-1"></span> -<p>The <samp>mathtools</samp> package allows you to create commands for paired +<p>The <code>mathtools</code> package allows you to create commands for paired delimiters. For instance, if you put <code>\DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs{\lvert}{\rvert}</code> in your preamble then you get two commands for single-line vertical bars (they only work -in math mode). The starred version, such as +in math mode). The starred form, such as <code>\abs*{\frac{22}{7}}</code>, has the height of the vertical bars -match the height of the argument. The unstarred version, such as +match the height of the argument. The unstarred form, such as <code>\abs{\frac{22}{7}}</code>, has the bars fixed at a default height. -This version accepts an optional argument, as in <code>\abs[<var>size +This form accepts an optional argument, as in <code>\abs[<var>size command</var>]{\frac{22}{7}}</code>, where the height of the bars is given in -<var>size command</var>, such as <code>\Bigg</code>. Using <code>\lVert</code> and -<code>\rVert</code> as the symbols will give you a norm symbol with the same -behavior. -</p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright" accesskey="1">\left & \right</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Automatically sized delimiters. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e" accesskey="2">\bigl & \bigr etc.</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Manually sized delimiters. -</td></tr> -</table> +<var>size command</var>, such as <code>\Bigg</code>. Using instead <code>\lVert</code> +and <code>\rVert</code> as the symbols will give you a norm symbol with the +same behavior. +</p> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright" accesskey="1"><code>\left</code> & <code>\right</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e" accesskey="2"><code>\bigl</code>, <code>\bigr</code>, etc.</a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="subsubsection" id="g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e" accesskey="n" rel="next">\bigl & \bigr etc.</a>, Up: <a href="#Delimiters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Delimiters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\bigl</code>, <code>\bigr</code>, etc.</a>, Up: <a href="#Delimiters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Delimiters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright-1"></span><h4 class="subsubsection">16.2.5.1 <code>\left</code> & <code>\right</code></h4> @@ -15276,9 +14991,9 @@ case is that you want an unmatched brace, as below. Use a period, </pre></div> <p>Note that to get a curly brace as a delimiter you must prefix it with a -backslash, <code>\{</code>. (The packages <samp>amsmath</samp> and -<samp>mathtools</samp> allow you to get the above construct through in a -<code>cases</code> environment.) +backslash, <code>\{</code> (see <a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a>). (The packages +<code>amsmath</code> and <code>mathtools</code> allow you to get the above +construct through in a <code>cases</code> environment.) </p> <p>The <code>\left ... \right</code> pair make a group. One consequence is that the formula enclosed in the <code>\left ... \right</code> pair cannot have @@ -15323,7 +15038,7 @@ form a group, the enclosed subformula will be typeset at its natural width, with no stretching or shrinking to make the line fit better. </p> <p>TeX scales the delimiters according to the height and depth of the -contained formula. Here LaTeX grows the brackets to extend the full +enclosed formula. Here LaTeX grows the brackets to extend the full height of the integral. </p> <div class="example"> @@ -15357,13 +15072,15 @@ one line and you must match the sizes of the opening and closing delimiter; you can’t use <code>\left</code> on the first line and <code>\right</code> on the last because they must be paired. </p> -<p>To size the delimiters manually, see <a href="#g_t_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e">\bigl & \bigr etc.</a>. +<p>To size the delimiters manually, see <a href="#g_t_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e"><code>\bigl</code>, <code>\bigr</code>, etc.</a>. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsubsection" id="g_t_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\left & \right</a>, Up: <a href="#Delimiters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Delimiters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\left</code> & <code>\right</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Delimiters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Delimiters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cbigl_002c-_005cbigr_002c-etc_002e"></span><h4 class="subsubsection">16.2.5.2 <code>\bigl</code>, <code>\bigr</code>, etc.</h4> @@ -15398,7 +15115,7 @@ paired, see below), or one of: <p>(as with <code>\big[</code>). </p> <p>Produce manually-sized delimiters. For delimiters that are -automatically sized see <a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left & \right</a>). +automatically sized see <a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright"><code>\left</code> & <code>\right</code></a>). </p> <p>This produces slightly larger outer vertical bars. </p> @@ -15412,8 +15129,8 @@ causing LaTeX to spread the lines apart. The larger sizes are meant for displayed equations. </p> <p>See <a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a>, for a list of the common delimiters. In the family of -commands with ‘<samp>l</samp>’ and ‘<samp>r</samp>’, <var>delimiter1</var> and -<var>delimiter2</var> need not be the same. +commands with ‘<samp>l</samp>’ or ‘<samp>r</samp>’, <var>delimiter1</var> and +<var>delimiter2</var> need not match together. </p> <p>The ‘<samp>l</samp>’ and ‘<samp>r</samp>’ commands produce open and close delimiters that insert no horizontal space between a preceding atom and the @@ -15445,7 +15162,7 @@ some circumstances, as with this large vertical line <span id="index-amsmath-package-7"></span> <p>(many authors would replace <code>\frac</code> with the <code>\tfrac</code> command -from the <samp>amsmath</samp> package), and as with this larger slash. +from the <code>amsmath</code> package), and as with this larger slash. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\begin{equation} @@ -15453,8 +15170,8 @@ from the <samp>amsmath</samp> package), and as with this larger slash. \end{equation} </pre></div> -<p>Unlike the <code>\left...\right</code> pair (see <a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left & \right</a>), the -commands here with ‘<samp>l</samp>’ and ‘<samp>r</samp>’ do not make a group. +<p>Unlike the <code>\left...\right</code> pair (see <a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright"><code>\left</code> & <code>\right</code></a>), the +commands here with ‘<samp>l</samp>’ or ‘<samp>r</samp>’ do not make a group. Strictly speaking they need not be matched so you can write something like this. </p> @@ -15476,7 +15193,10 @@ formulas, as here. <hr> -<span id="Dots"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="Dots"> +<div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Greek-letters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Greek letters</a>, Previous: <a href="#Delimiters" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Delimiters</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math symbols</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -15500,27 +15220,21 @@ continues. </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dd><span id="ellipses-cdots"></span></dd> -<dt><code>\cdots</code> -<span id="index-_005ccdots"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ccdots'><span><code>\cdots</code><a href='#index-_005ccdots' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Horizontal ellipsis with the dots raised to the center of the line, as in ⋯. Used as: <code>\( a_0\cdot a_1\cdots a_{n-1} \)</code>. </p> <span id="ellipses-ddots"></span></dd> -<dt><code>\ddots</code> -<span id="index-_005cddots"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cddots'><span><code>\ddots</code><a href='#index-_005cddots' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Diagonal ellipsis, ⋱. See the above array example for a usage. </p> <span id="ellipses-ldots"></span></dd> -<dt><code>\ldots</code> -<span id="index-_005cldots"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cldots'><span><code>\ldots</code><a href='#index-_005cldots' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Ellipsis on the baseline, …. Used as: <code>\( x_0,\ldots x_{n-1} \)</code>. Another example is the above array example. A -synonym is <code>\mathellipsis</code>. A synonym from the <samp>amsmath</samp> +synonym is <code>\mathellipsis</code>. A synonym from the <code>amsmath</code> package is <code>\hdots</code>. </p> <p>You can also use this command outside of mathematical text, as in @@ -15528,9 +15242,7 @@ package is <code>\hdots</code>. mode or LR mode a synonym for <code>\ldots</code> is <code>\dots</code>.) </p> <span id="ellipses-vdots"></span></dd> -<dt><code>\vdots</code> -<span id="index-_005cvdots"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cvdots'><span><code>\vdots</code><a href='#index-_005cvdots' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Vertical ellipsis, ⋮. See the above array example for a usage. </p> @@ -15540,7 +15252,7 @@ usage. <span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-8"></span> <span id="index-amsmath-package-8"></span> -<p>The <samp>amsmath</samp> package has the command <code>\dots</code> to semantically +<p>The <code>amsmath</code> package has the command <code>\dots</code> to semantically mark up ellipses. This example produces two different-looking outputs for the first two uses of the <code>\dots</code> command. </p> @@ -15566,9 +15278,11 @@ or relation symbol, <code>\dotsi</code> for dots with integrals, or </p> <hr> -<span id="Greek-letters"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="Greek-letters"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#Dots" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Dots</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math symbols</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#Dots" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Dots, horizontal or vertical</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math symbols</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Greek-letters-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.2.7 Greek letters</h4> @@ -15609,7 +15323,7 @@ differ from Roman upper case letters. <p>For omicron, if you are using LaTeX’s default Computer Modern font then enter omicron just as ‘<samp>o</samp>’ or ‘<samp>O</samp>’. If you like having the name or if your font shows a difference then you can use something like -<code>\newcommand\omicron{o}</code>. The package <samp>unicode-math</samp> has +<code>\newcommand\omicron{o}</code>. The package <code>unicode-math</code> has <code>\upomicron</code> for upright omicron and <code>\mitomicron</code> for math italic. </p> @@ -15618,7 +15332,10 @@ italic. </p> <hr> -<span id="Math-functions"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Math-functions"> +<div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Math-accents" accesskey="n" rel="next">Math accents</a>, Previous: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Math symbols</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math formulas</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -15631,207 +15348,139 @@ Next: <a href="#Math-accents" accesskey="n" rel="next">Math accents</a>, Previou spacing. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>\arccos</code> -<span id="index-_005carccos"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005carccos'><span><code>\arccos</code><a href='#index-_005carccos' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Inverse cosine </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\arcsin</code> -<span id="index-_005carcsin"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005carcsin'><span><code>\arcsin</code><a href='#index-_005carcsin' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Inverse sine </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\arctan</code> -<span id="index-_005carctan"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005carctan'><span><code>\arctan</code><a href='#index-_005carctan' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Inverse tangent </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\arg</code> -<span id="index-_005carg"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005carg'><span><code>\arg</code><a href='#index-_005carg' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Angle between the real axis and a point in the complex plane </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\bmod</code> -<span id="index-_005cbmod"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cbmod'><span><code>\bmod</code><a href='#index-_005cbmod' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Binary modulo operator, used as in <code>\( 5\bmod 3=2 \)</code> </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\cos</code> -<span id="index-_005ccos"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ccos'><span><code>\cos</code><a href='#index-_005ccos' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Cosine </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\cosh</code> -<span id="index-_005ccosh"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ccosh'><span><code>\cosh</code><a href='#index-_005ccosh' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Hyperbolic cosine </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\cot</code> -<span id="index-_005ccot"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ccot'><span><code>\cot</code><a href='#index-_005ccot' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Cotangent </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\coth</code> -<span id="index-_005ccoth"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ccoth'><span><code>\coth</code><a href='#index-_005ccoth' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Hyperbolic cotangent </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\csc</code> -<span id="index-_005ccsc"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ccsc'><span><code>\csc</code><a href='#index-_005ccsc' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Cosecant </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\deg</code> -<span id="index-_005cdeg"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cdeg'><span><code>\deg</code><a href='#index-_005cdeg' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Degrees </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\det</code> -<span id="index-_005cdet"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cdet'><span><code>\det</code><a href='#index-_005cdet' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Determinant </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\dim</code> -<span id="index-_005cdim"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cdim'><span><code>\dim</code><a href='#index-_005cdim' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Dimension </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\exp</code> -<span id="index-_005cexp"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cexp'><span><code>\exp</code><a href='#index-_005cexp' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Exponential </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\gcd</code> -<span id="index-_005cgcd"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cgcd'><span><code>\gcd</code><a href='#index-_005cgcd' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Greatest common divisor </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\hom</code> -<span id="index-_005chom"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005chom'><span><code>\hom</code><a href='#index-_005chom' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Homomorphism </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\inf</code> -<span id="index-_005cinf"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cinf'><span><code>\inf</code><a href='#index-_005cinf' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Infinum </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\ker</code> -<span id="index-_005cker"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cker'><span><code>\ker</code><a href='#index-_005cker' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Kernel </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\lg</code> -<span id="index-_005clg"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005clg'><span><code>\lg</code><a href='#index-_005clg' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Base 2 logarithm </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\lim</code> -<span id="index-_005clim"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005clim'><span><code>\lim</code><a href='#index-_005clim' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Limit </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\liminf</code> -<span id="index-_005climinf"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005climinf'><span><code>\liminf</code><a href='#index-_005climinf' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Limit inferior </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\limsup</code> -<span id="index-_005climsup"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005climsup'><span><code>\limsup</code><a href='#index-_005climsup' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Limit superior </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\ln</code> -<span id="index-_005cln"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cln'><span><code>\ln</code><a href='#index-_005cln' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Natural logarithm </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\log</code> -<span id="index-_005clog"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005clog'><span><code>\log</code><a href='#index-_005clog' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Logarithm </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\max</code> -<span id="index-_005cmax"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cmax'><span><code>\max</code><a href='#index-_005cmax' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Maximum </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\min</code> -<span id="index-_005cmin"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cmin'><span><code>\min</code><a href='#index-_005cmin' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Minimum </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\pmod</code> -<span id="index-_005cpmod"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cpmod'><span><code>\pmod</code><a href='#index-_005cpmod' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Parenthesized modulus, as used in <code>\( 5\equiv 2\pmod 3 \)</code> </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\Pr</code> -<span id="index-_005cPr"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cPr'><span><code>\Pr</code><a href='#index-_005cPr' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Probability </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\sec</code> -<span id="index-_005csec"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005csec'><span><code>\sec</code><a href='#index-_005csec' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Secant </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\sin</code> -<span id="index-_005csin"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005csin'><span><code>\sin</code><a href='#index-_005csin' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Sine </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\sinh</code> -<span id="index-_005csinh"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005csinh'><span><code>\sinh</code><a href='#index-_005csinh' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Hyperbolic sine </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\sup</code> -<span id="index-_005csup"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005csup'><span><code>\sup</code><a href='#index-_005csup' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>sup </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\tan</code> -<span id="index-_005ctan"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctan'><span><code>\tan</code><a href='#index-_005ctan' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Tangent </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\tanh</code> -<span id="index-_005ctanh"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctanh'><span><code>\tanh</code><a href='#index-_005ctanh' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Hyperbolic tangent </p> </dd> @@ -15840,7 +15489,7 @@ spacing. <span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-9"></span> <span id="index-amsmath-package-9"></span> -<p>The <samp>amsmath</samp> package adds improvements on some of these, and also +<p>The <code>amsmath</code> package adds improvements on some of these, and also allows you to define your own. The full documentation is on CTAN, but briefly, you can define an identity operator with <code>\DeclareMathOperator{\identity}{id}</code> that is like the ones @@ -15850,7 +15499,9 @@ below, as is traditional with <code>\lim</code>, <code>\sup</code>, or <code>\ma </p> <hr> -<span id="Math-accents"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Math-accents"> +<div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining" accesskey="n" rel="next">Over- and Underlining</a>, Previous: <a href="#Math-functions" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Math functions</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math formulas</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -15864,96 +15515,70 @@ in math. These are different from accents in normal text (see <a href="#Accents">Accents</a>). </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>\acute</code> -<span id="index-_005cacute"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cacute'><span><code>\acute</code><a href='#index-_005cacute' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-acute-accent_002c-math"></span> <p>Math acute accent </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\bar</code> -<span id="index-_005cbar"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cbar'><span><code>\bar</code><a href='#index-_005cbar' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-bar_002dover-accent_002c-math"></span> <span id="index-macron-accent_002c-math"></span> <p>Math bar-over accent </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\breve</code> -<span id="index-_005cbreve"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cbreve'><span><code>\breve</code><a href='#index-_005cbreve' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-breve-accent_002c-math"></span> <p>Math breve accent </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\check</code> -<span id="index-_005ccheck"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ccheck'><span><code>\check</code><a href='#index-_005ccheck' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-check-accent_002c-math"></span> <span id="index-hacek-accent_002c-math"></span> <p>Math háček (check) accent </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\ddot</code> -<span id="index-_005cddot"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cddot'><span><code>\ddot</code><a href='#index-_005cddot' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-double-dot-accent_002c-math"></span> <p>Math dieresis accent </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\dot</code> -<span id="index-_005cdot"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cdot'><span><code>\dot</code><a href='#index-_005cdot' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-overdot-accent_002c-math"></span> <span id="index-dot-over-accent_002c-math"></span> <p>Math dot accent </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\grave</code> -<span id="index-_005cgrave"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cgrave'><span><code>\grave</code><a href='#index-_005cgrave' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-grave-accent_002c-math"></span> <p>Math grave accent </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\hat</code> -<span id="index-_005chat"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005chat'><span><code>\hat</code><a href='#index-_005chat' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-hat-accent_002c-math"></span> <span id="index-circumflex-accent_002c-math"></span> <p>Math hat (circumflex) accent </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\mathring</code> -<span id="index-_005cmathring"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cmathring'><span><code>\mathring</code><a href='#index-_005cmathring' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-ring-accent_002c-math"></span> <p>Math ring accent </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\tilde</code> -<span id="index-_005ctilde"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctilde'><span><code>\tilde</code><a href='#index-_005ctilde' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-tilde-accent_002c-math"></span> <p>Math tilde accent </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\vec</code> -<span id="index-_005cvec"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cvec'><span><code>\vec</code><a href='#index-_005cvec' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-vector-symbol_002c-math"></span> <p>Math vector symbol </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\widehat</code> -<span id="index-_005cwidehat"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cwidehat'><span><code>\widehat</code><a href='#index-_005cwidehat' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-wide-hat-accent_002c-math"></span> <p>Math wide hat accent </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\widetilde</code> -<span id="index-_005cwidetilde"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cwidetilde'><span><code>\widetilde</code><a href='#index-_005cwidetilde' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-wide-tilde-accent_002c-math"></span> <p>Math wide tilde accent </p> @@ -15965,7 +15590,9 @@ one without a dot, <code>\imath</code> or <code>jmath</code> (see <a href="#Math </p> <hr> -<span id="Over_002d-and-Underlining"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Over_002d-and-Underlining"> +<div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="n" rel="next">Spacing in math mode</a>, Previous: <a href="#Math-accents" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Math accents</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math formulas</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -15978,34 +15605,28 @@ Next: <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="n" rel="next">Spacing in math m putting braces over or under some material. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>\underline{<var>text</var>}</code> -<span id="index-_005cunderline_007btext_007d"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cunderline_007btext_007d'><span><code>\underline{<var>text</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cunderline_007btext_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Underline <var>text</var>. Works inside math mode, and outside. The line is always completely below the text, taking account of descenders, so in <code>\(\underline{y}\)</code> the line is lower than in -<code>\(\underline{x}\)</code>. This command is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +<code>\(\underline{x}\)</code>. This command is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <span id="index-package_002c-ulem"></span> <span id="index-ulem-package"></span> -<p>Note that the package <samp>ulem</samp> does text mode underlining and allows +<p>Note that the package <code>ulem</code> does text mode underlining and allows line breaking as well as a number of other features. See the -documentation on CTAN. See also <a href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill">\hrulefill & \dotfill</a> for +documentation on CTAN. See also <a href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill"><code>\hrulefill</code> & <code>\dotfill</code></a> for producing a line, for such things as a signature. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\overline{<var>text</var>}</code> -<span id="index-_005coverline_007btext_007d"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005coverline_007btext_007d'><span><code>\overline{<var>text</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005coverline_007btext_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Put a horizontal line over <var>text</var>. Works inside math mode, and outside. For example, <code>\overline{x+y}</code>. Note that this differs from the command <code>\bar</code> (see <a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a>). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\underbrace{<var>math</var>}</code> -<span id="index-_005cunderbrace_007bmath_007d"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cunderbrace_007bmath_007d'><span><code>\underbrace{<var>math</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cunderbrace_007bmath_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Put a brace under <var>math</var>. For example, this <code>(1-\underbrace{1/2)+(1/2}-1/3)</code> emphasizes the telescoping part. Attach text to the brace by using subscript, <code>_</code>, or superscript, @@ -16022,9 +15643,7 @@ Attach text to the brace by using subscript, <code>_</code>, or superscript, unconnected to the underbrace. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\overbrace{<var>math</var>}</code> -<span id="index-_005coverbrace_007bmath_007d"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005coverbrace_007bmath_007d'><span><code>\overbrace{<var>math</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005coverbrace_007bmath_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Put a brace over <var>math</var>, as with <code>\overbrace{x+x+\cdots+x}^{\mbox{\(k\) times}}</code>. See also <code>\underbrace</code>. @@ -16035,14 +15654,16 @@ unconnected to the underbrace. <span id="index-package_002c-mathtools-3"></span> <span id="index-mathtools-package-3"></span> -<p>The package <samp>mathtools</samp> adds an over- and underbrace, as well as +<p>The package <code>mathtools</code> adds an over- and underbrace, as well as some improvements on the braces. See the documentation on CTAN. </p> <hr> -<span id="Spacing-in-math-mode"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Spacing-in-math-mode"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="n" rel="next">Math miscellany</a>, Previous: <a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Over- and Underlining</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math formulas</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Math-styles" accesskey="n" rel="next">Math styles</a>, Previous: <a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Over- and Underlining</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math formulas</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Spacing-in-math-mode-1"></span><h3 class="section">16.6 Spacing in math mode</h3> @@ -16052,7 +15673,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="n" rel="next">Math miscellany</a>, P <p>When typesetting mathematics, LaTeX puts in spacing according to the normal rules for mathematics texts. If you enter <code>y=m x</code> then LaTeX ignores the space and in the output the m is next to the x, -as <em>y=mx</em>. +as <em class='math'>y=mx</em>. </p> <p>But LaTeX’s rules occasionally need tweaking. For example, in an integral the tradition is to put a small extra space between the @@ -16070,44 +15691,44 @@ current math symbols family (see <a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a>) a ‘<samp>M</samp>’. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>\;</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005c_003b"></span> -<span id="index-_005cthickspace"></span> -<span id="spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace"></span><p>Synonym: <code>\thickspace</code>. Normally <code>5.0mu plus 5.0mu</code>. -With <code>amsmath</code>, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be -used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. +<dt id='index-_005c_003b'><span><code>\;</code><a href='#index-_005c_003b' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cthickspace"></span> +<span id="spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace"></span><span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-10"></span> +<span id="index-amsmath-package-10"></span> + +<p>Synonym: <code>\thickspace</code>. Normally <code>5.0mu plus 5.0mu</code>. With +the <code>amsmath</code> package, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, +can be used in text mode as well as math mode; otherwise, in math mode +only. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\negthickspace</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cnegthickspace"></span> -<p>Normally <code>-5.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>. -With <code>amsmath</code>, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be -used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. +<dt id='index-_005cnegthickspace'><span><code>\negthickspace</code><a href='#index-_005cnegthickspace' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><p>Normally <code>-5.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>. With the <code>amsmath</code> +package, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be used in text +mode as well as math mode; otherwise, in math mode only. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\:</code></dt> -<dt><code>\></code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005c_003a"></span> -<span id="index-_005c_003e-1"></span> +<dt id='index-_005c_003a'><span><code>\:</code><a href='#index-_005c_003a' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\></code></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005c_003e-1"></span> <span id="index-_005cmedspace"></span> -<span id="spacing-in-math-mode-medspace"></span><p>Synonym: <code>\medspace</code>. Normally <code>4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>. -With <code>amsmath</code>, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be -used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. +<span id="spacing-in-math-mode-medspace"></span><p>Synonym: <code>\medspace</code>. Normally <code>4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus +4.0mu</code>. With the <code>amsmath</code> package, or as of the 2020-10-01 +LaTeX release, can be used in text mode as well as math mode; before +that, in math mode only. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\negmedspace</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cnegmedspace"></span> -<p>Normally <code>-4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>. -With <code>amsmath</code>, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be -used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. +<dt id='index-_005cnegmedspace'><span><code>\negmedspace</code><a href='#index-_005cnegmedspace' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><p>Normally <code>-4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>. With the <code>amsmath</code> +package, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be used in text +mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\,</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005c_002c"></span> -<span id="index-_005cthinspace"></span> +<dt id='index-_005c_002c'><span><code>\,</code><a href='#index-_005c_002c' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cthinspace"></span> <span id="index-thin-space"></span> <span id="Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace"></span><span id="spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace"></span><p>Synonym: <code>\thinspace</code>. Normally <code>3mu</code>, which is 1/6em. -Can be used in both math mode and text mode (see <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace & \negthinspace</a>). +Can be used in both math mode and text mode (see <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace"><code>\thinspace</code> & <code>\negthinspace</code></a>). </p> <p>This space is widely used, for instance between the function and the infinitesimal in an integral <code>\int f(x)\,dx</code> and, if an author does @@ -16121,47 +15742,43 @@ this, before punctuation in a displayed equation. </pre></div> </dd> -<dt><code>\!</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005c_0021"></span> -<span id="index-_005cnegthinspace"></span> +<dt id='index-_005c_0021'><span><code>\!</code><a href='#index-_005c_0021' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cnegthinspace"></span> <span id="index-thin-space_002c-negative"></span> -<span id="spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace"></span><p>A negative thin space. Normally <code>-3mu</code>. -With <code>amsmath</code>, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be -used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, -The <code>\!</code> command is math mode only but the <code>\negthinspace</code> -command has always worked in text mode (see <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace & \negthinspace</a>). +<span id="spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace"></span><p>Synonym: <code>\negthinspace</code>. A negative thin space. Normally +<code>-3mu</code>. With the <code>amsmath</code> package, or as of the 2020-10-01 +LaTeX release, can be used in text mode as well as math mode; +otherwise, the <code>\!</code> command is math mode only but the +<code>\negthinspace</code> command has always also worked in text mode +(see <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace"><code>\thinspace</code> & <code>\negthinspace</code></a>). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\quad</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-quad"></span> -<span id="index-_005cquad"></span> +<dt id='index-quad'><span><code>\quad</code><a href='#index-quad' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cquad"></span> <span id="spacing-in-math-mode-quad"></span><p>This is 18mu, that is, 1em. This is often used for space surrounding equations or expressions, for instance for the space between two equations inside a <code>displaymath</code> environment. It is available in both text and math mode. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\qquad</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cqquad"></span> -<span id="spacing-in-math-mode-qquad"></span><p>A length of 2 quads, that is, 36mu = 2em. It is available in +<dt id='index-_005cqquad'><span><code>\qquad</code><a href='#index-_005cqquad' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="spacing-in-math-mode-qquad"></span><p>A length of 2 quads, that is, 36mu = 2em. It is available in both text and math mode. </p></dd> </dl> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csmash" accesskey="1">\smash</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Eliminate height or depth of a subformula. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom" accesskey="2">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Make empty box same size as argument. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut" accesskey="3">\mathstrut</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add some vertical space to a formula. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005csmash" accesskey="1"><code>\smash</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom" accesskey="2"><code>\phantom</code> & <code>\vphantom</code> & <code>\hphantom</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut" accesskey="3"><code>\mathstrut</code></a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005csmash"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005csmash"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom" accesskey="n" rel="next">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a>, Up: <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spacing in math mode</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\phantom</code> & <code>\vphantom</code> & <code>\hphantom</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spacing in math mode</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005csmash-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.6.1 <code>\smash</code></h4> @@ -16217,7 +15834,7 @@ extends below the baseline while the second lies just on the baseline. </pre></div> <p>Note the use of <code>\vphantom</code> to give the <code>\sqrt</code> command an -argument with the height of the <code>\sum</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a>). +argument with the height of the <code>\sum</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom"><code>\phantom</code> & <code>\vphantom</code> & <code>\hphantom</code></a>). </p> <p>While most often used in mathematics, the <code>\smash</code> command can appear in other contexts. However, it doesn’t change into horizontal @@ -16240,9 +15857,11 @@ control over smashing a subformula box. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut" accesskey="n" rel="next">\mathstrut</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csmash" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\smash</a>, Up: <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spacing in math mode</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\mathstrut</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csmash" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\smash</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spacing in math mode</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.6.2 <code>\phantom</code> & <code>\vphantom</code> & <code>\hphantom</code></h4> @@ -16274,11 +15893,13 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut" accesskey="n" rel="next">\mathstrut</a>, Prev <p>The <code>\phantom</code> command creates a box with the same height, depth, and width as <var>subformula</var>, but empty. That is, this command causes LaTeX to typeset the space but not fill it with the material. Here -LaTeX will put a box of the right size for the quotation, but empty. +LaTeX will put a blank line that is the correct width for the answer, +but will not show that answer. </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\fbox{\phantom{Conservatism is the fear-filled worship of dead radicals. - --- Mark Twain}} +<pre class="example">\begin{displaymath} + \int x^2\,dx=\mbox{\underline{$\phantom{(1/3)x^3+C}$}} +\end{displaymath} </pre></div> <p>The <code>\vphantom</code> variant produces an invisible box with the same @@ -16301,26 +15922,26 @@ two expressions come out at the same level. </pre></div> <p>These commands are often used in conjunction with <code>\smash</code>. -See <a href="#g_t_005csmash">\smash</a>, which includes another example of <code>\vphantom</code>. +See <a href="#g_t_005csmash"><code>\smash</code></a>, which includes another example of <code>\vphantom</code>. </p> <span id="index-package_002c-mathtools-5"></span> <span id="index-mathtools-package-5"></span> <p>The three phantom commands appear often but note that LaTeX provides a suite of other commands to work with box sizes that may be more -convenient, including <code>\makebox</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</a>) as well -as <code>\settodepth</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005csettodepth">\settodepth</a>), <code>\settoheight</code> -(see <a href="#g_t_005csettoheight">\settoheight</a>), and <code>\settowidth</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005csettowidth">\settowidth</a>). -In addition, the <samp>mathtools</samp> package has many commands that offer +convenient, including <code>\makebox</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><code>\mbox</code> & <code>\makebox</code></a>) as well +as <code>\settodepth</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005csettodepth"><code>\settodepth</code></a>), <code>\settoheight</code> +(see <a href="#g_t_005csettoheight"><code>\settoheight</code></a>), and <code>\settowidth</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005csettowidth"><code>\settowidth</code></a>). +In addition, the <code>mathtools</code> package has many commands that offer fine-grained control over spacing. </p> -<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-10"></span> -<span id="index-amsmath-package-10"></span> +<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-11"></span> +<span id="index-amsmath-package-11"></span> <p>All three commands produce an ordinary box, without any special mathematics status. So to do something like attaching a superscript you should give it such a status, for example with the <code>\operatorname</code> -command from the package <samp>amsmath</samp>. +command from the package <code>amsmath</code>. </p> <p>While most often used in mathematics, these three can appear in other contexts. However, they don’t cause LaTeX to change into horizontal @@ -16329,9 +15950,11 @@ with <code>\leavevmode</code>. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cmathstrut"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cmathstrut"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a>, Up: <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spacing in math mode</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\phantom</code> & <code>\vphantom</code> & <code>\hphantom</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spacing in math mode</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cmathstrut-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.6.3 <code>\mathstrut</code></h4> @@ -16341,6 +15964,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom" acc <span id="index-math-mode_002c-spacing-2"></span> <span id="index-invisible-character-1"></span> <span id="index-character_002c-invisible-1"></span> +<span id="index-strut_002c-math"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -16348,7 +15972,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom" acc <pre class="example">\mathstrut </pre></div> -<p>The analogue of <code>\strut</code> for mathematics. See <a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a>. +<p>The analogue of <code>\strut</code> for mathematics. See <a href="#g_t_005cstrut"><code>\strut</code></a>. </p> <p>The input <code>$\sqrt{x} + \sqrt{x^i}$</code> gives output where the second radical is taller than the first. To add extra vertical space @@ -16357,45 +15981,137 @@ without any horizontal space, so that the two have the same height, use </p> <p>The <code>\mathstrut</code> command adds the vertical height of an open parenthesis, <code>(</code>, but no horizontal space. It is defined as -<code>\vphantom{(}</code>, so see <a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a> for +<code>\vphantom{(}</code>, so see <a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom"><code>\phantom</code> & <code>\vphantom</code> & <code>\hphantom</code></a> for more. An advantage over <code>\strut</code> is that <code>\mathstrut</code> adds no depth, which is often the right thing for formulas. Using the height of an open parenthesis is just a convention; for complete control over the -amount of space, use <code>\rule</code> with a width of zero. See <a href="#g_t_005crule">\rule</a>. +amount of space, use <code>\rule</code> with a width of zero. See <a href="#g_t_005crule"><code>\rule</code></a>. +</p> + +<hr> +</div> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Math-styles"> +<div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="n" rel="next">Math miscellany</a>, Previous: <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Spacing in math mode</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math formulas</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="Math-styles-1"></span><h3 class="section">16.7 Math styles</h3> + +<span id="index-math-styles"></span> + +<p>TeX’s rules for typesetting a formula depend on the context. For +example, inside a displayed equation, the input <code>\sum_{0\leq +i<n}k^m=\frac{n^{m+1}}{m+1}+\mbox{lower order terms}</code> will give +output with the summation index centered below the summation symbol. +But if that input is inline then the summation index is off to the right +rather than below, so it won’t push the lines apart. Similarly, in a +displayed context, the symbols in the numerator and denominator will be +larger than for an inline context, and in display math subscripts and +superscripts are further apart then they are in inline math. +</p> +<p>TeX uses four math styles. +</p> +<ul> +<li> <span id="index-display-style"></span> +Display style is for a formula displayed on a line by itself, such as +with <code>\begin{equation} ... \end{equation}</code>. + +</li><li> <span id="index-text-style"></span> +Text style is for an inline formula, as with ‘<samp>so we have $ ... $</samp>’. + +</li><li> <span id="index-script-style"></span> +Script style is for parts of a formula in a subscript or superscript. + +</li><li> <span id="index-scriptscript-style"></span> +Scriptscript style is for parts of a formula at a second level (or more) +of subscript or superscript. + +</li></ul> + +<span id="index-_005cdisplaystyle"></span> +<span id="index-_005ctextstyle"></span> +<span id="index-_005cscriptstyle"></span> +<span id="index-_005cscriptscriptstyle"></span> +<p>TeX determines a default math style but you can override it with a +declaration of <code>\displaystyle</code>, or <code>\textstyle</code>, or +<code>\scriptstyle</code>, or <code>\scriptscriptstyle</code>. +</p> +<p>In this example, the ‘<samp>Arithmetic</samp>’ line’s fraction will look +scrunched. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\begin{tabular}{r|cc} + \textsc{Name} &\textsc{Series} &\textsc{Sum} \\ \hline + Arithmetic &$a+(a+b)+(a+2b)+\cdots+(a+(n-1)b)$ + &$na+(n-1)n\cdot\frac{b}{2}$ \\ + Geometric &$a+ab+ab^2+\cdots+ab^{n-1}$ + &$\displaystyle a\cdot\frac{1-b^n}{1-b}$ \\ +\end{tabular} +</pre></div> + +<p>But because of the <code>\displaystyle</code> declaration, +the ‘<samp>Geometric</samp>’ line’s fraction will be easy to read, with +characters the same size as in the rest of the line. +</p> +<p>Another example is that, compared to the same input without the +declaration, the result of +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">we get +$\pi=2\cdot{\displaystyle\int_{x=0}^1 \sqrt{1-x^2}\,dx}$ +</pre></div> + +<p>will have an integral sign that is much taller. Note that here the +<code>\displaystyle</code> applies to only part of the formula, and it is +delimited by being inside curly braces, as ‘<samp>{\displaystyle ...}</samp>’. +</p> +<p>The last example is a continued fraction. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\begin{equation} +a_0+\frac{1}{ + \displaystyle a_1+\frac{\mathstrut 1}{ + \displaystyle a_2+\frac{\mathstrut 1}{ + \displaystyle a_3}}} +\end{equation} +</pre></div> + +<p>Without the <code>\displaystyle</code> declarations, the denominators would be +set in script style and scriptscript style. (The <code>\mathstrut</code> +improves the height of the denominators; see <a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut"><code>\mathstrut</code></a>.) </p> <hr> -<span id="Math-miscellany"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Math-miscellany"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Spacing in math mode</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math formulas</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#Math-styles" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Math styles</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math formulas</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<span id="Math-miscellany-1"></span><h3 class="section">16.7 Math miscellany</h3> +<span id="Math-miscellany-1"></span><h3 class="section">16.8 Math miscellany</h3> <span id="index-math-miscellany"></span> <p>LaTeX contains a wide variety of mathematics facilities. Here are some that don’t fit into other categories. </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon" accesskey="1">Colon character & \colon</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Colon. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_002a" accesskey="2">\*</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Discretionary multiplication. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfrac" accesskey="3">\frac</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Fraction. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csqrt" accesskey="4">\sqrt</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Radicals. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cstackrel" accesskey="5">\stackrel</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Text over a relation. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon" accesskey="1">Colon character <code>:</code> & <code>\colon</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005c_002a" accesskey="2"><code>\*</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cfrac" accesskey="3"><code>\frac</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005csqrt" accesskey="4"><code>\sqrt</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cstackrel" accesskey="5"><code>\stackrel</code></a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="subsection" id="Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_002a" accesskey="n" rel="next">\*</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math miscellany</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_002a" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\*</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math miscellany</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<span id="Colon-character-_003a-_0026-_005ccolon"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.7.1 Colon character <code>:</code> & <code>\colon</code></h4> +<span id="Colon-character-_003a-_0026-_005ccolon"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.8.1 Colon character <code>:</code> & <code>\colon</code></h4> <span id="index-colon-character"></span> <span id="index-_003a-for-math"></span> @@ -16414,27 +16130,29 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_002a" accesskey="n" rel="next">\*</a>, Up: <a href="#Ma <pre class="example">With side ratios \( 3:4 \) and \( 4:5 \), the triangle is right. </pre></div> -<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-11"></span> -<span id="index-amsmath-package-11"></span> +<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-12"></span> +<span id="index-amsmath-package-12"></span> <p>Ordinary LaTeX defines <code>\colon</code> to produce the colon character with the spacing appropriate for punctuation, as in set-builder notation <code>\{x\colon 0\leq x<1\}</code>. </p> -<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-12"></span> -<span id="index-amsmath-package-12"></span> +<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-13"></span> +<span id="index-amsmath-package-13"></span> -<p>But the widely-used <samp>amsmath</samp> package defines <code>\colon</code> for use +<p>But the widely-used <code>amsmath</code> package defines <code>\colon</code> for use in the definition of functions <code>f\colon D\to C</code>. So if you want the colon character as a punctuation then use <code>\mathpunct{:}</code>. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005c_002a"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005c_002a"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfrac" accesskey="n" rel="next">\frac</a>, Previous: <a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Colon character & \colon</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math miscellany</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfrac" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\frac</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Colon character <code>:</code> & <code>\colon</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math miscellany</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<span id="g_t_005c_002a-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.7.2 <code>\*</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005c_002a-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.8.2 <code>\*</code></h4> <span id="index-multiplication_002c-discretionary"></span> <span id="index-breaks_002c-multiplication-discretionary"></span> @@ -16460,11 +16178,13 @@ break, followed by <code>\( A_3 A_4 \)</code>. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cfrac"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cfrac"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005csqrt" accesskey="n" rel="next">\sqrt</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_002a" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\*</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math miscellany</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005csqrt" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\sqrt</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_002a" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\*</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math miscellany</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<span id="g_t_005cfrac-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.7.3 <code>\frac</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cfrac-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.8.3 <code>\frac</code></h4> <span id="index-fraction"></span> <span id="index-_005cfrac"></span> @@ -16482,11 +16202,13 @@ mode it comes out small; see the discussion of <code>\displaystyle</code> </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005csqrt"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005csqrt"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cstackrel" accesskey="n" rel="next">\stackrel</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfrac" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\frac</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math miscellany</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cstackrel" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\stackrel</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfrac" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\frac</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math miscellany</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<span id="g_t_005csqrt-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.7.4 <code>\sqrt</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005csqrt-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.8.4 <code>\sqrt</code></h4> <span id="index-square-root"></span> <span id="index-roots"></span> @@ -16511,11 +16233,13 @@ a large enough <code>arg</code>, it is vertical). </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cstackrel"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cstackrel"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csqrt" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\sqrt</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math miscellany</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csqrt" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\sqrt</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math miscellany</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<span id="g_t_005cstackrel-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.7.5 <code>\stackrel</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cstackrel-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.8.5 <code>\stackrel</code></h4> <span id="index-stack-math"></span> <span id="index-relation_002c-text-above"></span> @@ -16532,9 +16256,13 @@ arrow enter <code>\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}</code>. </p> <hr> -<span id="Modes"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="chapter" id="Modes"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="n" rel="next">Page styles</a>, Previous: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Math formulas</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="n" rel="next">Page styles</a>, Previous: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Math formulas</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Modes-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">17 Modes</h2> @@ -16548,9 +16276,11 @@ the math modes), and error messages will refer to these. </p> <ul> <li> <span id="modes-paragraph-mode"></span><span id="index-paragraph-mode"></span> -<em>Paragraph mode</em> is what LaTeX is in when processing ordinary -text. It breaks the input text into lines and breaks the lines into -pages. This is the mode LaTeX is in most of the time. +<em>Paragraph mode</em> (in plain TeX this is called <em>horizontal +mode</em>) is what LaTeX is in when processing ordinary text. It breaks +the input text into lines and finds the positions of line breaks, so that +in vertical mode page breaks can be done. This is the mode LaTeX is +in most of the time. <span id="index-left_002dto_002dright-mode"></span> <span id="index-LR-mode"></span> @@ -16575,13 +16305,15 @@ ones. One example is that the placement of the subscript on <code>\int</code> differs in the two situations.) </p> </li><li> <span id="index-vertical-mode"></span> -<span id="modes-vertical-mode"></span><em>Vertical mode</em> is when LaTeX is building the list of lines and -other material making the output page. This is the mode LaTeX is in -when it starts a document. +<span id="modes-vertical-mode"></span><em>Vertical mode</em> is when LaTeX is +building the list of lines and other material making the output page, +which comprises insertion of page breaks. This is the mode LaTeX is +in when it starts a document. <span id="index-internal-vertical-mode"></span> <span id="modes-internal-vertical-mode"></span><p><em>Internal vertical mode</em> is in effect when LaTeX starts making a -<code>\vbox</code>. This is the vertical analogue of LR mode. +<code>\vbox</code>. It has not such thing as page breaks, and as such is the +vertical analogue of LR mode. </p> </li></ul> @@ -16601,13 +16333,13 @@ will not put a page break here. Inside one of these boxes, called a situation, where it can put page breaks, is <em>outer paragraph mode</em> (see <a href="#Page-breaking">Page breaking</a>). </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005censuremath" accesskey="1">\ensuremath</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Ensure that math mode is active. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005censuremath" accesskey="1"><code>\ensuremath</code></a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005censuremath"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005censuremath"> +<div class="header"> <p> Up: <a href="#Modes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Modes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -16641,9 +16373,12 @@ But compare the correct spacing in $\alf+\alf$ with that in \alf+\alf. </p> <hr> -<span id="Page-styles"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="chapter" id="Page-styles"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="n" rel="next">Spaces</a>, Previous: <a href="#Modes" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Modes</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="n" rel="next">Spaces</a>, Previous: <a href="#Modes" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Modes</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Page-styles-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">18 Page styles</h2> @@ -16659,25 +16394,22 @@ the first page of an article. <span id="index-package_002c-fancyhdr"></span> <span id="index-fancyhdr-package"></span> -<p>The package <samp>fancyhdr</samp> is very helpful for constructing page +<p>The package <code>fancyhdr</code> is very helpful for constructing page styles. See its documentation on CTAN. </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle" accesskey="1">\maketitle</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Generate a title page. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering" accesskey="2">\pagenumbering</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set the style used for page numbers. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle" accesskey="3">\pagestyle</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Change the headings/footings style. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cthispagestyle" accesskey="4">\thispagestyle</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Change the headings/footings style for this page. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle" accesskey="1"><code>\maketitle</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering" accesskey="2"><code>\pagenumbering</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle" accesskey="3"><code>\pagestyle</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cthispagestyle" accesskey="4"><code>\thispagestyle</code></a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cmaketitle"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cmaketitle"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering" accesskey="n" rel="next">\pagenumbering</a>, Up: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page styles</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\pagenumbering</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page styles</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cmaketitle-1"></span><h3 class="section">18.1 <code>\maketitle</code></h3> @@ -16725,9 +16457,7 @@ the following declarations. These must come before the <code>\maketitle</code>, either in the preamble or in the document body. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>\author{<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...}</code> -<span id="index-_005cauthor_007bname1-_005cand-name2-_005cand-_002e_002e_002e_007d"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cauthor_007bname1-_005cand-name2-_005cand-_002e_002e_002e_007d'><span><code>\author{<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...}</code><a href='#index-_005cauthor_007bname1-_005cand-name2-_005cand-_002e_002e_002e_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-author_002c-for-titlepage"></span> <span id="index-_005c_005c-for-_005cauthor"></span> <span id="index-_005cand-for-_005cauthor"></span> @@ -16739,19 +16469,15 @@ the <code>\author</code> declaration then you get ‘<samp>LaTeX Warning: No \author given</samp>’. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\date{<var>text</var>}</code> -<span id="index-_005cdate_007btext_007d"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cdate_007btext_007d'><span><code>\date{<var>text</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cdate_007btext_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-date_002c-for-titlepage"></span> <p>Optional. Declare <var>text</var> to be the document’s date. The <var>text</var> doesn’t need to be in a date format; it can be any text at all. If you -omit <code>\date</code> then LaTeX uses the current date (see <a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a>). +omit <code>\date</code> then LaTeX uses the current date (see <a href="#g_t_005ctoday"><code>\today</code></a>). To have no date, instead use <code>\date{}</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\thanks{<var>text</var>}</code> -<span id="index-_005cthanks_007btext_007d"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cthanks_007btext_007d'><span><code>\thanks{<var>text</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cthanks_007btext_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-thanks_002c-for-titlepage"></span> <span id="index-credit-footnote"></span> <p>Optional. Produce a footnote. You can use it in the author information @@ -16761,9 +16487,7 @@ all so you can use it for any purpose, such as to print an email address. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\title{<var>text</var>}</code> -<span id="index-_005ctitle_007btext_007d"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctitle_007btext_007d'><span><code>\title{<var>text</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005ctitle_007btext_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-title_002c-for-titlepage"></span> <span id="index-_005c_005c-for-_005ctitle"></span> <p>Required. Declare <var>text</var> to be the title of the document. Get line @@ -16774,7 +16498,7 @@ omit the <code>\title</code> declaration then you get ‘<samp>LaTeX Error: </dd> </dl> -<p>To make your own title page, see <a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a>. You can either +<p>To make your own title page, see <a href="#titlepage"><code>titlepage</code></a>. You can either create this as a one-off or you can include it as part of a renewed <code>\maketitle</code> command. (Many publishers will provide a class to use in place of <code>article</code> that formats the title according to their @@ -16782,9 +16506,11 @@ house requirements.) </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cpagenumbering"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cpagenumbering"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle" accesskey="n" rel="next">\pagestyle</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\maketitle</a>, Up: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page styles</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\pagestyle</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\maketitle</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page styles</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cpagenumbering-1"></span><h3 class="section">18.2 <code>\pagenumbering</code></h3> @@ -16814,37 +16540,36 @@ are numbered ‘<samp>1</samp>’, etc. </pre></div> <p>The argument <var>number-style</var> is one of the following (see -also <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a>). +also <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</a>). </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>arabic</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>arabic</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Arabic numerals: 1, 2, … </p> </dd> -<dt><code>roman</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>roman</code></span></dt> <dd><p>lowercase Roman numerals: i, ii, … </p> </dd> -<dt><code>Roman</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>Roman</code></span></dt> <dd><p>uppercase Roman numerals: I, II, … </p> </dd> -<dt><code>alph</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>alph</code></span></dt> <dd><p>lowercase letters: a, b, … If you have more than 26 pages then you get ‘<samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large</samp>’. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>Alph</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>Alph</code></span></dt> <dd><p>uppercase letters: A, B, … If you have more than 26 pages then you get ‘<samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large</samp>’. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>gobble</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-package_002c-hyperref-2"></span> -<span id="index-hyperref-package-2"></span> +<dt id='index-package_002c-hyperref-2'><span><code>gobble</code><a href='#index-package_002c-hyperref-2' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-hyperref-package-2"></span> <p>LaTeX does not output a page number, although it does get reset. References to that page also are blank. (This does not -work with the popular package <samp>hyperref</samp> so to have the page number +work with the popular package <code>hyperref</code> so to have the page number not appear you may want to instead use <code>\pagestyle{empty}</code> or <code>\thispagestyle{empty}</code>.) </p> @@ -16853,18 +16578,19 @@ not appear you may want to instead use <code>\pagestyle{empty}</code> or <p>Traditionally, if a document has front matter—preface, table of contents, etc.—then it is numbered with lowercase Roman numerals. The -main matter of a document uses arabic. See <a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</a>. +main matter of a document uses arabic. See <a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter"><code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, <code>\backmatter</code></a>. </p> -<p>If you want to address where the page number appears on the page, -see <a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a>. If you want to change the value of page -number then you will manipulate the <code>page</code> counter -(see <a href="#Counters">Counters</a>). +<p>If you want to change where the page number appears on the page, +see <a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle"><code>\pagestyle</code></a>. If you want to change the value of the page +number, then you manipulate the <code>page</code> counter (see <a href="#Counters">Counters</a>). </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cpagestyle"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cpagestyle"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthispagestyle" accesskey="n" rel="next">\thispagestyle</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\pagenumbering</a>, Up: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page styles</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthispagestyle" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\thispagestyle</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\pagenumbering</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page styles</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cpagestyle-1"></span><h3 class="section">18.3 <code>\pagestyle</code></h3> @@ -16886,7 +16612,7 @@ from the current page onwards. <span id="index-fancyhdr-package-1"></span> <p>A discussion with an example is below. Note first that the package -<samp>fancyhdr</samp> is now the standard way to manipulate headers and +<code>fancyhdr</code> is now the standard way to manipulate headers and footers. New documents that need to do anything other than one of the standard options below should use this package. See its documentation on CTAN. @@ -16894,20 +16620,20 @@ on CTAN. <p>Values for <var>style</var>: </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>plain</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>plain</code></span></dt> <dd><p>The header is empty. The footer contains only a page number, centered. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>empty</code></dt> -<dd><p>The header and footer is empty. +<dt><span><code>empty</code></span></dt> +<dd><p>The header and footer are both empty. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>headings</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>headings</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Put running headers and footers on each page. The document style specifies what goes in there; see the discussion below. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>myheadings</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>myheadings</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Custom headers, specified via the <code>\markboth</code> or the <code>\markright</code> commands. </p> @@ -16959,9 +16685,7 @@ setting <code>\rightmark</code> to ‘<samp>Subsection 2.1</samp>&rsquo <p>Here are the descriptions of <code>\markboth</code> and <code>\markright</code>: </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>\markboth{<var>left-head</var>}{<var>right-head</var>}</code> -<span id="index-_005cmarkboth_007bleft_002dhead_007d_007bright_002dhead_007d"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cmarkboth_007bleft_002dhead_007d_007bright_002dhead_007d'><span><code>\markboth{<var>left-head</var>}{<var>right-head</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cmarkboth_007bleft_002dhead_007d_007bright_002dhead_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Sets both the right hand and left hand heading information for either a page style of <code>headings</code> or <code>myheadings</code>. A left hand page heading <var>left-head</var> is generated by the last <code>\markboth</code> @@ -16971,9 +16695,7 @@ command before the end of the page. A right hand page heading the last one that came before that page. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\markright{<var>right</var>}</code> -<span id="index-_005cmarkright_007bright_007d"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cmarkright_007bright_007d'><span><code>\markright{<var>right</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005cmarkright_007bright_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Sets the right hand page heading, leaving the left unchanged. </p> </dd> @@ -16981,9 +16703,11 @@ the last one that came before that page. <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cthispagestyle"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cthispagestyle"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\pagestyle</a>, Up: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page styles</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\pagestyle</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page styles</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cthispagestyle-1"></span><h3 class="section">18.4 <code>\thispagestyle</code></h3> @@ -16996,7 +16720,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\pagestyle</a>, <pre class="example">\thispagestyle{<var>style</var>} </pre></div> -<p>Works in the same way as the <code>\pagestyle</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a>), +<p>Works in the same way as the <code>\pagestyle</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle"><code>\pagestyle</code></a>), except that it changes to <var>style</var> for the current page only. This declaration has global scope, so its effect is not delimited by braces or environments. @@ -17022,64 +16746,47 @@ To make the page entirely empty, the command </p> <hr> -<span id="Spaces"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="chapter" id="Spaces"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Boxes</a>, Previous: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Page styles</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Boxes</a>, Previous: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Page styles</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Spaces-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">19 Spaces</h2> <span id="index-spaces"></span> <span id="index-white-space"></span> -<p>LaTeX has many ways to produce white (or filled) space. Some of -these are best suited to mathematical text; see <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a>. Some spacing commands are suitable for both regular text -and mathematical text; versions of some of these commands are in this -chapter. -</p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><th colspan="3" align="left" valign="top"><pre class="menu-comment">Horizontal space -</pre></th></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad" accesskey="1">\enspace & \quad & \qquad</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Traditional horizontal spaces. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005chspace" accesskey="2">\hspace</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Any horizontal space. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005chfill" accesskey="3">\hfill</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Stretchable horizontal space. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005chss" accesskey="4">\hss</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Infinitely stretchable/shrinkable horizontal space. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="5">\spacefactor</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Stretchability of following space -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029" accesskey="6">\(SPACE)</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Backslash-space, and explicit space. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_007e" accesskey="7">~</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Tie, an unbreakable space. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace" accesskey="8">\thinspace & \negthinspace</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">One-sixth of an em, and negative one-sixth. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_002f" accesskey="9">\/</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Italic correction. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill">\hrulefill & \dotfill</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Stretchable horizontal rule or dots. -</td></tr> -<tr><th colspan="3" align="left" valign="top"><pre class="menu-comment"> - -Vertical space -</pre></th></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inter-paragraph vertical spaces. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak">\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inter-paragraph space and page breaks. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Ensure height of a line. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cvspace">\vspace</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Vertical space. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cvfill">\vfill</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Stretchable vertical space. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add arbitrary vertical space if needed. -</td></tr> -</table> - - +<p>LaTeX has many ways to produce white space, or filled space. Some of +these are best suited to mathematical text; for these +see <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a>. +</p> + + +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad" accesskey="1"><code>\enspace</code> & <code>\quad</code> & <code>\qquad</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005chspace" accesskey="2"><code>\hspace</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005chfill" accesskey="3"><code>\hfill</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005chss" accesskey="4"><code>\hss</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="5"><code>\spacefactor</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029" accesskey="6">Backslash-space, <code>\ </code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_007e" accesskey="7"><code>~</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace" accesskey="8"><code>\thinspace</code> & <code>\negthinspace</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005c_002f" accesskey="9"><code>\/</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill"><code>\hrulefill</code> & <code>\dotfill</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip"><code>\bigskip</code> & <code>\medskip</code> & <code>\smallskip</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak"><code>\bigbreak</code> & <code>\medbreak</code> & <code>\smallbreak</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cstrut"><code>\strut</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cvspace"><code>\vspace</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cvfill"><code>\vfill</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005caddvspace"><code>\addvspace</code></a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005chspace" accesskey="n" rel="next">\hspace</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005chspace" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\hspace</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.1 <code>\enspace</code> & <code>\quad</code> & <code>\qquad</code></h3> @@ -17117,9 +16824,11 @@ in many circumstances than arbitrary lengths, such as you get with </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005chspace"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005chspace"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005chfill" accesskey="n" rel="next">\hfill</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\enspace & \quad & \qquad</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005chfill" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\hfill</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\enspace</code> & <code>\quad</code> & <code>\qquad</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005chspace-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.2 <code>\hspace</code></h3> @@ -17132,11 +16841,12 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005chfill" accesskey="n" rel="next">\hfill</a>, Previous: <a \hspace*{<var>length</var>} </pre></div> -<p>Insert the horizontal space <var>length</var>. The <var>length</var> can be -positive, negative, or zero; adding negative space is like backspacing. -It is a rubber length, that is, it may contain a <code>plus</code> or -<code>minus</code> component, or both (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). Because the space is -stretchable and shrinkable, it is sometimes called <em>glue</em>. +<p>Insert the amount <var>length</var> of horizontal space. The <var>length</var> can +be positive, negative, or zero; adding a negative amount of space is +like backspacing. It is a rubber length, that is, it may contain a +<code>plus</code> or <code>minus</code> component, or both (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). +Because the space is stretchable and shrinkable, it is sometimes called +<em>glue</em>. </p> <p>This makes a line with ‘<samp>Name:</samp>’ an inch from the right margin. </p> @@ -17144,10 +16854,10 @@ stretchable and shrinkable, it is sometimes called <em>glue</em>. <pre class="example">\noindent\makebox[\linewidth][r]{Name:\hspace{1in}} </pre></div> -<p>The <code>*</code>-version inserts horizontal space that non-discardable. -More precisely, when TeX breaks a paragraph into lines any white +<p>The <code>*</code>-form inserts horizontal space that is non-discardable. More +precisely, when TeX breaks a paragraph into lines any white space—glues and kerns—that come at a line break are discarded. The -<code>*</code>-version avoids that (technically, it adds a non-discardable +<code>*</code>-form avoids that (technically, it adds a non-discardable invisible item in front of the space). </p> <p>In this example @@ -17179,9 +16889,11 @@ space won’t shrink more than 0.25cm (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005chfill"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005chfill"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005chss" accesskey="n" rel="next">\hss</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chspace" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\hspace</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005chss" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\hss</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chspace" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\hspace</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005chfill-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.3 <code>\hfill</code></h3> @@ -17209,7 +16921,7 @@ of the page and ‘<samp>Quiz One</samp>’ on the right. <span id="index-_005cfill"></span> <p>The <code>\hfill</code> command is equivalent to <code>\hspace{\fill}</code> and so the space can be discarded at line breaks. To avoid that instead use -<code>\hspace*{\fill}</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005chspace">\hspace</a>). +<code>\hspace*{\fill}</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005chspace"><code>\hspace</code></a>). </p> <p>Here the graphs are evenly spaced in the middle of the figure. </p> @@ -17229,9 +16941,11 @@ so the space can be discarded at line breaks. To avoid that instead use </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005chss"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005chss"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="n" rel="next">\spacefactor</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chfill" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\hfill</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\spacefactor</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chfill" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\hfill</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005chss-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.4 <code>\hss</code></h3> @@ -17249,7 +16963,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="n" rel="next">\spacefactor</a>, <p>Produce a horizontal space that is infinitely shrinkable as well as infinitely stretchable (this command is a TeX primitive). LaTeX authors should reach first for the <code>\makebox</code> command to get the -effects of <code>\hss</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</a>). +effects of <code>\hss</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><code>\mbox</code> & <code>\makebox</code></a>). </p> <p>Here, the first line’s <code>\hss</code> makes the Z stick out to the right, overwriting the Y. In the second line the Z sticks out to the left, @@ -17265,9 +16979,11 @@ X\hbox to 0pt{\hss Z}Y </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cspacefactor"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cspacefactor"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next">\(SPACE)</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chss" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\hss</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next">Backslash-space, <code>\ </code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chss" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\hss</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cspacefactor-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.5 <code>\spacefactor</code></h3> @@ -17283,7 +16999,7 @@ documents do not use this command. </p> <p>While LaTeX is laying out the material, it may stretch or shrink the gaps between words. (This space is not a character; it is called the -<em>interword glue</em>; see <a href="#g_t_005chspace">\hspace</a>). The <code>\spacefactor</code> command +<em>interword glue</em>; see <a href="#g_t_005chspace"><code>\hspace</code></a>). The <code>\spacefactor</code> command (from Plain TeX) allows you to, for instance, have the space after a period stretch more than the space after a word-ending letter. </p> @@ -17304,8 +17020,8 @@ font’s normal space value (for Computer Modern Roman 10 point this is 3.3333 points). Otherwise, if the space factor <var>f</var> is greater than 2000 then TeX adds the font’s extra space value (for Computer Modern Roman 10 point this is 1.11111 points), and then the font’s -normal stretch value is multiplied by <em>f /1000</em> and the normal -shrink value is multiplied by <em>1000/f</em> (for Computer Modern Roman +normal stretch value is multiplied by <em class='math'>f /1000</em> and the normal +shrink value is multiplied by <em class='math'>1000/f</em> (for Computer Modern Roman 10 point these are 1.66666 and 1.11111 points). </p> <p>For example, consider the period ending <code>A man's best friend is his @@ -17321,7 +17037,7 @@ period carries through those characters (that is, the following glue will have increased stretch and shrink). Second, if punctuation comes after a capital letter then its effect is not in place so you get an ordinary space. This second case also affects abbreviations -that do not end in a capital letter (see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040">\@</a>). +that do not end in a capital letter (see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040"><code>\@</code></a>). </p> <p>You can only use <code>\spacefactor</code> in paragraph mode or LR mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>). You can see the current value with @@ -17331,23 +17047,21 @@ that do not end in a capital letter (see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040">\@</a>). like ‘<samp>You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical mode</samp>’, or ‘<samp>You can't use `\spacefactor' in math mode.</samp>’, or ‘<samp>Improper \spacefactor</samp>’ then you have probably tried to redefine an internal command. -See <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter & \makeatother</a>.) +See <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"><code>\makeatletter</code> & <code>\makeatother</code></a>.) </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_0040" accesskey="1">\@</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Distinguish sentence-ending periods from abbreviations. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing" accesskey="2">\frenchspacing</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Equal interword and inter-sentence space. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnormalsfcodes" accesskey="3">\normalsfcodes</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Restore space factor settings to the default. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005c_0040" accesskey="1"><code>\@</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing" accesskey="2"><code>\frenchspacing</code> & <code>\nonfrenchspacing</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cnormalsfcodes" accesskey="3"><code>\normalsfcodes</code></a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005c_0040"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005c_0040"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing" accesskey="n" rel="next">\frenchspacing</a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="u" rel="up">\spacefactor</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\frenchspacing</code> & <code>\nonfrenchspacing</code></a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>\spacefactor</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005c_0040-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">19.5.1 <code>\@</code></h4> @@ -17369,7 +17083,7 @@ abbreviation if the period comes after a capital letter, and otherwise thinks the period ends the sentence. By default, in justifying a line LaTeX adjusts the space after a sentence-ending period (or a question mark, exclamation point, comma, or colon) more than it adjusts the space -between words (see <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor">\spacefactor</a>). +between words (see <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor"><code>\spacefactor</code></a>). </p> <p>This example shows the two cases to remember. </p> @@ -17410,11 +17124,13 @@ Examples are <code>Nat.\ Acad.\ Science</code>, and <code>Mr.~Bean</code>, and </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cfrenchspacing"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnormalsfcodes" accesskey="n" rel="next">\normalsfcodes</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\@</a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="u" rel="up">\spacefactor</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnormalsfcodes" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\normalsfcodes</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\@</code></a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>\spacefactor</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<span id="g_t_005cfrenchspacing-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">19.5.2 <code>\frenchspacing</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cfrenchspacing"></span><span id="g_t_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">19.5.2 <code>\frenchspacing</code> & <code>\nonfrenchspacing</code></h4> <span id="index-_005cfrenchspacing"></span> <span id="index-_005cnonfrenchspacing"></span> @@ -17427,10 +17143,11 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnormalsfcodes" accesskey="n" rel="next">\normalsfcodes</ \nonfrenchspacing </pre></div> -<p>The first declaration causes LaTeX to treat spacing between sentences -in the same way as spacing between words in the middle of a sentence. -The second causes spacing between sentences to stretch or shrink more -(see <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor">\spacefactor</a>); this is the default. +<p>The first declaration causes LaTeX to handle spacing between +sentences in the same way as spacing between words in the middle of a +sentence. The second switches back to the default handling in which +spacing between sentences stretches or shrinks more +(see <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor"><code>\spacefactor</code></a>). </p> <p>Some typographic traditions, including English, prefer to adjust the space between sentences (or spaces following a question mark, @@ -17441,9 +17158,11 @@ spaces are treated equally. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cnormalsfcodes"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cnormalsfcodes"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\frenchspacing</a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="u" rel="up">\spacefactor</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\frenchspacing</code> & <code>\nonfrenchspacing</code></a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>\spacefactor</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cnormalsfcodes-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">19.5.3 <code>\normalsfcodes</code></h4> @@ -17456,28 +17175,31 @@ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\frenchspaci <pre class="example">\normalsfcodes </pre></div> -<p>Reset the LaTeX space factor values to the default -(see <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor">\spacefactor</a>). +<p>Reset the LaTeX space factors to the default values +(see <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor"><code>\spacefactor</code></a>). </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_007e" accesskey="n" rel="next">~</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\spacefactor</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_007e" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>~</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\spacefactor</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Backslash_002dspace_002c-_005c-"></span><h3 class="section">19.6 Backslash-space, <code>\ </code></h3> <span id="index-_005cNEWLINE"></span> <span id="index-_005cSPACE"></span> -<span id="index-_005c-_0028backslash_002dspace_0029"></span> <span id="index-_005cTAB"></span> +<span id="index-_005c--_0028backslash_002dspace_0029"></span> <span id="index-_005cSPACE-1"></span> <p>This section refers to the command consisting of two characters, a -backslash followed by a space. Synopsis: +backslash followed by a space.<br>Synopsis: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\ +<pre class="example">\ <!-- /@w --> </pre></div> <p>Produce a space. By default it produces white space of length @@ -17487,40 +17209,57 @@ backslash followed by a space. Synopsis: space. But that is different than an explicit space. This illustrates. </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\begin{tabular}{l} -One blank: makes some space \\ -Three blanks: in a row \\ -Three spaces:\ \ \ in a row \\ +<pre class="example">\begin{tabular}{rl} +One blank:& makes some space \\ +Three blanks:& in a row \\ +Three spaces:&\ \ \ in a row \\ \end{tabular} </pre></div> <p>On the first line LaTeX puts some space after the colon. On the second line LaTeX collapses the three blanks to output one whitespace, so you end with the same space after the colon as in the -first line. LaTeX would similarly collapse a blank followed by a -tab, or a blank and a newline and a blank. However, the bottom line -asks for three spaces so the white area is wider. That is, the -backslash-space command creates a fixed amount of horizontal space. -(Note that you can define a horizontal space of any width at all with -<code>\hspace</code>; see <a href="#g_t_005chspace">\hspace</a>.) +first line. LaTeX would similarly collapse them to a single +whitespace if one, two or all of the three blanks were replaced by a +tab, or by a newline. However, the bottom line asks for three spaces so +the white area is wider. That is, the backslash-space command creates a +fixed amount of horizontal space. (Note that you can define a +horizontal space of any width at all with <code>\hspace</code>; +see <a href="#g_t_005chspace"><code>\hspace</code></a>.) </p> <p>The backslash-space command has two main uses. It is often used after -control sequences to keep them from gobbling the space that follows, as -in <code>\TeX\ is nice</code>. (But using curly parentheses, as in -<code>\TeX{} is best</code>, has the advantage of still working if the next -character is a period.) The other common use is that it marks a period -as ending an abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in <code>So -says Prof.\ Smith</code> or <code>Jones et al.\ (1993)</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040">\@</a>). -</p> -<p>Under normal circumstances, <code>\</code><tt class="key">tab</tt> and <code>\</code><tt class="key">newline</tt> +control sequences to keep them from gobbling the blank that follows, as +after <code>\TeX</code> in <code>\TeX\ (or \LaTeX)</code>. (But using curly braces +has the advantage of still working whether the next character is a blank +or any other non-letter, as in <code>\TeX{} (or \LaTeX{})</code> in which +<code>{}</code> can be added after <code>\LaTeX</code> as well as after +<code>\TeX</code>.) The other common use is that it marks a period as ending +an abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in <code>Prof.\ Smith</code> +or <code>Jones et al.\ (1993)</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040"><code>\@</code></a>). +</p> +<p>Under normal circumstances, <code>\</code><tt class="key">TAB</tt> and <code>\</code><tt class="key">NEWLINE</tt> are equivalent to backslash-space, <code>\ </code>. </p> +<span id="Leading-blanks"></span><p>Please also note that in order to allow source code indentation, under +normal circumstances, TeX ignores leading blanks in a line. So the +following prints ‘<samp>one word</samp>’: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">one + word +</pre></div> + +<p>where the white space between ‘<samp>one</samp>’ and ‘<samp>word</samp>’ is produced by +the newline after ‘<samp>one</samp>’, not by the space before ‘<samp>word</samp>’. +</p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_007e"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_007e"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace" accesskey="n" rel="next">\thinspace & \negthinspace</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\(SPACE)</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\thinspace</code> & <code>\negthinspace</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Backslash-space, <code>\ </code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_007e-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.7 <code>~</code></h3> @@ -17537,31 +17276,36 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace" accesskey="n" rel="ne <pre class="example"><var>before</var>~<var>after</var> </pre></div> -<p>The tie character, <code>~</code>, produces a space between <var>before</var> and +<p>The <em>tie</em> character, <code>~</code>, produces a space between <var>before</var> and <var>after</var> at which the line will not be broken. By default the white space has length 3.33333pt plus 1.66666pt minus 1.11111pt (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). </p> -<p>Here LaTeX will not break the line between the final two words. +<p>Note that the word ‘<samp>tie</samp>’ has this meaning in the TeX/Texinfo +community; this differs from the typographic term “tie”, which +is a diacritic in the shape of an arc, called a “tie-after” accent +in <cite>The TeXbook</cite>. +</p> +<p>Here LaTeX will not break the line between the final two words: </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">Thanks to Prof.~Lerman. </pre></div> <p>In addition, despite the period, LaTeX does not use the -end-of-sentence spacing (see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040">\@</a>). +end-of-sentence spacing (see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040"><code>\@</code></a>). </p> <p>Ties prevent the end of line separation of things where that could cause confusion. They also still allow hyphenation (of either of the tied words), so they are generally preferable to putting consecutive -words in an <code>\mbox</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</a>). +words in an <code>\mbox</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><code>\mbox</code> & <code>\makebox</code></a>). </p> <p>They are also matters of taste, sometimes alarmingly dogmatic taste, among readers. Nevertheless, here are some usage models, many of them from <cite>The TeXbook</cite>. </p> <ul> -<li> Between an enumerator and its item, such as in references: +<li> Between an enumerator label and number, such as in references: <code>Chapter~12</code>, or <code>Theorem~\ref{th:Wilsons}</code>, or <code>Figure~\ref{fig:KGraph}</code>. @@ -17572,13 +17316,13 @@ from <cite>The TeXbook</cite>. <span id="index-siunitx-package-1"></span> </li><li> Between a number and its unit: <code>$745.7.8$~watts</code> (the -<samp>siunitx</samp> package has a special facility for this) or -<code>144~eggs</code>. This includes between a month and a date: -<code>October~12</code> or <code>12~Oct</code>. In general, in any expressions -where numbers and abbreviations or symbols are separated by a space: +<code>siunitx</code> package has a special facility for this) or +<code>144~eggs</code>. This includes between a month and day number in a date: +<code>October~12</code> or <code>12~Oct</code>. In general, in any expressions where +numbers and abbreviations or symbols are separated by a space: <code>AD~565</code>, or <code>2:50~pm</code>, or <code>Boeing~747</code>, or <code>268~Plains Road</code>, or <code>\$$1.4$~billion</code>. Other common -choices here are a thin space (see <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace & \negthinspace</a>) and +choices here are a thin space (see <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace"><code>\thinspace</code> & <code>\negthinspace</code></a>) and no space at all. </li><li> When mathematical phrases are rendered in words: <code>equals~$n$</code>, or @@ -17603,9 +17347,11 @@ Vall\'ee~Poussin</code>. <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_002f" accesskey="n" rel="next">\/</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_007e" accesskey="p" rel="prev">~</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_002f" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\/</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_007e" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>~</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.8 <code>\thinspace</code> & <code>\negthinspace</code></h3> @@ -17642,16 +17388,21 @@ think the three dots and/or four dots are plenty). Another style-specific use is between initials, as in <code>D.\thinspace E.\ Knuth</code>. </p> -<p>LaTeX provides a variety of similar spacing commands -(see <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a>). With <code>amsmath</code>, or as of the -2020-10-01 LaTeX release, they can be used in text mode as well as -math mode, including <code>\!</code> for <code>\negthinspace</code>; before that, -they were available only in math mode. +<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-14"></span> +<span id="index-amsmath-package-14"></span> + +<p>LaTeX provides a variety of similar spacing commands for math mode +(see <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a>). With the <code>amsmath</code> package, or as +of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, they can be used in text mode as +well as math mode, including <code>\!</code> for <code>\negthinspace</code>; but +otherwise, they are available only in math mode. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005c_002f"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005c_002f"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill" accesskey="n" rel="next">\hrulefill & \dotfill</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\thinspace & \negthinspace</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\hrulefill</code> & <code>\dotfill</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\thinspace</code> & <code>\negthinspace</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005c_002f-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.9 <code>\/</code></h3> @@ -17700,8 +17451,8 @@ do not include italic correction values even for italic fonts. <span id="index-_005cfontdimen1"></span> <span id="index-font-dimension_002c-slant"></span> <p>Technically, LaTeX uses another font-specific value, the so-called -slant parameter (namely <code>\fontdimen1</code>), to determine whether to -possibly insert an italic correction, rather than tying the action to +<em>slant parameter</em> (namely <code>\fontdimen1</code>), to determine whether +to possibly insert an italic correction, rather than tying the action to particular font commands. </p> <p>There is no concept of italic correction in math mode; math spacing is @@ -17709,9 +17460,11 @@ done in a different way. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip" accesskey="n" rel="next">\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_002f" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\/</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\bigskip</code> & <code>\medskip</code> & <code>\smallskip</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_002f" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\/</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.10 <code>\hrulefill</code> & <code>\dotfill</code></h3> @@ -17751,7 +17504,7 @@ here </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\renewcommand{\hrulefill}{% - \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern\z@} + \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern0pt } </pre></div> <p>which changes the default thickness of 0.4pt to 1pt. @@ -17759,7 +17512,7 @@ Similarly, adjust the dot spacing as with </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\renewcommand{\dotfill}{% - \leavevmode\cleaders\hb@xt@1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern\z@} + \leavevmode\cleaders\hbox to 1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern0pt } </pre></div> <p>which changes the default length of 0.33em to 1.00em. @@ -17778,9 +17531,11 @@ Similarly, adjust the dot spacing as with </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak" accesskey="n" rel="next">\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\hrulefill & \dotfill</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\bigbreak</code> & <code>\medbreak</code> & <code>\smallbreak</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\hrulefill</code> & <code>\dotfill</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.11 <code>\bigskip</code> & <code>\medskip</code> & <code>\smallskip</code></h3> @@ -17793,7 +17548,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak" acce </pre></div> <p>Produce an amount of vertical space, large or medium-sized or -small. These commands are fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +small. These commands are fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <p>Here the skip suggests the passage of time (from <i>The Golden Ocean</i> by O’Brian). @@ -17812,27 +17567,21 @@ file. </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dd><span id="bigskip"></span></dd> -<dt><code>\bigskip</code> -<span id="index-_005cbigskip"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cbigskip'><span><code>\bigskip</code><a href='#index-_005cbigskip' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-_005cbigskipamount"></span> <p>The same as <code>\vspace{\bigskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about one line space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the <code>book</code> and <code>article</code> classes is <code>12pt plus 4pt minus 4pt</code>. </p> <span id="medskip"></span></dd> -<dt><code>\medskip</code> -<span id="index-_005cmedskip"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cmedskip'><span><code>\medskip</code><a href='#index-_005cmedskip' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-_005cmedskipamount"></span> <p>The same as <code>\vspace{\medskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about half of a line space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the <code>book</code> and <code>article</code> classes is <code>6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt</code>. </p> <span id="smallskip"></span></dd> -<dt><code>\smallskip</code> -<span id="index-_005csmallskip"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005csmallskip'><span><code>\smallskip</code><a href='#index-_005csmallskip' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-_005csmallskipamount"></span> <p>The same as <code>\vspace{\smallskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about a quarter of a line space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the @@ -17841,20 +17590,22 @@ quarter of a line space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the </dd> </dl> -<p>Because each command is a <code>\vspace</code>, if you use on in mid-paragraph +<p>Because each command is a <code>\vspace</code>, if you use it in mid-paragraph then it will insert its vertical space between the line in which you use it and the next line, not necessarily at the place that you use it. So these are best between paragraphs. </p> <p>The commands <code>\bigbreak</code>, <code>\medbreak</code>, and <code>\smallbreak</code> are similar but also suggest to LaTeX that this is a good place to -put a page break (see <a href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak">\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak</a>. +put a page break (see <a href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak"><code>\bigbreak</code> & <code>\medbreak</code> & <code>\smallbreak</code></a>. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cstrut" accesskey="n" rel="next">\strut</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cstrut" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\strut</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\bigskip</code> & <code>\medskip</code> & <code>\smallskip</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.12 <code>\bigbreak</code> & <code>\medbreak</code> & <code>\smallbreak</code></h3> @@ -17870,7 +17621,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cstrut" accesskey="n" rel="next">\strut</a>, Previous: <a suggest to LaTeX that this is a good place to break the page. (The associated penalties are -200, -100, and -50.) </p> -<p>See <a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip</a>, for more. These commands +<p>See <a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip"><code>\bigskip</code> & <code>\medskip</code> & <code>\smallskip</code></a>, for more. These commands produce the same vertical space but differ in that they also remove a preceding vertical space if it is less than what they would insert (as with <code>\addvspace</code>). In addition, they terminate a paragraph where @@ -17888,14 +17639,16 @@ with ‘<samp>def</samp>’. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cstrut"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cstrut"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvspace" accesskey="n" rel="next">\vspace</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvspace" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\vspace</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\bigbreak</code> & <code>\medbreak</code> & <code>\smallbreak</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cstrut-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.13 <code>\strut</code></h3> <span id="index-_005cstrut"></span> -<span id="index-strut"></span> +<span id="index-strut-1"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -17906,8 +17659,8 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvspace" accesskey="n" rel="next">\vspace</a>, Previous: <p>Ensure that the current line has height at least <code>0.7\baselineskip</code> and depth at least <code>0.3\baselineskip</code>. Essentially, LaTeX inserts into the line a rectangle having zero width, -<code>\rule[-0.3\baselineskip]{0pt}{\baselineskip}</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005crule">\rule</a>). -The <code>\baselineskip</code> changes with the current font and fontsize. +<code>\rule[-0.3\baselineskip]{0pt}{\baselineskip}</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005crule"><code>\rule</code></a>). +The <code>\baselineskip</code> changes with the current font or fontsize. </p> <p>In this example the <code>\strut</code> keeps the box inside the frame from having zero height. @@ -17954,10 +17707,10 @@ item’s second line. </pre></div> <p>The final two lists use <code>\fbox</code> to show what’s happening. The -third list’s <code>\parbox</code> goes only to the bottom of its second -‘<samp>test</samp>’, which happens not have any characters that descend below -the baseline. The fourth list adds the strut that gives the needed -extra below-baseline space. +first item <code>\parbox</code> of the third list goes only to the bottom of +its second ‘<samp>test</samp>’, which happens not have any characters that +descend below the baseline. The fourth list adds the strut that gives +the needed extra below-baseline space. </p> <span id="index-package_002c-TikZ-1"></span> <span id="index-TikZ-package-1"></span> @@ -17965,7 +17718,7 @@ extra below-baseline space. <span id="index-Asymptote-package-1"></span> <p>The <code>\strut</code> command is often useful in graphics, such as in -<samp>TikZ</samp> or <samp>Asymptote</samp>. For instance, you may have a command +<code>TikZ</code> or <code>Asymptote</code>. For instance, you may have a command such as <code>\graphnode{<var>node-name</var>}</code> that fits a circle around <var>node-name</var>. However, unless you are careful the <var>node-name</var>’s ‘<samp>x</samp>’ and ‘<samp>y</samp>’ will produce different-diameter circles because @@ -17987,16 +17740,18 @@ second rule keeps the second integral from hitting the first. </pre></div> <p>(Although the line-ending double backslash command has an available -optional argument to put in more vertical room, that won’t work here. -Changing the first double backslash to something like <code>\\[2.5ex]</code> -will put the room between the header line and the <code>\hline</code>, and the -integral would still hit the line.) +optional argument to change the corresponding baseline skip, that won’t +solve this issue. Changing the first double backslash to something like +<code>\\[2.5ex]</code> will put more room between the header line and the +<code>\hline</code> rule, and the integral would still hit the rule.) </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cvspace"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cvspace"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvfill" accesskey="n" rel="next">\vfill</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cstrut" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\strut</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvfill" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\vfill</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cstrut" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\strut</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cvspace-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.14 <code>\vspace</code></h3> @@ -18024,12 +17779,12 @@ or <code>minus</code> component (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). The new day dawned cold. </pre></div> -<p>(See <a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip</a>, for common inter-paragraph +<p>(See <a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip"><code>\bigskip</code> & <code>\medskip</code> & <code>\smallskip</code></a>, for common inter-paragraph spaces.) </p> -<p>The <code>*</code>-version inserts vertical space that non-discardable. More +<p>The <code>*</code>-form inserts vertical space that is non-discardable. More precisely, LaTeX discards vertical space at a page break and the -<code>*</code>-version causes the space to stay. This example leaves space +<code>*</code>-form causes the space to stay. This example leaves space between the two questions. </p> <div class="example"> @@ -18062,9 +17817,11 @@ the page, with at least one inch of space below each. <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cvfill"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cvfill"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddvspace" accesskey="n" rel="next">\addvspace</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cvspace" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\vspace</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddvspace" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\addvspace</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cvspace" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\vspace</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cvfill-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.15 <code>\vfill</code></h3> @@ -18088,7 +17845,7 @@ infinite, so it can stretch or shrink as far as needed adds the infinite vertical space below its line, irrespective of the paragraph structure. In both cases that space will disappear at a page boundary; to circumvent this see the starred option -in <a href="#g_t_005cvspace">\vspace</a>. +in <a href="#g_t_005cvspace"><code>\vspace</code></a>. </p> <p>In this example the page is filled, so the top and bottom lines contain the text ‘<samp>Lost Dog!</samp>’ and the second ‘<samp>Lost Dog!</samp>’ is exactly @@ -18106,9 +17863,11 @@ Lost Dog! <hr> -<span id="g_t_005caddvspace"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005caddvspace"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cvfill" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\vfill</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cvfill" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\vfill</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005caddvspace-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.16 <code>\addvspace</code></h3> @@ -18126,13 +17885,14 @@ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cvfill" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\vfill</a>, Up: <a h more <code>\addvspace</code>’s in a sequence then together they only add the space needed to make the natural length equal to the maximum of the <var>vert-length</var>’s in that sequence. This command is fragile -(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). The <var>vert-length</var> is a rubber length +(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). The <var>vert-length</var> is a rubber length (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). </p> -<p>This example illustrates. The <code>picture</code> draws a scale. In a -standard LaTeX article the length <code>\baselineskip</code> is 12pt. -The two rules here are 22pt apart: the sum of the -<code>\baselineskip</code> and the 10pt from the first <code>addvspace</code>. +<p>This example illustrates. The <code>picture</code> draws a scale over which +to rules are placed. In a standard LaTeX article the length +<code>\baselineskip</code> is 12pt. As shown by the scale, the two +rules are 22pt apart: the sum of the <code>\baselineskip</code> and the +10pt from the first <code>\addvspace</code>. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\documentclass{article} @@ -18164,13 +17924,16 @@ space, not two. <p>A error ‘<samp>Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item</samp>’ pointing to an <code>\addvspace</code> means that you were not in vertical mode when you hit this command. One way to change that is to precede <code>\addvspace</code> -with a <code>\par</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005cpar">\par</a>), as in the above example. +with a <code>\par</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005cpar"><code>\par</code></a>), as in the above example. </p> <hr> -<span id="Boxes"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="chapter" id="Boxes"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Color" accesskey="n" rel="next">Color</a>, Previous: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Spaces</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Color" accesskey="n" rel="next">Color</a>, Previous: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Spaces</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Boxes-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">20 Boxes</h2> @@ -18183,30 +17946,24 @@ page. So these commands are central. <span id="index-adjustbox-package"></span> <p>There are many packages on CTAN that are useful for manipulating boxes. -One useful adjunct to the commands here is <samp>adjustbox</samp>. -</p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox" accesskey="1">\mbox & \makebox</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Horizontal boxes. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox" accesskey="2">\fbox & \framebox</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Put a frame around a box. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cparbox" accesskey="3">\parbox</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Box with text in paragraph mode. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005craisebox" accesskey="4">\raisebox</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Raise or lower text. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox" accesskey="5">\sbox & \savebox</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Like <code>\makebox</code> but save the text for later. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#lrbox" accesskey="6">lrbox</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Environment version of <code>\sbox</code>. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cusebox" accesskey="7">\usebox</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Print saved text. -</td></tr> -</table> +One useful adjunct to the commands here is <code>adjustbox</code>. +</p> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox" accesskey="1"><code>\mbox</code> & <code>\makebox</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox" accesskey="2"><code>\fbox</code> & <code>\framebox</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cparbox" accesskey="3"><code>\parbox</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005craisebox" accesskey="4"><code>\raisebox</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox" accesskey="5"><code>\sbox</code> & <code>\savebox</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#lrbox" accesskey="6"><code>lrbox</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cusebox" accesskey="7"><code>\usebox</code></a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\fbox & \framebox</a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\fbox</code> & <code>\framebox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox-1"></span><h3 class="section">20.1 <code>\mbox</code> & <code>\makebox</code></h3> @@ -18228,7 +17985,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\fbox <p>Create a box, a container for material. The <var>text</var> is typeset in LR mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>) so it is not broken into lines. The <code>\mbox</code> command is robust, while <code>\makebox</code> is fragile -(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <p>Because <code>text</code> is not broken into lines, you can use <code>\mbox</code> to prevent hyphenation. In this example, LaTeX will not hyphenate @@ -18270,19 +18027,19 @@ gives position of the text within the box. It may take the following values: </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>c</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>c</code></span></dt> <dd><p>The <var>text</var> is centered (default). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>l</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>l</code></span></dt> <dd><p>The <var>text</var> is flush left. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>r</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>r</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Flush right. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>s</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>s</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Stretch the interword space in <var>text</var> across the entire <var>width</var>. The <var>text</var> must contain stretchable space for this to work. For instance, this could head a press release: @@ -18309,29 +18066,31 @@ puts the value of the quiz questions to the left of those questions. <p>The right edge of the output ‘<samp>10 points </samp>’ (note the ending space after ‘<samp>points</samp>’) will be just before the ‘<samp>What</samp>’. You can use -<code>\makebox</code> similarly when making graphics, such as in <samp>TikZ</samp> -or <samp>Asymptote</samp>, where you put the edge of the text at a known +<code>\makebox</code> similarly when making graphics, such as in <code>TikZ</code> +or <code>Asymptote</code>, where you put the edge of the text at a known location, regardless of the length of that text. </p> -<p>For boxes with frames see <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">\fbox & \framebox</a>. For colors +<p>For boxes with frames see <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox"><code>\fbox</code> & <code>\framebox</code></a>. For colors see <a href="#Colored-boxes">Colored boxes</a>. </p> <p>There is a related version of <code>\makebox</code> that is used within the <code>picture</code> environment, where the length is given in terms of -<code>\unitlength</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a>). +<code>\unitlength</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><code>\makebox</code> (picture)</a>). </p> <p>As <var>text</var> is typeset in LR mode, neither a double backslash <code>\\</code> nor <code>\par</code> will give you a new line; for instance <code>\makebox{abc def \\ ghi}</code> outputs ‘<samp>abc defghi</samp>’ while <code>\makebox{abc def \par ghi}</code> outputs ‘<samp>abc def ghi</samp>’, both on -a single line. To get multiple lines see <a href="#g_t_005cparbox">\parbox</a> -and <a href="#minipage">minipage</a>. +a single line. To get multiple lines see <a href="#g_t_005cparbox"><code>\parbox</code></a> +and <a href="#minipage"><code>minipage</code></a>. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cparbox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\parbox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\mbox & \makebox</a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cparbox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\parbox</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\mbox</code> & <code>\makebox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox-1"></span><h3 class="section">20.2 <code>\fbox</code> & <code>\framebox</code></h3> @@ -18347,60 +18106,56 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cparbox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\parbox</a>, Previous: \framebox[<var>width</var>][<var>position</var>]{<var>text</var>} </pre></div> -<p>Create a box with an enclosing frame, four lines surrounding the space. +<p>Create a box with an enclosing frame, four rules surrounding the <var>text</var>. These commands are the same as <code>\mbox</code> and <code>\makebox</code> except -for the frame (see <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</a>). The <code>\fbox</code> command is -robust, the <code>\framebox</code> command is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +for the frame (see <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><code>\mbox</code> & <code>\makebox</code></a>). The <code>\fbox</code> command is +robust, the <code>\framebox</code> command is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\fbox{Warning! No work shown, no credit given.} </pre></div> -<p>LaTeX puts the text into a box that cannot be split or hyphenated. -Around that box, separated from it by a small gap, are four lines making +<p>LaTeX puts the text into a box, the text cannot be hyphenated. +Around that box, separated from it by a small gap, are four rules making a frame. </p> <p>The first two command invocations, <code>\fbox{...}</code> and <code>\framebox{...}</code>, are roughly the same. As to the third and fourth invocations, the optional arguments allow you to specify the box width as <var>width</var> and the position of the text inside that box as -<var>position</var>. See <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</a>, for the full description but +<var>position</var>. See <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><code>\mbox</code> & <code>\makebox</code></a>, for the full description but here is an example creating an empty box that is 1/4in wide. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}\framebox[0.25in]{\strut}} </pre></div> -<p>The <code>\strut</code> inserts a vertical height of <code>\baselineskip</code> -(see <a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a>). +<p>The <code>\strut</code> ensures a total height of <code>\baselineskip</code> +(see <a href="#g_t_005cstrut"><code>\strut</code></a>). </p> <p>These parameters determine the frame layout. </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dd><span id="fbox-framebox-fboxrule"></span></dd> -<dt><code>\fboxrule</code> -<span id="index-_005cfboxrule-2"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cfboxrule-2'><span><code>\fboxrule</code><a href='#index-_005cfboxrule-2' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-frame_002c-line-width"></span> <span id="index-frame-rule-width"></span> <span id="index-_005cfboxrule"></span> -<p>The thickness of the lines around the enclosed box. The default is +<p>The thickness of the rules around the enclosed box. The default is 0.2pt. Change it with a command such as -<code>\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005csetlength">\setlength</a>). +<code>\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005csetlength"><code>\setlength</code></a>). </p> <span id="fbox-framebox-fboxsep"></span></dd> -<dt><code>\fboxsep</code> -<span id="index-_005cfboxsep-2"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cfboxsep-2'><span><code>\fboxsep</code><a href='#index-_005cfboxsep-2' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-frame_002c-separation-from-contents"></span> <span id="index-_005cfboxsep"></span> <p>The distance from the frame to the enclosed box. The default is 3pt. Change it with a command such as <code>\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}</code> -(see <a href="#g_t_005csetlength">\setlength</a>). Setting it to 0pt is useful sometimes: +(see <a href="#g_t_005csetlength"><code>\setlength</code></a>). Setting it to 0pt is useful sometimes: this will put a frame around the picture with no white border. </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">{\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt} +<pre class="example">{\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}% \framebox{% \includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]{prudence.jpg}}} </pre></div> @@ -18424,14 +18179,17 @@ paragraph, and then frame the result. <p>See <a href="#Colored-boxes">Colored boxes</a>, for colors other than black and white. </p> -<p>The <code>picture</code> environment has a version of this command where the -units depend on <code>picture</code>’s <code>\unitlength</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a>). +<p>The <code>picture</code> environment has a version of the <code>\framebox</code> +command where the units depend on <code>picture</code>’s <code>\unitlength</code> +(see <a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029"><code>\framebox</code> (picture)</a>). </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cparbox"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cparbox"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005craisebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\raisebox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\fbox & \framebox</a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005craisebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\raisebox</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\fbox</code> & <code>\framebox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cparbox-1"></span><h3 class="section">20.3 <code>\parbox</code></h3> @@ -18450,7 +18208,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005craisebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\raisebox</a>, Previo <p>Produce a box of text that is <var>width</var> wide. Use this command to make a box of small pieces of text, of a single paragraph. This command is -fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\begin{picture}(0,0) @@ -18464,11 +18222,11 @@ fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). <p>The <var>contents</var> are processed in a text mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>) so LaTeX will break lines to make a paragraph. But it won’t make multiple paragraphs; for that, use a <code>minipage</code> environment -(see <a href="#minipage">minipage</a>). +(see <a href="#minipage"><code>minipage</code></a>). </p> <p>The options for <code>\parbox</code> (except for <var>contents</var>) are the same as those for <code>minipage</code>. For convenience a summary of the options -is here but see <a href="#minipage">minipage</a> for a complete description. +is here but see <a href="#minipage"><code>minipage</code></a> for a complete description. </p> <p>There are two required arguments. The <var>width</var> is a rigid length (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). It sets the width of the box into which LaTeX @@ -18496,9 +18254,11 @@ stretch it out vertically (for this, the text must contain vertically stretchable space). </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005craisebox"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005craisebox"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\sbox & \savebox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cparbox" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\parbox</a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\sbox</code> & <code>\savebox</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cparbox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\parbox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005craisebox-1"></span><h3 class="section">20.4 <code>\raisebox</code></h3> @@ -18512,7 +18272,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\sbox \raisebox{<var>distance</var>}[<var>height</var>][<var>depth</var>]{<var>text</var>} </pre></div> -<p>Raise or lower <var>text</var>. This command is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +<p>Raise or lower <var>text</var>. This command is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <p>This example makes a command for denoting the restriction of a function by lowering the vertical bar symbol. @@ -18557,9 +18317,11 @@ second is the height of <samp>meta.png</samp>. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#lrbox" accesskey="n" rel="next">lrbox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005craisebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\raisebox</a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#lrbox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>lrbox</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005craisebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\raisebox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox-1"></span><h3 class="section">20.5 <code>\sbox</code> & <code>\savebox</code></h3> @@ -18576,12 +18338,12 @@ Next: <a href="#lrbox" accesskey="n" rel="next">lrbox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g \savebox{<var>box-cmd</var>}[<var>width</var>][<var>pos</var>]{<var>text</var>} </pre></div> -<p>Typeset <var>text</var> just as with <code>\makebox</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</a>) except that LaTeX does not output it but instead saves it +<p>Typeset <var>text</var> just as with <code>\makebox</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><code>\mbox</code> & <code>\makebox</code></a>) except that LaTeX does not output it but instead saves it in a box register referred to by a variable named <var>box-cmd</var>. The variable name <var>box-cmd</var> begins with a backslash, <code>\</code>. You must have previously allocated the box register <var>box-cmd</var> with <code>\newsavebox</code> -(see <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a>). The <code>\sbox</code> command is robust while -<code>\savebox</code> is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +(see <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox"><code>\newsavebox</code></a>). The <code>\sbox</code> command is robust while +<code>\savebox</code> is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <p>This creates and uses a box register. </p> @@ -18603,7 +18365,7 @@ repeatedly retypeset the contents. See the example below. <code>\savebox{<var>box-cmd</var>}{<var>text</var>}</code>, are roughly equivalent. As to the third and fourth, the optional arguments allow you to specify the box width as <var>width</var>, and the position of the text inside that -box as <var>position</var>. See <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</a>, for the full +box as <var>position</var>. See <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><code>\mbox</code> & <code>\makebox</code></a>, for the full description. </p> <p>In the <code>\sbox</code> and <code>\savebox</code> commands the <var>text</var> is @@ -18616,7 +18378,8 @@ enter <code>\sbox{\newreg}{test \par test}</code> and warning. To fix this use a <code>\parbox</code> or <code>minipage</code> as here. </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\savebox{\areg}{% +<pre class="example">\newsavebox{\areg} +\savebox{\areg}{% \begin{minipage}{\linewidth} \begin{enumerate} \item First item @@ -18655,9 +18418,11 @@ header. LaTeX only typesets it once. </p> <hr> -<span id="lrbox"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="lrbox"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cusebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\usebox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\sbox & \savebox</a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cusebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\usebox</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\sbox</code> & <code>\savebox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="lrbox-1"></span><h3 class="section">20.6 <code>lrbox</code></h3> @@ -18672,14 +18437,14 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cusebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\usebox</a>, Previous: </pre></div> <p>This is the environment form of the <code>\sbox</code> and <code>\savebox</code> -commands, and is equivalent to them. for the full description, -See <a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox">\sbox & \savebox</a>. +commands, and is equivalent to them. See <a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox"><code>\sbox</code> & <code>\savebox</code></a>, for the +full description. </p> <p>The <var>text</var> inside the environment is saved in the box register referred to by variable <code><var>box-cmd</var></code>. The variable name <var>box-cmd</var> must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>. You must allocate this box register in advance with <code>\newsavebox</code> -(see <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a>). In this example the environment is convenient +(see <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox"><code>\newsavebox</code></a>). In this example the environment is convenient for entering the <code>tabular</code>. </p> <div class="example"> @@ -18696,9 +18461,11 @@ for entering the <code>tabular</code>. <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cusebox"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cusebox"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#lrbox" accesskey="p" rel="prev">lrbox</a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#lrbox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>lrbox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cusebox-1"></span><h3 class="section">20.7 <code>\usebox</code></h3> @@ -18713,14 +18480,17 @@ Previous: <a href="#lrbox" accesskey="p" rel="prev">lrbox</a>, Up: <a href="#Box <p>Produce the box most recently saved in the box register <var>box-cmd</var> by the commands <code>\sbox</code> or <code>\savebox</code>, or the <code>lrbox</code> -environment. For more information and examples, See <a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox">\sbox & \savebox</a>. (Note that the variable name <var>box-cmd</var> starts with a -backslash, <code>\</code>.) This command is robust (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +environment. For more information and examples, see <a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox"><code>\sbox</code> & <code>\savebox</code></a>. (Note that the variable name <var>box-cmd</var> starts with a +backslash, <code>\</code>.) This command is robust (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <hr> -<span id="Color"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="chapter" id="Color"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Graphics" accesskey="n" rel="next">Graphics</a>, Previous: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Boxes</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Graphics" accesskey="n" rel="next">Graphics</a>, Previous: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Boxes</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Color-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">21 Color</h2> @@ -18738,18 +18508,16 @@ Particularly worth mentioning is <samp>xcolor</samp>, which is widely used and significantly extends the capabilities described here, including adding ‘<samp>HTML</samp>’ and ‘<samp>Hsb</samp>’ color models. </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Color-package-options" accesskey="1">Color package options</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Options when you load the standard package. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Color-models" accesskey="2">Color models</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How colors are represented. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="3">Commands for color</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The available commands. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#Color-package-options" accesskey="1"><code>color</code> package options</a></li> +<li><a href="#Color-models" accesskey="2">Color models</a></li> +<li><a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="3">Commands for color</a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="Color-package-options"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="section" id="Color-package-options"> +<div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Color-models" accesskey="n" rel="next">Color models</a>, Up: <a href="#Color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Color</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -18785,18 +18553,18 @@ systems are: <samp>dvipdf</samp>, <samp>dvipdfm</samp>, <samp>dviwin</samp>, <p>The second kind of options, beyond the drivers, are below. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>monochrome</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>monochrome</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Disable the color commands, so that they do not generate errors but do not generate color either. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>dvipsnames</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>dvipsnames</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Make available a list of 68 color names that are often used, particularly in legacy documents. These color names were originally provided by the <samp>dvips</samp> driver, giving the option name. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>nodvipsnames</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>nodvipsnames</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Do not load that list of color names, saving LaTeX a tiny amount of memory space. </p> @@ -18805,9 +18573,11 @@ memory space. <hr> -<span id="Color-models"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Color-models"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="n" rel="next">Commands for color</a>, Previous: <a href="#Color-package-options" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Color package options</a>, Up: <a href="#Color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Color</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="n" rel="next">Commands for color</a>, Previous: <a href="#Color-package-options" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>color</code> package options</a>, Up: <a href="#Color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Color</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Color-models-1"></span><h3 class="section">21.2 Color models</h3> @@ -18828,7 +18598,7 @@ and yellow makes black. </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dd><span id="color-models-cmyk"></span></dd> -<dt><code>cmyk</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>cmyk</code></span></dt> <dd><p>A comma-separated list with four real numbers between 0 and 1, inclusive. The first number is the intensity of cyan, the second is magenta, and the others are yellow and black. A number value of 0 means @@ -18836,12 +18606,12 @@ minimal intensity, while a 1 is for full intensity. This model is often used in color printing. It is a subtractive model. </p> <span id="color-models-gray"></span></dd> -<dt><code>gray</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>gray</code></span></dt> <dd><p>A single real number between 0 and 1, inclusive. The colors are shades of grey. The number 0 produces black while 1 gives white. </p> <span id="color-models-rgb"></span></dd> -<dt><code>rgb</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>rgb</code></span></dt> <dd><p>A comma-separated list with three real numbers between 0 and 1, inclusive. The first number is the intensity of the red component, the second is green, and the third the blue. A number value of 0 means that @@ -18849,7 +18619,7 @@ none of that component is added in, while a 1 means full intensity. This is an additive model. </p> <span id="color-models-RGB"></span></dd> -<dt><code>RGB</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>RGB</code></span></dt> <dd><p>(<samp>pdftex</samp>, <samp>xetex</samp>, <samp>luatex</samp> drivers) A comma-separated list with three integers between 0 and 255, inclusive. This model is a convenience for using <code>rgb</code> since outside of LaTeX colors are @@ -18858,19 +18628,21 @@ The values entered here are converted to the <code>rgb</code> model by dividing by 255. </p> <span id="color-models-named"></span></dd> -<dt><code>named</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>named</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Colors are accessed by name, such as ‘<samp>PrussianBlue</samp>’. The list of names depends on the driver, but all support the names ‘<samp>black</samp>’, ‘<samp>blue</samp>’, ‘<samp>cyan</samp>’, ‘<samp>green</samp>’, ‘<samp>magenta</samp>’, ‘<samp>red</samp>’, ‘<samp>white</samp>’, and ‘<samp>yellow</samp>’ (See the <code>dvipsnames</code> option in -<a href="#Color-package-options">Color package options</a>). +<a href="#Color-package-options"><code>color</code> package options</a>). </p> </dd> </dl> <hr> -<span id="Commands-for-color"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Commands-for-color"> +<div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#Color-models" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Color models</a>, Up: <a href="#Color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Color</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -18880,20 +18652,17 @@ Previous: <a href="#Color-models" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Color models</a>, Up: <p>These are the commands available with the <samp>color</samp> package. </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Define-colors" accesskey="1">Define colors</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Give a color a name. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Colored-text" accesskey="2">Colored text</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Text or rules in color. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Colored-boxes" accesskey="3">Colored boxes</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">A box of color, to write over. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Colored-pages" accesskey="4">Colored pages</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">A whole page colored. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#Define-colors" accesskey="1">Define colors</a></li> +<li><a href="#Colored-text" accesskey="2">Colored text</a></li> +<li><a href="#Colored-boxes" accesskey="3">Colored boxes</a></li> +<li><a href="#Colored-pages" accesskey="4">Colored pages</a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="Define-colors"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="subsection" id="Define-colors"> +<div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Colored-text" accesskey="n" rel="next">Colored text</a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for color</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -18931,7 +18700,9 @@ or style, rather than in the document body. </p> <hr> -<span id="Colored-text"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="Colored-text"> +<div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Colored-boxes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Colored boxes</a>, Previous: <a href="#Define-colors" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Define colors</a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for color</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -19031,7 +18802,9 @@ numbers, <code>gray</code> takes only one. <hr> -<span id="Colored-boxes"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="Colored-boxes"> +<div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Colored-pages" accesskey="n" rel="next">Colored pages</a>, Previous: <a href="#Colored-text" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Colored text</a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for color</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -19072,7 +18845,7 @@ puts white text on a blue background. </pre></div> <p>The <code>\fcolorbox</code> commands use the same parameters as <code>\fbox</code> -(see <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">\fbox & \framebox</a>), <code>\fboxrule</code> and <code>\fboxsep</code>, to +(see <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox"><code>\fbox</code> & <code>\framebox</code></a>), <code>\fboxrule</code> and <code>\fboxsep</code>, to set the thickness of the rule and the boundary between the box interior and the surrounding rule. LaTeX’s defaults are <code>0.4pt</code> and <code>3pt</code>, respectively. @@ -19088,7 +18861,9 @@ of the second line. <hr> -<span id="Colored-pages"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="Colored-pages"> +<div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#Colored-boxes" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Colored boxes</a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for color</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -19123,9 +18898,13 @@ rather than the default transparent background.) <hr> -<span id="Graphics"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="chapter" id="Graphics"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="n" rel="next">Special insertions</a>, Previous: <a href="#Color" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Color</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="n" rel="next">Special insertions</a>, Previous: <a href="#Color" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Color</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Graphics-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">22 Graphics</h2> @@ -19144,12 +18923,12 @@ This example is the short how-to. <p>To use the commands described here your document preamble must contain either <code>\usepackage{graphicx}</code> or -<code>\usepackage{graphics}</code>. Most of the time, <samp>graphicx</samp> is the +<code>\usepackage{graphics}</code>. Most of the time, <code>graphicx</code> is the better choice. </p> <p>Graphics come in two main types, raster and vector. LaTeX can use both. In raster graphics the file contains an entry for each location -in an array, describing what color it is. An example is a photograph, +in an array, describing what color it is. An example is a photograph in JPG format. In vector graphics, the file contains a list of instructions such as ‘<samp>draw a circle with this radius and that center</samp>’. An example is a line drawing produced by the Asymptote @@ -19160,7 +18939,7 @@ and because they often have a smaller size. <p>There are systems particularly well-suited to make graphics for a LaTeX document. For example, these allow you to use the same fonts as in your document. LaTeX comes with a <code>picture</code> environment -(see <a href="#picture">picture</a>) that has simple capabilities. Besides that, there are +(see <a href="#picture"><code>picture</code></a>) that has simple capabilities. Besides that, there are other ways to include the graphic-making commands in the document. Two such systems are the PSTricks and TikZ packages. There are also systems external to LaTeX, that generate a graphic that you include using the @@ -19169,20 +18948,18 @@ Asymptote and MetaPost. One that uses a graphical interface is Xfig. Full description of these systems is outside the scope of this document; see their documentation on CTAN. </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Graphics-package-options" accesskey="1">Graphics package options</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Options when you load the package. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="2">Graphics package configuration</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Where to look for files, which file types. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="3">Commands for graphics</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The available commands. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#Graphics-package-options" accesskey="1"><code>graphics</code> package options</a></li> +<li><a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="2"><code>graphics</code> package configuration</a></li> +<li><a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="3">Commands for graphics</a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="Graphics-package-options"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="section" id="Graphics-package-options"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="n" rel="next">Graphics package configuration</a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Graphics</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>graphics</code> package configuration</a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Graphics</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="graphics-package-options"></span><h3 class="section">22.1 <code>graphics</code> package options</h3> @@ -19204,7 +18981,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="n" rel="next">Graphic <p>The <code>graphicx</code> package has a format for optional arguments to the <code>\includegraphics</code> command that is convenient (it is the key-value format), so it is the better choice for new documents. When you load -the <samp>graphics</samp> or <samp>graphicx</samp> package with <code>\usepackage</code> +the <code>graphics</code> or <code>graphicx</code> package with <code>\usepackage</code> there are two kinds of available options. </p> <p>The first is that LaTeX does not contain information about different @@ -19227,34 +19004,34 @@ alias for <samp>dvipsone</samp>). These are stored in files with a <p>The second kind of options are below. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>demo</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>demo</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Instead of an image file, LaTeX puts in a 150 pt by 100 pt rectangle (unless another size is specified in the <code>\includegraphics</code> command). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>draft</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>draft</code></span></dt> <dd><p>For each graphic file, it is not shown but instead its file name is printed in a box of the correct size. In order to determine the size, the file must be present. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>final</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>final</code></span></dt> <dd><p>(Default) Override any previous <code>draft</code> option, so that the document shows the contents of the graphic files. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>hiderotate</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>hiderotate</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Do not show rotated text. (This allows for the possibility that a previewer does not have the capability to rotate text.) </p> </dd> -<dt><code>hidescale</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>hidescale</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Do not show scaled text. (This allows for the possibility that a previewer does not have the capability to scale.) </p> </dd> -<dt><code>hiresbb</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>hiresbb</code></span></dt> <dd><p>In a PS or EPS file the graphic size may be specified in two ways. The <code>%%BoundingBox</code> lines describe the graphic size using integer multiples of a PostScript point, that is, integer multiples of 1/72 @@ -19267,9 +19044,11 @@ option has LaTeX to read the size from the latter. <hr> -<span id="Graphics-package-configuration"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Graphics-package-configuration"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="n" rel="next">Commands for graphics</a>, Previous: <a href="#Graphics-package-options" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Graphics package options</a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Graphics</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="n" rel="next">Commands for graphics</a>, Previous: <a href="#Graphics-package-options" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>graphics</code> package options</a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Graphics</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="graphics-package-configuration"></span><h3 class="section">22.2 <code>graphics</code> package configuration</h3> @@ -19286,20 +19065,18 @@ those systems are typically configured. For other situations consult the documentation in <samp>grfguide.pdf</samp>, or the LaTeX source, or your TeX distribution’s documentation. </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath" accesskey="1">\graphicspath</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Directories to search. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions" accesskey="2">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">File types, such as JPG or EPS. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule" accesskey="3">\DeclareGraphicsRule</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to handle file types. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath" accesskey="1"><code>\graphicspath</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions" accesskey="2"><code>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule" accesskey="3"><code>\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cgraphicspath"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cgraphicspath"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions" accesskey="n" rel="next">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="u" rel="up">Graphics package configuration</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>graphics</code> package configuration</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cgraphicspath-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">22.2.1 <code>\graphicspath</code></h4> @@ -19377,9 +19154,11 @@ instead in <samp>book/plots</samp>. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule" accesskey="n" rel="next">\DeclareGraphicsRule</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\graphicspath</a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="u" rel="up">Graphics package configuration</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\graphicspath</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>graphics</code> package configuration</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">22.2.2 <code>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></h4> @@ -19407,7 +19186,7 @@ files. <p>Because the filename <samp>lion</samp> does not have a period, LaTeX uses the extension list. For each directory in the graphics path -(see <a href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath">\graphicspath</a>), LaTeX will try the extensions in the order +(see <a href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath"><code>\graphicspath</code></a>), LaTeX will try the extensions in the order given. If it does not find such a file after trying all the directories and extensions then it reports ‘<samp>! LaTeX Error: File `<samp>lion</samp>' not found</samp>’. Note that you must include the periods at the start of the @@ -19436,9 +19215,11 @@ than once. Show its value with </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="u" rel="up">Graphics package configuration</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>graphics</code> package configuration</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">22.2.3 <code>\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></h4> @@ -19452,7 +19233,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions" accesskey="p" rel="prev"> <p>Declare how to handle graphic files whose names end in <var>extension</var>. </p> -<p>This example declares that all files with names have the form +<p>This example declares that all files with names of the form <samp>filename-without-dot.mps</samp> will be treated as output from MetaPost, meaning that the printer driver will use its MetaPost-handling code to input the file. @@ -19474,13 +19255,13 @@ extension not covered by another rule, so it covers <samp>filename.1</samp>, <p>This describes the four arguments. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><var>extension</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>extension</var></span></dt> <dd><p>The file extension to which this rule applies. The extension is anything after and including the first dot in the filename. Use the Kleene star, <code>*</code>, to denote the default behavior for all undeclared extensions. </p> </dd> -<dt><var>type</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>type</var></span></dt> <dd><p>The type of file involved. This type is a string that must be defined in the printer driver. For instance, files with extensions <samp>.ps</samp>, <samp>.eps</samp>, or <samp>.ps.gz</samp> may all be classed as type <code>eps</code>. @@ -19490,7 +19271,7 @@ recognizes are: <code>jpg</code>, <code>jbig2</code>, <code>mps</code>, <code>pd <code>png</code>, <code>tif</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><var>size-file extension</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>size-file extension</var></span></dt> <dd><p>The extension of the file to be read to determine the size of the graphic, if there is such a file. It may be the same as <var>extension</var> but it may be different. @@ -19508,7 +19289,7 @@ files in a file with a PostScript style <code>%%BoundingBox</code> line if no other format is available.) </p> </dd> -<dt><var>command</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>command</var></span></dt> <dd><p>A command that will be applied to the file. This is very often left empty. This command must start with a single backward quote. Thus, @@ -19527,34 +19308,34 @@ See the documentation for your TeX distribution. </dl> <hr> -<span id="Commands-for-graphics"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Commands-for-graphics"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Graphics package configuration</a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Graphics</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>graphics</code> package configuration</a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Graphics</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Commands-for-graphics-1"></span><h3 class="section">22.3 Commands for graphics</h3> <span id="index-graphics-package-commands"></span> <span id="index-commands_002c-graphics-package"></span> -<p>These are the commands available with the <samp>graphics</samp> and -<samp>graphicx</samp> packages. -</p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics" accesskey="1">\includegraphics</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Using a graphic in your document. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005crotatebox" accesskey="2">\rotatebox</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Rotating boxes, including graphics. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cscalebox" accesskey="3">\scalebox</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Scaling boxes, including graphics. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cresizebox" accesskey="4">\resizebox</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Scaling boxes, including graphics, to a set size. -</td></tr> -</table> +<p>These are the commands available with the <code>graphics</code> and +<code>graphicx</code> packages. +</p> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics" accesskey="1"><code>\includegraphics</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005crotatebox" accesskey="2"><code>\rotatebox</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox" accesskey="3"><code>\scalebox</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox" accesskey="4"><code>\resizebox</code></a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cincludegraphics"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cincludegraphics"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005crotatebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\rotatebox</a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for graphics</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005crotatebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\rotatebox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for graphics</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cincludegraphics-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">22.3.1 <code>\includegraphics</code></h4> @@ -19569,7 +19350,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005crotatebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\rotatebox</a>, Up: <span id="index-PNG-files"></span> <span id="index-_005cincludegraphics"></span> -<p>Synopses for <samp>graphics</samp> package: +<p>Synopses for <code>graphics</code> package: </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\includegraphics{<var>filename</var>} @@ -19580,7 +19361,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005crotatebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\rotatebox</a>, Up: \includegraphics*[<var>llx</var>,<var>lly</var>][<var>urx</var>,<var>ury</var>]{<var>filename</var>} </pre></div> -<p>Synopses for <samp>graphicx</samp> package: +<p>Synopses for <code>graphicx</code> package: </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\includegraphics{<var>filename</var>} @@ -19607,7 +19388,7 @@ over-print the surrounding area. <p>will incorporate into the document the graphic in <samp>plot.pdf</samp>, centered and at its nominal size. You can also give a path to the file, as with <code>\includegraphics{graphics/plot.pdf}</code>. To specify a list -of locations to search for the file, see <a href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath">\graphicspath</a>. +of locations to search for the file, see <a href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath"><code>\graphicspath</code></a>. </p> <p>If your filename includes spaces then put it in double quotes. An example is <code>\includegraphics{"sister picture.jpg"}</code>. @@ -19617,18 +19398,18 @@ type of graphic by splitting <var>filename</var> on the first dot. You can instead use <var>filename</var> with no dot, as in <code>\includegraphics{turing}</code>, and then LaTeX tries a sequence of extensions such as <code>.png</code> and <code>.pdf</code> until it finds a file -with that extension (see <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</a>). +with that extension (see <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions"><code>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a>). </p> <p>If your file name contains dots before the extension then you can hide them with curly braces, as in <code>\includegraphics{{plot.2018.03.12.a}.pdf}</code>. Or, if you use -the <samp>graphicx</samp> package then you can use the options <code>type</code> and +the <code>graphicx</code> package then you can use the options <code>type</code> and <code>ext</code>; see below. This and other filename issues are also handled with the package <samp>grffile</samp>. </p> <p>This example puts a graphic in a <code>figure</code> environment so LaTeX can move it to the next page if fitting it on the current page is awkward -(see <a href="#figure">figure</a>). +(see <a href="#figure"><code>figure</code></a>). </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\begin{figure} @@ -19669,8 +19450,8 @@ text, with the two vertically centered. \end{center} </pre></div> -<p>If you use the <samp>graphics</samp> package then the only options involve the -size of the graphic (but see <a href="#g_t_005crotatebox">\rotatebox</a> and <a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a>). +<p>If you use the <code>graphics</code> package then the only options involve the +size of the graphic (but see <a href="#g_t_005crotatebox"><code>\rotatebox</code></a> and <a href="#g_t_005cscalebox"><code>\scalebox</code></a>). When one optional argument is present then it is <code>[<var>urx</var>,<var>ury</var>]</code> and it gives the coordinates of the top right corner of the image, as a pair of TeX dimensions (see <a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a>). If the units are omitted they default to <code>bp</code>. In @@ -19681,7 +19462,7 @@ lower left. Thus, <code>\includegraphics[1in,0.618in]{...}</code> calls for the graphic to be placed so it is 1 inch wide and 0.618 inches tall and so its origin is at (0,0). </p> -<p>The <samp>graphicx</samp> package gives you many more options. Specify them +<p>The <code>graphicx</code> package gives you many more options. Specify them in a key-value form, as here. </p> <div class="example"> @@ -19710,7 +19491,7 @@ graphic. </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dd><span id="includegraphics-width"></span></dd> -<dt><code>width</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>width</code></span></dt> <dd><p>The graphic will be shown so its bounding box is this width. An example is <code>\includegraphics[width=1in]{plot}</code>. You can use the standard TeX dimensions (see <a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a>) and also convenient is @@ -19721,7 +19502,7 @@ the width of the text with <code>\includegraphics[width=\linewidth-1.0cm]{hefferon.jpg}</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>height</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>height</code></span></dt> <dd><span id="includegraphics-height"></span><p>The graphic will be shown so its bounding box is this height. You can use the standard TeX dimensions (see <a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a>), and also convenient are <code>\pageheight</code> and <code>\textheight</code> (see <a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a>). For instance, the command @@ -19729,14 +19510,14 @@ convenient are <code>\pageheight</code> and <code>\textheight</code> (see <a hre graphic a quarter of the height of the text area. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>totalheight</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>totalheight</code></span></dt> <dd><span id="includegraphics-totalheight"></span><p>The graphic will be shown so its bounding box has this height plus depth. This differs from the height if the graphic was rotated. For instance, if it has been rotated by -90 then it will have zero height but a large depth. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>keepaspectratio</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>keepaspectratio</code></span></dt> <dd><span id="includegraphics-keepaspectratio"></span><p>If set to <code>true</code>, or just specified as here </p> <div class="example"> @@ -19750,21 +19531,21 @@ is the graphic wider than <code>width</code> nor taller than <code>height</code> <code>totalheight</code>). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>scale</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>scale</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Factor by which to scale the graphic. To make a graphic twice its nominal size, enter <code>\includegraphics[scale=2.0]{...}</code>. This number may be any value; a number between 0 and 1 will shrink the graphic and a negative number will reflect it. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>angle</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>angle</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Rotate the graphic. The angle is taken in degrees and counterclockwise. The graphic is rotated about its <code>origin</code>; see that option. For a complete description of how rotated material is typeset, -see <a href="#g_t_005crotatebox">\rotatebox</a>. +see <a href="#g_t_005crotatebox"><code>\rotatebox</code></a>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>origin</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>origin</code></span></dt> <dd><p>The point of the graphic about which the rotation happens. Possible values are any string containing one or two of: <code>l</code> for left, <code>r</code> for right, <code>b</code> for bottom, <code>c</code> for center, <code>t</code> @@ -19776,7 +19557,7 @@ picture upside down about its left baseline. (The character <code>c</code> gives the horizontal center in <code>bc</code> or <code>tc</code>, but gives the vertical center in <code>lc</code> or <code>rc</code>.) The default is <code>lB</code>. </p> -<p>To rotate about an arbitrary point, see <a href="#g_t_005crotatebox">\rotatebox</a>. +<p>To rotate about an arbitrary point, see <a href="#g_t_005crotatebox"><code>\rotatebox</code></a>. </p> </dd> </dl> @@ -19785,7 +19566,7 @@ vertical center in <code>lc</code> or <code>rc</code>.) The default is <code>lB </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dd><span id="includegraphics-viewport"></span></dd> -<dt><code>viewport</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>viewport</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Pick out a subregion of the graphic to show. Takes four arguments, separated by spaces and given in TeX dimensions, as with <code>\includegraphics[.., viewport=0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}</code>. When @@ -19794,7 +19575,7 @@ points, <code>bp</code>. They are taken relative to the origin specified by the bounding box. See also the <code>trim</code> option. </p> <span id="includegraphics-trim"></span></dd> -<dt><code>trim</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>trim</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Gives parts of the graphic to not show. Takes four arguments, separated by spaces, that are given in TeX dimensions, as with <code>\includegraphics[.., trim= 0in 0.1in 0.2in 0.3in, ...]{...}</code>. @@ -19804,7 +19585,7 @@ the bottom, 0.2 inches on the right, and 0.3 inches on the top. See also the <code>viewport</code> option. </p> <span id="includegraphics-clip"></span></dd> -<dt><code>clip</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>clip</code></span></dt> <dd><p>If set to <code>true</code>, or just specified as here </p> <div class="example"> @@ -19816,12 +19597,12 @@ using the starred form of the command, <code>\includegraphics*[...]{...}</code>. </p> <span id="includegraphics-page"></span></dd> -<dt><code>page</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>page</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Give the page number of a multi-page PDF file. The default is <code>page=1</code>. </p> <span id="includegraphics-pagebox"></span></dd> -<dt><code>pagebox</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>pagebox</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Specifies which bounding box to use for PDF files from among <code>mediabox</code>, <code>cropbox</code>, <code>bleedbox</code>, <code>trimbox</code>, or <code>artbox</code>. PDF files do not have the BoundingBox that PostScript @@ -19836,7 +19617,7 @@ present, otherwise it will not use one of the others, with a driver-defined order of preference. MediaBox is always present. </p> <span id="includegraphics-interpolate"></span></dd> -<dt><code>interpolate</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>interpolate</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Enable or disable interpolation of raster images by the viewer. Can be set with <code>interpolate=true</code> or just specified as here. </p> @@ -19845,13 +19626,13 @@ set with <code>interpolate=true</code> or just specified as here. </pre></div> <span id="includegraphics-quiet"></span></dd> -<dt><code>quiet</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>quiet</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Do not write information to the log. You can set it with <code>quiet=true</code> or just specified it with <code>\includegraphics[...,quiet,...]{...}</code>, </p> <span id="includegraphics-draft"></span></dd> -<dt><code>draft</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>draft</code></span></dt> <dd><p>If you set it with <code>draft=true</code> or just specify it with </p> <div class="example"> @@ -19868,8 +19649,8 @@ size with the filename printed in it. <p>These options address the bounding box for Encapsulated PostScript graphic files, which have a size specified with a line <code>%%BoundingBox</code> that appears in the file. It has four values, -giving the lower <em>x</em> coordinate, lower <em>y</em> coordinate, upper -<em>x</em> coordinate, and upper <em>y</em> coordinate. The units are +giving the lower <em class='math'>x</em> coordinate, lower <em class='math'>y</em> coordinate, upper +<em class='math'>x</em> coordinate, and upper <em class='math'>y</em> coordinate. The units are PostScript points, equivalent to TeX’s big points, 1/72 inch. For example, if an <samp>.eps</samp> file has the line <code>%%BoundingBox 10 20 40 80</code> then its natural size is 30/72 inch wide by @@ -19877,7 +19658,7 @@ For example, if an <samp>.eps</samp> file has the line <code>%%BoundingBox 10 </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dd><span id="includegraphics-bb"></span></dd> -<dt><code>bb</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>bb</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Specify the bounding box of the displayed region. The argument is four dimensions separated by spaces, as with <code>\includegraphics[.., bb= 0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}</code>. Usually <code>\includegraphics</code> reads the @@ -19886,12 +19667,12 @@ only useful if the bounding box is missing from that file or if you want to change it. </p> <span id="includegraphics-bbllx"></span><span id="includegraphics-bblly"></span><span id="includegraphics-bburx"></span><span id="includegraphics-bbury"></span></dd> -<dt><code>bbllx, bblly, bburx, bbury</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>bbllx, bblly, bburx, bbury</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Set the bounding box. These four are obsolete, but are retained for compatibility with old packages. </p> <span id="includegraphics-natwidth"></span><span id="includegraphics-natheight"></span></dd> -<dt><code>natwidth, natheight</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>natwidth, natheight</code></span></dt> <dd><p>An alternative for <code>bb</code>. Setting </p> <div class="example"> @@ -19901,7 +19682,7 @@ compatibility with old packages. <p>is the same as setting <code>bb=0 0 1in 0.618in</code>. </p> <span id="includegraphics-hiresbb"></span></dd> -<dt><code>hiresbb</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>hiresbb</code></span></dt> <dd><p>If set to <code>true</code>, or just specified as with </p> <div class="example"> @@ -19921,25 +19702,25 @@ override a prior setting of <code>true</code>, you can set it to <code>false</co choosing the graphic type based on the filename extension. An example is that <code>\includegraphics[type=png,ext=.xxx,read=.xxx]{lion}</code> will read the file <samp>lion.xxx</samp> as though it were -<samp>lion.png</samp>. For more on these, see <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule">\DeclareGraphicsRule</a>. +<samp>lion.png</samp>. For more on these, see <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule"><code>\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></a>. </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dd><span id="includegraphics-type"></span></dd> -<dt><code>type</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>type</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Specify the graphics type. </p> <span id="includegraphics-ext"></span></dd> -<dt><code>ext</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>ext</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Specify the graphics extension. Only use this in conjunction with the option <code>type</code>. </p> <span id="includegraphics-read"></span></dd> -<dt><code>read</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>read</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Specify the file extension of the read file. Only use this in conjunction with the option <code>type</code>. </p> <span id="includegraphics-command"></span></dd> -<dt><code>command</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>command</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Specify a command to be applied to this file. Only use this in conjunction with the option <code>type</code>. See <a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a>, for a discussion of enabling the <code>\write18</code> functionality to run @@ -19950,9 +19731,11 @@ external commands. <hr> -<span id="g_t_005crotatebox"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005crotatebox"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cscalebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\scalebox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\includegraphics</a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for graphics</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cscalebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\scalebox</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\includegraphics</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for graphics</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005crotatebox-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">22.3.2 <code>\rotatebox</code></h4> @@ -19961,13 +19744,13 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cscalebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\scalebox</a>, Previo <span id="index-rotating-text"></span> <span id="index-_005crotatebox"></span> -<p>Synopsis if you use the <samp>graphics</samp> package: +<p>Synopsis if you use the <code>graphics</code> package: </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\rotatebox{<var>angle</var>}{<var>material</var>} </pre></div> -<p>Synopses if you use the <samp>graphicx</samp> package: +<p>Synopses if you use the <code>graphicx</code> package: </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\rotatebox{<var>angle</var>}{<var>material</var>} @@ -20003,15 +19786,15 @@ from the first step (they need not coincide vertically). This new bounding box, in its new position, is what LaTeX uses as the box when typesetting this material. </p> -<p>If you use the <samp>graphics</samp> package then the rotation is about the -reference point of the box. If you use the <samp>graphicx</samp> package +<p>If you use the <code>graphics</code> package then the rotation is about the +reference point of the box. If you use the <code>graphicx</code> package then these are the options that can go in the <var>key-value list</var>, but note that you can get the same effect without needing this package, except for the <code>x</code> and <code>y</code> options -(see <a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a>). +(see <a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics"><code>\includegraphics</code></a>). </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>origin</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>origin</code></span></dt> <dd><p>The point of the <var>material</var>’s box about which the rotation happens. Possible value is any string containing one or two of: <code>l</code> for left, <code>r</code> for right, <code>b</code> for bottom, <code>c</code> for center, @@ -20029,14 +19812,14 @@ the vertical center in <code>lc</code> or <code>rc</code>, and gives both in <code>c</code>.) The default is <code>lB</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>x, y</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>x, y</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Specify an arbitrary point of rotation with <code>\rotatebox[x=<var>TeX dimension</var>,y=<var>TeX dimension</var>]{...}</code> (see <a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a>). These give the offset from the box’s reference point. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>units</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>units</code></span></dt> <dd><p>This key allows you to change the default of degrees counterclockwise. Setting <code>units=-360</code> changes the direction to degrees clockwise and setting <code>units=6.283185</code> changes to radians counterclockwise. @@ -20046,9 +19829,11 @@ setting <code>units=6.283185</code> changes to radians counterclockwise. <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cscalebox"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cscalebox"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cresizebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\resizebox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005crotatebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\rotatebox</a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for graphics</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cresizebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\resizebox</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005crotatebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\rotatebox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for graphics</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cscalebox-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">22.3.3 <code>\scalebox</code></h4> @@ -20087,20 +19872,22 @@ defaults to the same value as the <var>horizontal factor</var>. <pre class="example">\scalebox{0.5}{\includegraphics{lion}} </pre></div> -<p>If you use the <samp>graphicx</samp> package then you can accomplish the same +<p>If you use the <code>graphicx</code> package then you can accomplish the same thing with optional arguments to <code>\includegraphics</code> -(see <a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a>). +(see <a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics"><code>\includegraphics</code></a>). </p> <p>The <code>\reflectbox</code> command abbreviates <code>\scalebox{-1}[1]{<var>material</var>}</code>. Thus, <code>Able was I\reflectbox{Able was I}</code> will show the phrase ‘<samp>Able was I</samp>’ -immediately followed by its mirror reflection. +immediately followed by its mirror reflection against a vertical axis. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cresizebox"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cresizebox"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cscalebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\scalebox</a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for graphics</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cscalebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\scalebox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for graphics</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cresizebox-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">22.3.4 <code>\resizebox</code></h4> @@ -20134,7 +19921,7 @@ vertically by the same factor to keep it from being distorted. <p>The unstarred form <code>\resizebox</code> takes <var>vertical length</var> to be the box’s height while the starred form <code>\resizebox*</code> takes it to be height+depth. For instance, make the text have a height+depth of a -quarter inch with <code>\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{1in}{This +quarter-inch with <code>\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{3.5in}{This box has both height and depth.}}</code>. </p> <p>You can use <code>\depth</code>, <code>\height</code>, <code>\totalheight</code>, and @@ -20144,9 +19931,13 @@ text two inches wide but keep the original height with </p> <hr> -<span id="Special-insertions"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="chapter" id="Special-insertions"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Splitting-the-input" accesskey="n" rel="next">Splitting the input</a>, Previous: <a href="#Graphics" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Graphics</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Splitting-the-input" accesskey="n" rel="next">Splitting the input</a>, Previous: <a href="#Graphics" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Graphics</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Special-insertions-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">23 Special insertions</h2> @@ -20156,30 +19947,22 @@ Next: <a href="#Splitting-the-input" accesskey="n" rel="next">Splitting the inpu <p>LaTeX provides commands for inserting characters that have a special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type. </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Reserved-characters" accesskey="1">Reserved characters</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting ‘<samp># $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \</samp>’ -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Upper-and-lower-case" accesskey="2">Upper and lower case</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Make text upper or lower case. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Symbols-by-font-position" accesskey="3">Symbols by font position</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting font symbols by number. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Text-symbols" accesskey="4">Text symbols</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting other non-letter symbols in text. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Accents" accesskey="5">Accents</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting accents. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Additional-Latin-letters" accesskey="6">Additional Latin letters</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting other non-English characters. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#inputenc-package" accesskey="7">inputenc package</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set the input file text encoding. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005crule" accesskey="8">\rule</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting lines and rectangles. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ctoday" accesskey="9">\today</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting today’s date. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#Reserved-characters" accesskey="1">Reserved characters</a></li> +<li><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case" accesskey="2">Upper and lower case</a></li> +<li><a href="#Symbols-by-font-position" accesskey="3">Symbols by font position</a></li> +<li><a href="#Text-symbols" accesskey="4">Text symbols</a></li> +<li><a href="#Accents" accesskey="5">Accents</a></li> +<li><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters" accesskey="6">Additional Latin letters</a></li> +<li><a href="#inputenc-package" accesskey="7"><code>inputenc</code> package</a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005crule" accesskey="8"><code>\rule</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005ctoday" accesskey="9"><code>\today</code></a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="Reserved-characters"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="section" id="Reserved-characters"> +<div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Upper-and-lower-case" accesskey="n" rel="next">Upper and lower case</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -20232,7 +20015,9 @@ there to split the lines in the output). <hr> -<span id="Upper-and-lower-case"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Upper-and-lower-case"> +<div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Symbols-by-font-position" accesskey="n" rel="next">Symbols by font position</a>, Previous: <a href="#Reserved-characters" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Reserved characters</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -20258,7 +20043,7 @@ only with the 26 letters a–z and A–Z. The LaTeX commands <code>\MakeUppercase</code> and <code>\MakeLowercase</code> commands also change characters accessed by commands such as <code>\ae</code> or <code>\aa</code>. The commands <code>\MakeUppercase</code> and <code>\MakeLowercase</code> are robust -but they have moving arguments (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +but they have moving arguments (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <p>These commands do not change the case of letters used in the name of a command within <var>text</var>. But they do change the case of every other @@ -20287,7 +20072,7 @@ you need to do expansion. Here the <code>\Schoolname</code> produces <span id="index-package_002c-textcase"></span> <span id="index-textcase-package"></span> -<p>The <samp>textcase</samp> package brings some of the missing feature of the +<p>The <code>textcase</code> package brings some of the missing feature of the standard LaTeX commands <code>\MakeUppercase</code> and <code>\MakeLowerCase</code>. </p> @@ -20295,7 +20080,7 @@ standard LaTeX commands <code>\MakeUppercase</code> and <span id="index-mfirstuc-package"></span> <p>To uppercase only the first letter of words, you can use the package -<samp>mfirstuc</samp>. +<code>mfirstuc</code>. </p> <span id="index-package_002c-expl3-1"></span> <span id="index-expl3-package-1"></span> @@ -20312,7 +20097,9 @@ good overview of the topic, past and present. </p> <hr> -<span id="Symbols-by-font-position"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Symbols-by-font-position"> +<div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Text-symbols" accesskey="n" rel="next">Text symbols</a>, Previous: <a href="#Upper-and-lower-case" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Upper and lower case</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -20335,7 +20122,9 @@ visible space at 32 decimal could also be written as </p> <hr> -<span id="Text-symbols"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Text-symbols"> +<div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Accents" accesskey="n" rel="next">Accents</a>, Previous: <a href="#Symbols-by-font-position" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Symbols by font position</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -20354,58 +20143,38 @@ the <code>textcomp</code> package for some (technically, those in the <code>TS1</code> font encoding). </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>\copyright</code> -<span id="index-_005ccopyright"></span> -</dt> -<dt><code>\textcopyright</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextcopyright"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ccopyright'><span><code>\copyright</code><a href='#index-_005ccopyright' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextcopyright'><span><code>\textcopyright</code><a href='#index-_005ctextcopyright' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-copyright-symbol"></span> <p>© The copyright symbol. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\dag</code> -<span id="index-_005cdag"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cdag'><span><code>\dag</code><a href='#index-_005cdag' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-dagger_002c-in-text"></span> <p>† The dagger symbol (in text). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\ddag</code> -<span id="index-_005cddag"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cddag'><span><code>\ddag</code><a href='#index-_005cddag' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-double-dagger_002c-in-text"></span> <p>‡ The double dagger symbol (in text). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\LaTeX</code> -<span id="index-_005cLaTeX"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cLaTeX'><span><code>\LaTeX</code><a href='#index-_005cLaTeX' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-LaTeX-logo"></span> <span id="index-logo_002c-LaTeX"></span> <p>The LaTeX logo. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\LaTeXe</code> -<span id="index-_005cLaTeXe"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cLaTeXe'><span><code>\LaTeXe</code><a href='#index-_005cLaTeXe' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-LaTeX2e-logo"></span> <span id="index-logo_002c-LaTeX2e"></span> <p>The LaTeX2e logo. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\guillemotleft <span class="roman">(«)</span></code> -<span id="index-_005cguillemotleft-_0028_00ab_0029"></span> -</dt> -<dt><code>\guillemotright <span class="roman">(»)</span></code> -<span id="index-_005cguillemotright-_0028_00bb_0029"></span> -</dt> -<dt><code>\guilsinglleft <span class="roman">(‹)</span></code> -<span id="index-_005cguilsinglleft-_0028_2039_0029"></span> -</dt> -<dt><code>\guilsinglright <span class="roman">(›)</span></code> -<span id="index-_005cguilsinglright-_0028_203a_0029"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cguillemotleft-_0028_00ab_0029'><span><code>\guillemotleft <span class="roman">(«)</span></code><a href='#index-_005cguillemotleft-_0028_00ab_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt id='index-_005cguillemotright-_0028_00bb_0029'><span><code>\guillemotright <span class="roman">(»)</span></code><a href='#index-_005cguillemotright-_0028_00bb_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt id='index-_005cguilsinglleft-_0028_2039_0029'><span><code>\guilsinglleft <span class="roman">(‹)</span></code><a href='#index-_005cguilsinglleft-_0028_2039_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt id='index-_005cguilsinglright-_0028_203a_0029'><span><code>\guilsinglright <span class="roman">(›)</span></code><a href='#index-_005cguilsinglright-_0028_203a_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-double-guillemets"></span> <span id="index-single-guillemets"></span> <span id="index-left-angle-quotation-marks"></span> @@ -20418,56 +20187,36 @@ the <code>textcomp</code> package for some (technically, those in the Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used in French. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\ldots</code> -<span id="index-_005cldots-1"></span> -</dt> -<dt><code>\dots</code> -<span id="index-_005cdots"></span> -</dt> -<dt><code>\textellipsis</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextellipsis"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cldots-1'><span><code>\ldots</code><a href='#index-_005cldots-1' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt id='index-_005cdots'><span><code>\dots</code><a href='#index-_005cdots' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextellipsis'><span><code>\textellipsis</code><a href='#index-_005ctextellipsis' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-ellipsis"></span> <p>… An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline): <code>\ldots</code> and <code>\dots</code> also work in math mode. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\lq</code> -<span id="index-_005clq"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005clq'><span><code>\lq</code><a href='#index-_005clq' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-left-quote"></span> <span id="index-opening-quote"></span> <p>‘ Left (opening) quote. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\P</code> -<span id="index-_005cP"></span> -</dt> -<dt><code>\textparagraph</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextparagraph"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cP'><span><code>\P</code><a href='#index-_005cP' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextparagraph'><span><code>\textparagraph</code><a href='#index-_005ctextparagraph' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-paragraph-symbol"></span> <span id="index-pilcrow"></span> <p>¶ Paragraph sign (pilcrow). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\pounds</code> -<span id="index-_005cpounds"></span> -</dt> -<dt><code>\textsterling</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextsterling"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cpounds'><span><code>\pounds</code><a href='#index-_005cpounds' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextsterling'><span><code>\textsterling</code><a href='#index-_005ctextsterling' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-pounds-symbol"></span> <span id="index-sterling-symbol"></span> <p>£ English pounds sterling. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\quotedblbase <span class="roman">(„)</span></code> -<span id="index-_005cquotedblbase-_0028_201e_0029"></span> -</dt> -<dt><code>\quotesinglbase <span class="roman">(‚)</span></code> -<span id="index-_005cquotesinglbase-_0028_201a_0029"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cquotedblbase-_0028_201e_0029'><span><code>\quotedblbase <span class="roman">(„)</span></code><a href='#index-_005cquotedblbase-_0028_201e_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt id='index-_005cquotesinglbase-_0028_201a_0029'><span><code>\quotesinglbase <span class="roman">(‚)</span></code><a href='#index-_005cquotesinglbase-_0028_201a_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-double-low_002d9-quotation-mark"></span> <span id="index-single-low_002d9-quotation-mark"></span> <span id="index-low_002d9-quotation-marks_002c-single-and-double"></span> @@ -20475,127 +20224,91 @@ and <code>\dots</code> also work in math mode. Double and single quotation marks on the baseline. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\rq</code> -<span id="index-_005crq"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005crq'><span><code>\rq</code><a href='#index-_005crq' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-right-quote"></span> <span id="index-closing-quote"></span> <p>’ Right (closing) quote. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\S</code> -<span id="index-_005cS"></span> -</dt> -<dt><code>\textsection</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextsection"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cS'><span><code>\S</code><a href='#index-_005cS' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextsection'><span><code>\textsection</code><a href='#index-_005ctextsection' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-section-symbol"></span> <p>§ Section sign. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\TeX</code> -<span id="index-_005cTeX"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005cTeX'><span><code>\TeX</code><a href='#index-_005cTeX' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-TeX-logo"></span> <span id="index-logo_002c-TeX"></span> <p>The TeX logo. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textasciicircum</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextasciicircum"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextasciicircum'><span><code>\textasciicircum</code><a href='#index-_005ctextasciicircum' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-circumflex_002c-ASCII_002c-in-text"></span> <span id="index-ASCII-circumflex_002c-in-text"></span> <p>^ ASCII circumflex. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textasciitilde</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextasciitilde"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextasciitilde'><span><code>\textasciitilde</code><a href='#index-_005ctextasciitilde' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-tilde_002c-ASCII_002c-in-text"></span> <span id="index-ASCII-tilde_002c-in-text"></span> <p>~ ASCII tilde. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textasteriskcentered</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextasteriskcentered"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextasteriskcentered'><span><code>\textasteriskcentered</code><a href='#index-_005ctextasteriskcentered' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-asterisk_002c-centered_002c-in-text"></span> <span id="index-centered-asterisk_002c-in-text"></span> <p>* Centered asterisk. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textbackslash</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextbackslash-1"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextbackslash-1'><span><code>\textbackslash</code><a href='#index-_005ctextbackslash-1' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-backslash_002c-in-text"></span> <p>\ Backslash. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textbar</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextbar"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextbar'><span><code>\textbar</code><a href='#index-_005ctextbar' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-vertical-bar_002c-in-text"></span> <span id="index-bar_002c-vertical_002c-in-text"></span> <p>| Vertical bar. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textbardbl</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextbardbl"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextbardbl'><span><code>\textbardbl</code><a href='#index-_005ctextbardbl' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-vertical-bar_002c-double_002c-in-text"></span> <span id="index-bar_002c-double-vertical_002c-in-text"></span> <span id="index-double-vertical-bar_002c-in-text"></span> <p>⏸ Double vertical bar. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textbigcircle</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextbigcircle"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextbigcircle'><span><code>\textbigcircle</code><a href='#index-_005ctextbigcircle' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-big-circle-symbols_002c-in-text"></span> <span id="index-circle-symbol_002c-big_002c-in-text"></span> <p>◯, Big circle symbol. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textbraceleft</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextbraceleft"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextbraceleft'><span><code>\textbraceleft</code><a href='#index-_005ctextbraceleft' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-left-brace_002c-in-text"></span> <span id="index-brace_002c-left_002c-in-text"></span> <p>{ Left brace. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textbraceright</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextbraceright"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextbraceright'><span><code>\textbraceright</code><a href='#index-_005ctextbraceright' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-right-brace_002c-in-text"></span> <span id="index-brace_002c-right_002c-in-text"></span> <p>} Right brace. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textbullet</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextbullet"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextbullet'><span><code>\textbullet</code><a href='#index-_005ctextbullet' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-bullet_002c-in-text"></span> <p>• Bullet. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextcircled_007bletter_007d"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextcircled_007bletter_007d'><span><code>\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</code><a href='#index-_005ctextcircled_007bletter_007d' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-circled-letter_002c-in-text"></span> <p>Ⓐ, Circle around <var>letter</var>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textcompwordmark</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextcompwordmark"></span> -</dt> -<dt><code>\textcapitalcompwordmark</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextcapitalcompwordmark"></span> -</dt> -<dt><code>\textascendercompwordmark</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextascendercompwordmark"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextcompwordmark'><span><code>\textcompwordmark</code><a href='#index-_005ctextcompwordmark' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextcapitalcompwordmark'><span><code>\textcapitalcompwordmark</code><a href='#index-_005ctextcapitalcompwordmark' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextascendercompwordmark'><span><code>\textascendercompwordmark</code><a href='#index-_005ctextascendercompwordmark' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-composite-word-mark_002c-in-text"></span> <span id="index-cap-height"></span> <span id="index-ascender-height"></span> @@ -20606,32 +20319,24 @@ is most useful in non-English languages. The while the <code>\textascendercompwordmark</code> form has the ascender height. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textdagger</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextdagger"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextdagger'><span><code>\textdagger</code><a href='#index-_005ctextdagger' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-dagger_002c-in-text-1"></span> <p>† Dagger. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textdaggerdbl</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextdaggerdbl"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextdaggerdbl'><span><code>\textdaggerdbl</code><a href='#index-_005ctextdaggerdbl' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-dagger_002c-double_002c-in-text"></span> <span id="index-double-dagger_002c-in-text-1"></span> <p>‡ Double dagger. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textdollar <span class="roman">(or <code>\$</code>)</span></code> -<span id="index-_005ctextdollar-_0028or-_005c_0024_0029"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextdollar-_0028or-_005c_0024_0029'><span><code>\textdollar <span class="roman">(or <code>\$</code>)</span></code><a href='#index-_005ctextdollar-_0028or-_005c_0024_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-dollar-sign"></span> <span id="index-currency_002c-dollar"></span> <p>$ Dollar sign. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textemdash <span class="roman">(or <code>---</code>)</span></code> -<span id="index-_005ctextemdash-_0028or-_002d_002d_002d_0029"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextemdash-_0028or-_002d_002d_002d_0029'><span><code>\textemdash <span class="roman">(or <code>---</code>)</span></code><a href='#index-_005ctextemdash-_0028or-_002d_002d_002d_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-em_002ddash"></span> <p>— Em-dash. Used for punctuation, usually similar to commas or parentheses, as in ‘<code>The playoffs---if you're lucky @@ -20639,16 +20344,12 @@ enough to make the playoffs---are more like a sprint.</code>’ Conventions for spacing around em-dashes vary widely. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textendash <span class="roman">(or <code>--</code>)</span></code> -<span id="index-_005ctextendash-_0028or-_002d_002d_0029"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextendash-_0028or-_002d_002d_0029'><span><code>\textendash <span class="roman">(or <code>--</code>)</span></code><a href='#index-_005ctextendash-_0028or-_002d_002d_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-e_002ddash"></span> <p>– En-dash. Used for ranges, as in ‘<code>see pages 12--14</code>’. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\texteuro</code> -<span id="index-_005ctexteuro"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctexteuro'><span><code>\texteuro</code><a href='#index-_005ctexteuro' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-euro-symbol"></span> <span id="index-currency_002c-euro"></span> <span id="index-package_002c-eurosym"></span> @@ -20659,20 +20360,16 @@ for spacing around em-dashes vary widely. <span id="index-eurosym-package-1"></span> </p> <p>For an alternative glyph design, try the -<samp>eurosym</samp> package; also, most fonts nowadays come with their own +<code>eurosym</code> package; also, most fonts nowadays come with their own Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textexclamdown <span class="roman">(or <code>!`</code>)</span></code> -<span id="index-_005ctextexclamdown-_0028or-_0021_0060_0029"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextexclamdown-_0028or-_0021_0060_0029'><span><code>\textexclamdown <span class="roman">(or <code>!`</code>)</span></code><a href='#index-_005ctextexclamdown-_0028or-_0021_0060_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-exclamation-point_002c-upside_002ddown"></span> <p>¡ Upside down exclamation point. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textfiguredash</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextfiguredash"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextfiguredash'><span><code>\textfiguredash</code><a href='#index-_005ctextfiguredash' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-figure-dash-character"></span> <p>Dash used between numerals, Unicode U+2012. Defined in the June 2021 release of LaTeX. When used in pdfTeX, approximated by an @@ -20681,40 +20378,30 @@ in the current font, or writes the usual “Missing character” warning to the log file. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textgreater</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextgreater"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextgreater'><span><code>\textgreater</code><a href='#index-_005ctextgreater' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-greater-than-symbol_002c-in-text"></span> <p>> Greater than symbol. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\texthorizontalbar</code> -<span id="index-_005ctexthorizontalbar"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctexthorizontalbar'><span><code>\texthorizontalbar</code><a href='#index-_005ctexthorizontalbar' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-horizontal-bar-character"></span> <p>Horizontal bar character, Unicode U+2015. Defined in the June 2021 release of LaTeX. Behavior as with <code>\textfiguredash</code> above; the pdfTeX approximation is an em-dash. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textless</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextless"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextless'><span><code>\textless</code><a href='#index-_005ctextless' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-less-than-symbol_002c-in-text"></span> <p>< Less than symbol. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textleftarrow</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextleftarrow"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextleftarrow'><span><code>\textleftarrow</code><a href='#index-_005ctextleftarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-arrow_002c-left_002c-in-text"></span> <span id="index-left-arrow_002c-in-text"></span> <p>←, Left arrow. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textnonbreakinghyphen</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextnonbreakinghyphen"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextnonbreakinghyphen'><span><code>\textnonbreakinghyphen</code><a href='#index-_005ctextnonbreakinghyphen' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-non_002dbreaking-hyphen-character"></span> <span id="index-hyphen-character_002c-non_002dbreaking"></span> <p>Non-breaking hyphen character, Unicode U+2011. Defined in the June @@ -20723,12 +20410,8 @@ above; the pdfTeX approximation is a regular ASCII hyphen (with breaks disallowed after). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textordfeminine</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextordfeminine"></span> -</dt> -<dt><code>\textordmasculine</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextordmasculine"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextordfeminine'><span><code>\textordfeminine</code><a href='#index-_005ctextordfeminine' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextordmasculine'><span><code>\textordmasculine</code><a href='#index-_005ctextordmasculine' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-feminine-ordinal-symbol"></span> <span id="index-masculine-ordinal-symbol"></span> <span id="index-ordinals_002c-feminine-and-masculine"></span> @@ -20736,68 +20419,50 @@ breaks disallowed after). <p>ª, º Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textperiodcentered</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextperiodcentered"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextperiodcentered'><span><code>\textperiodcentered</code><a href='#index-_005ctextperiodcentered' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-period_002c-centered_002c-in-text"></span> <span id="index-centered-period_002c-in-text"></span> <p>· Centered period. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textquestiondown <span class="roman">(or <code>?`</code>)</span></code> -<span id="index-_005ctextquestiondown-_0028or-_003f_0060_0029"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextquestiondown-_0028or-_003f_0060_0029'><span><code>\textquestiondown <span class="roman">(or <code>?`</code>)</span></code><a href='#index-_005ctextquestiondown-_0028or-_003f_0060_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-question-mark_002c-upside_002ddown"></span> <p>¿ Upside down question mark. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textquotedblleft <span class="roman">(or <code>``</code>)</span></code> -<span id="index-_005ctextquotedblleft-_0028or-_0060_0060_0029"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextquotedblleft-_0028or-_0060_0060_0029'><span><code>\textquotedblleft <span class="roman">(or <code>``</code>)</span></code><a href='#index-_005ctextquotedblleft-_0028or-_0060_0060_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-left-quote_002c-double"></span> <span id="index-double-left-quote"></span> <p>“ Double left quote. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textquotedblright <span class="roman">(or <code>''</code>)</span></code> -<span id="index-_005ctextquotedblright-_0028or-_0027_0027_0029"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextquotedblright-_0028or-_0027_0027_0029'><span><code>\textquotedblright <span class="roman">(or <code>''</code>)</span></code><a href='#index-_005ctextquotedblright-_0028or-_0027_0027_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-right-quote_002c-double"></span> <span id="index-double-right-quote"></span> <p>” Double right quote. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textquoteleft <span class="roman">(or <code>`</code>)</span></code> -<span id="index-_005ctextquoteleft-_0028or-_0060_0029"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextquoteleft-_0028or-_0060_0029'><span><code>\textquoteleft <span class="roman">(or <code>`</code>)</span></code><a href='#index-_005ctextquoteleft-_0028or-_0060_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-left-quote_002c-single"></span> <span id="index-single-left-quote"></span> <p>‘ Single left quote. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textquoteright <span class="roman">(or <code>'</code>)</span></code> -<span id="index-_005ctextquoteright-_0028or-_0027_0029"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextquoteright-_0028or-_0027_0029'><span><code>\textquoteright <span class="roman">(or <code>'</code>)</span></code><a href='#index-_005ctextquoteright-_0028or-_0027_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-right-quote_002c-single"></span> <span id="index-single-right-quote"></span> <p>’ Single right quote. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textquotesingle</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextquotesingle"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextquotesingle'><span><code>\textquotesingle</code><a href='#index-_005ctextquotesingle' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-quote_002c-single-straight"></span> <span id="index-straight-single-quote"></span> <span id="index-single-quote_002c-straight"></span> <p>', Straight single quote. (From TS1 encoding.) </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textquotestraightbase</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextquotestraightbase"></span> -</dt> -<dt><code>\textquotestraightdblbase</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextquotestraightdblbase"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextquotestraightbase'><span><code>\textquotestraightbase</code><a href='#index-_005ctextquotestraightbase' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextquotestraightdblbase'><span><code>\textquotestraightdblbase</code><a href='#index-_005ctextquotestraightdblbase' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-quote_002c-straight-base"></span> <span id="index-straight-quote_002c-base"></span> <span id="index-double-quote_002c-straight-base"></span> @@ -20805,54 +20470,40 @@ breaks disallowed after). <p>Single and double straight quotes on the baseline. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textregistered</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextregistered"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextregistered'><span><code>\textregistered</code><a href='#index-_005ctextregistered' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-registered-symbol"></span> <p>® Registered symbol. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textrightarrow</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextrightarrow"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextrightarrow'><span><code>\textrightarrow</code><a href='#index-_005ctextrightarrow' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-arrow_002c-right_002c-in-text"></span> <span id="index-right-arrow_002c-in-text"></span> <p>→, Right arrow. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textthreequartersemdash</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextthreequartersemdash"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextthreequartersemdash'><span><code>\textthreequartersemdash</code><a href='#index-_005ctextthreequartersemdash' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-three_002dquarters-em_002ddash"></span> <span id="index-em_002ddash_002c-three_002dquarters"></span> <p>﹘, “Three-quarters” em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\texttrademark</code> -<span id="index-_005ctexttrademark"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctexttrademark'><span><code>\texttrademark</code><a href='#index-_005ctexttrademark' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-trademark-symbol"></span> <p>™ Trademark symbol. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\texttwelveudash</code> -<span id="index-_005ctexttwelveudash"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctexttwelveudash'><span><code>\texttwelveudash</code><a href='#index-_005ctexttwelveudash' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-two_002dthirds-em_002ddash"></span> <span id="index-em_002ddash_002c-two_002dthirds"></span> <p>﹘, “Two-thirds” em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textunderscore</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextunderscore"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextunderscore'><span><code>\textunderscore</code><a href='#index-_005ctextunderscore' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-underscore_002c-in-text"></span> <p>_ Underscore. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textvisiblespace</code> -<span id="index-_005ctextvisiblespace"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-_005ctextvisiblespace'><span><code>\textvisiblespace</code><a href='#index-_005ctextvisiblespace' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><span id="index-visible-space-symbol_002c-in-text"></span> <p>␣, Visible space symbol. </p> @@ -20861,7 +20512,9 @@ breaks disallowed after). <hr> -<span id="Accents"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Accents"> +<div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Additional-Latin-letters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Additional Latin letters</a>, Previous: <a href="#Text-symbols" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Text symbols</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -20881,7 +20534,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Additional-Latin-letters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Additional La <p>LaTeX has wide support for many of the world’s scripts and languages, provided through the core <code>babel</code> package, which supports pdfLaTeX, XeLaTeX and LuaLaTeX. The -<samp>polyglossia</samp> package provides similar support with the latter +<code>polyglossia</code> package provides similar support with the latter two engines. </p> <p>This section does not cover that support. It only lists the core @@ -20902,68 +20555,60 @@ These are often used in place of their dotted counterparts when they are accented. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>\"</code></dt> -<dt><code>\capitaldieresis</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005c_0022-_0028umlaut-accent_0029"></span> -<span id="index-_005ccapitaldieresis"></span> +<dt id='index-_005c_0022-_0028umlaut-accent_0029'><span><code>\"</code><a href='#index-_005c_0022-_0028umlaut-accent_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\capitaldieresis</code></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005ccapitaldieresis"></span> <span id="index-umlaut-accent"></span> <span id="index-dieresis-accent"></span> <p>ö Umlaut (dieresis). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\'</code></dt> -<dt><code>\capitalacute</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005c_0027-_0028acute-accent_0029"></span> -<span id="index-_005ccapitalacute"></span> +<dt id='index-_005c_0027-_0028acute-accent_0029'><span><code>\'</code><a href='#index-_005c_0027-_0028acute-accent_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\capitalacute</code></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005ccapitalacute"></span> <span id="index-acute-accent"></span> <p>ó Acute accent. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\.</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005c_002e-_0028dot_002dover-accent_0029"></span> -<span id="index-dot-accent"></span> +<dt id='index-_005c_002e-_0028dot_002dover-accent_0029'><span><code>\.</code><a href='#index-_005c_002e-_0028dot_002dover-accent_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-dot-accent"></span> <span id="index-dot_002dover-accent"></span> <p>ȯ Dot accent. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\=</code></dt> -<dt><code>\capitalmacron</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005c_003d-_0028macron-accent_0029"></span> -<span id="index-_005ccapitalmacron"></span> +<dt id='index-_005c_003d-_0028macron-accent_0029'><span><code>\=</code><a href='#index-_005c_003d-_0028macron-accent_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\capitalmacron</code></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005ccapitalmacron"></span> <span id="index-macron-accent"></span> <span id="index-overbar-accent"></span> <span id="index-bar_002dover-accent"></span> <p>ō Macron (overbar) accent. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\^</code></dt> -<dt><code>\capitalcircumflex</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005c_005e-_0028circumflex-accent_0029"></span> -<span id="index-_005ccapitalcircumflex"></span> +<dt id='index-_005c_005e-_0028circumflex-accent_0029'><span><code>\^</code><a href='#index-_005c_005e-_0028circumflex-accent_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\capitalcircumflex</code></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005ccapitalcircumflex"></span> <span id="index-circumflex-accent"></span> <span id="index-hat-accent"></span> <p>ô Circumflex (hat) accent. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\`</code></dt> -<dt><code>\capitalgrave</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005c_0060-_0028grave-accent_0029"></span> -<span id="index-_005ccapitalgrave"></span> +<dt id='index-_005c_0060-_0028grave-accent_0029'><span><code>\`</code><a href='#index-_005c_0060-_0028grave-accent_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\capitalgrave</code></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005ccapitalgrave"></span> <span id="index-grave-accent"></span> <p>ò Grave accent. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\~</code></dt> -<dt><code>\capitaltilde</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005c_007e-_0028tilde-accent_0029"></span> -<span id="index-_005ccapitaltilde"></span> +<dt id='index-_005c_007e-_0028tilde-accent_0029'><span><code>\~</code><a href='#index-_005c_007e-_0028tilde-accent_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\capitaltilde</code></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005ccapitaltilde"></span> <span id="index-tilde-accent"></span> <p>ñ Tilde accent. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\b</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cb-_0028bar_002dunder-accent_0029"></span> -<span id="index-bar_002dunder-accent"></span> +<dt id='index-_005cb-_0028bar_002dunder-accent_0029'><span><code>\b</code><a href='#index-_005cb-_0028bar_002dunder-accent_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-bar_002dunder-accent"></span> <p>o_ Bar accent underneath. </p> <span id="index-_005cunderbar"></span> @@ -20975,71 +20620,64 @@ thus crossing through descenders. See also <code>\underline</code> in <a href="#Math-miscellany">Math miscellany</a>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\c</code></dt> -<dt><code>\capitalcedilla</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cc-_0028cedilla-accent_0029"></span> -<span id="index-_005ccapitalcedilla"></span> +<dt id='index-_005cc-_0028cedilla-accent_0029'><span><code>\c</code><a href='#index-_005cc-_0028cedilla-accent_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\capitalcedilla</code></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005ccapitalcedilla"></span> <span id="index-cedilla-accent"></span> <p>ç Cedilla accent underneath. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\d</code></dt> -<dt><code>\capitaldotaccent</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cd-_0028dot_002dunder-accent_0029"></span> -<span id="index-_005ccapitaldotaccent"></span> +<dt id='index-_005cd-_0028dot_002dunder-accent_0029'><span><code>\d</code><a href='#index-_005cd-_0028dot_002dunder-accent_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\capitaldotaccent</code></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005ccapitaldotaccent"></span> <span id="index-dot_002dunder-accent"></span> <p>ọ Dot accent underneath. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\H</code></dt> -<dt><code>\capitalhungarumlaut</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cH-_0028Hungarian-umlaut-accent_0029"></span> -<span id="index-_005ccapitalhungarumlaut"></span> +<dt id='index-_005cH-_0028Hungarian-umlaut-accent_0029'><span><code>\H</code><a href='#index-_005cH-_0028Hungarian-umlaut-accent_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\capitalhungarumlaut</code></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005ccapitalhungarumlaut"></span> <span id="index-hungarian-umlaut-accent"></span> <p>ő Long Hungarian umlaut accent. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\k</code></dt> -<dt><code>\capitalogonek</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005ck-_0028ogonek_0029"></span> -<span id="index-_005ccapitalogonek"></span> +<dt id='index-_005ck-_0028ogonek_0029'><span><code>\k</code><a href='#index-_005ck-_0028ogonek_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\capitalogonek</code></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005ccapitalogonek"></span> <span id="index-ogonek"></span> <p>ǫ Ogonek. Not available in the OT1 encoding. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\r</code></dt> -<dt><code>\capitalring</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cr-_0028ring-accent_0029"></span> -<span id="index-_005ccapitalring"></span> +<dt id='index-_005cr-_0028ring-accent_0029'><span><code>\r</code><a href='#index-_005cr-_0028ring-accent_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\capitalring</code></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005ccapitalring"></span> <span id="index-ring-accent"></span> <p>o* Ring accent. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\t</code></dt> -<dt><code>\capitaltie</code></dt> -<dt><code>\newtie</code></dt> -<dt><code>\capitalnewtie</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005ct-_0028tie_002dafter-accent_0029"></span> -<span id="index-_005ccapitaltie"></span> +<dt id='index-_005ct-_0028tie_002dafter-accent_0029'><span><code>\t</code><a href='#index-_005ct-_0028tie_002dafter-accent_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\capitaltie</code></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\newtie</code></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\capitalnewtie</code></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005ccapitaltie"></span> <span id="index-_005cnewtie"></span> <span id="index-_005ccapitalnewtie"></span> <span id="index-tie_002dafter-accent"></span> -<p>oo[ Tie-after accent. The <code>\newtie</code> form is centered in -its box. +<p>Tie-after accent (used for transliterating from Cyrillic, such as in the +ALA-LC romanization). It expects that the argument has two characters. +The <code>\newtie</code> form is centered in its box. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\u</code></dt> -<dt><code>\capitalbreve</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cu-_0028breve-accent_0029"></span> -<span id="index-_005ccapitalbreve"></span> +<dt id='index-_005cu-_0028breve-accent_0029'><span><code>\u</code><a href='#index-_005cu-_0028breve-accent_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\capitalbreve</code></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005ccapitalbreve"></span> <span id="index-breve-accent"></span> <p>ŏ Breve accent. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\v</code></dt> -<dt><code>\capitalcaron</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cv-_0028breve-accent_0029"></span> -<span id="index-_005ccapitalcaron"></span> +<dt id='index-_005cv-_0028breve-accent_0029'><span><code>\v</code><a href='#index-_005cv-_0028breve-accent_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\capitalcaron</code></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005ccapitalcaron"></span> <span id="index-hacek-accent"></span> <span id="index-check-accent"></span> <span id="index-caron-accent"></span> @@ -21048,14 +20686,14 @@ its box. </dd> </dl> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caccent" accesskey="1">\accent</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Low level command to produce an accented character. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005caccent" accesskey="1"><code>\accent</code></a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005caccent"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005caccent"> +<div class="header"> <p> Up: <a href="#Accents" accesskey="u" rel="up">Accents</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -21069,9 +20707,9 @@ Up: <a href="#Accents" accesskey="u" rel="up">Accents</a> [<a href="#SEC_ </pre></div> <p>A TeX primitive command used to generate accented characters from -accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by <var>number</var>, -a numeric argument, followed by a space and then a <var>character</var> argument -constructs the accented character in the current font. +accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by <var>number</var>, a +numeric argument, followed by a space and then a <var>character</var> +argument to construct the accented character in the current font. </p> <p>These are accented ‘<samp>e</samp>’ characters. </p> @@ -21083,7 +20721,8 @@ constructs the accented character in the current font. \accent23 e </pre></div> -<p>The first is a grave, the second is breve, etc. +<p>The first is a grave, the second a caron, the third a breve, the fourth +a macron, and the fifth a ring above. </p> <p>The position of the accent is determined by the font designer and so the outcome of <code>\accent</code> use may differ between fonts. In LaTeX it is @@ -21095,7 +20734,7 @@ encoding where accented glyphs are absent). </p> <p>There can be an optional font change between <var>number</var> and <var>character</var>. Note also that this command sets the -<code>\spacefactor</code> to 1000 (see <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor">\spacefactor</a>). +<code>\spacefactor</code> to 1000 (see <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor"><code>\spacefactor</code></a>). </p> <p>An unavoidable characteristic of some Cyrillic letters and the majority of accented Cyrillic letters is that they must be @@ -21109,9 +20748,12 @@ cases will not work as it cannot analyze upper/lower case. </p> <hr> -<span id="Additional-Latin-letters"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Additional-Latin-letters"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#inputenc-package" accesskey="n" rel="next">inputenc package</a>, Previous: <a href="#Accents" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Accents</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#inputenc-package" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>inputenc</code> package</a>, Previous: <a href="#Accents" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Accents</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Additional-Latin-letters-1"></span><h3 class="section">23.6 Additional Latin letters</h3> @@ -21127,26 +20769,23 @@ A–Z that extend the Latin alphabet, used primarily in languages other than English. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>\aa</code></dt> -<dt><code>\AA</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005caa-_0028aa_0029"></span> -<span id="index-_005cAA-_0028AA_0029"></span> +<dt id='index-_005caa-_0028aa_0029'><span><code>\aa</code><a href='#index-_005caa-_0028aa_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\AA</code></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cAA-_0028AA_0029"></span> <span id="index-aring"></span> <p>å and Å. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\ae</code></dt> -<dt><code>\AE</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cae-_0028ae_0029"></span> -<span id="index-_005cAE-_0028AE_0029"></span> +<dt id='index-_005cae-_0028ae_0029'><span><code>\ae</code><a href='#index-_005cae-_0028ae_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\AE</code></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cAE-_0028AE_0029"></span> <span id="index-ae-ligature"></span> <p>æ and Æ. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\dh</code></dt> -<dt><code>\DH</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cdh-_0028d_0029"></span> -<span id="index-_005cDH-_0028D_0029"></span> +<dt id='index-_005cdh-_0028d_0029'><span><code>\dh</code><a href='#index-_005cdh-_0028d_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\DH</code></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cDH-_0028D_0029"></span> <span id="index-Icelandic-eth"></span> <span id="index-eth_002c-Icelandic-letter"></span> <p>Icelandic letter eth: ð and Ð. Not available with <small>OT1</small> @@ -21154,67 +20793,59 @@ encoding, you need the <samp>fontenc</samp> package to select an alternate font encoding, such as <small>T1</small>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\dj</code></dt> -<dt><code>\DJ</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cdj"></span> -<span id="index-_005cDJ"></span> +<dt id='index-_005cdj'><span><code>\dj</code><a href='#index-_005cdj' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\DJ</code></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cDJ"></span> <p>Crossed d and D, a.k.a. capital and small letter d with stroke. Not available with <small>OT1</small> encoding, you need the <samp>fontenc</samp> package to select an alternate font encoding, such as <small>T1</small>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\ij</code></dt> -<dt><code>\IJ</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cij-_0028ij_0029"></span> -<span id="index-_005cIJ-_0028IJ_0029"></span> +<dt id='index-_005cij-_0028ij_0029'><span><code>\ij</code><a href='#index-_005cij-_0028ij_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\IJ</code></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cIJ-_0028IJ_0029"></span> <span id="index-ij-letter_002c-Dutch"></span> <p>ij and IJ (except somewhat closer together than appears here). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\l</code></dt> -<dt><code>\L</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cl-_0028l_0029"></span> -<span id="index-_005cL-_0028L_0029"></span> +<dt id='index-_005cl-_0028l_0029'><span><code>\l</code><a href='#index-_005cl-_0028l_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\L</code></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cL-_0028L_0029"></span> <span id="index-polish-l"></span> <p>ł and Ł. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\ng</code></dt> -<dt><code>\NG</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cng"></span> -<span id="index-_005cNG"></span> +<dt id='index-_005cng'><span><code>\ng</code><a href='#index-_005cng' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\NG</code></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cNG"></span> <p>Lappish letter eng, also used in phonetics. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\o</code></dt> -<dt><code>\O</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005co-_0028o_0029"></span> -<span id="index-_005cO-_0028O_0029"></span> +<dt id='index-_005co-_0028o_0029'><span><code>\o</code><a href='#index-_005co-_0028o_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\O</code></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cO-_0028O_0029"></span> <span id="index-oslash"></span> <p>ø and Ø. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\oe</code></dt> -<dt><code>\OE</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005coe-_0028oe_0029"></span> -<span id="index-_005cOE-_0028OE_0029"></span> +<dt id='index-_005coe-_0028oe_0029'><span><code>\oe</code><a href='#index-_005coe-_0028oe_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\OE</code></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cOE-_0028OE_0029"></span> <span id="index-oe-ligature"></span> <p>œ and Œ. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\ss</code></dt> -<dt><code>\SS</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005css-_0028ss_0029"></span> -<span id="index-_005cSS-_0028SS_0029"></span> +<dt id='index-_005css-_0028ss_0029'><span><code>\ss</code><a href='#index-_005css-_0028ss_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\SS</code></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cSS-_0028SS_0029"></span> <span id="index-es_002dzet-German-letter"></span> <span id="index-sharp-S-letters"></span> <p>ß and SS. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\th</code></dt> -<dt><code>\TH</code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cth-_0028th_0029"></span> -<span id="index-_005cTH-_0028TH_0029"></span> +<dt id='index-_005cth-_0028th_0029'><span><code>\th</code><a href='#index-_005cth-_0028th_0029' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>\TH</code></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cTH-_0028TH_0029"></span> <span id="index-Icelandic-thorn"></span> <span id="index-thorn_002c-Icelandic-letter"></span> <p>Icelandic letter thorn: þ and Þ. Not available with <small>OT1</small> @@ -21226,9 +20857,11 @@ font encoding, such as <small>T1</small>. <hr> -<span id="inputenc-package"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="inputenc-package"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005crule" accesskey="n" rel="next">\rule</a>, Previous: <a href="#Additional-Latin-letters" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Additional Latin letters</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005crule" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\rule</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#Additional-Latin-letters" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Additional Latin letters</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="inputenc-package-1"></span><h3 class="section">23.7 <code>inputenc</code> package</h3> @@ -21252,7 +20885,7 @@ useful to omit it. called the <em>encoding</em>. There are many different encodings. The simplest is ASCII, which supports 95 printable characters, not enough for most of the world’s languages. For instance, to typeset the -a-umlaut character ä in an ASCII-encoded LaTeX source file, the +a-umlaut character ‘<samp>ä</samp>’ in an ASCII-encoded LaTeX source file, the sequence <code>\"a</code> is used. This would make source files for anything but English hard to read; even for English, often a more extensive encoding is more convenient. @@ -21286,7 +20919,8 @@ LaTeX input file that uses UTF-8. The simplest solution is to replace the non-UTF-8 character with its UTF-8 equivalent, or use a LaTeX equivalent command or character. </p> -<p>In some documents, such as a collection of journal articles from a +<span id="index-_005cinputencoding"></span> +<span id="g_t_005cinputencoding"></span><p>In some documents, such as a collection of journal articles from a variety of authors, changing the encoding in mid-document may be necessary. Use the command <code>\inputencoding{<var>encoding-name</var>}</code>. The most common values @@ -21296,9 +20930,11 @@ for <var>encoding-name</var> are: <code>ascii</code>, <code>latin1</code>, </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005crule"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005crule"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctoday" accesskey="n" rel="next">\today</a>, Previous: <a href="#inputenc-package" accesskey="p" rel="prev">inputenc package</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctoday" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\today</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#inputenc-package" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>inputenc</code> package</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005crule-1"></span><h3 class="section">23.8 <code>\rule</code></h3> @@ -21325,7 +20961,7 @@ or just “qed”, often used to mark the end of a proof: <span id="index-package_002c-amsthm-1"></span> <span id="index-amsthm-package-1"></span> -<p>The <samp>amsthm</samp> package includes this command, with a somewhat +<p>The <code>amsthm</code> package includes this command, with a somewhat different-looking symbol. </p> <p>The mandatory arguments give the horizontal <var>width</var> and vertical @@ -21345,13 +20981,15 @@ thickness is common in LaTeX. </p> <p>A rule that has zero width, or zero thickness, will not show up in the output, but can cause LaTeX to change the output around it. -See <a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a>, for examples. +See <a href="#g_t_005cstrut"><code>\strut</code></a>, for examples. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005ctoday"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005ctoday"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005crule" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\rule</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005crule" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\rule</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005ctoday-1"></span><h3 class="section">23.9 <code>\today</code></h3> @@ -21375,7 +21013,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005crule" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\rule</a>, Up: <a hre <span id="index-package_002c-polyglossia-1"></span> <span id="index-polyglossia-package-1"></span> -<p>Multilingual packages such as <samp>babel</samp> or <samp>polyglossia</samp>, or +<p>Multilingual packages such as <code>babel</code> or <code>polyglossia</code>, or classes such as <samp>lettre</samp>, will localize <code>\today</code>. For example, the following will output ‘<samp>4 juillet 1976</samp>’: </p> @@ -21389,12 +21027,12 @@ the following will output ‘<samp>4 juillet 1976</samp>’: </pre></div> <p><code>\today</code> uses the counters <code>\day</code>, <code>\month</code>, and -<code>\year</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear">\day & \month & \year</a>). +<code>\year</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear"><code>\day</code> & <code>\month</code> & <code>\year</code></a>). </p> <span id="index-package_002c-datetime"></span> <span id="index-datetime-package"></span> -<p>A number of package on CTAN work with dates. One is <samp>datetime</samp> package +<p>A number of package on CTAN work with dates. One is <code>datetime</code> package which can produce a wide variety of date formats, including ISO standards. </p> <p>The date is not updated as the LaTeX process runs, so in principle the @@ -21402,9 +21040,12 @@ date could be incorrect by the time the program finishes. </p> <hr> -<span id="Splitting-the-input"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="chapter" id="Splitting-the-input"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Front_002fback-matter" accesskey="n" rel="next">Front/back matter</a>, Previous: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Special insertions</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Front_002fback-matter" accesskey="n" rel="next">Front/back matter</a>, Previous: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Special insertions</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Splitting-the-input-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">24 Splitting the input</h2> @@ -21454,23 +21095,21 @@ LaTeX will retain the page numbers and all of the cross reference information from the other parts of the document so these will appear in your output correctly. </p> -<p>See <a href="#Larger-book-template">Larger book template</a>, for another example of <code>\includeonly</code>. +<p>See <a href="#Larger-book-template">Larger <code>book</code> template</a>, for another example of <code>\includeonly</code>. </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cendinput" accesskey="1">\endinput</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Stop including material from a file. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly" accesskey="2">\include & \includeonly</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Conditionally include files. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cinput" accesskey="3">\input</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Unconditionally include a file. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cendinput" accesskey="1"><code>\endinput</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly" accesskey="2"><code>\include</code> & <code>\includeonly</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cinput" accesskey="3"><code>\input</code></a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cendinput"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cendinput"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly" accesskey="n" rel="next">\include & \includeonly</a>, Up: <a href="#Splitting-the-input" accesskey="u" rel="up">Splitting the input</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\include</code> & <code>\includeonly</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Splitting-the-input" accesskey="u" rel="up">Splitting the input</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cendinput-1"></span><h3 class="section">24.1 <code>\endinput</code></h3> @@ -21513,9 +21152,11 @@ This allows you, for instance, to close an <code>\if...</code> with a </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cinput" accesskey="n" rel="next">\input</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cendinput" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\endinput</a>, Up: <a href="#Splitting-the-input" accesskey="u" rel="up">Splitting the input</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cinput" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\input</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cendinput" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\endinput</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Splitting-the-input" accesskey="u" rel="up">Splitting the input</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly-1"></span><h3 class="section">24.2 <code>\include</code> & <code>\includeonly</code></h3> @@ -21538,7 +21179,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cinput" accesskey="n" rel="next">\input</a>, Previous: <a LaTeX document. </p> <p>The <code>\include</code> command does three things: it executes -<code>\clearpage</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage">\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</a>), then it +<code>\clearpage</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage"><code>\clearpage</code> & <code>\cleardoublepage</code></a>), then it inputs the material from <samp><var>filename</var>.tex</samp> into the document, and then it does another <code>\clearpage</code>. This command can only appear in the document body. @@ -21593,10 +21234,10 @@ LaTeX will include all the files you call for with <code>\include</code> commands. </p> <p>The <code>\include</code> command makes a new page. To avoid that, see -<a href="#g_t_005cinput">\input</a> (which, however, does not retain the auxiliary +<a href="#g_t_005cinput"><code>\input</code></a> (which, however, does not retain the auxiliary information). </p> -<p>See <a href="#Larger-book-template">Larger book template</a>, for another example using <code>\include</code> +<p>See <a href="#Larger-book-template">Larger <code>book</code> template</a>, for another example using <code>\include</code> and <code>\includeonly</code>. That example also uses <code>\input</code> for some material that will not necessarily start on a new page. </p> @@ -21617,6 +21258,7 @@ should avoid spaces in the file names. The tradition is to instead use dashes or underscores. Nevertheless, for the name ‘<samp>amo amas amat</samp>’, this works under TeX Live on GNU/Linux: </p> +<span id="index-_005cspace"></span> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\documentclass{book} \includeonly{ @@ -21658,9 +21300,11 @@ also delete the file <samp><var>root</var>.aux</samp> and rerun LaTeX. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cinput"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cinput"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\include & \includeonly</a>, Up: <a href="#Splitting-the-input" accesskey="u" rel="up">Splitting the input</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\include</code> & <code>\includeonly</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Splitting-the-input" accesskey="u" rel="up">Splitting the input</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cinput-1"></span><h3 class="section">24.3 <code>\input</code></h3> @@ -21674,7 +21318,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly" accesskey="p" rel="p <p>LaTeX processes the file as if its contents were inserted in the current file. For a more sophisticated inclusion mechanism see -<a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly">\include & \includeonly</a>. +<a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly"><code>\include</code> & <code>\includeonly</code></a>. </p> <p>If <var>filename</var> does not end in ‘<samp>.tex</samp>’ then LaTeX first tries the filename with that extension; this is the usual case. If @@ -21698,6 +21342,7 @@ should avoid spaces in the file names. The tradition is to instead use dashes or underscores. Nevertheless, for the name ‘<samp>amo amas amat</samp>’, this works under TeX Live on GNU/Linux: </p> +<span id="index-_005cspace-1"></span> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\input{"amo\space amas\space amat"} </pre></div> @@ -21710,28 +21355,28 @@ this works under TeX Live on GNU/Linux: <hr> -<span id="Front_002fback-matter"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="chapter" id="Front_002fback-matter"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Letters</a>, Previous: <a href="#Splitting-the-input" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Splitting the input</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Letters</a>, Previous: <a href="#Splitting-the-input" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Splitting the input</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Front_002fback-matter-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">25 Front/back matter</h2> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="1">Table of contents etc.</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Indexes" accesskey="2">Indexes</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Generate an index. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Glossaries" accesskey="3">Glossaries</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Generate a glossary. -</td></tr> -</table> - +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="1">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a></li> +<li><a href="#Indexes" accesskey="2">Indexes</a></li> +<li><a href="#Glossaries" accesskey="3">Glossaries</a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="Table-of-contents-etc_002e"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="section" id="Table-of-contents-etc_002e"> +<div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Indexes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Indexes</a>, Up: <a href="#Front_002fback-matter" accesskey="u" rel="up">Front/back matter</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<span id="Table-of-contents-etc_002e-1"></span><h3 class="section">25.1 Table of contents etc.</h3> +<span id="Table-of-contents_002c-list-of-figures_002c-list-of-tables"></span><h3 class="section">25.1 Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</h3> <span id="index-table-of-contents_002c-creating"></span> @@ -21780,7 +21425,7 @@ and section listings but not subsection listings, because the numbers of the sectioning units. For more on the <code>tocdepth</code> see <a href="#Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</a>. </p> -<p>Another example of the use of <code>\tableofcontents</code> is in <a href="#Larger-book-template">Larger book template</a>. +<p>Another example of the use of <code>\tableofcontents</code> is in <a href="#Larger-book-template">Larger <code>book</code> template</a>. </p> <p>If you want a page break after the table of contents, write a <code>\newpage</code> command after the <code>\tableofcontents</code> command, as @@ -21807,11 +21452,11 @@ auxiliary file named <samp><var>root-file</var>.toc</samp> (see <a href="#Splitt <span id="index-_005ccontentsline"></span> <p>Each line contains a single command, <code>\contentsline</code> -(see <a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a>). The first argument, the <code>section</code> or +(see <a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline"><code>\contentsline</code></a>). The first argument, the <code>section</code> or <code>subsection</code>, is the sectioning unit. The second argument has two components. The hook <code>\numberline</code> determines how the sectioning number, <code>1</code> or <code>1.1</code>, appears in the table of contents -(see <a href="#g_t_005cnumberline">\numberline</a>). The remainder of the second argument of +(see <a href="#g_t_005cnumberline"><code>\numberline</code></a>). The remainder of the second argument of <code>\contentsline</code>, ‘<samp>First section</samp>’ or ‘<samp>First subsection</samp>’, is the sectioning title text. Finally, the third argument, ‘<samp>2</samp>’, is the page number on which this sectioning unit starts. @@ -21821,7 +21466,7 @@ the page number on which this sectioning unit starts. <code>\l@section{<var>text</var>}{<var>pagenumber</var>}</code> and <code>\l@subsection{<var>text</var>}{<var>pagenumber</var>}</code>. These commands often use the <code>\@dottedtocline</code> command -(see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline">\@dottedtocline</a>). +(see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline"><code>\@dottedtocline</code></a>). </p> <p>A consequence of LaTeX’s strategy of using auxiliary files is that to get the correct information in the document you must run LaTeX twice, @@ -21841,10 +21486,10 @@ for most examples. figures, and the list of tables. For instance, add a line about a section to the table of contents with <code>\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{<var>text</var>}</code>. -(see <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a>). Add arbitrary material, that is, non-line +(see <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline"><code>\addcontentsline</code></a>). Add arbitrary material, that is, non-line material, with <code>\addtocontents</code>, as with the command <code>\addtocontents{lof}{\protect\vspace{2ex}}</code>, which adds -vertical space to the list of figures (see <a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents">\addtocontents</a>). +vertical space to the list of figures (see <a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents"><code>\addtocontents</code></a>). </p> <p>Lines in the table of contents, the list of figures, and the list of tables, have four parts. First is an indent. Next is a box into which @@ -21852,7 +21497,7 @@ sectioning numbers are placed, and then the third box holds the title text, such as ‘<samp>First section</samp>’. Finally there is a box up against the right margin, inside of which LaTeX puts the page number box. For the indent and the width of the number box, -see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline">\@dottedtocline</a>. The right margin box has width +see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline"><code>\@dottedtocline</code></a>. The right margin box has width <code>\@tocrmarg</code> and the page number is flush right in that space, inside a box of width <code>\@pnumwidth</code>. By default <code>\@tocrmarg</code> is <code>2.55em</code> and <code>\@pnumwidth</code> is @@ -21866,9 +21511,9 @@ inside a box of width <code>\@pnumwidth</code>. By default <span id="index-tocbibbind-package"></span> <p>CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures -and tables (see <a href="#CTAN">CTAN</a>). The package <samp>tocloft</samp> is convenient for +and tables (see <a href="#CTAN">CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</a>). The package <code>tocloft</code> is convenient for adjusting some aspects of the default such as spacing. And, -<samp>tocbibbind</samp> will automatically add the bibliography, index, +<code>tocbibbind</code> will automatically add the bibliography, index, etc. to the table of contents. </p> <p>To change the header for the table of contents page, do something like @@ -21886,29 +21531,24 @@ these commands before you call <code>\tableofcontents</code>, etc. <span id="index-package_002c-polyglossia-2"></span> <span id="index-polyglossia-package-2"></span> -<p>Internationalization packages such as <samp>babel</samp> or <samp>polyglossia</samp> +<p>Internationalization packages such as <code>babel</code> or <code>polyglossia</code> will change these headers depending on the chosen base language. </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline" accesskey="1">\@dottedtocline</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Format entry line in table of contents, etc. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline" accesskey="2">\addcontentsline</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add an entry to table of contents, etc. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents" accesskey="3">\addtocontents</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add text directly to table of contents file, etc. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline" accesskey="4">\contentsline</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set line in table of contents, etc. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnofiles" accesskey="5">\nofiles</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Prevent writing to auxiliary files. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnumberline" accesskey="6">\numberline</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Put its number argument flush left in a box. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline" accesskey="1"><code>\@dottedtocline</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline" accesskey="2"><code>\addcontentsline</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents" accesskey="3"><code>\addtocontents</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline" accesskey="4"><code>\contentsline</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cnofiles" accesskey="5"><code>\nofiles</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cnumberline" accesskey="6"><code>\numberline</code></a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline" accesskey="n" rel="next">\addcontentsline</a>, Up: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents etc.</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\addcontentsline</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.1.1 <code>\@dottedtocline</code></h4> @@ -21938,25 +21578,27 @@ file contains these definitions: <p>In this example, <code>\@dottedcline</code> appears to have been given only three arguments. But tracing the internal code shows that it picks up the final <var>text</var> and <var>pagenumber</var> arguments in the synopsis -from a call to <code>\contentsline</code>. +from a call to <code>\contentsline</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline"><code>\contentsline</code></a>). </p> <span id="index-leaders_002c-dots-in-table-of-contents"></span> <p>Between the box for the title text of a section and the right margin box, these <code>\@dottedtocline</code> commands insert <em>leaders</em>, that is, evenly-spaced dots. The dot-to-dot space is given by the command -<code>\@dotsep</code>. By default it is 4.5 (it is in math units, which -are <code>1/18</code> em. Change it using <code>\renewcommand</code>, as -in <code>\renewcommand{\@dotsep}{3.5}</code>. +<code>\@dotsep</code>. By default it is 4.5 (it is in math units, aka. +<code>mu</code>, which are <code>1/18</code> em. Change it using +<code>\renewcommand</code>, as in <code>\renewcommand{\@dotsep}{3.5}</code>. </p> -<p>In the default book class, LaTeX does not use dotted leaders for -the Part and Chapter table entries, and in the default article class -it does not use dotted leaders for Section entries. +<p>In the standard <samp>book</samp> class, LaTeX does not use dotted leaders +for the Part and Chapter table entries, and in the standard +<samp>article</samp> class it does not use dotted leaders for Section entries. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005caddcontentsline"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005caddcontentsline"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents" accesskey="n" rel="next">\addtocontents</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\@dottedtocline</a>, Up: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents etc.</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\addtocontents</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\@dottedtocline</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005caddcontentsline-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.1.2 <code>\addcontentsline</code></h4> @@ -21981,74 +21623,79 @@ contents. <p>It will appear at the same indentation level as the sections, will be in boldface, and will be assigned the page number associated with the point -where it appears in the input file. +where the command appears in the input file. </p> <p>The <code>\addcontentsline</code> command writes information to the file -<samp><var>root-name</var>.<var>ext</var></samp>. It writes that information as the -text of the command +<samp><var>root-name</var>.<var>ext</var></samp>, where <var>root-name</var> is the file name +of the root file (see <a href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a>). It writes that +information as the text of the command <code>\contentsline{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>}{<var>num</var>}</code>, where <code><var>num</var></code> is the current value of counter <code><var>unit</var></code> -(see <a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a>). The most common case is the table of contents +(see <a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline"><code>\contentsline</code></a>). The most common case is the table of contents and there <var>num</var> is the page number of the first page of <var>unit</var>. </p> <p>This command is invoked by the sectioning commands <code>\chapter</code>, -etc., and also by <code>\caption</code> inside a float environment. But it is -also used by authors. For example, an author writing a book whose style -is to have an unnumbered preface may use the starred <code>\chapter*</code>. -But that command leaves out table of contents information, which can be -entered manually, as here. +etc. (see <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a>), and also by <code>\caption</code> inside a float +environment (see <a href="#Floats">Floats</a>). But it is also directly used by authors. +For example, an author writing a book whose style is to have an +unnumbered preface may use the starred <code>\chapter*</code>. But that +command leaves out table of contents information, which can be entered +manually, as here. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\chapter*{Preface} \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect\numberline{}Preface} </pre></div> -<p>In the <samp>.toc</samp> file LaTeX will put the line <code>\contentsline -{chapter}{\numberline {}Preface}{3}</code>; note that the page number -‘<samp>3</samp>’ is automatically generated by the system, not entered manually. +<p>In the <samp><var>root-name</var>.toc</samp> file LaTeX will put the line +<code>\contentsline {chapter}{\numberline {}Preface}{3}</code>; note +that the page number ‘<samp>3</samp>’ is automatically generated by the system, +not entered manually. </p> <p>All of the arguments for <code>\addcontentsline</code> are required. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><var>ext</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>ext</var></span></dt> <dd><p>Typically one of the strings <code>toc</code> for the table of contents, <code>lof</code> for the list of figures, or <code>lot</code> for the list of tables. The filename extension of the information file. </p> </dd> -<dt><var>unit</var></dt> -<dd><p>A string that depends on the value of the <var>ext</var> argument: +<dt><span><var>unit</var></span></dt> +<dd><p>A string that depends on the value of the <var>ext</var> argument, typically +one of: </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>toc</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>toc</code></span></dt> <dd><p>For the table of contents, this is the name of a sectional unit: <code>part</code>, <code>chapter</code>, <code>section</code>, <code>subsection</code>, etc. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>lof</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>lof</code></span></dt> <dd><p>For the list of figures: <code>figure</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>lot</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>lot</code></span></dt> <dd><p>For the list of tables: <code>table</code>. </p></dd> </dl> </dd> -<dt><var>text</var></dt> -<dd><p>The text of the entry. You must <code>\protect</code> any commands that are -fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +<dt><span><var>text</var></span></dt> +<dd><p>The text of the entry. You must <code>\protect</code> any fragile commands +(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>) used in it. </p></dd> </dl> <p>The <code>\addcontentsline</code> command has an interaction with -<code>\include</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly">\include & \includeonly</a>). If you use them at +<code>\include</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly"><code>\include</code> & <code>\includeonly</code></a>). If you use them at the same level, as with <code>\addcontentsline{...}{...}{...}\include{...}</code> then lines in the table of contents can come out in the wrong order. The solution is to move <code>\addcontentsline</code> into the file being included. </p> -<p>If you use a <var>unit</var> that LaTeX does not recognize, as here +<p>If you use a <var>unit</var> that LaTeX does not recognize, as with the +typo here </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\addcontentsline{toc}{setcion}{\protect\textbf{Appendices}} @@ -22059,9 +21706,11 @@ will not make sense. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005caddtocontents"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005caddtocontents"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline" accesskey="n" rel="next">\contentsline</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\addcontentsline</a>, Up: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents etc.</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\contentsline</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\addcontentsline</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005caddtocontents-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.1.3 <code>\addtocontents</code></h4> @@ -22112,13 +21761,13 @@ examples show, <code>\addtocontents</code> is for material such as spacing. required. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><var>ext</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>ext</var></span></dt> <dd><p>Typically one of: <samp>toc</samp> for the table of contents, <samp>lof</samp> for the list of figures, or <samp>lot</samp> for the list of tables. The extension of the file holding the information. </p> </dd> -<dt><var>text</var></dt> +<dt><span><var>text</var></span></dt> <dd><p>The text, and possibly commands, to be written. </p></dd> </dl> @@ -22126,11 +21775,11 @@ extension of the file holding the information. <p>The sectioning commands such as <code>\chapter</code> use the <code>\addcontentsline</code> command to store information. This command creates lines in the <samp>.toc</samp> auxiliary file containing the -<code>\contentsline</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a>). In contrast, +<code>\contentsline</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline"><code>\addcontentsline</code></a>). In contrast, the command <code>\addtocontents</code> puts material directly in that file. </p> <p>The <code>\addtocontents</code> command has an interaction with -<code>\include</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly">\include & \includeonly</a>). If you use them at +<code>\include</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly"><code>\include</code> & <code>\includeonly</code></a>). If you use them at the same level, as with <code>\addtocontents{...}{...}\include{...}</code> then lines in the table of contents can come out in the wrong order. The solution is to @@ -22138,9 +21787,11 @@ move <code>\addtocontents</code> into the file being included. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005ccontentsline"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005ccontentsline"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnofiles" accesskey="n" rel="next">\nofiles</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\addtocontents</a>, Up: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents etc.</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnofiles" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\nofiles</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\addtocontents</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005ccontentsline-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.1.4 <code>\contentsline</code></h4> @@ -22163,13 +21814,13 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnofiles" accesskey="n" rel="next">\nofiles</a>, Previous </pre></div> <p>Used internally by LaTeX to typeset an entry of the table of -contents, list of figures, or list of tables (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a>). Authors do not directly enter <code>\contentsline</code> commands. +contents, list of figures, or list of tables (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>). Authors do not directly enter <code>\contentsline</code> commands. </p> <p>Usually adding material to these lists is done automatically by the commands <code>\chapter</code>, <code>\section</code>, etc. for the table of contents, or by the <code>\caption</code> command inside of a <code>\figure</code> -or <code>\table</code> environment (see <a href="#figure">figure</a> and see <a href="#table">table</a>). Thus, -where the base file is <samp>thesis.tex</samp>, and contains the declaration +or <code>\table</code> environment (see <a href="#figure"><code>figure</code></a> and see <a href="#table"><code>table</code></a>). Thus, +where the root file is <samp>thesis.tex</samp>, and contains the declaration <code>\tableofcontents</code>, the command <code>\chapter{Chapter One}</code> produces something like this in the file <samp>thesis.toc</samp>. </p> @@ -22188,23 +21839,32 @@ something like this in <samp>thesis.lof</samp>. <p>To manually add material, use <code>\addcontentsline{<var>filetype</var>}{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>}</code>, where <var>filetype</var> is <code>toc</code>, <code>lof</code>, or <code>lot</code> -(see <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a>). +(see <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline"><code>\addcontentsline</code></a>). </p> +<span id="index-package_002c-tocloft-1"></span> +<span id="index-tocloft-package-1"></span> + <p>For manipulating how the <code>\contentline</code> material is typeset, see -the <samp>tocloft</samp> package. +the <code>tocloft</code> package. </p> +<span id="index-package_002c-hyperref-3"></span> +<span id="index-hyperref-package-3"></span> + <p>Note that the <code>hyperref</code> package changes the definition of <code>\contentsline</code> (and <code>\addcontentsline</code>) to add more arguments, to make hyperlinks. This is the source of the error -<code>Argument of \contentsline has an extra }</code>. Fix this error by -deleting the <samp>.toc</samp> or <samp>.lof</samp> or <samp>.lot</samp> file, and running -LaTeX again. +<code>Argument of \contentsline has an extra }</code> when one adds/remove +the use of package <code>hyperref</code> and a compilation was already run. +Fix this error by deleting the <samp>.toc</samp> or <samp>.lof</samp> or <samp>.lot</samp> +file, and running LaTeX again. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cnofiles"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cnofiles"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnumberline" accesskey="n" rel="next">\numberline</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\contentsline</a>, Up: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents etc.</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnumberline" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\numberline</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\contentsline</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cnofiles-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.1.5 <code>\nofiles</code></h4> @@ -22239,9 +21899,11 @@ the old information. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cnumberline"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cnumberline"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnofiles" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\nofiles</a>, Up: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents etc.</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnofiles" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\nofiles</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cnumberline-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.1.6 <code>\numberline</code></h4> @@ -22255,9 +21917,9 @@ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnofiles" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\nofiles</a>, Up: <p>Typeset its argument flush left in a box. This is used in a <code>\contentsline</code> command to typeset the section number -(see <a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a>). +(see <a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline"><code>\contentsline</code></a>). </p> -<p>For example, this line in a <samp>.toc</samp> file causes the <code>1</code> to be +<p>For example, this line in a <samp>.toc</samp> file causes the <code>1.1</code> to be typeset flush left. </p> <div class="example"> @@ -22268,22 +21930,30 @@ typeset flush left. <code>\@tempdima</code>. That length is set by the commands <code>\l@section</code>, <code>\l@subsection</code>, etc. Put section numbers inside a natural-width box with -<code>\renewcommand{\numberline}[1]{#1~}</code>. +<code>\renewcommand{\numberline}[1]{#1~}</code> before +<code>\tableofcontents</code>. </p> -<p>This command is fragile, so you may need to precede it with -<code>\protect</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). An example is the use of -<code>\protect</code> in the command -<code>\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}Summary}</code> -to get the <code>\numberline</code> into this command in the <samp>.toc</samp> file: -<code>\contentsline {section}{\numberline {}Summary}{6}</code> (the -page number ‘<samp>6</samp>’ is automatically added by LaTeX; -see <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a>). +<p>This command is fragile so you may need to precede it with +<code>\protect</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). An example is the use of +<code>\protect</code> in this command, +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example"><code>\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}Summary}</code> +</pre></div> + +<p>to get the <code>\numberline</code> into the <code>\contentsline</code> +command in the <samp>.toc</samp> file: <code>\contentsline +{section}{\numberline {}Summary}{6}</code> (the page number ‘<samp>6</samp>’ +is automatically added by LaTeX; see <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline"><code>\addcontentsline</code></a>). </p> <hr> -<span id="Indexes"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Indexes"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Glossaries" accesskey="n" rel="next">Glossaries</a>, Previous: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Table of contents etc.</a>, Up: <a href="#Front_002fback-matter" accesskey="u" rel="up">Front/back matter</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Glossaries" accesskey="n" rel="next">Glossaries</a>, Previous: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</a>, Up: <a href="#Front_002fback-matter" accesskey="u" rel="up">Front/back matter</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Indexes-1"></span><h3 class="section">25.2 Indexes</h3> @@ -22293,34 +21963,52 @@ Next: <a href="#Glossaries" accesskey="n" rel="next">Glossaries</a>, Previous: < <span id="index-_005cindex"></span> <span id="index-_002eidx-file"></span> -<p>This document has an index. +<p>If you tell LaTeX what terms you want to appear in an index then it +can produce that index, alphabetized and with the page numbers +automatically maintained. This illustrates the basics. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\documentclass{article} -\usepackage{makeidx} \makeindex +\usepackage{makeidx} % Provide indexing commands + \makeindex +% \usepackage{showidx} % Show marginal notes of index entries ... \begin{document} ... -Recall Wilson's Theorem: \index{Wilson's Theorem} -a number \( n>1 \) is prime if and only if the factorial of \( n-1 \) -is congruent to \( -1 \) modulo~\( n \). +Wilson's Theorem\index{Wilson's Theorem} +says that a number $n>1$ is prime if and only if the factorial +of $n-1$ is congruent to $-1$ +modulo~$n$.\index{congruence!and Wilson's Theorem} ... \printindex - ... +\end{document} </pre></div> -<p>The <code>\usepackage{makeidx}</code> and <code>\makeindex</code> in the preamble -bring in the relevant commands. -</p> -<p>Producing an index is a three stage process. First, in the document -body you declare index entries with the <code>\index</code> command -(see <a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a>). When you run LaTeX, the <code>\index</code> writes its -information to an auxiliary file <samp><var>root-name</var>.idx</samp>. Next, to -alphabetize and to do other manipulations you run an external command, -typically <code>makeindex</code> or <code>xindy</code> (see <a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a>). -These output a file <samp><var>root-name</var>.ind</samp>. Finally, you bring the -information back into your document and typeset it with the -<code>\printindex</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005cprintindex">\printindex</a>). +<p>As that shows, declare index entries with the <code>\index</code> command +(see <a href="#g_t_005cindex"><code>\index</code></a>). When you run LaTeX, the <code>\index</code> writes its +information, such as ‘<samp>Wilson's Theorem</samp>’ and the page number, to an +auxiliary file whose name ends in <samp>.idx</samp>. Next, to alphabetize and +do other manipulations, run an external command, typically +<code>makeindex</code> (see <a href="#makeindex"><code>makeindex</code></a>), which writes a file whose name +ends in <samp>.ind</samp>. Finally, <code>\printindex</code> brings this +manipulated information into the output (see <a href="#g_t_005cprintindex"><code>\printindex</code></a>). +</p> +<p>Thus, if the above example is in the file <samp>numth.tex</samp> then running +‘<samp>pdflatex numth</samp>’ will save index entry and page number information +to <samp>numth.idx</samp>. Then running ‘<samp>makeindex numth</samp>’ will +alphabetize and save the results to <samp>numth.ind</samp>. Finally, again +running ‘<samp>pdflatex numth</samp>’ will show the desired index, at the place +where the <code>\printindex</code> command is in the source file. +</p> +<p>There are many options for the output. An example is that the +exclamation point in <code>\index{congruence!and Wilson's Theorem}</code> +produces a main entry of ‘<samp>congruence</samp>’ with a subentry of ‘<samp>and +Wilson's Theorem</samp>’. For more, see <a href="#makeindex"><code>makeindex</code></a>. +</p> +<p>The <code>\makeindex</code> and <code>\printindex</code> commands are independent. +Leaving out the <code>\makeindex</code> will stop LaTeX from saving the +index entries to the auxiliary file. Leaving out the <code>\printindex</code> +will cause LaTeX to not show the index in the document output. </p> <span id="index-package_002c-showidx"></span> <span id="index-showidx-package"></span> @@ -22332,28 +22020,75 @@ information back into your document and typeset it with the <span id="index-multiple-indexes"></span> <p>There are many packages in the area of indexing. The <code>showidx</code> package causes each index entries to be shown in the margin on the -page where the entry appears. This can help in preparing the index. +page where the <code>\index</code> appears. This can help in preparing the index. The <code>multind</code> package, among others, supports multiple indexes. See also the TeX FAQ entry on this topic, <a href="https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-multind">https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-multind</a>, and the CTAN topic, <a href="https://ctan.org/topic/index-multi">https://ctan.org/topic/index-multi</a>. </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cindex" accesskey="1">\index</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Declare an index entry. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#makeindex" accesskey="2">makeindex</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Alphabetize index entries. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cprintindex" accesskey="3">\printindex</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Put the index here. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#Produce-the-index-manually" accesskey="1">Produce the index manually</a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cindex" accesskey="2"><code>\index</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#makeindex" accesskey="3"><code>makeindex</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cprintindex" accesskey="4"><code>\printindex</code></a></li> +</ul> +<hr> +<div class="subsection" id="Produce-the-index-manually"> +<div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cindex" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\index</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Indexes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Indexes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="Produce-the-index-manually-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.2.1 Produce the index manually</h4> + +<span id="index-index_002c-producing-manually"></span> +<span id="index-theindex"></span> + +<p>Documents that are small and static can have a manually produced index. +This will make a separate page labeled ‘<samp>Index</samp>’, in twocolumn +format. +</p> +<span id="index-environment_002c-theindex"></span> +<span id="index-theindex-environment"></span> + +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\begin{theindex} +\item acorn squash, 1 +\subitem maple baked, 2 +\indexspace +\item bacon, 3 +\subitem maple baked, 4 +\end{theindex} +</pre></div> + +<p>Note that the author must enter the page numbers, which is tedious and +which will result in wrong numbers if the document changes. This is why +in most cases automated methods such as <code>makeindex</code> are best. +See <a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a>. +</p> +<span id="index-_005citem-4"></span> +<span id="index-_005csubitem"></span> +<span id="index-_005csubsubitem"></span> +<span id="index-_005cindexspace"></span> +<p>However we cover the commands for completeness, and because the +automated methods are based on these commands. There are three levels +of entries. As the example shows, a main entry uses <code>\item</code>, +subentries use <code>\subitem</code>, and the lowest level uses +<code>\subsubitem</code>. Blank lines between entries have no effect. The +example above includes <code>\indexspace</code> to produce vertical space in +the output that some index styles use before the first entry starting +with a new letter. +</p> + <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cindex"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cindex"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#makeindex" accesskey="n" rel="next">makeindex</a>, Up: <a href="#Indexes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Indexes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#makeindex" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>makeindex</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#Produce-the-index-manually" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Produce the index manually</a>, Up: <a href="#Indexes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Indexes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<span id="g_t_005cindex-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.2.1 <code>\index</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cindex-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.2.2 <code>\index</code></h4> <span id="index-index-entry"></span> <span id="index-_005cindex-1"></span> @@ -22365,7 +22100,7 @@ Next: <a href="#makeindex" accesskey="n" rel="next">makeindex</a>, Up: <a href=" </pre></div> <p>Declare an entry in the index. This command is fragile -(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). </p> <p>For example, as described in <a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a>, one way to get an index from what’s below is to compile the document with <code>pdflatex test</code>, then @@ -22373,20 +22108,24 @@ process the index entries with <code>makeindex test</code>, and then compile again with <code>pdflatex test</code>. </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">W~Ackermann (1896--1962).\index{Ackermann} +<pre class="example">% file test.tex + ... +W~Ackermann (1896--1962).\index{Ackermann} ... Ackermann function\index{Ackermann!function} ... rate of growth\index{Ackermann!function!growth rate} </pre></div> +<span id="index-index-entries_002c-subentries"></span> <p>All three index entries will get a page number, such as ‘<samp>Ackermann, 22</samp>’. LaTeX will format the second as a subitem of the first, on the line below it and indented, and the third as a subitem of the second. Three levels deep is as far as you can nest subentries. (If you add <code>\index{Ackermann!function!growth rate!comparison}</code> then <code>makeindex</code> says ‘<samp>Scanning input file test.idx....done (4 -entries accepted, 1 rejected)</samp>’ and nothing appears in the index). +entries accepted, 1 rejected)</samp>’ and the fourth level is silently missing +from the index.) </p> <p>If you enter a second <code>\index</code> with the same <var>index-entry-string</var> then you will get a single index entry with two @@ -22403,13 +22142,13 @@ instance <code>\index{Ackermann!function}</code> could come before <div class="example"> <pre class="example">W~Ackermann (1896--1962).\index{Ackermann} ... -D~Hilbert (1862--1943)\index{Ackermann!Hilbert\(} +D~Hilbert (1862--1943)\index{Ackermann!Hilbert|(} ... -disapproved of his marriage.\index{Ackermann!Hilbert\)} +disapproved of his marriage.\index{Ackermann!Hilbert|)} </pre></div> <p>If the beginning and ending of the page range are equal then the system -just gives a single page entry, not a range. +just gives a single page number, not a range. </p> <p>If you index subentries but not a main entry, as with <code>\index{Jones!program}</code> and <code>\index{Jones!results}</code>, then @@ -22427,16 +22166,15 @@ followed by two subitems, like ‘<samp>program, 50</samp>’ and &lsquo <span id="index-polyglossia-package-3"></span> -<p>Generate a index entry that says ‘<samp>See</samp>’ by using a vertical bar +<p>Generate a index entry that says ‘<samp>see</samp>’ by using a vertical bar character: <code>\index{Ackermann!function|see{P\'eter's -function}}</code>. You can instead get ‘<samp>See also</samp>’ with <code>seealso</code>. -(The text ‘<samp>See</samp>’ is defined by <code>\seename</code>, and ‘<samp>See also</samp>’ +function}}</code>. You can instead get ‘<samp>see also</samp>’ with <code>seealso</code>. +(The text ‘<samp>see</samp>’ is defined by <code>\seename</code>, and ‘<samp>see also</samp>’ by <code>\alsoname</code>. You can redefine these either by using an -internationalization package such as <samp>babel</samp> or <samp>polyglossia</samp>, -or directly as with <code>\renewcommand{\alsoname}[1]{Also see -#1}</code>.) +internationalization package such as <code>babel</code> or <code>polyglossia</code>, +or directly as with <code>\renewcommand{\alsoname}{Also see}</code>.) </p> -<p>The ‘<samp>See</samp>’ feature is part of a more general functionality. After +<p>The ‘<samp>see</samp>’ feature is part of a more general functionality. After the vertical bar you can put the name of a one-input command, as in <code>\index{group|textit}</code> (note the missing backslash on the <code>\textit</code> command) and the system will apply that command to the @@ -22475,15 +22213,15 @@ then <var>pos</var> gives the alphabetical position of the entry while ‘<samp>SMC</samp>’ alphabetized into a different location than its spelling would naturally give it. </p> -<p>To put a <code>!</code>, or <code>@</code>, or <code>|</code> character in an index -entry, preceding it with a double quote, <code>"</code>. (The double quote -gets deleted before alphabetization.) +<p>To put a <code>!</code>, or <code>@</code>, or <code>|</code>, or <code>"</code> character in +an index entry, escape it by preceding it with a double quote, <code>"</code>. +(The double quote gets deleted before alphabetization.) </p> <span id="index-package_002c-index"></span> <span id="index-index-package"></span> <p>A number of packages on CTAN have additional functionality beyond that -provided by <samp>makeidx</samp>. One is <samp>index</samp>, which allows for +provided by <code>makeidx</code>. One is <code>index</code>, which allows for multiple indices and contains a command <code>\index*{<var>index-entry-string</var>}</code> that prints the <var>index-entry-string</var> as well as indexing it. @@ -22508,14 +22246,16 @@ message like this. <hr> -<span id="makeindex"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="makeindex"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cprintindex" accesskey="n" rel="next">\printindex</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cindex" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\index</a>, Up: <a href="#Indexes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Indexes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cprintindex" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\printindex</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cindex" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\index</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Indexes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Indexes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<span id="makeindex-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.2.2 <code>makeindex</code></h4> +<span id="makeindex-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.2.3 <code>makeindex</code></h4> <span id="index-index_002c-processing"></span> -<span id="index-makeindex"></span> +<span id="index-makeindex_002c-program"></span> <span id="index-makeindex-program"></span> <span id="index-_002eind-file"></span> <span id="index-_002eidx-file-1"></span> @@ -22532,7 +22272,7 @@ makeindex <var>options</var> <var>filename0</var> ... <var>filename</var>. This is a command line program. It takes one or more raw index files, <samp><var>filename</var>.idx</samp> files, and produces the actual index file, the <samp><var>filename</var>.ind</samp> file that is input by -<code>\printindex</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cprintindex">\printindex</a>). +<code>\printindex</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cprintindex"><code>\printindex</code></a>). </p> <span id="index-_002eisty-file"></span> <span id="index-index_002c-style-file"></span> @@ -22565,7 +22305,7 @@ on CTAN. </p> <p>A style file consists of a list of pairs: <var>specifier</var> and <var>attribute</var>. These can appear in the file in any order. All of the -<var>attributes</var> are strings, except where noted. Strings are +<var>attribute</var>s are strings, except where noted. Strings are surrounded with double quotes, <code>"</code>, and the maximum length of a string is 144 characters. The <code>\n</code> is for a newline and <code>\t</code> is for a tab. Backslashes are escaped with another backslash, @@ -22574,33 +22314,25 @@ comment. </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dd><span id="makeindex-preamble"></span></dd> -<dt><code>preamble</code> -<span id="index-preamble"></span> -</dt> -<dd><p>Preamble of the output file. Defines the context in which the index is +<dt id='index-preamble'><span><code>preamble</code><a href='#index-preamble' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><p>Preamble of the output index file. Defines the context in which the index is formatted. Default: <code>"\\begin{theindex}\n"</code>. </p> <span id="makeindex-postamble"></span></dd> -<dt><code>postamble</code> -<span id="index-postamble"></span> -</dt> -<dd><p>Postamble of the output file. Default: <code>"\n\n\\end{theindex}\n"</code>. +<dt id='index-postamble'><span><code>postamble</code><a href='#index-postamble' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><p>Postamble of the output index file. Default: <code>"\n\n\\end{theindex}\n"</code>. </p> <span id="makeindex-group-skip"></span></dd> -<dt><code>group_skip</code> -<span id="index-group_005fskip"></span> -</dt> -<dd><span id="index-_005cindexspace"></span> +<dt id='index-group_005fskip'><span><code>group_skip</code><a href='#index-group_005fskip' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cindexspace-1"></span> <p>Traditionally index items are broken into groups, typically a group for -entries starting with ‘<samp>a</samp>’, etc. This specifier gives what is -inserted when a new group begins. Default: <code>"\n\n \\indexspace\n"</code> -(<code>\indexspace</code> is a command inserting a rubber length, by default -<code>10pt plus5pt minus3pt</code>). +entries starting with letter ‘<samp>a</samp>’, etc. This specifier gives what +is inserted when a new group begins. Default: <code>"\n\n +\\indexspace\n"</code> (<code>\indexspace</code> is a command inserting a rubber +length, by default <code>10pt plus5pt minus3pt</code>). </p> <span id="makeindex-letheadflag"></span></dd> -<dt><code>lethead_flag</code> -<span id="index-lethead_005fflag"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-lethead_005fflag'><span><code>lethead_flag</code><a href='#index-lethead_005fflag' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>An integer. It governs what is inserted for a new group or letter. If it is 0 (which is the default) then other than <code>group_skip</code> nothing will be inserted before the group. If it is positive then at a new @@ -22610,129 +22342,93 @@ then what will be inserted is the letter in lowercase. The default is 0. </p> <span id="makeindex-lethead-prefix"></span></dd> -<dt><code>lethead_prefix</code> -<span id="index-lethead_005fprefix"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-lethead_005fprefix'><span><code>lethead_prefix</code><a href='#index-lethead_005fprefix' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>If a new group begins with a different letter then this is the prefix inserted before the new letter header. Default: <code>""</code> </p> <span id="makeindex-lethead-suffix"></span></dd> -<dt><code>lethead_suffix</code> -<span id="index-lethead_005fsuffix"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-lethead_005fsuffix'><span><code>lethead_suffix</code><a href='#index-lethead_005fsuffix' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>If a group begins with a different letter then this is the suffix inserted after the new letter header. Default: <code>""</code>. </p> <span id="makeindex-item-0"></span></dd> -<dt><code>item_0</code> -<span id="index-item_005f0"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-item_005f0'><span><code>item_0</code><a href='#index-item_005f0' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>What is put between two level 0 items. Default: <code>"\n \\item "</code>. </p> <span id="makeindex-item-1"></span></dd> -<dt><code>item_1</code> -<span id="index-item_005f1"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-item_005f1'><span><code>item_1</code><a href='#index-item_005f1' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Put between two level 1 items. Default: <code>"\n \\subitem "</code>. </p> <span id="makeindex-item-2"></span></dd> -<dt><code>item_2</code> -<span id="index-item_005f2"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-item_005f2'><span><code>item_2</code><a href='#index-item_005f2' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>put between two level 2 items. Default: <code>"\n \\subsubitem "</code>. </p> <span id="makeindex-item-01"></span></dd> -<dt><code>item_01</code> -<span id="index-item_005f01"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-item_005f01'><span><code>item_01</code><a href='#index-item_005f01' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>What is put between a level 0 item and a level 1 item. Default: <code>"\n \\subitem "</code>. </p> <span id="makeindex-item-x1"></span></dd> -<dt><code>item_x1</code> -<span id="index-item_005fx1"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-item_005fx1'><span><code>item_x1</code><a href='#index-item_005fx1' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>What is put between a level 0 item and a level 1 item in the case that the level 0 item doesn’t have any page numbers (as in <code>\index{aaa|see{bbb}}</code>). Default: <code>"\n \\subitem "</code>. </p> <span id="makeindex-item-12"></span></dd> -<dt><code>item_12</code> -<span id="index-item_005f12"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-item_005f12'><span><code>item_12</code><a href='#index-item_005f12' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>What is put between a level 1 item and a level 2 item. Default: <code>"\n \\subsubitem "</code>. </p> <span id="makeindex-item-x2"></span></dd> -<dt><code>item_x2</code> -<span id="index-item_005fx2"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-item_005fx2'><span><code>item_x2</code><a href='#index-item_005fx2' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>What is put between a level 1 item and a level 2 item, if the level 1 item doesn’t have page numbers. Default: <code>"\n \\subsubitem "</code>. </p> <span id="makeindex-delim-0"></span></dd> -<dt><code>delim_0</code> -<span id="index-delim_005f0"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-delim_005f0'><span><code>delim_0</code><a href='#index-delim_005f0' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Delimiter put between a level 0 key and its first page number. Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code>", "</code>. </p> <span id="makeindex-delim-1"></span></dd> -<dt><code>delim_1</code> -<span id="index-delim_005f1"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-delim_005f1'><span><code>delim_1</code><a href='#index-delim_005f1' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Delimiter put between a level 1 key and its first page number. Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code>", "</code>. </p> <span id="makeindex-delim-2"></span></dd> -<dt><code>delim_2</code> -<span id="index-delim_005f2"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-delim_005f2'><span><code>delim_2</code><a href='#index-delim_005f2' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Delimiter between a level 2 key and its first page number. Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code>", "</code>. </p> <span id="makeindex-delim-n"></span></dd> -<dt><code>delim_n</code> -<span id="index-delim_005fn"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-delim_005fn'><span><code>delim_n</code><a href='#index-delim_005fn' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>Delimiter between two page numbers for the same key (at any level). Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code>", "</code>. </p> <span id="makeindex-delim-r"></span></dd> -<dt><code>delim_r</code> -<span id="index-delim_005fr"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-delim_005fr'><span><code>delim_r</code><a href='#index-delim_005fr' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>What is put between the starting and ending page numbers of a range. Default: <code>"--"</code>. </p> <span id="makeindex-line-max"></span></dd> -<dt><code>line_max</code> -<span id="index-line_005fmax"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-line_005fmax'><span><code>line_max</code><a href='#index-line_005fmax' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>An integer. Maximum length of an index entry’s line in the output, beyond which the line wraps. Default: <code>72</code>. </p> <span id="makeindex-indent-space"></span></dd> -<dt><code>indent_space</code> -<span id="index-indent_005fspace"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-indent_005fspace'><span><code>indent_space</code><a href='#index-indent_005fspace' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>What is inserted at the start of a wrapped line. Default: <code>"\t\t"</code>. </p> <span id="makeindex-indent-length"></span></dd> -<dt><code>indent_length</code> -<span id="index-indent_005flength"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-indent_005flength'><span><code>indent_length</code><a href='#index-indent_005flength' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>A number. The length of the wrapped line indentation. The default <code>indent_space</code> is two tabs and each tab is eight spaces so the default here is <code>16</code>. </p> <span id="makeindex-page-precedence"></span></dd> -<dt><code>page_precedence</code> -<span id="index-page_005fprecedence"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-page_005fprecedence'><span><code>page_precedence</code><a href='#index-page_005fprecedence' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>A document may have pages numbered in different ways. For example, a book may have front matter pages numbered in lowercase roman while main matter pages are in arabic. This string specifies the order in which @@ -22748,7 +22444,7 @@ roman <code>R</code>, and uppercase alphabetic <code>A</code>. Default: <span id="index-xindy-program"></span> <p>There are a number of other programs that do the job <code>makeindex</code> does. One is <code>xindy</code> -(https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy), which does internationalization and can +(<a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy">https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy</a>), which does internationalization and can process indexes for documents marked up using LaTeX and a number of other languages. It is written in Lisp, highly configurable, both in markup terms and in terms of the collating order of the text, as @@ -22760,11 +22456,13 @@ written in Lua (<a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/xindex">https://ctan.org/pkg/xinde </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cprintindex"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cprintindex"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#makeindex" accesskey="p" rel="prev">makeindex</a>, Up: <a href="#Indexes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Indexes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#makeindex" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>makeindex</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Indexes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Indexes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<span id="g_t_005cprintindex-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.2.3 <code>\printindex</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cprintindex-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.2.4 <code>\printindex</code></h4> <span id="index-index_002c-printing"></span> <span id="index-_005cprintindex"></span> @@ -22775,9 +22473,11 @@ Previous: <a href="#makeindex" accesskey="p" rel="prev">makeindex</a>, Up: <a hr <pre class="example">\printindex </pre></div> -<span id="index-_005cprintindex-1"></span> <p>Place the index into the output. </p> +<span id="index-package_002c-makeidx"></span> +<span id="index-makeidx-package"></span> + <p>To get an index you must first include <code>\usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex</code> in the document preamble and compile the document, then run the system command <code>makeindex</code>, @@ -22786,7 +22486,10 @@ discussion and an example of the use of <code>\printindex</code>. </p> <hr> -<span id="Glossaries"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Glossaries"> +<div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#Indexes" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Indexes</a>, Up: <a href="#Front_002fback-matter" accesskey="u" rel="up">Front/back matter</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -22852,18 +22555,17 @@ the commands <code>\newglossaryentry</code> and <code>\gls</code>, there are sim commands for a list of acronyms. See the package documentations on CTAN. </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry" accesskey="1">\newglossaryentry</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Declare the content of a glossary entry. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cgls" accesskey="2">\gls</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Give a page reference for a glossary entry. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry" accesskey="1"><code>\newglossaryentry</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cgls" accesskey="2"><code>\gls</code></a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cnewglossaryentry"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cnewglossaryentry"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cgls" accesskey="n" rel="next">\gls</a>, Up: <a href="#Glossaries" accesskey="u" rel="up">Glossaries</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cgls" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\gls</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Glossaries" accesskey="u" rel="up">Glossaries</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cnewglossaryentry-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.3.1 <code>\newglossaryentry</code></h4> @@ -22914,36 +22616,26 @@ paragraph. here are a few. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>name</code> -<span id="index-name"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-name'><span><code>name</code><a href='#index-name' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>(Required.) The word, phrase, or symbol that you are defining. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>description</code> -<span id="index-description"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-description'><span><code>description</code><a href='#index-description' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>(Required.) The description that will appear in the glossary. If this has more than one paragraph then you must use the second command form given in the synopsis. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>plural</code> -<span id="index-plural"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-plural'><span><code>plural</code><a href='#index-plural' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>The plural form of <var>name</var>. Refer to the plural form using -<code>\glspl</code> or <code>\Glspl</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cgls">\gls</a>). +<code>\glspl</code> or <code>\Glspl</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cgls"><code>\gls</code></a>). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>sort</code> -<span id="index-sort"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-sort'><span><code>sort</code><a href='#index-sort' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>How to place this entry in the list of entries that the glossary holds. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>symbol</code> -<span id="index-symbol"></span> -</dt> +<dt id='index-symbol'><span><code>symbol</code><a href='#index-symbol' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> <dd><p>A symbol, such as a mathematical symbol, besides the name. </p> </dd> @@ -22951,9 +22643,11 @@ form given in the synopsis. <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cgls"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cgls"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newglossaryentry</a>, Up: <a href="#Glossaries" accesskey="u" rel="up">Glossaries</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\newglossaryentry</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Glossaries" accesskey="u" rel="up">Glossaries</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cgls-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.3.2 <code>\gls</code></h4> @@ -22970,7 +22664,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newgloss </pre></div> <p>Refer to a glossary entry. The entries are declared with -<code>\newglossaryentry</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</a>). +<code>\newglossaryentry</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry"><code>\newglossaryentry</code></a>). </p> <p>This </p> @@ -22993,9 +22687,13 @@ which also takes the plural. </p> <hr> -<span id="Letters"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="chapter" id="Letters"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="n" rel="next">Input/output</a>, Previous: <a href="#Front_002fback-matter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Front/back matter</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="n" rel="next">Input/output</a>, Previous: <a href="#Front_002fback-matter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Front/back matter</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Letters-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">26 Letters</h2> @@ -23086,36 +22784,26 @@ I am not interested in entering a business arrangement with you. <p>These commands are used with the <code>letter</code> class. </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caddress" accesskey="1">\address</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Sender’s return address. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ccc" accesskey="2">\cc</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Carbon copy list. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cclosing" accesskey="3">\closing</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Saying goodbye. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cencl" accesskey="4">\encl</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">List of enclosed material. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005clocation" accesskey="5">\location</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Sender’s organizational location. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels" accesskey="6">\makelabels</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Make address labels. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cname" accesskey="7">\name</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Sender’s name, for the return address. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005copening" accesskey="8">\opening</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Saying hello. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cps" accesskey="9">\ps</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Adding a postscript. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csignature">\signature</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Sender’s signature. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ctelephone">\telephone</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Sender’s phone number. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005caddress" accesskey="1"><code>\address</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005ccc" accesskey="2"><code>\cc</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cclosing" accesskey="3"><code>\closing</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cencl" accesskey="4"><code>\encl</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005clocation" accesskey="5"><code>\location</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels" accesskey="6"><code>\makelabels</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cname" accesskey="7"><code>\name</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005copening" accesskey="8"><code>\opening</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cps" accesskey="9"><code>\ps</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005csignature"><code>\signature</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005ctelephone"><code>\telephone</code></a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005caddress"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005caddress"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccc" accesskey="n" rel="next">\cc</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccc" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\cc</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005caddress-1"></span><h3 class="section">26.1 <code>\address</code></h3> @@ -23149,9 +22837,11 @@ is formatted as a personal letter. <hr> -<span id="g_t_005ccc"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005ccc"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cclosing" accesskey="n" rel="next">\closing</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddress" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\address</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cclosing" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\closing</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddress" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\address</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005ccc-1"></span><h3 class="section">26.2 <code>\cc</code></h3> @@ -23177,9 +22867,11 @@ with a double backslash, <code>\\</code>, as in: <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cclosing"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cclosing"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cencl" accesskey="n" rel="next">\encl</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccc" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\cc</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cencl" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\encl</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccc" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\cc</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cclosing-1"></span><h3 class="section">26.3 <code>\closing</code></h3> @@ -23202,9 +22894,11 @@ at the end of a letter, above a handwritten signature. For example: <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cencl"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cencl"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005clocation" accesskey="n" rel="next">\location</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cclosing" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\closing</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005clocation" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\location</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cclosing" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\closing</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cencl-1"></span><h3 class="section">26.4 <code>\encl</code></h3> @@ -23229,9 +22923,11 @@ Separate multiple lines with a double backslash, <code>\\</code>. <hr> -<span id="g_t_005clocation"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005clocation"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels" accesskey="n" rel="next">\makelabels</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cencl" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\encl</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\makelabels</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cencl" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\encl</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005clocation-1"></span><h3 class="section">26.5 <code>\location</code></h3> @@ -23248,9 +22944,11 @@ appears if the page style is <code>firstpage</code>. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cmakelabels"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cmakelabels"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cname" accesskey="n" rel="next">\name</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005clocation" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\location</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cname" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\name</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005clocation" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\location</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cmakelabels-1"></span><h3 class="section">26.6 <code>\makelabels</code></h3> @@ -23320,9 +23018,11 @@ are all that you need to print envelopes. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cname"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cname"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005copening" accesskey="n" rel="next">\opening</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\makelabels</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005copening" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\opening</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\makelabels</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cname-1"></span><h3 class="section">26.7 <code>\name</code></h3> @@ -23339,9 +23039,11 @@ with the return address. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005copening"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005copening"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cps" accesskey="n" rel="next">\ps</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cname" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\name</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cps" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\ps</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cname" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\name</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005copening-1"></span><h3 class="section">26.8 <code>\opening</code></h3> @@ -23363,9 +23065,11 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cps" accesskey="n" rel="next">\ps</a>, Previous: <a href= <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cps"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cps"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005csignature" accesskey="n" rel="next">\signature</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005copening" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\opening</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005csignature" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\signature</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005copening" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\opening</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cps-1"></span><h3 class="section">26.9 <code>\ps</code></h3> <span id="index-_005cps"></span> @@ -23386,9 +23090,11 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005csignature" accesskey="n" rel="next">\signature</a>, Prev <hr> -<span id="g_t_005csignature"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005csignature"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctelephone" accesskey="n" rel="next">\telephone</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cps" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\ps</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctelephone" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\telephone</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cps" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\ps</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005csignature-1"></span><h3 class="section">26.10 <code>\signature</code></h3> @@ -23436,9 +23142,11 @@ the document. To have it apply to one letter only, put it inside a </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005ctelephone"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005ctelephone"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csignature" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\signature</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csignature" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\signature</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005ctelephone-1"></span><h3 class="section">26.11 <code>\telephone</code></h3> @@ -23457,9 +23165,12 @@ page. </p> <hr> -<span id="Input_002foutput"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="chapter" id="Input_002foutput"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Command-line-interface" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command line interface</a>, Previous: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Letters</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Command-line-interface" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command line interface</a>, Previous: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Letters</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Input_002foutput-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">27 Input/output</h2> @@ -23473,24 +23184,20 @@ can also read a file that other programs written, or write a file for others to read. You can communicate with users through the terminal. And, you can issue instructions for the operating system. </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout" accesskey="1">\openin & \openout</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Open a file. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cread" accesskey="2">\read</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Read text from a file. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ctypein" accesskey="3">\typein</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Read text from the terminal. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ctypeout" accesskey="4">\typeout</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Write text to the terminal. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="5">\write</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Write text to a file or terminal. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout" accesskey="1"><code>\openin</code> & <code>\openout</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cread" accesskey="2"><code>\read</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005ctypein" accesskey="3"><code>\typein</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005ctypeout" accesskey="4"><code>\typeout</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="5"><code>\write</code></a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cread" accesskey="n" rel="next">\read</a>, Up: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="u" rel="up">Input/output</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cread" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\read</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="u" rel="up">Input/output</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout-1"></span><h3 class="section">27.1 <code>\openin</code> & <code>\openout</code></h3> @@ -23514,9 +23221,9 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cread" accesskey="n" rel="next">\read</a>, Up: <a href="# <pre class="example">\openout <var>number</var>=<var>filename</var> </pre></div> -<p>Open a file for reading material, or for writing it. The <var>number</var> -must be between 0 and 15, as in <code>\openin3</code> (in LuaLaTeX -<var>number</var> can be between 0 and 255). +<p>Open a file for reading material, or for writing it. In most engines, +the <var>number</var> must be between 0 and 15, as in <code>\openin3</code>; in +LuaLaTeX, <var>number</var> can be between 0 and 127. </p> <p>Here TeX opens the file <samp>presidents.tex</samp> for reading. </p> @@ -23577,9 +23284,11 @@ Bad number (16). <to be read again> = l.30 \openin16=test.jh</samp>&rsquo </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cread"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cread"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctypein" accesskey="n" rel="next">\typein</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\openin & \openout</a>, Up: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="u" rel="up">Input/output</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctypein" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\typein</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\openin</code> & <code>\openout</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="u" rel="up">Input/output</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cread-1"></span><h3 class="section">27.2 <code>\read</code></h3> @@ -23612,23 +23321,25 @@ of that number is open, or if the file has ended, then <code>\read</code> will take input from the terminal (or exit if interaction is not allowed, e.g., <code>\nonstopmode</code>; see <a href="#interaction-modes">interaction modes</a>). (However, the natural way in LaTeX to take input from the terminal -is <code>\typein</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005ctypein">\typein</a>.) +is <code>\typein</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005ctypein"><code>\typein</code></a>.) </p> <p>To read an entire file as additional LaTeX source, use -<code>\input</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cinput">\input</a>) or <code>\include</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly">\include & \includeonly</a>). +<code>\input</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cinput"><code>\input</code></a>) or <code>\include</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly"><code>\include</code> & <code>\includeonly</code></a>). </p> <span id="index-package_002c-datatool"></span> <span id="index-datatool-package"></span> <span id="index-mail-merges"></span> <p>A common reason to want to read from a data file is to do mail merges. -CTAN has a number of packages for that; one is <samp>datatool</samp>. +CTAN has a number of packages for that; one is <code>datatool</code>. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005ctypein"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005ctypein"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctypeout" accesskey="n" rel="next">\typeout</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cread" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\read</a>, Up: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="u" rel="up">Input/output</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctypeout" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\typeout</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cread" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\read</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="u" rel="up">Input/output</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005ctypein-1"></span><h3 class="section">27.3 <code>\typein</code></h3> @@ -23688,9 +23399,11 @@ Recommendation for John Dee. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005ctypeout"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005ctypeout"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="n" rel="next">\write</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ctypein" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\typein</a>, Up: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="u" rel="up">Input/output</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\write</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ctypein" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\typein</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="u" rel="up">Input/output</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005ctypeout-1"></span><h3 class="section">27.4 <code>\typeout</code></h3> @@ -23716,11 +23429,12 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="n" rel="next">\write</a>, Previous: <a <code>\renewcommand</code> (among others) are replaced by their definitions before being printed. </p> +<span id="index-_005cspace-2"></span> <p>LaTeX’s usual rules for treating multiple spaces as a single space -and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to <code>msg</code>. As above, -use the command <code>\space</code> to get a single space, independent of -surrounding spaces. Use <code>^^J</code> to get a newline. Get a percent -character with <code>\csname @percentchar\endcsname</code>. +and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to <code>msg</code>. Use the +command <code>\space</code> to get a single space, independent of surrounding +spaces. Use <code>^^J</code> to get a newline. Get a percent character with +<code>\csname @percentchar\endcsname</code>. </p> <p>This command can be useful for simple debugging, as here: </p> @@ -23734,9 +23448,11 @@ character with <code>\csname @percentchar\endcsname</code>. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cwrite"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="g_t_005cwrite"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ctypeout" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\typeout</a>, Up: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="u" rel="up">Input/output</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ctypeout" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\typeout</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="u" rel="up">Input/output</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cwrite-1"></span><h3 class="section">27.5 <code>\write</code></h3> @@ -23785,7 +23501,7 @@ addition LaTeX writes <var>string</var> to the terminal. </p> <p>Thus, <code>test \write-1{Hello World!}</code> puts ‘<samp>Hello World!</samp>’ followed by a newline in the log file. (This is what the <code>\wlog</code> -command does; see <a href="#g_t_005cwlog">\wlog</a>). And <code>\write100{Hello World!}</code> +command does; see <a href="#g_t_005cwlog"><code>\wlog</code></a>). And <code>\write100{Hello World!}</code> puts the same in the log file but also puts ‘<samp>Hello World!</samp>’ followed by a newline in the terminal output. (But 16, 17, and 18 are special as <var>number</var>; see below.) @@ -23860,9 +23576,9 @@ the text ‘<samp>XYZ</samp>’: to 15 described above, in Plain TeX <code>\write16</code> and <code>\write17</code> were sometimes used to write to the log file and the terminal; however, in LaTeX, the natural way to do that is with -<code>\typeout</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005ctypeout">\typeout</a>). The <code>\write18</code> command is +<code>\typeout</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005ctypeout"><code>\typeout</code></a>). The <code>\write18</code> command is even more special; modern TeX systems use it for giving commands to -the operating system (see <a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a>). +the operating system (see <a href="#g_t_005cwrite18"><code>\write18</code></a>). </p> <span id="index-newline_002c-in-_005cwrite"></span> <span id="index-_005e_005eJ_002c-in-_005cwrite"></span> @@ -23880,24 +23596,21 @@ file: <p>A common case where authors need to write their own file is for answers to exercises, or another situation where you want to write out verbatim, without expanding the macros. CTAN has a number of -packages for this; one is <samp>answers</samp>. -</p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cwrite-and-security" accesskey="1">\write and security</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Security. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmessage" accesskey="2">\message</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Write text to the log file and terminal. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cwlog" accesskey="3">\wlog</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Write text to the log file. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cwrite18" accesskey="4">\write18</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Run an operating system command. -</td></tr> -</table> +packages for this; one is <code>answers</code>. +</p> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cwrite-and-security" accesskey="1"><code>\write</code> and security</a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cmessage" accesskey="2"><code>\message</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cwlog" accesskey="3"><code>\wlog</code></a></li> +<li><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18" accesskey="4"><code>\write18</code></a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cwrite-and-security"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cwrite-and-security"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmessage" accesskey="n" rel="next">\message</a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="u" rel="up">\write</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmessage" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\message</code></a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>\write</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cwrite-and-security-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">27.5.1 <code>\write</code> and security</h4> @@ -23932,9 +23645,11 @@ files in the same directory as the root file, or in subdirectories. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cmessage"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cmessage"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cwlog" accesskey="n" rel="next">\wlog</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite-and-security" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\write and security</a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="u" rel="up">\write</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cwlog" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\wlog</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite-and-security" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\write</code> and security</a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>\write</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cmessage-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">27.5.2 <code>\message</code></h4> @@ -23948,9 +23663,9 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cwlog" accesskey="n" rel="next">\wlog</a>, Previous: <a h <p>Write <var>string</var> to the log file and the terminal. </p> -<p>Typically, LaTeX authors use <code>\typeout</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005ctypeout">\typeout</a>). It +<p>Typically, LaTeX authors use <code>\typeout</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005ctypeout"><code>\typeout</code></a>). It allows you to use <code>\protect</code> on any fragile commands in -<var>string</var> (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). But <code>\typeout</code> always inserts a +<var>string</var> (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>). But <code>\typeout</code> always inserts a newline at the end of <var>string</var> while <code>\message</code> does not, so the latter can be useful. </p> @@ -23994,9 +23709,11 @@ starting your message at the beginning of a line. </p> <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cwlog"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cwlog"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite18" accesskey="n" rel="next">\write18</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmessage" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\message</a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="u" rel="up">\write</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite18" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>\write18</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmessage" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\message</code></a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>\write</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cwlog-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">27.5.3 <code>\wlog</code></h4> @@ -24025,9 +23742,11 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite18" accesskey="n" rel="next">\write18</a>, Previous <hr> -<span id="g_t_005cwrite18"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="subsection" id="g_t_005cwrite18"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cwlog" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\wlog</a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="u" rel="up">\write</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cwlog" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>\wlog</code></a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code>\write</code></a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="g_t_005cwrite18-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">27.5.4 <code>\write18</code></h4> @@ -24062,7 +23781,7 @@ finishes. <p>will run Asymptote (the <code>asy</code> program) on <samp>pix/figure1.asy</samp>, so that the document can later read in the resulting graphic -(see <a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a>). Like any <code>\write</code>, here LaTeX +(see <a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics"><code>\includegraphics</code></a>). Like any <code>\write</code>, here LaTeX expands macros in <var>shell_command</var> so that <code>\fignum</code> is replaced by ‘<samp>1</samp>’. </p> @@ -24075,7 +23794,7 @@ in which case this is the option argument. </p> <p>You sometimes need to do a multi-step process to get the information that you want. This will insert into the input a list of all PDF files -in the current directory (but see <samp>texosquery</samp> below): +in the current directory (but see <code>texosquery</code> below): </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\immediate\write18{ls *.pdf > tmp.dat} @@ -24084,7 +23803,7 @@ in the current directory (but see <samp>texosquery</samp> below): <p>The standard behavior of any <code>\write</code> is to wait until a page is being shipped out before expanding the macros or writing to the stream -(see <a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a>). But sometimes you want it done now. For this, use +(see <a href="#g_t_005cwrite"><code>\write</code></a>). But sometimes you want it done now. For this, use <code>\immediate\write18{<var>shell_command</var>}</code>. </p> <p>There are obvious security issues with allowing system commands inside @@ -24122,7 +23841,7 @@ the <code>SHELL</code> environment variable, is ignored. <span id="index-directory-listings_002c-from-system"></span> <p>If what you need is system information, such as the operating system name, locale information, or directory contents, take a look at the -<samp>texosquery</samp> package, which provides a convenient and secure +<code>texosquery</code> package, which provides a convenient and secure interface for this, unlike the above examples using the raw <code>\write18</code>: <a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/texosquery">https://ctan.org/pkg/texosquery</a>. </p> @@ -24142,9 +23861,13 @@ same reason. </p> <hr> -<span id="Command-line-interface"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="chapter" id="Command-line-interface"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="n" rel="next">Document templates</a>, Previous: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Input/output</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="n" rel="next">Document templates</a>, Previous: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Input/output</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Command-line-interface-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">28 Command line interface</h2> @@ -24201,20 +23924,17 @@ input from the terminal. You can escape from this by entering asks you about it. See <a href="#Recovering-from-errors">Recovering from errors</a>, for an outline of what to do. </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Command-line-options" accesskey="1">Command line options</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Commonly used command line options. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Command-line-input" accesskey="2">Command line input</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Specify LaTeX code on the command line. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Jobname" accesskey="3">Jobname</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How TeX sets the current job name. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Recovering-from-errors" accesskey="4">Recovering from errors</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">When something goes wrong. -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#Command-line-options" accesskey="1">Command line options</a></li> +<li><a href="#Command-line-input" accesskey="2">Command line input</a></li> +<li><a href="#Jobname" accesskey="3">Jobname</a></li> +<li><a href="#Recovering-from-errors" accesskey="4">Recovering from errors</a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="Command-line-options"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="section" id="Command-line-options"> +<div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Command-line-input" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command line input</a>, Up: <a href="#Command-line-interface" accesskey="u" rel="up">Command line interface</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -24237,21 +23957,20 @@ spaces around the ‘<samp>=</samp>’. We will generally use the &lsquo <dl compact="compact"> <dd><span id="index-_002d_002dversion-command_002dline-option"></span> </dd> -<dt><code>-version</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>-version</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Show the current version, like ‘<samp>pdfTeX 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.16 (TeX Live 2015/Debian)</samp>’ along with a small amount of additional information, and exit. </p> <span id="index-_002d_002dhelp-command_002dline-option"></span> </dd> -<dt><code>-help</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>-help</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Give a brief usage message that is useful as a prompt and exit. </p> <span id="interaction-modes"></span><span id="index-_002d_002dinteraction-command_002dline-option"></span> </dd> -<dt><code>-interaction=<var>mode</var></code></dt> -<dd><span id="index-batchmode"></span> -<span id="index-scrollmode"></span> +<dt id='index-batchmode'><span><code>-interaction=<var>mode</var></code><a href='#index-batchmode' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt> +<dd><span id="index-scrollmode"></span> <span id="index-errorstopmode"></span> <span id="index-nonstopmode"></span> <p>TeX compiles a document in one of four interaction modes: @@ -24277,7 +23996,7 @@ input, but nothing else. <span id="index-filename-for-current-job"></span> <span id="index-_002d_002djobname-command_002dline-option"></span> </dd> -<dt><code>-jobname=<var>string</var></code></dt> +<dt><span><code>-jobname=<var>string</var></code></span></dt> <dd><p>Set the value of TeX’s <em>jobname</em> to the string. The log file and output file will then be named <samp><var>string</var>.log</samp> and <samp><var>string</var>.pdf</samp>. see <a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a>. @@ -24285,7 +24004,7 @@ and output file will then be named <samp><var>string</var>.log</samp> and <span id="output-directory"></span><span id="index-output-directory-for-all-external-files"></span> <span id="index-_002d_002doutput_002ddirectory-command_002dline-option"></span> </dd> -<dt><code>-output-directory=<var>directory</var></code></dt> +<dt><span><code>-output-directory=<var>directory</var></code></span></dt> <dd><p>Write files in the directory <var>directory</var>. It must already exist. This applies to all external files created by TeX or LaTeX, such as the <samp>.log</samp> file for the run, the <samp>.aux</samp>, <samp>.toc</samp>, @@ -24305,12 +24024,12 @@ checked for input files. <span id="index-_002d_002dshell_002descape-command_002dline-option"></span> <span id="index-_002d_002dno_002dshell_002descape-command_002dline-option"></span> </dd> -<dt><code>--enable-write18</code></dt> -<dt><code>--disable-write18</code></dt> -<dt><code>--shell-escape</code></dt> -<dt><code>--no-shell-escape</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>--enable-write18</code></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>--disable-write18</code></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>--shell-escape</code></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>--no-shell-escape</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Enable or disable <code>\write18{<var>shell_command</var>}</code> -(see <a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a>). The first two options are supported by both +(see <a href="#g_t_005cwrite18"><code>\write18</code></a>). The first two options are supported by both TeX Live and MiKTeX, while the second two are synonyms supported by TeX Live. </p> @@ -24327,14 +24046,14 @@ file says ‘<samp>runsystem(ls -l)...disabled</samp>’. </p> <span id="index-_002d_002dhalt_002don_002derror-command_002dline-option"></span> </dd> -<dt><code>-halt-on-error</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>-halt-on-error</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Stop processing at the first error. </p> <span id="index-_002d_002dfile_002dline_002derror-command_002dline-option"></span> <span id="index-_002d_002dno_002dfile_002dline_002derror-command_002dline-option"></span> </dd> -<dt><code>-file-line-error</code></dt> -<dt><code>-no-file-line-error</code></dt> +<dt><span><code>-file-line-error</code></span></dt> +<dt><span><code>-no-file-line-error</code></span></dt> <dd><p>Enable or disable <code><var>filename</var>:<var>lineno</var>:<var>error</var></code>-style error messages. These are only available with TeX Live or MacTeX. </p></dd> @@ -24342,7 +24061,9 @@ error messages. These are only available with TeX Live or MacTeX. <hr> -<span id="Command-line-input"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Command-line-input"> +<div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Jobname" accesskey="n" rel="next">Jobname</a>, Previous: <a href="#Command-line-options" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Command line options</a>, Up: <a href="#Command-line-interface" accesskey="u" rel="up">Command line interface</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -24360,10 +24081,10 @@ Next: <a href="#Jobname" accesskey="n" rel="next">Jobname</a>, Previous: <a href <var>argument</var> with a backslash. (All the engines support this.) This allows you to do some special effects. </p> -<span id="index-package_002c-hyperref-3"></span> -<span id="index-hyperref-package-3"></span> +<span id="index-package_002c-hyperref-4"></span> +<span id="index-hyperref-package-4"></span> <p>For example, this file (which uses the -<samp>hyperref</samp> package for hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of +<code>hyperref</code> package for hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of output, one to be read on physical paper and one to be read online. </p> <div class="example"> @@ -24401,23 +24122,37 @@ pdflatex -jobname=teachers "\def\teachers{}\input{main}" </pre></div> <p>The <code>jobname</code> option is there because otherwise both files would be -called <samp>main.pdf</samp> and the second would overwrite the first. (See -the next section.) +called <samp>main.pdf</samp> and the second would overwrite the +first. (see <a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a>.) +</p> +<p>In this example we use the command line to select which parts of a +document to include. For a book named <samp>mybook.tex</samp> and structured +like this. </p> -<p>In this example, we pass the <code>draft</code> option to the -<samp>graphicx</samp> package: +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\documentclass{book} +\begin{document} + ... +\include{chap1} +\include{chap2} + ... +\end{document} +</pre></div> + +<p>the command line </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">pdflatex "\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\input{aa.tex}" +<pre class="example">pdflatex "\includeonly{chap1}\input{mybook}" </pre></div> -<p>so the graphic files are read for their bounding box size information -but replaced in the PDF by a box with same size and that contains only -the file name, which speeds up compilation time and saves printer ink. +<p>will give output that has the first chapter but no other +chapter. See <a href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a>. </p> <hr> -<span id="Jobname"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Jobname"> +<div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Recovering-from-errors" accesskey="n" rel="next">Recovering from errors</a>, Previous: <a href="#Command-line-input" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Command line input</a>, Up: <a href="#Command-line-interface" accesskey="u" rel="up">Command line interface</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -24427,6 +24162,8 @@ Next: <a href="#Recovering-from-errors" accesskey="n" rel="next">Recovering from <span id="index-jobname-1"></span> <span id="index-document-root-name"></span> <span id="index-name-of-document-root"></span> +<span id="index-root-file-1"></span> +<span id="index-file_002c-root-1"></span> <p>Running LaTeX creates a number of files, including the main PDF (or DVI) output but also including others. These files are named with the @@ -24438,13 +24175,14 @@ Here the job name is <code>thesis</code>. <p>In general, LaTeX is invoked as <code><var>latex-engine</var> <var>options</var> <var>argument</var></code>, where <var>latex-engine</var> is <code>pdflatex</code>, <code>lualatex</code>, etc. (see <a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>). -If <var>argument</var> does not start with a backslash, as is the case -above with <code>thesis</code>, then TeX considers it to be the name of -the file to input as the main document. The name of that root file, -without the <samp>.tex</samp> extension, is the jobname. If <var>argument</var> -does start with a backslash, or if TeX is in interactive mode, then -it waits for the first <code>\input</code> command, and the jobname is the -argument to <code>\input</code>. +If <var>argument</var> does not start with a backslash, as is the case above +with <code>thesis</code>, then TeX considers it to be the name of the file +to input as the main document. This file is referred to as the <em>root +file</em> (see <a href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a>, and <a href="#g_t_005cinput"><code>\input</code></a>). The name of +that root file, without the <samp>.tex</samp> extension if any, is the +jobname. If <var>argument</var> does start with a backslash, or if TeX is +in interactive mode, then it waits for the first <code>\input</code> command, +and the jobname is the argument to <code>\input</code>. </p> <p>There are two more possibilities for the jobname. It can be directly specified with the <code>-jobname</code> option, as in <code>pdflatex @@ -24453,10 +24191,10 @@ specified with the <code>-jobname</code> option, as in <code>pdflatex <span id="index-texput_002c-jobname-default"></span> <span id="index-fallback-jobname"></span> <p>The final possibility is <samp>texput</samp>, which is the final fallback -default if no other name is available to TeX. For example, if no +default if no other name is available to TeX. That is, if no <code>-jobname</code> option was specified, and the compilation stops before -there is any output, then the log file will be named -<samp>texput.log</samp>. +any input file is met, then the log file will be named +<samp>texput.log</samp>. </p> <span id="index-_005cdocumentclass_002c-and-texput-jobname"></span> <span id="index-_005cRequirePackage_002c-and-texput-jobname"></span> @@ -24511,7 +24249,9 @@ change the name of the output file or the log file. </p> <hr> -<span id="Recovering-from-errors"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Recovering-from-errors"> +<div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#Jobname" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Jobname</a>, Up: <a href="#Command-line-interface" accesskey="u" rel="up">Command line interface</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> @@ -24564,9 +24304,12 @@ keys down at the same time), and then retype the correct command line. </p> <hr> -<span id="Document-templates"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="appendix" id="Document-templates"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Index</a>, Previous: <a href="#Command-line-interface" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Command line interface</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Index</a>, Previous: <a href="#Command-line-interface" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Command line interface</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Document-templates-1"></span><h2 class="appendix">Appendix A Document templates</h2> @@ -24577,22 +24320,19 @@ Next: <a href="#Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Index</a>, Previous: <a href="#C be useful. Additional template resources are listed at <a href="https://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates">https://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates</a>. </p> -<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#beamer-template" accesskey="1">beamer template</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#article-template" accesskey="2">article template</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#book-template" accesskey="3">book template</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Larger-book-template" accesskey="4">Larger book template</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> -</td></tr> -</table> +<ul class="section-toc"> +<li><a href="#beamer-template" accesskey="1"><code>beamer</code> template</a></li> +<li><a href="#article-template" accesskey="2"><code>article</code> template</a></li> +<li><a href="#book-template" accesskey="3"><code>book</code> template</a></li> +<li><a href="#Larger-book-template" accesskey="4">Larger <code>book</code> template</a></li> +</ul> <hr> -<span id="beamer-template"></span><div class="header"> +<div class="section" id="beamer-template"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#article-template" accesskey="n" rel="next">article template</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document templates</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#article-template" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>article</code> template</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document templates</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="beamer-template-1"></span><h3 class="section">A.1 <code>beamer</code> template</h3> @@ -24631,9 +24371,11 @@ array of features, but here is a basic template: </p> <hr> -<span id="article-template"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="article-template"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#book-template" accesskey="n" rel="next">book template</a>, Previous: <a href="#beamer-template" accesskey="p" rel="prev">beamer template</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document templates</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#book-template" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code>book</code> template</a>, Previous: <a href="#beamer-template" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>beamer</code> template</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document templates</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="article-template-1"></span><h3 class="section">A.2 <code>article</code> template</h3> @@ -24661,15 +24403,17 @@ Some more text. </pre> <hr> -<span id="book-template"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="book-template"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Larger-book-template" accesskey="n" rel="next">Larger book template</a>, Previous: <a href="#article-template" accesskey="p" rel="prev">article template</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document templates</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Larger-book-template" accesskey="n" rel="next">Larger <code>book</code> template</a>, Previous: <a href="#article-template" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>article</code> template</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document templates</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="book-template-1"></span><h3 class="section">A.3 <code>book</code> template</h3> <span id="index-template_002c-book"></span> -<p>This is a straightforward template for a book. See <a href="#Larger-book-template">Larger book template</a>, for a more elaborate one. +<p>This is a straightforward template for a book. See <a href="#Larger-book-template">Larger <code>book</code> template</a>, for a more elaborate one. </p> <pre class="verbatim">\documentclass{book} \title{Book Class Template} @@ -24691,20 +24435,22 @@ The end. </pre> <hr> -<span id="Larger-book-template"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +<div class="section" id="Larger-book-template"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#book-template" accesskey="p" rel="prev">book template</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document templates</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#book-template" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code>book</code> template</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document templates</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Larger-book-template-1"></span><h3 class="section">A.4 Larger <code>book</code> template</h3> <span id="index-template_002c-book-1"></span> -<p>This is a somewhat elaborate template for a book. See <a href="#book-template">book template</a>, +<p>This is a somewhat elaborate template for a book. See <a href="#book-template"><code>book</code> template</a>, for a simpler one. </p> <p>This template uses <code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, and <code>\backmatter</code> to control the typography of the three main areas -of a book (see <a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</a>). The +of a book (see <a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter"><code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, <code>\backmatter</code></a>). The book has a bibliography and an index. </p> <p>Also notable is that it uses <code>\include</code> and <code>\includeonly</code> @@ -24756,9 +24502,12 @@ need to come on a new page is brought in with <code>\input</code> instead of </pre> <hr> -<span id="Index"></span><div class="header"> +</div> +</div> +<div class="unnumbered" id="Index"> +<div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templates</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templates</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <span id="Index-1"></span><h2 class="unnumbered">Index</h2> @@ -24853,6 +24602,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> <tr><th id="Index_cp_symbol-3">*</th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002a-prompt">‘<samp>*</samp>’ prompt</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Recovering-from-errors">Recovering from errors</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002a_002c-to-_005cnocite-all-keys">‘<samp>*</samp>’, to <code>\nocite</code> all keys</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002a_002dform-of-environment-commands"><code>*</code>-form of environment commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002a_002dform-of-sectioning-commands"><code>*</code>-form of sectioning commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002a_002dform_002c-defining-new-commands">*-form, defining new commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr> @@ -24870,10 +24620,11 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002d_002doutput_002ddirectory-command_002dline-option"><code>--output-directory <span class="roman">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002d_002dshell_002descape-command_002dline-option"><code>--shell-escape <span class="roman">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002d_002dversion-command_002dline-option"><code>--version <span class="roman">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002d1_002c-write-stream-number"><em>-1</em>, write stream number</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002d1_002c-write-stream-number"><em class='math'>-1</em>, write stream number</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> <tr><th id="Index_cp_symbol-5">.</th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002eaux-file"><code>.aux <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002eaux-file-and-BibTeX-commands"><code>.aux <span class="roman">file and BibTeX commands</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002edvi-file"><code>.dvi <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002efmt-file"><code>.fmt <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002eglo-file"><samp>.glo</samp> file</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Glossaries">Glossaries</a></td></tr> @@ -24910,7 +24661,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005b_002e_002e_002e_005d-for-optional-arguments"><code>[...] <span class="roman">for optional arguments</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> <tr><th id="Index_cp_symbol-10">\</th><td></td><td></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c-_0028backslash_002dspace_0029">\ (backslash-space)</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c--_0028backslash_002dspace_0029"><code>\ <!-- /@w --> <span class="roman">(backslash-space)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c-character-starting-commands"><code>\ <span class="roman">character starting commands</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0021"><code>\!</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0022-_0028umlaut-accent_0029"><code>\" <span class="roman">(umlaut accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> @@ -24949,8 +24700,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ca-_0028tabbing_0029"><code>\a <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ca_0027-_0028acute-accent-in-tabbing_0029"><code>\a' <span class="roman">(acute accent in tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ca_003d-_0028macron-accent-in-tabbing_0029"><code>\a= <span class="roman">(macron accent in tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caa-_0028aa_0029"><code>\aa (å)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cAA-_0028AA_0029"><code>\AA (Å)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caa-_0028aa_0029"><code>\aa <span class="roman">(å)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cAA-_0028AA_0029"><code>\AA <span class="roman">(Å)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caccent"><code>\accent</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caccent">\accent</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cacute"><code>\acute</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caddcontentsline"><code>\addcontentsline</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a></td></tr> @@ -24959,8 +24710,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caddtocounter"><code>\addtocounter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter">\addtocounter</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caddtolength"><code>\addtolength</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddtolength">\addtolength</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caddvspace"><code>\addvspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cae-_0028ae_0029"><code>\ae (æ)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cAE-_0028AE_0029"><code>\AE (Æ)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cae-_0028ae_0029"><code>\ae <span class="roman">(æ)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cAE-_0028AE_0029"><code>\AE <span class="roman">(Æ)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caleph"><code>\aleph</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cAlph-example"><code>\Alph <span class="roman">example</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005calpha"><code>\alpha</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -25000,10 +24751,14 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbeta"><code>\beta</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbf"><code>\bf</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbfseries"><code>\bfseries</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbibdata"><code>\bibdata</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbibitem"><code>\bibitem</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbibitem">\bibitem</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbibliography"><code>\bibliography</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbibliography-and-internal-_005cbibdata"><code>\bibliography <span class="roman">and internal <code>\bibdata</code></span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbibliographystyle"><code>\bibliographystyle</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbibliographystyle-and-internal-_005cbibstyle"><code>\bibliographystyle <span class="roman">and internal <code>\bibstyle</code></span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbibname"><code>\bibname</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbibstyle"><code>\bibstyle</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbigcap"><code>\bigcap</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbigcirc"><code>\bigcirc</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbigcup"><code>\bigcup</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -25046,8 +24801,9 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccapitalring"><code>\capitalring</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccapitaltie"><code>\capitaltie</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccapitaltilde"><code>\capitaltilde</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccaption"><code>\caption</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccaption-1"><code>\caption</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccaption"><code>\caption</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccaption">\caption</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccaption-1"><code>\caption</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccaption-2"><code>\caption</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccc"><code>\cc</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccc">\cc</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccdot"><code>\cdot</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccdots"><code>\cdots</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr> @@ -25060,7 +24816,9 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cchi"><code>\chi</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccirc"><code>\circ</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccircle"><code>\circle</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccircle">\circle</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccitation"><code>\citation</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccite"><code>\cite</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccite">\cite</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccite-and-internal-_005ccitation"><code>\cite <span class="roman">and internal <code>\citation</code></span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cClassError"><code>\ClassError</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cClassInfo"><code>\ClassInfo</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cClassInfoNoLine"><code>\ClassInfoNoLine</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> @@ -25125,25 +24883,25 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault"><code>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextCommand"><code>\DeclareTextCommand</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand">\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextCommand-1"><code>\DeclareTextCommand</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault">\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault"><code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand">\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-1"><code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault">\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault"><code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault">\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextComposite"><code>\DeclareTextComposite</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite">\DeclareTextComposite</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand"><code>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol"><code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol">\DeclareTextSymbol</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol-1"><code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol"><code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand">\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol-1"><code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol">\DeclareTextSymbol</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol-2"><code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault"><code>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdeg"><code>\deg</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDelayedShellEscape"><code>\DelayedShellEscape</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDelta"><code>\Delta</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdelta"><code>\delta</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdet"><code>\det</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdh-_0028d_0029"><code>\dh (ð)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDH-_0028D_0029"><code>\DH (Ð)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdh-_0028d_0029"><code>\dh <span class="roman">(ð)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDH-_0028D_0029"><code>\DH <span class="roman">(Ð)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDiamond"><code>\Diamond</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdiamond"><code>\diamond</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdiamondsuit"><code>\diamondsuit</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdim"><code>\dim</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdisplaystyle"><code>\displaystyle</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdisplaystyle"><code>\displaystyle</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-styles">Math styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdiv"><code>\div</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdj"><code>\dj</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDJ"><code>\DJ</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> @@ -25214,7 +24972,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cframe"><code>\frame</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cframe">\frame</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cframebox"><code>\framebox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cframebox-1"><code>\framebox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">\fbox & \framebox</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfrenchspacing"><code>\frenchspacing</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing">\frenchspacing</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfrenchspacing"><code>\frenchspacing</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing">\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfrontmatter"><code>\frontmatter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfrown"><code>\frown</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfussy"><code>\fussy</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy">\fussy & \sloppy</a></td></tr> @@ -25260,8 +25018,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cIfFileExists"><code>\IfFileExists</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cignorespaces"><code>\ignorespaces</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cignorespacesafterend"><code>\ignorespacesafterend</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cij-_0028ij_0029"><code>\ij (ij)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cIJ-_0028IJ_0029"><code>\IJ (IJ)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cij-_0028ij_0029"><code>\ij <span class="roman">(ij)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cIJ-_0028IJ_0029"><code>\IJ <span class="roman">(IJ)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cIm"><code>\Im</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cimath"><code>\imath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cimmediate_005cwrite"><code>\immediate\write</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr> @@ -25273,10 +25031,12 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cindex"><code>\index</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cindex-1"><code>\index</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cindexentry"><code>\indexentry</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cindexspace"><code>\indexspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cindexspace"><code>\indexspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Produce-the-index-manually">Produce the index manually</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cindexspace-1"><code>\indexspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cinf"><code>\inf</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cinfty"><code>\infty</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cinput"><code>\input</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cinput">\input</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cinputencoding"><code>\inputencoding</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#inputenc-package">inputenc package</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cInputIfFileExists"><code>\InputIfFileExists</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cint"><code>\int</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cintextsep"><code>\intextsep</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr> @@ -25287,6 +25047,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005citem-1"><code>\item</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005citem-2"><code>\item</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005citem-3"><code>\item</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005citem-4"><code>\item</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Produce-the-index-manually">Produce the index manually</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005citemindent"><code>\itemindent</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005citemsep"><code>\itemsep</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005citshape"><code>\itshape</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> @@ -25299,8 +25060,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ckappa"><code>\kappa</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cker"><code>\ker</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ckill"><code>\kill</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cl-_0028l_0029"><code>\l (ł)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cL-_0028L_0029"><code>\L (Ł)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cl-_0028l_0029"><code>\l <span class="roman">(ł)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cL-_0028L_0029"><code>\L <span class="roman">(Ł)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cl_0040chapter"><code>\l@chapter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cl_0040section"><code>\l@section</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cl_0040subsection"><code>\l@subsection</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr> @@ -25454,7 +25215,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewglossaryentry"><code>\newglossaryentry</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewlength"><code>\newlength</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewline"><code>\newline</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewline">\newline</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cNEWLINE">\NEWLINE</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cNEWLINE">\<tt class="key">NEWLINE</tt></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewpage"><code>\newpage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewpage">\newpage</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewsavebox"><code>\newsavebox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewtheorem"><code>\newtheorem</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></td></tr> @@ -25464,12 +25225,14 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cNG"><code>\NG</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cni"><code>\ni</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnocite"><code>\nocite</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnocite">\nocite</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnocite-and-internal-_005ccitation"><code>\nocite <span class="roman">and internal <code>\citation</code></span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnocite-_007b_002a_007d_002c-for-all-keys"><code>\nocite <span class="roman">{*}, for all keys</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnocorr"><code>\nocorr</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnocorrlist"><code>\nocorrlist</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnofiles"><code>\nofiles</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnofiles">\nofiles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnoindent"><code>\noindent</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent">\indent & \noindent</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnolinebreak"><code>\nolinebreak</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak">\linebreak & \nolinebreak</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnonfrenchspacing"><code>\nonfrenchspacing</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing">\frenchspacing</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnonfrenchspacing"><code>\nonfrenchspacing</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing">\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnonumber"><code>\nonumber</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnopagebreak"><code>\nopagebreak</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnormalfont"><code>\normalfont</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> @@ -25481,15 +25244,15 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnu"><code>\nu</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnumberline"><code>\numberline</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnumberline">\numberline</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnwarrow"><code>\nwarrow</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005co-_0028o_0029"><code>\o (ø)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cO-_0028O_0029"><code>\O (Ø)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005co-_0028o_0029"><code>\o <span class="roman">(ø)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cO-_0028O_0029"><code>\O <span class="roman">(Ø)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cobeycr"><code>\obeycr</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr">\obeycr & \restorecr</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coddsidemargin"><code>\oddsidemargin</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coddsidemargin-1"><code>\oddsidemargin</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coddsidemargin-2"><code>\oddsidemargin</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005codot"><code>\odot</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coe-_0028oe_0029"><code>\oe (œ)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cOE-_0028OE_0029"><code>\OE (Œ)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coe-_0028oe_0029"><code>\oe <span class="roman">(œ)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cOE-_0028OE_0029"><code>\OE <span class="roman">(Œ)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coint"><code>\oint</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coldstylenums"><code>\oldstylenums</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cOmega"><code>\Omega</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -25558,7 +25321,6 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprintglossaries"><code>\printglossaries</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Glossaries">Glossaries</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprintglossaries-1"><code>\printglossaries</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Glossaries">Glossaries</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprintindex"><code>\printindex</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprintindex">\printindex</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprintindex-1"><code>\printindex</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprintindex">\printindex</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cProcessOptions"><code>\ProcessOptions</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cProcessOptions_002a"><code>\ProcessOptions*</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprod"><code>\prod</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -25626,11 +25388,14 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crq"><code>\rq</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crule"><code>\rule</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005crule">\rule</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cS"><code>\S</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csamepage"><code>\samepage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csavebox"><code>\savebox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox">\sbox & \savebox</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csbox"><code>\sbox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox">\sbox & \savebox</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csc"><code>\sc</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cscalebox"><code>\scalebox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cscriptscriptstyle"><code>\scriptscriptstyle</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-styles">Math styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cscriptsize"><code>\scriptsize</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cscriptstyle"><code>\scriptstyle</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-styles">Math styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cscshape"><code>\scshape</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csearrow"><code>\searrow</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csec"><code>\sec</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> @@ -25665,8 +25430,11 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csmallskip"><code>\smallskip</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csmallskipamount"><code>\smallskipamount</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csmile"><code>\smile</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cSPACE">\SPACE</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cSPACE-1"><code>\SPACE</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cSPACE">\<tt class="key">SPACE</tt></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cSPACE-1"><code>\<span class="key">SPACE</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cspace"><code>\space</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly">\include & \includeonly</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cspace-1"><code>\space</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cinput">\input</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cspace-2"><code>\space</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctypeout">\typeout</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cspacefactor"><code>\spacefactor</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor">\spacefactor</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cspadesuit"><code>\spadesuit</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csqcap"><code>\sqcap</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -25676,20 +25444,22 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csqsubseteq"><code>\sqsubseteq</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csqsupset"><code>\sqsupset</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csqsupseteq"><code>\sqsupseteq</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005css-_0028ss_0029"><code>\ss (ß)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cSS-_0028SS_0029"><code>\SS (SS)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005css-_0028ss_0029"><code>\ss <span class="roman">(ß)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cSS-_0028SS_0029"><code>\SS <span class="roman">(SS)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cstackrel"><code>\stackrel</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cstackrel">\stackrel</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cstar"><code>\star</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cstepcounter"><code>\stepcounter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cstop"><code>\stop</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Recovering-from-errors">Recovering from errors</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cstretch"><code>\stretch</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cstretch">\stretch</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cstrut"><code>\strut</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csubitem"><code>\subitem</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Produce-the-index-manually">Produce the index manually</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csubparagraph"><code>\subparagraph</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csubparagraph-1"><code>\subparagraph</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csubsection"><code>\subsection</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csubsection-1"><code>\subsection</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsection">\subsection</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csubset"><code>\subset</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csubseteq"><code>\subseteq</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csubsubitem"><code>\subsubitem</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Produce-the-index-manually">Produce the index manually</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csubsubsection"><code>\subsubsection</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csubsubsection-1"><code>\subsubsection</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csucc"><code>\succ</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -25703,7 +25473,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cswarrow"><code>\swarrow</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csymbol"><code>\symbol</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Symbols-by-font-position">Symbols by font position</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ct-_0028tie_002dafter-accent_0029"><code>\t <span class="roman">(tie-after accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cTAB">\TAB</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cTAB">\<tt class="key">TAB</tt></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctabbingsep"><code>\tabbingsep</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctabcolsep"><code>\tabcolsep</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctableofcontents"><code>\tableofcontents</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr> @@ -25773,6 +25543,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextsf"><code>\textsf</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextsl"><code>\textsl</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextsterling"><code>\textsterling</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextstyle"><code>\textstyle</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-styles">Math styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextthreequartersemdash"><code>\textthreequartersemdash</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctexttrademark"><code>\texttrademark</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctexttt"><code>\texttt</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> @@ -25782,8 +25553,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextvisiblespace"><code>\textvisiblespace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextwidth"><code>\textwidth</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextwidth-1"><code>\textwidth</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cth-_0028th_0029"><code>\th (þ)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cTH-_0028TH_0029"><code>\TH (Þ)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cth-_0028th_0029"><code>\th <span class="roman">(þ)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cTH-_0028TH_0029"><code>\TH <span class="roman">(Þ)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cthanks_007btext_007d"><code>\thanks{<var>text</var>}</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctheta"><code>\theta</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cthicklines"><code>\thicklines</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cthicklines">\thicklines</a></td></tr> @@ -25846,7 +25617,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvarrho"><code>\varrho</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvarsigma"><code>\varsigma</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvartheta"><code>\vartheta</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvbox-plain-TeX"><code>\vbox <span class="roman">plain TeX</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvbox-_0028plain-TeX_0029"><code>\vbox <span class="roman">(plain TeX)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvdash"><code>\vdash</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvdots"><code>\vdots</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvec"><code>\vec</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> @@ -25878,7 +25649,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005b_002e_002e_002e_005c_005d-display-math"><code>\[...\] <span class="roman">display math</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028for-center_0029"><code>\\ <span class="roman">(for <code>center</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#center">center</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028for-eqnarray_0029"><code>\\ <span class="roman">(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028for-flushright_0029"><code>\\ (for <code>flushright</code>)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushright">flushright</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028for-flushright_0029"><code>\\ <span class="roman">(for <code>flushright</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushright">flushright</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028for-_005cshortstack-objects_0029"><code>\\ <span class="roman">(for <code>\shortstack</code> objects)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cshortstack">\shortstack</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028tabbing_0029"><code>\\ <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-for-flushleft"><code>\\ <span class="roman">for <code>flushleft</code></span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></td></tr> @@ -25951,9 +25722,11 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-7"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e">\bigl & \bigr etc.</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-8"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-9"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-10"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-11"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character & \colon</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-10"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-11"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-12"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character & \colon</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-13"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character & \colon</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-14"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace & \negthinspace</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package_002c-replacing-eqnarray">amsmath <span class="roman">package, replacing <code>eqnarray</code></span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsthm-package"><code>amsthm</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsthm-package-1"><code>amsthm</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005crule">\rule</a></td></tr> @@ -25962,8 +25735,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-appendix">appendix</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cappendix">\appendix</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-appendix-package"><code>appendix</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cappendix">\appendix</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-aring">aring</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-array-_0028package_0029-package"><code>array (package)</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-array-environment"><code><code>array</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-array-package"><code>array</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-arrays_002c-math">arrays, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-arrow_002c-left_002c-in-text">arrow, left, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-arrow_002c-right_002c-in-text">arrow, right, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -26006,6 +25779,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bibliography-format_002c-open">bibliography format, open</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bibliography_002c-creating-_0028automatically_0029">bibliography, creating (automatically)</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bibliography_002c-creating-_0028manually_0029">bibliography, creating (manually)</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bibTeX_002c-using">bibTeX, using</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-big-circle-symbols_002c-in-text">big circle symbols, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-big-point">big point</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> @@ -26052,6 +25826,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-calligraphic-fonts">calligraphic fonts</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Calligraphic">Calligraphic</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-calligraphic-letters-for-math">calligraphic letters for math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cap-height">cap height</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-caption-package"><code>caption</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccaption">\caption</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-captions">captions</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccaption">\caption</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-caron-accent">caron accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-catcode">catcode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter & \makeatother</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-category-code_002c-character">category code, character</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter & \makeatother</a></td></tr> @@ -26068,6 +25844,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-changing-case-of-characters">changing case of characters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-chapter">chapter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-chapter-1">chapter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-chapter-counter"><code>chapter counter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-character-category-code">character category code</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter & \makeatother</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-character-encoding">character encoding</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#inputenc-package">inputenc package</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-character_002c-invisible">character, invisible</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr> @@ -26199,6 +25976,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-discretionary-breaks_002c-multiplication">discretionary breaks, multiplication</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_002a">\*</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-discretionary-hyphenation">discretionary hyphenation</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary">\discretionary</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-display-math-mode">display math mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-display-style">display style</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-styles">Math styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-displaying-quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation">displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation & quote</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-displaying-quoted-text-without-paragraph-indentation">displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation & quote</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-displaymath-environment"><code><code>displaymath</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a></td></tr> @@ -26258,8 +26036,12 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-engines_002c-TeX">engines, TeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-enlarge-current-page">enlarge current page</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-enumerate-environment"><code><code>enumerate</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-enumi-counter"><code>enumi counter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-enumii-counter"><code>enumii counter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-enumiii-counter"><code>enumiii counter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-enumitem-package"><code>enumitem</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-enumitem-package-1"><code>enumitem</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-enumiv-counter"><code>enumiv counter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment">environment</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Starting-and-ending">Starting and ending</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment-form-of-font-size-commands">environment form of font size commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-abstract"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>abstract</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#abstract">abstract</a></td></tr> @@ -26287,10 +26069,12 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-picture"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>picture</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-quotation"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>quotation</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation & quote</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-quote"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>quote</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation & quote</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-sloppypar"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>sloppypar</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#sloppypar">sloppypar</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-tabbing"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>tabbing</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-table"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>table</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-tabular"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>tabular</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-thebibliography"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>thebibliography</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-theindex"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>theindex</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Produce-the-index-manually">Produce the index manually</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-theorem"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>theorem</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-theorem_002dlike">environment, theorem-like</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-titlepage"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>titlepage</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></td></tr> @@ -26301,6 +26085,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-envlab-package"><code>envlab</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels">\makelabels</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-EPS-files">EPS files</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-eqnarray-environment"><code><code>eqnarray</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-equation-counter"><code>equation counter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-equation-environment"><code><code>equation</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-equation-environment-1"><code><code>equation</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-equation-number_002c-cross-referencing">equation number, cross referencing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr> @@ -26309,6 +26094,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-equations_002c-aligning">equations, aligning</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-equations_002c-environment-for">equations, environment for</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-equations_002c-flush-left-vs_002e-centered">equations, flush left vs. centered</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-error-messages_002c-from-BibTeX">error messages, from BibTeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-errorstopmode">errorstopmode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-es_002dzet-German-letter">es-zet German letter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-etex-command"><code>etex <span class="roman">command</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> @@ -26337,6 +26123,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fancyvrb-package"><code>fancyvrb</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fancyvrb-package-1"><code>fancyvrb</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-feminine-ordinal-symbol">feminine ordinal symbol</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-figure-counter"><code>figure counter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-figure-dash-character">figure dash character</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-figure-environment"><code><code>figure</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-figure-number_002c-cross-referencing">figure number, cross referencing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr> @@ -26346,6 +26133,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-file_002c-opening">file, opening</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout">\openin & \openout</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-file_002c-reading">file, reading</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cread">\read</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-file_002c-root">file, root</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-file_002c-root-1">file, root</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-filecontents-environment"><code><code>filecontents</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-filecontents_002a-environment"><code><code>filecontents*</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-filename-for-current-job">filename for current job</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr> @@ -26374,8 +26162,10 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fonts">fonts</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Fonts">Fonts</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fonts_002c-new-commands-for">fonts, new commands for</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fonts_002c-script">fonts, script</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Calligraphic">Calligraphic</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fontspec-package"><code>fontspec</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-footer-style">footer style</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-footer_002c-parameters-for">footer, parameters for</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-footnote-counter"><code>footnote counter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-footnote-number_002c-cross-referencing">footnote number, cross referencing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-footnote-parameters">footnote parameters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-footnote_002c-in-a-table">footnote, in a table</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table">Footnotes in a table</a></td></tr> @@ -26455,7 +26245,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyperref-package"><code>hyperref</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyperref-package-1"><code>hyperref</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyperref-package-2"><code>hyperref</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyperref-package-3"><code>hyperref</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-input">Command line input</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyperref-package-3"><code>hyperref</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyperref-package-4"><code>hyperref</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-input">Command line input</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyphen-character_002c-non_002dbreaking">hyphen character, non-breaking</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyphenation_002c-defining">hyphenation, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyphenation_002c-discretionary">hyphenation, discretionary</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary">\discretionary</a></td></tr> @@ -26471,7 +26262,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-implementations-of-TeX">implementations of TeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-importing-graphics">importing graphics</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-in"><code>in</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-inch"><code>inch</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-inch">inch</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-including-graphics">including graphics</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-indent_002c-forcing">indent, forcing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent">\indent & \noindent</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-indentation-of-paragraphs_002c-in-minipage">indentation of paragraphs, in minipage</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr> @@ -26483,6 +26274,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-indentfirst-package-5"><code>indentfirst</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent">\indent & \noindent</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-indent_005flength"><code>indent_length</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-indent_005fspace"><code>indent_space</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-index-entries_002c-subentries">index entries, subentries</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-index-entries_002c-_0060see_0027-and-_0060see-also_0027">index entries, ‘see’ and ‘see also’</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-index-entry">index entry</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-index-package"><code>index</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr> @@ -26490,6 +26282,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-index_002c-page-range">index, page range</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-index_002c-printing">index, printing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprintindex">\printindex</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-index_002c-processing">index, processing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-index_002c-producing-manually">index, producing manually</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Produce-the-index-manually">Produce the index manually</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-index_002c-style-file"><code>index, style file</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-indexes">indexes</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-infinite-horizontal-stretch">infinite horizontal stretch</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chfill">\hfill</a></td></tr> @@ -26634,8 +26427,9 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mail-merges">mail merges</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cread">\read</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-main-matter-of-a-book">main matter of a book</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-make-a-box">make a box</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-makeindex"><code>makeindex</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-makeidx-package"><code>makeidx</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprintindex">\printindex</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-makeindex-program"><code>makeindex</code> program</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-makeindex_002c-program"><code>makeindex, <span class="roman">program</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-makeindex_002c-style-file"><code>makeindex, style file</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-making-a-title-page">making a title page</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-making-paragraphs">making paragraphs</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Making-paragraphs">Making paragraphs</a></td></tr> @@ -26655,6 +26449,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-mode_002c-spacing-1">math mode, spacing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-mode_002c-spacing-2">math mode, spacing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">\mathstrut</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-mode_002c-vertical-space">math mode, vertical space</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csmash">\smash</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-styles">math styles</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-styles">Math styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-symbols">math symbols</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math_002c-arrows"><code>math, arrows</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math_002c-bold">math, bold</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> @@ -26679,6 +26474,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-monospace-font">monospace font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-moving-arguments">moving arguments</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mpfootnote-counter">mpfootnote counter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mpfootnote-counter-1"><code>mpfootnote counter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mu"><code>mu</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mu_002c-math-unit">mu, math unit</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-multicolumn-text">multicolumn text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr> @@ -26768,14 +26564,16 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-7"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e">\bigl & \bigr etc.</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-8"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-9"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-10"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-11"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character & \colon</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-10"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-11"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-12"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character & \colon</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-13"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character & \colon</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-14"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace & \negthinspace</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsthm"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsthm</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsthm-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsthm</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005crule">\rule</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-answers"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>answers</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-appendix"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>appendix</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cappendix">\appendix</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-array-_0028package_0029"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>array (package)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-array"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>array</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-Asymptote"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>Asymptote</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-Asymptote-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>Asymptote</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-Asymptote-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>Asymptote</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</a></td></tr> @@ -26789,6 +26587,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-beamer"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>beamer</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#beamer-template">beamer template</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-bigfoot"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>bigfoot</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnotes-of-footnotes">Footnotes of footnotes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-bm"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>bm</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath">\boldmath & \unboldmath</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-caption"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>caption</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccaption">\caption</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-cleveref"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>cleveref</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-cleveref-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>cleveref</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-cleveref-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>cleveref</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr> @@ -26813,6 +26612,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-fancyvrb-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>fancyvrb</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-flafter"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>flafter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-float"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>float</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-fontspec"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>fontspec</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-geometry"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>geometry</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-geometry-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>geometry</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-graphpap"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>graphpap</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper">\graphpaper</a></td></tr> @@ -26820,7 +26620,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-hyperref"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>hyperref</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-hyperref-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>hyperref</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-hyperref-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>hyperref</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-hyperref-3"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>hyperref</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-input">Command line input</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-hyperref-3"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>hyperref</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-hyperref-4"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>hyperref</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-input">Command line input</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-indentfirst"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>indentfirst</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpart">\part</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-indentfirst-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>indentfirst</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-indentfirst-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>indentfirst</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csection">\section</a></td></tr> @@ -26834,6 +26635,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-listings-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>listings</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-lmodern"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>lmodern</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-macros2e"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>macros2e</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter & \makeatother</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-makeidx"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>makeidx</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprintindex">\printindex</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mathtools</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mathtools</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mathtools</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left & \right</a></td></tr> @@ -26859,6 +26661,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-siunitx"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>siunitx</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-siunitx-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>siunitx</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-suffix"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>suffix</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-tablefootnote"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>tablefootnote</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table">Footnotes in a table</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-texosquery"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>texosquery</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-textcase"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>textcase</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-TikZ"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>TikZ</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr> @@ -26873,17 +26676,22 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-titlesec-5"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>titlesec</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-tocbibbind"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>tocbibbind</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-tocloft"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>tocloft</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-tocloft-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>tocloft</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-ulem"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>ulem</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-unicode_002dmath"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>unicode-math</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Greek-letters">Greek letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-url"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>url</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-verbatimbox"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>verbatimbox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-xparse"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xparse</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-xparse-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xparse</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-xr"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xr</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#xr-package">xr package</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-xr_002dhyper"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xr-hyper</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#xr-package">xr package</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-xspace"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#xspace-package">xspace package</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-xstring"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xstring</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-packages_002c-loading-additional">packages, loading additional</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-page-break_002c-forcing">page break, forcing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-page-break_002c-preventing">page break, preventing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-page-breaking">page breaking</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-breaking">Page breaking</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-page-counter"><code>page counter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-page-layout-parameters">page layout parameters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-page-number_002c-cross-referencing">page number, cross referencing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpageref">\pageref</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-page-numbering-style">page numbering style</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a></td></tr> @@ -26894,6 +26702,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paired-delimiters">paired delimiters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left & \right</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paragraph">paragraph</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paragraph-1">paragraph</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paragraph-counter"><code>paragraph counter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paragraph-indentation">paragraph indentation</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">\parindent & \parskip</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paragraph-indentation_002c-in-minipage">paragraph indentation, in minipage</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paragraph-indentations-in-quoted-text">paragraph indentations in quoted text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation & quote</a></td></tr> @@ -26910,6 +26719,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-parentheses">parentheses</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-part">part</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-part-1">part</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpart">\part</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-part-counter"><code>part counter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pattern_002c-current-tab-stops_002c-tabbing">pattern, current tab stops, <span class="roman">tabbing</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pc"><code>pc</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-PDF-graphic-files">PDF graphic files</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr> @@ -26923,8 +26733,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-period_002c-sentence_002dending">period, sentence-ending</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040">\@</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-period_002c-spacing-after">period, spacing after</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040">\@</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pica">pica</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pict2e-package"><code>pict2e</code> package</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pict2e-package-1"><code>pict2e</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pict2e-package"><code>pict2e</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-picture-environment"><code><code>picture</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pictures_002c-creating">pictures, creating</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pilcrow">pilcrow</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -26944,6 +26753,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-position_002c-in-picture">position, in picture</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-positional-parameter">positional parameter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-postamble"><code>postamble</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-PostScript-point">PostScript point</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-postscript_002c-in-letters">postscript, in letters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cps">\ps</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pounds-symbol">pounds symbol</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-preamble"><code>preamble</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr> @@ -27000,6 +26810,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-robust-commands">robust commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-roman-font">roman font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-root-file">root file</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-root-file-1">root file</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-roots">roots</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csqrt">\sqrt</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-rotating-graphics">rotating graphics</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005crotatebox">\rotatebox</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-rotating-text">rotating text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005crotatebox">\rotatebox</a></td></tr> @@ -27011,17 +26822,21 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-running-header-and-footer-style">running header and footer style</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> <tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-S">S</th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-samepage-environment"><code>samepage <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sans-serif-font">sans serif font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-scaled-point">scaled point</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-scaling">scaling</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-scaling-1">scaling</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox">\resizebox</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-script-fonts">script fonts</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Calligraphic">Calligraphic</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-script-letters-for-math">script letters for math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-script-style">script style</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-styles">Math styles</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-scriptscript-style">scriptscript style</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-styles">Math styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-scrollmode">scrollmode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-secnumdepth"><code>secnumdepth</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-secnumdepth-counter"><code>secnumdepth <span class="roman">counter</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-section">section</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-section-1">section</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csection">\section</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-section-counter"><code>section counter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-section-number_002c-cross-referencing">section number, cross referencing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-section-numbers_002c-printing">section numbers, printing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-section-symbol">section symbol</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -27056,8 +26871,9 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-skip-register_002c-plain-TeX">skip register, plain TeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-slanted-font">slanted font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-slides-class"><code>slides <span class="roman">class</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sloppypar"><code>sloppypar</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#sloppypar">sloppypar</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sloppypar-environment">sloppypar environment</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#sloppypar">sloppypar</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sloppypar-environment-1"><code><code>sloppypar</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#sloppypar">sloppypar</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-slot_002c-font">slot, font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent">\DeclareTextAccent</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-small-caps-font">small caps font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sort"><code>sort</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-source-files_002c-making-self_002dcontained">source files, making self-contained</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr> @@ -27073,7 +26889,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spaces_002c-ignore-around-commands">spaces, ignore around commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spaces_002c-ignore-around-commands-1">spaces, ignore around commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#xspace-package">xspace package</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spacing-within-math-mode">spacing within math mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spacing_002c-inter_002dsentence">spacing, inter-sentence</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing">\frenchspacing</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spacing_002c-inter_002dsentence">spacing, inter-sentence</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing">\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spacing_002c-inter_002dsentence-1">spacing, inter-sentence</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnormalsfcodes">\normalsfcodes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spacing_002c-math-mode">spacing, math mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spacing_002c-math-mode-1">spacing, math mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">\mathstrut</a></td></tr> @@ -27098,16 +26914,21 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-stretch_002c-infinite-horizontal">stretch, infinite horizontal</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chfill">\hfill</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-stretch_002c-infinite-vertical">stretch, infinite vertical</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cvfill">\vfill</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-stretch_002c-omitting-vertical">stretch, omitting vertical</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-strut">strut</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-strut">strut</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-strut-1">strut</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-strut_002c-math">strut, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">\mathstrut</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-styles-of-text">styles of text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-styles_002c-page">styles, page</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-subparagraph">subparagraph</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-subparagraph-1">subparagraph</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-subparagraph-counter"><code>subparagraph counter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-subscript">subscript</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">Subscripts & superscripts</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-subsection">subsection</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-subsection-1">subsection</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsection">\subsection</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-subsection-counter"><code>subsection counter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-subsubsection">subsubsection</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-subsubsection-1">subsubsection</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-subsubsection-counter"><code>subsubsection counter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-suffix-package"><code>suffix</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-superscript">superscript</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">Subscripts & superscripts</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-symbol"><code>symbol</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr> @@ -27123,6 +26944,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-T1">T1</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tab-stops_002c-using">tab stops, using</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tabbing-environment"><code><code>tabbing</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-counter"><code>table counter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-environment"><code><code>table</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-of-contents">table of contents</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-of-contents-entry_002c-create-dotted-line">table of contents entry, create dotted line</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline">\@dottedtocline</a></td></tr> @@ -27131,6 +26953,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-of-contents_002c-avoiding-footnotes">table of contents, avoiding footnotes</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnotes-in-section-headings">Footnotes in section headings</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-of-contents_002c-creating">table of contents, creating</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-of-contents_002c-sectioning-numbers-printed">table of contents, sectioning numbers printed</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tablefootnote-package"><code>tablefootnote</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table">Footnotes in a table</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tables_002c-creating">tables, creating</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tabular-environment"><code><code>tabular</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-template-_0028simple_0029_002c-article">template (simple), <code>article</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#article-template">article template</a></td></tr> @@ -27144,6 +26967,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-TeX-logo">TeX logo</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-texosquery-package"><code>texosquery</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-texput_002c-jobname-default"><code>texput<span class="roman">, jobname default</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-text-style">text style</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-styles">Math styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-text-symbols">text symbols</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-text_002c-resizing">text, resizing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-text_002c-resizing-1">text, resizing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox">\resizebox</a></td></tr> @@ -27153,6 +26977,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-textcomp-package"><code>textcomp <span class="roman">package</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-thanks_002c-for-titlepage">thanks, for titlepage</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-thebibliography-environment"><code><code>thebibliography</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-theindex"><code>theindex</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Produce-the-index-manually">Produce the index manually</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-theindex-environment"><code><code>theindex</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Produce-the-index-manually">Produce the index manually</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-theorem-environment"><code><code>theorem</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-theorem_002dlike-environment">theorem-like environment</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-theorems_002c-defining">theorems, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></td></tr> @@ -27188,6 +27014,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tocdepth"><code>tocdepth</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tocdepth-counter"><code>tocdepth <span class="roman">counter</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tocloft-package"><code>tocloft</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tocloft-package-1"><code>tocloft</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-today_0027s-date">today’s date</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tombstone">tombstone</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005crule">\rule</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-topmargin"><code>topmargin</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr> @@ -27274,8 +27101,9 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xindy-program"><code>xindy <span class="roman">program</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xparse-package"><code>xparse</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xparse-package-1"><code>xparse</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xr-package"><code><code>xr</code> package</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#xr-package">xr package</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xr_002dhyper-package"><code><code>xr-hyper</code> package</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#xr-package">xr package</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xr-package"><code>xr</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#xr-package">xr package</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xr_002dhyper-package"><code>xr-hyper</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#xr-package">xr package</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xspace-package"><code>xspace</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#xspace-package">xspace package</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xstring-package"><code>xstring</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> </table> @@ -27358,7 +27186,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa </td></tr></table> -<hr> +</div> +</div> <hr/><div class='referenceinfo'> <a href='https://latexref.xyz/'> <i>Unofficial LaTeX2e reference manual</i></a></div> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf Binary files differindex 7f1bc29e5b3..f1f85b55933 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi index aec0978aa88..50a0d91903e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ \input texinfo -@c $Id: latex2e.texi 935 2021-07-23 17:48:15Z jimhefferon $ +@c $Id: latex2e.texi 1079 2022-01-26 18:15:20Z karl $ @comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) @setfilename latex2e.info -@set UPDATED July 2021 +@set UPDATED January 2022 @include common.texi @settitle @LaTeX{}2e unofficial reference manual (@value{UPDATED}) @comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) @@ -25,7 +25,8 @@ @c xx JH expand theorem, AMS math @c xx JH something on code listings @c xx JH ligatures -@c xx JH \caption +@c +@c xx \NewCommandCopy et al. (Brian Dunn, 21 Dec 2021 06:50:17). @c @c xx The typeset source2e has an index with all kernel @c xx commands, though some are internal and shouldn't be included. @@ -53,7 +54,7 @@ latex2e-reference by Martin Herbert Dietze. (From these references no text was directly copied.) Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, -2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.@* +2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.@* Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.@* Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen. @@ -101,8 +102,10 @@ href='https://ctan.org/topic/tut-latex'>this list</a>.</p> <p>This manual has two versions. One has <a href="https://latexref.xyz/">separate web pages for each section or subsection</a>. It's also available as a <a -href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html">single web page</a> and -as a <a href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.pdf">pdf</a>.</p> +href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html">single web page</a> and as +a <a href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.pdf">pdf</a>. Note that +there is also a separately-maintained <a +href="https://latexref.xyz/fr/">French edition</a>.</p> <p> This document is not official. It has not been reviewed by the LaTeX maintainers. Our goal is to cover all (non-private) LaTeX @@ -131,6 +134,11 @@ as well as @c Best Effort Symbol @iftex +@macro visiblespace +@tex% +{@tt@char`@ }% +@end tex@c +@end macro @macro BES {utf8,math} @math{\math\} @end macro @@ -139,6 +147,9 @@ as well as @end macro @end iftex @ifnottex +@macro visiblespace +@w{ } +@end macro @macro BES {utf8,math} @U{\utf8\} @end macro @@ -158,7 +169,7 @@ as well as @end macro @set NotInPlainTeX Not available in plain @TeX{}. -@set NeedsAMSSymb @value{NotInPlainTeX} In @LaTeX{} you need to load the @file{amssymb} package. +@set NeedsAMSSymb @value{NotInPlainTeX} In @LaTeX{} you need to load the @package{amssymb} package. @set NeedsSTIX @value{NotInPlainTeX} In @LaTeX{} you need to load the @file{stix} package. @ifnottex @@ -591,8 +602,8 @@ commands it covers (barring unintentional omissions, a.k.a.@: bugs). @PkgIndex{expl3} @PkgIndex{xparse} @cindex @LaTeX{}3 syntax -As of the 2020-10-01 release of @LaTeX{}, the @code{expl3} and -@code{xparse} packages are part of the @LaTeX{}2e format. They +As of the 2020-10-01 release of @LaTeX{}, the @package{expl3} and +@package{xparse} packages are part of the @LaTeX{}2e format. They provide a completely different underlying programming language syntax. We won't try to cover them in this document; see the related package documentation and other @LaTeX{} manuals. @@ -721,7 +732,7 @@ such as technical reports or theses, which may contain several chapters. @item slides @anchor{document classes slides} For slide presentations---rarely used nowadays. The -@code{beamer} package is perhaps the most prevalent +@package{beamer} package is perhaps the most prevalent (@url{https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer}). @xref{beamer template}, for a small template for a beamer document. @@ -802,7 +813,7 @@ the print area but you must also set the physical paper size. One way to do that is to put @code{\pdfpagewidth=\paperwidth} and @code{\pdfpageheight=\paperheight} in your document's preamble. @PkgIndex{geometry} -The @code{geometry} package provides flexible ways of setting the print +The @package{geometry} package provides flexible ways of setting the print area and physical page size. @findex draft @r{option} @@ -1162,7 +1173,7 @@ Commands defined this way are a bit less efficient than those defined using @code{\newcommand} so unless the command's data is fragile and the command is used within a moving argument, use @code{\newcommand}. -@PkgIndex{etoolbox} The @file{etoolbox} package offers the commands +@PkgIndex{etoolbox} The @package{etoolbox} package offers the commands @code{\newrobustcmd}, @code{\newrobustcmd*}, as well as the commands @code{\renewrobustcmd}, @code{\renewrobustcmd*}, and the commands @code{\providerobustcmd}, and @code{\providerobustcmd*}. These are @@ -1523,16 +1534,17 @@ or Specify the font encodings. A font encoding is a mapping of the character codes to the font glyphs that are used to typeset your output. +@PkgIndex{fontspec} This package only applies if you use the @code{pdflatex} engine (@pxref{@TeX{} engines}). If you use the @command{xelatex} or -@command{lualatex} engine then instead use the @file{fontspec} package. +@command{lualatex} engine then instead use the @package{fontspec} package. @TeX{}'s original font family, Computer Modern, has a limited character set. For instance, to make common accented characters you must use @code{\accent} (@pxref{\accent}) but this disables hyphenation. @TeX{} users have agreed on a number of standards to access the larger sets of characters provided by modern fonts. If you are using -@command{pdflatex} then this in the preamble +@command{pdflatex} then put this in the preamble @example \usepackage[T1]@{fontenc@} @@ -1549,7 +1561,7 @@ to directly enter accented characters into your source file.) If you are using an encoding such as @code{T1} and the characters appear blurry or do not magnify well then your fonts may be bitmapped, sometimes called raster or Type@tie{}3. You want vector fonts. Use a -package such as @file{lmodern} or @file{cm-super} to get a font that +package such as @package{lmodern} or @package{cm-super} to get a font that extends @LaTeX{}'s default using vector fonts. For each @var{font_encoding} given as an option but not already @@ -1641,7 +1653,7 @@ The file @file{t1enc.def} contains this line (followed by many others). The @var{text-settings} are the commands that @LaTeX{} will run every time it switches from one encoding to another with the -@code{\selectfont} or @code{\fontencoding} command. The +@code{\selectfont} and @code{\fontencoding} commands. The @var{math-settings} are the commands that @LaTeX{} will use whenever the font is accessed as a math alphabet. @@ -1678,6 +1690,9 @@ Synopsis: Define an accent, to be put on top of other glyphs, in the encoding @var{encoding} at the location @var{slot}. +@cindex slot, font +A @dfn{slot} is the number identifying a glyph within a font. + This line from @file{t1enc.def} declares that to make a circumflex accent as in @code{\^A}, the system will put the accent in slot@tie{}2 over the @samp{A} character, which is represented in ASCII as@tie{}65. @@ -1704,10 +1719,10 @@ transcript file. Synopsis: @example -\DeclareTextAccentDefault@{@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@} +\DeclareTextAccentDefault@{\@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@} @end example -If there is an encoding-specific accent command @var{cmd} but there is +If there is an encoding-specific accent command \@var{cmd} but there is no associated @code{\DeclareTextAccent} for that encoding then this command will pick up the slack, by saying to use it as described for @var{encoding}. @@ -1728,8 +1743,8 @@ That is, this command is equivalent to this call (@pxref{\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent}). @example -\DeclareTextCommandDefault[1]@{@var{cmd}@} - @{\UseTextAccent@{@var{encoding}@}@{@var{cmd}@}@{#1@}@} +\DeclareTextCommandDefault[1]@{\@var{cmd}@} + @{\UseTextAccent@{@var{encoding}@}@{\@var{cmd}@}@{#1@}@} @end example Note that @code{\DeclareTextAccentDefault} works for any one-argument @@ -1740,30 +1755,29 @@ Note that @code{\DeclareTextAccentDefault} works for any one-argument @subsection @code{\DeclareTextCommand} & @code{\ProvideTextCommand} @findex \DeclareTextCommand -@findex \DeclareTextCommandDefault @findex \ProvideTextCommand Synopsis, one of: @example -\DeclareTextCommand@{@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@}@{@var{defn}@} -\DeclareTextCommand@{@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@}[@var{nargs}]@{@var{defn@}} -\DeclareTextCommand@{@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@}[@var{nargs}][@var{optargdefault}]@{@var{defn}@} +\DeclareTextCommand@{\@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@}@{@var{defn}@} +\DeclareTextCommand@{\@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@}[@var{nargs}]@{@var{defn@}} +\DeclareTextCommand@{\@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@}[@var{nargs}][@var{optargdefault}]@{@var{defn}@} @end example or one of: @example -\ProvideTextCommand@{@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@}@{@var{defn}@} -\ProvideTextCommand@{@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@}[@var{nargs}]@{@var{defn}@} -\ProvideTextCommand@{@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@}[@var{nargs}][@var{optargdefault}]@{@var{defn}@} +\ProvideTextCommand@{\@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@}@{@var{defn}@} +\ProvideTextCommand@{\@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@}[@var{nargs}]@{@var{defn}@} +\ProvideTextCommand@{\@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@}[@var{nargs}][@var{optargdefault}]@{@var{defn}@} @end example -Define the command @var{cmd}, which will be specific to one encoding. -The command name @var{cmd} must begin with a backslash, \. These -commands can only appear in the preamble. Redefining @code{cmd} does -not cause an error. The defined command will be robust even if the code -in @var{defn} is fragile (@pxref{\protect}). +Define the command @code{\@var{cmd}}, which will be specific to one +encoding. The command name @var{cmd} must be preceded by a backslash, +@code{\}. These commands can only appear in the preamble. Redefining +\@var{cmd} does not cause an error. The defined command will be robust +even if the code in @var{defn} is fragile (@pxref{\protect}). For example, the file @file{t1enc.def} contains this line. @@ -1784,22 +1798,23 @@ If you change the font encoding to @code{OT1} then you get an error like @samp{LaTeX Error: Command \textperthousand unavailable in encoding OT1}. +@findex \DeclareTextSymbol The @code{\ProvideTextCommand} variant does the same, except that it -does nothing if @var{cmd} is already defined. The +does nothing if @code{\@var{cmd}} is already defined. The @code{\DeclareTextSymbol} command is faster than this one for simple slot-to-glyph association (@pxref{\DeclareTextSymbol}) -The optional @var{nargs} and @var{optargsdefault} arguments play the -same role here as in @code{\newcommand} (@pxref{\newcommand & +The optional @var{nargs} and @var{optargdefault} arguments play the same +role here as in @code{\newcommand} (@pxref{\newcommand & \renewcommand}). Briefly, @var{nargs} is an integer from 0 to 9 -specifying the number of arguments that the defined command @code{cmd} -takes. This number includes any optional argument. Omitting this -argument is the same as specifying 0, meaning that @var{cmd} will have -no arguments. And, if @var{optargsdefault} is present then the first -argument of @code{\@var{cmd}} is optional, with default value -@var{optargdefault} (which may be the empty string). If -@var{optargsdefault} is not present then @code{\@var{cmd}} does not take -an optional argument. +specifying the number of arguments that the defined command +@code{\@var{cmd}} takes. This number includes any optional argument. +Omitting this argument is the same as specifying 0, meaning that +@code{\@var{cmd}} will have no arguments. And, if @var{optargdefault} +is present then the first argument of @code{\@var{cmd}} is optional, +with default value @var{optargdefault} (which may be the empty string). +If @var{optargdefault} is not present then @code{\@var{cmd}} does not +take an optional argument. @node \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault @@ -1813,18 +1828,18 @@ an optional argument. Synopsis: @example -\DeclareTextCommandDefault@{@var{cmd}@}@{@var{defn}@} +\DeclareTextCommandDefault@{\@var{cmd}@}@{@var{defn}@} @end example or: @example -\ProvideTextCommandDefault@{@var{cmd}@}@{@var{defn}@} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault@{\@var{cmd}@}@{@var{defn}@} @end example -Give a default definition for @var{cmd}, for when that command is not -defined in the encoding currently in force. This default should only use -encodings known to be available. +Give a default definition for @code{\@var{cmd}}, for when that command +is not defined in the encoding currently in force. This default should +only use encodings known to be available. This makes @code{\copyright} available. @@ -1832,6 +1847,7 @@ This makes @code{\copyright} available. \DeclareTextCommandDefault@{\copyright@}@{\textcircled@{c@}@} @end example +@noindent It uses only an encoding (OMS) that is always available. The @code{\DeclareTextCommandDefault} should not occur in the encoding @@ -1841,7 +1857,7 @@ when you select that encoding. It should instead be in a package. As with the related non-default commands, the @code{\ProvideTextCommandDefault} has exactly the same behavior as @code{\DeclareTextCommandDefault} except that it does nothing if -@var{cmd} is already defined (@pxref{\DeclareTextCommand & +@code{\@var{cmd}} is already defined (@pxref{\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand}). So, packages can use it to provide fallbacks that other packages can improve upon. @@ -1855,7 +1871,7 @@ that other packages can improve upon. Synopsis: @example -\DeclareTextComposite@{@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@}@{@var{simple_object}@}@{@var{slot}@} +\DeclareTextComposite@{\@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@}@{@var{simple_object}@}@{@var{slot}@} @end example Access an accented glyph directly, that is, without having to put an @@ -1863,7 +1879,7 @@ accent over a separate character. This line from @file{t1enc.def} means that @code{\^o} will cause @LaTeX{} to typeset lowercase@tie{}@samp{o} by taking the character -directly from location 224 in the font. +directly from slot 224 in the font. @example \DeclareTextComposite@{\^@}@{T1@}@{o@}@{244@} @@ -1873,7 +1889,7 @@ directly from location 224 in the font. @var{simple_object} should be a single character or a single command. The @var{slot} argument is usually a positive integer represented in decimal (although octal or hexadecimal are possible). Normally -@var{cmd} has already been declared for this encoding, either with +\@var{cmd} has already been declared for this encoding, either with @code{\DeclareTextAccent} or with a one-argument @code{\DeclareTextCommand}. In @file{t1enc.def}, the above line follows the @code{\DeclareTextAccent@{\^@}@{T1@}@{2@}} command. @@ -1888,11 +1904,11 @@ the @code{\DeclareTextAccent@{\^@}@{T1@}@{2@}} command. Synopsis: @example -\DeclareTextCompositeCommand@{@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@}@{@var{arg}@}@{@var{code}@} +\DeclareTextCompositeCommand@{\@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@}@{@var{arg}@}@{@var{code}@} @end example A more general version of @code{\DeclareTextComposite} that runs -arbitrary code with @var{cmd}. +arbitrary code with @code{\@var{cmd}}. This allows accents on @samp{i} to act like accents on dotless@tie{}i, @code{\i}. @@ -1902,7 +1918,7 @@ This allows accents on @samp{i} to act like accents on dotless@tie{}i, @end example @xref{fontenc package}, for a list of common encodings. Normally -@var{cmd} will have already been declared with @code{\DeclareTextAccent} +@code{\@var{cmd}} will have already been declared with @code{\DeclareTextAccent} or as a one argument @code{\DeclareTextCommand}. @@ -1915,7 +1931,7 @@ or as a one argument @code{\DeclareTextCommand}. Synopsis: @example -\DeclareTextSymbol@{@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@}@{@var{slot}@} +\DeclareTextSymbol@{\@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@}@{@var{slot}@} @end example Define a symbol in the encoding @var{encoding} at the location @@ -1923,7 +1939,7 @@ Define a symbol in the encoding @var{encoding} at the location mathematics. For example, this line from @file{t1enc.def} declares the number of the -glyph to use for @BES{00AB}, the left guillemet. +glyph to use for @BES{00AB,\hbox{\guillemotleft}}, the left guillemet. @example \DeclareTextSymbol@{\guillemotleft@}@{T1@}@{19@} @@ -1939,9 +1955,9 @@ can be specified in decimal, or octal (as in @code{'023}), or hexadecimal (as in @code{"13}), although decimal has the advantage that single quote or double quote could be redefined by another package. -If @var{cmd} has already been defined then @code{\DeclareTextSymbol} -does not give an error but it does log the redefinition in the -transcript file. +If @code{\@var{cmd}} has already been defined then +@code{\DeclareTextSymbol} does not give an error but it does log the +redefinition in the transcript file. @node \DeclareTextSymbolDefault @@ -1954,13 +1970,13 @@ transcript file. Synopsis: @example -\DeclareTextSymbolDefault@{@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@} +\DeclareTextSymbolDefault@{\@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@} @end example -If there is an encoding-specific symbol command @var{cmd} but there is no -associated @code{\DeclareTextSymbol} for that encoding, then this command -will pick up the slack, by saying to get the symbol as described for -@var{encoding}. +If there is an encoding-specific symbol command @code{\@var{cmd}} but +there is no associated @code{\DeclareTextSymbol} for that encoding, then +this command will pick up the slack, by saying to get the symbol as +described for @var{encoding}. For example, to declare that if the current encoding has no meaning for @code{\textdollar} then use the one from @code{OT1}, declare this. @@ -1973,8 +1989,8 @@ That is, this command is equivalent to this call (@pxref{\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent}). @example -\DeclareTextCommandDefault@{@var{cmd}@} - @{\UseTextSymbol@{@var{encoding}@}@{@var{cmd}@}@} +\DeclareTextCommandDefault@{\@var{cmd}@} + @{\UseTextSymbol@{@var{encoding}@}@{\@var{cmd}@}@} @end example Note that @code{\DeclareTextSymbolDefault} can be used to define a @@ -2014,13 +2030,13 @@ name of the encoding explicitly. Synopsis: @example -\UseTextSymbol@{@var{encoding}@}@{@var{cmd}@} +\UseTextSymbol@{@var{encoding}@}@{\@var{cmd}@} @end example or: @example -\UseTextAccent@{@var{encoding}@}@{@var{cmd}@}@{@var{text}@} +\UseTextAccent@{@var{encoding}@}@{\@var{cmd}@}@{@var{text}@} @end example Use a symbol or accent not from the current encoding. @@ -2331,6 +2347,18 @@ Here, the scope of the @code{\small} lasts until the end of the style command or the end of the current group, so you could enclose it in curly braces @code{@{\small This text is typeset in the small font.@}}. +Trying to use these commands in math, as with @code{$\small mv^2/2$}, +results in @samp{LaTeX Font Warning: Command \small +invalid in math mode}, and the font size doesn't +change. To work with a too-large formula, often the best option is to +use the @code{displaymath} environment (@pxref{Math formulas}), or +one of the environments from the @package{amsmath} package. For inline +mathematics, such as in a table of formulas, an alternative is something +like @code{@{\small $mv^2/2$@}}. (Sometimes @code{\scriptsize} and +@code{\scriptstyle} are confused. Both change the font size, but the +latter also changes a number of other aspects of how mathematics is +typeset. @xref{Math styles}.) + @cindex environment form of font size commands An @dfn{environment form} of each of these commands is also defined; for instance, @code{\begin@{tiny@}...\end@{tiny@}}. However, in practice @@ -2500,10 +2528,10 @@ When forming the @var{series} string from the weight and width, drop the weight and width are @code{m}, in which case use just one (@samp{@code{m}}). +@anchor{low level font commands fontshape} @item \fontshape@{@var{shape}@} @findex \fontshape @cindex shapes, of fonts -@anchor{low level font commands fontshape} Select font shape. Valid shapes are: @multitable {xx} {Slanted (oblique)xx} @@ -2541,11 +2569,10 @@ reset every time a size change happens; instead use @anchor{low level font commands linespread} @item \linespread@{@var{factor}@} @findex \linespread -Equivalent to -@code{\renewcommand@{\baselinestretch@}@{@var{factor}@}}, and -therefore must be followed by @code{\selectfont} to have any effect. -Best specified in the preamble, or use the @code{setspace} package, as -just described. +Equivalent to @code{\renewcommand@{\baselinestretch@}@{@var{factor}@}}, +and therefore must be followed by @code{\selectfont} to have any +effect. Best specified in the preamble. @xref{\baselineskip & +\baselinestretch}, for using @package{setspace} package instead. @anchor{low level font commands selectfont} @item \selectfont @@ -2982,7 +3009,7 @@ same as the font size, e.g., @samp{10pt} at a type size of 10pt. @cindex double spacing The @code{\baselineskip} is a rubber length (@pxref{Lengths}). It gives -the leading, the normal distance between lines in a paragraph, from +the @dfn{leading}, the normal distance between lines in a paragraph, from baseline to baseline. Ordinarily document authors do not directly change @code{\baselineskip} @@ -2996,9 +3023,9 @@ spacing, see the discussion of @code{\baselinestretch} below. Usually, a font's size and baseline skip is assigned by the font designer. These numbers are nominal in the sense that if, for instance, a font's style file has the command @code{\fontsize@{10pt@}@{12pt@}} -then that does not mean that the characters in the font are 10pt tall; +then that does not mean that the characters in the font are 10@dmn{pt} tall; for instance, parentheses and accented capitals may be taller. Nor does -it mean that if the lines are spaced less than 12pt apart then they risk +it mean that if the lines are spaced less than 12@dmn{pt} apart then they risk touching. Rather these numbers are typographic judgements. (Often, the @code{\baselineskip} is about twenty percent larger than the font size.) @@ -3035,15 +3062,15 @@ lines would be too close together, closer than @code{\lineskiplimit}, then @TeX{} instead uses @code{\lineskip} as the interline glue. The second is that @TeX{} doesn't actually use the depth of the previous line. Instead it uses @code{\prevdepth}, which usually contains that -depth. But at the beginning of the paragraph (or any vertical list) -or just after a rule, @code{\prevdepth} has the value -1000pt and this -special value tells @TeX{} not to insert any interline glue at the +depth. But at the beginning of the paragraph (or any vertical list) or +just after a rule, @code{\prevdepth} has the value -1000@dmn{pt} and +this special value tells @TeX{} not to insert any interline glue at the paragraph start. -In the standard classes @code{\lineskiplimit} is 0pt and -@code{\lineskip} is 1pt. By the prior paragraph then, the distance +In the standard classes @code{\lineskiplimit} is 0@dmn{pt} and +@code{\lineskip} is 1@dmn{pt}. By the prior paragraph then, the distance between lines can approach zero but if it becomes zero (or less than -zero) then the lines jump to 1pt apart. +zero) then the lines jump to 1@dmn{pt} apart. Sometimes authors must, for editing purposes, put the document in double space or one-and-a-half space. The right way to influence the interline @@ -3057,7 +3084,7 @@ document is to put @code{\linespread@{@var{factor}@}} in the preamble. For double spacing, take @var{factor} to be 1.6 and for one-and-a-half spacing use 1.3. These number are rough: for instance, since the @code{\baselineskip} is about 1.2 times the font size, multiplying by -1.6 gives a font size to baseline ratio of about 2. (The +1.6 gives a baseline skip to font size ratio of about 2. (The @code{\linespread} command is defined as @code{\renewcommand@{\baselinestretch@}@{@var{factor}@}} so it won't take effect until a font setting happens. But that always takes place at @@ -3065,13 +3092,14 @@ the start of a document, so there you don't need to follow it with @code{\selectfont}.) @PkgIndex{setspace} -A simpler approach is the @file{setspace} package. The basic example: +A simpler approach is the @package{setspace} package. The basic example: @example \usepackage@{setspace@} \doublespacing % or \onehalfspacing for 1.5 @end example +@noindent In the preamble these will start the document off with that sizing. But you can also use these declarations in the document body to change the spacing from that point forward, and consequently there is @@ -3081,7 +3109,9 @@ environments, such as @code{\begin@{doublespace@} ... \end@{doublespace@}}. The package also has commands to do arbitrary spacing: @code{\setstretch@{@var{factor}@}} and @code{\begin@{spacing@}@{@var{factor}@} ... \end@{spacing@}}. - +This package also keeps the line spacing single-spaced in places +where that is typically desirable, such as footnotes and figure +captions. See the package documentation. @node Floats @section Floats @@ -3093,7 +3123,7 @@ for instance floating to the top of a later page. @LaTeX{} can have a number of different classes of floating material. The default is the two classes, @code{figure} (@pxref{figure}) and @code{table} (@pxref{table}), but you can create a new class with the -package @file{float}. +package @package{float}. Within any one float class @LaTeX{} always respects the order, so that the first figure in a document source must be typeset before the second @@ -3177,7 +3207,7 @@ is finished and then flush all outstanding floats. the @var{placement} parameter. If this is not desired, and deleting the @code{t} is not acceptable as it keeps the float from being placed at the top of the next page, then you can prevent it by either using -the @file{flafter} package or using the command +the @package{flafter} package or using the command @findex \suppressfloats @code{\suppressfloats[t]}, which causes floats for the top position on this page to moved to the next page. @@ -3276,6 +3306,103 @@ influence the position of float environments like figure and table in @LaTeX{}?'' (@url{https://www.latex-project.org/publications/2014-FMi-TUB-tb111mitt-float-placement.pdf}). +@menu +* \caption:: Make a caption for a floating environment. +@end menu + + +@node \caption +@subsection @code{\caption} + +@findex \caption +@cindex captions + +Synopsis: + +@example +\caption@{@var{caption-text}@} +@end example + +@noindent +or + +@example +\caption[@var{short-caption-text}]@{@var{caption-text}@} +@end example + +Make a caption for a floating environment, such as a @code{figure} or +@code{table} environment (@pxref{figure} or @ref{table}). + +In this example, @LaTeX{} places a caption below the vertical blank +space that is left by the author for the later inclusion of a picture. + +@example +\begin@{figure@} + \vspace*@{1cm@} + \caption@{Alonzo Cushing, Battery A, 4th US Artillery.@} + \label@{fig:CushingPic@} +\end@{figure@} +@end example + +@noindent +The @code{\caption} command will label the @var{caption-text} with +something like @samp{Figure@tie{}1:} for an article or +@samp{Figure@tie{}1.1:} for a book. The text is centered if it is +shorter than the text width, or set as an unindented paragraph if it +takes more than one line. + +In addition to placing the @var{caption-text} in the output, the +@code{\caption} command also saves that information for use in a list of +figures or list of tables (@pxref{Table of contents etc.}). + +Here the @code{\caption} command uses the optional +@var{short-caption-text}, so that the shorter text appears in the list +of tables, rather than the longer @var{caption-text}. + +@example +\begin@{table@} + \centering + \begin@{tabular@}@{|*@{3@}@{c@}|@} + \hline + 4 &9 &2 \\ + 3 &5 &7 \\ + 8 &1 &6 \\ + \hline + \end@{tabular@} + \caption[\textit@{Lo Shu@} magic square]@{% + The \textit@{Lo Shu@} magic square, which is unique among + squares of order three up to rotation and reflection.@} + \label@{tab:LoShu@} +\end@{table@} +@end example + +@noindent +@LaTeX{} will label the @var{caption-text} with something like +@samp{Table@tie{}1:} for an article or @samp{Table@tie{}1.1:} for a +book. + +The caption can appear at the top of the @code{figure} or @code{table}. +For instance, that would happen in the prior example by putting the +@code{\caption} between the @code{\centering} and the +@code{\begin@{tabular@}}. + +Different floating environments are numbered separately, by default. It +is @code{\caption} that updates the counter, and so any @code{\label} +must come after the @code{\caption}. The counter for the @code{figure} +environment is named @code{figure}, and similarly the counter for the +@code{table} environment is @code{table}. + +The text that will be put in the list of figures or list of tables is +moving argument. If you get the @LaTeX{} error @samp{! Argument of +\@@caption has an extra @}} then you must put @code{\protect} in front +of any fragile commands. @xref{\protect}. + +@PkgIndex{caption} +The @package{caption} package has many options to adjust how the caption +appears, for example changing the font size, making the caption be +hanging text rather than set as a paragraph, or making the caption +always set as a paragraph rather than centered when it is short. + @node Sectioning @chapter Sectioning @@ -3368,7 +3495,7 @@ simple example, you can change the section numbering to upper-case letters with @code{\renewcommand\thesection@{\Alph@{section@}@}} in the preamble (@pxref{\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol}). CTAN has many packages that make this adjustment easier, notably -@file{titlesec}. +@package{titlesec}. Two counters relate to the appearance of headings made by sectioning commands. @@ -3463,8 +3590,8 @@ but it does not show the part number, does not increment the The optional argument @var{toc-title} will appear as the part title in the table of contents (@pxref{Table of contents etc.}) and in running headers (@pxref{Page styles}). If it is not present then @var{title} -will be there. This example puts a line break in @var{title} but leaves -out the break in the table of contents. +will be there. This example puts a line break in @var{title} but omits +the break in the table of contents. @example \part[Up from the bottom; my life]@{Up from the bottom\\ my life@} @@ -3477,10 +3604,10 @@ the table of contents, the level number of a part is@tie{}-1 @PkgIndex{indentfirst} In the class @code{article}, if a paragraph immediately follows the part title then it is not indented. To get an indent you can use the package -@file{indentfirst}. +@package{indentfirst}. @PkgIndex{titlesec} -One package to change the behavior of @code{\part} is @file{titlesec}. +One package to change the behavior of @code{\part} is @package{titlesec}. See its documentation on CTAN. @@ -3558,7 +3685,7 @@ the table of contents, the level number of a chapter is@tie{}0 @PkgIndex{indentfirst} The paragraph that follows the chapter title is not indented, as is a standard typographical practice. To get an indent use the package -@file{indentfirst}. +@package{indentfirst}. You can change what is shown for the chapter number. To change it to something like @samp{Lecture 1}, put in the preamble either @@ -3573,7 +3700,7 @@ something like @samp{Lecture 1}, put in the preamble either @PkgIndex{babel} @noindent To make this change because of the primary language for -the document, see the package @file{babel}. +the document, see the package @package{babel}. In a two-sided document @LaTeX{} puts a chapter on odd-numbered page, if necessary leaving an even-numbered page that is blank except for any @@ -3584,7 +3711,7 @@ see@tie{}@ref{\clearpage & \cleardoublepage}. To change the behavior of the @code{\chapter} command, you can copy its definition from the @LaTeX{} format file and make adjustments. But there are also many packages on CTAN that address this. One is -@file{titlesec}. See its documentation, but the example below gives a +@package{titlesec}. See its documentation, but the example below gives a sense of what it can do. @example @@ -3651,7 +3778,7 @@ The optional argument @var{toc-title} will appear as the section title in the table of contents (@pxref{Table of contents etc.}) and in running headers (@pxref{Page styles}). If it is not present then @var{title} will be there. This shows the full name in the title of the -section, +section: @example \section[Elizabeth~II]@{Elizabeth the Second, @@ -3677,13 +3804,13 @@ the table of contents, the level number of a section is@tie{}1 @PkgIndex{indentfirst} The paragraph that follows the section title is not indented, as is a standard typographical practice. One way to get an indent is to use the -package @file{indentfirst}. +package @package{indentfirst}. @PkgIndex{titlesec} In general, to change the behavior of the @code{\section} command, there are a number of options. One is the @code{\@@startsection} command (@pxref{\@@startsection}). There are also many packages on CTAN that -address this, including @file{titlesec}. See the documentation but the +address this, including @package{titlesec}. See the documentation but the example below gives a sense of what they can do. @c credit: egreg https://groups.google.com/forum/#!topic/comp.text.tex/tvc8oM5P4y4 @@ -3743,8 +3870,8 @@ But it does not show the subsection number, does not increment the The optional argument @var{toc-title} will appear as the subsection title in the table of contents (@pxref{Table of contents etc.}). If it is -not present then @var{title} will be there. This shows the full text in -the title of the subsection, +not present then @var{title} will be there. This +shows the full text in the title of the subsection: @example \subsection[$\alpha,\beta,\gamma$ paper]@{\textit@{The Origin of @@ -3762,13 +3889,13 @@ the table of contents, the level number of a subsection is@tie{}2 @PkgIndex{indentfirst} The paragraph that follows the subsection title is not indented, as is a standard typographical practice. One way to get an indent is to use the -package @file{indentfirst}. +package @package{indentfirst}. @PkgIndex{titlesec} There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the @code{\subsection} command. One is the @code{\@@startsection} command (@pxref{\@@startsection}). There are also many packages on CTAN that -address this, including @file{titlesec}. See the documentation but the +address this, including @package{titlesec}. See the documentation but the example below gives a sense of what they can do. @example @@ -3863,13 +3990,13 @@ a paragraph is@tie{}4, and of a subparagraph is@tie{}5 @PkgIndex{indentfirst} The paragraph that follows the subsubsection title is not indented, as is a standard typographical practice. One way to get an indent is to use the -package @file{indentfirst}. +package @package{indentfirst}. @PkgIndex{titlesec} There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the these commands. One is the @code{\@@startsection} command (@pxref{\@@startsection}). There are also many packages on CTAN that address this, including -@file{titlesec}. See the documentation on CTAN. +@package{titlesec}. See the documentation on CTAN. @node \appendix @@ -3911,7 +4038,7 @@ the first two will generate output numbered @samp{Chapter 1} and for another example. @PkgIndex{appendix} -The @file{appendix} package adds the command +The @package{appendix} package adds the command @code{\appendixpage} to put a separate @samp{Appendices} in the document body before the first appendix, and the command @code{\addappheadtotoc} to do the same in the table of contents. You can reset the name @@ -3985,7 +4112,7 @@ Synopsis: Used to help redefine the behavior of commands that start sectioning divisions such as @code{\section} or @code{\subsection}. -Note that the @file{titlesec} package makes manipulation of sectioning +Note that the @package{titlesec} package makes manipulation of sectioning easier. Further, while most requirements for sectioning commands can be satisfied with @code{\@@startsection}, some cannot. For instance, in the standard @LaTeX{} @code{book} and @code{report} classes the commands @@ -4261,7 +4388,7 @@ change some things so the references changes; you get the same warning and the output contains the old reference information. In both cases, resolve this by compiling the document a second time. -@PkgIndex{cleveref} The @code{cleveref} package enhances @LaTeX{}'s +@PkgIndex{cleveref} The @package{cleveref} package enhances @LaTeX{}'s cross referencing features. You can arrange that if you enter @code{\begin@{thm@}\label@{th:Nerode@}...\end@{thm@}} then @code{\cref@{th:Nerode@}} will output @samp{Theorem 3.21}, without you @@ -4419,15 +4546,15 @@ The most widely-used format is item number~\ref@{popular@}. @end example @PkgIndex{cleveref} -The @file{cleveref} package includes text such as @samp{Theorem} in the +The @package{cleveref} package includes text such as @samp{Theorem} in the reference. See the documentation on CTAN. @node xr package -@section @code{xr} package +@section @package{xr} package -@findex @code{xr} package -@findex @code{xr-hyper} package +@PkgIndex{xr} +@PkgIndex{xr-hyper} @findex \externaldocument @cindex cross referencing, across documents @@ -4438,6 +4565,7 @@ Synopsis: \externaldocument@{@var{document-basename}@} @end example +@noindent or @example @@ -4446,9 +4574,9 @@ or @end example Make cross references to the external document -@code{@var{document-basename}.tex}. +@file{@var{document-basename}.tex}. -Here is an example. If @code{lectures.tex} has this in the preamble +Here is an example. If @file{lectures.tex} has this in the preamble @example \usepackage@{xr@} @@ -4457,21 +4585,24 @@ Here is an example. If @code{lectures.tex} has this in the preamble \externaldocument@{answers@} @end example +@noindent then it can use cross reference labels from the other three documents. -Suppose that @code{exercises.tex} has an enumerated list containing +Suppose that @file{exercises.tex} has an enumerated list containing this, @example \item \label@{exer:EulersThm@} What if every vertex has odd degree? @end example -and @code{hints.tex} has an enumerated list with this, +@noindent +and @file{hints.tex} has an enumerated list with this, @example \item \label@{exer:EulersThm@} Distinguish the case of two vertices. @end example -and @code{answers.tex} has an enumerated list with this. +@noindent +and @file{answers.tex} has an enumerated list with this, @example \item \label@{ans:EulersThm@} There is no Euler path, except if there @@ -4479,7 +4610,7 @@ and @code{answers.tex} has an enumerated list with this. @end example After compiling the exercises, hints, and answers documents, entering -this in the body of @code{lectures.tex} will result in the lectures +this in the body of @file{lectures.tex} will result in the lectures getting the reference numbers used in the other documents. @example @@ -4492,10 +4623,10 @@ because the label in the hints file is the same as the label in the exercises file. Without that prefix, both references would get the number from the later file. -Note: if the document uses the @code{hyperref} package then in place of -@code{xr}, put @code{\usepackage@{xr-hyper@}} before the +Note: if the document uses the @package{hyperref} package then in place of +@package{xr}, put @code{\usepackage@{xr-hyper@}} before the @code{\usepackage@{hyperref@}}. Also, if any of the multiple documents -uses @code{hyperref} then they all must use it. +uses @package{hyperref} then they all must use it. @node Environments @@ -4640,10 +4771,10 @@ or: @end example Produce a mathematical array. This environment can only be used in math -mode, and normally appears within a displayed mathematics environment -such as @code{equation} (@pxref{equation}). Inside of each row the -column entries are separated by an ampersand, (@code{&}). Rows are -terminated with double-backslashes (@pxref{\\}). +mode (@pxref{Modes}), and normally appears within a displayed +mathematics environment such as @code{equation} (@pxref{equation}). +Inside of each row the column entries are separated by an ampersand, +(@code{&}). Rows are terminated with double-backslashes (@pxref{\\}). This example shows a three by three array. @@ -4670,7 +4801,7 @@ other common features of the two environments, including the optional There are two ways that @code{array} diverges from @code{tabular}. The first is that @code{array} entries are typeset in math mode, in -textstyle (@pxref{Modes}) except if the @var{cols} definition specifies +textstyle (@pxref{Math styles}) except if the @var{cols} definition specifies the column with @code{p@{...@}}, which causes the entry to be typeset in text mode. The second is that, instead of @code{tabular}'s parameter @code{\tabcolsep}, @LaTeX{}'s intercolumn space in an @code{array} is @@ -4681,7 +4812,7 @@ default for this is @samp{5pt} so that between two columns comes 10@dmn{pt} of space. @PkgIndex{amsmath} -To obtain arrays with braces the standard is to use the @file{amsmath} +To obtain arrays with braces the standard is to use the @package{amsmath} package. It comes with environments @code{pmatrix} for an array surrounded by parentheses@tie{}@code{(...)}, @code{bmatrix} for an array surrounded by square brackets@tie{}@code{[...]}, @code{Bmatrix} for an @@ -4691,7 +4822,7 @@ an array surrounded by vertical bars@tie{}@code{|...|}, and bars@tie{}@code{||...||}, along with a number of other array constructs. @PkgIndex{amsmath} -The next example uses the @file{amsmath} package. +The next example uses the @package{amsmath} package. @example \usepackage@{amsmath@} % in preamble @@ -4704,10 +4835,10 @@ The next example uses the @file{amsmath} package. \end@{equation@} @end example -@PkgIndex{array (package)} +@PkgIndex{array} @PkgIndex{dcolumn} -There are many packages concerning arrays. The @file{array} package has -many useful extensions, including more column types. The @file{dcolumn} +There are many packages concerning arrays. The @package{array} package has +many useful extensions, including more column types. The @package{dcolumn} package adds a column type to center on a decimal point. For both see the documentation on CTAN. @@ -4782,7 +4913,6 @@ entire page. @findex \centering @cindex centering text, declaration for - Synopsis: @example @@ -4892,7 +5022,7 @@ boldface and flush left at all levels. For information about list layout parameters, including the default values, and for information about customizing list layout, see -@ref{list}. The package @file{enumitem} is useful for customizing +@ref{list}. The package @package{enumitem} is useful for customizing lists. This example changes the description labels to small caps. @@ -4928,7 +5058,7 @@ math text. One way to get an equation number is to use the @LaTeX{} will not break the @var{math text} across lines. @PkgIndex{amsmath} -Note that the @file{amsmath} package has significantly more extensive +Note that the @package{amsmath} package has significantly more extensive displayed equation facilities. For example, there are a number of ways in that package for having math text broken across lines. @@ -5089,7 +5219,7 @@ The @code{enumerate} environment uses the counters @code{\enumi} through For other major @LaTeX{} labeled list environments, see @ref{description} and @ref{itemize}. For information about list layout parameters, including the default values, and for information about -customizing list layout, see @ref{list}. The package @file{enumitem} is +customizing list layout, see @ref{list}. The package @package{enumitem} is useful for customizing lists. @findex \labelenumi @@ -5126,14 +5256,14 @@ For a list of counter-labeling commands see @ref{\alph \Alph \arabic @cindex equations, aligning @cindex aligning equations -@cindex align @r{environment, from @code{amsmath}} +@cindex align @r{environment, from @package{amsmath}} @cindex amsmath @r{package, replacing @code{eqnarray}} @cindex Madsen, Lars The @code{eqnarray} environment is obsolete. It has infelicities, including spacing that is inconsistent with other mathematics elements. (See ``Avoid eqnarray!''@: by Lars Madsen @url{https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf}). New documents -should include the @file{amsmath} package and use the displayed +should include the @package{amsmath} package and use the displayed mathematics environments provided there, such as the @code{align} environment. We include a description only for completeness and for working with old documents. @@ -5217,7 +5347,7 @@ You should have no blank lines between @code{\begin@{equation@}} and missing dollar sign. @PkgIndex{amsmath} -The package @file{amsmath} package has extensive displayed equation +The package @package{amsmath} package has extensive displayed equation facilities. New documents should include this package. @@ -5270,13 +5400,12 @@ spans both columns, at the top of the page. To add the possibility of placing at a page bottom see the discussion of @var{placement} @code{b} in @ref{Floats}. -The label is optional; it is used for cross references (@pxref{Cross -references}). @findex \caption -The optional @code{\caption} command specifies caption text for the -figure. By default it is numbered. If @var{loftitle} is present, it is -used in the list of figures instead of @var{title} (@pxref{Table of -contents etc.}). +The label is optional; it is used for cross references (@pxref{Cross +references}). The optional @code{\caption} command specifies caption +text for the figure (@pxref{\caption}). By default it is numbered. +If @var{loftitle} is present, it is used in the list of figures +instead of @var{title} (@pxref{Table of contents etc.}). This example makes a figure out of a graphic. @LaTeX{} will place that graphic and its caption at the top of a page or, if it is pushed to the @@ -5490,7 +5619,7 @@ delimit its effect. \end@{flushright@} @end example -@findex \\ (for @code{flushright}) +@findex \\ @r{(for @code{flushright})} An environment that creates a paragraph whose lines are flush to the right-hand margin and ragged left. If you have lines that are too long to fit the margins then @LaTeX{} will linebreak them in a way that @@ -5580,7 +5709,7 @@ This gives a two-item list. @end example @noindent -With the default locale---without loading e.g.@: @file{babel} package +With the default locale---without loading e.g.@: @package{babel} package with another language than USenglish---as a top-level list each label would come out as a bullet, @bullet{}. The format of the labeling depends on the nesting level; see below. @@ -5660,7 +5789,7 @@ For other major @LaTeX{} labeled list environments, see @code{enumerate} and @code{description} environment use the same list layout parameters. For a description, including the default values, and for information about customizing list layout, see @ref{list}. The -package @file{enumitem} is useful for customizing lists. +package @package{enumitem} is useful for customizing lists. This example greatly reduces the margin space for outermost itemized lists. @@ -5984,7 +6113,7 @@ The page breaking penalty for breaking after a list (default @code{-51}). @end ftable @PkgIndex{enumitem} -The package @code{enumitem} is useful for customizing lists. +The package @package{enumitem} is useful for customizing lists. This example has the labels in red. They are numbered, and the left edge of the label lines up with the left edge of the item text. @@ -6197,15 +6326,13 @@ vertical center lines up with the center of the adjacent text line. @item t @findex \vtop @r{plain @TeX{}} -@c xx Is there any reason why the word ``match'' is used instead of word -@c ``align''. Do we mean some more permissive alignment? -Match the top line in the @code{minipage} with the baseline of the -surrounding text (plain @TeX{}'s @code{\vtop}). +Align the baseline of the top line in the @code{minipage} with the +baseline of the surrounding text (plain @TeX{}'s @code{\vtop}). @item b -@findex \vbox @r{plain @TeX{}} -Match the bottom line in the @code{minipage} with the baseline of the -surrounding text (plain @TeX{}'s @code{\vbox}). +@findex \vbox @r{(plain @TeX{})} +Align the baseline of the bottom line in the @code{minipage} with the +baseline of the surrounding text (plain @TeX{}'s @code{\vbox}). @end table To see the effects of these, contrast running this @@ -6628,7 +6755,7 @@ Synopsis: @end example @PkgIndex{graphpap} -Draw a coordinate grid. Requires the @file{graphpap} package. +Draw a coordinate grid. Requires the @package{graphpap} package. The grid's origin is @code{(@var{x_init},@var{y_init})}. Grid lines come every @var{spacing} units (the default is 10). The grid extends @var{x_dimen} units to the right and @var{y_dimen} units up. @@ -6691,7 +6818,6 @@ then the line's ending point has a second coordinate that is less than If @var{travel} is negative then you get @code{LaTeX Error: Bad \line or \vector argument.} -@cindex @code{pict2e} package @cindex graphics packages @PkgIndex{pict2e} @PkgIndex{TikZ} @@ -6706,7 +6832,7 @@ relatively prime, so that @var{(x_run,y_rise)} can be (2,1) but not (4,2) (if you choose the latter then instead of lines you get sequences of arrowheads; the solution is to switch to the former). To get lines of arbitrary slope and plenty of other shapes in a system like -@code{picture}, see the package @file{pict2e} +@code{picture}, see the package @package{pict2e} (@url{https://ctan.org/pkg/pict2e}). Another solution is to use a full-featured graphics system such as TikZ, PSTricks, MetaPost, or Asymptote. @@ -6727,7 +6853,7 @@ Declares the thickness of subsequent horizontal and vertical lines in a picture to be @var{dim}, which must be a positive length (@pxref{Lengths}). It differs from @code{\thinlines} and @code{\thicklines} in that it does not affect the thickness of slanted -lines, circles, or ovals. +lines, circles, or ovals (@pxref{\oval}). @node \thinlines @@ -6749,7 +6875,7 @@ changed with either @ref{\linethickness} or @ref{\thicklines}. Declaration to set the thickness of subsequent lines, circles, and ovals in a picture environment to be 0.8@dmn{pt}. See also @ref{\linethickness} and @ref{\thinlines}. This command is illustrated -in the Trapezoidal Rule example of @ref{picture}. +in the Trapezoidal Rule example of @ref{\qbezier}. @node \circle @@ -6790,9 +6916,10 @@ Synopsis: \oval(@var{width},@var{height})[@var{portion}] @end example -Produce a rectangle with rounded corners. The optional argument -@var{portion} allows you to produce only half or a quarter of the oval. -For half an oval take @var{portion} to be one of these. +Produce a rectangle with rounded corners, hereinafter referred to as an +@dfn{oval}. The optional argument @var{portion} allows you to produce +only half or a quarter of the oval. For half an oval take @var{portion} +to be one of these. @table @code @item t @@ -6821,7 +6948,7 @@ top half. These shapes are not ellipses. They are rectangles whose corners are made with quarter circles. These circles have a maximum radius of 20@dmn{pt} (@pxref{\circle} for the sizes). Thus large ovals are just -boxes with a small amount of corner rounding. +frames with a small amount of corner rounding. @node \shortstack @@ -6837,19 +6964,23 @@ Synopsis: Produce a vertical stack of objects. -This labels the @math{y} axis. +This labels the @math{y} axis by writing the word @samp{@math{y}} above +the word @samp{axis}. @example -\put(0,0)@{\vector(1,0)@{4@}@} % x axis -\put(0,0)@{\vector(0,1)@{2@}@} % y -\put(-0.25,2)@{\makebox[0][r]@{\shortstack[r]@{$y$\\ axis@}@}@} +\setlength@{\unitlength@}@{1cm@} +\begin@{picture@}(5,2.5)(-0.75,0) + \put(0,0)@{\vector(1,0)@{4@}@} % x axis + \put(0,0)@{\vector(0,1)@{2@}@} % y + \put(-0.2,2)@{\makebox(0,0)[r]@{\shortstack[r]@{$y$\\ axis@}@}@} +\end@{picture@} @end example @noindent For a short stack, the reference point is the lower left of the stack. -In the above example the @ref{\mbox & \makebox} puts the stack flush -right in a zero width box so in total the short stack sits slightly to -the left of the @math{y}@tie{}axis. +In the above example the @code{\makebox} (@pxref{\mbox & \makebox}) puts +the stack flush right in a zero width box so in total the short stack +sits slightly to the left of the @math{y}@tie{}axis. The valid positions are: @@ -6865,11 +6996,13 @@ Center objects (default) @findex \\ @r{(for @code{\shortstack} objects)} Separate objects into lines with @code{\\}. These stacks are short in that, unlike in a @code{tabular} or @code{array} environment, here the -rows are not spaced out to be of even heights. Thus, in +rows are not spaced out to be of even baseline skips. Thus, in @code{\shortstack@{X\\o\\o\\X@}} the first and last rows are taller than -the middle two. You can adjust row heights either by putting in the -usual interline spacing with @code{\shortstack@{X\\ \strut o\\o\\X@}}, -or by hand, via an explicit zero-width box @code{\shortstack@{X \\ +the middle two, and therefore the baseline skip between the two middle +rows is smaller than that between the third and last row. You can +adjust row heights and depths either by putting in the usual interline +spacing with @code{\shortstack@{X\\ \strut o\\o\\X@}} (@pxref{\strut}), +or explicitly, via an zero-width box @code{\shortstack@{X \\ \rule@{0pt@}@{12pt@} o\\o\\X@}} or by using @code{\\}'s optional argument @code{\shortstack@{X\\[2pt] o\\o\\X@}}. @@ -7283,8 +7416,8 @@ function fact(n : integer) : integer; This example is just for illustration of the environment. To actually typeset computer code in typewriter like this, a verbatim environment (@pxref{verbatim}) would normally be best. For pretty-printed code, -there are quite a few packages, including @code{algorithm2e}, -@code{fancyvrb}, @code{listings}, and @code{minted}. +there are quite a few packages, including @package{algorithm2e}, +@package{fancyvrb}, @package{listings}, and @package{minted}. @node table @@ -7336,10 +7469,11 @@ float placement algorithm, see @ref{Floats}. The label is optional; it is used for cross references (@pxref{Cross references}). @findex \caption -The @code{\caption} command is also optional. It specifies caption text -@var{title} for the table. By default it is numbered. If its optional -@var{lottitle} is present then that text is used in the list of tables -instead of @var{title} (@pxref{Table of contents etc.}). +The @code{\caption} command is also optional. It specifies caption +text @var{title} for the table (@pxref{\caption}). By default it is +numbered. If its optional @var{lottitle} is present then that text is +used in the list of tables instead of @var{title} (@pxref{Table of +contents etc.}). In this example the table and caption will float to the bottom of a page, unless it is pushed to a float page at the end. @@ -7664,7 +7798,7 @@ range en-dash. @example \begin@{tabular@}@{l|r@@@{--@}l@} \multicolumn@{1@}@{c@}@{\textsc@{Period@}@} - &multicolumn@{2@}@{c@}@{\textsc@{Span@}@} \\ \hline + &\multicolumn@{2@}@{c@}@{\textsc@{Span@}@} \\ \hline Baroque &1600 &1760 \\ Classical &1730 &1820 \\ Romantic &1780 &1910 \\ @@ -7825,7 +7959,7 @@ as with @code{\renewcommand@{\refname@}@{Cited references@}}, after @code{\begin@{document@}}. @PkgIndex{babel} -Language support packages such as @file{babel} will automatically +Language support packages such as @package{babel} will automatically redefine @code{\refname} or @code{\bibname} to fit the selected language. @@ -8008,8 +8142,8 @@ sophisticated approach to managing bibliographies is provided by the Bib@TeX{} program. This is only an introduction; see the full documentation on CTAN (@pxref{CTAN}). -With Bib@TeX{}, you don't use @code{thebibliography} -(@pxref{thebibliography}). Instead, include these lines. +With Bib@TeX{}, you don't use the @code{thebibliography} environment +directly (@pxref{thebibliography}). Instead, include these lines: @example \bibliographystyle@{@var{bibstyle}@} @@ -8035,8 +8169,8 @@ Like @code{plain}, but more compact labels. @end table @noindent Many, many other Bib@TeX{} style files exist, -tailored to the demands of various publications. See CTAN's listing -@url{https://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib}. +tailored to the demands of various publications. See the CTAN topic +@url{https://ctan.org/topic/bibtex-sty}. The @code{\bibliography} command is what actually produces the bibliography. Its argument is a comma-separated list, referring to @@ -8067,6 +8201,55 @@ can keep all your sources together in one file, or a small number of files, and rely on Bib@TeX{} to include in this document only those that you used. +@cindex @samp{*}, to @code{\nocite} all keys +@findex \nocite @r{@{*@}, for all keys} +With Bib@TeX{}, the @var{keys} argument to @code{\nocite} can also be +the single character @samp{*}. This means to implicitly cite all +entries from all given bibliographies. + +@menu +* Bib@TeX{} error messages:: +@end menu + +@node Bib@TeX{} error messages +@subsubsection Bib@TeX{} error messages + +@cindex Bib@TeX{} error messages +@cindex error messages, from Bib@TeX{} +@findex .aux @r{file and Bib@TeX{} commands} + +If you forget to use @code{\bibliography} or @code{\bibliographystyle} +in your document (or, less likely, any @code{\cite} or @code{\nocite} +command), Bib@TeX{} will issue an error message. Because Bib@TeX{} +can be used with any program, not just @LaTeX{}, the error messages +refer to the internal commands read by Bib@TeX{} (from the @file{.aux} +file), rather than the user-level commands described above. + +Here is a table showing internal commands mentioned in the Bib@TeX{} +errors, and the corresponding user-level commands. + +@ftable @code +@item \bibdata +@findex \bibliography @r{and internal @code{\bibdata}} +@code{\bibliography} + +@item \bibstyle +@findex \bibliographystyle @r{and internal @code{\bibstyle}} +@code{\bibliographystyle} + +@item \citation +@findex \cite @r{and internal @code{\citation}} +@findex \nocite @r{and internal @code{\citation}} +@code{\cite}, @code{\nocite} +@end ftable + +For example, if your document has no @code{\bibliographystyle} +command, Bib@TeX{} complains as follows: + +@example +I found no \bibstyle command---while reading file @var{document}.aux +@end example + @node theorem @section @code{theorem} @@ -8102,7 +8285,7 @@ The next result follows immediately. @PkgIndex{amsmath} @PkgIndex{amsthm} -Most new documents use the packages @code{amsthm} and @code{amsmath} +Most new documents use the packages @package{amsthm} and @package{amsmath} from the American Mathematical Society. Among other things these packages include a large number of options for theorem environments, such as styling options. @@ -8198,7 +8381,7 @@ as the @code{verbatim} environment changes the catcode regime before processing its contents, and restore it immediately afterward, nevertheless with a macro argument the content of the argument has already be converted to a token list along the catcode regime in effect -when the macro was called. However, the @code{cprotect} package can +when the macro was called. However, the @package{cprotect} package can help with this. @PkgIndex{listings} @@ -8206,13 +8389,13 @@ help with this. One common use of verbatim input is to typeset computer code. There are packages that are an improvement the @code{verbatim} environment. For instance, one improvement is to allow the verbatim inclusion of external -files, or parts of those files. Such packages include @code{listings}, -and @code{minted}. +files, or parts of those files. Such packages include @package{listings}, +and @package{minted}. @PkgIndex{fancyvrb} @PkgIndex{verbatimbox} A package that provides many more options for verbatim environments is -@code{fancyvrb}. Another is @code{verbatimbox}. +@package{fancyvrb}. Another is @package{verbatimbox}. For a list of all the relevant packages, see CTAN (@pxref{CTAN}). @@ -8273,14 +8456,14 @@ The command's first argument is \verb*!filename with extension! and ... @end example @PkgIndex{url} -For typesetting Internet addresses, urls, the package @code{url} +For typesetting Internet addresses, urls, the package @package{url} is a better option than the @code{\verb} command, since it allows line breaks. @PkgIndex{listings} @PkgIndex{minted} For computer code there are many packages with advantages over -@code{\verb}. One is @file{listings}, another is @file{minted}. +@code{\verb}. One is @package{listings}, another is @package{minted}. @PkgIndex{cprotect} You cannot use @code{\verb} in the argument to a macro, for instance in @@ -8290,7 +8473,7 @@ being fragile (@pxref{\protect}), instead it just cannot work, as the argument, and restore it immediately afterward, nevertheless with a macro argument the content of the argument has already be converted to a token list along the catcode regime in effect when the macro was called. -However, the @code{cprotect} package can help with this. +However, the @package{cprotect} package can help with this. @node verse @@ -8360,6 +8543,23 @@ before taking a final pass through and considering line breaks (and page breaks). This differs from word processing, where you are formatting text as you input it. Putting these off until the end prevents a lot of fiddling with breaks that will change anyway. +@c Alernative text proposed here: https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000803.html +@c this text is that of the French version. +@ignore +A common workflow with LaTeX is to get a final version of the document +content before taking a final pass through and considering line breaks +(and page breaks). Most people do not consider LaTeX as a word +processor, because it does not show the output instantly. However +differing the output encourages the user to put off until the end +formatting adjustments, and thus it prevents a lot of fiddling with +breaks that will change anyway. +@noindent +Differing the output has other advantages: it enables to make no +compromise about the typesetting, which ensures that what you see it +exactly what you get, and it also helps authors concentrate their mind +on either writing or reading rather than distract it by doing both a the +same time. +@end ignore @menu * \\:: Start a new line. @@ -8401,14 +8601,15 @@ rubber length (@pxref{Lengths}) and can be negative. The text before the line break is set at its normal length, that is, it is not stretched to fill out the line width. This command is fragile (@pxref{\protect}). -The starred form, @code{\\*}, tells @LaTeX{} not to start a new page -between the two lines, by issuing a @code{\nobreak}. - @example \title@{My story: \\[0.25in] a tale of woe@} @end example +@noindent +The starred form, @code{\\*}, tells @LaTeX{} not to start a new page +between the two lines, by issuing a @code{\nobreak}. + Explicit line breaks in the main text body are unusual in @LaTeX{}. In particular, don't start new paragraphs with @code{\\}. Instead leave a blank line between the two paragraphs. And don't put in a sequence of @@ -8514,9 +8715,9 @@ The indents are paragraph indents. @cindex new line, starting (paragraph mode) In ordinary text, this ends a line in a way that does not right-justify -the line, so the prior text is not stretched. That is, in paragraph mode -(@pxref{Modes}), the @code{\newline} command is equivalent to -double-backslash (@pxref{\\}). This command is fragile +it, so the text before the end of line is not stretched. That is, in +paragraph mode (@pxref{Modes}), the @code{\newline} command is +equivalent to double-backslash (@pxref{\\}). This command is fragile (@pxref{\protect}). However, the two commands are different inside a @code{tabular} or @@ -8530,7 +8731,7 @@ This will print @samp{Name:} and @samp{Address:} as two lines in a single cell of the table. @example -\begin@{tabular@}@{p@{1in@}@{\hspace@{2in@}@}p@{1in@}@} +\begin@{tabular@}@{p@{1in@}@@@{\hspace@{2in@}@}p@{1in@}@} Name: \newline Address: &Date: \\ \hline \end@{tabular@} @end example @@ -8547,8 +8748,9 @@ The @samp{Date:} will be baseline-aligned with @samp{Name:}. Tell @LaTeX{} that it may hyphenate the word at that point. When you insert @code{\-} commands in a word, the word will only be hyphenated at -those points and not at any of the hyphenation points that @LaTeX{} -might otherwise have chosen. This command is robust (@pxref{\protect}). +those points and not at any of the other hyphenation points that +@LaTeX{} might otherwise have chosen. This command is robust +(@pxref{\protect}). @LaTeX{} is good at hyphenating and usually finds most of the correct hyphenation points, while almost never using an incorrect one. The @@ -8575,9 +8777,9 @@ Commenting out the third line and uncommenting the fourth makes a much better fit. The @code{\-} command only allows @LaTeX{} to break there, it does not -require that it break there. You can insist on a split with something -like @code{Hef-\linebreak feron}. Of course, if you later change the -text then this forced break may look very odd, so this approach requires +require that it break there. You can force a split with something like +@code{Hef-\linebreak feron}. Of course, if you later change the text +then this forced break may look very odd, so this approach requires care. @@ -8598,10 +8800,10 @@ Handle word changes around hyphens. This command is not often used in If a line break occurs at the point where @code{\discretionary} appears then @TeX{} puts @var{pre-break} at the end of the current line and puts @var{post-break} at the start of the next line. If there is no line -break here then @TeX{} puts @var{no-break} +break here then @TeX{} puts @var{no-break}. In @samp{difficult} the three letters @code{ffi} form a ligature. But -@TeX{} can nonetheless break between the two f's with this. +@TeX{} can nonetheless break between the two @samp{f}'s with this. @example di\discretionary@{f-@}@{fi@}@{ffi@}cult @@ -8610,6 +8812,47 @@ di\discretionary@{f-@}@{fi@}@{ffi@}cult Note that users do not have to do this. It is typically handled automatically by @TeX{}'s hyphenation algorithm. +@c xxx TODO, complete this node, see LaTeX-fr (copied & pasted below, +@c with accented letter escaped) + +@ignore +@c Les arguments de @code{\discretionary} ne peuvent contenir que des +@c caract@`eres, des bo@^{@dotless{i}}tes ou des cr@'enages. +@c +@c La commande @code{\discretionary} permet de contr@^oler +@c finement la c@'esure dans les cas o@`u ne suffisent ni le contr@^ole standard +@c de la c@'esure fait l'algorithme de c@'esure de @TeX{} et les r@`egles de +@c c@'esures donn@'ees par les paquetages de gestion linguistiques, ni les +@c moyens de contr@^ole explicites offerts par les commandes +@c @code{\hyphenation} (@pxref{\hyphenation}) et @code{\-} (@pxref{\- +@c (hyphenation),\- (c@'esure @`a gr@'e)}). +@c +@c L'usage typique de @code{\discretionary} est par exemple de contr@^oler la +@c c@'esure au sein d'une formule math@'ematique en mode ligne (voir aussi +@c @ref{Math miscellany,Miscellan@'ees math@'ematique (entr@'ee \*)}). Ci-dessous +@c un exemple de contr@^ole de la c@'esure au sein d'une adresse r@'eticulaire, +@c o@`u l'on autorise la c@'esure sur les obliques mais en utilisant une +@c contr'oblique violette en lieu de trait d'union@tie{}: +@c +@c @example +@c \documentclass@{article@} +@c \usepackage[T1]@{fontenc@} +@c \usepackage[utf8]@{inputenc@} +@c \usepackage@{xcolor@} +@c \usepackage@{hyperref@} +@c \usepackage@{french@} +@c \newcommand*\DiscrSlash@{\discretionary@{\mbox@{\textcolor +@c @{purple@}@{\textbackslash@}@}@}@{/@}@{/@}@} +@c \begin@{document@} +@c Allez donc @`a \href@{http://une/tr\%c3\%A8s/tr\%c3\%A8s/longue% +@c /mais/vraiment/tr\%c3\%A8s/longue/adresse/r\%C3\%A9ticulaire% +@c /index.html@}@{http://une\DiscrSlash tr@`es\DiscrSlash tr@`es\DiscrSlash +@c longue\DiscrSlash mais\DiscrSlash vraiment\DiscrSlash +@c tr@`es\DiscrSlash longue\DiscrSlash adresse\DiscrSlash +@c r@'eticulaire\DiscrSlash index.html@} +@c \end@{document@} +@c @end example +@end ignore @node \fussy & \sloppy @section @code{\fussy} & @code{\sloppy} @@ -8625,10 +8868,10 @@ words, at the cost of an occasional overfull box. Conversely, spacing. The default is @code{\fussy}. Line breaking in a paragraph is -controlled by whichever declaration is current at the blank line, or -@code{\par}, or displayed equation ending that paragraph. So to affect -the line breaks, include that paragraph-ending material in the scope of -the command. +controlled by whichever declaration is current at the end of the +paragraph, i.e., at the blank line or @code{\par} or displayed +equation ending that paragraph. So to affect the line breaks, include +that paragraph-ending material in the scope of the command. @menu * sloppypar:: Environment version of \sloppy command. @@ -8638,7 +8881,7 @@ the command. @node sloppypar @subsection @code{sloppypar} -@findex sloppypar +@EnvIndex{sloppypar} @cindex sloppypar environment Synopsis: @@ -8694,7 +8937,12 @@ Here is an example: @end example Use lowercase letters. @TeX{} will only hyphenate if the word matches -exactly. Multiple @code{\hyphenation} commands accumulate. +exactly, no inflections are tried. Multiple @code{\hyphenation} +commands accumulate. + +@c xx Re-align on LaTeX-fr which also mentions fontenc, and that +@c babel/polyglossia already load hyphenation patterns, and you have to +@c declare only non existing words. @node \linebreak & \nolinebreak @@ -8721,12 +8969,12 @@ or one of these. @end example Encourage or discourage a line break. The optional @var{zero-to-four} -is an integer that allows you to soften the instruction. The default is -4, so that without the optional argument these commands entirely force -or prevent the break. But for instance, @code{\nolinebreak[1]} is a -suggestion that another place may be better. The higher the number, the -more insistent the request. Both commands are fragile -(@pxref{\protect}). +is an integer lying between 0 and 4 that allows you to soften the +instruction. The default is 4, so that without the optional argument +these commands entirely force or prevent the break. But for instance, +@code{\nolinebreak[1]} is a suggestion that another place may be better. +The higher the number, the more insistent the request. Both commands +are fragile (@pxref{\protect}). Here we tell @LaTeX{} that a good place to put a linebreak is after the standard legal text. @@ -8738,11 +8986,10 @@ underrepresented groups. @end example When you issue @code{\linebreak}, the spaces in the line are stretched -out so that it extends to the right margin. @xref{\\} +out so that the break point reaches the right margin. @xref{\\} and@tie{}@ref{\newline}, to have the spaces not stretched out. - @node Page breaking @chapter Page breaking @@ -8978,6 +9225,14 @@ this can cause you to get @samp{Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has occurred while \output is active}. @xref{\newpage}, for a command that does not have these effects. +@findex \samepage +@findex samepage @r{environment} +(There is an obsolete declaration @code{\samepage}, which tries to only +allow a break between two paragraphs. There is a related environment +@code{samepage}, also obsolete. Neither of these work reliably. For +more on keeping material on the same page, see the FAQ entry +@url{https://texfaq.org/FAQ-nopagebrk}.) + @node Footnotes @chapter Footnotes @@ -9075,6 +9330,7 @@ Change the rule with something like this. @item \footnotesep @anchor{footnote footnotesep} +@cindex strut The height of the strut placed at the beginning of the footnote (@pxref{\strut}). By default, this is set to the normal strut for @code{\footnotesize} fonts (@pxref{Font sizes}), therefore there is no @@ -9120,9 +9376,9 @@ footnote mark. This command can be used in inner paragraph mode (@pxref{Modes}). If you use @code{\footnotemark} without the optional argument then it -increments the footnote counter but if you use the optional @var{number} -then it does not. The next example produces several consecutive footnote -markers referring to the same footnote. +increments the @code{footnote} counter, but if you use the optional +@var{number} then it does not. The next example produces several +consecutive footnote markers referring to the same footnote. @example The first theorem\footnote@{Due to Gauss.@} @@ -9130,10 +9386,11 @@ and the second theorem\footnotemark[\value@{footnote@}] and the third theorem.\footnotemark[\value@{footnote@}] @end example -If there are intervening footnotes then you must remember the value of the -common mark. This example gives the same institutional affiliation to -both the first and third authors (@code{\thanks} is a version of -@code{footnote}), by-hand giving the number of the footnote. +If there are intervening footnotes then you must remember the value of +the number of the common mark. This example gives the same +institutional affiliation to both the first and third authors +(@code{\thanks} is a version of @code{\footnote}), by-hand giving the +number of the footnote. @example \title@{A Treatise on the Binomial Theorem@} @@ -9159,7 +9416,7 @@ Therefore, anyone who can manage a crocodile is not a baby. @PkgIndex{cleveref} @PkgIndex{hyperref} -This example accomplishes the same by using the package @file{cleveref}. +This example accomplishes the same by using the package @package{cleveref}. @c from SE user Jake http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/10116/339 @example @@ -9172,7 +9429,7 @@ But the key lemma is from Tinker.\cref@{fn:TE@} @end example @PkgIndex{hyperref} -It will work with the package @file{hyperref}. +It will work with the package @package{hyperref}. @node \footnotetext @@ -9245,7 +9502,7 @@ the footnote text does not appear. The solution is to use a \textit@{HMS Polychrest@} &Post Captain \\ \textit@{HMS Lively@} &Post Captain \\ \textit@{HMS Surprise@} &A number of books\footnote@{% - Starting with HMS Surprise.@} + Starting with \textit@{HMS Surprise@}.@} \end@{tabular@} \end@{minipage@} \end@{center@} @@ -9282,8 +9539,9 @@ part of the regular footnote sequence, use the @code{\footnotemark} and \end@{center@} @end example +@PkgIndex{tablefootnote} For a floating @code{table} environment (@pxref{table}), use the -@file{tablefootnote} package. +@package{tablefootnote} package. @example \usepackage@{tablefootnote@} % in preamble @@ -9314,7 +9572,7 @@ other footnotes. @PkgIndex{bigfoot} Particularly in the humanities, authors can have multiple classes of footnotes, including having footnotes of footnotes. The package -@file{bigfoot} extends @LaTeX{}'s default footnote mechanism in many +@package{bigfoot} extends @LaTeX{}'s default footnote mechanism in many ways, including allow these two, as in this example. @example @@ -9324,7 +9582,7 @@ ways, including allow these two, as in this example. ... The third theorem is a partial converse of the second.\footnotefrom@{% - First noted in Wilson.\footnote@{Second edition only.@}@} + Noted in Wilson.\footnote@{Second edition only.@}@} @end example @@ -9400,8 +9658,8 @@ These are the parameters: @table @var @item cmd -Required; the command name. It must begin with a backslash, @code{\}, -and must not begin with the four letter string @code{\end}. For +Required; @code{\@var{cmd}} is the command name. It must begin with a backslash, @code{\}, +and must not begin with the four character string @code{\end}. For @code{\newcommand}, it must not be already defined. For @code{\renewcommand}, this name must already be defined. @@ -9441,10 +9699,11 @@ argument and you don't exercise the option). @end table -@TeX{} ignores spaces in the source following an alphabetic control -sequence, as in @samp{\cmd }. If you actually want a space there, one -solution is to type @code{@{@}} after the command (@samp{\cmd@{@} }, and -another solution is to use an explicit control space (@samp{\cmd\ }). +@TeX{} ignores blanks in the source following a control word +(@pxref{Control sequences}), as in @samp{\cmd }. If you actually want a +space there, one solution is to type @code{@{@}} after the command +(@samp{\cmd@{@} }, and another solution is to use an explicit control +space (@samp{\cmd\ }). A simple example of defining a new command: @code{\newcommand@{\RS@}@{Robin Smith@}} results in @code{\RS} being @@ -9457,8 +9716,8 @@ defined. Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual}. If you try to redefine a command and the name has not yet been used then you get something like @samp{LaTeX Error: \hank undefined}. -Here the first command definition has no arguments, and the second has -one required argument. +Here the first definition creates a command with no arguments, and the +second, one with one required argument. @example \newcommand@{\student@}@{Ms~O'Leary@} @@ -9467,7 +9726,7 @@ one required argument. @noindent Use the first as in @code{I highly recommend \student@{@} to you}. The -second has a variable, so that @code{\defref@{def:basis@}} expands to +second has a variable argument, so that @code{\defref@{def:basis@}} expands to @code{Definition~\ref@{def:basis@}}, which ultimately expands to something like @samp{Definition~3.14}. @@ -9514,6 +9773,50 @@ the words @samp{met the} would incorrectly be in italics. The solution is to put another pair of braces inside the definition: @code{\newcommand@{\shipname@}[1]@{@{\it #1@}@}}. +@menu +* Control sequences:: Control sequence, control word and control symbol. +@end menu + +@node Control sequences +@subsection Control sequence, control word and control symbol + +When reading input @TeX{} converts the sequences of read characters into +a sequence of @dfn{tokens}. When @TeX{} sees a backslash @code{\}, it +will handle the following characters in a special way in order to make a +@dfn{control sequence} token. + +The control sequences fall into two categories: + +@itemize +@item +@dfn{control word}, when the control sequence is gathered from a +@code{\} followed by at least one ASCII letter, followed by at least one +blank. The sequence of at least one ASCII letter is called the +@dfn{control sequence name}. +@item +@dfn{control symbol}, when the control sequence is gathered from a +@code{\} followed by one non-letter character. +@end itemize + +Blanks after a control word are ignored and do not produce any +whitespace in the output (@pxref{\newcommand & \renewcommand} and +@ref{\(SPACE)}). + +Just as the @code{\relax} command does nothing, the following will print +@samp{Hello!}@inlinefmt{tex,---where we used visible spaces +@samp{@visiblespace{}} instead of blanks,}@inlinefmt{info,---if you use +the Emacs info viewer@comma{} turn on the whitespace-mode minor mode to +see the trailing spaces}: + +@example +Hel\relax@visiblespace{}@visiblespace{}@visiblespace{} +@visiblespace{}@visiblespace{}@visiblespace{}lo! +@end example + +@noindent +This is because blanks after @code{\relax}, including the newline are +ignored, and blanks at the beginning of a line are also ignored +(@pxref{Leading blanks}). @node \providecommand @section @code{\providecommand} @@ -9526,12 +9829,12 @@ is to put another pair of braces inside the definition: Synopses, one of: @example -\providecommand@{@var{cmd}@}@{@var{defn}@} -\providecommand@{@var{cmd}@}[@var{nargs}]@{@var{defn}@} -\providecommand@{@var{cmd}@}[@var{nargs}][@var{optargdefault}]@{@var{defn}@} -\providecommand*@{@var{cmd}@}@{@var{defn}@} -\providecommand*@{@var{cmd}@}[@var{nargs}]@{@var{defn}@} -\providecommand*@{@var{cmd}@}[@var{nargs}][@var{optargdefault}]@{@var{defn}@} +\providecommand@{\@var{cmd}@}@{@var{defn}@} +\providecommand@{\@var{cmd}@}[@var{nargs}]@{@var{defn}@} +\providecommand@{\@var{cmd}@}[@var{nargs}][@var{optargdefault}]@{@var{defn}@} +\providecommand*@{\@var{cmd}@}@{@var{defn}@} +\providecommand*@{\@var{cmd}@}[@var{nargs}]@{@var{defn}@} +\providecommand*@{\@var{cmd}@}[@var{nargs}][@var{optargdefault}]@{@var{defn}@} @end example Defines a command, as long as no command of this name already exists. @@ -9545,8 +9848,8 @@ This example @example \providecommand@{\myaffiliation@}@{Saint Michael's College@} -\providecommand@{\myaffiliation@}@{Saint Michael's College@} ->From \myaffiliation. +\providecommand@{\myaffiliation@}@{Lyc\'ee Henri IV@} +From \myaffiliation. @end example @noindent @@ -9688,11 +9991,11 @@ standard practice is not to insert any such spaces. @PkgIndex{suffix} @PkgIndex{xparse} There are two alternative ways to accomplish the work of -@code{\@@ifstar}. (1)@tie{}The @file{suffix} package allows the +@code{\@@ifstar}. (1)@tie{}The @package{suffix} package allows the construct @code{\newcommand\mycommand@{@var{unstarred-variant}@}} followed by @code{\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*@{@var{starred-variant}@}}. -(2)@tie{}@LaTeX{} provides the @file{xparse} package, which allows +(2)@tie{}@LaTeX{} provides the @package{xparse} package, which allows this code: @example @@ -9767,15 +10070,17 @@ defined.} Synopsis: @example -\newlength@{@var{arg}@} +\newlength@{\@var{len}@} @end example Allocate a new length register (@pxref{Lengths}). The required argument -@var{arg} must begin with a backslash, @code{\}. The new register holds -rubber lengths such as @code{72.27pt} or @code{1in plus.2in minus.1in} -(a @LaTeX{} length register is what plain @TeX{} calls a @code{skip} -register). The initial value is zero. The control sequence -@code{\@var{arg}} must not be already defined. +@code{\@var{len}} has to be a control sequence (@pxref{Control +sequences}), and as such must begin with a backslash, @code{\} under +normal circumstances. The new register holds rubber lengths such as +@code{72.27pt} or @code{1in plus.2in minus.1in} (a @LaTeX{} length +register is what plain @TeX{} calls a @code{skip} register). The +initial value is zero. The control sequence @code{\@var{len}} must not +be already defined. An example: @@ -9784,7 +10089,7 @@ An example: @end example If you forget the backslash then you get @samp{Missing control sequence -inserted}. If the command sequence already exists then you get +inserted}. If the control sequence already exists then you get something like @samp{LaTeX Error: Command \graphichgt already defined. Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual}. @@ -10256,11 +10561,12 @@ or \ignorespacesafterend @end example -Both commands cause @LaTeX{} to ignore spaces after the end of the -command up until the first non-space character. The first is a command -from plain @TeX{}, and the second is @LaTeX{}-specific. +Both commands cause @LaTeX{} to ignore blanks (that is, characters of +catcode@tie{}10 such as space or tabulation) after the end of the +command up to the first box or non-blank character. The first is a +command from plain @TeX{}, and the second is @LaTeX{}-specific. -The @code{ignorespaces} is often used when defining commands via +The @code{\ignorespaces} is often used when defining commands via @code{\newcommand}, or @code{\newenvironment}, or @code{\def}. The example below illustrates. It allows a user to show the points values for quiz questions in the margin but it is inconvenient because, as @@ -10283,7 +10589,7 @@ The solution is to change to this. \makebox[0pt]@{\makebox[10em][l]@{#1~pts@}@}\ignorespaces@} @end example -A second example shows spaces being removed from the front of text. The +A second example shows blanks being removed from the front of text. The commands below allow a user to uniformly attach a title to names. But, as given, if a title accidentally starts with a space then @code{\fullname} will reproduce that. @@ -10307,7 +10613,7 @@ at the end of the @var{begin} clause, as in @code{\begin@{newenvironment@}@{@var{env name}@}@{... \ignorespaces@}@{...@}}. -To strip spaces off the end of an environment use +To strip blanks off the end of an environment use @code{\ignorespacesafterend}. An example is that this will show a much larger vertical space between the first and second environments than between the second and third. @@ -10335,6 +10641,7 @@ inconvenient. The solution is to change to @section xspace package @findex \xspace +@PkgIndex{xspace} @cindex spaces, ignore around commands @cindex commands, ignore spaces @@ -10346,13 +10653,15 @@ Synopsis: \newcommand@{...@}@{...\xspace@} @end example -The @code{\xspace} macro, when used at the end of a command, adds a -space unless the command is followed by certain punctuation characters. +The @code{\xspace} macro, when used at the end of a command definition, +adds a space unless the command is followed by certain punctuation +characters. -After a command name that uses letters (as opposed to single character -command names using non-letters such as @code{\$}), @TeX{} gobbles white -space. Thus, in the first sentence below, the output has @samp{Vermont} -placed snugly against the period, without any intervening space. +After a command control sequence that is a control word (@pxref{Control +sequences}, as opposed to control symbols such as @code{\$}), @TeX{} +gobbles blank characters. Thus, in the first sentence below, the output +has @samp{Vermont} placed snugly against the period, without any +intervening space. @example \newcommand@{\VT@}@{Vermont@} @@ -10360,15 +10669,16 @@ Our college is in \VT . The \VT@{@} summers are nice. @end example -But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the dummy curly +But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the empty curly braces or else there would be no space separating @samp{Vermont} from -@samp{summers}. (Many authors instead instead use a backslash-space +@samp{summers}. (Many authors instead use a backslash-space @code{\ } for this. @xref{\(SPACE)}.) -The @file{xspace} package provides @code{\xspace}. It is for writing -commands which are designed to be used mainly in text. It inserts a -space after that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of -exceptions. In this example, the dummy braces are not needed. +The @package{xspace} package provides @code{\xspace}. It is for writing +commands which are designed to be used mainly in text. It must be place +at the very end of the definition of these commands. It inserts a space +after that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of +exceptions. In this example, the empty braces are not needed. @example \newcommand@{\VT@}@{Vermont\xspace@} @@ -10379,16 +10689,17 @@ Our college is in \VT . The default exception list contains the characters @code{,.'/?;:!~-)}, the open curly brace and the backslash-space command discussed above, and the commands @code{\footnote} or @code{\footnotemark}. Add to that -list as with @code{\xspaceaddexceptions@{\myfni \myfnii@}} and remove -from that list as with @code{\xspaceremoveexception@{!@}}. +list as with @code{\xspaceaddexceptions@{\myfni \myfnii@}} which adds +@code{\myfni} and@tie{}@code{\myfnii} to the list, and remove from that +list as with @code{\xspaceremoveexception@{!@}}. @c David Carlisle https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/86620/339 A comment: many experts prefer not to use @code{\xspace}. Putting it in a definition means that the command will usually get the spacing right. -But it isn't easy to predict when to enter dummy braces because +But it isn't easy to predict when to enter empty braces because @code{\xspace} will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another command, and so @code{\xspace} can make editing material harder and more -error-prone than instead always remembering the dummy braces. +error-prone than instead always inserting the empty braces. @node Counters @@ -10407,6 +10718,23 @@ track of the chapter number. Below is a list of the counters used in @LaTeX{}'s standard document classes to control numbering. +@findex part counter +@findex chapter counter +@findex section counter +@findex subsection counter +@findex subsubsection counter +@findex paragraph counter +@findex subparagraph counter +@findex page counter +@findex equation counter +@findex figure counter +@findex table counter +@findex footnote counter +@findex mpfootnote counter +@findex enumi counter +@findex enumii counter +@findex enumiii counter +@findex enumiv counter @example part paragraph figure enumi chapter subparagraph table enumii @@ -10485,7 +10813,7 @@ warning but @LaTeX{} does not output anything. Here are the symbols: -@multitable @columnfractions .10 .30 .30 .30 +@multitable @columnfractions .11 .30 .30 .29 @headitem Number@tab Name@tab Command@tab Symbol @item 1@tab asterisk@tab@code{\ast}@tab@iftexthenelse{@math{\ast},*} @@ -10694,9 +11022,9 @@ not influence references; that is, it does not define the current @LaTeX{} defines the counter @code{\day} for the day of the month (nominally with value between 1 and 31), @code{\month} for the month of -the year (nominally with value between 1 and 12), and year @code{\year}. -When @TeX{} starts up, they are set from the current values on the -system. The related command @code{\today} produces a string +the year (nominally with value between 1 and 12), and @code{\year} for +the year. When @TeX{} starts up, they are set from the current values +on the system. The related command @code{\today} produces a string representing the current day (@pxref{\today}). They counters are not updated as the job progresses so in principle they @@ -10711,6 +11039,8 @@ check: gives no error or warning and results in the output @samp{-2, -4} (the bogus month value produces no output). +@xref{Command line input}, to force the date to a given value from the +command line. @node Lengths @chapter Lengths @@ -10827,10 +11157,10 @@ the page. \end@{minipage@} @end example -@TeX{} actually has three levels of infinity for glue components: -@code{fil}, @code{fill}, and @code{filll}. The later ones are more -infinite than the earlier ones. Ordinarily document authors only use -the middle one (@pxref{\hfill} and @pxref{\vfill}). +@TeX{} has three levels of infinity for glue components: @code{fil}, +@code{fill}, and @code{filll}. The later ones are more infinite than +the earlier ones. Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one +(@pxref{\hfill} and @pxref{\vfill}). Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length, so that after @code{\setlength@{\ylength@}@{1in plus 0.2in@}} and @@ -10846,7 +11176,6 @@ that after @code{\setlength@{\ylength@}@{1in plus 0.2in@}} and * \settowidth:: Set a length to the width of something. * \stretch:: Add infinite stretchability. * Expressions:: Compute with lengths and integers. -@c * Predefined lengths:: Lengths that are, like, predefined. @end menu @@ -10858,95 +11187,96 @@ that after @code{\setlength@{\ylength@}@{1in plus 0.2in@}} and @TeX{} and @LaTeX{} know about these units both inside and outside of math mode. -@table @code +@ftable @code @item pt -@findex pt @cindex point @anchor{units of length pt} -Point, 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units -is 1@dmn{point} = 2.845@dmn{mm} = .2845@dmn{cm}. +Point, 1/72.27 inch. The (approximate) conversion to metric units +is 1@dmn{point} = .35146@dmn{mm} = .035146@dmn{cm}. @item pc @cindex pica -@findex pc @anchor{units of length pc} Pica, 12 pt @item in -@findex in -@findex inch +@cindex inch @anchor{units of length in} -Inch, 72.27 pt +Inch, 72.27 pt -@item bp -@findex bp +@item bp @cindex big point +@cindex PostScript point @anchor{units of length bp} Big point, 1/72 inch. This length is the definition of a point in PostScript and many desktop publishing systems. -@item cm -@cindex centimeter -@findex cm -@anchor{units of length cm} -Centimeter - @item mm @cindex millimeter -@findex mm @anchor{units of length mm} -Millimeter +Millimeter, 2.845 pt + +@item cm +@cindex centimeter +@anchor{units of length cm} +Centimeter, 10 mm @item dd @cindex didot point -@findex dd @anchor{units of length dd} Didot point, 1.07 pt @item cc @cindex cicero -@findex cc @anchor{units of length cc} Cicero, 12 dd @item sp @cindex scaled point -@findex sp @anchor{units of length sp} Scaled point, 1/65536 pt -@end table +@end ftable + +Three other units are defined according to the current font, rather +than being an absolute dimension. -@cindex ex +@ftable @code +@item ex @cindex x-height -@findex ex +@cindex ex +@anchor{Lengths/ex} +@anchor{units of length ex} +The x-height of the current font @dfn{ex}, traditionally the +height of the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical +lengths. + +@item em @cindex m-width @cindex em -@findex em @anchor{Lengths/em} -@anchor{Lengths/en} -@anchor{Lengths/ex} @anchor{units of length em} -@anchor{units of length en} -@anchor{units of length ex} -Two other lengths that are often used are values set by the designer of -the font. The x-height of the current font @dfn{ex}, traditionally the -height of the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical -lengths. Similarly @dfn{em}, traditionally the width of the capital -letter M, is often used for horizontal lengths (there is also -@code{\enspace}, which is @code{0.5em}). Use of these can help make a -definition work better across font changes. For example, a definition -of the vertical space between list items given as -@code{\setlength@{\itemsep@}@{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex@}} is more -likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a definition -given in points. +Similarly @dfn{em}, traditionally the width of the capital +letter M, is often used for horizontal lengths. This is also often +the size of the current font, e.g., a nominal 10@dmn{pt} font will +have 1@dmn{em} = 10@dmn{pt}. @LaTeX{} has several commands to produce +horizontal spaces based on the em (@pxref{\enspace & \quad & \qquad}). +@item mu @cindex mu, math unit -@findex mu -In math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of the math unit -@dfn{mu} given by 1 em = 18 mu, where the em is taken from the current -math symbols family. @xref{Spacing in math mode}. +@anchor{units of length mu} +Finally, in math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms +of the math unit @dfn{mu}, defined by 1@dmn{em} = 18@dmn{mu}, where the +em is taken from the current math symbols family. @xref{Spacing in +math mode}. +@end ftable + +Using these units can help make a definition work better across font +changes. For example, a definition of the vertical space between list +items given as @code{\setlength@{\itemsep@}@{1ex plus 0.05ex minus +0.01ex@}} is more likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed +than a definition given in points. @node \setlength @section @code{\setlength} @@ -10957,14 +11287,15 @@ math symbols family. @xref{Spacing in math mode}. Synopsis: @example -\setlength@{@var{len}@}@{@var{amount}@} +\setlength@{\@var{len}@}@{@var{amount}@} @end example -Set the length @var{len} to @var{amount}. The length name @var{len} -must begin with a backslash, @code{\}. The @code{amount} can be a -rubber length (@pxref{Lengths}). It can be positive, negative or zero, -and can be in any units that @LaTeX{} understands (@pxref{Units of -length}). +Set the length \@var{len} to @var{amount}. The length name +@code{\@var{len}} has to be a control sequence (@pxref{Control +sequences}), and as such must begin with a backslash, @code{\} under +normal circumstances. The @var{amount} can be a rubber length +(@pxref{Lengths}). It can be positive, negative or zero, and can be in +any units that @LaTeX{} understands (@pxref{Units of length}). Below, with @LaTeX{}'s defaults the first paragraph will be indented while the second will not. @@ -10976,14 +11307,12 @@ I told the doctor I broke my leg in two places. He said stop going to those places. @end example -If you did not declare @var{len} with @code{\newlength}, for example if -you mistype the above as +If you did not declare \@var{len} with @code{\newlength}, for example if +you mistype it as in @code{\newlength@{\specparindent@}\setlength@{\sepcparindent@}@{...@}}, then you get an error like @samp{Undefined control sequence. <argument> \sepcindent}. If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name -then you get an error like @samp{Missing number, treated as zero. <to be -read again> \relax l.19 \setlength@{specparindent@}@{0.6\parindent@}} - +then you get an error like @samp{Missing number, treated as zero.}. @node \addtolength @section @code{\addtolength} @@ -10994,14 +11323,15 @@ read again> \relax l.19 \setlength@{specparindent@}@{0.6\parindent@}} Synopsis: @example -\addtolength@{@var{len}@}@{@var{amount}@} +\addtolength@{\@var{len}@}@{@var{amount}@} @end example -Increment the length @var{len} by @var{amount}. The length name -@var{len} begins with a backslash, @code{\}. The @code{amount} is a -rubber length (@pxref{Lengths}). It can be positive, negative or zero, -and can be in any units that @LaTeX{} understands (@pxref{Units of -length}). +Increment the length \@var{len} by @var{amount}. The length name +@code{\@var{len}} has to be a control sequence (@pxref{Control +sequences}), and as such must begin with a backslash, @code{\} under +normal circumstances. The @var{amount} is a rubber length +(@pxref{Lengths}). It can be positive, negative or zero, and can be in +any units that @LaTeX{} understands (@pxref{Units of length}). Below, if @code{\parskip} starts with the value @code{0pt plus 1pt} @@ -11015,15 +11345,18 @@ Nurse: no change. @noindent then it has the value @code{1pt plus 1pt} for the second paragraph. -If you did not declare the length @var{len} with @code{\newlength}, if -for example you mistype the above as +If you did not declare \@var{len} with @code{\newlength}, for example if +you mistype it as in +@code{\newlength@{\specparindent@}\addtolength@{\sepcparindent@}@{...@}}, +then you get an error like @samp{Undefined control sequence. <argument> +\sepcindent}. If the @var{amount} uses some length that has not been +declared, for instance if for example you mistype the above as @code{\addtolength@{\specparindent@}@{0.6\praindent@}}, then you get something like @samp{Undefined control sequence. <argument> \praindent}. -If you leave off the backslash at the start of @var{len}, as in +If you leave off the backslash at the start of \@var{len}, as in @code{\addtolength@{parindent@}@{1pt@}}, then you get something like @samp{You can't use `the letter p' after \advance}. - @node \settodepth @section @code{\settodepth} @@ -11032,14 +11365,15 @@ If you leave off the backslash at the start of @var{len}, as in Synopsis: @example -\settodepth@{@var{len}@}@{@var{text}@} +\settodepth@{\@var{len}@}@{@var{text}@} @end example -Set the length @var{len} to the depth of box that @LaTeX{} gets on -typesetting the @var{text} argument. The length name @var{len} must -begin with a backslash, @code{\}. +Set the length \@var{len} to the depth of box that @LaTeX{} gets on +typesetting the @var{text} argument. The length name @code{\@var{len}} +has to be a control sequence (@pxref{Control sequences}), and as such +must begin with a backslash, @code{\} under normal circumstances. -This will show how low the character descenders go. +This will print how low the character descenders go. @example \newlength@{\alphabetdepth@} @@ -11047,10 +11381,10 @@ This will show how low the character descenders go. \the\alphabetdepth @end example -If you did not set aside the length @var{len}, if for example you +If you did not declare \@var{len} with @code{\newlength}, if for example you mistype the above as @code{\settodepth@{\aplhabetdepth@}@{abc...@}}, then you get something like @samp{Undefined control sequence. <argument> -\aplhabetdepth}. If you leave the backslash out of @var{len}, as in +\aplhabetdepth}. If you leave the backslash out of \@var{len}, as in @code{\settodepth@{alphabetdepth@}@{...@}} then you get something like @samp{Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox}. @@ -11063,14 +11397,15 @@ then you get something like @samp{Undefined control sequence. <argument> Synopsis: @example -\settoheight@{@var{len}@}@{text@} +\settoheight@{\@var{len}@}@{text@} @end example -Sets the length @var{len} to the height of box that @LaTeX{} gets on -typesetting the @code{text} argument. The length name @var{len} must -begin with a backslash, @code{\}. +Sets the length \@var{len} to the height of box that @LaTeX{} gets on +typesetting the @code{text} argument. The length name @code{\@var{len}} +has to be a control sequence (@pxref{Control sequences}), and as such +must begin with a backslash, @code{\} under normal circumstances. -This will show how high the characters go. +This will print how high the characters go. @example \newlength@{\alphabetheight@} @@ -11078,11 +11413,11 @@ This will show how high the characters go. \the\alphabetheight @end example -If no such length @var{len} has been declared with @code{\newlength}, if +If no such length \@var{len} has been declared with @code{\newlength}, if for example you mistype as @code{\settoheight@{\aplhabetheight@}@{abc...@}}, then you get something like @samp{Undefined control sequence. <argument> \alphabetheight}. If -you leave the backslash out of @var{len}, as in +you leave the backslash out of \@var{len}, as in @code{\settoheight@{alphabetheight@}@{...@}} then you get something like @samp{Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox}. @@ -11095,14 +11430,15 @@ you leave the backslash out of @var{len}, as in Synopsis: @example -\settowidth@{@var{len}@}@{@var{text}@} +\settowidth@{\@var{len}@}@{@var{text}@} @end example -Set the length @var{len} to the width of the box that @LaTeX{} gets on -typesetting the @var{text} argument. The length name @var{len} must -begin with a backslash, @code{\}. +Set the length \@var{len} to the width of the box that @LaTeX{} gets on +typesetting the @var{text} argument. The length name @code{\@var{len}} +has to be a control sequence (@pxref{Control sequences}), and as such +must begin with a backslash, @code{\} under normal circumstances. -This measures the width of the lowercase ASCII alphabet. +This prints the width of the lowercase ASCII alphabet. @example \newlength@{\alphabetwidth@} @@ -11110,10 +11446,11 @@ This measures the width of the lowercase ASCII alphabet. \the\alphabetwidth @end example -If no such length @var{len} has been set aside, if for example you -mistype the above as @code{\settowidth@{\aplhabetwidth@}@{abc...@}}, -then you get something like @samp{Undefined control sequence. <argument> -\aplhabetwidth}. If you leave the backslash out of @var{len}, as in +If no such length \@var{len} has been declared with @code{\newlength}, +if for example you mistype the above as +@code{\settowidth@{\aplhabetwidth@}@{abc...@}}, then you get something +like @samp{Undefined control sequence. <argument> \aplhabetwidth}. If +you leave the backslash out of \@var{len}, as in @code{\settoheight@{alphabetwidth@}@{...@}} then you get something like @samp{Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox}. @@ -11249,10 +11586,11 @@ parentheses to be affected by a factor. So @code{\the\glueexpr 5pt plus @TeX{} will coerce other numerical types in the same way as it does when doing register assignment. Thus @code{\the\numexpr\dimexpr 1pt\relax\relax} will result in @samp{65536}, which is @code{1pt} -converted to scaled points (@TeX{}'s internal unit) and then coerced -into an integer. With a @code{\glueexpr} here, the stretch and shrink -would be dropped. Going the other way, a @code{\numexpr} inside a -@code{\dimexpr} or @code{\glueexpr} will need appropriate units, as in +converted to scaled points (@pxref{units of length sp,@code{sp}}, +@TeX{}'s internal unit) and then coerced into an integer. With a +@code{\glueexpr} here, the stretch and shrink would be dropped. Going +the other way, a @code{\numexpr} inside a @code{\dimexpr} or +@code{\glueexpr} will need appropriate units, as in @code{\the\dimexpr\numexpr 1 + 2\relax pt\relax}, which produces @samp{3.0pt}. @@ -11280,8 +11618,8 @@ because it rounds @code{3/2} to @code{2}, while @cindex paragraphs To start a paragraph, just type some text. To end the current -paragraph, put an empty line. This is three paragraphs, separated by -two empty lines. +paragraph, put an empty line. This is three paragraphs, the +separation of which is made by two empty lines. @example It is a truth universally acknowledged, that a single man in possession @@ -11296,15 +11634,35 @@ of some one or other of their daughters. ``have you heard that Netherfield Park is let at last?'' @end example -The separator lines must be empty, including not containing a comment -character, @code{%}. +A paragraph separator is made of a sequence of at least one blank +line, at least one of which is not terminated by a comment. A blank +line is a line that is empty or made only of blank characters such as +space or tab. Comments in source code are started with a @code{%} and +span up to the end of line. In the following example the two columns +are identical: + +@example +\documentclass[twocolumn]@{article@} +\begin@{document@} +First paragraph. + +Second paragraph. +\newpage +First paragraph. + + % separator lines may contain blank characters. + +Second paragraph. +\end@{document@} +@end example + Once @LaTeX{} has gathered all of a paragraph's contents it divides that content into lines in a way that is optimized over the entire paragraph (@pxref{Line breaking}). There are places where a new paragraph is not permitted. Don't put a -blank line in math mode (@pxref{Modes}); here the line before the +blank line in math mode (@pxref{Modes}); here the blank line before the @code{\end@{equation@}} @example @@ -11316,7 +11674,7 @@ blank line in math mode (@pxref{Modes}); here the line before the @noindent will get you the error @samp{Missing $ inserted}. Similarly, the blank -line in this @code{section} argument +line in this @code{\section} argument @example \section@{aaa @@ -11343,8 +11701,8 @@ complete}. @findex \par @cindex paragraph, ending -Synopsis (note that while reading the input @TeX{} converts two -consecutive newlines to a @code{\par}): +Synopsis (note that while reading the input @TeX{} converts any sequence +of one or more blank lines to a @code{\par}, @ref{Making paragraphs}): @example \par @@ -11362,18 +11720,18 @@ readability. \whatCheatingIs\par\whatHappensWhenICatchYou@} @end example -In LR mode or a vertical mode the @code{\par} command does nothing but -it terminates paragraph mode, switching @LaTeX{} to vertical mode -(@pxref{Modes}). +In LR mode the @code{\par} command does nothing and is ignored. In +paragraph mode, the @code{\par} command terminates paragraph mode, +switching @LaTeX{} to vertical mode (@pxref{Modes}). You cannot use the @code{\par} command in a math mode. You also cannot -use it in the argument of many commands, such as the @code{\section} -command (@pxref{Making paragraphs} and @ref{\newcommand & -\renewcommand}). +use it in the argument of many commands, such as the sectioning +commands, e.g.@: @code{\section} (@pxref{Making paragraphs} and +@ref{\newcommand & \renewcommand}). The @code{\par} command is not the same as the @code{\paragraph} command. The latter is, like @code{\section} or @code{\subsection}, a -sectioning unit used by the standard @LaTeX{} documents +sectioning command used by the @LaTeX{} document standard classes (@pxref{\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph}). The @code{\par} command is not the same as @code{\newline} or the line @@ -11463,7 +11821,7 @@ you may want to also set the length of spaces between paragraphs, @PkgIndex{indentfirst} Default @LaTeX{} styles have the first paragraph after a section that is not indented, as is traditional typesetting in English. To change that, -look on CTAN for the package @code{indentfirst}. +look on CTAN for the package @package{indentfirst}. @node \parindent & \parskip @@ -11498,17 +11856,19 @@ For example, if this is put in the preamble: The document will have paragraphs that are not indented, but instead are vertically separated by about the height of a lowercase @samp{x}. -In standard @LaTeX{} documents, the default value for @code{\parindent} -in one-column documents is @code{15pt} when the default text size is -@code{10pt}, @code{17pt} for @code{11pt}, and @code{1.5em} for -@code{12pt}. In two-column documents it is @code{1em}. (These values -are set before @LaTeX{} calls @code{\normalfont} so @code{em} is derived -from the default font, Computer Modern. If you use a different font -then to set @code{\parindent} in units matching that font, do -@code{\AtBeginDocument@{\setlength@{\parindent@}@{1em@}@}}.) +In @LaTeX{} standard class documents, the default value for +@code{\parindent} in one-column documents is @code{15pt} when the +default text size is @code{10pt}, @code{17pt} for @code{11pt}, and +@code{1.5em} for @code{12pt}. In two-column documents it is @code{1em}. +(These values are set before @LaTeX{} calls @code{\normalfont} so +@code{em} is derived from the default font, Computer Modern. If you use +a different font then to set @code{\parindent} to 1@dmn{em} matching +that font, put +@code{\AtBeginDocument@{\setlength@{\parindent@}@{1em@}@}} in the +preamble.) The default value for @code{\parskip} in @LaTeX{}'s standard document -styles is @code{0pt plus1pt}. +classes is @code{0pt plus1pt}. @node Marginal notes @@ -11664,53 +12024,25 @@ equivalent to @code{\begin@{displaymath@} @var{math} \end@{displaymath@}}. These environments can only be used in paragraph mode (@pxref{Modes}). -@findex \displaystyle -The two mathematics modes are similar, but there are some differences. -One involves the placement of subscripts and superscripts; in display -math mode they are further apart and in inline math mode they are closer -together. - -Sometimes you want the display math typographical treatment to happen in -the inline math mode. For this, the @code{\displaystyle} declaration -forces the size and style of the formula to be that of -@code{displaymath}. Thus @code{\(\displaystyle \sum_@{n=0@}^\infty -x_n\)} will have the limits above and below the summation sign, not next -to it. Another example is that - -@example -\begin@{tabular@}@{r|cc@} - \textsc@{Name@} &\textsc@{Series@} &\textsc@{Sum@} \\ \hline - Arithmetic &\( a+(a+b)+(a+2b)+\cdots+(a+(n-1)b) \) - &\( na+(n-1)n\cdot\frac@{b@}@{2@}\) \\ - Geometric &\( a+ab+ab^2+\cdots+ab^@{n-1@} \) - &\(\displaystyle a\cdot\frac@{1-b^n@}@{1-b@}\) \\ -\end@{tabular@} -@end example - -@noindent -because it has no @code{\displaystyle}, the @samp{Arithmetic} line's -fraction will be scrunched. But, because of its @code{\displaystyle}, -the @samp{Geometric} line's fraction will be easy to read, with -characters the same size as in the rest of the line. - @PkgIndex{amsmath} @PkgIndex{amsfonts} @PkgIndex{mathtools} The American Mathematical Society has made freely available a set of packages that greatly expand your options for writing mathematics, -@file{amsmath} and @file{amssymb} (also be aware of the @file{mathtools} -package that is an extension to, and loads, @file{amsmath}). New +@package{amsmath} and @package{amssymb} (also be aware of the @package{mathtools} +package that is an extension to, and loads, @package{amsmath}). New documents that will have mathematical text should use these packages. Descriptions of these packages is outside the scope of this document; see their documentation on CTAN. @menu -* Subscripts & superscripts:: Also known as exponent or index. +* Subscripts & superscripts:: Also known as exponents or indices. * Math symbols:: Various mathematical squiggles. * Math functions:: Math function names like sin and exp. * Math accents:: Accents in math. * Over- and Underlining:: Things over or under formulas. * Spacing in math mode:: Thick, medium, thin, and negative spaces. +* Math styles:: Determine the size of things. * Math miscellany:: Stuff that doesn't fit anywhere else. @end menu @@ -11796,7 +12128,7 @@ the error @samp{Missing $ inserted}. @PkgIndex{mhchem} A common reason to want subscripts outside of a mathematics mode is to typeset chemical formulas. There are packages for that, such as -@file{mhchem}; see CTAN. +@package{mhchem}; see CTAN. @node Math symbols @@ -12170,7 +12502,7 @@ for@tie{}@code{\le}. @item \lhd @BES{25C1,\lhd} Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should load -@file{amssymb} and use@tie{}@code{\vartriangleleft} (which is a relation +@package{amssymb} and use@tie{}@code{\vartriangleleft} (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). @item \ll @@ -12259,7 +12591,7 @@ of@tie{}@code{\in}. following operator (relation). Many negated operators are available that don't require @code{\not}, -particularly with the @file{amssymb} package. For example, @code{\notin} +particularly with the @package{amssymb} package. For example, @code{\notin} is typographically preferable to @code{\not\in}. @item \notin @@ -12380,7 +12712,7 @@ Similar: greater than@tie{}@code{>}. Matches:@code{\langle}. @item \Re @BES{211C,\Re} Real part, real numbers, cursive capital R (ordinary). Related: double-line, or blackboard bold, R@tie{}@code{\mathbb@{R@}}; to access -this, load the @file{amsfonts} package. +this, load the @package{amsfonts} package. @item \restriction @BES{21BE}, Restriction of a function (relation). Synonym: @@ -12397,7 +12729,7 @@ off (closing). Matches@tie{}@code{\lfloor}. @item \rhd @BES{25C1,\rhd} Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead -load @file{amssymb} and use@tie{}@code{\vartriangleright} (which is a +load @package{amssymb} and use@tie{}@code{\vartriangleright} (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). @item \rho @@ -12548,26 +12880,26 @@ Synonym:@tie{}@code{\rightarrow}. @item \triangleleft @BES{25C1,\triangleleft} Not-filled triangle pointing left (binary). Similar:@tie{}@code{\lhd}. For the normal subgroup symbol you -should load @file{amssymb} and use@tie{}@code{\vartriangleleft} (which +should load @package{amssymb} and use@tie{}@code{\vartriangleleft} (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). @item \triangleright @BES{25B7,\triangleright} Not-filled triangle pointing right (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load -@file{amssymb} and use@tie{}@code{\vartriangleright} (which is a +@package{amssymb} and use@tie{}@code{\vartriangleright} (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). @item \unlhd @BES{22B4,\unlhd} Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is, triangle, with a line under (binary). For the -normal subgroup symbol load @file{amssymb} and +normal subgroup symbol load @package{amssymb} and use@tie{}@code{\vartrianglelefteq} (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). @item \unrhd @BES{22B5,\unrhd} Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is, triangle, with a line under (binary). For the -normal subgroup symbol load @file{amssymb} and +normal subgroup symbol load @package{amssymb} and use@tie{}@code{\vartrianglerighteq} (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). @@ -12651,13 +12983,13 @@ operator@tie{}@code{\bigvee}. @item \Vert @BES{2016,\Vert} Vertical double bar (ordinary). @xref{Delimiters}, -for how to use the @file{mathtools} package to create flexibly-sized +for how to use the @package{mathtools} package to create flexibly-sized norm symbols. @item \vert @BES{007C,\vert} Single line vertical bar (ordinary). For ``such that'', as in the definition of a set, use@tie{}@code{\mid} because it -is a relation. @xref{Delimiters}, for how to use the @file{mathtools} +is a relation. @xref{Delimiters}, for how to use the @package{mathtools} package to create flexibly-sized absolute-value symbols. @item \wedge @@ -12724,7 +13056,7 @@ Underscore in math mode: _. @PkgIndex{amsfonts} @PkgIndex{latexsym} These are the arrows that come with standard @LaTeX{}. The -@file{latexsym} and @file{amsfonts} packages contain many more. +@package{latexsym} and @package{amsfonts} packages contain many more. @multitable @columnfractions .10 .40 .50 @headitem Symbol@tab Command@tab @@ -12788,7 +13120,7 @@ is: @code{\( f\colon D\to C \) given by \( n\mapsto n^2 \)}. @PkgIndex{amscd} @PkgIndex{tikz-cd} For commutative diagrams there are a number of packages, including -@file{tikz-cd} and @file{amscd}. +@package{tikz-cd} and @package{amscd}. @node \boldmath & \unboldmath @@ -12840,7 +13172,7 @@ Font Warning: Command \mathversion invalid in math mode on input line @PkgIndex{bm} There are many issues with @code{\boldmath}. New documents should use -the @file{bm} package provided by the @LaTeX{} Project team. A complete +the @package{bm} package provided by the @LaTeX{} Project team. A complete description is outside the scope of this document (see the full documentation on CTAN) but even this small example @@ -12879,7 +13211,7 @@ Here @end example @noindent -the @code{\mathbb@{N@}} gives blackboard bold symbol @BES{2115}, +the @code{\mathbb@{N@}} gives blackboard bold symbol @BES{2115,\mathbbN}, representing the natural numbers. If you use other than an uppercase letter then you do not get an error @@ -12974,19 +13306,19 @@ Here are the common delimiters: @end multitable @PkgIndex{mathtools} -The @file{mathtools} package allows you to create commands for paired +The @package{mathtools} package allows you to create commands for paired delimiters. For instance, if you put @code{\DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs@{\lvert@}@{\rvert@}} in your preamble then you get two commands for single-line vertical bars (they only work -in math mode). The starred version, such as +in math mode). The starred form, such as @code{\abs*@{\frac@{22@}@{7@}@}}, has the height of the vertical bars -match the height of the argument. The unstarred version, such as +match the height of the argument. The unstarred form, such as @code{\abs@{\frac@{22@}@{7@}@}}, has the bars fixed at a default height. -This version accepts an optional argument, as in @code{\abs[@var{size +This form accepts an optional argument, as in @code{\abs[@var{size command}]@{\frac@{22@}@{7@}@}}, where the height of the bars is given in -@var{size command}, such as @code{\Bigg}. Using @code{\lVert} and -@code{\rVert} as the symbols will give you a norm symbol with the same -behavior. +@var{size command}, such as @code{\Bigg}. Using instead @code{\lVert} +and @code{\rVert} as the symbols will give you a norm symbol with the +same behavior. @menu * \left & \right:: Automatically sized delimiters. @@ -13053,9 +13385,9 @@ case is that you want an unmatched brace, as below. Use a period, @noindent Note that to get a curly brace as a delimiter you must prefix it with a -backslash, @code{\@{}. (The packages @file{amsmath} and -@file{mathtools} allow you to get the above construct through in a -@code{cases} environment.) +backslash, @code{\@{} (@pxref{Reserved characters}). (The packages +@package{amsmath} and @package{mathtools} allow you to get the above +construct through in a @code{cases} environment.) The @code{\left ... \right} pair make a group. One consequence is that the formula enclosed in the @code{\left ... \right} pair cannot have @@ -13102,7 +13434,7 @@ form a group, the enclosed subformula will be typeset at its natural width, with no stretching or shrinking to make the line fit better. @TeX{} scales the delimiters according to the height and depth of the -contained formula. Here @LaTeX{} grows the brackets to extend the full +enclosed formula. Here @LaTeX{} grows the brackets to extend the full height of the integral. @example @@ -13147,10 +13479,10 @@ To size the delimiters manually, see@tie{}@ref{\bigl & \bigr etc.}. Synopsis, one of: @example -\bigl@var{delimiter1} ... \bigr@var{delimiter2} -\Bigl@var{delimiter1} ... \bigr@var{delimiter2} -\biggl@var{delimiter1} ... \biggr@var{delimiter2} -\Biggl@var{delimiter1} ... \Biggr@var{delimiter2} +\bigl@inlinefmt{info,@tie{}}@var{delimiter1} ... \bigr@inlinefmt{info,@tie{}}@var{delimiter2} +\Bigl@inlinefmt{info,@tie{}}@var{delimiter1} ... \bigr@inlinefmt{info,@tie{}}@var{delimiter2} +\biggl@inlinefmt{info,@tie{}}@var{delimiter1} ... \biggr@inlinefmt{info,@tie{}}@var{delimiter2} +\Biggl@inlinefmt{info,@tie{}}@var{delimiter1} ... \Biggr@inlinefmt{info,@tie{}}@var{delimiter2} @end example @noindent @@ -13158,20 +13490,20 @@ Synopsis, one of: paired, see below), or one of: @example -\bigm@var{delimiter} -\Bigm@var{delimiter} -\biggm@var{delimiter} -\Biggm@var{delimiter} +\bigm@inlinefmt{info,@tie{}}@var{delimiter} +\Bigm@inlinefmt{info,@tie{}}@var{delimiter} +\biggm@inlinefmt{info,@tie{}}@var{delimiter} +\Biggm@inlinefmt{info,@tie{}}@var{delimiter} @end example @noindent (as with @code{\bigm|}), or one of: @example -\big@var{delimiter} -\Big@var{delimiter} -\bigg@var{delimiter} -\Bigg@var{delimiter} +\big@inlinefmt{info,@tie{}}@var{delimiter} +\Big@inlinefmt{info,@tie{}}@var{delimiter} +\bigg@inlinefmt{info,@tie{}}@var{delimiter} +\Bigg@inlinefmt{info,@tie{}}@var{delimiter} @end example @noindent @@ -13192,8 +13524,8 @@ causing @LaTeX{} to spread the lines apart. The larger sizes are meant for displayed equations. @xref{Delimiters}, for a list of the common delimiters. In the family of -commands with @samp{l} and @samp{r}, @var{delimiter1} and -@var{delimiter2} need not be the same. +commands with @samp{l} or@tie{}@samp{r}, @var{delimiter1} and +@var{delimiter2} need not match together. The @samp{l} and @samp{r} commands produce open and close delimiters that insert no horizontal space between a preceding atom and the @@ -13226,7 +13558,7 @@ some circumstances, as with this large vertical line @PkgIndex{amsmath} @noindent (many authors would replace @code{\frac} with the @code{\tfrac} command -from the @file{amsmath} package), and as with this larger slash. +from the @package{amsmath} package), and as with this larger slash. @example \begin@{equation@} @@ -13235,7 +13567,7 @@ from the @file{amsmath} package), and as with this larger slash. @end example Unlike the @code{\left...\right} pair (@pxref{\left & \right}), the -commands here with @samp{l} and@tie{}@samp{r} do not make a group. +commands here with @samp{l} or@tie{}@samp{r} do not make a group. Strictly speaking they need not be matched so you can write something like this. @@ -13293,7 +13625,7 @@ usage. @item \ldots Ellipsis on the baseline, @BES{2026,\ldots}. Used as: @code{\( x_0,\ldots x_@{n-1@} \)}. Another example is the above array example. A -synonym is @code{\mathellipsis}. A synonym from the @file{amsmath} +synonym is @code{\mathellipsis}. A synonym from the @package{amsmath} package is @code{\hdots}. You can also use this command outside of mathematical text, as in @@ -13308,7 +13640,7 @@ usage. @end ftable @PkgIndex{amsmath} -The @file{amsmath} package has the command @code{\dots} to semantically +The @package{amsmath} package has the command @code{\dots} to semantically mark up ellipses. This example produces two different-looking outputs for the first two uses of the @code{\dots} command. @@ -13398,7 +13730,7 @@ differ from Roman upper case letters. For omicron, if you are using @LaTeX{}'s default Computer Modern font then enter omicron just as @samp{o} or @samp{O}. If you like having the name or if your font shows a difference then you can use something like -@code{\newcommand\omicron@{o@}}. The package @file{unicode-math} has +@code{\newcommand\omicron@{o@}}. The package @package{unicode-math} has @code{\upomicron} for upright omicron and @code{\mitomicron} for math italic. @@ -13630,7 +13962,7 @@ Hyperbolic tangent @end ftable @PkgIndex{amsmath} -The @file{amsmath} package adds improvements on some of these, and also +The @package{amsmath} package adds improvements on some of these, and also allows you to define your own. The full documentation is on CTAN, but briefly, you can define an identity operator with @code{\DeclareMathOperator@{\identity@}@{id@}} that is like the ones @@ -13772,7 +14104,7 @@ descenders, so in @code{\(\underline@{y@}\)} the line is lower than in @code{\(\underline@{x@}\)}. This command is fragile (@pxref{\protect}). @PkgIndex{ulem} -Note that the package @file{ulem} does text mode underlining and allows +Note that the package @package{ulem} does text mode underlining and allows line breaking as well as a number of other features. See the documentation on CTAN. See also@tie{}@ref{\hrulefill & \dotfill} for producing a line, for such things as a signature. @@ -13813,7 +14145,7 @@ Put a brace over @var{math}, as with @end ftable @PkgIndex{mathtools} -The package @file{mathtools} adds an over- and underbrace, as well as +The package @package{mathtools} adds an over- and underbrace, as well as some improvements on the braces. See the documentation on CTAN. @@ -13848,15 +14180,17 @@ a@tie{}@samp{M}. @findex \; @findex \thickspace @anchor{spacing in math mode thickspace} -Synonym: @code{\thickspace}. Normally @code{5.0mu plus 5.0mu}. -With @code{amsmath}, or as of the 2020-10-01 @LaTeX{} release, can be -used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. +@PkgIndex{amsmath} +Synonym: @code{\thickspace}. Normally @code{5.0mu plus 5.0mu}. With +the @package{amsmath} package, or as of the 2020-10-01 @LaTeX{} release, +can be used in text mode as well as math mode; otherwise, in math mode +only. @item \negthickspace @findex \negthickspace -Normally @code{-5.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu}. -With @code{amsmath}, or as of the 2020-10-01 @LaTeX{} release, can be -used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. +Normally @code{-5.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu}. With the @package{amsmath} +package, or as of the 2020-10-01 @LaTeX{} release, can be used in text +mode as well as math mode; otherwise, in math mode only. @item \: @itemx \> @@ -13864,15 +14198,16 @@ used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. @findex \> @findex \medspace @anchor{spacing in math mode medspace} -Synonym: @code{\medspace}. Normally @code{4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu}. -With @code{amsmath}, or as of the 2020-10-01 @LaTeX{} release, can be -used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. +Synonym: @code{\medspace}. Normally @code{4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus +4.0mu}. With the @package{amsmath} package, or as of the 2020-10-01 +@LaTeX{} release, can be used in text mode as well as math mode; before +that, in math mode only. @item \negmedspace @findex \negmedspace -Normally @code{-4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu}. -With @code{amsmath}, or as of the 2020-10-01 @LaTeX{} release, can be -used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. +Normally @code{-4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu}. With the @package{amsmath} +package, or as of the 2020-10-01 @LaTeX{} release, can be used in text +mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. @item \, @findex \, @@ -13900,11 +14235,12 @@ The antiderivative is @findex \negthinspace @cindex thin space, negative @anchor{spacing in math mode negthinspace} -A negative thin space. Normally @code{-3mu}. -With @code{amsmath}, or as of the 2020-10-01 @LaTeX{} release, can be -used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, -The @code{\!} command is math mode only but the @code{\negthinspace} -command has always worked in text mode (@pxref{\thinspace & \negthinspace}). +Synonym: @code{\negthinspace}. A negative thin space. Normally +@code{-3mu}. With the @package{amsmath} package, or as of the 2020-10-01 +@LaTeX{} release, can be used in text mode as well as math mode; +otherwise, the @code{\!} command is math mode only but the +@code{\negthinspace} command has always also worked in text mode +(@pxref{\thinspace & \negthinspace}). @item \quad @cindex quad @@ -14001,7 +14337,7 @@ xxx xxx xxx @end example @PkgIndex{mathtools} -The package @code{mathtools} has operators that provide even finer +The package @package{mathtools} has operators that provide even finer control over smashing a subformula box. @@ -14036,11 +14372,13 @@ or The @code{\phantom} command creates a box with the same height, depth, and width as @var{subformula}, but empty. That is, this command causes @LaTeX{} to typeset the space but not fill it with the material. Here -@LaTeX{} will put a box of the right size for the quotation, but empty. +@LaTeX{} will put a blank line that is the correct width for the answer, +but will not show that answer. @example -\fbox@{\phantom@{Conservatism is the fear-filled worship of dead radicals. - --- Mark Twain@}@} +\begin@{displaymath@} + \int x^2\,dx=\mbox@{\underline@{$\phantom@{(1/3)x^3+C@}$@}@} +\end@{displaymath@} @end example The @code{\vphantom} variant produces an invisible box with the same @@ -14071,14 +14409,14 @@ a suite of other commands to work with box sizes that may be more convenient, including @code{\makebox} (@pxref{\mbox & \makebox}) as well as @code{\settodepth} (@pxref{\settodepth}), @code{\settoheight} (@pxref{\settoheight}), and @code{\settowidth} (@pxref{\settowidth}). -In addition, the @file{mathtools} package has many commands that offer +In addition, the @package{mathtools} package has many commands that offer fine-grained control over spacing. @PkgIndex{amsmath} All three commands produce an ordinary box, without any special mathematics status. So to do something like attaching a superscript you should give it such a status, for example with the @code{\operatorname} -command from the package @file{amsmath}. +command from the package @package{amsmath}. While most often used in mathematics, these three can appear in other contexts. However, they don't cause @LaTeX{} to change into horizontal @@ -14095,6 +14433,7 @@ with @code{\leavevmode}. @cindex math mode, spacing @cindex invisible character @cindex character, invisible +@cindex strut, math Synopsis: @@ -14118,6 +14457,101 @@ an open parenthesis is just a convention; for complete control over the amount of space, use @code{\rule} with a width of zero. @xref{\rule}. +@node Math styles +@section Math styles + +@cindex math styles + +@TeX{}'s rules for typesetting a formula depend on the context. For +example, inside a displayed equation, the input @code{\sum_@{0\leq +i<n@}k^m=\frac@{n^@{m+1@}@}@{m+1@}+\mbox@{lower order terms@}} will give +output with the summation index centered below the summation symbol. +But if that input is inline then the summation index is off to the right +rather than below, so it won't push the lines apart. Similarly, in a +displayed context, the symbols in the numerator and denominator will be +larger than for an inline context, and in display math subscripts and +superscripts are further apart then they are in inline math. + +@TeX{} uses four math styles. + +@itemize @bullet + +@cindex display style +@item +Display style is for a formula displayed on a line by itself, such as +with @code{\begin@{equation@} ... \end@{equation@}}. + +@cindex text style +@item +Text style is for an inline formula, as with @samp{so we have $ ... $}. + +@cindex script style +@item +Script style is for parts of a formula in a subscript or superscript. + +@cindex scriptscript style +@item +Scriptscript style is for parts of a formula at a second level (or more) +of subscript or superscript. + +@end itemize + +@findex \displaystyle +@findex \textstyle +@findex \scriptstyle +@findex \scriptscriptstyle +@TeX{} determines a default math style but you can override it with a +declaration of @code{\displaystyle}, or @code{\textstyle}, or +@code{\scriptstyle}, or @code{\scriptscriptstyle}. + +In this example, the @samp{Arithmetic} line's fraction will look +scrunched. + +@example +\begin@{tabular@}@{r|cc@} + \textsc@{Name@} &\textsc@{Series@} &\textsc@{Sum@} \\ \hline + Arithmetic &$a+(a+b)+(a+2b)+\cdots+(a+(n-1)b)$ + &$na+(n-1)n\cdot\frac@{b@}@{2@}$ \\ + Geometric &$a+ab+ab^2+\cdots+ab^@{n-1@}$ + &$\displaystyle a\cdot\frac@{1-b^n@}@{1-b@}$ \\ +\end@{tabular@} +@end example + +@noindent +But because of the @code{\displaystyle} declaration, +the @samp{Geometric} line's fraction will be easy to read, with +characters the same size as in the rest of the line. + +Another example is that, compared to the same input without the +declaration, the result of + +@example +we get +$\pi=2\cdot@{\displaystyle\int_@{x=0@}^1 \sqrt@{1-x^2@}\,dx@}$ +@end example + +@noindent +will have an integral sign that is much taller. Note that here the +@code{\displaystyle} applies to only part of the formula, and it is +delimited by being inside curly braces, as @samp{@{\displaystyle ...@}}. + +The last example is a continued fraction. + +@example +\begin@{equation@} +a_0+\frac@{1@}@{ + \displaystyle a_1+\frac@{\mathstrut 1@}@{ + \displaystyle a_2+\frac@{\mathstrut 1@}@{ + \displaystyle a_3@}@}@} +\end@{equation@} +@end example + +@noindent +Without the @code{\displaystyle} declarations, the denominators would be +set in script style and scriptscript style. (The @code{\mathstrut} +improves the height of the denominators; @pxref{\mathstrut}.) + + @node Math miscellany @section Math miscellany @@ -14162,7 +14596,7 @@ with the spacing appropriate for punctuation, as in set-builder notation @code{\@{x\colon 0\leq x<1\@}}. @PkgIndex{amsmath} -But the widely-used @file{amsmath} package defines @code{\colon} for use +But the widely-used @package{amsmath} package defines @code{\colon} for use in the definition of functions @code{f\colon D\to C}. So if you want the colon character as a punctuation then use @code{\mathpunct@{:@}}. @@ -14274,9 +14708,11 @@ the math modes), and error messages will refer to these. @item @anchor{modes paragraph mode} @cindex paragraph mode -@dfn{Paragraph mode} is what @LaTeX{} is in when processing ordinary -text. It breaks the input text into lines and breaks the lines into -pages. This is the mode @LaTeX{} is in most of the time. +@dfn{Paragraph mode} (in plain @TeX{} this is called @dfn{horizontal +mode}) is what @LaTeX{} is in when processing ordinary text. It breaks +the input text into lines and finds the positions of line breaks, so that +in vertical mode page breaks can be done. This is the mode @LaTeX{} is +in most of the time. @cindex left-to-right mode @cindex LR mode @@ -14304,15 +14740,16 @@ differs in the two situations.) @item @cindex vertical mode -@anchor{modes vertical mode} -@dfn{Vertical mode} is when @LaTeX{} is building the list of lines and -other material making the output page. This is the mode @LaTeX{} is in -when it starts a document. +@anchor{modes vertical mode} @dfn{Vertical mode} is when @LaTeX{} is +building the list of lines and other material making the output page, +which comprises insertion of page breaks. This is the mode @LaTeX{} is +in when it starts a document. @cindex internal vertical mode @anchor{modes internal vertical mode} @dfn{Internal vertical mode} is in effect when @LaTeX{} starts making a -@code{\vbox}. This is the vertical analogue of LR mode. +@code{\vbox}. It has not such thing as page breaks, and as such is the +vertical analogue of LR mode. @end itemize @@ -14383,7 +14820,7 @@ special pages such as the title page of a book, a page from an index, or the first page of an article. @PkgIndex{fancyhdr} -The package @file{fancyhdr} is very helpful for constructing page +The package @package{fancyhdr} is very helpful for constructing page styles. See its documentation on CTAN. @menu @@ -14537,7 +14974,7 @@ get @samp{LaTeX Error: Counter too large}. @item gobble @PkgIndex{hyperref} @LaTeX{} does not output a page number, although it does get reset. References to that page also are blank. (This does not -work with the popular package @file{hyperref} so to have the page number +work with the popular package @package{hyperref} so to have the page number not appear you may want to instead use @code{\pagestyle@{empty@}} or @code{\thispagestyle@{empty@}}.) @@ -14548,10 +14985,9 @@ contents, etc.---then it is numbered with lowercase Roman numerals. The main matter of a document uses arabic. @xref{\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter}. -If you want to address where the page number appears on the page, -see@tie{}@ref{\pagestyle}. If you want to change the value of page -number then you will manipulate the @code{page} counter -(@pxref{Counters}). +If you want to change where the page number appears on the page, +see@tie{}@ref{\pagestyle}. If you want to change the value of the page +number, then you manipulate the @code{page} counter (@pxref{Counters}). @node \pagestyle @@ -14573,7 +15009,7 @@ from the current page onwards. @PkgIndex{fancyhdr} A discussion with an example is below. Note first that the package -@file{fancyhdr} is now the standard way to manipulate headers and +@package{fancyhdr} is now the standard way to manipulate headers and footers. New documents that need to do anything other than one of the standard options below should use this package. See its documentation on CTAN. @@ -14585,7 +15021,7 @@ Values for @var{style}: The header is empty. The footer contains only a page number, centered. @item empty -The header and footer is empty. +The header and footer are both empty. @item headings Put running headers and footers on each page. The document style @@ -14703,11 +15139,9 @@ To make the page entirely empty, the command @cindex spaces @cindex white space -@LaTeX{} has many ways to produce white (or filled) space. Some of -these are best suited to mathematical text; see@tie{}@ref{Spacing in -math mode}. Some spacing commands are suitable for both regular text -and mathematical text; versions of some of these commands are in this -chapter. +@LaTeX{} has many ways to produce white space, or filled space. Some of +these are best suited to mathematical text; for these +see@tie{}@ref{Spacing in math mode}. @menu Horizontal space @@ -14781,11 +15215,12 @@ Synopsis, one of: \hspace*@{@var{length}@} @end example -Insert the horizontal space @var{length}. The @var{length} can be -positive, negative, or zero; adding negative space is like backspacing. -It is a rubber length, that is, it may contain a @code{plus} or -@code{minus} component, or both (@pxref{Lengths}). Because the space is -stretchable and shrinkable, it is sometimes called @dfn{glue}. +Insert the amount @var{length} of horizontal space. The @var{length} can +be positive, negative, or zero; adding a negative amount of space is +like backspacing. It is a rubber length, that is, it may contain a +@code{plus} or @code{minus} component, or both (@pxref{Lengths}). +Because the space is stretchable and shrinkable, it is sometimes called +@dfn{glue}. This makes a line with @samp{Name:} an inch from the right margin. @@ -14793,10 +15228,10 @@ This makes a line with @samp{Name:} an inch from the right margin. \noindent\makebox[\linewidth][r]@{Name:\hspace@{1in@}@} @end example -The @code{*}-version inserts horizontal space that non-discardable. -More precisely, when @TeX{} breaks a paragraph into lines any white +The @code{*}-form inserts horizontal space that is non-discardable. More +precisely, when @TeX{} breaks a paragraph into lines any white space---glues and kerns---that come at a line break are discarded. The -@code{*}-version avoids that (technically, it adds a non-discardable +@code{*}-form avoids that (technically, it adds a non-discardable invisible item in front of the space). In this example @@ -14977,7 +15412,7 @@ then you have probably tried to redefine an internal command. @menu * \@@:: Distinguish sentence-ending periods from abbreviations. -* \frenchspacing:: Equal interword and inter-sentence space. +* \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing:: Equal interword and inter-sentence space. * \normalsfcodes:: Restore space factor settings to the default. @end menu @@ -15046,8 +15481,9 @@ Examples are @code{Nat.\ Acad.\ Science}, and @code{Mr.~Bean}, and @code{\@@} comes before the closing parenthesis). -@node \frenchspacing -@subsection @code{\frenchspacing} +@node \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing +@anchor{\frenchspacing}@c old node name +@subsection @code{\frenchspacing} & @code{\nonfrenchspacing} @findex \frenchspacing @findex \nonfrenchspacing @@ -15060,10 +15496,11 @@ Synopsis, one of: \nonfrenchspacing @end example -The first declaration causes @LaTeX{} to treat spacing between sentences -in the same way as spacing between words in the middle of a sentence. -The second causes spacing between sentences to stretch or shrink more -(@pxref{\spacefactor}); this is the default. +The first declaration causes @LaTeX{} to handle spacing between +sentences in the same way as spacing between words in the middle of a +sentence. The second switches back to the default handling in which +spacing between sentences stretches or shrinks more +(@pxref{\spacefactor}). Some typographic traditions, including English, prefer to adjust the space between sentences (or spaces following a question mark, @@ -15085,24 +15522,24 @@ Synopsis: \normalsfcodes @end example -Reset the @LaTeX{} space factor values to the default +Reset the @LaTeX{} space factors to the default values (@pxref{\spacefactor}). @node \(SPACE) @section Backslash-space, @code{\ } -@cindex \NEWLINE -@cindex \SPACE -@cindex \ (backslash-space) -@cindex \TAB -@findex \SPACE +@cindex \@key{NEWLINE} +@cindex \@key{SPACE} +@cindex \@key{TAB} +@findex \@w{ } @r{(backslash-space)} +@findex \@key{SPACE} This section refers to the command consisting of two characters, a -backslash followed by a space. Synopsis: +backslash followed by a space.@*Synopsis: @example -\ +\@w{ } @end example Produce a space. By default it produces white space of length @@ -15112,10 +15549,10 @@ When you type one or more blanks between words, @LaTeX{} produces white space. But that is different than an explicit space. This illustrates. @example -\begin@{tabular@}@{l@} -One blank: makes some space \\ -Three blanks: in a row \\ -Three spaces:\ \ \ in a row \\ +\begin@{tabular@}@{rl@} +One blank:& makes some space \\ +Three blanks:& in a row \\ +Three spaces:&\ \ \ in a row \\ \end@{tabular@} @end example @@ -15123,26 +15560,43 @@ Three spaces:\ \ \ in a row \\ On the first line @LaTeX{} puts some space after the colon. On the second line @LaTeX{} collapses the three blanks to output one whitespace, so you end with the same space after the colon as in the -first line. @LaTeX{} would similarly collapse a blank followed by a -tab, or a blank and a newline and a blank. However, the bottom line -asks for three spaces so the white area is wider. That is, the -backslash-space command creates a fixed amount of horizontal space. -(Note that you can define a horizontal space of any width at all with -@code{\hspace}; see@tie{}@ref{\hspace}.) +first line. @LaTeX{} would similarly collapse them to a single +whitespace if one, two or all of the three blanks were replaced by a +tab, or by a newline. However, the bottom line asks for three spaces so +the white area is wider. That is, the backslash-space command creates a +fixed amount of horizontal space. (Note that you can define a +horizontal space of any width at all with @code{\hspace}; +see@tie{}@ref{\hspace}.) The backslash-space command has two main uses. It is often used after -control sequences to keep them from gobbling the space that follows, as -in @code{\TeX\ is nice}. (But using curly parentheses, as in -@code{\TeX@{@} is best}, has the advantage of still working if the next -character is a period.) The other common use is that it marks a period -as ending an abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in @code{So -says Prof.\ Smith} or @code{Jones et al.\ (1993)} (@pxref{\@@}). - -Under normal circumstances, @code{\}@key{tab} and @code{\}@key{newline} +control sequences to keep them from gobbling the blank that follows, as +after @code{\TeX} in @code{\TeX\ (or \LaTeX)}. (But using curly braces +has the advantage of still working whether the next character is a blank +or any other non-letter, as in @code{\TeX@{@} (or \LaTeX@{@})} in which +@code{@{@}} can be added after @code{\LaTeX} as well as after +@code{\TeX}.) The other common use is that it marks a period as ending +an abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in @code{Prof.\ Smith} +or @code{Jones et al.\ (1993)} (@pxref{\@@}). + +Under normal circumstances, @code{\}@key{TAB} and @code{\}@key{NEWLINE} are equivalent to backslash-space, @code{\ }. +@anchor{Leading blanks} +Please also note that in order to allow source code indentation, under +normal circumstances, @TeX{} ignores leading blanks in a line. So the +following prints @samp{one word}: + +@example +one + word +@end example + +@noindent +where the white space between @samp{one} and @samp{word} is produced by +the newline after @samp{one}, not by the space before @samp{word}. + @c @PkgIndex{xspace} -@c Some individual commands, notably those defined with the @code{xspace}, +@c Some individual commands, notably those defined with the @package{xspace}, @c package do not follow the standard behavior. @@ -15162,12 +15616,19 @@ Synopsis: @var{before}~@var{after} @end example -The tie character, @code{~}, produces a space between @var{before} and +The @dfn{tie} character, @code{~}, produces a space between @var{before} and @var{after} at which the line will not be broken. By default the white space has length 3.33333@dmn{pt} plus 1.66666@dmn{pt} minus 1.11111@dmn{pt} (@pxref{Lengths}). -Here @LaTeX{} will not break the line between the final two words. +@c This paragraph is not translated to French, as the French translation +@c uses a term that means ``unbreakable''. +Note that the word @samp{tie} has this meaning in the @TeX{}/Texinfo +community; this differs from the typographic term ``tie'', which +is a diacritic in the shape of an arc, called a ``tie-after'' accent +in @cite{The @TeX{}book}. + +Here @LaTeX{} will not break the line between the final two words: @example Thanks to Prof.~Lerman. @@ -15188,7 +15649,7 @@ from @cite{The @TeX{}book}. @itemize @bullet @item -Between an enumerator and its item, such as in references: +Between an enumerator label and number, such as in references: @code{Chapter~12}, or @code{Theorem~\ref@{th:Wilsons@}}, or @code{Figure~\ref@{fig:KGraph@}}. @@ -15199,10 +15660,10 @@ When cases are enumerated inline: @code{(b)~Show that $f(x)$ is @PkgIndex{siunitx} @item Between a number and its unit: @code{$745.7.8$~watts} (the -@file{siunitx} package has a special facility for this) or -@code{144~eggs}. This includes between a month and a date: -@code{October~12} or @code{12~Oct}. In general, in any expressions -where numbers and abbreviations or symbols are separated by a space: +@package{siunitx} package has a special facility for this) or +@code{144~eggs}. This includes between a month and day number in a date: +@code{October~12} or @code{12~Oct}. In general, in any expressions where +numbers and abbreviations or symbols are separated by a space: @code{AD~565}, or @code{2:50~pm}, or @code{Boeing~747}, or @code{268~Plains Road}, or @code{\$$1.4$~billion}. Other common choices here are a thin space (@pxref{\thinspace & \negthinspace}) and @@ -15269,11 +15730,12 @@ think the three dots and/or four dots are plenty). Another style-specific use is between initials, as in @code{D.\thinspace E.\ Knuth}. -@LaTeX{} provides a variety of similar spacing commands -(@pxref{Spacing in math mode}). With @code{amsmath}, or as of the -2020-10-01 @LaTeX{} release, they can be used in text mode as well as -math mode, including @code{\!} for @code{\negthinspace}; before that, -they were available only in math mode. +@PkgIndex{amsmath} +@LaTeX{} provides a variety of similar spacing commands for math mode +(@pxref{Spacing in math mode}). With the @package{amsmath} package, or as +of the 2020-10-01 @LaTeX{} release, they can be used in text mode as +well as math mode, including @code{\!} for @code{\negthinspace}; but +otherwise, they are available only in math mode. @node \/ @section @code{\/} @@ -15324,8 +15786,8 @@ do not include italic correction values even for italic fonts. @findex \fontdimen1 @cindex font dimension, slant Technically, @LaTeX{} uses another font-specific value, the so-called -slant parameter (namely @code{\fontdimen1}), to determine whether to -possibly insert an italic correction, rather than tying the action to +@dfn{slant parameter} (namely @code{\fontdimen1}), to determine whether +to possibly insert an italic correction, rather than tying the action to particular font commands. There is no concept of italic correction in math mode; math spacing is @@ -15372,7 +15834,7 @@ here @example \renewcommand@{\hrulefill@}@{% - \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern\z@@@} + \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern0pt @} @end example @noindent @@ -15381,7 +15843,7 @@ Similarly, adjust the dot spacing as with @example \renewcommand@{\dotfill@}@{% - \leavevmode\cleaders\hb@@xt@@1.00em@{\hss .\hss @}\hfill\kern\z@@@} + \leavevmode\cleaders\hbox to 1.00em@{\hss .\hss @}\hfill\kern0pt @} @end example @noindent @@ -15454,7 +15916,7 @@ quarter of a line space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the @end ftable -Because each command is a @code{\vspace}, if you use on in mid-paragraph +Because each command is a @code{\vspace}, if you use it in mid-paragraph then it will insert its vertical space between the line in which you use it and the next line, not necessarily at the place that you use it. So these are best between paragraphs. @@ -15513,7 +15975,7 @@ Ensure that the current line has height at least @code{0.7\baselineskip} and depth at least @code{0.3\baselineskip}. Essentially, @LaTeX{} inserts into the line a rectangle having zero width, @code{\rule[-0.3\baselineskip]@{0pt@}@{\baselineskip@}} (@pxref{\rule}). -The @code{\baselineskip} changes with the current font and fontsize. +The @code{\baselineskip} changes with the current font or fontsize. In this example the @code{\strut} keeps the box inside the frame from having zero height. @@ -15561,14 +16023,14 @@ item's second line. @noindent The final two lists use @code{\fbox} to show what's happening. The -third list's @code{\parbox} goes only to the bottom of its second -@samp{test}, which happens not have any characters that descend below -the baseline. The fourth list adds the strut that gives the needed -extra below-baseline space. +first item @code{\parbox} of the third list goes only to the bottom of +its second @samp{test}, which happens not have any characters that +descend below the baseline. The fourth list adds the strut that gives +the needed extra below-baseline space. @PkgIndex{TikZ} @PkgIndex{Asymptote} The @code{\strut} command is often useful in graphics, such as in -@file{TikZ} or @file{Asymptote}. For instance, you may have a command +@package{TikZ} or @package{Asymptote}. For instance, you may have a command such as @code{\graphnode@{@var{node-name}@}} that fits a circle around @var{node-name}. However, unless you are careful the @var{node-name}'s @samp{x} and @samp{y} will produce different-diameter circles because @@ -15591,10 +16053,10 @@ second rule keeps the second integral from hitting the first. @noindent (Although the line-ending double backslash command has an available -optional argument to put in more vertical room, that won't work here. -Changing the first double backslash to something like @code{\\[2.5ex]} -will put the room between the header line and the @code{\hline}, and the -integral would still hit the line.) +optional argument to change the corresponding baseline skip, that won't +solve this issue. Changing the first double backslash to something like +@code{\\[2.5ex]} will put more room between the header line and the +@code{\hline} rule, and the integral would still hit the rule.) @node \vspace @@ -15628,9 +16090,9 @@ The new day dawned cold. (@xref{\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip}, for common inter-paragraph spaces.) -The @code{*}-version inserts vertical space that non-discardable. More +The @code{*}-form inserts vertical space that is non-discardable. More precisely, @LaTeX{} discards vertical space at a page break and the -@code{*}-version causes the space to stay. This example leaves space +@code{*}-form causes the space to stay. This example leaves space between the two questions. @example @@ -15723,10 +16185,11 @@ space needed to make the natural length equal to the maximum of the (@pxref{\protect}). The @var{vert-length} is a rubber length (@pxref{Lengths}). -This example illustrates. The @code{picture} draws a scale. In a -standard @LaTeX{} article the length @code{\baselineskip} is 12@dmn{pt}. -The two rules here are 22@dmn{pt} apart: the sum of the -@code{\baselineskip} and the 10@dmn{pt} from the first @code{addvspace}. +This example illustrates. The @code{picture} draws a scale over which +to rules are placed. In a standard @LaTeX{} article the length +@code{\baselineskip} is 12@dmn{pt}. As shown by the scale, the two +rules are 22@dmn{pt} apart: the sum of the @code{\baselineskip} and the +10@dmn{pt} from the first @code{\addvspace}. @example \documentclass@{article@} @@ -15773,7 +16236,7 @@ page. So these commands are central. @PkgIndex{adjustbox} There are many packages on CTAN that are useful for manipulating boxes. -One useful adjunct to the commands here is @file{adjustbox}. +One useful adjunct to the commands here is @package{adjustbox}. @menu * \mbox & \makebox:: Horizontal boxes. @@ -15864,6 +16327,10 @@ The @var{text} is flush left. Flush right. @item s +@c xx TODO add a generic node to make clear that some statement may be +@c not true for some internationalization or some script. Eg. in Arabic +@c script or with microtype package I think that the strech also plays +@c on word width Stretch the interword space in @var{text} across the entire @var{width}. The @var{text} must contain stretchable space for this to work. For instance, this could head a press release: @@ -15886,8 +16353,8 @@ puts the value of the quiz questions to the left of those questions. @PkgIndex{Asymptote} The right edge of the output @samp{10 points } (note the ending space after @samp{points}) will be just before the @samp{What}. You can use -@code{\makebox} similarly when making graphics, such as in @file{TikZ} -or @file{Asymptote}, where you put the edge of the text at a known +@code{\makebox} similarly when making graphics, such as in @package{TikZ} +or @package{Asymptote}, where you put the edge of the text at a known location, regardless of the length of that text. For boxes with frames see@tie{}@ref{\fbox & \framebox}. For colors @@ -15920,7 +16387,7 @@ Synopses, one of: \framebox[@var{width}][@var{position}]@{@var{text}@} @end example -Create a box with an enclosing frame, four lines surrounding the space. +Create a box with an enclosing frame, four rules surrounding the @var{text}. These commands are the same as @code{\mbox} and @code{\makebox} except for the frame (@pxref{\mbox & \makebox}). The @code{\fbox} command is robust, the @code{\framebox} command is fragile (@pxref{\protect}). @@ -15930,8 +16397,8 @@ robust, the @code{\framebox} command is fragile (@pxref{\protect}). @end example @noindent -@LaTeX{} puts the text into a box that cannot be split or hyphenated. -Around that box, separated from it by a small gap, are four lines making +@LaTeX{} puts the text into a box, the text cannot be hyphenated. +Around that box, separated from it by a small gap, are four rules making a frame. The first two command invocations, @code{\fbox@{...@}} and @@ -15946,7 +16413,7 @@ here is an example creating an empty box that is 1/4@dmn{in} wide. @end example @noindent -The @code{\strut} inserts a vertical height of @code{\baselineskip} +The @code{\strut} ensures a total height of @code{\baselineskip} (@pxref{\strut}). These parameters determine the frame layout. @@ -15957,7 +16424,7 @@ These parameters determine the frame layout. @findex frame, line width @findex frame rule width @cindex \fboxrule -The thickness of the lines around the enclosed box. The default is +The thickness of the rules around the enclosed box. The default is 0.2@dmn{pt}. Change it with a command such as @code{\setlength@{\fboxrule@}@{0.8pt@}} (@pxref{\setlength}). @@ -15971,7 +16438,7 @@ Change it with a command such as @code{\setlength@{\fboxsep@}@{0pt@}} this will put a frame around the picture with no white border. @example -@{\setlength@{\fboxsep@}@{0pt@} +@{\setlength@{\fboxsep@}@{0pt@}% \framebox@{% \includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]@{prudence.jpg@}@}@} @end example @@ -15995,9 +16462,9 @@ paragraph, and then frame the result. @xref{Colored boxes}, for colors other than black and white. -The @code{picture} environment has a version of this command where the -units depend on @code{picture}'s @code{\unitlength} (@pxref{\framebox -(picture)}). +The @code{picture} environment has a version of the @code{\framebox} +command where the units depend on @code{picture}'s @code{\unitlength} +(@pxref{\framebox (picture)}). @node \parbox @@ -16186,6 +16653,7 @@ warning. To fix this use a @code{\parbox} or @code{minipage} as here. @c credit: egreg https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/41668/121234 @example +\newsavebox@{\areg@} \savebox@{\areg@}@{% \begin@{minipage@}@{\linewidth@} \begin@{enumerate@} @@ -16239,8 +16707,8 @@ Synopsis: @end example This is the environment form of the @code{\sbox} and @code{\savebox} -commands, and is equivalent to them. for the full description, -@xref{\sbox & \savebox}. +commands, and is equivalent to them. @xref{\sbox & \savebox}, for the +full description. The @var{text} inside the environment is saved in the box register referred to by variable @code{@var{box-cmd}}. The variable name @@ -16276,7 +16744,7 @@ Synopsis: Produce the box most recently saved in the box register @var{box-cmd} by the commands @code{\sbox} or @code{\savebox}, or the @code{lrbox} -environment. For more information and examples, @xref{\sbox & +environment. For more information and examples, @pxref{\sbox & \savebox}. (Note that the variable name @var{box-cmd} starts with a backslash, @code{\}.) This command is robust (@pxref{\protect}). @@ -16670,12 +17138,12 @@ This example is the short how-to. To use the commands described here your document preamble must contain either @code{\usepackage@{graphicx@}} or -@code{\usepackage@{graphics@}}. Most of the time, @file{graphicx} is the +@code{\usepackage@{graphics@}}. Most of the time, @package{graphicx} is the better choice. Graphics come in two main types, raster and vector. @LaTeX{} can use both. In raster graphics the file contains an entry for each location -in an array, describing what color it is. An example is a photograph, +in an array, describing what color it is. An example is a photograph in JPG format. In vector graphics, the file contains a list of instructions such as @samp{draw a circle with this radius and that center}. An example is a line drawing produced by the Asymptote @@ -16724,7 +17192,7 @@ or The @code{graphicx} package has a format for optional arguments to the @code{\includegraphics} command that is convenient (it is the key-value format), so it is the better choice for new documents. When you load -the @file{graphics} or @file{graphicx} package with @code{\usepackage} +the @package{graphics} or @package{graphicx} package with @code{\usepackage} there are two kinds of available options. The first is that @LaTeX{} does not contain information about different @@ -16929,7 +17397,7 @@ the most recent @file{pdftex.def} has this extension list. @end example @PkgIndex{grfext} -To change the order, use the @code{grfext} package. +To change the order, use the @package{grfext} package. You can use this command anywhere in the document. You can use it more than once. Show its value with @@ -16949,7 +17417,7 @@ Synopsis: Declare how to handle graphic files whose names end in @var{extension}. -This example declares that all files with names have the form +This example declares that all files with names of the form @file{filename-without-dot.mps} will be treated as output from MetaPost, meaning that the printer driver will use its MetaPost-handling code to input the file. @@ -17026,8 +17494,8 @@ See the documentation for your @TeX{} distribution. @cindex graphics package commands @cindex commands, graphics package -These are the commands available with the @file{graphics} and -@file{graphicx} packages. +These are the commands available with the @package{graphics} and +@package{graphicx} packages. @menu * \includegraphics:: Using a graphic in your document. @@ -17051,7 +17519,7 @@ These are the commands available with the @file{graphics} and @cindex PNG files @findex \includegraphics -Synopses for @file{graphics} package: +Synopses for @package{graphics} package: @example \includegraphics@{@var{filename}@} @@ -17062,7 +17530,7 @@ Synopses for @file{graphics} package: \includegraphics*[@var{llx},@var{lly}][@var{urx},@var{ury}]@{@var{filename}@} @end example -Synopses for @file{graphicx} package: +Synopses for @package{graphicx} package: @example \includegraphics@{@var{filename}@} @@ -17105,7 +17573,7 @@ with that extension (@pxref{\DeclareGraphicsExtensions}). If your file name contains dots before the extension then you can hide them with curly braces, as in @code{\includegraphics@{@{plot.2018.03.12.a@}.pdf@}}. Or, if you use -the @file{graphicx} package then you can use the options @code{type} and +the @package{graphicx} package then you can use the options @code{type} and @code{ext}; see below. This and other filename issues are also handled with the package @file{grffile}. @@ -17152,7 +17620,7 @@ text, with the two vertically centered. \end@{center@} @end example -If you use the @file{graphics} package then the only options involve the +If you use the @package{graphics} package then the only options involve the size of the graphic (but see @ref{\rotatebox} and @ref{\scalebox}). When one optional argument is present then it is @code{[@var{urx},@var{ury}]} and it gives the coordinates of the top @@ -17165,7 +17633,7 @@ lower left. Thus, @code{\includegraphics[1in,0.618in]@{...@}} calls for the graphic to be placed so it is 1@tie{}inch wide and 0.618@tie{}inches tall and so its origin is at (0,0). -The @file{graphicx} package gives you many more options. Specify them +The @package{graphicx} package gives you many more options. Specify them in a key-value form, as here. @example @@ -17445,13 +17913,13 @@ external commands. @cindex rotating text @findex \rotatebox -Synopsis if you use the @file{graphics} package: +Synopsis if you use the @package{graphics} package: @example \rotatebox@{@var{angle}@}@{@var{material}@} @end example -Synopses if you use the @file{graphicx} package: +Synopses if you use the @package{graphicx} package: @example \rotatebox@{@var{angle}@}@{@var{material}@} @@ -17487,8 +17955,8 @@ from the first step (they need not coincide vertically). This new bounding box, in its new position, is what @LaTeX{} uses as the box when typesetting this material. -If you use the @file{graphics} package then the rotation is about the -reference point of the box. If you use the @file{graphicx} package +If you use the @package{graphics} package then the rotation is about the +reference point of the box. If you use the @package{graphicx} package then these are the options that can go in the @var{key-value list}, but note that you can get the same effect without needing this package, except for the @code{x} and @code{y} options @@ -17566,14 +18034,14 @@ You can use this command to resize a graphic, as here. @end example @noindent -If you use the @file{graphicx} package then you can accomplish the same +If you use the @package{graphicx} package then you can accomplish the same thing with optional arguments to @code{\includegraphics} (@pxref{\includegraphics}). The @code{\reflectbox} command abbreviates @code{\scalebox@{-1@}[1]@{@var{material}@}}. Thus, @code{Able was I\reflectbox@{Able was I@}} will show the phrase @samp{Able was I} -immediately followed by its mirror reflection. +immediately followed by its mirror reflection against a vertical axis. @node \resizebox @@ -17609,7 +18077,7 @@ vertically by the same factor to keep it from being distorted. The unstarred form @code{\resizebox} takes @var{vertical length} to be the box's height while the starred form @code{\resizebox*} takes it to be height+depth. For instance, make the text have a height+depth of a -quarter inch with @code{\resizebox*@{!@}@{0.25in@}@{\parbox@{1in@}@{This +quarter-inch with @code{\resizebox*@{!@}@{0.25in@}@{\parbox@{3.5in@}@{This box has both height and depth.@}@}}. You can use @code{\depth}, @code{\height}, @code{\totalheight}, and @@ -17739,20 +18207,20 @@ you need to do expansion. Here the @code{\Schoolname} produces @end example @PkgIndex{textcase} -The @file{textcase} package brings some of the missing feature of the +The @package{textcase} package brings some of the missing feature of the standard @LaTeX{} commands @code{\MakeUppercase} and @code{\MakeLowerCase}. @PkgIndex{mfirstuc} To uppercase only the first letter of words, you can use the package -@file{mfirstuc}. +@package{mfirstuc}. @PkgIndex{expl3} @cindex Wright, Joseph Handling all the casing rules specified by Unicode, e.g., for non-Latin scripts, is a much bigger job than anything envisioned in the original @TeX{} and @LaTeX{}. It has been implemented in the -@code{expl3} package as of 2020. The article ``Case changing: From +@package{expl3} package as of 2020. The article ``Case changing: From @TeX{} primitives to the Unicode algorithm'', (Joseph Wright, @cite{TUGboat}@tie{}41:1, @url{https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb41-1/tb127wright-case.pdf}), gives a @@ -17978,7 +18446,7 @@ for spacing around em-dashes vary widely. The Euro currency symbol: @euro{}. @PkgIndex{eurosym} For an alternative glyph design, try the -@file{eurosym} package; also, most fonts nowadays come with their own +@package{eurosym} package; also, most fonts nowadays come with their own Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC). @item \textexclamdown @r{(or @code{!`})} @@ -18118,9 +18586,9 @@ _ Underscore. @PkgIndex{polyglossia} @cindex multilingual support @LaTeX{} has wide support for many of the world's scripts and -languages, provided through the core @code{babel} package, which +languages, provided through the core @package{babel} package, which supports pdf@LaTeX{}, Xe@LaTeX{} and Lua@LaTeX{}. The -@file{polyglossia} package provides similar support with the latter +@package{polyglossia} package provides similar support with the latter two engines. This section does not cover that support. It only lists the core @@ -18252,8 +18720,12 @@ thus crossing through descenders. See also @code{\underline} in @findex \newtie @findex \capitalnewtie @cindex tie-after accent -@tieaccent{oo} Tie-after accent. The @code{\newtie} form is centered in -its box. +@iftex +@tieaccent{oo} +@end iftex +Tie-after accent (used for transliterating from Cyrillic, such as in the +ALA-LC romanization). It expects that the argument has two characters. +The @code{\newtie} form is centered in its box. @item \u @itemx \capitalbreve @@ -18289,9 +18761,9 @@ Synopsis: @end example A @TeX{} primitive command used to generate accented characters from -accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by @var{number}, -a numeric argument, followed by a space and then a @var{character} argument -constructs the accented character in the current font. +accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by @var{number}, a +numeric argument, followed by a space and then a @var{character} +argument to construct the accented character in the current font. These are accented @samp{e} characters. @@ -18304,7 +18776,8 @@ These are accented @samp{e} characters. @end example @noindent -The first is a grave, the second is breve, etc. +The first is a grave, the second a caron, the third a breve, the fourth +a macron, and the fifth a ring above. The position of the accent is determined by the font designer and so the outcome of @code{\accent} use may differ between fonts. In @LaTeX{} it is @@ -18347,22 +18820,22 @@ than English. @table @code @item \aa @itemx \AA -@findex \aa (@aa{}) -@findex \AA (@AA{}) +@findex \aa @r{(@aa{})} +@findex \AA @r{(@AA{})} @cindex aring @aa{} and @AA{}. @item \ae @itemx \AE -@findex \ae (@ae{}) -@findex \AE (@AE{}) +@findex \ae @r{(@ae{})} +@findex \AE @r{(@AE{})} @cindex ae ligature @ae{} and @AE{}. @item \dh @itemx \DH -@findex \dh (@dh{}) -@findex \DH (@DH{}) +@findex \dh @r{(@dh{})} +@findex \DH @r{(@DH{})} @cindex Icelandic eth @cindex eth, Icelandic letter Icelandic letter eth: @dh{} and @DH{}. Not available with @sc{OT1} @@ -18379,15 +18852,15 @@ select an alternate font encoding, such as @sc{T1}. @item \ij @itemx \IJ -@findex \ij (ij) -@findex \IJ (IJ) +@findex \ij @r{(ij)} +@findex \IJ @r{(IJ)} @cindex ij letter, Dutch ij and IJ (except somewhat closer together than appears here). @item \l @itemx \L -@findex \l (@l{}) -@findex \L (@L{}) +@findex \l @r{(@l{})} +@findex \L @r{(@L{})} @cindex polish l @l{} and @L{}. @@ -18399,30 +18872,30 @@ Lappish letter eng, also used in phonetics. @item \o @itemx \O -@findex \o (@o{}) -@findex \O (@O{}) +@findex \o @r{(@o{})} +@findex \O @r{(@O{})} @cindex oslash @o{} and @O{}. @item \oe @itemx \OE -@findex \oe (@oe{}) -@findex \OE (@OE{}) +@findex \oe @r{(@oe{})} +@findex \OE @r{(@OE{})} @cindex oe ligature @oe{} and @OE{}. @item \ss @itemx \SS -@findex \ss (@ss{}) -@findex \SS (SS) +@findex \ss @r{(@ss{})} +@findex \SS @r{(SS)} @cindex es-zet German letter @cindex sharp S letters @ss{} and SS. @item \th @itemx \TH -@findex \th (@th{}) -@findex \TH (@TH{}) +@findex \th @r{(@th{})} +@findex \TH @r{(@TH{})} @cindex Icelandic thorn @cindex thorn, Icelandic letter Icelandic letter thorn: @th{} and @TH{}. Not available with @sc{OT1} @@ -18455,7 +18928,7 @@ In a computer file, the characters are stored according to a scheme called the @dfn{encoding}. There are many different encodings. The simplest is ASCII, which supports 95 printable characters, not enough for most of the world's languages. For instance, to typeset the -a-umlaut character @"{a} in an ASCII-encoded @LaTeX{} source file, the +a-umlaut character @samp{@"{a}} in an ASCII-encoded @LaTeX{} source file, the sequence @code{\"a} is used. This would make source files for anything but English hard to read; even for English, often a more extensive encoding is more convenient. @@ -18489,6 +18962,8 @@ is a left single quote from a web page using @code{latin1} inside a replace the non-UTF-8 character with its UTF-8 equivalent, or use a @LaTeX{} equivalent command or character. +@findex \inputencoding +@anchor{\inputencoding} In some documents, such as a collection of journal articles from a variety of authors, changing the encoding in mid-document may be necessary. Use the command @@ -18523,7 +18998,7 @@ or just ``qed'', often used to mark the end of a proof: @PkgIndex{amsthm} @noindent -The @file{amsthm} package includes this command, with a somewhat +The @package{amsthm} package includes this command, with a somewhat different-looking symbol. The mandatory arguments give the horizontal @var{width} and vertical @@ -18566,7 +19041,7 @@ Produce today's date in the format @samp{@var{month} @var{dd}, @PkgIndex{babel} @PkgIndex{polyglossia} -Multilingual packages such as @file{babel} or @file{polyglossia}, or +Multilingual packages such as @package{babel} or @package{polyglossia}, or classes such as @file{lettre}, will localize @code{\today}. For example, the following will output @samp{4 juillet 1976}: @@ -18584,7 +19059,7 @@ the following will output @samp{4 juillet 1976}: @code{\year} (@pxref{\day & \month & \year}). @PkgIndex{datetime} -A number of package on CTAN work with dates. One is @file{datetime} package +A number of package on CTAN work with dates. One is @package{datetime} package which can produce a wide variety of date formats, including ISO standards. The date is not updated as the @LaTeX{} process runs, so in principle the @@ -18795,6 +19270,7 @@ should avoid spaces in the file names. The tradition is to instead use dashes or underscores. Nevertheless, for the name @samp{amo amas amat}, this works under @TeX{} Live on GNU/Linux: +@findex \space @example \documentclass@{book@} \includeonly@{ @@ -18873,6 +19349,7 @@ should avoid spaces in the file names. The tradition is to instead use dashes or underscores. Nevertheless, for the name @samp{amo amas amat}, this works under @TeX{} Live on GNU/Linux: +@findex \space @example \input@{"amo\space amas\space amat"@} @end example @@ -18893,9 +19370,9 @@ and this works under MiK@TeX{} on Windows: * Glossaries:: Generate a glossary. @end menu - +@c no comma in the node name because Texinfo doesn't support that well. @node Table of contents etc. -@section Table of contents etc. +@section Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables @cindex table of contents, creating @@ -19031,9 +19508,9 @@ inside a box of width @code{\@@pnumwidth}. By default @PkgIndex{tocloft} @PkgIndex{tocbibbind} CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures -and tables (@pxref{CTAN}). The package @file{tocloft} is convenient for +and tables (@pxref{CTAN}). The package @package{tocloft} is convenient for adjusting some aspects of the default such as spacing. And, -@file{tocbibbind} will automatically add the bibliography, index, +@package{tocbibbind} will automatically add the bibliography, index, etc. to the table of contents. To change the header for the table of contents page, do something like @@ -19048,7 +19525,7 @@ these commands before you call @code{\tableofcontents}, etc. @noindent @PkgIndex{babel} @PkgIndex{polyglossia} -Internationalization packages such as @file{babel} or @file{polyglossia} +Internationalization packages such as @package{babel} or @package{polyglossia} will change these headers depending on the chosen base language. @menu @@ -19091,19 +19568,19 @@ file contains these definitions: In this example, @code{\@@dottedcline} appears to have been given only three arguments. But tracing the internal code shows that it picks up the final @var{text} and @var{pagenumber} arguments in the synopsis -from a call to @code{\contentsline}. +from a call to @code{\contentsline} (@pxref{\contentsline}). @cindex leaders, dots in table of contents Between the box for the title text of a section and the right margin box, these @code{\@@dottedtocline} commands insert @dfn{leaders}, that is, evenly-spaced dots. The dot-to-dot space is given by the command -@code{\@@dotsep}. By default it is 4.5 (it is in math units, which -are @code{1/18}@tie{}em. Change it using @code{\renewcommand}, as -in @code{\renewcommand@{\@@dotsep@}@{3.5@}}. +@code{\@@dotsep}. By default it is 4.5 (it is in math units, aka.@: +@code{mu}, which are @code{1/18}@tie{}em. Change it using +@code{\renewcommand}, as in @code{\renewcommand@{\@@dotsep@}@{3.5@}}. -In the default book class, @LaTeX{} does not use dotted leaders for -the Part and Chapter table entries, and in the default article class -it does not use dotted leaders for Section entries. +In the standard @file{book} class, @LaTeX{} does not use dotted leaders +for the Part and Chapter table entries, and in the standard +@file{article} class it does not use dotted leaders for Section entries. @node \addcontentsline @@ -19131,22 +19608,24 @@ contents. @noindent It will appear at the same indentation level as the sections, will be in boldface, and will be assigned the page number associated with the point -where it appears in the input file. +where the command appears in the input file. The @code{\addcontentsline} command writes information to the file -@file{@var{root-name}.@var{ext}}. It writes that information as the -text of the command +@file{@var{root-name}.@var{ext}}, where @var{root-name} is the file name +of the root file (@pxref{Splitting the input}). It writes that +information as the text of the command @code{\contentsline@{@var{unit}@}@{@var{text}@}@{@var{num}@}}, where @code{@var{num}} is the current value of counter @code{@var{unit}} (@pxref{\contentsline}). The most common case is the table of contents and there @var{num} is the page number of the first page of @var{unit}. This command is invoked by the sectioning commands @code{\chapter}, -etc., and also by @code{\caption} inside a float environment. But it is -also used by authors. For example, an author writing a book whose style -is to have an unnumbered preface may use the starred @code{\chapter*}. -But that command leaves out table of contents information, which can be -entered manually, as here. +etc. (@pxref{Sectioning}), and also by @code{\caption} inside a float +environment (@pxref{Floats}). But it is also directly used by authors. +For example, an author writing a book whose style is to have an +unnumbered preface may use the starred @code{\chapter*}. But that +command leaves out table of contents information, which can be entered +manually, as here. @example \chapter*@{Preface@} @@ -19154,9 +19633,10 @@ entered manually, as here. @end example @noindent -In the @file{.toc} file @LaTeX{} will put the line @code{\contentsline -@{chapter@}@{\numberline @{@}Preface@}@{3@}}; note that the page number -@samp{3} is automatically generated by the system, not entered manually. +In the @file{@var{root-name}.toc} file @LaTeX{} will put the line +@code{\contentsline @{chapter@}@{\numberline @{@}Preface@}@{3@}}; note +that the page number @samp{3} is automatically generated by the system, +not entered manually. All of the arguments for @code{\addcontentsline} are required. @@ -19167,7 +19647,8 @@ Typically one of the strings @code{toc} for the table of contents, tables. The filename extension of the information file. @item unit -A string that depends on the value of the @var{ext} argument: +A string that depends on the value of the @var{ext} argument, typically +one of: @table @code @item toc @@ -19182,8 +19663,8 @@ For the list of tables: @code{table}. @end table @item text -The text of the entry. You must @code{\protect} any commands that are -fragile (@pxref{\protect}). +The text of the entry. You must @code{\protect} any fragile commands +(@pxref{\protect}) used in it. @end table The @code{\addcontentsline} command has an interaction with @@ -19193,7 +19674,8 @@ the same level, as with in the table of contents can come out in the wrong order. The solution is to move @code{\addcontentsline} into the file being included. -If you use a @var{unit} that @LaTeX{} does not recognize, as here +If you use a @var{unit} that @LaTeX{} does not recognize, as with the +typo here @example \addcontentsline@{toc@}@{setcion@}@{\protect\textbf@{Appendices@}@} @@ -19308,7 +19790,7 @@ Usually adding material to these lists is done automatically by the commands @code{\chapter}, @code{\section}, etc. for the table of contents, or by the @code{\caption} command inside of a @code{\figure} or @code{\table} environment (@pxref{figure} and @pxref{table}). Thus, -where the base file is @file{thesis.tex}, and contains the declaration +where the root file is @file{thesis.tex}, and contains the declaration @code{\tableofcontents}, the command @code{\chapter@{Chapter One@}} produces something like this in the file @file{thesis.toc}. @@ -19329,15 +19811,18 @@ To manually add material, use where @var{filetype} is @code{toc}, @code{lof}, or @code{lot} (@pxref{\addcontentsline}). +@PkgIndex{tocloft} For manipulating how the @code{\contentline} material is typeset, see -the @file{tocloft} package. +the @package{tocloft} package. -Note that the @code{hyperref} package changes the definition of +@PkgIndex{hyperref} +Note that the @package{hyperref} package changes the definition of @code{\contentsline} (and @code{\addcontentsline}) to add more arguments, to make hyperlinks. This is the source of the error -@code{Argument of \contentsline has an extra @}}. Fix this error by -deleting the @file{.toc} or @file{.lof} or @file{.lot} file, and running -@LaTeX{} again. +@code{Argument of \contentsline has an extra @}} when one adds/remove +the use of package @package{hyperref} and a compilation was already run. +Fix this error by deleting the @file{.toc} or @file{.lof} or @file{.lot} +file, and running @LaTeX{} again. @node \nofiles @@ -19389,7 +19874,7 @@ Typeset its argument flush left in a box. This is used in a @code{\contentsline} command to typeset the section number (@pxref{\contentsline}). -For example, this line in a @file{.toc} file causes the @code{1} to be +For example, this line in a @file{.toc} file causes the @code{1.1} to be typeset flush left. @example @@ -19400,16 +19885,22 @@ By default, @LaTeX{} typesets the section numbers in a box of length @code{\@@tempdima}. That length is set by the commands @code{\l@@section}, @code{\l@@subsection}, etc. Put section numbers inside a natural-width box with -@code{\renewcommand@{\numberline@}[1]@{#1~@}}. +@code{\renewcommand@{\numberline@}[1]@{#1~@}} before +@code{\tableofcontents}. -This command is fragile, so you may need to precede it with +This command is fragile so you may need to precede it with @code{\protect} (@pxref{\protect}). An example is the use of -@code{\protect} in the command +@code{\protect} in this command, + +@example @code{\addcontentsline@{toc@}@{section@}@{\protect\numberline@{@}Summary@}} -to get the @code{\numberline} into this command in the @file{.toc} file: -@code{\contentsline @{section@}@{\numberline @{@}Summary@}@{6@}} (the -page number @samp{6} is automatically added by @LaTeX{}; -@pxref{\addcontentsline}). +@end example + +@noindent +to get the @code{\numberline} into the @code{\contentsline} +command in the @file{.toc} file: @code{\contentsline +@{section@}@{\numberline @{@}Summary@}@{6@}} (the page number @samp{6} +is automatically added by @LaTeX{}; @pxref{\addcontentsline}). @node Indexes @@ -19421,55 +19912,114 @@ page number @samp{6} is automatically added by @LaTeX{}; @findex \index @cindex @file{.idx} file -This document has an index. +If you tell @LaTeX{} what terms you want to appear in an index then it +can produce that index, alphabetized and with the page numbers +automatically maintained. This illustrates the basics. @example \documentclass@{article@} -\usepackage@{makeidx@} \makeindex +\usepackage@{makeidx@} % Provide indexing commands + \makeindex +% \usepackage@{showidx@} % Show marginal notes of index entries ... \begin@{document@} ... -Recall Wilson's Theorem: \index@{Wilson's Theorem@} -a number \( n>1 \) is prime if and only if the factorial of \( n-1 \) -is congruent to \( -1 \) modulo~\( n \). +Wilson's Theorem\index@{Wilson's Theorem@} +says that a number $n>1$ is prime if and only if the factorial +of $n-1$ is congruent to $-1$ +modulo~$n$.\index@{congruence!and Wilson's Theorem@} ... \printindex - ... +\end@{document@} @end example @noindent -The @code{\usepackage@{makeidx@}} and @code{\makeindex} in the preamble -bring in the relevant commands. - -Producing an index is a three stage process. First, in the document -body you declare index entries with the @code{\index} command +As that shows, declare index entries with the @code{\index} command (@pxref{\index}). When you run @LaTeX{}, the @code{\index} writes its -information to an auxiliary file @file{@var{root-name}.idx}. Next, to -alphabetize and to do other manipulations you run an external command, -typically @command{makeindex} or @command{xindy} (@pxref{makeindex}). -These output a file @file{@var{root-name}.ind}. Finally, you bring the -information back into your document and typeset it with the -@code{\printindex} command (@pxref{\printindex}). +information, such as @samp{Wilson's Theorem} and the page number, to an +auxiliary file whose name ends in @file{.idx}. Next, to alphabetize and +do other manipulations, run an external command, typically +@command{makeindex} (@pxref{makeindex}), which writes a file whose name +ends in @file{.ind}. Finally, @code{\printindex} brings this +manipulated information into the output (@pxref{\printindex}). + +Thus, if the above example is in the file @file{numth.tex} then running +@samp{pdflatex numth} will save index entry and page number information +to @file{numth.idx}. Then running @samp{makeindex numth} will +alphabetize and save the results to @file{numth.ind}. Finally, again +running @samp{pdflatex numth} will show the desired index, at the place +where the @code{\printindex} command is in the source file. + +There are many options for the output. An example is that the +exclamation point in @code{\index@{congruence!and Wilson's Theorem@}} +produces a main entry of @samp{congruence} with a subentry of @samp{and +Wilson's Theorem}. For more, @pxref{makeindex}. + +The @code{\makeindex} and @code{\printindex} commands are independent. +Leaving out the @code{\makeindex} will stop @LaTeX{} from saving the +index entries to the auxiliary file. Leaving out the @code{\printindex} +will cause @LaTeX{} to not show the index in the document output. @PkgIndex{showidx} @PkgIndex{multind} @cindex index, multiple @cindex multiple indexes -There are many packages in the area of indexing. The @code{showidx} +There are many packages in the area of indexing. The @package{showidx} package causes each index entries to be shown in the margin on the -page where the entry appears. This can help in preparing the index. -The @code{multind} package, among others, supports multiple indexes. +page where the @code{\index} appears. This can help in preparing the index. +The @package{multind} package, among others, supports multiple indexes. See also the @TeX{} FAQ entry on this topic, @url{https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-multind}, and the CTAN topic, @url{https://ctan.org/topic/index-multi}. @menu +* Produce the index manually:: Alphabetize entries yourself. * \index:: Declare an index entry. -* makeindex:: Alphabetize index entries. +* makeindex:: Alphabetize index entries automatically. * \printindex:: Put the index here. @end menu +@node Produce the index manually +@subsection Produce the index manually + +@cindex index, producing manually +@findex theindex + +Documents that are small and static can have a manually produced index. +This will make a separate page labeled @samp{Index}, in twocolumn +format. + +@EnvIndex{theindex} +@example +\begin@{theindex@} +\item acorn squash, 1 +\subitem maple baked, 2 +\indexspace +\item bacon, 3 +\subitem maple baked, 4 +\end@{theindex@} +@end example + +Note that the author must enter the page numbers, which is tedious and +which will result in wrong numbers if the document changes. This is why +in most cases automated methods such as @command{makeindex} are best. +@xref{Indexes}. + +@findex \item +@findex \subitem +@findex \subsubitem +@findex \indexspace +However we cover the commands for completeness, and because the +automated methods are based on these commands. There are three levels +of entries. As the example shows, a main entry uses @code{\item}, +subentries use @code{\subitem}, and the lowest level uses +@code{\subsubitem}. Blank lines between entries have no effect. The +example above includes @code{\indexspace} to produce vertical space in +the output that some index styles use before the first entry starting +with a new letter. + + @node \index @subsection @code{\index} @@ -19491,6 +20041,8 @@ process the index entries with @code{makeindex test}, and then compile again with @code{pdflatex test}. @example +% file test.tex + ... W~Ackermann (1896--1962).\index@{Ackermann@} ... Ackermann function\index@{Ackermann!function@} @@ -19498,6 +20050,7 @@ Ackermann function\index@{Ackermann!function@} rate of growth\index@{Ackermann!function!growth rate@} @end example +@cindex index entries, subentries @noindent All three index entries will get a page number, such as @samp{Ackermann, 22}. @LaTeX{} will format the second as a subitem of the first, on the @@ -19505,7 +20058,8 @@ line below it and indented, and the third as a subitem of the second. Three levels deep is as far as you can nest subentries. (If you add @code{\index@{Ackermann!function!growth rate!comparison@}} then @command{makeindex} says @samp{Scanning input file test.idx....done (4 -entries accepted, 1 rejected)} and nothing appears in the index). +entries accepted, 1 rejected)} and the fourth level is silently missing +from the index.) If you enter a second @code{\index} with the same @var{index-entry-string} then you will get a single index entry with two @@ -19522,14 +20076,14 @@ Get a page range in the output, like @samp{Hilbert, 23--27}, as here. @example W~Ackermann (1896--1962).\index@{Ackermann@} ... -D~Hilbert (1862--1943)\index@{Ackermann!Hilbert\(@} +D~Hilbert (1862--1943)\index@{Ackermann!Hilbert|(@} ... -disapproved of his marriage.\index@{Ackermann!Hilbert\)@} +disapproved of his marriage.\index@{Ackermann!Hilbert|)@} @end example @noindent If the beginning and ending of the page range are equal then the system -just gives a single page entry, not a range. +just gives a single page number, not a range. If you index subentries but not a main entry, as with @code{\index@{Jones!program@}} and @code{\index@{Jones!results@}}, then @@ -19543,16 +20097,15 @@ followed by two subitems, like @samp{program, 50} and @samp{results, @findex \alsoname @PkgIndex{babel} @PkgIndex{polyglossia} -Generate a index entry that says @samp{See} by using a vertical bar +Generate a index entry that says @samp{see} by using a vertical bar character: @code{\index@{Ackermann!function|see@{P\'eter's -function@}@}}. You can instead get @samp{See also} with @code{seealso}. -(The text @samp{See} is defined by @code{\seename}, and @samp{See also} +function@}@}}. You can instead get @samp{see also} with @code{seealso}. +(The text @samp{see} is defined by @code{\seename}, and @samp{see also} by @code{\alsoname}. You can redefine these either by using an -internationalization package such as @file{babel} or @file{polyglossia}, -or directly as with @code{\renewcommand@{\alsoname@}[1]@{Also see -#1@}}.) +internationalization package such as @package{babel} or @package{polyglossia}, +or directly as with @code{\renewcommand@{\alsoname@}@{Also see@}}.) -The @samp{See} feature is part of a more general functionality. After +The @samp{see} feature is part of a more general functionality. After the vertical bar you can put the name of a one-input command, as in @code{\index@{group|textit@}} (note the missing backslash on the @code{\textit} command) and the system will apply that command to the @@ -19594,13 +20147,13 @@ then @var{pos} gives the alphabetical position of the entry while @samp{SMC} alphabetized into a different location than its spelling would naturally give it. -To put a @code{!}, or @code{@@}, or @code{|} character in an index -entry, preceding it with a double quote, @code{"}. (The double quote -gets deleted before alphabetization.) +To put a @code{!}, or @code{@@}, or @code{|}, or @code{"} character in +an index entry, escape it by preceding it with a double quote, @code{"}. +(The double quote gets deleted before alphabetization.) @PkgIndex{index} A number of packages on CTAN have additional functionality beyond that -provided by @file{makeidx}. One is @file{index}, which allows for +provided by @package{makeidx}. One is @package{index}, which allows for multiple indices and contains a command @code{\index*@{@var{index-entry-string}@}} that prints the @var{index-entry-string} as well as indexing it. @@ -19628,7 +20181,7 @@ Runaway argument? @{Ackermann!function @subsection @command{makeindex} @cindex index, processing -@findex makeindex +@findex makeindex, @r{program} @cindex @command{makeindex} program @cindex @file{.ind} file @cindex @file{.idx} file @@ -19678,7 +20231,7 @@ on CTAN. A style file consists of a list of pairs: @var{specifier} and @var{attribute}. These can appear in the file in any order. All of the -@var{attributes} are strings, except where noted. Strings are +@var{attribute}s are strings, except where noted. Strings are surrounded with double quotes, @code{"}, and the maximum length of a string is 144 characters. The @code{\n} is for a newline and @code{\t} is for a tab. Backslashes are escaped with another backslash, @@ -19688,21 +20241,21 @@ comment. @ftable @code @anchor{makeindex preamble} @item preamble -Preamble of the output file. Defines the context in which the index is +Preamble of the output index file. Defines the context in which the index is formatted. Default: @code{"\\begin@{theindex@}\n"}. @anchor{makeindex postamble} @item postamble -Postamble of the output file. Default: @code{"\n\n\\end@{theindex@}\n"}. +Postamble of the output index file. Default: @code{"\n\n\\end@{theindex@}\n"}. @anchor{makeindex group skip} @item group_skip @findex \indexspace Traditionally index items are broken into groups, typically a group for -entries starting with @samp{a}, etc. This specifier gives what is -inserted when a new group begins. Default: @code{"\n\n \\indexspace\n"} -(@code{\indexspace} is a command inserting a rubber length, by default -@code{10pt plus5pt minus3pt}). +entries starting with letter @samp{a}, etc. This specifier gives what +is inserted when a new group begins. Default: @code{"\n\n +\\indexspace\n"} (@code{\indexspace} is a command inserting a rubber +length, by default @code{10pt plus5pt minus3pt}). @anchor{makeindex letheadflag} @item lethead_flag @@ -19816,7 +20369,7 @@ roman @code{R}, and uppercase alphabetic @code{A}. Default: @findex xindy @r{program} There are a number of other programs that do the job @command{makeindex} does. One is @command{xindy} -(https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy), which does internationalization and can +(@uref{https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy}), which does internationalization and can process indexes for documents marked up using @LaTeX{} and a number of other languages. It is written in Lisp, highly configurable, both in markup terms and in terms of the collating order of the text, as @@ -19839,9 +20392,9 @@ Synopsis: \printindex @end example -@findex \printindex Place the index into the output. +@PkgIndex{makeidx} To get an index you must first include @code{\usepackage@{makeidx@}\makeindex} in the document preamble and compile the document, then run the system command @command{makeindex}, @@ -20310,7 +20863,7 @@ The first column contains the return address twice. The second column contains the address for each recipient. @PkgIndex{envlab} -The package @code{envlab} makes formatting the labels easier, with +The package @package{envlab} makes formatting the labels easier, with standard sizes already provided. The preamble lines @code{\usepackage[personalenvelope]@{envlab@}} and @code{\makelabels} are all that you need to print envelopes. @@ -20479,9 +21032,9 @@ or: \openout @var{number}=@var{filename} @end example -Open a file for reading material, or for writing it. The @var{number} -must be between 0 and 15, as in @code{\openin3} (in Lua@LaTeX{} -@var{number} can be between 0 and 255). +Open a file for reading material, or for writing it. In most engines, +the @var{number} must be between 0 and 15, as in @code{\openin3}; in +Lua@LaTeX{}, @var{number} can be between 0 and 127. Here @TeX{} opens the file @file{presidents.tex} for reading. @@ -20584,7 +21137,7 @@ To read an entire file as additional @LaTeX{} source, use @PkgIndex{datatool} @cindex mail merges A common reason to want to read from a data file is to do mail merges. -CTAN has a number of packages for that; one is @file{datatool}. +CTAN has a number of packages for that; one is @package{datatool}. @node \typein @@ -20675,11 +21228,12 @@ outputs @samp{Recommendation for John Dee}. Like what happens here with @code{\renewcommand} (among others) are replaced by their definitions before being printed. +@findex \space @LaTeX{}'s usual rules for treating multiple spaces as a single space -and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to @code{msg}. As above, -use the command @code{\space} to get a single space, independent of -surrounding spaces. Use @code{^^J} to get a newline. Get a percent -character with @code{\csname @@percentchar\endcsname}. +and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to @code{msg}. Use the +command @code{\space} to get a single space, independent of surrounding +spaces. Use @code{^^J} to get a newline. Get a percent character with +@code{\csname @@percentchar\endcsname}. This command can be useful for simple debugging, as here: @@ -20840,7 +21394,7 @@ file: A common case where authors need to write their own file is for answers to exercises, or another situation where you want to write out verbatim, without expanding the macros. CTAN has a number of -packages for this; one is @file{answers}. +packages for this; one is @package{answers}. @menu * \write and security:: Security. @@ -21018,7 +21572,7 @@ in which case this is the option argument. You sometimes need to do a multi-step process to get the information that you want. This will insert into the input a list of all PDF files -in the current directory (but see @file{texosquery} below): +in the current directory (but see @package{texosquery} below): @example \immediate\write18@{ls *.pdf > tmp.dat@} @@ -21064,19 +21618,19 @@ the @code{SHELL} environment variable, is ignored. @cindex directory listings, from system If what you need is system information, such as the operating system name, locale information, or directory contents, take a look at the -@file{texosquery} package, which provides a convenient and secure +@package{texosquery} package, which provides a convenient and secure interface for this, unlike the above examples using the raw @code{\write18}: @url{https://ctan.org/pkg/texosquery}. @PkgIndex{shellesc} @findex \ShellEscape @findex \DelayedShellEscape -@LaTeX{} provides a package @code{shellesc} on top of the primitive +@LaTeX{} provides a package @package{shellesc} on top of the primitive @code{\write18} command. Its primary purpose is to provide a command @code{\ShellEscape} which works identically on all @TeX{} engines; Lua@TeX{} intentionally did not retain @code{\write18} as a way to invoke a shell command, so some engine-specific code is needed. The -@code{shellesc} package also provides a command +@package{shellesc} package also provides a command @code{\DelayedShellEscape}, executed at @code{\output} time, for the same reason. @@ -21282,7 +21836,7 @@ As part of the command line invocation allows you to do some special effects. @PkgIndex{hyperref} For example, this file (which uses the -@file{hyperref} package for hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of +@package{hyperref} package for hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of output, one to be read on physical paper and one to be read online. @example @@ -21323,20 +21877,33 @@ pdflatex -jobname=teachers "\def\teachers@{@}\input@{main@}" @noindent The @code{jobname} option is there because otherwise both files would be -called @file{main.pdf} and the second would overwrite the first. (See -the next section.) +called @file{main.pdf} and the second would overwrite the +first. (@pxref{Jobname}.) -In this example, we pass the @code{draft} option to the -@file{graphicx} package: +In this example we use the command line to select which parts of a +document to include. For a book named @file{mybook.tex} and structured +like this. @example -pdflatex "\PassOptionsToPackage@{draft@}@{graphicx@}\input@{aa.tex@}" +\documentclass@{book@} +\begin@{document@} + ... +\include@{chap1@} +\include@{chap2@} + ... +\end@{document@} +@end example + +@noindent +the command line + +@example +pdflatex "\includeonly@{chap1@}\input@{mybook@}" @end example @noindent -so the graphic files are read for their bounding box size information -but replaced in the PDF by a box with same size and that contains only -the file name, which speeds up compilation time and saves printer ink. +will give output that has the first chapter but no other +chapter. @xref{Splitting the input}. @node Jobname @@ -21346,6 +21913,8 @@ the file name, which speeds up compilation time and saves printer ink. @cindex jobname @cindex document root name @cindex name of document root +@cindex root file +@cindex file, root Running @LaTeX{} creates a number of files, including the main PDF (or DVI) output but also including others. These files are named with the @@ -21357,13 +21926,14 @@ Here the job name is @code{thesis}. In general, @LaTeX{} is invoked as @code{@var{latex-engine} @var{options} @var{argument}}, where @var{latex-engine} is @command{pdflatex}, @command{lualatex}, etc.@: (@pxref{@TeX{} engines}). -If @var{argument} does not start with a backslash, as is the case -above with @code{thesis}, then @TeX{} considers it to be the name of -the file to input as the main document. The name of that root file, -without the @file{.tex} extension, is the jobname. If @var{argument} -does start with a backslash, or if @TeX{} is in interactive mode, then -it waits for the first @code{\input} command, and the jobname is the -argument to @code{\input}. +If @var{argument} does not start with a backslash, as is the case above +with @code{thesis}, then @TeX{} considers it to be the name of the file +to input as the main document. This file is referred to as the @dfn{root +file} (@pxref{Splitting the input}, and@tie{}@ref{\input}). The name of +that root file, without the @file{.tex} extension if any, is the +jobname. If @var{argument} does start with a backslash, or if @TeX{} is +in interactive mode, then it waits for the first @code{\input} command, +and the jobname is the argument to @code{\input}. There are two more possibilities for the jobname. It can be directly specified with the @code{-jobname} option, as in @code{pdflatex @@ -21372,10 +21942,10 @@ specified with the @code{-jobname} option, as in @code{pdflatex @findex texput@r{, jobname default} @cindex fallback jobname The final possibility is @file{texput}, which is the final fallback -default if no other name is available to @TeX{}. For example, if no +default if no other name is available to @TeX{}. That is, if no @code{-jobname} option was specified, and the compilation stops before -there is any output, then the log file will be named -@file{texput.log}. +any input file is met, then the log file will be named +@file{texput.log}. @findex \documentclass@r{, and @code{texput} jobname} @findex \RequirePackage@r{, and @code{texput} jobname} @@ -21500,13 +22070,13 @@ be useful. Additional template resources are listed at @node beamer template -@section @code{beamer} template +@section @package{beamer} template -@cindex @code{beamer} template and class -@cindex template, @code{beamer} +@cindex @package{beamer} template and class +@cindex template, @package{beamer} @PkgIndex{beamer} -The @code{beamer} class creates presentation slides. It has a vast +The @package{beamer} class creates presentation slides. It has a vast array of features, but here is a basic template: @verbatim diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt index 1fd8656a7e0..6ebb92c1686 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt @@ -68,6 +68,7 @@ LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual 5.5 Page layout parameters 5.6 '\baselineskip' & '\baselinestretch' 5.7 Floats + 5.7.1 '\caption' 6 Sectioning 6.1 '\part' 6.2 '\chapter' @@ -138,6 +139,7 @@ LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual 8.24.2 '\cite' 8.24.3 '\nocite' 8.24.4 Using BibTeX + 8.24.4.1 BibTeX error messages 8.25 'theorem' 8.26 'titlepage' 8.27 'verbatim' @@ -167,6 +169,7 @@ LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual 11.6 Footnotes of footnotes 12 Definitions 12.1 '\newcommand' & '\renewcommand' + 12.1.1 Control sequence, control word and control symbol 12.2 '\providecommand' 12.3 '\makeatletter' & '\makeatother' 12.4 '\@ifstar' @@ -221,12 +224,13 @@ LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual 16.6.1 '\smash' 16.6.2 '\phantom' & '\vphantom' & '\hphantom' 16.6.3 '\mathstrut' - 16.7 Math miscellany - 16.7.1 Colon character ':' & '\colon' - 16.7.2 '\*' - 16.7.3 '\frac' - 16.7.4 '\sqrt' - 16.7.5 '\stackrel' + 16.7 Math styles + 16.8 Math miscellany + 16.8.1 Colon character ':' & '\colon' + 16.8.2 '\*' + 16.8.3 '\frac' + 16.8.4 '\sqrt' + 16.8.5 '\stackrel' 17 Modes 17.1 '\ensuremath' 18 Page styles @@ -241,7 +245,7 @@ LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual 19.4 '\hss' 19.5 '\spacefactor' 19.5.1 '\@' - 19.5.2 '\frenchspacing' + 19.5.2 '\frenchspacing' & '\nonfrenchspacing' 19.5.3 '\normalsfcodes' 19.6 Backslash-space, '\ ' 19.7 '~' @@ -297,7 +301,7 @@ LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual 24.2 '\include' & '\includeonly' 24.3 '\input' 25 Front/back matter - 25.1 Table of contents etc. + 25.1 Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables 25.1.1 '\@dottedtocline' 25.1.2 '\addcontentsline' 25.1.3 '\addtocontents' @@ -305,9 +309,10 @@ LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual 25.1.5 '\nofiles' 25.1.6 '\numberline' 25.2 Indexes - 25.2.1 '\index' - 25.2.2 'makeindex' - 25.2.3 '\printindex' + 25.2.1 Produce the index manually + 25.2.2 '\index' + 25.2.3 'makeindex' + 25.2.4 '\printindex' 25.3 Glossaries 25.3.1 '\newglossaryentry' 25.3.2 '\gls' @@ -347,8 +352,8 @@ Index LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual *************************************** -This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of July 2021) -for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system. +This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of January +2022) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system. 1 About this document ********************* @@ -1311,7 +1316,7 @@ set. For instance, to make common accented characters you must use '\accent' (*note \accent::) but this disables hyphenation. TeX users have agreed on a number of standards to access the larger sets of characters provided by modern fonts. If you are using 'pdflatex' then -this in the preamble +put this in the preamble \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} @@ -1389,8 +1394,8 @@ ENCODING in '\LastDeclaredEncoding' (*note \LastDeclaredEncoding::). \DeclareFontEncoding{T1}{}{} The TEXT-SETTINGS are the commands that LaTeX will run every time it -switches from one encoding to another with the '\selectfont' or -'\fontencoding' command. The MATH-SETTINGS are the commands that LaTeX +switches from one encoding to another with the '\selectfont' and +'\fontencoding' commands. The MATH-SETTINGS are the commands that LaTeX will use whenever the font is accessed as a math alphabet. LaTeX ignores any space characters inside TEXT-SETTINGS and @@ -1418,6 +1423,8 @@ Synopsis: Define an accent, to be put on top of other glyphs, in the encoding ENCODING at the location SLOT. + A "slot" is the number identifying a glyph within a font. + This line from 't1enc.def' declares that to make a circumflex accent as in '\^A', the system will put the accent in slot 2 over the 'A' character, which is represented in ASCII as 65. (This holds unless @@ -1435,9 +1442,9 @@ give an error but it does log the redefinition in the transcript file. Synopsis: - \DeclareTextAccentDefault{CMD}{ENCODING} + \DeclareTextAccentDefault{\CMD}{ENCODING} - If there is an encoding-specific accent command CMD but there is no + If there is an encoding-specific accent command \CMD but there is no associated '\DeclareTextAccent' for that encoding then this command will pick up the slack, by saying to use it as described for ENCODING. @@ -1452,8 +1459,8 @@ for that accent then LaTeX will use the definition from 'OT1' That is, this command is equivalent to this call (*note \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent::). - \DeclareTextCommandDefault[1]{CMD} - {\UseTextAccent{ENCODING}{CMD}{#1}} + \DeclareTextCommandDefault[1]{\CMD} + {\UseTextAccent{ENCODING}{\CMD}{#1}} Note that '\DeclareTextAccentDefault' works for any one-argument 'fontenc' command, not just the accent command. @@ -1463,21 +1470,21 @@ for that accent then LaTeX will use the definition from 'OT1' Synopsis, one of: - \DeclareTextCommand{CMD}{ENCODING}{DEFN} - \DeclareTextCommand{CMD}{ENCODING}[NARGS]{DEFN} - \DeclareTextCommand{CMD}{ENCODING}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN} + \DeclareTextCommand{\CMD}{ENCODING}{DEFN} + \DeclareTextCommand{\CMD}{ENCODING}[NARGS]{DEFN} + \DeclareTextCommand{\CMD}{ENCODING}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN} or one of: - \ProvideTextCommand{CMD}{ENCODING}{DEFN} - \ProvideTextCommand{CMD}{ENCODING}[NARGS]{DEFN} - \ProvideTextCommand{CMD}{ENCODING}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN} + \ProvideTextCommand{\CMD}{ENCODING}{DEFN} + \ProvideTextCommand{\CMD}{ENCODING}[NARGS]{DEFN} + \ProvideTextCommand{\CMD}{ENCODING}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN} - Define the command CMD, which will be specific to one encoding. The -command name CMD must begin with a backslash, \. These commands can -only appear in the preamble. Redefining 'cmd' does not cause an error. -The defined command will be robust even if the code in DEFN is fragile -(*note \protect::). + Define the command '\CMD', which will be specific to one encoding. +The command name CMD must be preceded by a backslash, '\'. These +commands can only appear in the preamble. Redefining \CMD does not +cause an error. The defined command will be robust even if the code in +DEFN is fragile (*note \protect::). For example, the file 't1enc.def' contains this line. @@ -1493,18 +1500,18 @@ If you change the font encoding to 'OT1' then you get an error like 'LaTeX Error: Command \textperthousand unavailable in encoding OT1'. The '\ProvideTextCommand' variant does the same, except that it does -nothing if CMD is already defined. The '\DeclareTextSymbol' command is -faster than this one for simple slot-to-glyph association (*note +nothing if '\CMD' is already defined. The '\DeclareTextSymbol' command +is faster than this one for simple slot-to-glyph association (*note \DeclareTextSymbol::) - The optional NARGS and OPTARGSDEFAULT arguments play the same role + The optional NARGS and OPTARGDEFAULT arguments play the same role here as in '\newcommand' (*note \newcommand & \renewcommand::). Briefly, NARGS is an integer from 0 to 9 specifying the number of -arguments that the defined command 'cmd' takes. This number includes +arguments that the defined command '\CMD' takes. This number includes any optional argument. Omitting this argument is the same as specifying -0, meaning that CMD will have no arguments. And, if OPTARGSDEFAULT is +0, meaning that '\CMD' will have no arguments. And, if OPTARGDEFAULT is present then the first argument of '\CMD' is optional, with default -value OPTARGDEFAULT (which may be the empty string). If OPTARGSDEFAULT +value OPTARGDEFAULT (which may be the empty string). If OPTARGDEFAULT is not present then '\CMD' does not take an optional argument. 4.1.5 '\DeclareTextCommandDefault' & '\ProvideTextCommandDefault ' @@ -1512,13 +1519,13 @@ is not present then '\CMD' does not take an optional argument. Synopsis: - \DeclareTextCommandDefault{CMD}{DEFN} + \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\CMD}{DEFN} or: - \ProvideTextCommandDefault{CMD}{DEFN} + \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\CMD}{DEFN} - Give a default definition for CMD, for when that command is not + Give a default definition for '\CMD', for when that command is not defined in the encoding currently in force. This default should only use encodings known to be available. @@ -1526,7 +1533,7 @@ use encodings known to be available. \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\copyright}{\textcircled{c}} - It uses only an encoding (OMS) that is always available. +It uses only an encoding (OMS) that is always available. The '\DeclareTextCommandDefault' should not occur in the encoding definition files since those files should declare only commands for use @@ -1534,7 +1541,7 @@ when you select that encoding. It should instead be in a package. As with the related non-default commands, the '\ProvideTextCommandDefault' has exactly the same behavior as -'\DeclareTextCommandDefault' except that it does nothing if CMD is +'\DeclareTextCommandDefault' except that it does nothing if '\CMD' is already defined (*note \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand::). So, packages can use it to provide fallbacks that other packages can improve upon. @@ -1544,21 +1551,21 @@ improve upon. Synopsis: - \DeclareTextComposite{CMD}{ENCODING}{SIMPLE_OBJECT}{SLOT} + \DeclareTextComposite{\CMD}{ENCODING}{SIMPLE_OBJECT}{SLOT} Access an accented glyph directly, that is, without having to put an accent over a separate character. This line from 't1enc.def' means that '\^o' will cause LaTeX to -typeset lowercase 'o' by taking the character directly from location 224 -in the font. +typeset lowercase 'o' by taking the character directly from slot 224 in +the font. \DeclareTextComposite{\^}{T1}{o}{244} *Note fontenc package::, for a list of common encodings. The SIMPLE_OBJECT should be a single character or a single command. The SLOT argument is usually a positive integer represented in decimal -(although octal or hexadecimal are possible). Normally CMD has already +(although octal or hexadecimal are possible). Normally \CMD has already been declared for this encoding, either with '\DeclareTextAccent' or with a one-argument '\DeclareTextCommand'. In 't1enc.def', the above line follows the '\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2}' command. @@ -1568,17 +1575,17 @@ line follows the '\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2}' command. Synopsis: - \DeclareTextCompositeCommand{CMD}{ENCODING}{ARG}{CODE} + \DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\CMD}{ENCODING}{ARG}{CODE} A more general version of '\DeclareTextComposite' that runs arbitrary -code with CMD. +code with '\CMD'. This allows accents on 'i' to act like accents on dotless i, '\i'. \DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{OT1}{i}{\'\i} *Note fontenc package::, for a list of common encodings. Normally -CMD will have already been declared with '\DeclareTextAccent' or as a +'\CMD' will have already been declared with '\DeclareTextAccent' or as a one argument '\DeclareTextCommand'. 4.1.8 '\DeclareTextSymbol' @@ -1586,7 +1593,7 @@ one argument '\DeclareTextCommand'. Synopsis: - \DeclareTextSymbol{CMD}{ENCODING}{SLOT} + \DeclareTextSymbol{\CMD}{ENCODING}{SLOT} Define a symbol in the encoding ENCODING at the location SLOT. Symbols defined in this way are for use in text, not mathematics. @@ -1605,7 +1612,7 @@ can be specified in decimal, or octal (as in ''023'), or hexadecimal (as in '"13'), although decimal has the advantage that single quote or double quote could be redefined by another package. - If CMD has already been defined then '\DeclareTextSymbol' does not + If '\CMD' has already been defined then '\DeclareTextSymbol' does not give an error but it does log the redefinition in the transcript file. 4.1.9 '\DeclareTextSymbolDefault' @@ -1613,10 +1620,10 @@ give an error but it does log the redefinition in the transcript file. Synopsis: - \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{CMD}{ENCODING} + \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\CMD}{ENCODING} - If there is an encoding-specific symbol command CMD but there is no -associated '\DeclareTextSymbol' for that encoding, then this command + If there is an encoding-specific symbol command '\CMD' but there is +no associated '\DeclareTextSymbol' for that encoding, then this command will pick up the slack, by saying to get the symbol as described for ENCODING. @@ -1628,8 +1635,8 @@ for '\textdollar' then use the one from 'OT1', declare this. That is, this command is equivalent to this call (*note \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent::). - \DeclareTextCommandDefault{CMD} - {\UseTextSymbol{ENCODING}{CMD}} + \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\CMD} + {\UseTextSymbol{ENCODING}{\CMD}} Note that '\DeclareTextSymbolDefault' can be used to define a default for any zero-argument 'fontenc' command. @@ -1656,11 +1663,11 @@ the encoding explicitly. Synopsis: - \UseTextSymbol{ENCODING}{CMD} + \UseTextSymbol{ENCODING}{\CMD} or: - \UseTextAccent{ENCODING}{CMD}{TEXT} + \UseTextAccent{ENCODING}{\CMD}{TEXT} Use a symbol or accent not from the current encoding. @@ -1861,6 +1868,17 @@ environment. It would also end at the next type style command or the end of the current group, so you could enclose it in curly braces '{\small This text is typeset in the small font.}'. + Trying to use these commands in math, as with '$\small mv^2/2$', +results in 'LaTeX Font Warning: Command \small invalid in math mode', +and the font size doesn't change. To work with a too-large formula, +often the best option is to use the 'displaymath' environment (*note +Math formulas::), or one of the environments from the 'amsmath' package. +For inline mathematics, such as in a table of formulas, an alternative +is something like '{\small $mv^2/2$}'. (Sometimes '\scriptsize' and +'\scriptstyle' are confused. Both change the font size, but the latter +also changes a number of other aspects of how mathematics is typeset. +*Note Math styles::.) + An "environment form" of each of these commands is also defined; for instance, '\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}'. However, in practice this form can easily lead to unwanted spaces at the beginning and/or end of the @@ -1985,8 +2003,8 @@ ones. '\linespread{FACTOR}' Equivalent to '\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{FACTOR}', and therefore must be followed by '\selectfont' to have any effect. - Best specified in the preamble, or use the 'setspace' package, as - just described. + Best specified in the preamble. *Note \baselineskip & + \baselinestretch::, for using 'setspace' package instead. '\selectfont' The effects of the font commands described above do not happen @@ -2296,8 +2314,8 @@ option (*note Document class options::). ======================================== The '\baselineskip' is a rubber length (*note Lengths::). It gives the -leading, the normal distance between lines in a paragraph, from baseline -to baseline. +"leading", the normal distance between lines in a paragraph, from +baseline to baseline. Ordinarily document authors do not directly change '\baselineskip' while writing. Instead, it is set by the low level font selection @@ -2362,8 +2380,8 @@ length, so change the scale factor as in document is to put '\linespread{FACTOR}' in the preamble. For double spacing, take FACTOR to be 1.6 and for one-and-a-half spacing use 1.3. These number are rough: for instance, since the '\baselineskip' is about -1.2 times the font size, multiplying by 1.6 gives a font size to -baseline ratio of about 2. (The '\linespread' command is defined as +1.2 times the font size, multiplying by 1.6 gives a baseline skip to +font size ratio of about 2. (The '\linespread' command is defined as '\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{FACTOR}' so it won't take effect until a font setting happens. But that always takes place at the start of a document, so there you don't need to follow it with '\selectfont'.) @@ -2373,14 +2391,17 @@ document, so there you don't need to follow it with '\selectfont'.) \usepackage{setspace} \doublespacing % or \onehalfspacing for 1.5 - In the preamble these will start the document off with that sizing. -But you can also use these declarations in the document body to change -the spacing from that point forward, and consequently there is +In the preamble these will start the document off with that sizing. But +you can also use these declarations in the document body to change the +spacing from that point forward, and consequently there is '\singlespacing' to return the spacing to normal. In the document body, a better practice than using the declarations is to use environments, such as '\begin{doublespace} ... \end{doublespace}'. The package also has commands to do arbitrary spacing: '\setstretch{FACTOR}' and -'\begin{spacing}{FACTOR} ... \end{spacing}'. +'\begin{spacing}{FACTOR} ... \end{spacing}'. This package also keeps +the line spacing single-spaced in places where that is typically +desirable, such as footnotes and figure captions. See the package +documentation. 5.7 Floats ========== @@ -2532,6 +2553,80 @@ Frank Mittelbach's article "How to influence the position of float environments like figure and table in LaTeX?" (<https://www.latex-project.org/publications/2014-FMi-TUB-tb111mitt-float-placement.pdf>). +5.7.1 '\caption' +---------------- + +Synopsis: + + \caption{CAPTION-TEXT} + +or + + \caption[SHORT-CAPTION-TEXT]{CAPTION-TEXT} + + Make a caption for a floating environment, such as a 'figure' or +'table' environment (*note figure:: or *note table::). + + In this example, LaTeX places a caption below the vertical blank +space that is left by the author for the later inclusion of a picture. + + \begin{figure} + \vspace*{1cm} + \caption{Alonzo Cushing, Battery A, 4th US Artillery.} + \label{fig:CushingPic} + \end{figure} + +The '\caption' command will label the CAPTION-TEXT with something like +'Figure 1:' for an article or 'Figure 1.1:' for a book. The text is +centered if it is shorter than the text width, or set as an unindented +paragraph if it takes more than one line. + + In addition to placing the CAPTION-TEXT in the output, the '\caption' +command also saves that information for use in a list of figures or list +of tables (*note Table of contents etc.::). + + Here the '\caption' command uses the optional SHORT-CAPTION-TEXT, so +that the shorter text appears in the list of tables, rather than the +longer CAPTION-TEXT. + + \begin{table} + \centering + \begin{tabular}{|*{3}{c}|} + \hline + 4 &9 &2 \\ + 3 &5 &7 \\ + 8 &1 &6 \\ + \hline + \end{tabular} + \caption[\textit{Lo Shu} magic square]{% + The \textit{Lo Shu} magic square, which is unique among + squares of order three up to rotation and reflection.} + \label{tab:LoShu} + \end{table} + +LaTeX will label the CAPTION-TEXT with something like 'Table 1:' for an +article or 'Table 1.1:' for a book. + + The caption can appear at the top of the 'figure' or 'table'. For +instance, that would happen in the prior example by putting the +'\caption' between the '\centering' and the '\begin{tabular}'. + + Different floating environments are numbered separately, by default. +It is '\caption' that updates the counter, and so any '\label' must come +after the '\caption'. The counter for the 'figure' environment is named +'figure', and similarly the counter for the 'table' environment is +'table'. + + The text that will be put in the list of figures or list of tables is +moving argument. If you get the LaTeX error '! Argument of \@caption +has an extra }' then you must put '\protect' in front of any fragile +commands. *Note \protect::. + + The 'caption' package has many options to adjust how the caption +appears, for example changing the font size, making the caption be +hanging text rather than set as a paragraph, or making the caption +always set as a paragraph rather than centered when it is short. + 6 Sectioning ************ @@ -2656,8 +2751,8 @@ entry. The optional argument TOC-TITLE will appear as the part title in the table of contents (*note Table of contents etc.::) and in running headers (*note Page styles::). If it is not present then TITLE will be -there. This example puts a line break in TITLE but leaves out the break -in the table of contents. +there. This example puts a line break in TITLE but omits the break in +the table of contents. \part[Up from the bottom; my life]{Up from the bottom\\ my life} @@ -2804,7 +2899,7 @@ the prior section.) The optional argument TOC-TITLE will appear as the section title in the table of contents (*note Table of contents etc.::) and in running headers (*note Page styles::). If it is not present then TITLE will be -there. This shows the full name in the title of the section, +there. This shows the full name in the title of the section: \section[Elizabeth~II]{Elizabeth the Second, by the Grace of God of the United Kingdom, @@ -2877,7 +2972,7 @@ table of contents entry. The optional argument TOC-TITLE will appear as the subsection title in the table of contents (*note Table of contents etc.::). If it is not present then TITLE will be there. This shows the full text in the title -of the subsection, +of the subsection: \subsection[$\alpha,\beta,\gamma$ paper]{\textit{The Origin of Chemical Elements} by R.A.~Alpher, H.~Bethe, and G.~Gamow} @@ -3403,7 +3498,7 @@ Synopsis: \usepackage{xr} \externaldocument{DOCUMENT-BASENAME} - or +or \usepackage{xr} \externaldocument[REFERENCE-PREFIX]{DOCUMENT-BASENAME} @@ -3418,17 +3513,16 @@ Synopsis: \externaldocument[H-]{hints} \externaldocument{answers} - then it can use cross reference labels from the other three -documents. Suppose that 'exercises.tex' has an enumerated list -containing this, +then it can use cross reference labels from the other three documents. +Suppose that 'exercises.tex' has an enumerated list containing this, \item \label{exer:EulersThm} What if every vertex has odd degree? - and 'hints.tex' has an enumerated list with this, +and 'hints.tex' has an enumerated list with this, \item \label{exer:EulersThm} Distinguish the case of two vertices. - and 'answers.tex' has an enumerated list with this. +and 'answers.tex' has an enumerated list with this, \item \label{ans:EulersThm} There is no Euler path, except if there are exactly two vertices. @@ -3531,10 +3625,10 @@ or: \end{array} Produce a mathematical array. This environment can only be used in -math mode, and normally appears within a displayed mathematics -environment such as 'equation' (*note equation::). Inside of each row -the column entries are separated by an ampersand, ('&'). Rows are -terminated with double-backslashes (*note \\::). +math mode (*note Modes::), and normally appears within a displayed +mathematics environment such as 'equation' (*note equation::). Inside +of each row the column entries are separated by an ampersand, ('&'). +Rows are terminated with double-backslashes (*note \\::). This example shows a three by three array. @@ -3558,7 +3652,7 @@ features of the two environments, including the optional POS argument. There are two ways that 'array' diverges from 'tabular'. The first is that 'array' entries are typeset in math mode, in textstyle (*note -Modes::) except if the COLS definition specifies the column with +Math styles::) except if the COLS definition specifies the column with 'p{...}', which causes the entry to be typeset in text mode. The second is that, instead of 'tabular''s parameter '\tabcolsep', LaTeX's intercolumn space in an 'array' is governed by '\arraycolsep', which @@ -4000,9 +4094,9 @@ Floats::. The label is optional; it is used for cross references (*note Cross references::). The optional '\caption' command specifies caption text -for the figure. By default it is numbered. If LOFTITLE is present, it -is used in the list of figures instead of TITLE (*note Table of contents -etc.::). +for the figure (*note \caption::). By default it is numbered. If +LOFTITLE is present, it is used in the list of figures instead of TITLE +(*note Table of contents etc.::). This example makes a figure out of a graphic. LaTeX will place that graphic and its caption at the top of a page or, if it is pushed to the @@ -4488,6 +4582,7 @@ lengths should be zero or negative. | ..............Surrounding environment, following material.............. - ....................................................................... + The lengths shown are listed below. The key relationship is that the right edge of the bracket for H1 equals the right edge of the bracket for H4, so that the left edge of the label box is at H3+H4-(H0+H1). @@ -4710,12 +4805,12 @@ aligns with the surrounding material. center lines up with the center of the adjacent text line. 't' - Match the top line in the 'minipage' with the baseline of the - surrounding text (plain TeX's '\vtop'). + Align the baseline of the top line in the 'minipage' with the + baseline of the surrounding text (plain TeX's '\vtop'). 'b' - Match the bottom line in the 'minipage' with the baseline of the - surrounding text (plain TeX's '\vbox'). + Align the baseline of the bottom line in the 'minipage' with the + baseline of the surrounding text (plain TeX's '\vbox'). To see the effects of these, contrast running this @@ -5104,7 +5199,8 @@ Synopsis: Declares the thickness of subsequent horizontal and vertical lines in a picture to be DIM, which must be a positive length (*note Lengths::). It differs from '\thinlines' and '\thicklines' in that it does not -affect the thickness of slanted lines, circles, or ovals. +affect the thickness of slanted lines, circles, or ovals (*note +\oval::). 8.19.7 '\thinlines' ------------------- @@ -5120,7 +5216,7 @@ either *note \linethickness:: or *note \thicklines::. Declaration to set the thickness of subsequent lines, circles, and ovals in a picture environment to be 0.8pt. See also *note \linethickness:: and *note \thinlines::. This command is illustrated in the Trapezoidal -Rule example of *note picture::. +Rule example of *note \qbezier::. 8.19.9 '\circle' ---------------- @@ -5149,9 +5245,10 @@ Synopsis: \oval(WIDTH,HEIGHT) \oval(WIDTH,HEIGHT)[PORTION] - Produce a rectangle with rounded corners. The optional argument -PORTION allows you to produce only half or a quarter of the oval. For -half an oval take PORTION to be one of these. + Produce a rectangle with rounded corners, hereinafter referred to as +an "oval". The optional argument PORTION allows you to produce only +half or a quarter of the oval. For half an oval take PORTION to be one +of these. 't' top half @@ -5174,8 +5271,8 @@ top half. These shapes are not ellipses. They are rectangles whose corners are made with quarter circles. These circles have a maximum radius of 20pt -(*note \circle:: for the sizes). Thus large ovals are just boxes with a -small amount of corner rounding. +(*note \circle:: for the sizes). Thus large ovals are just frames with +a small amount of corner rounding. 8.19.11 '\shortstack' --------------------- @@ -5186,16 +5283,19 @@ Synopsis: Produce a vertical stack of objects. - This labels the y axis. + This labels the y axis by writing the word 'y' above the word 'axis'. - \put(0,0){\vector(1,0){4}} % x axis - \put(0,0){\vector(0,1){2}} % y - \put(-0.25,2){\makebox[0][r]{\shortstack[r]{$y$\\ axis}}} + \setlength{\unitlength}{1cm} + \begin{picture}(5,2.5)(-0.75,0) + \put(0,0){\vector(1,0){4}} % x axis + \put(0,0){\vector(0,1){2}} % y + \put(-0.2,2){\makebox(0,0)[r]{\shortstack[r]{$y$\\ axis}}} + \end{picture} For a short stack, the reference point is the lower left of the stack. -In the above example the *note \mbox & \makebox:: puts the stack flush -right in a zero width box so in total the short stack sits slightly to -the left of the y axis. +In the above example the '\makebox' (*note \mbox & \makebox::) puts the +stack flush right in a zero width box so in total the short stack sits +slightly to the left of the y axis. The valid positions are: @@ -5208,13 +5308,14 @@ the left of the y axis. Separate objects into lines with '\\'. These stacks are short in that, unlike in a 'tabular' or 'array' environment, here the rows are -not spaced out to be of even heights. Thus, in +not spaced out to be of even baseline skips. Thus, in '\shortstack{X\\o\\o\\X}' the first and last rows are taller than the -middle two. You can adjust row heights either by putting in the usual -interline spacing with '\shortstack{X\\ \strut o\\o\\X}', or by hand, -via an explicit zero-width box '\shortstack{X \\ \rule{0pt}{12pt} -o\\o\\X}' or by using '\\''s optional argument '\shortstack{X\\[2pt] -o\\o\\X}'. +middle two, and therefore the baseline skip between the two middle rows +is smaller than that between the third and last row. You can adjust row +heights and depths either by putting in the usual interline spacing with +'\shortstack{X\\ \strut o\\o\\X}' (*note \strut::), or explicitly, via +an zero-width box '\shortstack{X \\ \rule{0pt}{12pt} o\\o\\X}' or by +using '\\''s optional argument '\shortstack{X\\[2pt] o\\o\\X}'. The '\shortstack' command is also available outside the 'picture' environment. @@ -5576,9 +5677,9 @@ placement algorithm, see *note Floats::. The label is optional; it is used for cross references (*note Cross references::). The '\caption' command is also optional. It specifies -caption text TITLE for the table. By default it is numbered. If its -optional LOTTITLE is present then that text is used in the list of -tables instead of TITLE (*note Table of contents etc.::). +caption text TITLE for the table (*note \caption::). By default it is +numbered. If its optional LOTTITLE is present then that text is used in +the list of tables instead of TITLE (*note Table of contents etc.::). In this example the table and caption will float to the bottom of a page, unless it is pushed to a float page at the end. @@ -5841,7 +5942,7 @@ center those two columns on the page range en-dash. \begin{tabular}{l|r@{--}l} \multicolumn{1}{c}{\textsc{Period}} - &multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsc{Span}} \\ \hline + &\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsc{Span}} \\ \hline Baroque &1600 &1760 \\ Classical &1730 &1820 \\ Romantic &1780 &1910 \\ @@ -6104,8 +6205,8 @@ sophisticated approach to managing bibliographies is provided by the BibTeX program. This is only an introduction; see the full documentation on CTAN (*note CTAN::). - With BibTeX, you don't use 'thebibliography' (*note -thebibliography::). Instead, include these lines. + With BibTeX, you don't use the 'thebibliography' environment directly +(*note thebibliography::). Instead, include these lines: \bibliographystyle{BIBSTYLE} \bibliography{BIBFILE1, BIBFILE2, ...} @@ -6125,8 +6226,8 @@ are: Like 'plain', but more compact labels. Many, many other BibTeX style files exist, tailored to the demands of -various publications. See CTAN's listing -<https://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib>. +various publications. See the CTAN topic +<https://ctan.org/topic/bibtex-sty>. The '\bibliography' command is what actually produces the bibliography. Its argument is a comma-separated list, referring to @@ -6154,6 +6255,37 @@ will be listed in the document's bibliography. Thus you can keep all your sources together in one file, or a small number of files, and rely on BibTeX to include in this document only those that you used. + With BibTeX, the KEYS argument to '\nocite' can also be the single +character '*'. This means to implicitly cite all entries from all given +bibliographies. + +8.24.4.1 BibTeX error messages +.............................. + +If you forget to use '\bibliography' or '\bibliographystyle' in your +document (or, less likely, any '\cite' or '\nocite' command), BibTeX +will issue an error message. Because BibTeX can be used with any +program, not just LaTeX, the error messages refer to the internal +commands read by BibTeX (from the '.aux' file), rather than the +user-level commands described above. + + Here is a table showing internal commands mentioned in the BibTeX +errors, and the corresponding user-level commands. + +'\bibdata' + '\bibliography' + +'\bibstyle' + '\bibliographystyle' + +'\citation' + '\cite', '\nocite' + + For example, if your document has no '\bibliographystyle' command, +BibTeX complains as follows: + + I found no \bibstyle command---while reading file DOCUMENT.aux + 8.25 'theorem' ============== @@ -6389,12 +6521,12 @@ rubber length (*note Lengths::) and can be negative. The text before the line break is set at its normal length, that is, it is not stretched to fill out the line width. This command is fragile (*note \protect::). - The starred form, '\\*', tells LaTeX not to start a new page between -the two lines, by issuing a '\nobreak'. - \title{My story: \\[0.25in] a tale of woe} +The starred form, '\\*', tells LaTeX not to start a new page between the +two lines, by issuing a '\nobreak'. + Explicit line breaks in the main text body are unusual in LaTeX. In particular, don't start new paragraphs with '\\'. Instead leave a blank line between the two paragraphs. And don't put in a sequence of '\\''s @@ -6476,8 +6608,8 @@ The indents are paragraph indents. ============== In ordinary text, this ends a line in a way that does not right-justify -the line, so the prior text is not stretched. That is, in paragraph -mode (*note Modes::), the '\newline' command is equivalent to +it, so the text before the end of line is not stretched. That is, in +paragraph mode (*note Modes::), the '\newline' command is equivalent to double-backslash (*note \\::). This command is fragile (*note \protect::). @@ -6490,7 +6622,7 @@ the entire row use '\\' or its equivalent '\tabularnewline'. This will print 'Name:' and 'Address:' as two lines in a single cell of the table. - \begin{tabular}{p{1in}{\hspace{2in}}p{1in}} + \begin{tabular}{p{1in}@{\hspace{2in}}p{1in}} Name: \newline Address: &Date: \\ \hline \end{tabular} @@ -6501,8 +6633,8 @@ The 'Date:' will be baseline-aligned with 'Name:'. Tell LaTeX that it may hyphenate the word at that point. When you insert '\-' commands in a word, the word will only be hyphenated at -those points and not at any of the hyphenation points that LaTeX might -otherwise have chosen. This command is robust (*note \protect::). +those points and not at any of the other hyphenation points that LaTeX +might otherwise have chosen. This command is robust (*note \protect::). LaTeX is good at hyphenating and usually finds most of the correct hyphenation points, while almost never using an incorrect one. The '\-' @@ -6526,10 +6658,9 @@ Commenting out the third line and uncommenting the fourth makes a much better fit. The '\-' command only allows LaTeX to break there, it does not -require that it break there. You can insist on a split with something -like 'Hef-\linebreak feron'. Of course, if you later change the text -then this forced break may look very odd, so this approach requires -care. +require that it break there. You can force a split with something like +'Hef-\linebreak feron'. Of course, if you later change the text then +this forced break may look very odd, so this approach requires care. 9.5 '\discretionary' (generalized hyphenation point) ==================================================== @@ -6544,10 +6675,10 @@ in LaTeX documents. If a line break occurs at the point where '\discretionary' appears then TeX puts PRE-BREAK at the end of the current line and puts POST-BREAK at the start of the next line. If there is no line break -here then TeX puts NO-BREAK +here then TeX puts NO-BREAK. In 'difficult' the three letters 'ffi' form a ligature. But TeX can -nonetheless break between the two f's with this. +nonetheless break between the two 'f''s with this. di\discretionary{f-}{fi}{ffi}cult @@ -6563,9 +6694,10 @@ cost of an occasional overfull box. Conversely, '\sloppy' avoids overfull boxes while suffering loose interword spacing. The default is '\fussy'. Line breaking in a paragraph is controlled -by whichever declaration is current at the blank line, or '\par', or -displayed equation ending that paragraph. So to affect the line breaks, -include that paragraph-ending material in the scope of the command. +by whichever declaration is current at the end of the paragraph, i.e., +at the blank line or '\par' or displayed equation ending that paragraph. +So to affect the line breaks, include that paragraph-ending material in +the scope of the command. 9.6.1 'sloppypar' ----------------- @@ -6611,7 +6743,8 @@ for hyphenation with a dash character, '-'. \hyphenation{hat-er il-lit-e-ra-ti tru-th-i-ness} Use lowercase letters. TeX will only hyphenate if the word matches -exactly. Multiple '\hyphenation' commands accumulate. +exactly, no inflections are tried. Multiple '\hyphenation' commands +accumulate. 9.8 '\linebreak' & '\nolinebreak' ================================= @@ -6627,11 +6760,12 @@ or one of these. \nolinebreak[ZERO-TO-FOUR] Encourage or discourage a line break. The optional ZERO-TO-FOUR is -an integer that allows you to soften the instruction. The default is 4, -so that without the optional argument these commands entirely force or -prevent the break. But for instance, '\nolinebreak[1]' is a suggestion -that another place may be better. The higher the number, the more -insistent the request. Both commands are fragile (*note \protect::). +an integer lying between 0 and 4 that allows you to soften the +instruction. The default is 4, so that without the optional argument +these commands entirely force or prevent the break. But for instance, +'\nolinebreak[1]' is a suggestion that another place may be better. The +higher the number, the more insistent the request. Both commands are +fragile (*note \protect::). Here we tell LaTeX that a good place to put a linebreak is after the standard legal text. @@ -6641,7 +6775,7 @@ standard legal text. underrepresented groups. When you issue '\linebreak', the spaces in the line are stretched out -so that it extends to the right margin. *Note \\:: and *note +so that the break point reaches the right margin. *Note \\:: and *note \newline::, to have the spaces not stretched out. 10 Page breaking @@ -6815,6 +6949,12 @@ strange, and if '\flushbottom' is in effect this can cause you to get 'Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has occurred while \output is active'. *Note \newpage::, for a command that does not have these effects. + (There is an obsolete declaration '\samepage', which tries to only +allow a break between two paragraphs. There is a related environment +'samepage', also obsolete. Neither of these work reliably. For more on +keeping material on the same page, see the FAQ entry +<https://texfaq.org/FAQ-nopagebrk>.) + 11 Footnotes ************ @@ -6914,18 +7054,18 @@ NUMBER causes the command to use that number to determine the footnote mark. This command can be used in inner paragraph mode (*note Modes::). If you use '\footnotemark' without the optional argument then it -increments the footnote counter but if you use the optional NUMBER then -it does not. The next example produces several consecutive footnote -markers referring to the same footnote. +increments the 'footnote' counter, but if you use the optional NUMBER +then it does not. The next example produces several consecutive +footnote markers referring to the same footnote. The first theorem\footnote{Due to Gauss.} and the second theorem\footnotemark[\value{footnote}] and the third theorem.\footnotemark[\value{footnote}] If there are intervening footnotes then you must remember the value -of the common mark. This example gives the same institutional -affiliation to both the first and third authors ('\thanks' is a version -of 'footnote'), by-hand giving the number of the footnote. +of the number of the common mark. This example gives the same +institutional affiliation to both the first and third authors ('\thanks' +is a version of '\footnote'), by-hand giving the number of the footnote. \title{A Treatise on the Binomial Theorem} \author{J Moriarty\thanks{University of Leeds} @@ -7007,7 +7147,7 @@ as here (*note minipage::). \textit{HMS Polychrest} &Post Captain \\ \textit{HMS Lively} &Post Captain \\ \textit{HMS Surprise} &A number of books\footnote{% - Starting with HMS Surprise.} + Starting with \textit{HMS Surprise}.} \end{tabular} \end{minipage} \end{center} @@ -7075,7 +7215,7 @@ including allow these two, as in this example. ... The third theorem is a partial converse of the second.\footnotefrom{% - First noted in Wilson.\footnote{Second edition only.}} + Noted in Wilson.\footnote{Second edition only.}} 12 Definitions ************** @@ -7114,9 +7254,9 @@ multiple paragraphs of text (in plain TeX terms, the commands are not CMD - Required; the command name. It must begin with a backslash, '\', - and must not begin with the four letter string '\end'. For - '\newcommand', it must not be already defined. For + Required; '\CMD' is the command name. It must begin with a + backslash, '\', and must not begin with the four character string + '\end'. For '\newcommand', it must not be already defined. For '\renewcommand', this name must already be defined. NARGS @@ -7151,10 +7291,10 @@ DEFN default value if there is an optional argument and you don't exercise the option). - TeX ignores spaces in the source following an alphabetic control -sequence, as in '\cmd '. If you actually want a space there, one -solution is to type '{}' after the command ('\cmd{} ', and another -solution is to use an explicit control space ('\cmd\ '). + TeX ignores blanks in the source following a control word (*note +Control sequences::), as in '\cmd '. If you actually want a space +there, one solution is to type '{}' after the command ('\cmd{} ', and +another solution is to use an explicit control space ('\cmd\ '). A simple example of defining a new command: '\newcommand{\RS}{Robin Smith}' results in '\RS' being replaced by the longer text. Redefining @@ -7167,14 +7307,14 @@ Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual'. If you try to redefine a command and the name has not yet been used then you get something like 'LaTeX Error: \hank undefined'. - Here the first command definition has no arguments, and the second -has one required argument. + Here the first definition creates a command with no arguments, and +the second, one with one required argument. \newcommand{\student}{Ms~O'Leary} \newcommand{\defref}[1]{Definition~\ref{#1}} Use the first as in 'I highly recommend \student{} to you'. The second -has a variable, so that '\defref{def:basis}' expands to +has a variable argument, so that '\defref{def:basis}' expands to 'Definition~\ref{def:basis}', which ultimately expands to something like 'Definition~3.14'. @@ -7209,17 +7349,49 @@ the words 'met the' would incorrectly be in italics. The solution is to put another pair of braces inside the definition: '\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{{\it #1}}'. +12.1.1 Control sequence, control word and control symbol +-------------------------------------------------------- + +When reading input TeX converts the sequences of read characters into a +sequence of "tokens". When TeX sees a backslash '\', it will handle the +following characters in a special way in order to make a "control +sequence" token. + + The control sequences fall into two categories: + + * "control word", when the control sequence is gathered from a '\' + followed by at least one ASCII letter, followed by at least one + blank. The sequence of at least one ASCII letter is called the + "control sequence name". + * "control symbol", when the control sequence is gathered from a '\' + followed by one non-letter character. + + Blanks after a control word are ignored and do not produce any +whitespace in the output (*note \newcommand & \renewcommand:: and *note +\(SPACE)::). + + Just as the '\relax' command does nothing, the following will print +'Hello!'--if you use the Emacs info viewer, turn on the whitespace-mode +minor mode to see the trailing spaces: + + Hel\relax + lo! + +This is because blanks after '\relax', including the newline are +ignored, and blanks at the beginning of a line are also ignored (*note +Leading blanks::). + 12.2 '\providecommand' ====================== Synopses, one of: - \providecommand{CMD}{DEFN} - \providecommand{CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN} - \providecommand{CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN} - \providecommand*{CMD}{DEFN} - \providecommand*{CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN} - \providecommand*{CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN} + \providecommand{\CMD}{DEFN} + \providecommand{\CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN} + \providecommand{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN} + \providecommand*{\CMD}{DEFN} + \providecommand*{\CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN} + \providecommand*{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN} Defines a command, as long as no command of this name already exists. If no command of this name already exists then this has the same effect @@ -7231,8 +7403,8 @@ be loaded more than once, such as a style file. *Note \newcommand & This example \providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Saint Michael's College} - \providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Saint Michael's College} - >From \myaffiliation. + \providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Lyc\'ee Henri IV} + From \myaffiliation. outputs 'From Saint Michael's College'. Unlike '\newcommand', the repeated use of '\providecommand' does not give an error. @@ -7401,20 +7573,22 @@ counter will get you 'LaTeX Error: No counter 'lh' defined.' Synopsis: - \newlength{ARG} + \newlength{\LEN} Allocate a new length register (*note Lengths::). The required -argument ARG must begin with a backslash, '\'. The new register holds -rubber lengths such as '72.27pt' or '1in plus.2in minus.1in' (a LaTeX -length register is what plain TeX calls a 'skip' register). The initial -value is zero. The control sequence '\ARG' must not be already defined. +argument '\LEN' has to be a control sequence (*note Control +sequences::), and as such must begin with a backslash, '\' under normal +circumstances. The new register holds rubber lengths such as '72.27pt' +or '1in plus.2in minus.1in' (a LaTeX length register is what plain TeX +calls a 'skip' register). The initial value is zero. The control +sequence '\LEN' must not be already defined. An example: \newlength{\graphichgt} If you forget the backslash then you get 'Missing control sequence -inserted'. If the command sequence already exists then you get +inserted'. If the control sequence already exists then you get something like 'LaTeX Error: Command \graphichgt already defined. Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual'. @@ -7787,11 +7961,12 @@ or \ignorespacesafterend - Both commands cause LaTeX to ignore spaces after the end of the -command up until the first non-space character. The first is a command -from plain TeX, and the second is LaTeX-specific. + Both commands cause LaTeX to ignore blanks (that is, characters of +catcode 10 such as space or tabulation) after the end of the command up +to the first box or non-blank character. The first is a command from +plain TeX, and the second is LaTeX-specific. - The 'ignorespaces' is often used when defining commands via + The '\ignorespaces' is often used when defining commands via '\newcommand', or '\newenvironment', or '\def'. The example below illustrates. It allows a user to show the points values for quiz questions in the margin but it is inconvenient because, as shown in the @@ -7809,7 +7984,7 @@ The solution is to change to this. \newcommand{\points}[1]{% \makebox[0pt]{\makebox[10em][l]{#1~pts}}\ignorespaces} - A second example shows spaces being removed from the front of text. + A second example shows blanks being removed from the front of text. The commands below allow a user to uniformly attach a title to names. But, as given, if a title accidentally starts with a space then '\fullname' will reproduce that. @@ -7829,7 +8004,7 @@ To fix this, change to end of the BEGIN clause, as in '\begin{newenvironment}{ENV NAME}{... \ignorespaces}{...}'. - To strip spaces off the end of an environment use + To strip blanks off the end of an environment use '\ignorespacesafterend'. An example is that this will show a much larger vertical space between the first and second environments than between the second and third. @@ -7859,28 +8034,30 @@ Synopsis: ... \newcommand{...}{...\xspace} - The '\xspace' macro, when used at the end of a command, adds a space -unless the command is followed by certain punctuation characters. + The '\xspace' macro, when used at the end of a command definition, +adds a space unless the command is followed by certain punctuation +characters. - After a command name that uses letters (as opposed to single -character command names using non-letters such as '\$'), TeX gobbles -white space. Thus, in the first sentence below, the output has -'Vermont' placed snugly against the period, without any intervening + After a command control sequence that is a control word (*note +Control sequences::, as opposed to control symbols such as '\$'), TeX +gobbles blank characters. Thus, in the first sentence below, the output +has 'Vermont' placed snugly against the period, without any intervening space. \newcommand{\VT}{Vermont} Our college is in \VT . The \VT{} summers are nice. - But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the dummy + But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the empty curly braces or else there would be no space separating 'Vermont' from -'summers'. (Many authors instead instead use a backslash-space '\ ' for -this. *Note \(SPACE)::.) +'summers'. (Many authors instead use a backslash-space '\ ' for this. +*Note \(SPACE)::.) The 'xspace' package provides '\xspace'. It is for writing commands -which are designed to be used mainly in text. It inserts a space after +which are designed to be used mainly in text. It must be place at the +very end of the definition of these commands. It inserts a space after that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of exceptions. -In this example, the dummy braces are not needed. +In this example, the empty braces are not needed. \newcommand{\VT}{Vermont\xspace} Our college is in \VT . @@ -7889,15 +8066,16 @@ In this example, the dummy braces are not needed. The default exception list contains the characters ',.'/?;:!~-)', the open curly brace and the backslash-space command discussed above, and the commands '\footnote' or '\footnotemark'. Add to that list as with -'\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}' and remove from that list as with +'\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}' which adds '\myfni' and '\myfnii' +to the list, and remove from that list as with '\xspaceremoveexception{!}'. A comment: many experts prefer not to use '\xspace'. Putting it in a definition means that the command will usually get the spacing right. -But it isn't easy to predict when to enter dummy braces because +But it isn't easy to predict when to enter empty braces because '\xspace' will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another command, and so '\xspace' can make editing material harder and more -error-prone than instead always remembering the dummy braces. +error-prone than instead always inserting the empty braces. 13 Counters *********** @@ -7970,17 +8148,17 @@ with a backslash. Here are the symbols: - Number Name Command Symbol + Number Name Command Symbol ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - 1 asterisk '\ast' * - 2 dagger '\dagger' † - 3 ddagger '\ddagger' ‡ - 4 section-sign '\S' § - 5 paragraph-sign '\P' ¶ - 6 double-vert '\parallel' ‖ - 7 double-asterisk '\ast\ast' ** - 8 double-dagger '\dagger\dagger' †† - 9 double-ddagger '\ddagger\ddagger' ‡‡ + 1 asterisk '\ast' * + 2 dagger '\dagger' † + 3 ddagger '\ddagger' ‡ + 4 section-sign '\S' § + 5 paragraph-sign '\P' ¶ + 6 double-vert '\parallel' ‖ + 7 double-asterisk '\ast\ast' ** + 8 double-dagger '\dagger\dagger' †† + 9 double-ddagger '\ddagger\ddagger' ‡‡ 13.2 '\usecounter' ================== @@ -8113,8 +8291,8 @@ value to be the result of '\thecounter' (*note \refstepcounter::). LaTeX defines the counter '\day' for the day of the month (nominally with value between 1 and 31), '\month' for the month of the year -(nominally with value between 1 and 12), and year '\year'. When TeX -starts up, they are set from the current values on the system. The +(nominally with value between 1 and 12), and '\year' for the year. When +TeX starts up, they are set from the current values on the system. The related command '\today' produces a string representing the current day (*note \today::). @@ -8127,6 +8305,9 @@ check: gives no error or warning and results in the output '-2, -4' (the bogus month value produces no output). + *Note Command line input::, to force the date to a given value from +the command line. + 14 Lengths ********** @@ -8215,10 +8396,10 @@ distance. Here the two figures will be equal-spaced across the page. \hspace{0pt plus 1fill} \end{minipage} - TeX actually has three levels of infinity for glue components: 'fil', -'fill', and 'filll'. The later ones are more infinite than the earlier -ones. Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one (*note -\hfill:: and *note \vfill::). + TeX has three levels of infinity for glue components: 'fil', 'fill', +and 'filll'. The later ones are more infinite than the earlier ones. +Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one (*note \hfill:: and +*note \vfill::). Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length, so that after '\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}' and @@ -8231,8 +8412,8 @@ TeX and LaTeX know about these units both inside and outside of math mode. 'pt' - Point, 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units is 1point = - 2.845mm = .2845cm. + Point, 1/72.27 inch. The (approximate) conversion to metric units + is 1point = .35146mm = .035146cm. 'pc' Pica, 12 pt @@ -8244,11 +8425,11 @@ mode. Big point, 1/72 inch. This length is the definition of a point in PostScript and many desktop publishing systems. -'cm' - Centimeter - 'mm' - Millimeter + Millimeter, 2.845 pt + +'cm' + Centimeter, 10 mm 'dd' Didot point, 1.07 pt @@ -8259,32 +8440,45 @@ mode. 'sp' Scaled point, 1/65536 pt - Two other lengths that are often used are values set by the designer -of the font. The x-height of the current font "ex", traditionally the -height of the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical lengths. -Similarly "em", traditionally the width of the capital letter M, is -often used for horizontal lengths (there is also '\enspace', which is -'0.5em'). Use of these can help make a definition work better across -font changes. For example, a definition of the vertical space between -list items given as '\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex}' -is more likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a + Three other units are defined according to the current font, rather +than being an absolute dimension. + +'ex' + The x-height of the current font "ex", traditionally the height of + the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical lengths. + +'em' + Similarly "em", traditionally the width of the capital letter M, is + often used for horizontal lengths. This is also often the size of + the current font, e.g., a nominal 10pt font will have 1em = 10pt. + LaTeX has several commands to produce horizontal spaces based on + the em (*note \enspace & \quad & \qquad::). + +'mu' + Finally, in math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of + the math unit "mu", defined by 1em = 18mu, where the em is taken + from the current math symbols family. *Note Spacing in math + mode::. + + Using these units can help make a definition work better across font +changes. For example, a definition of the vertical space between list +items given as '\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex}' is +more likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a definition given in points. - In math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of the math -unit "mu" given by 1 em = 18 mu, where the em is taken from the current -math symbols family. *Note Spacing in math mode::. - 14.2 '\setlength' ================= Synopsis: - \setlength{LEN}{AMOUNT} + \setlength{\LEN}{AMOUNT} - Set the length LEN to AMOUNT. The length name LEN must begin with a -backslash, '\'. The 'amount' can be a rubber length (*note Lengths::). -It can be positive, negative or zero, and can be in any units that LaTeX -understands (*note Units of length::). + Set the length \LEN to AMOUNT. The length name '\LEN' has to be a +control sequence (*note Control sequences::), and as such must begin +with a backslash, '\' under normal circumstances. The AMOUNT can be a +rubber length (*note Lengths::). It can be positive, negative or zero, +and can be in any units that LaTeX understands (*note Units of +length::). Below, with LaTeX's defaults the first paragraph will be indented while the second will not. @@ -8294,25 +8488,26 @@ while the second will not. \setlength{\parindent}{0em} He said stop going to those places. - If you did not declare LEN with '\newlength', for example if you -mistype the above as + If you did not declare \LEN with '\newlength', for example if you +mistype it as in '\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}', then you get an error like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \sepcindent'. If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name then you get -an error like 'Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> -\relax l.19 \setlength{specparindent}{0.6\parindent}' +an error like 'Missing number, treated as zero.'. 14.3 '\addtolength' =================== Synopsis: - \addtolength{LEN}{AMOUNT} + \addtolength{\LEN}{AMOUNT} - Increment the length LEN by AMOUNT. The length name LEN begins with -a backslash, '\'. The 'amount' is a rubber length (*note Lengths::). -It can be positive, negative or zero, and can be in any units that LaTeX -understands (*note Units of length::). + Increment the length \LEN by AMOUNT. The length name '\LEN' has to +be a control sequence (*note Control sequences::), and as such must +begin with a backslash, '\' under normal circumstances. The AMOUNT is a +rubber length (*note Lengths::). It can be positive, negative or zero, +and can be in any units that LaTeX understands (*note Units of +length::). Below, if '\parskip' starts with the value '0pt plus 1pt' @@ -8323,11 +8518,15 @@ understands (*note Units of length::). then it has the value '1pt plus 1pt' for the second paragraph. - If you did not declare the length LEN with '\newlength', if for -example you mistype the above as + If you did not declare \LEN with '\newlength', for example if you +mistype it as in +'\newlength{\specparindent}\addtolength{\sepcparindent}{...}', then you +get an error like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \sepcindent'. +If the AMOUNT uses some length that has not been declared, for instance +if for example you mistype the above as '\addtolength{\specparindent}{0.6\praindent}', then you get something like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \praindent'. If you leave -off the backslash at the start of LEN, as in +off the backslash at the start of \LEN, as in '\addtolength{parindent}{1pt}', then you get something like 'You can't use `the letter p' after \advance'. @@ -8336,22 +8535,23 @@ use `the letter p' after \advance'. Synopsis: - \settodepth{LEN}{TEXT} + \settodepth{\LEN}{TEXT} - Set the length LEN to the depth of box that LaTeX gets on typesetting -the TEXT argument. The length name LEN must begin with a backslash, -'\'. + Set the length \LEN to the depth of box that LaTeX gets on +typesetting the TEXT argument. The length name '\LEN' has to be a +control sequence (*note Control sequences::), and as such must begin +with a backslash, '\' under normal circumstances. - This will show how low the character descenders go. + This will print how low the character descenders go. \newlength{\alphabetdepth} \settodepth{\alphabetdepth}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz} \the\alphabetdepth - If you did not set aside the length LEN, if for example you mistype -the above as '\settodepth{\aplhabetdepth}{abc...}', then you get + If you did not declare \LEN with '\newlength', if for example you +mistype the above as '\settodepth{\aplhabetdepth}{abc...}', then you get something like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \aplhabetdepth'. -If you leave the backslash out of LEN, as in +If you leave the backslash out of \LEN, as in '\settodepth{alphabetdepth}{...}' then you get something like 'Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox'. @@ -8360,22 +8560,23 @@ number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox'. Synopsis: - \settoheight{LEN}{text} + \settoheight{\LEN}{text} - Sets the length LEN to the height of box that LaTeX gets on -typesetting the 'text' argument. The length name LEN must begin with a -backslash, '\'. + Sets the length \LEN to the height of box that LaTeX gets on +typesetting the 'text' argument. The length name '\LEN' has to be a +control sequence (*note Control sequences::), and as such must begin +with a backslash, '\' under normal circumstances. - This will show how high the characters go. + This will print how high the characters go. \newlength{\alphabetheight} \settoheight{\alphabetheight}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz} \the\alphabetheight - If no such length LEN has been declared with '\newlength', if for + If no such length \LEN has been declared with '\newlength', if for example you mistype as '\settoheight{\aplhabetheight}{abc...}', then you get something like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> -\alphabetheight'. If you leave the backslash out of LEN, as in +\alphabetheight'. If you leave the backslash out of \LEN, as in '\settoheight{alphabetheight}{...}' then you get something like 'Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox'. @@ -8384,22 +8585,23 @@ number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox'. Synopsis: - \settowidth{LEN}{TEXT} + \settowidth{\LEN}{TEXT} - Set the length LEN to the width of the box that LaTeX gets on -typesetting the TEXT argument. The length name LEN must begin with a -backslash, '\'. + Set the length \LEN to the width of the box that LaTeX gets on +typesetting the TEXT argument. The length name '\LEN' has to be a +control sequence (*note Control sequences::), and as such must begin +with a backslash, '\' under normal circumstances. - This measures the width of the lowercase ASCII alphabet. + This prints the width of the lowercase ASCII alphabet. \newlength{\alphabetwidth} \settowidth{\alphabetwidth}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz} \the\alphabetwidth - If no such length LEN has been set aside, if for example you mistype -the above as '\settowidth{\aplhabetwidth}{abc...}', then you get -something like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \aplhabetwidth'. -If you leave the backslash out of LEN, as in + If no such length \LEN has been declared with '\newlength', if for +example you mistype the above as '\settowidth{\aplhabetwidth}{abc...}', +then you get something like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> +\aplhabetwidth'. If you leave the backslash out of \LEN, as in '\settoheight{alphabetwidth}{...}' then you get something like 'Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox'. @@ -8513,12 +8715,12 @@ So '\the\glueexpr 5pt plus 1pt * 2 \relax' results in '10pt plus 2pt'. TeX will coerce other numerical types in the same way as it does when doing register assignment. Thus '\the\numexpr\dimexpr 1pt\relax\relax' -will result in '65536', which is '1pt' converted to scaled points (TeX's -internal unit) and then coerced into an integer. With a '\glueexpr' -here, the stretch and shrink would be dropped. Going the other way, a -'\numexpr' inside a '\dimexpr' or '\glueexpr' will need appropriate -units, as in '\the\dimexpr\numexpr 1 + 2\relax pt\relax', which produces -'3.0pt'. +will result in '65536', which is '1pt' converted to scaled points (*note +'sp': units of length sp, TeX's internal unit) and then coerced into an +integer. With a '\glueexpr' here, the stretch and shrink would be +dropped. Going the other way, a '\numexpr' inside a '\dimexpr' or +'\glueexpr' will need appropriate units, as in '\the\dimexpr\numexpr 1 + +2\relax pt\relax', which produces '3.0pt'. The details of the arithmetic: each factor is checked to be in the allowed range, numbers must be less than 2^{31} in absolute value, and @@ -8538,8 +8740,8 @@ checked to be in the allowed range. ******************** To start a paragraph, just type some text. To end the current -paragraph, put an empty line. This is three paragraphs, separated by -two empty lines. +paragraph, put an empty line. This is three paragraphs, the separation +of which is made by two empty lines. It is a truth universally acknowledged, that a single man in possession of a good fortune, must be in want of a wife. @@ -8552,15 +8754,32 @@ two empty lines. ``My dear Mr. Bennet,'' said his lady to him one day, ``have you heard that Netherfield Park is let at last?'' - The separator lines must be empty, including not containing a comment -character, '%'. + A paragraph separator is made of a sequence of at least one blank +line, at least one of which is not terminated by a comment. A blank +line is a line that is empty or made only of blank characters such as +space or tab. Comments in source code are started with a '%' and span +up to the end of line. In the following example the two columns are +identical: + + \documentclass[twocolumn]{article} + \begin{document} + First paragraph. + + Second paragraph. + \newpage + First paragraph. + + % separator lines may contain blank characters. + + Second paragraph. + \end{document} Once LaTeX has gathered all of a paragraph's contents it divides that content into lines in a way that is optimized over the entire paragraph (*note Line breaking::). There are places where a new paragraph is not permitted. Don't put a -blank line in math mode (*note Modes::); here the line before the +blank line in math mode (*note Modes::); here the blank line before the '\end{equation}' \begin{equation} @@ -8569,7 +8788,7 @@ blank line in math mode (*note Modes::); here the line before the \end{equation} will get you the error 'Missing $ inserted'. Similarly, the blank line -in this 'section' argument +in this '\section' argument \section{aaa @@ -8581,8 +8800,8 @@ complete'. 15.1 '\par' =========== -Synopsis (note that while reading the input TeX converts two consecutive -newlines to a '\par'): +Synopsis (note that while reading the input TeX converts any sequence of +one or more blank lines to a '\par', *note Making paragraphs::): \par @@ -8596,18 +8815,19 @@ readability. \newcommand{\syllabusLegalese}{% \whatCheatingIs\par\whatHappensWhenICatchYou} - In LR mode or a vertical mode the '\par' command does nothing but it -terminates paragraph mode, switching LaTeX to vertical mode (*note -Modes::). + In LR mode the '\par' command does nothing and is ignored. In +paragraph mode, the '\par' command terminates paragraph mode, switching +LaTeX to vertical mode (*note Modes::). You cannot use the '\par' command in a math mode. You also cannot -use it in the argument of many commands, such as the '\section' command -(*note Making paragraphs:: and *note \newcommand & \renewcommand::). +use it in the argument of many commands, such as the sectioning +commands, e.g. '\section' (*note Making paragraphs:: and *note +\newcommand & \renewcommand::). The '\par' command is not the same as the '\paragraph' command. The -latter is, like '\section' or '\subsection', a sectioning unit used by -the standard LaTeX documents (*note \subsubsection & \paragraph & -\subparagraph::). +latter is, like '\section' or '\subsection', a sectioning command used +by the LaTeX document standard classes (*note \subsubsection & +\paragraph & \subparagraph::). The '\par' command is not the same as '\newline' or the line break double backslash, '\\'. The difference is that '\par' ends the @@ -8700,15 +8920,15 @@ respectively. The document will have paragraphs that are not indented, but instead are vertically separated by about the height of a lowercase 'x'. - In standard LaTeX documents, the default value for '\parindent' in -one-column documents is '15pt' when the default text size is '10pt', + In LaTeX standard class documents, the default value for '\parindent' +in one-column documents is '15pt' when the default text size is '10pt', '17pt' for '11pt', and '1.5em' for '12pt'. In two-column documents it is '1em'. (These values are set before LaTeX calls '\normalfont' so 'em' is derived from the default font, Computer Modern. If you use a -different font then to set '\parindent' in units matching that font, do -'\AtBeginDocument{\setlength{\parindent}{1em}}'.) +different font then to set '\parindent' to 1em matching that font, put +'\AtBeginDocument{\setlength{\parindent}{1em}}' in the preamble.) - The default value for '\parskip' in LaTeX's standard document styles + The default value for '\parskip' in LaTeX's standard document classes is '0pt plus1pt'. 15.4 Marginal notes @@ -8819,31 +9039,6 @@ the formula. The construct '\[ MATH \]' is equivalent to '\begin{displaymath} MATH \end{displaymath}'. These environments can only be used in paragraph mode (*note Modes::). - The two mathematics modes are similar, but there are some -differences. One involves the placement of subscripts and superscripts; -in display math mode they are further apart and in inline math mode they -are closer together. - - Sometimes you want the display math typographical treatment to happen -in the inline math mode. For this, the '\displaystyle' declaration -forces the size and style of the formula to be that of 'displaymath'. -Thus '\(\displaystyle \sum_{n=0}^\infty x_n\)' will have the limits -above and below the summation sign, not next to it. Another example is -that - - \begin{tabular}{r|cc} - \textsc{Name} &\textsc{Series} &\textsc{Sum} \\ \hline - Arithmetic &\( a+(a+b)+(a+2b)+\cdots+(a+(n-1)b) \) - &\( na+(n-1)n\cdot\frac{b}{2}\) \\ - Geometric &\( a+ab+ab^2+\cdots+ab^{n-1} \) - &\(\displaystyle a\cdot\frac{1-b^n}{1-b}\) \\ - \end{tabular} - -because it has no '\displaystyle', the 'Arithmetic' line's fraction will -be scrunched. But, because of its '\displaystyle', the 'Geometric' -line's fraction will be easy to read, with characters the same size as -in the rest of the line. - The American Mathematical Society has made freely available a set of packages that greatly expand your options for writing mathematics, 'amsmath' and 'amssymb' (also be aware of the 'mathtools' package that @@ -9925,13 +10120,13 @@ DelimiterCommand Name delimiters. For instance, if you put '\DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs{\lvert}{\rvert}' in your preamble then you get two commands for single-line vertical bars (they only work in math -mode). The starred version, such as '\abs*{\frac{22}{7}}', has the -height of the vertical bars match the height of the argument. The -unstarred version, such as '\abs{\frac{22}{7}}', has the bars fixed at a -default height. This version accepts an optional argument, as in -'\abs[SIZE COMMAND]{\frac{22}{7}}', where the height of the bars is -given in SIZE COMMAND, such as '\Bigg'. Using '\lVert' and '\rVert' as -the symbols will give you a norm symbol with the same behavior. +mode). The starred form, such as '\abs*{\frac{22}{7}}', has the height +of the vertical bars match the height of the argument. The unstarred +form, such as '\abs{\frac{22}{7}}', has the bars fixed at a default +height. This form accepts an optional argument, as in '\abs[SIZE +COMMAND]{\frac{22}{7}}', where the height of the bars is given in SIZE +COMMAND, such as '\Bigg'. Using instead '\lVert' and '\rVert' as the +symbols will give you a norm symbol with the same behavior. 16.2.5.1 '\left' & '\right' ........................... @@ -9972,8 +10167,9 @@ null delimiter. \end{equation} Note that to get a curly brace as a delimiter you must prefix it with a -backslash, '\{'. (The packages 'amsmath' and 'mathtools' allow you to -get the above construct through in a 'cases' environment.) +backslash, '\{' (*note Reserved characters::). (The packages 'amsmath' +and 'mathtools' allow you to get the above construct through in a +'cases' environment.) The '\left ... \right' pair make a group. One consequence is that the formula enclosed in the '\left ... \right' pair cannot have line @@ -10012,7 +10208,7 @@ the enclosed subformula will be typeset at its natural width, with no stretching or shrinking to make the line fit better. TeX scales the delimiters according to the height and depth of the -contained formula. Here LaTeX grows the brackets to extend the full +enclosed formula. Here LaTeX grows the brackets to extend the full height of the integral. \begin{equation} @@ -10045,25 +10241,25 @@ last because they must be paired. Synopsis, one of: - \biglDELIMITER1 ... \bigrDELIMITER2 - \BiglDELIMITER1 ... \bigrDELIMITER2 - \bigglDELIMITER1 ... \biggrDELIMITER2 - \BigglDELIMITER1 ... \BiggrDELIMITER2 + \bigl DELIMITER1 ... \bigr DELIMITER2 + \Bigl DELIMITER1 ... \bigr DELIMITER2 + \biggl DELIMITER1 ... \biggr DELIMITER2 + \Biggl DELIMITER1 ... \Biggr DELIMITER2 (as with '\bigl[...\bigr]'; strictly speaking they need not be paired, see below), or one of: - \bigmDELIMITER - \BigmDELIMITER - \biggmDELIMITER - \BiggmDELIMITER + \bigm DELIMITER + \Bigm DELIMITER + \biggm DELIMITER + \Biggm DELIMITER (as with '\bigm|'), or one of: - \bigDELIMITER - \BigDELIMITER - \biggDELIMITER - \BiggDELIMITER + \big DELIMITER + \Big DELIMITER + \bigg DELIMITER + \Bigg DELIMITER (as with '\big['). @@ -10080,8 +10276,8 @@ causing LaTeX to spread the lines apart. The larger sizes are meant for displayed equations. *Note Delimiters::, for a list of the common delimiters. In the -family of commands with 'l' and 'r', DELIMITER1 and DELIMITER2 need not -be the same. +family of commands with 'l' or 'r', DELIMITER1 and DELIMITER2 need not +match together. The 'l' and 'r' commands produce open and close delimiters that insert no horizontal space between a preceding atom and the delimiter, @@ -10112,7 +10308,7 @@ circumstances, as with this large vertical line \end{equation} Unlike the '\left...\right' pair (*note \left & \right::), the -commands here with 'l' and 'r' do not make a group. Strictly speaking +commands here with 'l' or 'r' do not make a group. Strictly speaking they need not be matched so you can write something like this. \begin{equation} @@ -10452,25 +10648,28 @@ math symbols family (*note Units of length::). Thus, a '\thickspace' is something like 5/18 times the width of a 'M'. '\;' - Synonym: '\thickspace'. Normally '5.0mu plus 5.0mu'. With - 'amsmath', or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be used in - text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. + + Synonym: '\thickspace'. Normally '5.0mu plus 5.0mu'. With the + 'amsmath' package, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be + used in text mode as well as math mode; otherwise, in math mode + only. '\negthickspace' - Normally '-5.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu'. With 'amsmath', or as of - the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be used in text mode as well as - math mode; before that, in math mode only. + Normally '-5.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu'. With the 'amsmath' + package, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be used in text + mode as well as math mode; otherwise, in math mode only. '\:' '\>' Synonym: '\medspace'. Normally '4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu'. - With 'amsmath', or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be used - in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. + With the 'amsmath' package, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, + can be used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math + mode only. '\negmedspace' - Normally '-4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu'. With 'amsmath', or as of - the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be used in text mode as well as - math mode; before that, in math mode only. + Normally '-4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu'. With the 'amsmath' + package, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be used in text + mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. '\,' Synonym: '\thinspace'. Normally '3mu', which is 1/6em. Can be @@ -10487,11 +10686,12 @@ something like 5/18 times the width of a 'M'. \end{equation} '\!' - A negative thin space. Normally '-3mu'. With 'amsmath', or as of - the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be used in text mode as well as - math mode; before that, The '\!' command is math mode only but the - '\negthinspace' command has always worked in text mode (*note - \thinspace & \negthinspace::). + Synonym: '\negthinspace'. A negative thin space. Normally '-3mu'. + With the 'amsmath' package, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, + can be used in text mode as well as math mode; otherwise, the '\!' + command is math mode only but the '\negthinspace' command has + always also worked in text mode (*note \thinspace & + \negthinspace::). '\quad' This is 18mu, that is, 1em. This is often used for space @@ -10581,10 +10781,12 @@ Synopsis: The '\phantom' command creates a box with the same height, depth, and width as SUBFORMULA, but empty. That is, this command causes LaTeX to typeset the space but not fill it with the material. Here LaTeX will -put a box of the right size for the quotation, but empty. +put a blank line that is the correct width for the answer, but will not +show that answer. - \fbox{\phantom{Conservatism is the fear-filled worship of dead radicals. - --- Mark Twain}} + \begin{displaymath} + \int x^2\,dx=\mbox{\underline{$\phantom{(1/3)x^3+C}$}} + \end{displaymath} The '\vphantom' variant produces an invisible box with the same vertical size as SUBFORMULA, the same height and depth, but having zero @@ -10646,13 +10848,81 @@ which is often the right thing for formulas. Using the height of an open parenthesis is just a convention; for complete control over the amount of space, use '\rule' with a width of zero. *Note \rule::. -16.7 Math miscellany +16.7 Math styles +================ + +TeX's rules for typesetting a formula depend on the context. For +example, inside a displayed equation, the input '\sum_{0\leq +i<n}k^m=\frac{n^{m+1}}{m+1}+\mbox{lower order terms}' will give output +with the summation index centered below the summation symbol. But if +that input is inline then the summation index is off to the right rather +than below, so it won't push the lines apart. Similarly, in a displayed +context, the symbols in the numerator and denominator will be larger +than for an inline context, and in display math subscripts and +superscripts are further apart then they are in inline math. + + TeX uses four math styles. + + * Display style is for a formula displayed on a line by itself, such + as with '\begin{equation} ... \end{equation}'. + + * Text style is for an inline formula, as with 'so we have $ ... $'. + + * Script style is for parts of a formula in a subscript or + superscript. + + * Scriptscript style is for parts of a formula at a second level (or + more) of subscript or superscript. + + TeX determines a default math style but you can override it with a +declaration of '\displaystyle', or '\textstyle', or '\scriptstyle', or +'\scriptscriptstyle'. + + In this example, the 'Arithmetic' line's fraction will look +scrunched. + + \begin{tabular}{r|cc} + \textsc{Name} &\textsc{Series} &\textsc{Sum} \\ \hline + Arithmetic &$a+(a+b)+(a+2b)+\cdots+(a+(n-1)b)$ + &$na+(n-1)n\cdot\frac{b}{2}$ \\ + Geometric &$a+ab+ab^2+\cdots+ab^{n-1}$ + &$\displaystyle a\cdot\frac{1-b^n}{1-b}$ \\ + \end{tabular} + +But because of the '\displaystyle' declaration, the 'Geometric' line's +fraction will be easy to read, with characters the same size as in the +rest of the line. + + Another example is that, compared to the same input without the +declaration, the result of + + we get + $\pi=2\cdot{\displaystyle\int_{x=0}^1 \sqrt{1-x^2}\,dx}$ + +will have an integral sign that is much taller. Note that here the +'\displaystyle' applies to only part of the formula, and it is delimited +by being inside curly braces, as '{\displaystyle ...}'. + + The last example is a continued fraction. + + \begin{equation} + a_0+\frac{1}{ + \displaystyle a_1+\frac{\mathstrut 1}{ + \displaystyle a_2+\frac{\mathstrut 1}{ + \displaystyle a_3}}} + \end{equation} + +Without the '\displaystyle' declarations, the denominators would be set +in script style and scriptscript style. (The '\mathstrut' improves the +height of the denominators; *note \mathstrut::.) + +16.8 Math miscellany ==================== LaTeX contains a wide variety of mathematics facilities. Here are some that don't fit into other categories. -16.7.1 Colon character ':' & '\colon' +16.8.1 Colon character ':' & '\colon' ------------------------------------- Synopsis, one of: @@ -10672,7 +10942,7 @@ spacing appropriate for punctuation, as in set-builder notation definition of functions 'f\colon D\to C'. So if you want the colon character as a punctuation then use '\mathpunct{:}'. -16.7.2 '\*' +16.8.2 '\*' ----------- Synopsis: @@ -10688,7 +10958,7 @@ break does happen, for example between the two middle ones, then LaTeX sets it like '\( A_1 A_2 \times \)', followed by the break, followed by '\( A_3 A_4 \)'. -16.7.3 '\frac' +16.8.3 '\frac' -------------- Synopsis: @@ -10700,7 +10970,7 @@ Synopsis: comes out small; see the discussion of '\displaystyle' (*note Math formulas::). -16.7.4 '\sqrt' +16.8.4 '\sqrt' -------------- Synopsis, one of: @@ -10716,7 +10986,7 @@ steeper, until for a large enough 'arg', it is vertical). LaTeX has a separate '\surd' character (*note Math symbols::). -16.7.5 '\stackrel' +16.8.5 '\stackrel' ------------------ Synopsis, one of: @@ -10735,9 +11005,11 @@ modes, the math modes, and the vertical modes. Some commands only work in one mode or another (in particular, many commands only work in one of the math modes), and error messages will refer to these. - * "Paragraph mode" is what LaTeX is in when processing ordinary text. - It breaks the input text into lines and breaks the lines into - pages. This is the mode LaTeX is in most of the time. + * "Paragraph mode" (in plain TeX this is called "horizontal mode") is + what LaTeX is in when processing ordinary text. It breaks the + input text into lines and finds the positions of line breaks, so + that in vertical mode page breaks can be done. This is the mode + LaTeX is in most of the time. "LR mode" (for left-to-right mode; in plain TeX this is called "restricted horizontal mode") is in effect when LaTeX starts making @@ -10758,11 +11030,13 @@ the math modes), and error messages will refer to these. '\int' differs in the two situations.) * "Vertical mode" is when LaTeX is building the list of lines and - other material making the output page. This is the mode LaTeX is - in when it starts a document. + other material making the output page, which comprises insertion of + page breaks. This is the mode LaTeX is in when it starts a + document. "Internal vertical mode" is in effect when LaTeX starts making a - '\vbox'. This is the vertical analogue of LR mode. + '\vbox'. It has not such thing as page breaks, and as such is the + vertical analogue of LR mode. For instance, if you begin a LaTeX article with 'Let \( x \) be ...' then these are the modes: first LaTeX starts every document in vertical @@ -10936,9 +11210,9 @@ contents, etc.--then it is numbered with lowercase Roman numerals. The main matter of a document uses arabic. *Note \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter::. - If you want to address where the page number appears on the page, -see *note \pagestyle::. If you want to change the value of page number -then you will manipulate the 'page' counter (*note Counters::). + If you want to change where the page number appears on the page, +see *note \pagestyle::. If you want to change the value of the page +number, then you manipulate the 'page' counter (*note Counters::). 18.3 '\pagestyle' ================= @@ -10962,7 +11236,7 @@ options below should use this package. See its documentation on CTAN. centered. 'empty' - The header and footer is empty. + The header and footer are both empty. 'headings' Put running headers and footers on each page. The document style @@ -11055,11 +11329,9 @@ immediately follows the second '\chapter'. 19 Spaces ********* -LaTeX has many ways to produce white (or filled) space. Some of these -are best suited to mathematical text; see *note Spacing in math mode::. -Some spacing commands are suitable for both regular text and -mathematical text; versions of some of these commands are in this -chapter. +LaTeX has many ways to produce white space, or filled space. Some of +these are best suited to mathematical text; for these see *note Spacing +in math mode::. 19.1 '\enspace' & '\quad' & '\qquad' ==================================== @@ -11096,21 +11368,21 @@ Synopsis, one of: \hspace{LENGTH} \hspace*{LENGTH} - Insert the horizontal space LENGTH. The LENGTH can be positive, -negative, or zero; adding negative space is like backspacing. It is a -rubber length, that is, it may contain a 'plus' or 'minus' component, or -both (*note Lengths::). Because the space is stretchable and -shrinkable, it is sometimes called "glue". + Insert the amount LENGTH of horizontal space. The LENGTH can be +positive, negative, or zero; adding a negative amount of space is like +backspacing. It is a rubber length, that is, it may contain a 'plus' or +'minus' component, or both (*note Lengths::). Because the space is +stretchable and shrinkable, it is sometimes called "glue". This makes a line with 'Name:' an inch from the right margin. \noindent\makebox[\linewidth][r]{Name:\hspace{1in}} - The '*'-version inserts horizontal space that non-discardable. More + The '*'-form inserts horizontal space that is non-discardable. More precisely, when TeX breaks a paragraph into lines any white space--glues -and kerns--that come at a line break are discarded. The '*'-version -avoids that (technically, it adds a non-discardable invisible item in -front of the space). +and kerns--that come at a line break are discarded. The '*'-form avoids +that (technically, it adds a non-discardable invisible item in front of +the space). In this example @@ -11298,18 +11570,19 @@ backslash-space, ('\ '), or a tie, ('~'), or '\@'. Examples are 'Nat.\ Acad.\ Science', and 'Mr.~Bean', and '(manure, etc.\@) for sale' (note in the last one that the '\@' comes before the closing parenthesis). -19.5.2 '\frenchspacing' ------------------------ +19.5.2 '\frenchspacing' & '\nonfrenchspacing' +--------------------------------------------- Synopsis, one of: \frenchspacing \nonfrenchspacing - The first declaration causes LaTeX to treat spacing between sentences -in the same way as spacing between words in the middle of a sentence. -The second causes spacing between sentences to stretch or shrink more -(*note \spacefactor::); this is the default. + The first declaration causes LaTeX to handle spacing between +sentences in the same way as spacing between words in the middle of a +sentence. The second switches back to the default handling in which +spacing between sentences stretches or shrinks more (*note +\spacefactor::). Some typographic traditions, including English, prefer to adjust the space between sentences (or spaces following a question mark, @@ -11325,16 +11598,17 @@ Synopsis: \normalsfcodes - Reset the LaTeX space factor values to the default (*note + Reset the LaTeX space factors to the default values (*note \spacefactor::). 19.6 Backslash-space, '\ ' ========================== This section refers to the command consisting of two characters, a -backslash followed by a space. Synopsis: +backslash followed by a space. +Synopsis: - \ + \ Produce a space. By default it produces white space of length 3.33333pt plus 1.66666pt minus 1.11111pt. @@ -11342,33 +11616,45 @@ backslash followed by a space. Synopsis: When you type one or more blanks between words, LaTeX produces white space. But that is different than an explicit space. This illustrates. - \begin{tabular}{l} - One blank: makes some space \\ - Three blanks: in a row \\ - Three spaces:\ \ \ in a row \\ + \begin{tabular}{rl} + One blank:& makes some space \\ + Three blanks:& in a row \\ + Three spaces:&\ \ \ in a row \\ \end{tabular} On the first line LaTeX puts some space after the colon. On the second line LaTeX collapses the three blanks to output one whitespace, so you end with the same space after the colon as in the first line. LaTeX -would similarly collapse a blank followed by a tab, or a blank and a -newline and a blank. However, the bottom line asks for three spaces so -the white area is wider. That is, the backslash-space command creates a -fixed amount of horizontal space. (Note that you can define a -horizontal space of any width at all with '\hspace'; see *note -\hspace::.) +would similarly collapse them to a single whitespace if one, two or all +of the three blanks were replaced by a tab, or by a newline. However, +the bottom line asks for three spaces so the white area is wider. That +is, the backslash-space command creates a fixed amount of horizontal +space. (Note that you can define a horizontal space of any width at all +with '\hspace'; see *note \hspace::.) The backslash-space command has two main uses. It is often used -after control sequences to keep them from gobbling the space that -follows, as in '\TeX\ is nice'. (But using curly parentheses, as in -'\TeX{} is best', has the advantage of still working if the next -character is a period.) The other common use is that it marks a period -as ending an abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in 'So says -Prof.\ Smith' or 'Jones et al.\ (1993)' (*note \@::). - - Under normal circumstances, '\'<tab> and '\'<newline> are equivalent +after control sequences to keep them from gobbling the blank that +follows, as after '\TeX' in '\TeX\ (or \LaTeX)'. (But using curly +braces has the advantage of still working whether the next character is +a blank or any other non-letter, as in '\TeX{} (or \LaTeX{})' in which +'{}' can be added after '\LaTeX' as well as after '\TeX'.) The other +common use is that it marks a period as ending an abbreviation instead +of ending a sentence, as in 'Prof.\ Smith' or 'Jones et al.\ (1993)' +(*note \@::). + + Under normal circumstances, '\'<TAB> and '\'<NEWLINE> are equivalent to backslash-space, '\ '. + Please also note that in order to allow source code indentation, +under normal circumstances, TeX ignores leading blanks in a line. So +the following prints 'one word': + + one + word + +where the white space between 'one' and 'word' is produced by the +newline after 'one', not by the space before 'word'. + 19.7 '~' ======== @@ -11376,11 +11662,16 @@ Synopsis: BEFORE~AFTER - The tie character, '~', produces a space between BEFORE and AFTER at -which the line will not be broken. By default the white space has + The "tie" character, '~', produces a space between BEFORE and AFTER +at which the line will not be broken. By default the white space has length 3.33333pt plus 1.66666pt minus 1.11111pt (*note Lengths::). - Here LaTeX will not break the line between the final two words. + Note that the word 'tie' has this meaning in the TeX/Texinfo +community; this differs from the typographic term "tie", which is a +diacritic in the shape of an arc, called a "tie-after" accent in 'The +TeXbook'. + + Here LaTeX will not break the line between the final two words: Thanks to Prof.~Lerman. @@ -11396,7 +11687,7 @@ words in an '\mbox' (*note \mbox & \makebox::). among readers. Nevertheless, here are some usage models, many of them from 'The TeXbook'. - * Between an enumerator and its item, such as in references: + * Between an enumerator label and number, such as in references: 'Chapter~12', or 'Theorem~\ref{th:Wilsons}', or 'Figure~\ref{fig:KGraph}'. @@ -11405,12 +11696,12 @@ from 'The TeXbook'. * Between a number and its unit: '$745.7.8$~watts' (the 'siunitx' package has a special facility for this) or '144~eggs'. This - includes between a month and a date: 'October~12' or '12~Oct'. In - general, in any expressions where numbers and abbreviations or - symbols are separated by a space: 'AD~565', or '2:50~pm', or - 'Boeing~747', or '268~Plains Road', or '\$$1.4$~billion'. Other - common choices here are a thin space (*note \thinspace & - \negthinspace::) and no space at all. + includes between a month and day number in a date: 'October~12' or + '12~Oct'. In general, in any expressions where numbers and + abbreviations or symbols are separated by a space: 'AD~565', or + '2:50~pm', or 'Boeing~747', or '268~Plains Road', or + '\$$1.4$~billion'. Other common choices here are a thin space + (*note \thinspace & \negthinspace::) and no space at all. * When mathematical phrases are rendered in words: 'equals~$n$', or 'less than~$\epsilon$', or 'given~$X$', or 'modulo~$p^e$ for all @@ -11452,10 +11743,11 @@ ellipsis and a sentence ending period (other style guides, think the three dots and/or four dots are plenty). Another style-specific use is between initials, as in 'D.\thinspace E.\ Knuth'. - LaTeX provides a variety of similar spacing commands (*note Spacing -in math mode::). With 'amsmath', or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, -they can be used in text mode as well as math mode, including '\!' for -'\negthinspace'; before that, they were available only in math mode. + LaTeX provides a variety of similar spacing commands for math mode +(*note Spacing in math mode::). With the 'amsmath' package, or as of +the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, they can be used in text mode as well as +math mode, including '\!' for '\negthinspace'; but otherwise, they are +available only in math mode. 19.9 '\/' ========= @@ -11495,9 +11787,9 @@ characters have a zero italic correction. Some font creators do not include italic correction values even for italic fonts. Technically, LaTeX uses another font-specific value, the so-called -slant parameter (namely '\fontdimen1'), to determine whether to possibly -insert an italic correction, rather than tying the action to particular -font commands. +"slant parameter" (namely '\fontdimen1'), to determine whether to +possibly insert an italic correction, rather than tying the action to +particular font commands. There is no concept of italic correction in math mode; math spacing is done in a different way. @@ -11531,13 +11823,13 @@ start or end. here \renewcommand{\hrulefill}{% - \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern\z@} + \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern0pt } which changes the default thickness of 0.4pt to 1pt. Similarly, adjust the dot spacing as with \renewcommand{\dotfill}{% - \leavevmode\cleaders\hb@xt@1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern\z@} + \leavevmode\cleaders\hbox to 1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern0pt } which changes the default length of 0.33em to 1.00em. @@ -11591,7 +11883,7 @@ class file. of a line space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the 'book' and 'article' classes is '3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt'. - Because each command is a '\vspace', if you use on in mid-paragraph + Because each command is a '\vspace', if you use it in mid-paragraph then it will insert its vertical space between the line in which you use it and the next line, not necessarily at the place that you use it. So these are best between paragraphs. @@ -11638,7 +11930,7 @@ Synopsis: and depth at least '0.3\baselineskip'. Essentially, LaTeX inserts into the line a rectangle having zero width, '\rule[-0.3\baselineskip]{0pt}{\baselineskip}' (*note \rule::). The -'\baselineskip' changes with the current font and fontsize. +'\baselineskip' changes with the current font or fontsize. In this example the '\strut' keeps the box inside the frame from having zero height. @@ -11680,11 +11972,11 @@ line. \end{enumerate} \end{minipage}% -The final two lists use '\fbox' to show what's happening. The third -list's '\parbox' goes only to the bottom of its second 'test', which -happens not have any characters that descend below the baseline. The -fourth list adds the strut that gives the needed extra below-baseline -space. +The final two lists use '\fbox' to show what's happening. The first +item '\parbox' of the third list goes only to the bottom of its second +'test', which happens not have any characters that descend below the +baseline. The fourth list adds the strut that gives the needed extra +below-baseline space. The '\strut' command is often useful in graphics, such as in 'TikZ' or 'Asymptote'. For instance, you may have a command such as @@ -11707,10 +11999,10 @@ keeps the second integral from hitting the first. \end{tabular} (Although the line-ending double backslash command has an available -optional argument to put in more vertical room, that won't work here. -Changing the first double backslash to something like '\\[2.5ex]' will -put the room between the header line and the '\hline', and the integral -would still hit the line.) +optional argument to change the corresponding baseline skip, that won't +solve this issue. Changing the first double backslash to something like +'\\[2.5ex]' will put more room between the header line and the '\hline' +rule, and the integral would still hit the rule.) 19.14 '\vspace' =============== @@ -11734,9 +12026,9 @@ component (*note Lengths::). (*Note \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip::, for common inter-paragraph spaces.) - The '*'-version inserts vertical space that non-discardable. More + The '*'-form inserts vertical space that is non-discardable. More precisely, LaTeX discards vertical space at a page break and the -'*'-version causes the space to stay. This example leaves space between +'*'-form causes the space to stay. This example leaves space between the two questions. Question: Find the integral of \( 5x^4+5 \). @@ -11805,10 +12097,11 @@ needed to make the natural length equal to the maximum of the VERT-LENGTH's in that sequence. This command is fragile (*note \protect::). The VERT-LENGTH is a rubber length (*note Lengths::). - This example illustrates. The 'picture' draws a scale. In a -standard LaTeX article the length '\baselineskip' is 12pt. The two -rules here are 22pt apart: the sum of the '\baselineskip' and the 10pt -from the first 'addvspace'. + This example illustrates. The 'picture' draws a scale over which to +rules are placed. In a standard LaTeX article the length +'\baselineskip' is 12pt. As shown by the scale, the two rules are 22pt +apart: the sum of the '\baselineskip' and the 10pt from the first +'\addvspace'. \documentclass{article} \usepackage{color} @@ -11948,16 +12241,16 @@ Synopses, one of: \framebox[WIDTH]{TEXT} \framebox[WIDTH][POSITION]{TEXT} - Create a box with an enclosing frame, four lines surrounding the -space. These commands are the same as '\mbox' and '\makebox' except for + Create a box with an enclosing frame, four rules surrounding the +TEXT. These commands are the same as '\mbox' and '\makebox' except for the frame (*note \mbox & \makebox::). The '\fbox' command is robust, the '\framebox' command is fragile (*note \protect::). \fbox{Warning! No work shown, no credit given.} -LaTeX puts the text into a box that cannot be split or hyphenated. -Around that box, separated from it by a small gap, are four lines making -a frame. +LaTeX puts the text into a box, the text cannot be hyphenated. Around +that box, separated from it by a small gap, are four rules making a +frame. The first two command invocations, '\fbox{...}' and '\framebox{...}', are roughly the same. As to the third and fourth invocations, the @@ -11968,13 +12261,12 @@ empty box that is 1/4in wide. \setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}\framebox[0.25in]{\strut}} -The '\strut' inserts a vertical height of '\baselineskip' (*note -\strut::). +The '\strut' ensures a total height of '\baselineskip' (*note \strut::). These parameters determine the frame layout. '\fboxrule' - The thickness of the lines around the enclosed box. The default is + The thickness of the rules around the enclosed box. The default is 0.2pt. Change it with a command such as '\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}' (*note \setlength::). @@ -11984,7 +12276,7 @@ The '\strut' inserts a vertical height of '\baselineskip' (*note (*note \setlength::). Setting it to 0pt is useful sometimes: this will put a frame around the picture with no white border. - {\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt} + {\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}% \framebox{% \includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]{prudence.jpg}}} @@ -12002,8 +12294,9 @@ frame the result. *Note Colored boxes::, for colors other than black and white. - The 'picture' environment has a version of this command where the -units depend on 'picture''s '\unitlength' (*note \framebox (picture)::). + The 'picture' environment has a version of the '\framebox' command +where the units depend on 'picture''s '\unitlength' (*note \framebox +(picture)::). 20.3 '\parbox' ============== @@ -12147,6 +12440,7 @@ enter '\sbox{\newreg}{test \\ test}' and '\usebox{\newreg}' then you get '\usebox{\newreg}' then you get 'test test', but no error or warning. To fix this use a '\parbox' or 'minipage' as here. + \newsavebox{\areg} \savebox{\areg}{% \begin{minipage}{\linewidth} \begin{enumerate} @@ -12191,8 +12485,8 @@ Synopsis: \end{lrbox} This is the environment form of the '\sbox' and '\savebox' commands, -and is equivalent to them. for the full description, *Note \sbox & -\savebox::. +and is equivalent to them. *Note \sbox & \savebox::, for the full +description. The TEXT inside the environment is saved in the box register referred to by variable 'BOX-CMD'. The variable name BOX-CMD must begin with a @@ -12219,7 +12513,7 @@ Synopsis: Produce the box most recently saved in the box register BOX-CMD by the commands '\sbox' or '\savebox', or the 'lrbox' environment. For -more information and examples, *Note \sbox & \savebox::. (Note that the +more information and examples, *note \sbox & \savebox::. (Note that the variable name BOX-CMD starts with a backslash, '\'.) This command is robust (*note \protect::). @@ -12496,8 +12790,8 @@ of the time, 'graphicx' is the better choice. Graphics come in two main types, raster and vector. LaTeX can use both. In raster graphics the file contains an entry for each location -in an array, describing what color it is. An example is a photograph, -in JPG format. In vector graphics, the file contains a list of +in an array, describing what color it is. An example is a photograph in +JPG format. In vector graphics, the file contains a list of instructions such as 'draw a circle with this radius and that center'. An example is a line drawing produced by the Asymptote program, in PDF format. Generally vector graphics are more useful because you can @@ -12706,7 +13000,7 @@ Synopsis: Declare how to handle graphic files whose names end in EXTENSION. - This example declares that all files with names have the form + This example declares that all files with names of the form 'filename-without-dot.mps' will be treated as output from MetaPost, meaning that the printer driver will use its MetaPost-handling code to input the file. @@ -13188,7 +13482,8 @@ with optional arguments to '\includegraphics' (*note The '\reflectbox' command abbreviates '\scalebox{-1}[1]{MATERIAL}'. Thus, 'Able was I\reflectbox{Able was I}' will show the phrase 'Able was -I' immediately followed by its mirror reflection. +I' immediately followed by its mirror reflection against a vertical +axis. 22.3.4 '\resizebox' ------------------- @@ -13210,8 +13505,8 @@ vertically by the same factor to keep it from being distorted. The unstarred form '\resizebox' takes VERTICAL LENGTH to be the box's height while the starred form '\resizebox*' takes it to be height+depth. -For instance, make the text have a height+depth of a quarter inch with -'\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{1in}{This box has both height and +For instance, make the text have a height+depth of a quarter-inch with +'\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{3.5in}{This box has both height and depth.}}'. You can use '\depth', '\height', '\totalheight', and '\width' to @@ -13612,7 +13907,9 @@ accented. '\capitaltie' '\newtie' '\capitalnewtie' - oo͡ Tie-after accent. The '\newtie' form is centered in its box. + Tie-after accent (used for transliterating from Cyrillic, such as + in the ALA-LC romanization). It expects that the argument has two + characters. The '\newtie' form is centered in its box. '\u' '\capitalbreve' @@ -13631,8 +13928,8 @@ Synopsis: A TeX primitive command used to generate accented characters from accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by NUMBER, a -numeric argument, followed by a space and then a CHARACTER argument -constructs the accented character in the current font. +numeric argument, followed by a space and then a CHARACTER argument to +construct the accented character in the current font. These are accented 'e' characters. @@ -13642,7 +13939,8 @@ constructs the accented character in the current font. \accent22 e \accent23 e -The first is a grave, the second is breve, etc. +The first is a grave, the second a caron, the third a breve, the fourth +a macron, and the fifth a ring above. The position of the accent is determined by the font designer and so the outcome of '\accent' use may differ between fonts. In LaTeX it is @@ -13739,10 +14037,10 @@ useful to omit it. called the "encoding". There are many different encodings. The simplest is ASCII, which supports 95 printable characters, not enough for most of the world's languages. For instance, to typeset the -a-umlaut character ä in an ASCII-encoded LaTeX source file, the sequence -'\"a' is used. This would make source files for anything but English -hard to read; even for English, often a more extensive encoding is more -convenient. +a-umlaut character 'ä' in an ASCII-encoded LaTeX source file, the +sequence '\"a' is used. This would make source files for anything but +English hard to read; even for English, often a more extensive encoding +is more convenient. The modern encoding standard, in some ways a union of the others, is UTF-8, one of the representations of Unicode. This is the default for @@ -14074,8 +14372,8 @@ works under TeX Live on GNU/Linux: 25 Front/back matter ******************** -25.1 Table of contents etc. -=========================== +25.1 Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables +======================================================= Synopsis, one of: @@ -14220,18 +14518,18 @@ contains these definitions: In this example, '\@dottedcline' appears to have been given only three arguments. But tracing the internal code shows that it picks up the final TEXT and PAGENUMBER arguments in the synopsis from a call to -'\contentsline'. +'\contentsline' (*note \contentsline::). Between the box for the title text of a section and the right margin box, these '\@dottedtocline' commands insert "leaders", that is, evenly-spaced dots. The dot-to-dot space is given by the command -'\@dotsep'. By default it is 4.5 (it is in math units, which are -'1/18' em. Change it using '\renewcommand', as in +'\@dotsep'. By default it is 4.5 (it is in math units, aka. 'mu', which +are '1/18' em. Change it using '\renewcommand', as in '\renewcommand{\@dotsep}{3.5}'. - In the default book class, LaTeX does not use dotted leaders for the -Part and Chapter table entries, and in the default article class it does -not use dotted leaders for Section entries. + In the standard 'book' class, LaTeX does not use dotted leaders for +the Part and Chapter table entries, and in the standard 'article' class +it does not use dotted leaders for Section entries. 25.1.2 '\addcontentsline' ------------------------- @@ -14249,26 +14547,27 @@ contents. It will appear at the same indentation level as the sections, will be in boldface, and will be assigned the page number associated with the point -where it appears in the input file. +where the command appears in the input file. The '\addcontentsline' command writes information to the file -'ROOT-NAME.EXT'. It writes that information as the text of the command -'\contentsline{UNIT}{TEXT}{NUM}', where 'NUM' is the current value of -counter 'UNIT' (*note \contentsline::). The most common case is the -table of contents and there NUM is the page number of the first page of -UNIT. - - This command is invoked by the sectioning commands '\chapter', etc., -and also by '\caption' inside a float environment. But it is also used -by authors. For example, an author writing a book whose style is to -have an unnumbered preface may use the starred '\chapter*'. But that -command leaves out table of contents information, which can be entered -manually, as here. +'ROOT-NAME.EXT', where ROOT-NAME is the file name of the root file +(*note Splitting the input::). It writes that information as the text +of the command '\contentsline{UNIT}{TEXT}{NUM}', where 'NUM' is the +current value of counter 'UNIT' (*note \contentsline::). The most +common case is the table of contents and there NUM is the page number of +the first page of UNIT. + + This command is invoked by the sectioning commands '\chapter', etc. +(*note Sectioning::), and also by '\caption' inside a float environment +(*note Floats::). But it is also directly used by authors. For +example, an author writing a book whose style is to have an unnumbered +preface may use the starred '\chapter*'. But that command leaves out +table of contents information, which can be entered manually, as here. \chapter*{Preface} \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect\numberline{}Preface} -In the '.toc' file LaTeX will put the line '\contentsline +In the 'ROOT-NAME.toc' file LaTeX will put the line '\contentsline {chapter}{\numberline {}Preface}{3}'; note that the page number '3' is automatically generated by the system, not entered manually. @@ -14280,7 +14579,8 @@ EXT filename extension of the information file. UNIT - A string that depends on the value of the EXT argument: + A string that depends on the value of the EXT argument, typically + one of: 'toc' For the table of contents, this is the name of a sectional @@ -14293,8 +14593,8 @@ UNIT For the list of tables: 'table'. TEXT - The text of the entry. You must '\protect' any commands that are - fragile (*note \protect::). + The text of the entry. You must '\protect' any fragile commands + (*note \protect::) used in it. The '\addcontentsline' command has an interaction with '\include' (*note \include & \includeonly::). If you use them at the same level, @@ -14302,7 +14602,8 @@ as with '\addcontentsline{...}{...}{...}\include{...}' then lines in the table of contents can come out in the wrong order. The solution is to move '\addcontentsline' into the file being included. - If you use a UNIT that LaTeX does not recognize, as here + If you use a UNIT that LaTeX does not recognize, as with the typo +here \addcontentsline{toc}{setcion}{\protect\textbf{Appendices}} @@ -14381,7 +14682,7 @@ etc.::). Authors do not directly enter '\contentsline' commands. Usually adding material to these lists is done automatically by the commands '\chapter', '\section', etc. for the table of contents, or by the '\caption' command inside of a '\figure' or '\table' environment -(*note figure:: and *note table::). Thus, where the base file is +(*note figure:: and *note table::). Thus, where the root file is 'thesis.tex', and contains the declaration '\tableofcontents', the command '\chapter{Chapter One}' produces something like this in the file 'thesis.toc'. @@ -14404,8 +14705,9 @@ in 'thesis.lof'. Note that the 'hyperref' package changes the definition of '\contentsline' (and '\addcontentsline') to add more arguments, to make hyperlinks. This is the source of the error 'Argument of \contentsline -has an extra }'. Fix this error by deleting the '.toc' or '.lof' or -'.lot' file, and running LaTeX again. +has an extra }' when one adds/remove the use of package 'hyperref' and a +compilation was already run. Fix this error by deleting the '.toc' or +'.lof' or '.lot' file, and running LaTeX again. 25.1.5 '\nofiles' ----------------- @@ -14443,61 +14745,109 @@ Synopsis: '\contentsline' command to typeset the section number (*note \contentsline::). - For example, this line in a '.toc' file causes the '1' to be typeset -flush left. + For example, this line in a '.toc' file causes the '1.1' to be +typeset flush left. \contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}Motivation}{2} By default, LaTeX typesets the section numbers in a box of length '\@tempdima'. That length is set by the commands '\l@section', '\l@subsection', etc. Put section numbers inside a natural-width box -with '\renewcommand{\numberline}[1]{#1~}'. +with '\renewcommand{\numberline}[1]{#1~}' before '\tableofcontents'. + + This command is fragile so you may need to precede it with '\protect' +(*note \protect::). An example is the use of '\protect' in this +command, - This command is fragile, so you may need to precede it with -'\protect' (*note \protect::). An example is the use of '\protect' in -the command -'\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}Summary}' to get -the '\numberline' into this command in the '.toc' file: '\contentsline -{section}{\numberline {}Summary}{6}' (the page number '6' is -automatically added by LaTeX; *note \addcontentsline::). + \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}Summary} + +to get the '\numberline' into the '\contentsline' command in the '.toc' +file: '\contentsline {section}{\numberline {}Summary}{6}' (the page +number '6' is automatically added by LaTeX; *note \addcontentsline::). 25.2 Indexes ============ -This document has an index. +If you tell LaTeX what terms you want to appear in an index then it can +produce that index, alphabetized and with the page numbers automatically +maintained. This illustrates the basics. \documentclass{article} - \usepackage{makeidx} \makeindex + \usepackage{makeidx} % Provide indexing commands + \makeindex + % \usepackage{showidx} % Show marginal notes of index entries ... \begin{document} ... - Recall Wilson's Theorem: \index{Wilson's Theorem} - a number \( n>1 \) is prime if and only if the factorial of \( n-1 \) - is congruent to \( -1 \) modulo~\( n \). + Wilson's Theorem\index{Wilson's Theorem} + says that a number $n>1$ is prime if and only if the factorial + of $n-1$ is congruent to $-1$ + modulo~$n$.\index{congruence!and Wilson's Theorem} ... \printindex - ... + \end{document} + +As that shows, declare index entries with the '\index' command (*note +\index::). When you run LaTeX, the '\index' writes its information, +such as 'Wilson's Theorem' and the page number, to an auxiliary file +whose name ends in '.idx'. Next, to alphabetize and do other +manipulations, run an external command, typically 'makeindex' (*note +makeindex::), which writes a file whose name ends in '.ind'. Finally, +'\printindex' brings this manipulated information into the output (*note +\printindex::). + + Thus, if the above example is in the file 'numth.tex' then running +'pdflatex numth' will save index entry and page number information to +'numth.idx'. Then running 'makeindex numth' will alphabetize and save +the results to 'numth.ind'. Finally, again running 'pdflatex numth' +will show the desired index, at the place where the '\printindex' +command is in the source file. -The '\usepackage{makeidx}' and '\makeindex' in the preamble bring in the -relevant commands. + There are many options for the output. An example is that the +exclamation point in '\index{congruence!and Wilson's Theorem}' produces +a main entry of 'congruence' with a subentry of 'and Wilson's Theorem'. +For more, *note makeindex::. - Producing an index is a three stage process. First, in the document -body you declare index entries with the '\index' command (*note -\index::). When you run LaTeX, the '\index' writes its information to -an auxiliary file 'ROOT-NAME.idx'. Next, to alphabetize and to do other -manipulations you run an external command, typically 'makeindex' or -'xindy' (*note makeindex::). These output a file 'ROOT-NAME.ind'. -Finally, you bring the information back into your document and typeset -it with the '\printindex' command (*note \printindex::). + The '\makeindex' and '\printindex' commands are independent. Leaving +out the '\makeindex' will stop LaTeX from saving the index entries to +the auxiliary file. Leaving out the '\printindex' will cause LaTeX to +not show the index in the document output. There are many packages in the area of indexing. The 'showidx' package causes each index entries to be shown in the margin on the page -where the entry appears. This can help in preparing the index. The +where the '\index' appears. This can help in preparing the index. The 'multind' package, among others, supports multiple indexes. See also the TeX FAQ entry on this topic, <https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-multind>, and the CTAN topic, <https://ctan.org/topic/index-multi>. -25.2.1 '\index' +25.2.1 Produce the index manually +--------------------------------- + +Documents that are small and static can have a manually produced index. +This will make a separate page labeled 'Index', in twocolumn format. + + \begin{theindex} + \item acorn squash, 1 + \subitem maple baked, 2 + \indexspace + \item bacon, 3 + \subitem maple baked, 4 + \end{theindex} + + Note that the author must enter the page numbers, which is tedious +and which will result in wrong numbers if the document changes. This is +why in most cases automated methods such as 'makeindex' are best. *Note +Indexes::. + + However we cover the commands for completeness, and because the +automated methods are based on these commands. There are three levels +of entries. As the example shows, a main entry uses '\item', subentries +use '\subitem', and the lowest level uses '\subsubitem'. Blank lines +between entries have no effect. The example above includes +'\indexspace' to produce vertical space in the output that some index +styles use before the first entry starting with a new letter. + +25.2.2 '\index' --------------- Synopsis: @@ -14512,6 +14862,8 @@ from what's below is to compile the document with 'pdflatex test', then process the index entries with 'makeindex test', and then compile again with 'pdflatex test'. + % file test.tex + ... W~Ackermann (1896--1962).\index{Ackermann} ... Ackermann function\index{Ackermann!function} @@ -14524,7 +14876,7 @@ below it and indented, and the third as a subitem of the second. Three levels deep is as far as you can nest subentries. (If you add '\index{Ackermann!function!growth rate!comparison}' then 'makeindex' says 'Scanning input file test.idx....done (4 entries accepted, 1 -rejected)' and nothing appears in the index). +rejected)' and the fourth level is silently missing from the index.) If you enter a second '\index' with the same INDEX-ENTRY-STRING then you will get a single index entry with two page numbers (unless they @@ -14538,27 +14890,27 @@ could come before '\index{Ackermann}'. W~Ackermann (1896--1962).\index{Ackermann} ... - D~Hilbert (1862--1943)\index{Ackermann!Hilbert\(} + D~Hilbert (1862--1943)\index{Ackermann!Hilbert|(} ... - disapproved of his marriage.\index{Ackermann!Hilbert\)} + disapproved of his marriage.\index{Ackermann!Hilbert|)} If the beginning and ending of the page range are equal then the system -just gives a single page entry, not a range. +just gives a single page number, not a range. If you index subentries but not a main entry, as with '\index{Jones!program}' and '\index{Jones!results}', then the output is the item 'Jones' with no comma or page number, followed by two subitems, like 'program, 50' and 'results, 51'. - Generate a index entry that says 'See' by using a vertical bar + Generate a index entry that says 'see' by using a vertical bar character: '\index{Ackermann!function|see{P\'eter's function}}'. You -can instead get 'See also' with 'seealso'. (The text 'See' is defined -by '\seename', and 'See also' by '\alsoname'. You can redefine these +can instead get 'see also' with 'seealso'. (The text 'see' is defined +by '\seename', and 'see also' by '\alsoname'. You can redefine these either by using an internationalization package such as 'babel' or -'polyglossia', or directly as with '\renewcommand{\alsoname}[1]{Also see -#1}'.) +'polyglossia', or directly as with '\renewcommand{\alsoname}{Also +see}'.) - The 'See' feature is part of a more general functionality. After the + The 'see' feature is part of a more general functionality. After the vertical bar you can put the name of a one-input command, as in '\index{group|textit}' (note the missing backslash on the '\textit' command) and the system will apply that command to the page number, here @@ -14591,9 +14943,9 @@ entry. Another example is that '\index{Saint Michael's College@SMC}' produces an index entry 'SMC' alphabetized into a different location than its spelling would naturally give it. - To put a '!', or '@', or '|' character in an index entry, preceding -it with a double quote, '"'. (The double quote gets deleted before -alphabetization.) + To put a '!', or '@', or '|', or '"' character in an index entry, +escape it by preceding it with a double quote, '"'. (The double quote +gets deleted before alphabetization.) A number of packages on CTAN have additional functionality beyond that provided by 'makeidx'. One is 'index', which allows for multiple @@ -14612,7 +14964,7 @@ message like this. Runaway argument? {Ackermann!function ! Paragraph ended before \@wrindex was complete. -25.2.2 'makeindex' +25.2.3 'makeindex' ------------------ Synopsis, one of: @@ -14652,7 +15004,7 @@ possibilities in STYLE-FILE. For a full list see the documentation on CTAN. A style file consists of a list of pairs: SPECIFIER and ATTRIBUTE. -These can appear in the file in any order. All of the ATTRIBUTES are +These can appear in the file in any order. All of the ATTRIBUTEs are strings, except where noted. Strings are surrounded with double quotes, '"', and the maximum length of a string is 144 characters. The '\n' is for a newline and '\t' is for a tab. Backslashes are escaped with @@ -14660,18 +15012,19 @@ another backslash, '\\'. If a line begins with a percent sign, '%', then it is a comment. 'preamble' - Preamble of the output file. Defines the context in which the - index is formatted. Default: '"\\begin{theindex}\n"'. + Preamble of the output index file. Defines the context in which + the index is formatted. Default: '"\\begin{theindex}\n"'. 'postamble' - Postamble of the output file. Default: '"\n\n\\end{theindex}\n"'. + Postamble of the output index file. Default: + '"\n\n\\end{theindex}\n"'. 'group_skip' Traditionally index items are broken into groups, typically a group - for entries starting with 'a', etc. This specifier gives what is - inserted when a new group begins. Default: '"\n\n \\indexspace\n"' - ('\indexspace' is a command inserting a rubber length, by default - '10pt plus5pt minus3pt'). + for entries starting with letter 'a', etc. This specifier gives + what is inserted when a new group begins. Default: '"\n\n + \\indexspace\n"' ('\indexspace' is a command inserting a rubber + length, by default '10pt plus5pt minus3pt'). 'lethead_flag' An integer. It governs what is inserted for a new group or letter. @@ -14761,7 +15114,7 @@ then it is a comment. '"rnaRA"'. There are a number of other programs that do the job 'makeindex' -does. One is 'xindy' (https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy), which does +does. One is 'xindy' (<https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy>), which does internationalization and can process indexes for documents marked up using LaTeX and a number of other languages. It is written in Lisp, highly configurable, both in markup terms and in terms of the collating @@ -14770,7 +15123,7 @@ order of the text, as described in its documentation. A more recent indexing program supporting Unicode is 'xindex', written in Lua (<https://ctan.org/pkg/xindex>). -25.2.3 '\printindex' +25.2.4 '\printindex' -------------------- Synopsis: @@ -15237,9 +15590,9 @@ Synopsis: \openout NUMBER=FILENAME - Open a file for reading material, or for writing it. The NUMBER must -be between 0 and 15, as in '\openin3' (in LuaLaTeX NUMBER can be between -0 and 255). + Open a file for reading material, or for writing it. In most +engines, the NUMBER must be between 0 and 15, as in '\openin3'; in +LuaLaTeX, NUMBER can be between 0 and 127. Here TeX opens the file 'presidents.tex' for reading. @@ -15386,8 +15739,8 @@ outputs 'Recommendation for John Dee'. Like what happens here with being printed. LaTeX's usual rules for treating multiple spaces as a single space -and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to 'msg'. As above, use -the command '\space' to get a single space, independent of surrounding +and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to 'msg'. Use the +command '\space' to get a single space, independent of surrounding spaces. Use '^^J' to get a newline. Get a percent character with '\csname @percentchar\endcsname'. @@ -15834,17 +16187,27 @@ different versions. pdflatex -jobname=teachers "\def\teachers{}\input{main}" The 'jobname' option is there because otherwise both files would be -called 'main.pdf' and the second would overwrite the first. (See the -next section.) +called 'main.pdf' and the second would overwrite the first. (*note +Jobname::.) - In this example, we pass the 'draft' option to the 'graphicx' -package: + In this example we use the command line to select which parts of a +document to include. For a book named 'mybook.tex' and structured like +this. - pdflatex "\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\input{aa.tex}" + \documentclass{book} + \begin{document} + ... + \include{chap1} + \include{chap2} + ... + \end{document} -so the graphic files are read for their bounding box size information -but replaced in the PDF by a box with same size and that contains only -the file name, which speeds up compilation time and saves printer ink. +the command line + + pdflatex "\includeonly{chap1}\input{mybook}" + +will give output that has the first chapter but no other chapter. *Note +Splitting the input::. 28.3 Jobname ============ @@ -15859,19 +16222,21 @@ for instance the command 'pdflatex thesis' creates 'thesis.pdf' and also where LATEX-ENGINE is 'pdflatex', 'lualatex', etc. (*note TeX engines::). If ARGUMENT does not start with a backslash, as is the case above with 'thesis', then TeX considers it to be the name of the file to -input as the main document. The name of that root file, without the -'.tex' extension, is the jobname. If ARGUMENT does start with a -backslash, or if TeX is in interactive mode, then it waits for the first -'\input' command, and the jobname is the argument to '\input'. +input as the main document. This file is referred to as the "root file" +(*note Splitting the input::, and *note \input::). The name of that +root file, without the '.tex' extension if any, is the jobname. If +ARGUMENT does start with a backslash, or if TeX is in interactive mode, +then it waits for the first '\input' command, and the jobname is the +argument to '\input'. There are two more possibilities for the jobname. It can be directly specified with the '-jobname' option, as in 'pdflatex -jobname=myname' (*note Command line input:: for a real example). The final possibility is 'texput', which is the final fallback -default if no other name is available to TeX. For example, if no -'-jobname' option was specified, and the compilation stops before there -is any output, then the log file will be named 'texput.log'. +default if no other name is available to TeX. That is, if no '-jobname' +option was specified, and the compilation stops before any input file is +met, then the log file will be named 'texput.log'. A special case of this is that in LaTeX versions of (approximately) 2020 or later, the jobname is also 'texput' if the first '\input' occurs @@ -16093,2934 +16458,3044 @@ Index * Menu: -* $ inline math: math. (line 4674) -* $$...$$ plain TeX display math: displaymath. (line 3779) -* & for table cells: tabular. (line 5641) +* $ inline math: math. (line 4754) +* $$...$$ plain TeX display math: displaymath. (line 3860) +* & for table cells: tabular. (line 5726) * * prompt: Recovering from errors. - (line 16032) + (line 16296) +* *, to \nocite all keys: Using BibTeX. (line 6257) * *-form of environment commands: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. - (line 7497) -* *-form of sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 2569) + (line 7646) +* *-form of sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 2657) * *-form, defining new commands: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 7127) + (line 7248) * --disable-write18 command-line option: Command line options. - (line 15867) + (line 16121) * --enable-write18 command-line option: Command line options. - (line 15867) + (line 16121) * --file-line-error command-line option: Command line options. - (line 15888) + (line 16142) * --halt-on-error command-line option: Command line options. - (line 15885) + (line 16139) * --help command-line option: Command line options. - (line 15829) + (line 16083) * --interaction command-line option: Command line options. - (line 15832) + (line 16086) * --jobname command-line option: Command line options. - (line 15849) + (line 16103) * --no-file-line-error command-line option: Command line options. - (line 15888) + (line 16142) * --no-shell-escape command-line option: Command line options. - (line 15867) + (line 16121) * --output-directory command-line option: Command line options. - (line 15854) + (line 16108) * --shell-escape command-line option: Command line options. - (line 15867) + (line 16121) * --version command-line option: Command line options. - (line 15824) -* -1, write stream number: \write. (line 15526) -* .aux file: Output files. (line 486) -* .dvi file: Output files. (line 463) -* .fmt file: TeX engines. (line 505) -* .glo file: Glossaries. (line 14923) -* .idx file: Indexes. (line 14560) -* .idx file <1>: makeindex. (line 14711) -* .ind file: makeindex. (line 14711) -* .isty file: makeindex. (line 14723) -* .lof file: Output files. (line 496) + (line 16078) +* -1, write stream number: \write. (line 15781) +* .aux file: Output files. (line 490) +* .aux file and BibTeX commands: BibTeX error messages. + (line 6264) +* .dvi file: Output files. (line 467) +* .fmt file: TeX engines. (line 509) +* .glo file: Glossaries. (line 15180) +* .idx file: Indexes. (line 14770) +* .idx file <1>: makeindex. (line 14969) +* .ind file: makeindex. (line 14969) +* .isty file: makeindex. (line 14981) +* .lof file: Output files. (line 500) * .lof file <1>: Table of contents etc.. - (line 14171) -* .lof file <2>: \contentsline. (line 14466) -* .log file: Output files. (line 481) -* .lot file: Output files. (line 496) + (line 14377) +* .lof file <2>: \contentsline. (line 14673) +* .log file: Output files. (line 485) +* .lot file: Output files. (line 500) * .lot file <1>: Table of contents etc.. - (line 14171) -* .lot file <2>: \contentsline. (line 14466) -* .pdf file: Output files. (line 473) + (line 14377) +* .lot file <2>: \contentsline. (line 14673) +* .pdf file: Output files. (line 477) * .tex, default extension: Command line interface. - (line 15781) -* .toc file: Output files. (line 496) + (line 16035) +* .toc file: Output files. (line 500) * .toc file <1>: Table of contents etc.. - (line 14171) -* .toc file <2>: \contentsline. (line 14466) -* .xdv file: TeX engines. (line 541) -* /bin/sh, used by \write18: \write18. (line 15746) + (line 14377) +* .toc file <2>: \contentsline. (line 14673) +* .xdv file: TeX engines. (line 545) +* /bin/sh, used by \write18: \write18. (line 16000) * 10pt option: Document class options. - (line 737) + (line 739) * 11pt option: Document class options. - (line 737) + (line 739) * 12pt option: Document class options. - (line 737) + (line 739) * : for math: Colon character & \colon. - (line 10730) + (line 10927) * [...] for optional arguments: LaTeX command syntax. - (line 591) -* \ (backslash-space): \(SPACE). (line 11412) + (line 595) +* \ (backslash-space): \(SPACE). (line 11606) * \ character starting commands: LaTeX command syntax. - (line 591) + (line 595) * \!: Spacing in math mode. - (line 10561) -* \" (umlaut accent): Accents. (line 13648) + (line 10688) +* \" (umlaut accent): Accents. (line 13851) * \#: Reserved characters. - (line 13325) + (line 13532) * \$: Reserved characters. - (line 13325) + (line 13532) * \%: Reserved characters. - (line 13325) + (line 13532) * \&: Reserved characters. - (line 13325) -* \' (acute accent): Accents. (line 13652) -* \' (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5489) -* \(...\) inline math: math. (line 4674) -* \*: \*. (line 10750) -* \+: tabbing. (line 5481) + (line 13532) +* \' (acute accent): Accents. (line 13855) +* \' (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5574) +* \(...\) inline math: math. (line 4754) +* \*: \*. (line 10947) +* \+: tabbing. (line 5566) * \,: Spacing in math mode. - (line 10547) -* \-: tabbing. (line 5485) -* \- (hyphenation): \- (hyphenation). (line 6520) -* \. (dot-over accent): Accents. (line 13655) -* \/: \/. (line 11541) + (line 10674) +* \-: tabbing. (line 5570) +* \- (hyphenation): \- (hyphenation). (line 6633) +* \. (dot-over accent): Accents. (line 13858) +* \/: \/. (line 11754) * \:: Spacing in math mode. - (line 10537) + (line 10663) * \;: Spacing in math mode. - (line 10526) -* \<: tabbing. (line 5477) -* \= (macron accent): Accents. (line 13659) -* \= (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5471) -* \>: tabbing. (line 5475) + (line 10650) +* \<: tabbing. (line 5562) +* \= (macron accent): Accents. (line 13862) +* \= (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5556) +* \>: tabbing. (line 5560) * \> <1>: Spacing in math mode. - (line 10537) -* \> (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5474) -* \@: \@. (line 11336) -* \@auxout: \write. (line 15541) -* \@beginparpenalty: list. (line 4556) -* \@dottedtocline: \@dottedtocline. (line 14296) -* \@endparpenalty: list. (line 4564) -* \@fnsymbol: \footnote. (line 6876) -* \@ifstar: \@ifstar. (line 7310) -* \@itempenalty: list. (line 4560) -* \@mainaux: \write. (line 15541) -* \@startsection: \@startsection. (line 3055) -* \a (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5504) -* \a' (acute accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 5505) -* \a= (macron accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 5505) + (line 10663) +* \> (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5559) +* \@: \@. (line 11529) +* \@auxout: \write. (line 15796) +* \@beginparpenalty: list. (line 4636) +* \@dottedtocline: \@dottedtocline. (line 14501) +* \@endparpenalty: list. (line 4644) +* \@fnsymbol: \footnote. (line 6997) +* \@ifstar: \@ifstar. (line 7460) +* \@itempenalty: list. (line 4640) +* \@mainaux: \write. (line 15796) +* \@startsection: \@startsection. (line 3141) +* \a (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5589) +* \a' (acute accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 5590) +* \a= (macron accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 5590) * \aa (å): Additional Latin letters. - (line 13769) + (line 13975) * \AA (Å): Additional Latin letters. - (line 13769) -* \accent: \accent. (line 13719) -* \acute: Math accents. (line 10419) -* \addcontentsline: \addcontentsline. (line 14332) -* \address: \address. (line 15102) -* \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}: \addtocontents. (line 14408) -* \addtocounter: \addtocounter. (line 8090) -* \addtolength: \addtolength. (line 8336) -* \addvspace: \addvspace. (line 11876) + (line 13975) +* \accent: \accent. (line 13924) +* \acute: Math accents. (line 10544) +* \addcontentsline: \addcontentsline. (line 14536) +* \address: \address. (line 15358) +* \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}: \addtocontents. (line 14615) +* \addtocounter: \addtocounter. (line 8242) +* \addtolength: \addtolength. (line 8500) +* \addvspace: \addvspace. (line 12089) * \ae (æ): Additional Latin letters. - (line 13773) + (line 13979) * \AE (Æ): Additional Latin letters. - (line 13773) -* \aleph: Math symbols. (line 8965) -* \Alph example: enumerate. (line 3890) -* \alpha: Math symbols. (line 8968) + (line 13979) +* \aleph: Math symbols. (line 9130) +* \Alph example: enumerate. (line 3971) +* \alpha: Math symbols. (line 9133) * \alph{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 7965) + (line 8117) * \Alph{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 7970) -* \alsoname: \index. (line 14646) -* \amalg: Math symbols. (line 8971) -* \and for \author: \maketitle. (line 10927) -* \angle: Math symbols. (line 8974) -* \appendix: \appendix. (line 2986) -* \approx: Math symbols. (line 8979) + (line 8122) +* \alsoname: \index. (line 14904) +* \amalg: Math symbols. (line 9136) +* \and for \author: \maketitle. (line 11128) +* \angle: Math symbols. (line 9139) +* \appendix: \appendix. (line 3072) +* \approx: Math symbols. (line 9143) * \arabic{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 7975) -* \arccos: Math functions. (line 10302) -* \arcsin: Math functions. (line 10305) -* \arctan: Math functions. (line 10308) -* \arg: Math functions. (line 10311) -* \arraycolsep: array. (line 3573) -* \arrayrulewidth: tabular. (line 5766) -* \arraystretch: tabular. (line 5772) -* \ast: Math symbols. (line 8982) -* \asymp: Math symbols. (line 8990) -* \AtBeginDocument: \AtBeginDocument. (line 3803) + (line 8127) +* \arccos: Math functions. (line 10427) +* \arcsin: Math functions. (line 10430) +* \arctan: Math functions. (line 10433) +* \arg: Math functions. (line 10436) +* \arraycolsep: array. (line 3657) +* \arrayrulewidth: tabular. (line 5851) +* \arraystretch: tabular. (line 5857) +* \ast: Math symbols. (line 9146) +* \asymp: Math symbols. (line 9153) +* \AtBeginDocument: \AtBeginDocument. (line 3884) * \AtBeginDvi: Class and package commands. - (line 917) -* \AtEndDocument: \AtEndDocument. (line 3819) + (line 919) +* \AtEndDocument: \AtEndDocument. (line 3900) * \AtEndOfClass: Class and package commands. - (line 922) + (line 924) * \AtEndOfPackage: Class and package commands. - (line 922) -* \author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}: \maketitle. (line 10926) -* \a` (grave accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 5505) -* \b (bar-under accent): Accents. (line 13674) + (line 924) +* \author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}: \maketitle. (line 11127) +* \a` (grave accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 5590) +* \b (bar-under accent): Accents. (line 13877) * \backmatter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. - (line 3019) -* \backslash: Math symbols. (line 8993) -* \bar: Math accents. (line 10422) + (line 3105) +* \backslash: Math symbols. (line 9156) +* \bar: Math accents. (line 10547) * \baselineskip: Low-level font commands. - (line 1981) + (line 1992) * \baselineskip <1>: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. - (line 2304) + (line 2315) * \baselinestretch: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. - (line 2304) -* \begin: Environments. (line 3465) -* \beta: Math symbols. (line 8997) + (line 2315) +* \begin: Environments. (line 3549) +* \beta: Math symbols. (line 9160) * \bf: Font styles. (line 1770) * \bfseries: Font styles. (line 1735) -* \bibitem: \bibitem. (line 5995) -* \bibliography: Using BibTeX. (line 6119) -* \bibliographystyle: Using BibTeX. (line 6119) -* \bibname: thebibliography. (line 5978) -* \bigcap: Math symbols. (line 9000) -* \bigcirc: Math symbols. (line 9005) -* \bigcup: Math symbols. (line 9008) -* \bigodot: Math symbols. (line 9013) -* \bigoplus: Math symbols. (line 9016) -* \bigotimes: Math symbols. (line 9019) +* \bibdata: BibTeX error messages. + (line 6274) +* \bibitem: \bibitem. (line 6079) +* \bibliography: Using BibTeX. (line 6202) +* \bibliography and internal \bibdata: BibTeX error messages. + (line 6275) +* \bibliographystyle: Using BibTeX. (line 6202) +* \bibliographystyle and internal \bibstyle: BibTeX error messages. + (line 6278) +* \bibname: thebibliography. (line 6062) +* \bibstyle: BibTeX error messages. + (line 6277) +* \bigcap: Math symbols. (line 9163) +* \bigcirc: Math symbols. (line 9167) +* \bigcup: Math symbols. (line 9170) +* \bigodot: Math symbols. (line 9174) +* \bigoplus: Math symbols. (line 9177) +* \bigotimes: Math symbols. (line 9180) * \bigskip: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip. - (line 11657) + (line 11870) * \bigskipamount: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip. - (line 11658) -* \bigsqcup: Math symbols. (line 9028) -* \bigtriangledown: Math symbols. (line 9022) -* \bigtriangleup: Math symbols. (line 9025) -* \biguplus: Math symbols. (line 9031) -* \bigvee: Math symbols. (line 9035) -* \bigwedge: Math symbols. (line 9038) -* \bmod: Math functions. (line 10314) + (line 11871) +* \bigsqcup: Math symbols. (line 9189) +* \bigtriangledown: Math symbols. (line 9183) +* \bigtriangleup: Math symbols. (line 9186) +* \biguplus: Math symbols. (line 9192) +* \bigvee: Math symbols. (line 9196) +* \bigwedge: Math symbols. (line 9199) +* \bmod: Math functions. (line 10439) * \boldmath: \boldmath & \unboldmath. - (line 9875) + (line 10000) * \boldmath <1>: \boldmath & \unboldmath. - (line 9883) -* \bot: Math symbols. (line 9041) -* \bottomfraction: Floats. (line 2482) -* \bottomfraction <1>: Floats. (line 2483) -* \bowtie: Math symbols. (line 9046) -* \Box: Math symbols. (line 9049) -* \breve: Math accents. (line 10425) -* \bullet: Math symbols. (line 9054) -* \c (cedilla accent): Accents. (line 13684) + (line 10008) +* \bot: Math symbols. (line 9202) +* \bottomfraction: Floats. (line 2496) +* \bottomfraction <1>: Floats. (line 2497) +* \bowtie: Math symbols. (line 9206) +* \Box: Math symbols. (line 9209) +* \breve: Math accents. (line 10550) +* \bullet: Math symbols. (line 9214) +* \c (cedilla accent): Accents. (line 13887) * \cal: Font styles. (line 1773) -* \cap: Math symbols. (line 9057) -* \capitalacute: Accents. (line 13652) -* \capitalbreve: Accents. (line 13710) -* \capitalcaron: Accents. (line 13714) -* \capitalcedilla: Accents. (line 13684) -* \capitalcircumflex: Accents. (line 13663) -* \capitaldieresis: Accents. (line 13648) -* \capitaldotaccent: Accents. (line 13688) -* \capitalgrave: Accents. (line 13667) -* \capitalhungarumlaut: Accents. (line 13692) -* \capitalmacron: Accents. (line 13659) -* \capitalnewtie: Accents. (line 13706) -* \capitalogonek: Accents. (line 13696) -* \capitalring: Accents. (line 13700) -* \capitaltie: Accents. (line 13706) -* \capitaltilde: Accents. (line 13671) -* \caption: figure. (line 4016) -* \caption <1>: table. (line 5593) -* \cc: \cc. (line 15128) -* \cdot: Math symbols. (line 9062) -* \cdots: Dots. (line 10213) -* \centering: \centering. (line 3655) -* \chapter: Sectioning. (line 2544) -* \chapter <1>: \chapter. (line 2684) -* \check: Math accents. (line 10428) +* \cap: Math symbols. (line 9217) +* \capitalacute: Accents. (line 13855) +* \capitalbreve: Accents. (line 13915) +* \capitalcaron: Accents. (line 13919) +* \capitalcedilla: Accents. (line 13887) +* \capitalcircumflex: Accents. (line 13866) +* \capitaldieresis: Accents. (line 13851) +* \capitaldotaccent: Accents. (line 13891) +* \capitalgrave: Accents. (line 13870) +* \capitalhungarumlaut: Accents. (line 13895) +* \capitalmacron: Accents. (line 13862) +* \capitalnewtie: Accents. (line 13909) +* \capitalogonek: Accents. (line 13899) +* \capitalring: Accents. (line 13903) +* \capitaltie: Accents. (line 13909) +* \capitaltilde: Accents. (line 13874) +* \caption: \caption. (line 2558) +* \caption <1>: figure. (line 4094) +* \caption <2>: table. (line 5678) +* \cc: \cc. (line 15383) +* \cdot: Math symbols. (line 9221) +* \cdots: Dots. (line 10338) +* \centering: \centering. (line 3736) +* \chapter: Sectioning. (line 2632) +* \chapter <1>: \chapter. (line 2772) +* \check: Math accents. (line 10553) * \CheckCommand: Class and package commands. - (line 929) + (line 931) * \CheckCommand*: Class and package commands. - (line 929) -* \chi: Math symbols. (line 9065) -* \circ: Math symbols. (line 9068) -* \circle: \circle. (line 5143) -* \cite: \cite. (line 6053) + (line 931) +* \chi: Math symbols. (line 9224) +* \circ: Math symbols. (line 9227) +* \circle: \circle. (line 5223) +* \citation: BibTeX error messages. + (line 6280) +* \cite: \cite. (line 6137) +* \cite and internal \citation: BibTeX error messages. + (line 6281) * \ClassError: Class and package commands. - (line 949) + (line 951) * \ClassInfo: Class and package commands. - (line 949) + (line 951) * \ClassInfoNoLine: Class and package commands. - (line 949) + (line 951) * \ClassWarning: Class and package commands. - (line 949) + (line 951) * \ClassWarningNoLine: Class and package commands. - (line 949) + (line 951) * \cleardoublepage: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage. - (line 6699) + (line 6814) * \clearpage: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage. - (line 6699) -* \cline: \cline. (line 5900) + (line 6814) +* \cline: \cline. (line 5985) * \closein: \openin & \openout. - (line 15329) + (line 15584) * \closeout: \openin & \openout. - (line 15329) -* \closing: \closing. (line 15144) -* \clubsuit: Math symbols. (line 9073) + (line 15584) +* \closing: \closing. (line 15399) +* \clubsuit: Math symbols. (line 9231) * \colon: Colon character & \colon. - (line 10730) -* \columnsep: \twocolumn. (line 2046) + (line 10927) +* \columnsep: \twocolumn. (line 2057) * \columnsep <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 2171) + (line 2182) * \columnsep <2>: Page layout parameters. - (line 2174) -* \columnseprule: \twocolumn. (line 2052) + (line 2185) +* \columnseprule: \twocolumn. (line 2063) * \columnseprule <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 2172) + (line 2183) * \columnseprule <2>: Page layout parameters. - (line 2174) -* \columnwidth: \twocolumn. (line 2059) + (line 2185) +* \columnwidth: \twocolumn. (line 2070) * \columnwidth <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 2173) + (line 2184) * \columnwidth <2>: Page layout parameters. - (line 2174) -* \complement: Math symbols. (line 9076) -* \cong: Math symbols. (line 9082) + (line 2185) +* \complement: Math symbols. (line 9234) +* \cong: Math symbols. (line 9240) * \contentsline: Table of contents etc.. - (line 14228) -* \contentsline <1>: \addcontentsline. (line 14336) -* \contentsline <2>: \contentsline. (line 14466) -* \coprod: Math symbols. (line 9085) -* \copyright: Text symbols. (line 13424) -* \cos: Math functions. (line 10317) -* \cosh: Math functions. (line 10320) -* \cot: Math functions. (line 10323) -* \coth: Math functions. (line 10326) -* \csc: Math functions. (line 10329) -* \cup: Math symbols. (line 9088) + (line 14433) +* \contentsline <1>: \addcontentsline. (line 14540) +* \contentsline <2>: \contentsline. (line 14673) +* \coprod: Math symbols. (line 9243) +* \copyright: Text symbols. (line 13627) +* \cos: Math functions. (line 10442) +* \cosh: Math functions. (line 10445) +* \cot: Math functions. (line 10448) +* \coth: Math functions. (line 10451) +* \csc: Math functions. (line 10454) +* \cup: Math symbols. (line 9246) * \CurrentOption: Class and package commands. - (line 968) -* \d (dot-under accent): Accents. (line 13688) -* \dag: Text symbols. (line 13428) -* \dagger: Math symbols. (line 9092) -* \dashbox: \dashbox. (line 5348) -* \dashv: Math symbols. (line 9095) -* \date{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 10934) + (line 970) +* \d (dot-under accent): Accents. (line 13891) +* \dag: Text symbols. (line 13631) +* \dagger: Math symbols. (line 9250) +* \dashbox: \dashbox. (line 5433) +* \dashv: Math symbols. (line 9253) +* \date{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 11135) * \day: \day & \month & \year. - (line 8139) -* \dblfloatpagefraction: \twocolumn. (line 2092) -* \dblfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 2098) -* \dbltextfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 2105) -* \dbltopfraction: \twocolumn. (line 2071) -* \dbltopnumber: \twocolumn. (line 2110) -* \ddag: Text symbols. (line 13431) -* \ddagger: Math symbols. (line 9100) -* \ddot: Math accents. (line 10431) -* \ddots: Dots. (line 10217) + (line 8291) +* \dblfloatpagefraction: \twocolumn. (line 2103) +* \dblfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 2109) +* \dbltextfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 2116) +* \dbltopfraction: \twocolumn. (line 2082) +* \dbltopnumber: \twocolumn. (line 2121) +* \ddag: Text symbols. (line 13634) +* \ddagger: Math symbols. (line 9257) +* \ddot: Math accents. (line 10556) +* \ddots: Dots. (line 10342) * \DeclareFontEncoding: \DeclareFontEncoding. (line 1384) * \DeclareGraphicsExtensions: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions. - (line 12741) + (line 12954) * \DeclareGraphicsRule: \DeclareGraphicsRule. - (line 12783) + (line 12996) * \DeclareOption: Class and package commands. - (line 974) + (line 976) * \DeclareOption*: Class and package commands. - (line 974) + (line 976) * \DeclareRobustCommand: Class and package commands. - (line 1004) + (line 1006) * \DeclareRobustCommand*: Class and package commands. - (line 1004) + (line 1006) * \DeclareTextAccent: \DeclareTextAccent. (line 1418) * \DeclareTextAccent <1>: \DeclareTextAccentDefault. - (line 1441) + (line 1442) * \DeclareTextAccentDefault: \DeclareTextAccentDefault. - (line 1441) + (line 1442) * \DeclareTextCommand: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand. - (line 1469) + (line 1470) * \DeclareTextCommand <1>: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault. - (line 1518) -* \DeclareTextCommandDefault: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand. - (line 1469) -* \DeclareTextCommandDefault <1>: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault. - (line 1518) + (line 1519) +* \DeclareTextCommandDefault: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault. + (line 1519) * \DeclareTextComposite: \DeclareTextComposite. - (line 1550) + (line 1551) * \DeclareTextCompositeCommand: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand. (line 1575) -* \DeclareTextSymbol: \DeclareTextSymbol. +* \DeclareTextSymbol: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand. + (line 1501) +* \DeclareTextSymbol <1>: \DeclareTextSymbol. (line 1593) -* \DeclareTextSymbol <1>: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault. +* \DeclareTextSymbol <2>: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault. (line 1620) * \DeclareTextSymbolDefault: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault. (line 1620) -* \deg: Math functions. (line 10332) -* \DelayedShellEscape: \write18. (line 15757) -* \Delta: Math symbols. (line 9103) -* \delta: Math symbols. (line 9106) -* \det: Math functions. (line 10335) +* \deg: Math functions. (line 10457) +* \DelayedShellEscape: \write18. (line 16011) +* \Delta: Math symbols. (line 9260) +* \delta: Math symbols. (line 9263) +* \det: Math functions. (line 10460) * \dh (ð): Additional Latin letters. - (line 13777) + (line 13983) * \DH (Ð): Additional Latin letters. - (line 13777) -* \Diamond: Math symbols. (line 9109) -* \diamond: Math symbols. (line 9113) -* \diamondsuit: Math symbols. (line 9118) -* \dim: Math functions. (line 10338) -* \displaystyle: Math formulas. (line 8851) -* \div: Math symbols. (line 9121) + (line 13983) +* \Diamond: Math symbols. (line 9266) +* \diamond: Math symbols. (line 9270) +* \diamondsuit: Math symbols. (line 9274) +* \dim: Math functions. (line 10463) +* \displaystyle: Math styles. (line 10876) +* \div: Math symbols. (line 9277) * \dj: Additional Latin letters. - (line 13783) + (line 13989) * \DJ: Additional Latin letters. - (line 13783) -* \documentclass: Document classes. (line 694) -* \documentclass, and texput jobname: Jobname. (line 15974) -* \dot: Math accents. (line 10434) -* \doteq: Math symbols. (line 9124) + (line 13989) +* \documentclass: Document classes. (line 696) +* \documentclass, and texput jobname: Jobname. (line 16240) +* \dot: Math accents. (line 10559) +* \doteq: Math symbols. (line 9280) * \dotfill: \hrulefill & \dotfill. - (line 11586) -* \dots: Text symbols. (line 13448) -* \doublerulesep: tabular. (line 5777) -* \downarrow: Math symbols. (line 9129) -* \Downarrow: Math symbols. (line 9133) -* \ell: Math symbols. (line 9137) + (line 11799) +* \dots: Text symbols. (line 13651) +* \doublerulesep: tabular. (line 5862) +* \downarrow: Math symbols. (line 9284) +* \Downarrow: Math symbols. (line 9288) +* \ell: Math symbols. (line 9292) * \emph: Font styles. (line 1755) -* \emptyset: Math symbols. (line 9140) -* \encl: \encl. (line 15157) -* \end: Environments. (line 3465) -* \endinput: \endinput. (line 13982) -* \enlargethispage: \enlargethispage. (line 6773) +* \emptyset: Math symbols. (line 9295) +* \encl: \encl. (line 15412) +* \end: Environments. (line 3549) +* \endinput: \endinput. (line 14188) +* \enlargethispage: \enlargethispage. (line 6888) * \enspace: \enspace & \quad & \qquad. - (line 11141) -* \enumi: enumerate. (line 3876) -* \enumii: enumerate. (line 3876) -* \enumiii: enumerate. (line 3876) -* \enumiv: enumerate. (line 3876) -* \epsilon: Math symbols. (line 9143) -* \equiv: Math symbols. (line 9150) -* \eta: Math symbols. (line 9153) + (line 11338) +* \enumi: enumerate. (line 3957) +* \enumii: enumerate. (line 3957) +* \enumiii: enumerate. (line 3957) +* \enumiv: enumerate. (line 3957) +* \epsilon: Math symbols. (line 9298) +* \equiv: Math symbols. (line 9304) +* \eta: Math symbols. (line 9307) * \evensidemargin: Document class options. - (line 807) + (line 809) * \evensidemargin <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 2232) + (line 2243) * \evensidemargin <2>: Page layout parameters. - (line 2233) + (line 2244) * \ExecuteOptions: Class and package commands. - (line 1080) -* \exists: Math symbols. (line 9156) -* \exp: Math functions. (line 10341) -* \externaldocument: xr package. (line 3410) -* \extracolsep: tabular. (line 5717) -* \fbox: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12023) + (line 1082) +* \exists: Math symbols. (line 9310) +* \exp: Math functions. (line 10466) +* \externaldocument: xr package. (line 3495) +* \extracolsep: tabular. (line 5802) +* \fbox: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12236) * \fboxrule: \framebox (picture). - (line 5325) -* \fboxrule <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12056) -* \fboxrule <2>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12055) + (line 5410) +* \fboxrule <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12268) +* \fboxrule <2>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12267) * \fboxsep: \framebox (picture). - (line 5325) -* \fboxsep <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12061) -* \fboxsep <2>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12060) -* \fill: \hfill. (line 11228) -* \flat: Math symbols. (line 9159) -* \floatpagefraction: Floats. (line 2486) -* \floatpagefraction <1>: Floats. (line 2487) -* \floatsep: Floats. (line 2502) -* \floatsep <1>: Floats. (line 2503) -* \flushbottom: \flushbottom. (line 2139) -* \fnsymbol, and footnotes: \footnote. (line 6876) + (line 5410) +* \fboxsep <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12273) +* \fboxsep <2>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12272) +* \fill: \hfill. (line 11424) +* \flat: Math symbols. (line 9313) +* \floatpagefraction: Floats. (line 2500) +* \floatpagefraction <1>: Floats. (line 2501) +* \floatsep: Floats. (line 2516) +* \floatsep <1>: Floats. (line 2517) +* \flushbottom: \flushbottom. (line 2150) +* \fnsymbol, and footnotes: \footnote. (line 6997) * \fnsymbol{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 7988) -* \fontdimen1: \/. (line 11575) + (line 8140) +* \fontdimen1: \/. (line 11788) * \fontencoding: Low-level font commands. - (line 1891) + (line 1902) * \fontfamily: Low-level font commands. - (line 1901) + (line 1912) * \fontseries: Low-level font commands. - (line 1928) + (line 1939) * \fontshape: Low-level font commands. - (line 1968) + (line 1979) * \fontsize: Low-level font commands. - (line 1981) -* \footnote: \footnote. (line 6858) -* \footnotemark: \footnotemark. (line 6924) -* \footnoterule: \footnote. (line 6886) -* \footnotesep: \footnote. (line 6898) + (line 1992) +* \footnote: \footnote. (line 6979) +* \footnotemark: \footnotemark. (line 7045) +* \footnoterule: \footnote. (line 7007) +* \footnotesep: \footnote. (line 7019) * \footnotesize: Font sizes. (line 1845) -* \footnotetext: \footnotetext. (line 6980) +* \footnotetext: \footnotetext. (line 7101) * \footskip: Page layout parameters. - (line 2191) + (line 2202) * \footskip <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 2192) -* \forall: Math symbols. (line 9162) -* \frac: \frac. (line 10766) -* \frame: \frame. (line 5336) + (line 2203) +* \forall: Math symbols. (line 9316) +* \frac: \frac. (line 10963) +* \frame: \frame. (line 5421) * \framebox: \framebox (picture). - (line 5300) -* \framebox <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12023) -* \frenchspacing: \frenchspacing. (line 11382) + (line 5385) +* \framebox <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12236) +* \frenchspacing: \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing. + (line 11575) * \frontmatter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. - (line 3019) -* \frown: Math symbols. (line 9165) -* \fussy: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 6578) -* \Gamma: Math symbols. (line 9168) -* \gamma: Math symbols. (line 9171) -* \gcd: Math functions. (line 10344) -* \ge: Math symbols. (line 9174) -* \geq: Math symbols. (line 9178) -* \gets: Math symbols. (line 9182) -* \gg: Math symbols. (line 9185) -* \gls: \gls. (line 14993) -* \graphicspath: \graphicspath. (line 12678) -* \graphpaper: \graphpaper. (line 5046) -* \grave: Math accents. (line 10437) -* \guillemotleft («): Text symbols. (line 13440) -* \guillemotright (»): Text symbols. (line 13441) -* \guilsinglleft (‹): Text symbols. (line 13442) -* \guilsinglright (›): Text symbols. (line 13443) -* \H (Hungarian umlaut accent): Accents. (line 13692) -* \hat: Math accents. (line 10440) -* \hbar: Math symbols. (line 9188) + (line 3105) +* \frown: Math symbols. (line 9319) +* \fussy: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 6690) +* \Gamma: Math symbols. (line 9322) +* \gamma: Math symbols. (line 9325) +* \gcd: Math functions. (line 10469) +* \ge: Math symbols. (line 9328) +* \geq: Math symbols. (line 9332) +* \gets: Math symbols. (line 9336) +* \gg: Math symbols. (line 9339) +* \gls: \gls. (line 15250) +* \graphicspath: \graphicspath. (line 12891) +* \graphpaper: \graphpaper. (line 5126) +* \grave: Math accents. (line 10562) +* \guillemotleft («): Text symbols. (line 13643) +* \guillemotright (»): Text symbols. (line 13644) +* \guilsinglleft (‹): Text symbols. (line 13645) +* \guilsinglright (›): Text symbols. (line 13646) +* \H (Hungarian umlaut accent): Accents. (line 13895) +* \hat: Math accents. (line 10565) +* \hbar: Math symbols. (line 9342) * \headheight: Page layout parameters. - (line 2179) + (line 2190) * \headheight <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 2180) + (line 2191) * \headsep: Page layout parameters. - (line 2184) + (line 2195) * \headsep <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 2185) -* \heartsuit: Math symbols. (line 9191) -* \hfill: \hfill. (line 11216) -* \hline: \hline. (line 5923) -* \hom: Math functions. (line 10347) -* \hookleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9194) -* \hookrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9197) + (line 2196) +* \heartsuit: Math symbols. (line 9345) +* \hfill: \hfill. (line 11412) +* \hline: \hline. (line 6007) +* \hom: Math functions. (line 10472) +* \hookleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9348) +* \hookrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9351) * \hrulefill: \hrulefill & \dotfill. - (line 11586) + (line 11799) * \hsize: Page layout parameters. - (line 2284) + (line 2295) * \hsize <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 2285) -* \hspace: \hspace. (line 11169) -* \hss: \hss. (line 11249) + (line 2296) +* \hspace: \hspace. (line 11365) +* \hss: \hss. (line 11445) * \huge: Font sizes. (line 1845) * \Huge: Font sizes. (line 1845) -* \hyphenation: \hyphenation. (line 6619) -* \i (dotless i): Accents. (line 13642) -* \IfBeginWith* macro from xstring: Jobname. (line 15997) -* \iff: Math symbols. (line 9200) +* \hyphenation: \hyphenation. (line 6732) +* \i (dotless i): Accents. (line 13845) +* \IfBeginWith* macro from xstring: Jobname. (line 16261) +* \iff: Math symbols. (line 9354) * \IfFileExists: Class and package commands. - (line 1036) + (line 1038) * \ignorespaces: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend. - (line 7806) + (line 7955) * \ignorespacesafterend: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend. - (line 7806) + (line 7955) * \ij (ij): Additional Latin letters. - (line 13789) + (line 13995) * \IJ (IJ): Additional Latin letters. - (line 13789) -* \Im: Math symbols. (line 9204) -* \imath: Math symbols. (line 9207) -* \immediate\write: \write. (line 15556) -* \in: Math symbols. (line 9211) + (line 13995) +* \Im: Math symbols. (line 9358) +* \imath: Math symbols. (line 9361) +* \immediate\write: \write. (line 15811) +* \in: Math symbols. (line 9365) * \include: \include & \includeonly. - (line 14014) -* \includegraphics: \includegraphics. (line 12862) + (line 14220) +* \includegraphics: \includegraphics. (line 13075) * \includeonly: \include & \includeonly. - (line 14014) + (line 14220) * \indent: \indent & \noindent. - (line 8665) -* \index: Indexes. (line 14560) -* \index <1>: \index. (line 14596) -* \indexentry: \index. (line 14696) -* \indexspace: makeindex. (line 14763) -* \inf: Math functions. (line 10350) -* \infty: Math symbols. (line 9215) -* \input: \input. (line 14133) + (line 8855) +* \index: Indexes. (line 14770) +* \index <1>: \index. (line 14852) +* \indexentry: \index. (line 14954) +* \indexspace: Produce the index manually. + (line 14841) +* \indexspace <1>: makeindex. (line 15022) +* \inf: Math functions. (line 10475) +* \infty: Math symbols. (line 9369) +* \input: \input. (line 14339) +* \inputencoding: inputenc package. (line 14070) * \InputIfFileExists: Class and package commands. - (line 1036) -* \int: Math symbols. (line 9218) -* \intextsep: Floats. (line 2506) -* \intextsep <1>: Floats. (line 2507) -* \iota: Math symbols. (line 9221) + (line 1038) +* \int: Math symbols. (line 9372) +* \intextsep: Floats. (line 2520) +* \intextsep <1>: Floats. (line 2521) +* \iota: Math symbols. (line 9375) * \it: Font styles. (line 1776) -* \item: description. (line 3722) -* \item <1>: enumerate. (line 3858) -* \item <2>: itemize. (line 4210) -* \item <3>: itemize. (line 4234) -* \itemindent: list. (line 4381) -* \itemsep: list. (line 4385) +* \item: description. (line 3803) +* \item <1>: enumerate. (line 3939) +* \item <2>: itemize. (line 4289) +* \item <3>: itemize. (line 4313) +* \item <4>: Produce the index manually. + (line 14841) +* \itemindent: list. (line 4460) +* \itemsep: list. (line 4464) * \itshape: Font styles. (line 1729) -* \j (dotless j): Accents. (line 13642) -* \jmath: Math symbols. (line 9227) -* \jobname: Jobname. (line 15950) -* \jobname <1>: Jobname. (line 15988) -* \Join: Math symbols. (line 9224) -* \k (ogonek): Accents. (line 13696) -* \kappa: Math symbols. (line 9231) -* \ker: Math functions. (line 10353) -* \kill: tabbing. (line 5509) +* \j (dotless j): Accents. (line 13845) +* \jmath: Math symbols. (line 9381) +* \jobname: Jobname. (line 16214) +* \jobname <1>: Jobname. (line 16254) +* \Join: Math symbols. (line 9378) +* \k (ogonek): Accents. (line 13899) +* \kappa: Math symbols. (line 9385) +* \ker: Math functions. (line 10478) +* \kill: tabbing. (line 5594) * \l (ł): Additional Latin letters. - (line 13793) + (line 13999) * \L (Ł): Additional Latin letters. - (line 13793) -* \l@chapter: \contentsline. (line 14466) -* \l@section: \contentsline. (line 14466) -* \l@subsection: \contentsline. (line 14466) -* \label: \label. (line 3299) -* \labelenumi: enumerate. (line 3885) -* \labelenumii: enumerate. (line 3885) -* \labelenumiii: enumerate. (line 3885) -* \labelenumiv: enumerate. (line 3885) -* \labelitemi: itemize. (line 4246) -* \labelitemii: itemize. (line 4246) -* \labelitemiii: itemize. (line 4246) -* \labelitemiv: itemize. (line 4246) -* \labelsep: list. (line 4397) -* \labelwidth: list. (line 4402) -* \Lambda: Math symbols. (line 9234) -* \lambda: Math symbols. (line 9237) -* \land: Math symbols. (line 9240) -* \langle: Math symbols. (line 9244) + (line 13999) +* \l@chapter: \contentsline. (line 14673) +* \l@section: \contentsline. (line 14673) +* \l@subsection: \contentsline. (line 14673) +* \label: \label. (line 3384) +* \labelenumi: enumerate. (line 3966) +* \labelenumii: enumerate. (line 3966) +* \labelenumiii: enumerate. (line 3966) +* \labelenumiv: enumerate. (line 3966) +* \labelitemi: itemize. (line 4325) +* \labelitemii: itemize. (line 4325) +* \labelitemiii: itemize. (line 4325) +* \labelitemiv: itemize. (line 4325) +* \labelsep: list. (line 4476) +* \labelwidth: list. (line 4481) +* \Lambda: Math symbols. (line 9388) +* \lambda: Math symbols. (line 9391) +* \land: Math symbols. (line 9394) +* \langle: Math symbols. (line 9398) * \large: Font sizes. (line 1845) * \Large: Font sizes. (line 1845) * \LARGE: Font sizes. (line 1845) * \LastDeclaredEncoding: \LastDeclaredEncoding. (line 1646) -* \LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 13434) -* \LaTeXe: Text symbols. (line 13437) -* \lbrace: Math symbols. (line 9248) -* \lbrack: Math symbols. (line 9251) -* \lceil: Math symbols. (line 9254) -* \ldots: Dots. (line 10220) -* \ldots <1>: Text symbols. (line 13447) -* \le: Math symbols. (line 9259) -* \leadsto: Math symbols. (line 9262) -* \left: \left & \right. (line 10008) -* \Leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9268) -* \leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9273) -* \lefteqn: eqnarray. (line 3942) -* \leftharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 9277) -* \leftharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 9280) -* \leftmargin: itemize. (line 4262) -* \leftmargin <1>: list. (line 4422) -* \leftmargini: itemize. (line 4262) -* \leftmarginii: itemize. (line 4262) -* \leftmarginiii: itemize. (line 4262) -* \leftmarginiv: itemize. (line 4262) -* \leftmarginv: itemize. (line 4262) -* \leftmarginvi: itemize. (line 4262) -* \Leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9283) -* \leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9288) -* \leq: Math symbols. (line 9293) -* \lfloor: Math symbols. (line 9296) -* \lg: Math functions. (line 10356) -* \lhd: Math symbols. (line 9299) -* \lim: Math functions. (line 10359) -* \liminf: Math functions. (line 10362) -* \limsup: Math functions. (line 10365) -* \line: \line. (line 5070) +* \LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 13637) +* \LaTeXe: Text symbols. (line 13640) +* \lbrace: Math symbols. (line 9402) +* \lbrack: Math symbols. (line 9405) +* \lceil: Math symbols. (line 9408) +* \ldots: Dots. (line 10345) +* \ldots <1>: Text symbols. (line 13650) +* \le: Math symbols. (line 9412) +* \leadsto: Math symbols. (line 9415) +* \left: \left & \right. (line 10133) +* \Leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9421) +* \leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9425) +* \lefteqn: eqnarray. (line 4021) +* \leftharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 9429) +* \leftharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 9432) +* \leftmargin: itemize. (line 4341) +* \leftmargin <1>: list. (line 4501) +* \leftmargini: itemize. (line 4341) +* \leftmarginii: itemize. (line 4341) +* \leftmarginiii: itemize. (line 4341) +* \leftmarginiv: itemize. (line 4341) +* \leftmarginv: itemize. (line 4341) +* \leftmarginvi: itemize. (line 4341) +* \Leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9435) +* \leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9439) +* \leq: Math symbols. (line 9443) +* \lfloor: Math symbols. (line 9446) +* \lg: Math functions. (line 10481) +* \lhd: Math symbols. (line 9449) +* \lim: Math functions. (line 10484) +* \liminf: Math functions. (line 10487) +* \limsup: Math functions. (line 10490) +* \line: \line. (line 5150) * \linebreak: \linebreak & \nolinebreak. - (line 6637) + (line 6751) * \lineskip: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. - (line 2343) + (line 2354) * \lineskiplimit: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. - (line 2343) + (line 2354) * \linespread: Low-level font commands. - (line 1992) + (line 2003) * \linespread <1>: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. - (line 2304) -* \linethickness: \linethickness. (line 5115) + (line 2315) +* \linethickness: \linethickness. (line 5194) * \linewidth: Page layout parameters. - (line 2198) + (line 2209) * \linewidth <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 2199) + (line 2210) * \listoffigures: Table of contents etc.. - (line 14171) -* \listoffigures <1>: \contentsline. (line 14466) + (line 14377) +* \listoffigures <1>: \contentsline. (line 14673) * \listoftables: Table of contents etc.. - (line 14171) -* \listoftables <1>: \contentsline. (line 14466) -* \listparindent: list. (line 4439) -* \ll: Math symbols. (line 9305) -* \ln: Math functions. (line 10368) -* \lnot: Math symbols. (line 9308) + (line 14377) +* \listoftables <1>: \contentsline. (line 14673) +* \listparindent: list. (line 4518) +* \ll: Math symbols. (line 9455) +* \ln: Math functions. (line 10493) +* \lnot: Math symbols. (line 9458) * \LoadClass: Class and package commands. - (line 1056) + (line 1058) * \LoadClassWithOptions: Class and package commands. - (line 1056) -* \location: \location. (line 15172) -* \log: Math functions. (line 10371) + (line 1058) +* \location: \location. (line 15427) +* \log: Math functions. (line 10496) * \long: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 7127) -* \longleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9311) -* \longleftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9316) -* \longmapsto: Math symbols. (line 9321) -* \longrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9326) -* \lor: Math symbols. (line 9331) -* \lq: Text symbols. (line 13453) + (line 7248) +* \longleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9461) +* \longleftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9465) +* \longmapsto: Math symbols. (line 9469) +* \longrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9473) +* \lor: Math symbols. (line 9477) +* \lq: Text symbols. (line 13656) * \mainmatter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. - (line 3019) -* \makebox: \mbox & \makebox. (line 11932) + (line 3105) +* \makebox: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12146) * \makebox (for picture): \makebox (picture). - (line 5262) -* \makeglossary: Glossaries. (line 14886) -* \makeglossary <1>: Glossaries. (line 14923) -* \makeindex: Indexes. (line 14560) -* \makelabel: list. (line 4358) -* \makelabels: \makelabels. (line 15182) -* \maketitle: \maketitle. (line 10890) -* \mapsto: Math symbols. (line 9335) -* \marginpar: Marginal notes. (line 8746) + (line 5347) +* \makeglossary: Glossaries. (line 15143) +* \makeglossary <1>: Glossaries. (line 15180) +* \makeindex: Indexes. (line 14770) +* \makelabel: list. (line 4437) +* \makelabels: \makelabels. (line 15437) +* \maketitle: \maketitle. (line 11091) +* \mapsto: Math symbols. (line 9481) +* \marginpar: Marginal notes. (line 8936) * \marginparpush: Page layout parameters. - (line 2205) + (line 2216) * \marginparpush <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 2208) -* \marginparpush <2>: Marginal notes. (line 8775) -* \marginparsep: Marginal notes. (line 8780) + (line 2219) +* \marginparpush <2>: Marginal notes. (line 8965) +* \marginparsep: Marginal notes. (line 8970) * \marginparwidth: Page layout parameters. - (line 2207) + (line 2218) * \marginparwidth <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 2208) -* \marginparwidth <2>: Marginal notes. (line 8784) + (line 2219) +* \marginparwidth <2>: Marginal notes. (line 8974) * \marginsep: Page layout parameters. - (line 2206) + (line 2217) * \marginsep <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 2208) -* \markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}: \pagestyle. (line 11088) -* \markright{RIGHT}: \pagestyle. (line 11097) + (line 2219) +* \markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}: \pagestyle. (line 11288) +* \markright{RIGHT}: \pagestyle. (line 11297) * \mathbf: Font styles. (line 1806) * \mathcal: Font styles. (line 1822) -* \mathdollar: Math symbols. (line 9816) +* \mathdollar: Math symbols. (line 9941) * \mathnormal: Font styles. (line 1819) -* \mathparagraph: Math symbols. (line 9819) -* \mathring: Math accents. (line 10443) +* \mathparagraph: Math symbols. (line 9944) +* \mathring: Math accents. (line 10568) * \mathrm: Font styles. (line 1803) -* \mathsection: Math symbols. (line 9822) +* \mathsection: Math symbols. (line 9947) * \mathsf: Font styles. (line 1809) -* \mathsterling: Math symbols. (line 9825) -* \mathstrut: \mathstrut. (line 10702) +* \mathsterling: Math symbols. (line 9950) +* \mathstrut: \mathstrut. (line 10831) * \mathtt: Font styles. (line 1812) -* \mathunderscore: Math symbols. (line 9828) +* \mathunderscore: Math symbols. (line 9953) * \mathversion: Font styles. (line 1824) -* \max: Math functions. (line 10374) -* \mbox: \mbox & \makebox. (line 11932) +* \max: Math functions. (line 10499) +* \mbox: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12146) * \mdseries: Font styles. (line 1732) * \medskip: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip. - (line 11662) + (line 11875) * \medskipamount: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip. - (line 11663) + (line 11876) * \medspace: Spacing in math mode. - (line 10537) -* \message: \message. (line 15628) -* \mho: Math symbols. (line 9340) -* \mid: Math symbols. (line 9343) -* \min: Math functions. (line 10377) -* \models: Math symbols. (line 9353) + (line 10663) +* \message: \message. (line 15882) +* \mho: Math symbols. (line 9485) +* \mid: Math symbols. (line 9488) +* \min: Math functions. (line 10502) +* \models: Math symbols. (line 9498) * \month: \day & \month & \year. - (line 8139) -* \mp: Math symbols. (line 9358) -* \mu: Math symbols. (line 9361) -* \multicolumn: \multicolumn. (line 5792) -* \multiput: \multiput. (line 4983) -* \nabla: Math symbols. (line 9364) -* \name: \name. (line 15239) -* \natural: Math symbols. (line 9367) -* \ne: Math symbols. (line 9370) -* \nearrow: Math symbols. (line 9373) + (line 8291) +* \mp: Math symbols. (line 9502) +* \mu: Math symbols. (line 9505) +* \multicolumn: \multicolumn. (line 5877) +* \multiput: \multiput. (line 5063) +* \nabla: Math symbols. (line 9508) +* \name: \name. (line 15494) +* \natural: Math symbols. (line 9511) +* \ne: Math symbols. (line 9514) +* \nearrow: Math symbols. (line 9517) * \NeedsTeXFormat: Class and package commands. - (line 1090) -* \neg: Math symbols. (line 9376) + (line 1092) +* \neg: Math symbols. (line 9520) * \negmedspace: Spacing in math mode. - (line 10542) + (line 10669) * \negthickspace: Spacing in math mode. - (line 10531) + (line 10657) * \negthinspace: Spacing in math mode. - (line 10561) + (line 10688) * \negthinspace <1>: \thinspace & \negthinspace. - (line 11513) -* \neq: Math symbols. (line 9380) + (line 11725) +* \neq: Math symbols. (line 9524) * \newcommand: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 7106) -* \newcounter: \newcounter. (line 7385) + (line 7227) +* \newcounter: \newcounter. (line 7532) * \newenvironment: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. - (line 7476) -* \newfont: \newfont. (line 7722) -* \newglossaryentry: \newglossaryentry. (line 14934) -* \newlength: \newlength. (line 7426) -* \newline: \newline. (line 6496) -* \NEWLINE: \(SPACE). (line 11412) -* \newpage: \newpage. (line 6740) -* \newsavebox: \newsavebox. (line 7448) -* \newtheorem: \newtheorem. (line 7610) -* \newtie: Accents. (line 13706) -* \newwrite: \write. (line 15520) + (line 7625) +* \newfont: \newfont. (line 7871) +* \newglossaryentry: \newglossaryentry. (line 15191) +* \newlength: \newlength. (line 7573) +* \newline: \newline. (line 6609) +* \<NEWLINE>: \(SPACE). (line 11606) +* \newpage: \newpage. (line 6855) +* \newsavebox: \newsavebox. (line 7597) +* \newtheorem: \newtheorem. (line 7759) +* \newtie: Accents. (line 13909) +* \newwrite: \write. (line 15775) * \ng: Additional Latin letters. - (line 13797) + (line 14003) * \NG: Additional Latin letters. - (line 13797) -* \ni: Math symbols. (line 9383) -* \nocite: \nocite. (line 6104) + (line 14003) +* \ni: Math symbols. (line 9527) +* \nocite: \nocite. (line 6187) +* \nocite and internal \citation: BibTeX error messages. + (line 6281) +* \nocite {*}, for all keys: Using BibTeX. (line 6257) * \nocorr: Font styles. (line 1717) * \nocorrlist: Font styles. (line 1717) -* \nofiles: \nofiles. (line 14506) +* \nofiles: \nofiles. (line 14714) * \noindent: \indent & \noindent. - (line 8665) + (line 8855) * \nolinebreak: \linebreak & \nolinebreak. - (line 6637) -* \nonfrenchspacing: \frenchspacing. (line 11382) -* \nonumber: eqnarray. (line 3937) + (line 6751) +* \nonfrenchspacing: \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing. + (line 11575) +* \nonumber: eqnarray. (line 4016) * \nopagebreak: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak. - (line 6798) + (line 6913) * \normalfont: Font styles. (line 1753) -* \normalmarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 8762) -* \normalsfcodes: \normalsfcodes. (line 11402) +* \normalmarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 8952) +* \normalsfcodes: \normalsfcodes. (line 11596) * \normalsize: Font sizes. (line 1845) -* \not: Math symbols. (line 9388) -* \notin: Math symbols. (line 9396) -* \nu: Math symbols. (line 9400) -* \numberline: \numberline. (line 14531) -* \nwarrow: Math symbols. (line 9403) +* \not: Math symbols. (line 9531) +* \notin: Math symbols. (line 9539) +* \nu: Math symbols. (line 9543) +* \numberline: \numberline. (line 14739) +* \nwarrow: Math symbols. (line 9546) * \o (ø): Additional Latin letters. - (line 13801) + (line 14007) * \O (Ø): Additional Latin letters. - (line 13801) + (line 14007) * \obeycr: \obeycr & \restorecr. - (line 6456) + (line 6569) * \oddsidemargin: Document class options. - (line 807) + (line 809) * \oddsidemargin <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 2231) + (line 2242) * \oddsidemargin <2>: Page layout parameters. - (line 2233) -* \odot: Math symbols. (line 9406) + (line 2244) +* \odot: Math symbols. (line 9549) * \oe (œ): Additional Latin letters. - (line 13805) + (line 14011) * \OE (Œ): Additional Latin letters. - (line 13805) -* \oint: Math symbols. (line 9410) + (line 14011) +* \oint: Math symbols. (line 9553) * \oldstylenums: Font styles. (line 1828) -* \Omega: Math symbols. (line 9413) -* \omega: Math symbols. (line 9416) -* \ominus: Math symbols. (line 9419) -* \onecolumn: \onecolumn. (line 2020) +* \Omega: Math symbols. (line 9556) +* \omega: Math symbols. (line 9559) +* \ominus: Math symbols. (line 9562) +* \onecolumn: \onecolumn. (line 2031) * \openin: \openin & \openout. - (line 15329) -* \opening: \opening. (line 15249) + (line 15584) +* \opening: \opening. (line 15504) * \openout: \openin & \openout. - (line 15329) -* \oplus: Math symbols. (line 9422) + (line 15584) +* \oplus: Math symbols. (line 9565) * \OptionNotUsed: Class and package commands. - (line 1108) -* \oslash: Math symbols. (line 9427) -* \otimes: Math symbols. (line 9430) -* \oval: \oval. (line 5162) + (line 1110) +* \oslash: Math symbols. (line 9569) +* \otimes: Math symbols. (line 9572) +* \oval: \oval. (line 5242) * \overbrace{MATH}: Over- and Underlining. - (line 10498) + (line 10622) * \overline{TEXT}: Over- and Underlining. - (line 10479) -* \owns: Math symbols. (line 9435) -* \P: Text symbols. (line 13456) + (line 10603) +* \owns: Math symbols. (line 9576) +* \P: Text symbols. (line 13659) * \PackageError: Class and package commands. - (line 949) + (line 951) * \PackageInfo: Class and package commands. - (line 949) + (line 951) * \PackageInfoNoLine: Class and package commands. - (line 949) + (line 951) * \PackageWarning: Class and package commands. - (line 949) + (line 951) * \PackageWarningNoLine: Class and package commands. - (line 949) + (line 951) * \pagebreak: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak. - (line 6798) -* \pagenumbering: \pagenumbering. (line 10961) -* \pageref: \pageref. (line 3357) -* \pagestyle: \pagestyle. (line 11019) + (line 6913) +* \pagenumbering: \pagenumbering. (line 11162) +* \pageref: \pageref. (line 3442) +* \pagestyle: \pagestyle. (line 11219) * \paperheight: Page layout parameters. - (line 2244) + (line 2255) * \paperheight <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 2245) + (line 2256) * \paperwidth: Page layout parameters. - (line 2250) + (line 2261) * \paperwidth <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 2251) -* \par: \par. (line 8612) -* \paragraph: Sectioning. (line 2544) + (line 2262) +* \par: \par. (line 8802) +* \paragraph: Sectioning. (line 2632) * \paragraph <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. - (line 2919) -* \parallel: Math symbols. (line 9440) -* \parbox: \parbox. (line 12090) -* \parindent: minipage. (line 4777) + (line 3007) +* \parallel: Math symbols. (line 9580) +* \parbox: \parbox. (line 12303) +* \parindent: minipage. (line 4857) * \parindent <1>: \indent & \noindent. - (line 8665) + (line 8855) * \parindent <2>: \parindent & \parskip. - (line 8714) -* \parsep: list. (line 4445) + (line 8904) +* \parsep: list. (line 4524) * \parskip: \parindent & \parskip. - (line 8714) -* \parskip example: itemize. (line 4282) -* \part: Sectioning. (line 2544) -* \part <1>: \part. (line 2630) -* \partial: Math symbols. (line 9443) -* \partopsep: list. (line 4454) + (line 8904) +* \parskip example: itemize. (line 4361) +* \part: Sectioning. (line 2632) +* \part <1>: \part. (line 2718) +* \partial: Math symbols. (line 9583) +* \partopsep: list. (line 4533) * \PassOptionsToClass: Class and package commands. - (line 1114) + (line 1116) * \PassOptionsToPackage: Class and package commands. - (line 1114) + (line 1116) * \pdfpageheight: Document class options. - (line 763) + (line 765) * \pdfpagewidth: Document class options. - (line 763) -* \perp: Math symbols. (line 9446) -* \Phi: Math symbols. (line 9450) -* \phi: Math symbols. (line 9453) -* \Pi: Math symbols. (line 9458) -* \pi: Math symbols. (line 9461) -* \pm: Math symbols. (line 9465) -* \pmod: Math functions. (line 10380) -* \poptabs: tabbing. (line 5515) -* \poptabs <1>: tabbing. (line 5516) -* \pounds: Text symbols. (line 13460) -* \Pr: Math functions. (line 10383) -* \prec: Math symbols. (line 9468) -* \preceq: Math symbols. (line 9471) + (line 765) +* \perp: Math symbols. (line 9586) +* \Phi: Math symbols. (line 9590) +* \phi: Math symbols. (line 9593) +* \Pi: Math symbols. (line 9597) +* \pi: Math symbols. (line 9600) +* \pm: Math symbols. (line 9604) +* \pmod: Math functions. (line 10505) +* \poptabs: tabbing. (line 5600) +* \poptabs <1>: tabbing. (line 5601) +* \pounds: Text symbols. (line 13663) +* \Pr: Math functions. (line 10508) +* \prec: Math symbols. (line 9607) +* \preceq: Math symbols. (line 9610) * \prevdepth: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. - (line 2343) -* \prime: Math symbols. (line 9475) -* \printglossaries: Glossaries. (line 14886) -* \printglossaries <1>: Glossaries. (line 14923) -* \printindex: \printindex. (line 14871) -* \printindex <1>: \printindex. (line 14875) + (line 2354) +* \prime: Math symbols. (line 9614) +* \printglossaries: Glossaries. (line 15143) +* \printglossaries <1>: Glossaries. (line 15180) +* \printindex: \printindex. (line 15128) * \ProcessOptions: Class and package commands. - (line 1151) + (line 1153) * \ProcessOptions*: Class and package commands. - (line 1151) -* \prod: Math symbols. (line 9484) -* \propto: Math symbols. (line 9487) -* \protect: \protect. (line 7754) -* \protected@write: \write. (line 15566) -* \providecommand: \providecommand. (line 7233) + (line 1153) +* \prod: Math symbols. (line 9623) +* \propto: Math symbols. (line 9626) +* \protect: \protect. (line 7903) +* \protected@write: \write. (line 15821) +* \providecommand: \providecommand. (line 7386) * \ProvidesClass: Class and package commands. - (line 1189) + (line 1191) * \ProvidesFile: Class and package commands. - (line 1222) + (line 1224) * \ProvidesPackage: Class and package commands. - (line 1189) + (line 1191) * \ProvideTextCommand: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand. - (line 1469) + (line 1470) * \ProvideTextCommand <1>: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault. - (line 1518) + (line 1519) * \ProvideTextCommandDefault: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault. - (line 1518) -* \ps: \ps. (line 15261) -* \Psi: Math symbols. (line 9490) -* \psi: Math symbols. (line 9493) -* \pushtabs: tabbing. (line 5518) -* \put: \put. (line 4965) -* \qbezier: \qbezier. (line 5006) + (line 1519) +* \ps: \ps. (line 15516) +* \Psi: Math symbols. (line 9629) +* \psi: Math symbols. (line 9632) +* \pushtabs: tabbing. (line 5603) +* \put: \put. (line 5045) +* \qbezier: \qbezier. (line 5086) * \qquad: Spacing in math mode. - (line 10574) + (line 10702) * \qquad <1>: \enspace & \quad & \qquad. - (line 11141) + (line 11338) * \quad: Spacing in math mode. - (line 10568) + (line 10696) * \quad <1>: \enspace & \quad & \qquad. - (line 11141) -* \quotedblbase („): Text symbols. (line 13464) -* \quotesinglbase (‚): Text symbols. (line 13465) -* \r (ring accent): Accents. (line 13700) -* \raggedbottom: \raggedbottom. (line 2160) -* \raggedleft: \raggedleft. (line 4183) -* \raggedright: \raggedright. (line 4130) -* \raisebox: \raisebox. (line 12142) -* \rangle: Math symbols. (line 9496) -* \rbrace: Math symbols. (line 9501) -* \rbrack: Math symbols. (line 9504) -* \rceil: Math symbols. (line 9508) -* \Re: Math symbols. (line 9511) -* \read: \read. (line 15393) -* \ref: \ref. (line 3381) -* \reflectbox: \scalebox. (line 13251) -* \refname: thebibliography. (line 5978) -* \refstepcounter: \refstepcounter. (line 8106) + (line 11338) +* \quotedblbase („): Text symbols. (line 13667) +* \quotesinglbase (‚): Text symbols. (line 13668) +* \r (ring accent): Accents. (line 13903) +* \raggedbottom: \raggedbottom. (line 2171) +* \raggedleft: \raggedleft. (line 4262) +* \raggedright: \raggedright. (line 4209) +* \raisebox: \raisebox. (line 12354) +* \rangle: Math symbols. (line 9635) +* \rbrace: Math symbols. (line 9639) +* \rbrack: Math symbols. (line 9642) +* \rceil: Math symbols. (line 9646) +* \Re: Math symbols. (line 9649) +* \read: \read. (line 15648) +* \ref: \ref. (line 3466) +* \reflectbox: \scalebox. (line 13458) +* \refname: thebibliography. (line 6062) +* \refstepcounter: \refstepcounter. (line 8258) * \renewenvironment: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. - (line 7476) + (line 7625) * \RequirePackage: Class and package commands. - (line 1231) -* \RequirePackage, and texput jobname: Jobname. (line 15974) + (line 1233) +* \RequirePackage, and texput jobname: Jobname. (line 16240) * \RequirePackageWithOptions: Class and package commands. - (line 1231) -* \resizebox: \resizebox. (line 13282) + (line 1233) +* \resizebox: \resizebox. (line 13490) * \restorecr: \obeycr & \restorecr. - (line 6456) -* \restriction: Math symbols. (line 9517) -* \revemptyset: Math symbols. (line 9522) -* \reversemarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 8762) -* \rfloor: Math symbols. (line 9527) -* \rhd: Math symbols. (line 9532) -* \rho: Math symbols. (line 9538) -* \right: \left & \right. (line 10008) -* \Rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9543) -* \rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9548) -* \rightharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 9552) -* \rightharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 9555) -* \rightleftharpoons: Math symbols. (line 9558) -* \rightmargin: list. (line 4469) + (line 6569) +* \restriction: Math symbols. (line 9654) +* \revemptyset: Math symbols. (line 9659) +* \reversemarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 8952) +* \rfloor: Math symbols. (line 9664) +* \rhd: Math symbols. (line 9668) +* \rho: Math symbols. (line 9674) +* \right: \left & \right. (line 10133) +* \Rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9678) +* \rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9682) +* \rightharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 9686) +* \rightharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 9689) +* \rightleftharpoons: Math symbols. (line 9692) +* \rightmargin: list. (line 4548) * \rm: Font styles. (line 1779) * \rmfamily: Font styles. (line 1726) * \roman{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 7978) + (line 8130) * \Roman{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 7983) -* \rotatebox: \rotatebox. (line 13183) -* \rq: Text symbols. (line 13468) -* \rule: \rule. (line 13873) -* \S: Text symbols. (line 13471) -* \savebox: \sbox & \savebox. (line 12188) -* \sbox: \sbox & \savebox. (line 12188) + (line 8135) +* \rotatebox: \rotatebox. (line 13390) +* \rq: Text symbols. (line 13671) +* \rule: \rule. (line 14079) +* \S: Text symbols. (line 13674) +* \samepage: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak. + (line 6951) +* \savebox: \sbox & \savebox. (line 12400) +* \sbox: \sbox & \savebox. (line 12400) * \sc: Font styles. (line 1782) -* \scalebox: \scalebox. (line 13251) +* \scalebox: \scalebox. (line 13458) +* \scriptscriptstyle: Math styles. (line 10876) * \scriptsize: Font sizes. (line 1845) +* \scriptstyle: Math styles. (line 10876) * \scshape: Font styles. (line 1747) -* \searrow: Math symbols. (line 9561) -* \sec: Math functions. (line 10386) -* \section: Sectioning. (line 2544) -* \section <1>: \section. (line 2777) -* \seename: \index. (line 14646) +* \searrow: Math symbols. (line 9695) +* \sec: Math functions. (line 10511) +* \section: Sectioning. (line 2632) +* \section <1>: \section. (line 2865) +* \seename: \index. (line 14904) * \selectfont: Low-level font commands. - (line 1998) -* \setcounter: \setcounter. (line 8072) -* \setlength: \setlength. (line 8308) -* \setminus: Math symbols. (line 9564) -* \settodepth: \settodepth. (line 8365) -* \settoheight: \settoheight. (line 8389) -* \settowidth: \settowidth. (line 8413) + (line 2009) +* \setcounter: \setcounter. (line 8224) +* \setlength: \setlength. (line 8471) +* \setminus: Math symbols. (line 9698) +* \settodepth: \settodepth. (line 8535) +* \settoheight: \settoheight. (line 8560) +* \settowidth: \settowidth. (line 8585) * \sf: Font styles. (line 1785) * \sffamily: Font styles. (line 1744) -* \sharp: Math symbols. (line 9570) -* \ShellEscape: \write18. (line 15757) -* \shipout and expansion: \write. (line 15561) -* \shortstack: \shortstack. (line 5198) -* \Sigma: Math symbols. (line 9573) -* \sigma: Math symbols. (line 9576) -* \signature: \signature. (line 15278) -* \sim: Math symbols. (line 9580) -* \simeq: Math symbols. (line 9583) -* \sin: Math functions. (line 10389) -* \sinh: Math functions. (line 10392) +* \sharp: Math symbols. (line 9703) +* \ShellEscape: \write18. (line 16011) +* \shipout and expansion: \write. (line 15816) +* \shortstack: \shortstack. (line 5279) +* \Sigma: Math symbols. (line 9706) +* \sigma: Math symbols. (line 9709) +* \signature: \signature. (line 15533) +* \sim: Math symbols. (line 9713) +* \simeq: Math symbols. (line 9716) +* \sin: Math functions. (line 10514) +* \sinh: Math functions. (line 10517) * \sl: Font styles. (line 1788) -* \sloppy: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 6578) +* \sloppy: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 6690) * \slshape: Font styles. (line 1741) * \small: Font sizes. (line 1845) -* \smallint: Math symbols. (line 9586) +* \smallint: Math symbols. (line 9719) * \smallskip: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip. - (line 11667) + (line 11880) * \smallskipamount: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip. - (line 11668) -* \smile: Math symbols. (line 9590) -* \SPACE: \(SPACE). (line 11412) -* \SPACE <1>: \(SPACE). (line 11412) -* \spacefactor: \spacefactor. (line 11275) -* \spadesuit: Math symbols. (line 9593) -* \sqcap: Math symbols. (line 9596) -* \sqcup: Math symbols. (line 9600) -* \sqrt: \sqrt. (line 10778) -* \sqsubset: Math symbols. (line 9604) -* \sqsubseteq: Math symbols. (line 9609) -* \sqsupset: Math symbols. (line 9614) -* \sqsupseteq: Math symbols. (line 9619) + (line 11881) +* \smile: Math symbols. (line 9723) +* \<SPACE>: \(SPACE). (line 11606) +* \<SPACE> <1>: \(SPACE). (line 11606) +* \space: \include & \includeonly. + (line 14302) +* \space <1>: \input. (line 14365) +* \space <2>: \typeout. (line 15740) +* \spacefactor: \spacefactor. (line 11471) +* \spadesuit: Math symbols. (line 9726) +* \sqcap: Math symbols. (line 9729) +* \sqcup: Math symbols. (line 9733) +* \sqrt: \sqrt. (line 10975) +* \sqsubset: Math symbols. (line 9737) +* \sqsubseteq: Math symbols. (line 9742) +* \sqsupset: Math symbols. (line 9746) +* \sqsupseteq: Math symbols. (line 9751) * \ss (ß): Additional Latin letters. - (line 13809) + (line 14015) * \SS (SS): Additional Latin letters. - (line 13809) -* \stackrel: \stackrel. (line 10794) -* \star: Math symbols. (line 9624) -* \stepcounter: \stepcounter. (line 8124) + (line 14015) +* \stackrel: \stackrel. (line 10991) +* \star: Math symbols. (line 9755) +* \stepcounter: \stepcounter. (line 8276) * \stop: Recovering from errors. - (line 16032) -* \stretch: \stretch. (line 8437) -* \strut: \strut. (line 11711) -* \subparagraph: Sectioning. (line 2544) + (line 16296) +* \stretch: \stretch. (line 8610) +* \strut: \strut. (line 11924) +* \subitem: Produce the index manually. + (line 14841) +* \subparagraph: Sectioning. (line 2632) * \subparagraph <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. - (line 2919) -* \subsection: Sectioning. (line 2544) -* \subsection <1>: \subsection. (line 2855) -* \subset: Math symbols. (line 9632) -* \subseteq: Math symbols. (line 9635) -* \subsubsection: Sectioning. (line 2544) + (line 3007) +* \subsection: Sectioning. (line 2632) +* \subsection <1>: \subsection. (line 2943) +* \subset: Math symbols. (line 9762) +* \subseteq: Math symbols. (line 9765) +* \subsubitem: Produce the index manually. + (line 14841) +* \subsubsection: Sectioning. (line 2632) * \subsubsection <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. - (line 2919) -* \succ: Math symbols. (line 9638) -* \succeq: Math symbols. (line 9641) -* \sum: Math symbols. (line 9646) -* \sup: Math functions. (line 10395) -* \suppressfloats: Floats. (line 2475) -* \supset: Math symbols. (line 9649) -* \supseteq: Math symbols. (line 9652) -* \surd: Math symbols. (line 9655) -* \swarrow: Math symbols. (line 9660) + (line 3007) +* \succ: Math symbols. (line 9768) +* \succeq: Math symbols. (line 9771) +* \sum: Math symbols. (line 9775) +* \sup: Math functions. (line 10520) +* \suppressfloats: Floats. (line 2489) +* \supset: Math symbols. (line 9778) +* \supseteq: Math symbols. (line 9781) +* \surd: Math symbols. (line 9784) +* \swarrow: Math symbols. (line 9789) * \symbol: Symbols by font position. - (line 13405) -* \t (tie-after accent): Accents. (line 13706) -* \TAB: \(SPACE). (line 11412) -* \tabbingsep: tabbing. (line 5523) -* \tabcolsep: tabular. (line 5781) + (line 13608) +* \t (tie-after accent): Accents. (line 13909) +* \<TAB>: \(SPACE). (line 11606) +* \tabbingsep: tabbing. (line 5608) +* \tabcolsep: tabular. (line 5866) * \tableofcontents: Table of contents etc.. - (line 14171) -* \tableofcontents <1>: \contentsline. (line 14466) -* \tan: Math functions. (line 10398) -* \tanh: Math functions. (line 10401) -* \tau: Math symbols. (line 9663) -* \telephone: \telephone. (line 15308) -* \TeX: Text symbols. (line 13475) -* \textascendercompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 13513) -* \textasciicircum: Text symbols. (line 13478) -* \textasciitilde: Text symbols. (line 13481) -* \textasteriskcentered: Text symbols. (line 13484) + (line 14377) +* \tableofcontents <1>: \contentsline. (line 14673) +* \tan: Math functions. (line 10523) +* \tanh: Math functions. (line 10526) +* \tau: Math symbols. (line 9792) +* \telephone: \telephone. (line 15563) +* \TeX: Text symbols. (line 13678) +* \textascendercompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 13716) +* \textasciicircum: Text symbols. (line 13681) +* \textasciitilde: Text symbols. (line 13684) +* \textasteriskcentered: Text symbols. (line 13687) * \textbackslash: Reserved characters. - (line 13332) -* \textbackslash <1>: Text symbols. (line 13487) -* \textbar: Text symbols. (line 13490) -* \textbardbl: Text symbols. (line 13493) + (line 13537) +* \textbackslash <1>: Text symbols. (line 13690) +* \textbar: Text symbols. (line 13693) +* \textbardbl: Text symbols. (line 13696) * \textbf: Font styles. (line 1735) -* \textbigcircle: Text symbols. (line 13496) -* \textbraceleft: Text symbols. (line 13499) -* \textbraceright: Text symbols. (line 13502) -* \textbullet: Text symbols. (line 13505) -* \textcapitalcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 13512) -* \textcircled{LETTER}: Text symbols. (line 13508) -* \textcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 13511) -* \textcopyright: Text symbols. (line 13425) -* \textdagger: Text symbols. (line 13520) -* \textdaggerdbl: Text symbols. (line 13523) -* \textdollar (or \$): Text symbols. (line 13526) -* \textellipsis: Text symbols. (line 13449) -* \textemdash (or ---): Text symbols. (line 13529) -* \textendash (or --): Text symbols. (line 13535) -* \texteuro: Text symbols. (line 13538) -* \textexclamdown (or !`): Text symbols. (line 13546) -* \textfiguredash: Text symbols. (line 13549) -* \textfloatsep: Floats. (line 2511) -* \textfloatsep <1>: Floats. (line 2512) -* \textfraction: Floats. (line 2490) -* \textfraction <1>: Floats. (line 2491) -* \textgreater: Text symbols. (line 13556) +* \textbigcircle: Text symbols. (line 13699) +* \textbraceleft: Text symbols. (line 13702) +* \textbraceright: Text symbols. (line 13705) +* \textbullet: Text symbols. (line 13708) +* \textcapitalcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 13715) +* \textcircled{LETTER}: Text symbols. (line 13711) +* \textcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 13714) +* \textcopyright: Text symbols. (line 13628) +* \textdagger: Text symbols. (line 13723) +* \textdaggerdbl: Text symbols. (line 13726) +* \textdollar (or \$): Text symbols. (line 13729) +* \textellipsis: Text symbols. (line 13652) +* \textemdash (or ---): Text symbols. (line 13732) +* \textendash (or --): Text symbols. (line 13738) +* \texteuro: Text symbols. (line 13741) +* \textexclamdown (or !`): Text symbols. (line 13749) +* \textfiguredash: Text symbols. (line 13752) +* \textfloatsep: Floats. (line 2525) +* \textfloatsep <1>: Floats. (line 2526) +* \textfraction: Floats. (line 2504) +* \textfraction <1>: Floats. (line 2505) +* \textgreater: Text symbols. (line 13759) * \textheight: Page layout parameters. - (line 2256) + (line 2267) * \textheight <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 2257) -* \texthorizontalbar: Text symbols. (line 13559) + (line 2268) +* \texthorizontalbar: Text symbols. (line 13762) * \textit: Font styles. (line 1729) -* \textleftarrow: Text symbols. (line 13567) -* \textless: Text symbols. (line 13564) +* \textleftarrow: Text symbols. (line 13770) +* \textless: Text symbols. (line 13767) * \textmd: Font styles. (line 1732) -* \textnonbreakinghyphen: Text symbols. (line 13570) +* \textnonbreakinghyphen: Text symbols. (line 13773) * \textnormal: Font styles. (line 1753) -* \textordfeminine: Text symbols. (line 13576) -* \textordmasculine: Text symbols. (line 13577) -* \textparagraph: Text symbols. (line 13457) -* \textperiodcentered: Text symbols. (line 13580) -* \textquestiondown (or ?`): Text symbols. (line 13583) -* \textquotedblleft (or ``): Text symbols. (line 13586) -* \textquotedblright (or ''): Text symbols. (line 13589) -* \textquoteleft (or `): Text symbols. (line 13592) -* \textquoteright (or '): Text symbols. (line 13595) -* \textquotesingle: Text symbols. (line 13598) -* \textquotestraightbase: Text symbols. (line 13601) -* \textquotestraightdblbase: Text symbols. (line 13602) -* \textregistered: Text symbols. (line 13605) -* \textrightarrow: Text symbols. (line 13608) +* \textordfeminine: Text symbols. (line 13779) +* \textordmasculine: Text symbols. (line 13780) +* \textparagraph: Text symbols. (line 13660) +* \textperiodcentered: Text symbols. (line 13783) +* \textquestiondown (or ?`): Text symbols. (line 13786) +* \textquotedblleft (or ``): Text symbols. (line 13789) +* \textquotedblright (or ''): Text symbols. (line 13792) +* \textquoteleft (or `): Text symbols. (line 13795) +* \textquoteright (or '): Text symbols. (line 13798) +* \textquotesingle: Text symbols. (line 13801) +* \textquotestraightbase: Text symbols. (line 13804) +* \textquotestraightdblbase: Text symbols. (line 13805) +* \textregistered: Text symbols. (line 13808) +* \textrightarrow: Text symbols. (line 13811) * \textrm: Font styles. (line 1726) * \textsc: Font styles. (line 1747) -* \textsection: Text symbols. (line 13472) +* \textsection: Text symbols. (line 13675) * \textsf: Font styles. (line 1744) * \textsl: Font styles. (line 1741) -* \textsterling: Text symbols. (line 13461) -* \textthreequartersemdash: Text symbols. (line 13611) -* \texttrademark: Text symbols. (line 13614) +* \textsterling: Text symbols. (line 13664) +* \textstyle: Math styles. (line 10876) +* \textthreequartersemdash: Text symbols. (line 13814) +* \texttrademark: Text symbols. (line 13817) * \texttt: Font styles. (line 1750) -* \texttwelveudash: Text symbols. (line 13617) -* \textunderscore: Text symbols. (line 13620) +* \texttwelveudash: Text symbols. (line 13820) +* \textunderscore: Text symbols. (line 13823) * \textup: Font styles. (line 1738) -* \textvisiblespace: Text symbols. (line 13623) +* \textvisiblespace: Text symbols. (line 13826) * \textwidth: Page layout parameters. - (line 2264) + (line 2275) * \textwidth <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 2265) + (line 2276) * \th (þ): Additional Latin letters. - (line 13813) + (line 14019) * \TH (Þ): Additional Latin letters. - (line 13813) -* \thanks{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 10940) -* \theta: Math symbols. (line 9666) -* \thicklines: \thicklines. (line 5135) + (line 14019) +* \thanks{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 11141) +* \theta: Math symbols. (line 9795) +* \thicklines: \thicklines. (line 5215) * \thickspace: Spacing in math mode. - (line 10526) -* \thinlines: \thinlines. (line 5127) + (line 10650) +* \thinlines: \thinlines. (line 5207) * \thinspace: Spacing in math mode. - (line 10547) + (line 10674) * \thinspace <1>: \thinspace & \negthinspace. - (line 11513) -* \thispagestyle: \thispagestyle. (line 11103) -* \tilde: Math accents. (line 10446) -* \times: Math symbols. (line 9670) + (line 11725) +* \thispagestyle: \thispagestyle. (line 11303) +* \tilde: Math accents. (line 10571) +* \times: Math symbols. (line 9799) * \tiny: Font sizes. (line 1845) -* \title{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 10947) -* \to: Math symbols. (line 9673) -* \today: \today. (line 13908) -* \top: Math symbols. (line 9677) -* \topfraction: Floats. (line 2495) -* \topfraction <1>: Floats. (line 2496) +* \title{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 11148) +* \to: Math symbols. (line 9802) +* \today: \today. (line 14114) +* \top: Math symbols. (line 9806) +* \topfraction: Floats. (line 2509) +* \topfraction <1>: Floats. (line 2510) * \topmargin: Page layout parameters. - (line 2289) -* \topsep: list. (line 4474) + (line 2300) +* \topsep: list. (line 4553) * \topskip: Page layout parameters. - (line 2296) + (line 2307) * \topskip <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 2297) -* \triangle: Math symbols. (line 9682) -* \triangleleft: Math symbols. (line 9685) -* \triangleright: Math symbols. (line 9691) + (line 2308) +* \triangle: Math symbols. (line 9810) +* \triangleleft: Math symbols. (line 9813) +* \triangleright: Math symbols. (line 9819) * \tt: Font styles. (line 1791) * \ttfamily: Font styles. (line 1750) -* \twocolumn: \twocolumn. (line 2032) -* \typein: \typein. (line 15424) -* \typeout: \typeout. (line 15469) -* \u (breve accent): Accents. (line 13710) +* \twocolumn: \twocolumn. (line 2043) +* \typein: \typein. (line 15679) +* \typeout: \typeout. (line 15724) +* \u (breve accent): Accents. (line 13915) * \unboldmath: \boldmath & \unboldmath. - (line 9875) + (line 10000) * \unboldmath <1>: \boldmath & \unboldmath. - (line 9883) -* \underbar: Accents. (line 13676) + (line 10008) +* \underbar: Accents. (line 13879) * \underbrace{MATH}: Over- and Underlining. - (line 10484) + (line 10608) * \underline{TEXT}: Over- and Underlining. - (line 10467) -* \unitlength: picture. (line 4860) -* \unlhd: Math symbols. (line 9697) -* \unrhd: Math symbols. (line 9703) -* \Uparrow: Math symbols. (line 9709) -* \uparrow: Math symbols. (line 9713) -* \Updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 9717) -* \updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 9722) -* \upharpoonright: Math symbols. (line 9727) -* \uplus: Math symbols. (line 9732) + (line 10592) +* \unitlength: picture. (line 4940) +* \unlhd: Math symbols. (line 9825) +* \unrhd: Math symbols. (line 9831) +* \Uparrow: Math symbols. (line 9837) +* \uparrow: Math symbols. (line 9841) +* \Updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 9845) +* \updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 9850) +* \upharpoonright: Math symbols. (line 9855) +* \uplus: Math symbols. (line 9860) * \upshape: Font styles. (line 1738) -* \Upsilon: Math symbols. (line 9739) -* \upsilon: Math symbols. (line 9742) -* \usebox: \usebox. (line 12296) -* \usecounter: \usecounter. (line 8013) +* \Upsilon: Math symbols. (line 9865) +* \upsilon: Math symbols. (line 9868) +* \usebox: \usebox. (line 12509) +* \usecounter: \usecounter. (line 8165) * \usefont: Low-level font commands. - (line 2006) + (line 2017) * \usepackage: Additional packages. - (line 828) + (line 830) * \UseTextAccent: \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent. (line 1663) * \UseTextSymbol: \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent. (line 1663) -* \v (breve accent): Accents. (line 13714) -* \value: \value. (line 8039) -* \vanothing: Math symbols. (line 9750) -* \varepsilon: Math symbols. (line 9745) -* \varphi: Math symbols. (line 9755) -* \varpi: Math symbols. (line 9759) -* \varrho: Math symbols. (line 9763) -* \varsigma: Math symbols. (line 9767) -* \vartheta: Math symbols. (line 9771) -* \vbox plain TeX: minipage. (line 4731) -* \vdash: Math symbols. (line 9775) -* \vdots: Dots. (line 10229) -* \vec: Math accents. (line 10449) -* \vector: \vector. (line 5240) -* \vee: Math symbols. (line 9779) -* \verb: \verb. (line 6290) -* \Vert: Math symbols. (line 9783) -* \vert: Math symbols. (line 9787) -* \vfill: \vfill. (line 11847) -* \vline: \vline. (line 5874) -* \vspace: \vspace. (line 11796) -* \vtop plain TeX: minipage. (line 4727) -* \wedge: Math symbols. (line 9794) -* \widehat: Math accents. (line 10452) -* \widetilde: Math accents. (line 10455) -* \wlog: \wlog. (line 15674) -* \wp: Math symbols. (line 9798) -* \wr: Math symbols. (line 9801) -* \write: \write. (line 15502) +* \v (breve accent): Accents. (line 13919) +* \value: \value. (line 8191) +* \vanothing: Math symbols. (line 9876) +* \varepsilon: Math symbols. (line 9871) +* \varphi: Math symbols. (line 9881) +* \varpi: Math symbols. (line 9885) +* \varrho: Math symbols. (line 9889) +* \varsigma: Math symbols. (line 9893) +* \vartheta: Math symbols. (line 9897) +* \vbox (plain TeX): minipage. (line 4811) +* \vdash: Math symbols. (line 9901) +* \vdots: Dots. (line 10354) +* \vec: Math accents. (line 10574) +* \vector: \vector. (line 5325) +* \vee: Math symbols. (line 9905) +* \verb: \verb. (line 6403) +* \Vert: Math symbols. (line 9909) +* \vert: Math symbols. (line 9913) +* \vfill: \vfill. (line 12060) +* \vline: \vline. (line 5959) +* \vspace: \vspace. (line 12009) +* \vtop plain TeX: minipage. (line 4807) +* \wedge: Math symbols. (line 9919) +* \widehat: Math accents. (line 10577) +* \widetilde: Math accents. (line 10580) +* \wlog: \wlog. (line 15928) +* \wp: Math symbols. (line 9923) +* \wr: Math symbols. (line 9926) +* \write: \write. (line 15757) * \write and security: \write and security. - (line 15604) -* \write streams 16, 17, 18: \write. (line 15582) -* \write18: \write18. (line 15692) + (line 15858) +* \write streams 16, 17, 18: \write. (line 15837) +* \write18: \write18. (line 15946) * \write18, enabling: Command line options. - (line 15867) -* \Xi: Math symbols. (line 9804) -* \xi: Math symbols. (line 9807) -* \xspace: xspace package. (line 7880) + (line 16121) +* \Xi: Math symbols. (line 9929) +* \xi: Math symbols. (line 9932) +* \xspace: xspace package. (line 8030) * \year: \day & \month & \year. - (line 8139) -* \zeta: Math symbols. (line 9810) -* \[...\] display math: displaymath. (line 3773) -* \\ (for center): center. (line 3617) -* \\ (for eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 3925) -* \\ (for flushright): flushright. (line 4169) -* \\ (for \shortstack objects): \shortstack. (line 5224) -* \\ (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5468) -* \\ for flushleft: flushleft. (line 4109) -* \\ for letters: Letters. (line 15066) -* \\ for tabular: tabular. (line 5644) -* \\ for verse: verse. (line 6356) -* \\ for \author: \maketitle. (line 10927) -* \\ for \title: \maketitle. (line 10948) -* \\ force line break: \\. (line 6394) -* \\* (for eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 3933) + (line 8291) +* \zeta: Math symbols. (line 9935) +* \[...\] display math: displaymath. (line 3854) +* \\ (for center): center. (line 3698) +* \\ (for eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 4006) +* \\ (for flushright): flushright. (line 4248) +* \\ (for \shortstack objects): \shortstack. (line 5308) +* \\ (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5553) +* \\ for flushleft: flushleft. (line 4188) +* \\ for letters: Letters. (line 15322) +* \\ for tabular: tabular. (line 5730) +* \\ for verse: verse. (line 6469) +* \\ for \author: \maketitle. (line 11128) +* \\ for \title: \maketitle. (line 11149) +* \\ force line break: \\. (line 6507) +* \\* (for eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 4012) * \^: Reserved characters. - (line 13332) -* \^ (circumflex accent): Accents. (line 13663) + (line 13537) +* \^ (circumflex accent): Accents. (line 13866) * \_: Reserved characters. - (line 13325) -* \` (grave accent): Accents. (line 13667) -* \` (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5495) + (line 13532) +* \` (grave accent): Accents. (line 13870) +* \` (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5580) * \{: Reserved characters. - (line 13325) -* \|: Math symbols. (line 8962) + (line 13532) +* \|: Math symbols. (line 9127) * \}: Reserved characters. - (line 13325) + (line 13532) * \~: Reserved characters. - (line 13332) -* \~ (tilde accent): Accents. (line 13671) + (line 13537) +* \~ (tilde accent): Accents. (line 13874) * ^ superscript: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 8887) -* ^^J, in \write: \write. (line 15591) + (line 9052) +* ^^J, in \write: \write. (line 15845) * _ subscript: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 8887) + (line 9052) * {...} for required arguments: LaTeX command syntax. - (line 591) -* ~: ~. (line 11453) + (line 595) +* ~: ~. (line 11660) * a4paper option: Document class options. - (line 742) + (line 744) * a5paper option: Document class options. - (line 742) -* abstract environment: abstract. (line 3482) -* abstract package: abstract. (line 3503) -* abstracts: abstract. (line 3482) -* accents: Accents. (line 13629) + (line 744) +* abstract environment: abstract. (line 3566) +* abstract package: abstract. (line 3587) +* abstracts: abstract. (line 3566) +* accents: Accents. (line 13832) * accents, defining: \DeclareFontEncoding. (line 1384) * accents, defining <1>: \DeclareTextAccent. (line 1418) * accents, defining <2>: \DeclareTextAccentDefault. - (line 1441) + (line 1442) * accents, defining <3>: \DeclareTextComposite. - (line 1550) + (line 1551) * accents, defining <4>: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand. (line 1575) * accents, defining <5>: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault. (line 1620) -* accents, mathematical: Math accents. (line 10415) +* accents, mathematical: Math accents. (line 10540) * accessing any character of a font: Symbols by font position. - (line 13405) -* acronyms, list of: Glossaries. (line 14886) -* acute accent: Accents. (line 13652) -* acute accent, math: Math accents. (line 10420) + (line 13608) +* acronyms, list of: Glossaries. (line 15143) +* acute accent: Accents. (line 13855) +* acute accent, math: Math accents. (line 10545) * additional packages, loading: Additional packages. - (line 828) -* adjustbox package: Boxes. (line 11926) + (line 830) +* adjustbox package: Boxes. (line 12140) * ae ligature: Additional Latin letters. - (line 13773) -* algorithm2e package: tabbing. (line 5548) -* align environment, from amsmath: eqnarray. (line 3902) -* aligning equations: eqnarray. (line 3902) -* alignment via tabbing: tabbing. (line 5408) -* amscd package: Arrows. (line 9869) -* amsfonts package: Math formulas. (line 8876) -* amsfonts package <1>: Arrows. (line 9834) -* amsmath package: array. (line 3577) -* amsmath package <1>: array. (line 3588) -* amsmath package <2>: displaymath. (line 3769) -* amsmath package <3>: equation. (line 3972) -* amsmath package <4>: theorem. (line 6199) -* amsmath package <5>: Math formulas. (line 8876) -* amsmath package <6>: \left & \right. (line 10032) + (line 13979) +* algorithm2e package: tabbing. (line 5633) +* align environment, from amsmath: eqnarray. (line 3983) +* aligning equations: eqnarray. (line 3983) +* alignment via tabbing: tabbing. (line 5493) +* amscd package: Arrows. (line 9994) +* amsfonts package: Math formulas. (line 9041) +* amsfonts package <1>: Arrows. (line 9959) +* amsmath package: array. (line 3661) +* amsmath package <1>: array. (line 3669) +* amsmath package <2>: displaymath. (line 3850) +* amsmath package <3>: equation. (line 4051) +* amsmath package <4>: theorem. (line 6313) +* amsmath package <5>: Math formulas. (line 9041) +* amsmath package <6>: \left & \right. (line 10157) * amsmath package <7>: \bigl & \bigr etc.. - (line 10177) -* amsmath package <8>: Dots. (line 10232) -* amsmath package <9>: Math functions. (line 10404) -* amsmath package <10>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. - (line 10689) -* amsmath package <11>: Colon character & \colon. - (line 10739) + (line 10302) +* amsmath package <8>: Dots. (line 10357) +* amsmath package <9>: Math functions. (line 10529) +* amsmath package <10>: Spacing in math mode. + (line 10650) +* amsmath package <11>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. + (line 10818) * amsmath package <12>: Colon character & \colon. - (line 10743) -* amsmath package, replacing eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 3902) -* amsthm package: theorem. (line 6199) -* amsthm package <1>: \rule. (line 13885) -* answers package: \write. (line 15596) -* appendices: \appendix. (line 2986) -* appendix: \appendix. (line 2986) -* appendix package: \appendix. (line 3009) + (line 10936) +* amsmath package <13>: Colon character & \colon. + (line 10940) +* amsmath package <14>: \thinspace & \negthinspace. + (line 11745) +* amsmath package, replacing eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 3983) +* amsthm package: theorem. (line 6313) +* amsthm package <1>: \rule. (line 14091) +* answers package: \write. (line 15850) +* appendices: \appendix. (line 3072) +* appendix: \appendix. (line 3072) +* appendix package: \appendix. (line 3095) * aring: Additional Latin letters. - (line 13769) -* array (package) package: array. (line 3599) -* array environment: array. (line 3528) -* arrays, math: array. (line 3528) -* arrow, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 13568) -* arrow, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 13609) -* arrows: Arrows. (line 9834) -* article class: Document classes. (line 699) -* ascender height: Text symbols. (line 13514) -* ASCII circumflex, in text: Text symbols. (line 13479) -* ASCII tilde, in text: Text symbols. (line 13482) -* asterisk, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 13485) -* Asymptote package: \line. (line 5100) -* Asymptote package <1>: \strut. (line 11767) -* Asymptote package <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12000) -* Asymptote package <3>: \write18. (line 15699) -* at clause, in font definitions: \newfont. (line 7735) -* at-sign: \@. (line 11336) -* author, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 10927) -* auxiliary file: Output files. (line 486) + (line 13975) +* array environment: array. (line 3612) +* array package: array. (line 3680) +* arrays, math: array. (line 3612) +* arrow, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 13771) +* arrow, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 13812) +* arrows: Arrows. (line 9959) +* article class: Document classes. (line 701) +* ascender height: Text symbols. (line 13717) +* ASCII circumflex, in text: Text symbols. (line 13682) +* ASCII tilde, in text: Text symbols. (line 13685) +* asterisk, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 13688) +* Asymptote package: \line. (line 5179) +* Asymptote package <1>: \strut. (line 11980) +* Asymptote package <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12214) +* Asymptote package <3>: \write18. (line 15953) +* at clause, in font definitions: \newfont. (line 7884) +* at-sign: \@. (line 11529) +* author, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 11128) +* auxiliary file: Output files. (line 490) * b5paper option: Document class options. - (line 742) -* babel package: \chapter. (line 2749) -* babel package <1>: thebibliography. (line 5987) -* babel package <2>: Accents. (line 13629) -* babel package <3>: \today. (line 13915) + (line 744) +* babel package: \chapter. (line 2837) +* babel package <1>: thebibliography. (line 6071) +* babel package <2>: Accents. (line 13832) +* babel package <3>: \today. (line 14121) * babel package <4>: Table of contents etc.. - (line 14289) -* babel package <5>: \index. (line 14646) + (line 14494) +* babel package <5>: \index. (line 14904) * back matter of a book: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. - (line 3019) -* background, colored: Colored pages. (line 12544) -* backslash, in text: Text symbols. (line 13488) -* bar, double vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 13494) -* bar, vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 13491) -* bar-over accent: Accents. (line 13659) -* bar-over accent, math: Math accents. (line 10423) -* bar-under accent: Accents. (line 13674) -* basics of LaTeX: Overview. (line 397) + (line 3105) +* background, colored: Colored pages. (line 12757) +* backslash, in text: Text symbols. (line 13691) +* bar, double vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 13697) +* bar, vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 13694) +* bar-over accent: Accents. (line 13862) +* bar-over accent, math: Math accents. (line 10548) +* bar-under accent: Accents. (line 13877) +* basics of LaTeX: Overview. (line 402) * batchmode: Command line options. - (line 15833) -* beamer package: beamer template. (line 16060) -* beamer template and class: beamer template. (line 16060) -* beginning of document hook: \AtBeginDocument. (line 3803) + (line 16087) +* beamer package: beamer template. (line 16324) +* beamer template and class: beamer template. (line 16324) +* beginning of document hook: \AtBeginDocument. (line 3884) * bibliography format, open: Document class options. - (line 790) -* bibliography, creating (automatically): Using BibTeX. (line 6119) -* bibliography, creating (manually): thebibliography. (line 5940) -* bibTeX, using: Using BibTeX. (line 6119) -* big circle symbols, in text: Text symbols. (line 13497) -* big point: Units of length. (line 8272) + (line 792) +* bibliography, creating (automatically): Using BibTeX. (line 6202) +* bibliography, creating (manually): thebibliography. (line 6024) +* BibTeX error messages: BibTeX error messages. + (line 6264) +* bibTeX, using: Using BibTeX. (line 6202) +* big circle symbols, in text: Text symbols. (line 13700) +* big point: Units of length. (line 8424) * bigfoot package: Footnotes of footnotes. - (line 7085) + (line 7206) * black boxes, omitting: Document class options. - (line 776) -* blackboard bold: Blackboard bold. (line 9915) + (line 778) +* blackboard bold: Blackboard bold. (line 10040) * bm package: \boldmath & \unboldmath. - (line 9901) + (line 10026) * bold font: Font styles. (line 1771) * bold math: Font styles. (line 1824) -* bold typewriter, avoiding: description. (line 3727) +* bold typewriter, avoiding: description. (line 3808) * boldface mathematics: \boldmath & \unboldmath. - (line 9875) -* book class: Document classes. (line 699) + (line 10000) +* book class: Document classes. (line 701) * book, back matter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. - (line 3019) + (line 3105) * book, end matter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. - (line 3019) + (line 3105) * book, front matter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. - (line 3019) + (line 3105) * book, main matter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. - (line 3019) -* bottomnumber: Floats. (line 2518) -* bottomnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2519) -* bounding box: \includegraphics. (line 12978) -* box: \mbox & \makebox. (line 11932) -* box, allocating new: \newsavebox. (line 7448) -* box, bounding: \includegraphics. (line 12978) -* box, colored: Colored boxes. (line 12507) -* box, save: \sbox & \savebox. (line 12188) -* box, use saved box: \usebox. (line 12296) -* boxes: Boxes. (line 11923) -* bp: Units of length. (line 8272) -* brace, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 13500) -* brace, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 13503) -* braces: Delimiters. (line 9958) -* brackets: Delimiters. (line 9958) -* breaking lines: Line breaking. (line 6377) -* breaking pages: Page breaking. (line 6668) -* breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*. (line 10750) -* breve accent: Accents. (line 13710) -* breve accent, math: Math accents. (line 10426) + (line 3105) +* bottomnumber: Floats. (line 2532) +* bottomnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2533) +* bounding box: \includegraphics. (line 13190) +* box: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12146) +* box, allocating new: \newsavebox. (line 7597) +* box, bounding: \includegraphics. (line 13190) +* box, colored: Colored boxes. (line 12720) +* box, save: \sbox & \savebox. (line 12400) +* box, use saved box: \usebox. (line 12509) +* boxes: Boxes. (line 12137) +* bp: Units of length. (line 8423) +* brace, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 13703) +* brace, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 13706) +* braces: Delimiters. (line 10083) +* brackets: Delimiters. (line 10083) +* breaking lines: Line breaking. (line 6490) +* breaking pages: Page breaking. (line 6783) +* breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*. (line 10947) +* breve accent: Accents. (line 13915) +* breve accent, math: Math accents. (line 10551) * bug reporting: About this document. - (line 373) -* bullet lists: itemize. (line 4210) -* bullet symbol: Math symbols. (line 9055) -* bullet, in text: Text symbols. (line 13506) -* bulleted lists: itemize. (line 4210) -* calligraphic fonts: Calligraphic. (line 9941) + (line 378) +* bullet lists: itemize. (line 4289) +* bullet symbol: Math symbols. (line 9215) +* bullet, in text: Text symbols. (line 13709) +* bulleted lists: itemize. (line 4289) +* calligraphic fonts: Calligraphic. (line 10066) * calligraphic letters for math: Font styles. (line 1774) -* cap height: Text symbols. (line 13514) -* caron accent: Accents. (line 13714) +* cap height: Text symbols. (line 13717) +* caption package: \caption. (line 2624) +* captions: \caption. (line 2558) +* caron accent: Accents. (line 13919) * catcode: \makeatletter & \makeatother. - (line 7274) + (line 7426) * category code, character: \makeatletter & \makeatother. - (line 7274) -* cc: Units of length. (line 8285) -* cc list, in letters: \cc. (line 15128) -* cedilla accent: Accents. (line 13684) -* center environment: center. (line 3607) -* centered asterisk, in text: Text symbols. (line 13485) + (line 7426) +* cc: Units of length. (line 8436) +* cc list, in letters: \cc. (line 15383) +* cedilla accent: Accents. (line 13887) +* center environment: center. (line 3688) +* centered asterisk, in text: Text symbols. (line 13688) * centered equations: Document class options. - (line 780) -* centered period, in text: Text symbols. (line 13581) -* centering text, declaration for: \centering. (line 3655) -* centering text, environment for: center. (line 3607) -* centimeter: Units of length. (line 8276) + (line 782) +* centered period, in text: Text symbols. (line 13784) +* centering text, declaration for: \centering. (line 3736) +* centering text, environment for: center. (line 3688) +* centimeter: Units of length. (line 8431) * changing case of characters: Upper and lower case. - (line 13351) -* chapter: Sectioning. (line 2544) -* chapter <1>: \chapter. (line 2684) + (line 13555) +* chapter: Sectioning. (line 2632) +* chapter <1>: \chapter. (line 2772) +* chapter counter: Counters. (line 8091) * character category code: \makeatletter & \makeatother. - (line 7274) -* character encoding: inputenc package. (line 13829) + (line 7426) +* character encoding: inputenc package. (line 14035) * character, invisible: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. - (line 10641) -* character, invisible <1>: \mathstrut. (line 10702) -* characters, accented: Accents. (line 13629) + (line 10768) +* character, invisible <1>: \mathstrut. (line 10831) +* characters, accented: Accents. (line 13832) * characters, case of: Upper and lower case. - (line 13351) + (line 13555) * characters, non-English: Additional Latin letters. - (line 13763) + (line 13969) * characters, reserved: Reserved characters. - (line 13317) + (line 13525) * characters, special: Reserved characters. - (line 13317) -* check accent: Accents. (line 13714) -* check accent, math: Math accents. (line 10429) -* cicero: Units of length. (line 8285) -* circle symbol, big, in text: Text symbols. (line 13497) -* circled letter, in text: Text symbols. (line 13509) -* circumflex accent: Accents. (line 13663) -* circumflex accent, math: Math accents. (line 10441) -* circumflex, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 13479) -* citation key: \bibitem. (line 6004) + (line 13525) +* check accent: Accents. (line 13919) +* check accent, math: Math accents. (line 10554) +* cicero: Units of length. (line 8437) +* circle symbol, big, in text: Text symbols. (line 13700) +* circled letter, in text: Text symbols. (line 13712) +* circumflex accent: Accents. (line 13866) +* circumflex accent, math: Math accents. (line 10566) +* circumflex, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 13682) +* citation key: \bibitem. (line 6088) * class and package commands: Class and package commands. - (line 914) + (line 916) * class and package difference: Class and package construction. - (line 853) + (line 855) * class and package structure: Class and package structure. - (line 867) + (line 869) * class file example: Class and package structure. - (line 900) + (line 902) * class file layout: Class and package structure. - (line 867) + (line 869) * class options: Document class options. - (line 729) + (line 731) * class options <1>: Class and package structure. - (line 867) + (line 869) * class options <2>: Class and package commands. - (line 974) -* classes of documents: Document classes. (line 694) -* cleveref package: Cross references. (line 3291) -* cleveref package <1>: \ref. (line 3404) -* cleveref package <2>: \footnotemark. (line 6966) + (line 976) +* classes of documents: Document classes. (line 696) +* cleveref package: Cross references. (line 3376) +* cleveref package <1>: \ref. (line 3489) +* cleveref package <2>: \footnotemark. (line 7087) * CLI: Command line interface. - (line 15768) + (line 16022) * clock option to slides class: Document class options. - (line 822) -* closing letters: \closing. (line 15144) -* closing quote: Text symbols. (line 13469) -* cm: Units of length. (line 8276) -* cm-super package: fontenc package. (line 1327) -* cmd.exe, used by \write18: \write18. (line 15746) -* code, typesetting: verbatim. (line 6246) + (line 824) +* closing letters: \closing. (line 15399) +* closing quote: Text symbols. (line 13672) +* cm: Units of length. (line 8430) +* cm-super package: fontenc package. (line 1328) +* cmd.exe, used by \write18: \write18. (line 16000) +* code, typesetting: verbatim. (line 6360) * colon character: Colon character & \colon. - (line 10730) -* color: Color. (line 12309) -* color <1>: Define colors. (line 12414) -* color <2>: Colored text. (line 12436) -* color <3>: Colored boxes. (line 12507) -* color <4>: Colored pages. (line 12544) -* color models: Color models. (line 12362) + (line 10927) +* color: Color. (line 12522) +* color <1>: Define colors. (line 12627) +* color <2>: Colored text. (line 12649) +* color <3>: Colored boxes. (line 12720) +* color <4>: Colored pages. (line 12757) +* color models: Color models. (line 12575) * color package commands: Commands for color. - (line 12409) + (line 12622) * color package options: Color package options. - (line 12324) -* color, define: Define colors. (line 12414) -* colored boxes: Colored boxes. (line 12507) -* colored page: Colored pages. (line 12544) -* colored text: Colored text. (line 12436) + (line 12537) +* color, define: Define colors. (line 12627) +* colored boxes: Colored boxes. (line 12720) +* colored page: Colored pages. (line 12757) +* colored text: Colored text. (line 12649) * command line interface: Command line interface. - (line 15768) + (line 16022) * command syntax: LaTeX command syntax. - (line 591) + (line 595) * commands, class and package: Class and package commands. - (line 914) + (line 916) * commands, defining new ones: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 7106) -* commands, defining new ones <1>: \providecommand. (line 7233) + (line 7227) +* commands, defining new ones <1>: \providecommand. (line 7386) * commands, document class: Class and package construction. - (line 844) + (line 846) * commands, graphics package: Commands for graphics. - (line 12856) + (line 13069) * commands, ignore spaces: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend. - (line 7806) -* commands, ignore spaces <1>: xspace package. (line 7880) + (line 7955) +* commands, ignore spaces <1>: xspace package. (line 8030) * commands, redefining: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 7106) -* commands, run from LaTeX: \write18. (line 15692) -* commands, star-variants: \@ifstar. (line 7310) -* composite word mark, in text: Text symbols. (line 13514) -* comprehensive package: Math symbols. (line 8950) -* computer programs, typesetting: verbatim. (line 6246) + (line 7227) +* commands, run from LaTeX: \write18. (line 15946) +* commands, star-variants: \@ifstar. (line 7460) +* composite word mark, in text: Text symbols. (line 13717) +* comprehensive package: Math symbols. (line 9115) +* computer programs, typesetting: verbatim. (line 6360) * configuration, graphics package: Graphics package configuration. - (line 12666) -* contents file: Output files. (line 496) -* copyright symbol: Text symbols. (line 13426) -* counters, a list of: Counters. (line 7929) -* counters, defining new: \newcounter. (line 7385) -* counters, getting value of: \value. (line 8039) + (line 12879) +* contents file: Output files. (line 500) +* copyright symbol: Text symbols. (line 13629) +* counters, a list of: Counters. (line 8082) +* counters, defining new: \newcounter. (line 7532) +* counters, getting value of: \value. (line 8191) * counters, printing: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 7957) -* counters, setting: \setcounter. (line 8072) -* cprotect package: verbatim. (line 6266) -* cprotect package <1>: \verb. (line 6329) -* creating pictures: picture. (line 4838) -* creating tables: table. (line 5557) -* credit footnote: \maketitle. (line 10941) -* cross references: Cross references. (line 3259) -* cross references, resolving: Output files. (line 486) -* cross referencing with page number: \pageref. (line 3357) -* cross referencing, across documents: xr package. (line 3410) -* cross referencing, symbolic: \ref. (line 3381) -* CTAN: CTAN. (line 666) -* curly braces: Delimiters. (line 9958) -* currency, dollar: Text symbols. (line 13527) -* currency, euro: Text symbols. (line 13539) -* dagger, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 13524) -* dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 13429) -* dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 13521) -* DANTE e.V.: CTAN. (line 680) -* datatool package: \read. (line 15418) -* date, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 10935) -* date, today's: \today. (line 13908) -* datetime package: \today. (line 13929) -* dbltopnumber: Floats. (line 2522) -* dbltopnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2523) -* dcolumn package: array. (line 3599) -* dd: Units of length. (line 8282) + (line 8109) +* counters, setting: \setcounter. (line 8224) +* cprotect package: verbatim. (line 6379) +* cprotect package <1>: \verb. (line 6442) +* creating pictures: picture. (line 4918) +* creating tables: table. (line 5642) +* credit footnote: \maketitle. (line 11142) +* cross references: Cross references. (line 3344) +* cross references, resolving: Output files. (line 490) +* cross referencing with page number: \pageref. (line 3442) +* cross referencing, across documents: xr package. (line 3495) +* cross referencing, symbolic: \ref. (line 3466) +* CTAN: CTAN. (line 668) +* curly braces: Delimiters. (line 10083) +* currency, dollar: Text symbols. (line 13730) +* currency, euro: Text symbols. (line 13742) +* dagger, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 13727) +* dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 13632) +* dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 13724) +* DANTE e.V.: CTAN. (line 682) +* datatool package: \read. (line 15673) +* date, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 11136) +* date, today's: \today. (line 14114) +* datetime package: \today. (line 14135) +* dbltopnumber: Floats. (line 2536) +* dbltopnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2537) +* dcolumn package: array. (line 3680) +* dd: Units of length. (line 8433) * declaration form of font size commands: Font sizes. (line 1858) * declaration form of font style commands: Font styles. (line 1703) -* define color: Define colors. (line 12414) +* define color: Define colors. (line 12627) * defining a new command: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 7106) -* defining a new command <1>: \providecommand. (line 7233) + (line 7227) +* defining a new command <1>: \providecommand. (line 7386) * defining new environments: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. - (line 7476) -* defining new fonts: \newfont. (line 7722) -* defining new theorems: \newtheorem. (line 7610) -* definitions: Definitions. (line 7101) -* delayed \write: \write. (line 15561) -* delimiters: Delimiters. (line 9958) -* delimiters, paired: \left & \right. (line 10008) -* delim_0: makeindex. (line 14815) -* delim_1: makeindex. (line 14819) -* delim_2: makeindex. (line 14823) -* delim_n: makeindex. (line 14827) -* delim_r: makeindex. (line 14831) -* description: \newglossaryentry. (line 14974) -* description environment: description. (line 3697) -* description lists, creating: description. (line 3697) -* design size, in font definitions: \newfont. (line 7735) -* didot point: Units of length. (line 8282) -* dieresis accent: Accents. (line 13648) + (line 7625) +* defining new fonts: \newfont. (line 7871) +* defining new theorems: \newtheorem. (line 7759) +* definitions: Definitions. (line 7222) +* delayed \write: \write. (line 15816) +* delimiters: Delimiters. (line 10083) +* delimiters, paired: \left & \right. (line 10133) +* delim_0: makeindex. (line 15072) +* delim_1: makeindex. (line 15076) +* delim_2: makeindex. (line 15080) +* delim_n: makeindex. (line 15084) +* delim_r: makeindex. (line 15088) +* description: \newglossaryentry. (line 15231) +* description environment: description. (line 3778) +* description lists, creating: description. (line 3778) +* design size, in font definitions: \newfont. (line 7884) +* didot point: Units of length. (line 8434) +* dieresis accent: Accents. (line 13851) * difference between class and package: Class and package construction. - (line 853) -* dimen plain TeX: Lengths. (line 8161) -* directory listings, from system: \write18. (line 15751) -* discretionary breaks, multiplication: \*. (line 10750) -* discretionary hyphenation: \discretionary. (line 6555) -* display math mode: Modes. (line 10827) + (line 855) +* dimen plain TeX: Lengths. (line 8316) +* directory listings, from system: \write18. (line 16005) +* discretionary breaks, multiplication: \*. (line 10947) +* discretionary hyphenation: \discretionary. (line 6667) +* display math mode: Modes. (line 11026) +* display style: Math styles. (line 10865) * displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation: quotation & quote. - (line 5378) + (line 5463) * displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation: quotation & quote. - (line 5378) -* displaymath environment: displaymath. (line 3753) -* displaymath environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 8796) + (line 5463) +* displaymath environment: displaymath. (line 3834) +* displaymath environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 8986) * document class commands: Class and package construction. - (line 844) + (line 846) * document class options: Document class options. - (line 729) + (line 731) * document class, defined: Starting and ending. - (line 438) -* document classes: Document classes. (line 694) -* document environment: document. (line 3797) -* document root name: Jobname. (line 15950) + (line 442) +* document classes: Document classes. (line 696) +* document environment: document. (line 3878) +* document root name: Jobname. (line 16214) * document templates: Document templates. - (line 16053) -* dollar sign: Text symbols. (line 13527) -* dot accent: Accents. (line 13655) -* dot over accent, math: Math accents. (line 10435) -* dot-over accent: Accents. (line 13655) -* dot-under accent: Accents. (line 13688) -* dotless i: Accents. (line 13642) -* dotless i, math: Math symbols. (line 9208) -* dotless j: Accents. (line 13642) -* dotless j, math: Math symbols. (line 9228) -* dots: Dots. (line 10202) -* double angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13444) -* double dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 13432) -* double dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 13524) -* double dot accent, math: Math accents. (line 10432) -* double guillemets: Text symbols. (line 13444) -* double left quote: Text symbols. (line 13587) -* double low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 13466) -* double quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 13603) -* double right quote: Text symbols. (line 13590) + (line 16317) +* dollar sign: Text symbols. (line 13730) +* dot accent: Accents. (line 13858) +* dot over accent, math: Math accents. (line 10560) +* dot-over accent: Accents. (line 13858) +* dot-under accent: Accents. (line 13891) +* dotless i: Accents. (line 13845) +* dotless i, math: Math symbols. (line 9362) +* dotless j: Accents. (line 13845) +* dotless j, math: Math symbols. (line 9382) +* dots: Dots. (line 10327) +* double angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13647) +* double dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 13635) +* double dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 13727) +* double dot accent, math: Math accents. (line 10557) +* double guillemets: Text symbols. (line 13647) +* double left quote: Text symbols. (line 13790) +* double low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 13669) +* double quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 13806) +* double right quote: Text symbols. (line 13793) * double spacing: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. - (line 2304) -* double vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 13494) -* doublestruck: Blackboard bold. (line 9915) + (line 2315) +* double vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 13697) +* doublestruck: Blackboard bold. (line 10040) * draft option: Document class options. - (line 772) -* dvilualatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 562) -* dvipdfmx command: Output files. (line 463) -* dvips command: Output files. (line 463) -* dvitype command: Output files. (line 463) -* e-dash: Text symbols. (line 13536) -* e-TeX: TeX engines. (line 515) -* ellipses: Dots. (line 10202) -* ellipsis: Text symbols. (line 13450) -* em: Units of length. (line 8290) -* em <1>: Units of length. (line 8290) -* em-dash: Text symbols. (line 13530) -* em-dash, three-quarters: Text symbols. (line 13612) -* em-dash, two-thirds: Text symbols. (line 13618) + (line 774) +* dvilualatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 566) +* dvipdfmx command: Output files. (line 467) +* dvips command: Output files. (line 467) +* dvitype command: Output files. (line 467) +* e-dash: Text symbols. (line 13739) +* e-TeX: TeX engines. (line 519) +* ellipses: Dots. (line 10327) +* ellipsis: Text symbols. (line 13653) +* em: Units of length. (line 8450) +* em <1>: Units of length. (line 8449) +* em-dash: Text symbols. (line 13733) +* em-dash, three-quarters: Text symbols. (line 13815) +* em-dash, two-thirds: Text symbols. (line 13821) * emphasis: Font styles. (line 1755) -* enclosure list: \encl. (line 15157) +* enclosure list: \encl. (line 15412) * encoding, font: \DeclareFontEncoding. (line 1384) -* encoding, of input files: inputenc package. (line 13829) +* encoding, of input files: inputenc package. (line 14035) * end matter of a book: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. - (line 3019) -* end of document hook: \AtEndDocument. (line 3819) + (line 3105) +* end of document hook: \AtEndDocument. (line 3900) * ending and starting: Starting and ending. - (line 427) -* engines, TeX: TeX engines. (line 505) -* enlarge current page: \enlargethispage. (line 6773) -* enumerate environment: enumerate. (line 3835) -* enumitem package: itemize. (line 4270) -* enumitem package <1>: list. (line 4568) + (line 431) +* engines, TeX: TeX engines. (line 509) +* enlarge current page: \enlargethispage. (line 6888) +* enumerate environment: enumerate. (line 3916) +* enumi counter: Counters. (line 8091) +* enumii counter: Counters. (line 8091) +* enumiii counter: Counters. (line 8091) +* enumitem package: itemize. (line 4349) +* enumitem package <1>: list. (line 4648) +* enumiv counter: Counters. (line 8091) * environment: Starting and ending. - (line 446) -* environment form of font size commands: Font sizes. (line 1870) -* environment, abstract: abstract. (line 3482) -* environment, array: array. (line 3528) -* environment, center: center. (line 3607) -* environment, description: description. (line 3697) -* environment, displaymath: displaymath. (line 3753) -* environment, displaymath <1>: Math formulas. (line 8796) -* environment, document: document. (line 3797) -* environment, enumerate: enumerate. (line 3835) -* environment, eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 3902) -* environment, equation: equation. (line 3958) -* environment, equation <1>: Math formulas. (line 8796) -* environment, figure: figure. (line 3978) -* environment, filecontents: filecontents. (line 4036) -* environment, filecontents*: filecontents. (line 4036) -* environment, flushleft: flushleft. (line 4101) -* environment, flushright: flushright. (line 4163) -* environment, itemize: itemize. (line 4210) -* environment, letter: letter. (line 4298) -* environment, list: list. (line 4303) -* environment, math: math. (line 4668) -* environment, math <1>: Math formulas. (line 8796) -* environment, minipage: minipage. (line 4680) -* environment, picture: picture. (line 4838) -* environment, quotation: quotation & quote. (line 5378) -* environment, quote: quotation & quote. (line 5378) -* environment, tabbing: tabbing. (line 5408) -* environment, table: table. (line 5557) -* environment, tabular: tabular. (line 5615) -* environment, thebibliography: thebibliography. (line 5940) -* environment, theorem: theorem. (line 6177) -* environment, theorem-like: \newtheorem. (line 7610) -* environment, titlepage: titlepage. (line 6207) -* environment, verbatim: verbatim. (line 6246) -* environment, verse: verse. (line 6341) -* environments: Environments. (line 3465) + (line 450) +* environment form of font size commands: Font sizes. (line 1881) +* environment, abstract: abstract. (line 3566) +* environment, array: array. (line 3612) +* environment, center: center. (line 3688) +* environment, description: description. (line 3778) +* environment, displaymath: displaymath. (line 3834) +* environment, displaymath <1>: Math formulas. (line 8986) +* environment, document: document. (line 3878) +* environment, enumerate: enumerate. (line 3916) +* environment, eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 3983) +* environment, equation: equation. (line 4037) +* environment, equation <1>: Math formulas. (line 8986) +* environment, figure: figure. (line 4057) +* environment, filecontents: filecontents. (line 4115) +* environment, filecontents*: filecontents. (line 4115) +* environment, flushleft: flushleft. (line 4180) +* environment, flushright: flushright. (line 4242) +* environment, itemize: itemize. (line 4289) +* environment, letter: letter. (line 4377) +* environment, list: list. (line 4382) +* environment, math: math. (line 4748) +* environment, math <1>: Math formulas. (line 8986) +* environment, minipage: minipage. (line 4760) +* environment, picture: picture. (line 4918) +* environment, quotation: quotation & quote. (line 5463) +* environment, quote: quotation & quote. (line 5463) +* environment, sloppypar: sloppypar. (line 6704) +* environment, tabbing: tabbing. (line 5493) +* environment, table: table. (line 5642) +* environment, tabular: tabular. (line 5700) +* environment, thebibliography: thebibliography. (line 6024) +* environment, theindex: Produce the index manually. + (line 14828) +* environment, theorem: theorem. (line 6291) +* environment, theorem-like: \newtheorem. (line 7759) +* environment, titlepage: titlepage. (line 6321) +* environment, verbatim: verbatim. (line 6360) +* environment, verse: verse. (line 6454) +* environments: Environments. (line 3549) * environments, defining: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. - (line 7476) -* envlab package: \makelabels. (line 15231) -* EPS files: \includegraphics. (line 12862) -* eqnarray environment: eqnarray. (line 3902) -* equation environment: equation. (line 3958) -* equation environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 8796) -* equation number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 3381) + (line 7625) +* envlab package: \makelabels. (line 15486) +* EPS files: \includegraphics. (line 13075) +* eqnarray environment: eqnarray. (line 3983) +* equation counter: Counters. (line 8091) +* equation environment: equation. (line 4037) +* equation environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 8986) +* equation number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 3466) * equation numbers, left vs. right: Document class options. - (line 786) -* equation numbers, omitting: eqnarray. (line 3937) -* equations, aligning: eqnarray. (line 3902) -* equations, environment for: equation. (line 3958) + (line 788) +* equation numbers, omitting: eqnarray. (line 4016) +* equations, aligning: eqnarray. (line 3983) +* equations, environment for: equation. (line 4037) * equations, flush left vs. centered: Document class options. - (line 780) + (line 782) +* error messages, from BibTeX: BibTeX error messages. + (line 6264) * errorstopmode: Command line options. - (line 15833) + (line 16087) * es-zet German letter: Additional Latin letters. - (line 13809) -* etex command: TeX engines. (line 515) + (line 14015) +* etex command: TeX engines. (line 519) * eth, Icelandic letter: Additional Latin letters. - (line 13777) + (line 13983) * etoolbox package: Class and package commands. - (line 1018) -* euro symbol: Text symbols. (line 13539) -* eurosym package: Text symbols. (line 13539) -* eurosym package <1>: Text symbols. (line 13540) -* ex: Units of length. (line 8290) -* ex <1>: Units of length. (line 8290) -* exclamation point, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 13547) + (line 1020) +* euro symbol: Text symbols. (line 13742) +* eurosym package: Text symbols. (line 13742) +* eurosym package <1>: Text symbols. (line 13743) +* ex: Units of length. (line 8446) +* ex <1>: Units of length. (line 8445) +* exclamation point, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 13750) * executivepaper option: Document class options. - (line 742) + (line 744) * expl3 package: LaTeX command syntax. - (line 622) + (line 624) * expl3 package <1>: Upper and lower case. - (line 13394) + (line 13597) * exponent: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 8887) -* expressions: Expressions. (line 8473) + (line 9052) +* expressions: Expressions. (line 8646) * extended Latin: Additional Latin letters. - (line 13763) -* external commands: \write18. (line 15692) -* external files, writing: filecontents. (line 4036) -* fallback jobname: Jobname. (line 15969) + (line 13969) +* external commands: \write18. (line 15946) +* external files, writing: filecontents. (line 4115) +* fallback jobname: Jobname. (line 16235) * families, of fonts: Low-level font commands. - (line 1901) -* fancyhdr package: Page styles. (line 10884) -* fancyhdr package <1>: \pagestyle. (line 11026) -* fancyvrb package: tabbing. (line 5548) -* fancyvrb package <1>: verbatim. (line 6282) -* feminine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 13578) -* figure dash character: Text symbols. (line 13550) -* figure environment: figure. (line 3978) -* figure number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 3381) -* figures, footnotes in: minipage. (line 4781) -* figures, inserting: figure. (line 3978) + (line 1912) +* fancyhdr package: Page styles. (line 11085) +* fancyhdr package <1>: \pagestyle. (line 11226) +* fancyvrb package: tabbing. (line 5633) +* fancyvrb package <1>: verbatim. (line 6395) +* feminine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 13781) +* figure counter: Counters. (line 8091) +* figure dash character: Text symbols. (line 13753) +* figure environment: figure. (line 4057) +* figure number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 3466) +* figures, footnotes in: minipage. (line 4861) +* figures, inserting: figure. (line 4057) * file, closing: \openin & \openout. - (line 15329) + (line 15584) * file, opening: \openin & \openout. - (line 15329) -* file, reading: \read. (line 15393) + (line 15584) +* file, reading: \read. (line 15648) * file, root: Splitting the input. - (line 13943) -* filecontents environment: filecontents. (line 4036) -* filecontents* environment: filecontents. (line 4036) + (line 14149) +* file, root <1>: Jobname. (line 16214) +* filecontents environment: filecontents. (line 4115) +* filecontents* environment: filecontents. (line 4115) * filename for current job: Command line options. - (line 15849) + (line 16103) * final option: Document class options. - (line 772) + (line 774) * first-latex-doc document: About this document. - (line 385) + (line 390) * fixed-width font: Font styles. (line 1792) -* flafter package: Floats. (line 2470) +* flafter package: Floats. (line 2484) * fleqn option: Document class options. - (line 772) -* float package: Floats. (line 2440) -* float page: Floats. (line 2446) + (line 774) +* float package: Floats. (line 2454) +* float page: Floats. (line 2460) * flush left equations: Document class options. - (line 780) + (line 782) * flushing floats and starting a page: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage. - (line 6699) -* flushleft environment: flushleft. (line 4101) -* flushright environment: flushright. (line 4163) + (line 6814) +* flushleft environment: flushleft. (line 4180) +* flushright environment: flushright. (line 4242) * font catalogue: Low-level font commands. - (line 1901) + (line 1912) * font commands, low-level: Low-level font commands. - (line 1886) -* font dimension, slant: \/. (line 11575) -* font encoding: fontenc package. (line 1297) + (line 1897) +* font dimension, slant: \/. (line 11788) +* font encoding: fontenc package. (line 1298) * font encoding <1>: \DeclareTextAccent. (line 1418) * font encoding, declaring: \DeclareFontEncoding. (line 1384) * font size: Low-level font commands. - (line 1981) + (line 1992) * font sizes: Font sizes. (line 1840) * font styles: Font styles. (line 1701) * font symbols, by number: Symbols by font position. - (line 13405) -* fontenc: fontenc package. (line 1297) -* fonts: Fonts. (line 1259) -* fonts, new commands for: \newfont. (line 7722) -* fonts, script: Calligraphic. (line 9941) -* footer style: \pagestyle. (line 11019) + (line 13608) +* fontenc: fontenc package. (line 1298) +* fonts: Fonts. (line 1261) +* fonts, new commands for: \newfont. (line 7871) +* fonts, script: Calligraphic. (line 10066) +* fontspec package: fontenc package. (line 1309) +* footer style: \pagestyle. (line 11219) * footer, parameters for: Page layout parameters. - (line 2171) -* footnote number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 3381) -* footnote parameters: \footnote. (line 6886) + (line 2182) +* footnote counter: Counters. (line 8091) +* footnote number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 3466) +* footnote parameters: \footnote. (line 7007) * footnote, in a table: Footnotes in a table. - (line 7015) + (line 7136) * footnote, in section headings: Footnotes in section headings. - (line 6996) + (line 7117) * footnote, of a footnote: Footnotes of footnotes. - (line 7085) -* footnotes in figures: minipage. (line 4781) -* footnotes, creating: Footnotes. (line 6839) -* footnotes, in a minipage: \footnote. (line 6914) -* footnotes, symbols instead of numbers: \footnote. (line 6876) -* force option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 4061) -* format files, TeX: TeX engines. (line 505) -* formulas, environment for: equation. (line 3958) -* formulas, math: Math formulas. (line 8796) -* forward reference: Cross references. (line 3280) -* forward references, resolving: Output files. (line 486) -* fraction: \frac. (line 10766) -* fragile commands: \protect. (line 7754) -* frame rule width: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12056) -* frame, line width: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12056) -* frame, separation from contents: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12061) -* French quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13444) + (line 7206) +* footnotes in figures: minipage. (line 4861) +* footnotes, creating: Footnotes. (line 6960) +* footnotes, in a minipage: \footnote. (line 7035) +* footnotes, symbols instead of numbers: \footnote. (line 6997) +* force option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 4140) +* format files, TeX: TeX engines. (line 509) +* formulas, environment for: equation. (line 4037) +* formulas, math: Math formulas. (line 8986) +* forward reference: Cross references. (line 3365) +* forward references, resolving: Output files. (line 490) +* fraction: \frac. (line 10963) +* fragile commands: \protect. (line 7903) +* frame rule width: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12268) +* frame, line width: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12268) +* frame, separation from contents: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12273) +* French quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13647) * front matter of a book: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. - (line 3019) -* functions, math: Math functions. (line 10299) + (line 3105) +* functions, math: Math functions. (line 10424) * geometry package: Document class options. - (line 763) + (line 765) * geometry package <1>: Document class options. - (line 767) + (line 769) * global options: Document class options. - (line 729) + (line 731) * global options <1>: Additional packages. - (line 837) -* glossaries: Glossaries. (line 14886) -* glossary: Glossaries. (line 14886) -* glossary, entries: \newglossaryentry. (line 14934) -* glossary, entry reference: \gls. (line 14993) -* glue plain TeX: Lengths. (line 8161) -* glue register, plain TeX: \newlength. (line 7426) -* graphics: Graphics. (line 12565) + (line 839) +* glossaries: Glossaries. (line 15143) +* glossary: Glossaries. (line 15143) +* glossary, entries: \newglossaryentry. (line 15191) +* glossary, entry reference: \gls. (line 15250) +* glue plain TeX: Lengths. (line 8316) +* glue register, plain TeX: \newlength. (line 7573) +* graphics: Graphics. (line 12778) * graphics <1>: Graphics package configuration. - (line 12666) -* graphics <2>: \includegraphics. (line 12862) -* graphics package: Graphics. (line 12565) + (line 12879) +* graphics <2>: \includegraphics. (line 13075) +* graphics package: Graphics. (line 12778) * graphics package <1>: Graphics package configuration. - (line 12666) -* graphics package <2>: \includegraphics. (line 12862) + (line 12879) +* graphics package <2>: \includegraphics. (line 13075) * graphics package commands: Commands for graphics. - (line 12856) + (line 13069) * graphics package options: Graphics package options. - (line 12602) -* graphics packages: \line. (line 5100) -* graphics, resizing: \scalebox. (line 13251) -* graphics, resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 13282) -* graphics, scaling: \scalebox. (line 13251) -* graphics, scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 13282) -* graphpap package: \graphpaper. (line 5051) -* grave accent: Accents. (line 13667) -* grave accent, math: Math accents. (line 10438) -* greater than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 13557) -* greek letters: Math symbols. (line 8950) -* Greek letters: Greek letters. (line 10256) + (line 12815) +* graphics packages: \line. (line 5179) +* graphics, resizing: \scalebox. (line 13458) +* graphics, resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 13490) +* graphics, scaling: \scalebox. (line 13458) +* graphics, scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 13490) +* graphpap package: \graphpaper. (line 5131) +* grave accent: Accents. (line 13870) +* grave accent, math: Math accents. (line 10563) +* greater than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 13760) +* greek letters: Math symbols. (line 9115) +* Greek letters: Greek letters. (line 10381) * grfext package: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions. - (line 12774) -* group, and environments: Environments. (line 3477) -* group_skip: makeindex. (line 14762) -* hacek accent: Accents. (line 13714) -* Halmos symbol: \rule. (line 13880) -* hard space: ~. (line 11453) -* hat accent: Accents. (line 13663) -* hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 10441) -* header style: \pagestyle. (line 11019) + (line 12987) +* group, and environments: Environments. (line 3561) +* group_skip: makeindex. (line 15021) +* hacek accent: Accents. (line 13919) +* Halmos symbol: \rule. (line 14086) +* hard space: ~. (line 11660) +* hat accent: Accents. (line 13866) +* hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 10566) +* header style: \pagestyle. (line 11219) * header, parameters for: Page layout parameters. - (line 2171) + (line 2182) * hello, world: Starting and ending. - (line 427) -* here, putting floats: Floats. (line 2440) + (line 431) +* here, putting floats: Floats. (line 2454) * home page for manual: About this document. - (line 355) -* horizontal bar character: Text symbols. (line 13560) + (line 360) +* horizontal bar character: Text symbols. (line 13763) * horizontal paragraph indentation: \parindent & \parskip. - (line 8714) -* horizontal space: \hss. (line 11249) -* horizontal space, stretchable: \hss. (line 11249) + (line 8904) +* horizontal space: \hss. (line 11445) +* horizontal space, stretchable: \hss. (line 11445) * horizontal spacing: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. - (line 10641) -* hungarian umlaut accent: Accents. (line 13692) -* hyperref package: \footnotemark. (line 6966) -* hyperref package <1>: \footnotemark. (line 6975) -* hyperref package <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 11000) -* hyperref package <3>: Command line input. - (line 15904) -* hyphen character, non-breaking: Text symbols. (line 13571) -* hyphenation, defining: \hyphenation. (line 6619) -* hyphenation, discretionary: \discretionary. (line 6555) -* hyphenation, forcing: \- (hyphenation). (line 6520) -* hyphenation, preventing: \mbox & \makebox. (line 11932) -* háček accent, math: Math accents. (line 10429) + (line 10768) +* hungarian umlaut accent: Accents. (line 13895) +* hyperref package: \footnotemark. (line 7087) +* hyperref package <1>: \footnotemark. (line 7096) +* hyperref package <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 11201) +* hyperref package <3>: \contentsline. (line 14704) +* hyperref package <4>: Command line input. + (line 16158) +* hyphen character, non-breaking: Text symbols. (line 13774) +* hyphenation, defining: \hyphenation. (line 6732) +* hyphenation, discretionary: \discretionary. (line 6667) +* hyphenation, forcing: \- (hyphenation). (line 6633) +* hyphenation, preventing: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12146) +* háček accent, math: Math accents. (line 10554) * Icelandic eth: Additional Latin letters. - (line 13777) + (line 13983) * Icelandic thorn: Additional Latin letters. - (line 13813) -* idx file: \index. (line 14696) + (line 14019) +* idx file: \index. (line 14954) * ij letter, Dutch: Additional Latin letters. - (line 13789) -* immediate \write: \write. (line 15556) -* implementations of TeX: TeX engines. (line 505) -* importing graphics: \includegraphics. (line 12862) -* in: Units of length. (line 8269) -* inch: Units of length. (line 8269) -* including graphics: \includegraphics. (line 12862) + (line 13995) +* immediate \write: \write. (line 15811) +* implementations of TeX: TeX engines. (line 509) +* importing graphics: \includegraphics. (line 13075) +* in: Units of length. (line 8420) +* inch: Units of length. (line 8421) +* including graphics: \includegraphics. (line 13075) * indent, forcing: \indent & \noindent. - (line 8665) -* indentation of paragraphs, in minipage: minipage. (line 4777) -* indentfirst package: \part. (line 2674) -* indentfirst package <1>: \chapter. (line 2736) -* indentfirst package <2>: \section. (line 2831) -* indentfirst package <3>: \subsection. (line 2897) + (line 8855) +* indentation of paragraphs, in minipage: minipage. (line 4857) +* indentfirst package: \part. (line 2762) +* indentfirst package <1>: \chapter. (line 2824) +* indentfirst package <2>: \section. (line 2919) +* indentfirst package <3>: \subsection. (line 2985) * indentfirst package <4>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. - (line 2974) + (line 3060) * indentfirst package <5>: \indent & \noindent. - (line 8707) -* indent_length: makeindex. (line 14843) -* indent_space: makeindex. (line 14839) -* index entries, 'see' and 'see also': \index. (line 14646) -* index entry: \index. (line 14596) -* index package: \index. (line 14691) -* index, multiple: Indexes. (line 14586) -* index, page range: \index. (line 14630) -* index, printing: \printindex. (line 14871) -* index, processing: makeindex. (line 14711) -* index, style file: makeindex. (line 14723) -* indexes: Indexes. (line 14560) -* infinite horizontal stretch: \hfill. (line 11216) -* infinite vertical stretch: \vfill. (line 11847) -* inline formulas: math. (line 4668) -* inner paragraph mode: Modes. (line 10845) + (line 8897) +* indent_length: makeindex. (line 15100) +* indent_space: makeindex. (line 15096) +* index entries, subentries: \index. (line 14872) +* index entries, 'see' and 'see also': \index. (line 14904) +* index entry: \index. (line 14852) +* index package: \index. (line 14949) +* index, multiple: Indexes. (line 14815) +* index, page range: \index. (line 14888) +* index, printing: \printindex. (line 15128) +* index, processing: makeindex. (line 14969) +* index, producing manually: Produce the index manually. + (line 14825) +* index, style file: makeindex. (line 14981) +* indexes: Indexes. (line 14770) +* infinite horizontal stretch: \hfill. (line 11412) +* infinite vertical stretch: \vfill. (line 12060) +* inline formulas: math. (line 4748) +* inner paragraph mode: Modes. (line 11046) * input file: Splitting the input. - (line 13939) + (line 14145) * input, on command line: Command line input. - (line 15896) -* input/output: Input/output. (line 15320) -* input/output, to terminal: Input/output. (line 15320) -* inputenc: inputenc package. (line 13820) -* inserting figures: figure. (line 3978) + (line 16150) +* input/output: Input/output. (line 15575) +* input/output, to terminal: Input/output. (line 15575) +* inputenc: inputenc package. (line 14026) +* inserting figures: figure. (line 4057) * insertions of special characters: Special insertions. - (line 13311) + (line 13519) * interface, command line: Command line interface. - (line 15768) + (line 16022) * interline space: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. - (line 2304) -* internal vertical mode: Modes. (line 10836) + (line 2315) +* internal vertical mode: Modes. (line 11036) * invisible character: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. - (line 10641) -* invisible character <1>: \mathstrut. (line 10702) -* italic correction: \/. (line 11541) + (line 10768) +* invisible character <1>: \mathstrut. (line 10831) +* italic correction: \/. (line 11754) * italic font: Font styles. (line 1777) -* itemize environment: itemize. (line 4210) -* item_0: makeindex. (line 14786) -* item_01: makeindex. (line 14795) -* item_1: makeindex. (line 14789) -* item_12: makeindex. (line 14805) -* item_2: makeindex. (line 14792) -* item_x1: makeindex. (line 14799) -* item_x2: makeindex. (line 14809) +* itemize environment: itemize. (line 4289) +* item_0: makeindex. (line 15045) +* item_01: makeindex. (line 15054) +* item_1: makeindex. (line 15048) +* item_12: makeindex. (line 15063) +* item_2: makeindex. (line 15051) +* item_x1: makeindex. (line 15058) +* item_x2: makeindex. (line 15067) * jobname: Command line options. - (line 15849) -* jobname <1>: Jobname. (line 15950) -* JPEG files: \includegraphics. (line 12862) -* JPG files: \includegraphics. (line 12862) -* justification, ragged left: \raggedleft. (line 4183) -* justification, ragged right: \raggedright. (line 4130) -* Knuth, Donald E.: Overview. (line 397) -* label: Cross references. (line 3259) -* labelled lists, creating: description. (line 3697) -* Lamport TeX: Overview. (line 419) -* Lamport, Leslie: Overview. (line 397) + (line 16103) +* jobname <1>: Jobname. (line 16214) +* JPEG files: \includegraphics. (line 13075) +* JPG files: \includegraphics. (line 13075) +* justification, ragged left: \raggedleft. (line 4262) +* justification, ragged right: \raggedright. (line 4209) +* Knuth, Donald E.: Overview. (line 402) +* label: Cross references. (line 3344) +* labelled lists, creating: description. (line 3778) +* Lamport TeX: Overview. (line 423) +* Lamport, Leslie: Overview. (line 402) * landscape option: Document class options. - (line 772) + (line 774) * landscape orientation: Document class options. - (line 783) -* latex: TeX engines. (line 513) -* latex command: Output files. (line 463) -* LaTeX format (.fmt) files: TeX engines. (line 505) -* LaTeX logo: Text symbols. (line 13435) -* LaTeX overview: Overview. (line 397) + (line 785) +* latex: TeX engines. (line 517) +* latex command: Output files. (line 467) +* LaTeX format (.fmt) files: TeX engines. (line 509) +* LaTeX logo: Text symbols. (line 13638) +* LaTeX overview: Overview. (line 402) * LaTeX Project team: About this document. - (line 369) + (line 374) * LaTeX vs. LaTeX2e: About this document. - (line 365) -* latex-dev: TeX engines. (line 563) + (line 370) +* latex-dev: TeX engines. (line 567) * latex-doc-ptr document: About this document. - (line 382) -* LaTeX2e logo: Text symbols. (line 13438) + (line 387) +* LaTeX2e logo: Text symbols. (line 13641) * LaTeX3 syntax: LaTeX command syntax. - (line 622) + (line 624) * <latexrefman@tug.org> email address: About this document. - (line 369) -* latexsym package: Arrows. (line 9834) + (line 374) +* latexsym package: Arrows. (line 9959) * Latin letters, additional: Additional Latin letters. - (line 13763) -* layout commands: Layout. (line 2015) + (line 13969) +* layout commands: Layout. (line 2026) * layout, page parameters for: Page layout parameters. - (line 2171) -* leaders, dots in table of contents: \@dottedtocline. (line 14317) + (line 2182) +* leaders, dots in table of contents: \@dottedtocline. (line 14522) * leading: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. - (line 2304) -* left angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13444) -* left arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 13568) -* left brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 13500) -* left quote: Text symbols. (line 13454) -* left quote, double: Text symbols. (line 13587) -* left quote, single: Text symbols. (line 13593) + (line 2315) +* left angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13647) +* left arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 13771) +* left brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 13703) +* left quote: Text symbols. (line 13657) +* left quote, double: Text symbols. (line 13790) +* left quote, single: Text symbols. (line 13796) * left-hand equation numbers: Document class options. - (line 786) -* left-justifying text: \raggedright. (line 4130) -* left-justifying text, environment for: flushleft. (line 4101) -* left-to-right mode: Modes. (line 10814) + (line 788) +* left-justifying text: \raggedright. (line 4209) +* left-justifying text, environment for: flushleft. (line 4180) +* left-to-right mode: Modes. (line 11013) * legalpaper option: Document class options. - (line 742) -* lengths, adding to: \addtolength. (line 8336) -* lengths, allocating new: \newlength. (line 7426) -* lengths, defining and using: Lengths. (line 8158) -* lengths, setting: \setlength. (line 8308) + (line 744) +* lengths, adding to: \addtolength. (line 8500) +* lengths, allocating new: \newlength. (line 7573) +* lengths, defining and using: Lengths. (line 8313) +* lengths, setting: \setlength. (line 8471) * leqno option: Document class options. - (line 772) -* less than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 13565) -* lethead_flag: makeindex. (line 14769) -* lethead_prefix: makeindex. (line 14778) -* lethead_suffix: makeindex. (line 14782) -* letter class: Document classes. (line 699) -* letter environment: letter. (line 4298) + (line 774) +* less than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 13768) +* lethead_flag: makeindex. (line 15028) +* lethead_prefix: makeindex. (line 15037) +* lethead_suffix: makeindex. (line 15041) +* letter class: Document classes. (line 701) +* letter environment: letter. (line 4377) * letterpaper option: Document class options. - (line 742) -* letters, accented: Accents. (line 13629) + (line 744) +* letters, accented: Accents. (line 13832) * letters, additional Latin: Additional Latin letters. - (line 13763) -* letters, ending: \closing. (line 15144) -* letters, starting: \opening. (line 15249) -* letters, writing: Letters. (line 15023) -* line break, forcing: \\. (line 6394) -* line breaking: Line breaking. (line 6377) -* line breaks, changing: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 6578) + (line 13969) +* letters, ending: \closing. (line 15399) +* letters, starting: \opening. (line 15504) +* letters, writing: Letters. (line 15280) +* line break, forcing: \\. (line 6507) +* line breaking: Line breaking. (line 6490) +* line breaks, changing: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 6690) * line breaks, forcing: \linebreak & \nolinebreak. - (line 6637) -* line breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*. (line 10750) + (line 6751) +* line breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*. (line 10947) * line breaks, preventing: \linebreak & \nolinebreak. - (line 6637) -* lines in tables: tabular. (line 5615) -* line_max: makeindex. (line 14835) + (line 6751) +* lines in tables: tabular. (line 5700) +* line_max: makeindex. (line 15092) * lining numerals: Font styles. (line 1828) -* lining text up in tables: tabular. (line 5615) -* lining text up using tab stops: tabbing. (line 5408) -* list environment: list. (line 4303) -* list items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 8013) -* list of figures file: Output files. (line 496) -* list of tables file: Output files. (line 496) -* listings package: tabbing. (line 5548) -* listings package <1>: verbatim. (line 6276) -* listings package <2>: \verb. (line 6326) -* lists of items: itemize. (line 4210) -* lists of items, generic: list. (line 4303) -* lists of items, numbered: enumerate. (line 3835) -* lmodern package: fontenc package. (line 1327) +* lining text up in tables: tabular. (line 5700) +* lining text up using tab stops: tabbing. (line 5493) +* list environment: list. (line 4382) +* list items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 8165) +* list of figures file: Output files. (line 500) +* list of tables file: Output files. (line 500) +* listings package: tabbing. (line 5633) +* listings package <1>: verbatim. (line 6389) +* listings package <2>: \verb. (line 6439) +* lists of items: itemize. (line 4289) +* lists of items, generic: list. (line 4382) +* lists of items, numbered: enumerate. (line 3916) +* lmodern package: fontenc package. (line 1328) * loading additional packages: Additional packages. - (line 828) -* locale information, from system: \write18. (line 15751) -* log file: Output files. (line 481) -* log file, writing to: \write. (line 15526) -* logo, LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 13435) -* logo, LaTeX2e: Text symbols. (line 13438) -* logo, TeX: Text symbols. (line 13476) + (line 830) +* locale information, from system: \write18. (line 16005) +* log file: Output files. (line 485) +* log file, writing to: \write. (line 15781) +* logo, LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 13638) +* logo, LaTeX2e: Text symbols. (line 13641) +* logo, TeX: Text symbols. (line 13679) * long command: Class and package commands. - (line 931) -* low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols. (line 13466) + (line 933) +* low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols. (line 13669) * low-level font commands: Low-level font commands. - (line 1886) + (line 1897) * lowercase: Upper and lower case. - (line 13351) -* LR box: picture. (line 4925) -* LR mode: Modes. (line 10814) -* lrbox: lrbox. (line 12267) + (line 13555) +* LR box: picture. (line 5005) +* LR mode: Modes. (line 11013) +* lrbox: lrbox. (line 12480) * lshort document: About this document. - (line 388) -* lualatex: TeX engines. (line 531) -* lualatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 564) -* LuaTeX: TeX engines. (line 532) -* LuaTeX, 256 output streams in: \write. (line 15538) -* m-width: Units of length. (line 8290) -* macron accent: Accents. (line 13659) -* macron accent, math: Math accents. (line 10423) + (line 393) +* lualatex: TeX engines. (line 535) +* lualatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 568) +* LuaTeX: TeX engines. (line 536) +* LuaTeX, 256 output streams in: \write. (line 15793) +* m-width: Units of length. (line 8450) +* macron accent: Accents. (line 13862) +* macron accent, math: Math accents. (line 10548) * macros2e package: \makeatletter & \makeatother. - (line 7296) -* Madsen, Lars: eqnarray. (line 3902) -* mail merges: \read. (line 15418) + (line 7446) +* Madsen, Lars: eqnarray. (line 3983) +* mail merges: \read. (line 15673) * main matter of a book: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. - (line 3019) -* make a box: \mbox & \makebox. (line 11932) -* makeindex: makeindex. (line 14711) -* makeindex program: makeindex. (line 14711) -* makeindex, style file: makeindex. (line 14723) -* making a title page: titlepage. (line 6207) -* making paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 8568) -* marginal notes: Marginal notes. (line 8746) -* masculine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 13578) -* matching brackets: \left & \right. (line 10008) -* matching parentheses: \left & \right. (line 10008) -* math accents: Math accents. (line 10415) -* math environment: math. (line 4668) -* math environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 8796) -* math formulas: Math formulas. (line 8796) -* math functions: Math functions. (line 10299) -* math miscellany: Math miscellany. (line 10724) -* math mode: Modes. (line 10824) -* math mode, entering: Math formulas. (line 8796) + (line 3105) +* make a box: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12146) +* makeidx package: \printindex. (line 15134) +* makeindex program: makeindex. (line 14969) +* makeindex, program: makeindex. (line 14969) +* makeindex, style file: makeindex. (line 14981) +* making a title page: titlepage. (line 6321) +* making paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 8741) +* marginal notes: Marginal notes. (line 8936) +* masculine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 13781) +* matching brackets: \left & \right. (line 10133) +* matching parentheses: \left & \right. (line 10133) +* math accents: Math accents. (line 10540) +* math environment: math. (line 4748) +* math environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 8986) +* math formulas: Math formulas. (line 8986) +* math functions: Math functions. (line 10424) +* math miscellany: Math miscellany. (line 10921) +* math mode: Modes. (line 11023) +* math mode, entering: Math formulas. (line 8986) * math mode, spacing: Spacing in math mode. - (line 10509) + (line 10633) * math mode, spacing <1>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. - (line 10641) -* math mode, spacing <2>: \mathstrut. (line 10702) -* math mode, vertical space: \smash. (line 10580) -* math symbols: Math symbols. (line 8950) -* math, arrows: Arrows. (line 9834) + (line 10768) +* math mode, spacing <2>: \mathstrut. (line 10831) +* math mode, vertical space: \smash. (line 10708) +* math styles: Math styles. (line 10853) +* math symbols: Math symbols. (line 9115) +* math, arrows: Arrows. (line 9959) * math, bold: Font styles. (line 1824) -* mathtools package: Math formulas. (line 8876) -* mathtools package <1>: Delimiters. (line 9993) -* mathtools package <2>: \left & \right. (line 10032) +* mathtools package: Math formulas. (line 9041) +* mathtools package <1>: Delimiters. (line 10118) +* mathtools package <2>: \left & \right. (line 10157) * mathtools package <3>: Over- and Underlining. - (line 10503) -* mathtools package <4>: \smash. (line 10635) + (line 10627) +* mathtools package <4>: \smash. (line 10762) * mathtools package <5>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. - (line 10681) -* MetaPost package: \line. (line 5100) + (line 10810) +* MetaPost package: \line. (line 5179) * mfirstuc package: Upper and lower case. - (line 13391) + (line 13594) * mhchem package: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 8943) -* millimeter: Units of length. (line 8279) -* minipage environment: minipage. (line 4680) -* minipage, creating a: minipage. (line 4680) -* minted package: tabbing. (line 5548) -* minted package <1>: verbatim. (line 6276) -* minted package <2>: \verb. (line 6326) -* mirrors of CTAN: CTAN. (line 685) -* mm: Units of length. (line 8279) -* modes: Modes. (line 10804) + (line 9108) +* millimeter: Units of length. (line 8428) +* minipage environment: minipage. (line 4760) +* minipage, creating a: minipage. (line 4760) +* minted package: tabbing. (line 5633) +* minted package <1>: verbatim. (line 6389) +* minted package <2>: \verb. (line 6439) +* mirrors of CTAN: CTAN. (line 687) +* mm: Units of length. (line 8427) +* modes: Modes. (line 11001) * monospace font: Font styles. (line 1792) -* moving arguments: \protect. (line 7767) -* mpfootnote counter: \footnote. (line 6914) -* mu: Units of length. (line 8301) -* mu, math unit: Units of length. (line 8301) -* multicolumn text: \twocolumn. (line 2032) -* multilingual support: Accents. (line 13629) -* multind package: Indexes. (line 14586) -* multiple indexes: Indexes. (line 14586) -* multiplication, discretionary: \*. (line 10750) -* name: \newglossaryentry. (line 14971) -* name of document root: Jobname. (line 15950) -* NBSP: ~. (line 11453) +* moving arguments: \protect. (line 7916) +* mpfootnote counter: \footnote. (line 7035) +* mpfootnote counter <1>: Counters. (line 8091) +* mu: Units of length. (line 8456) +* mu, math unit: Units of length. (line 8457) +* multicolumn text: \twocolumn. (line 2043) +* multilingual support: Accents. (line 13832) +* multind package: Indexes. (line 14815) +* multiple indexes: Indexes. (line 14815) +* multiplication, discretionary: \*. (line 10947) +* name: \newglossaryentry. (line 15228) +* name of document root: Jobname. (line 16214) +* NBSP: ~. (line 11660) * nested \include, not allowed: \include & \includeonly. - (line 14114) + (line 14320) * new class commands: Class and package construction. - (line 844) + (line 846) * new command, check: Class and package commands. - (line 929) + (line 931) * new command, definition: Class and package commands. - (line 1004) + (line 1006) * new commands, defining: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 7106) -* new commands, defining <1>: \providecommand. (line 7233) + (line 7227) +* new commands, defining <1>: \providecommand. (line 7386) * new line, output as input: \obeycr & \restorecr. - (line 6456) -* new line, starting: \\. (line 6394) -* new line, starting (paragraph mode): \newline. (line 6496) -* new page, starting: \newpage. (line 6740) -* newline, in \write: \write. (line 15591) -* noheader option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 4064) -* non-breaking hyphen character: Text symbols. (line 13571) + (line 6569) +* new line, starting: \\. (line 6507) +* new line, starting (paragraph mode): \newline. (line 6609) +* new page, starting: \newpage. (line 6855) +* newline, in \write: \write. (line 15845) +* noheader option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 4143) +* non-breaking hyphen character: Text symbols. (line 13774) * non-English characters: Additional Latin letters. - (line 13763) + (line 13969) * nonstopmode: Command line options. - (line 15833) -* nosearch option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 4067) -* notes in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 8746) + (line 16087) +* nosearch option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 4146) +* notes in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 8936) * notitlepage option: Document class options. - (line 772) -* null delimiter: \left & \right. (line 10008) -* numbered items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 8013) + (line 774) +* null delimiter: \left & \right. (line 10133) +* numbered items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 8165) * numerals, old-style: Font styles. (line 1828) * oblique font: Font styles. (line 1789) * oe ligature: Additional Latin letters. - (line 13805) -* ogonek: Accents. (line 13696) + (line 14011) +* ogonek: Accents. (line 13899) * old-style numerals: Font styles. (line 1828) -* one-column output: \onecolumn. (line 2020) +* one-column output: \onecolumn. (line 2031) * onecolumn option: Document class options. - (line 801) + (line 803) * oneside option: Document class options. - (line 801) + (line 803) * open a file: \openin & \openout. - (line 15329) + (line 15584) * openany option: Document class options. - (line 801) + (line 803) * openbib option: Document class options. - (line 772) -* opening quote: Text symbols. (line 13454) + (line 774) +* opening quote: Text symbols. (line 13657) * openright option: Document class options. - (line 801) -* OpenType fonts: TeX engines. (line 505) -* operating system information: \write18. (line 15751) + (line 803) +* OpenType fonts: TeX engines. (line 509) +* operating system information: \write18. (line 16005) * options, class: Class and package commands. - (line 974) + (line 976) * options, color package: Color package options. - (line 12324) + (line 12537) * options, command line: Command line options. - (line 15812) + (line 16066) * options, document class: Document class options. - (line 729) + (line 731) * options, document class <1>: Class and package structure. - (line 867) + (line 869) * options, global: Additional packages. - (line 837) + (line 839) * options, graphics package: Graphics package options. - (line 12602) + (line 12815) * options, package: Class and package structure. - (line 867) + (line 869) * options, package <1>: Class and package commands. - (line 974) -* ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 13578) + (line 976) +* ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 13781) * oslash: Additional Latin letters. - (line 13801) -* OT1: fontenc package. (line 1297) -* outer paragraph mode: Modes. (line 10845) + (line 14007) +* OT1: fontenc package. (line 1298) +* outer paragraph mode: Modes. (line 11046) * output directory for all external files: Command line options. - (line 15854) -* overbar accent: Accents. (line 13659) -* overdot accent, math: Math accents. (line 10435) + (line 16108) +* overbar accent: Accents. (line 13862) +* overdot accent, math: Math accents. (line 10560) * overlining: Over- and Underlining. - (line 10464) -* overview of LaTeX: Overview. (line 397) -* overwrite option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 4061) + (line 10589) +* overview of LaTeX: Overview. (line 402) +* overwrite option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 4140) * package file layout: Class and package structure. - (line 867) + (line 869) * package options: Class and package structure. - (line 867) + (line 869) * package options <1>: Class and package commands. - (line 974) -* package, abstract: abstract. (line 3503) -* package, adjustbox: Boxes. (line 11926) -* package, algorithm2e: tabbing. (line 5548) -* package, amscd: Arrows. (line 9869) -* package, amsfonts: Math formulas. (line 8876) -* package, amsfonts <1>: Arrows. (line 9834) -* package, amsmath: array. (line 3577) -* package, amsmath <1>: array. (line 3588) -* package, amsmath <2>: displaymath. (line 3769) -* package, amsmath <3>: equation. (line 3972) -* package, amsmath <4>: theorem. (line 6199) -* package, amsmath <5>: Math formulas. (line 8876) -* package, amsmath <6>: \left & \right. (line 10032) + (line 976) +* package, abstract: abstract. (line 3587) +* package, adjustbox: Boxes. (line 12140) +* package, algorithm2e: tabbing. (line 5633) +* package, amscd: Arrows. (line 9994) +* package, amsfonts: Math formulas. (line 9041) +* package, amsfonts <1>: Arrows. (line 9959) +* package, amsmath: array. (line 3661) +* package, amsmath <1>: array. (line 3669) +* package, amsmath <2>: displaymath. (line 3850) +* package, amsmath <3>: equation. (line 4051) +* package, amsmath <4>: theorem. (line 6313) +* package, amsmath <5>: Math formulas. (line 9041) +* package, amsmath <6>: \left & \right. (line 10157) * package, amsmath <7>: \bigl & \bigr etc.. - (line 10177) -* package, amsmath <8>: Dots. (line 10232) -* package, amsmath <9>: Math functions. (line 10404) -* package, amsmath <10>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. - (line 10689) -* package, amsmath <11>: Colon character & \colon. - (line 10739) + (line 10302) +* package, amsmath <8>: Dots. (line 10357) +* package, amsmath <9>: Math functions. (line 10529) +* package, amsmath <10>: Spacing in math mode. + (line 10650) +* package, amsmath <11>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. + (line 10818) * package, amsmath <12>: Colon character & \colon. - (line 10743) -* package, amsthm: theorem. (line 6199) -* package, amsthm <1>: \rule. (line 13885) -* package, answers: \write. (line 15596) -* package, appendix: \appendix. (line 3009) -* package, array (package): array. (line 3599) -* package, Asymptote: \line. (line 5100) -* package, Asymptote <1>: \strut. (line 11767) -* package, Asymptote <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12000) -* package, Asymptote <3>: \write18. (line 15699) -* package, babel: \chapter. (line 2749) -* package, babel <1>: thebibliography. (line 5987) -* package, babel <2>: Accents. (line 13629) -* package, babel <3>: \today. (line 13915) + (line 10936) +* package, amsmath <13>: Colon character & \colon. + (line 10940) +* package, amsmath <14>: \thinspace & \negthinspace. + (line 11745) +* package, amsthm: theorem. (line 6313) +* package, amsthm <1>: \rule. (line 14091) +* package, answers: \write. (line 15850) +* package, appendix: \appendix. (line 3095) +* package, array: array. (line 3680) +* package, Asymptote: \line. (line 5179) +* package, Asymptote <1>: \strut. (line 11980) +* package, Asymptote <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12214) +* package, Asymptote <3>: \write18. (line 15953) +* package, babel: \chapter. (line 2837) +* package, babel <1>: thebibliography. (line 6071) +* package, babel <2>: Accents. (line 13832) +* package, babel <3>: \today. (line 14121) * package, babel <4>: Table of contents etc.. - (line 14289) -* package, babel <5>: \index. (line 14646) -* package, beamer: beamer template. (line 16060) + (line 14494) +* package, babel <5>: \index. (line 14904) +* package, beamer: beamer template. (line 16324) * package, bigfoot: Footnotes of footnotes. - (line 7085) + (line 7206) * package, bm: \boldmath & \unboldmath. - (line 9901) -* package, cleveref: Cross references. (line 3291) -* package, cleveref <1>: \ref. (line 3404) -* package, cleveref <2>: \footnotemark. (line 6966) -* package, cm-super: fontenc package. (line 1327) -* package, comprehensive: Math symbols. (line 8950) -* package, cprotect: verbatim. (line 6266) -* package, cprotect <1>: \verb. (line 6329) -* package, datatool: \read. (line 15418) -* package, datetime: \today. (line 13929) -* package, dcolumn: array. (line 3599) -* package, enumitem: itemize. (line 4270) -* package, enumitem <1>: list. (line 4568) -* package, envlab: \makelabels. (line 15231) + (line 10026) +* package, caption: \caption. (line 2624) +* package, cleveref: Cross references. (line 3376) +* package, cleveref <1>: \ref. (line 3489) +* package, cleveref <2>: \footnotemark. (line 7087) +* package, cm-super: fontenc package. (line 1328) +* package, comprehensive: Math symbols. (line 9115) +* package, cprotect: verbatim. (line 6379) +* package, cprotect <1>: \verb. (line 6442) +* package, datatool: \read. (line 15673) +* package, datetime: \today. (line 14135) +* package, dcolumn: array. (line 3680) +* package, enumitem: itemize. (line 4349) +* package, enumitem <1>: list. (line 4648) +* package, envlab: \makelabels. (line 15486) * package, etoolbox: Class and package commands. - (line 1018) -* package, eurosym: Text symbols. (line 13539) -* package, eurosym <1>: Text symbols. (line 13540) + (line 1020) +* package, eurosym: Text symbols. (line 13742) +* package, eurosym <1>: Text symbols. (line 13743) * package, expl3: LaTeX command syntax. - (line 622) + (line 624) * package, expl3 <1>: Upper and lower case. - (line 13394) -* package, fancyhdr: Page styles. (line 10884) -* package, fancyhdr <1>: \pagestyle. (line 11026) -* package, fancyvrb: tabbing. (line 5548) -* package, fancyvrb <1>: verbatim. (line 6282) -* package, flafter: Floats. (line 2470) -* package, float: Floats. (line 2440) + (line 13597) +* package, fancyhdr: Page styles. (line 11085) +* package, fancyhdr <1>: \pagestyle. (line 11226) +* package, fancyvrb: tabbing. (line 5633) +* package, fancyvrb <1>: verbatim. (line 6395) +* package, flafter: Floats. (line 2484) +* package, float: Floats. (line 2454) +* package, fontspec: fontenc package. (line 1309) * package, geometry: Document class options. - (line 763) + (line 765) * package, geometry <1>: Document class options. - (line 767) -* package, graphpap: \graphpaper. (line 5051) + (line 769) +* package, graphpap: \graphpaper. (line 5131) * package, grfext: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions. - (line 12774) -* package, hyperref: \footnotemark. (line 6966) -* package, hyperref <1>: \footnotemark. (line 6975) -* package, hyperref <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 11000) -* package, hyperref <3>: Command line input. - (line 15904) -* package, indentfirst: \part. (line 2674) -* package, indentfirst <1>: \chapter. (line 2736) -* package, indentfirst <2>: \section. (line 2831) -* package, indentfirst <3>: \subsection. (line 2897) + (line 12987) +* package, hyperref: \footnotemark. (line 7087) +* package, hyperref <1>: \footnotemark. (line 7096) +* package, hyperref <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 11201) +* package, hyperref <3>: \contentsline. (line 14704) +* package, hyperref <4>: Command line input. + (line 16158) +* package, indentfirst: \part. (line 2762) +* package, indentfirst <1>: \chapter. (line 2824) +* package, indentfirst <2>: \section. (line 2919) +* package, indentfirst <3>: \subsection. (line 2985) * package, indentfirst <4>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. - (line 2974) + (line 3060) * package, indentfirst <5>: \indent & \noindent. - (line 8707) -* package, index: \index. (line 14691) -* package, latexsym: Arrows. (line 9834) -* package, listings: tabbing. (line 5548) -* package, listings <1>: verbatim. (line 6276) -* package, listings <2>: \verb. (line 6326) -* package, lmodern: fontenc package. (line 1327) + (line 8897) +* package, index: \index. (line 14949) +* package, latexsym: Arrows. (line 9959) +* package, listings: tabbing. (line 5633) +* package, listings <1>: verbatim. (line 6389) +* package, listings <2>: \verb. (line 6439) +* package, lmodern: fontenc package. (line 1328) * package, macros2e: \makeatletter & \makeatother. - (line 7296) -* package, mathtools: Math formulas. (line 8876) -* package, mathtools <1>: Delimiters. (line 9993) -* package, mathtools <2>: \left & \right. (line 10032) + (line 7446) +* package, makeidx: \printindex. (line 15134) +* package, mathtools: Math formulas. (line 9041) +* package, mathtools <1>: Delimiters. (line 10118) +* package, mathtools <2>: \left & \right. (line 10157) * package, mathtools <3>: Over- and Underlining. - (line 10503) -* package, mathtools <4>: \smash. (line 10635) + (line 10627) +* package, mathtools <4>: \smash. (line 10762) * package, mathtools <5>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. - (line 10681) -* package, MetaPost: \line. (line 5100) + (line 10810) +* package, MetaPost: \line. (line 5179) * package, mfirstuc: Upper and lower case. - (line 13391) + (line 13594) * package, mhchem: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 8943) -* package, minted: tabbing. (line 5548) -* package, minted <1>: verbatim. (line 6276) -* package, minted <2>: \verb. (line 6326) -* package, multind: Indexes. (line 14586) -* package, pict2e: \line. (line 5100) -* package, polyglossia: Accents. (line 13629) -* package, polyglossia <1>: \today. (line 13915) + (line 9108) +* package, minted: tabbing. (line 5633) +* package, minted <1>: verbatim. (line 6389) +* package, minted <2>: \verb. (line 6439) +* package, multind: Indexes. (line 14815) +* package, pict2e: \line. (line 5179) +* package, polyglossia: Accents. (line 13832) +* package, polyglossia <1>: \today. (line 14121) * package, polyglossia <2>: Table of contents etc.. - (line 14290) -* package, polyglossia <3>: \index. (line 14646) -* package, PSTricks: \line. (line 5100) + (line 14495) +* package, polyglossia <3>: \index. (line 14904) +* package, PSTricks: \line. (line 5179) * package, setspace: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. - (line 2377) -* package, shellesc: \write18. (line 15757) -* package, showidx: Indexes. (line 14586) -* package, siunitx: minipage. (line 4811) -* package, siunitx <1>: ~. (line 11484) -* package, suffix: \@ifstar. (line 7370) -* package, texosquery: \write18. (line 15751) + (line 2388) +* package, shellesc: \write18. (line 16011) +* package, showidx: Indexes. (line 14815) +* package, siunitx: minipage. (line 4891) +* package, siunitx <1>: ~. (line 11696) +* package, suffix: \@ifstar. (line 7518) +* package, tablefootnote: Footnotes in a table. + (line 7183) +* package, texosquery: \write18. (line 16005) * package, textcase: Upper and lower case. - (line 13388) -* package, TikZ: \line. (line 5100) -* package, TikZ <1>: \strut. (line 11767) -* package, TikZ <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 11999) -* package, tikz-cd: Arrows. (line 9869) -* package, titlesec: Sectioning. (line 2598) -* package, titlesec <1>: \part. (line 2678) -* package, titlesec <2>: \chapter. (line 2757) -* package, titlesec <3>: \section. (line 2835) -* package, titlesec <4>: \subsection. (line 2901) + (line 13591) +* package, TikZ: \line. (line 5179) +* package, TikZ <1>: \strut. (line 11980) +* package, TikZ <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12213) +* package, tikz-cd: Arrows. (line 9994) +* package, titlesec: Sectioning. (line 2686) +* package, titlesec <1>: \part. (line 2766) +* package, titlesec <2>: \chapter. (line 2845) +* package, titlesec <3>: \section. (line 2923) +* package, titlesec <4>: \subsection. (line 2989) * package, titlesec <5>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. - (line 2978) + (line 3064) * package, tocbibbind: Table of contents etc.. - (line 14276) + (line 14481) * package, tocloft: Table of contents etc.. - (line 14276) + (line 14481) +* package, tocloft <1>: \contentsline. (line 14701) * package, ulem: Over- and Underlining. - (line 10473) -* package, unicode-math: Greek letters. (line 10287) -* package, url: \verb. (line 6323) -* package, verbatimbox: verbatim. (line 6282) + (line 10598) +* package, unicode-math: Greek letters. (line 10412) +* package, url: \verb. (line 6436) +* package, verbatimbox: verbatim. (line 6395) * package, xparse: LaTeX command syntax. - (line 622) -* package, xparse <1>: \@ifstar. (line 7370) -* package, xstring: Jobname. (line 15997) + (line 624) +* package, xparse <1>: \@ifstar. (line 7518) +* package, xr: xr package. (line 3495) +* package, xr-hyper: xr package. (line 3495) +* package, xspace: xspace package. (line 8030) +* package, xstring: Jobname. (line 16261) * packages, loading additional: Additional packages. - (line 828) + (line 830) * page break, forcing: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak. - (line 6798) + (line 6913) * page break, preventing: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak. - (line 6798) -* page breaking: Page breaking. (line 6668) + (line 6913) +* page breaking: Page breaking. (line 6783) +* page counter: Counters. (line 8091) * page layout parameters: Page layout parameters. - (line 2171) -* page number, cross referencing: \pageref. (line 3357) -* page numbering style: \pagenumbering. (line 10961) -* page style, this page: \thispagestyle. (line 11103) -* page styles: Page styles. (line 10878) -* page, colored: Colored pages. (line 12544) -* page_precedence: makeindex. (line 14848) -* paired delimiters: \left & \right. (line 10008) -* paragraph: Sectioning. (line 2544) + (line 2182) +* page number, cross referencing: \pageref. (line 3442) +* page numbering style: \pagenumbering. (line 11162) +* page style, this page: \thispagestyle. (line 11303) +* page styles: Page styles. (line 11079) +* page, colored: Colored pages. (line 12757) +* page_precedence: makeindex. (line 15105) +* paired delimiters: \left & \right. (line 10133) +* paragraph: Sectioning. (line 2632) * paragraph <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. - (line 2919) + (line 3007) +* paragraph counter: Counters. (line 8091) * paragraph indentation: \parindent & \parskip. - (line 8714) -* paragraph indentation, in minipage: minipage. (line 4777) -* paragraph indentations in quoted text: quotation & quote. (line 5378) + (line 8904) +* paragraph indentation, in minipage: minipage. (line 4857) +* paragraph indentations in quoted text: quotation & quote. (line 5463) * paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting: quotation & quote. - (line 5378) -* paragraph mode: Modes. (line 10810) -* paragraph mode <1>: \parbox. (line 12090) -* paragraph symbol: Text symbols. (line 13458) -* paragraph, ending: \par. (line 8612) -* paragraph, in a box: \parbox. (line 12090) -* paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 8568) -* parameters, for footnotes: \footnote. (line 6886) + (line 5463) +* paragraph mode: Modes. (line 11007) +* paragraph mode <1>: \parbox. (line 12303) +* paragraph symbol: Text symbols. (line 13661) +* paragraph, ending: \par. (line 8802) +* paragraph, in a box: \parbox. (line 12303) +* paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 8741) +* parameters, for footnotes: \footnote. (line 7007) * parameters, page layout: Page layout parameters. - (line 2171) + (line 2182) * parent directories, cannot write to: \write and security. - (line 15620) -* parentheses: Delimiters. (line 9958) -* part: Sectioning. (line 2544) -* part <1>: \part. (line 2630) -* pattern, current tab stops, tabbing: tabbing. (line 5453) -* pc: Units of length. (line 8266) -* PDF graphic files: \includegraphics. (line 12862) -* pdflatex: TeX engines. (line 514) -* pdflatex command: Output files. (line 473) -* pdflatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 565) -* pdfTeX: Output files. (line 473) -* pdfTeX engine: TeX engines. (line 515) -* period, abbreviation-ending: \@. (line 11336) -* period, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 13581) -* period, sentence-ending: \@. (line 11336) -* period, spacing after: \@. (line 11336) -* pica: Units of length. (line 8266) -* pict2e package: \line. (line 5100) -* pict2e package <1>: \line. (line 5100) -* picture environment: picture. (line 4838) -* pictures, creating: picture. (line 4838) -* pilcrow: Text symbols. (line 13458) -* placement of floats: Floats. (line 2419) -* platex: TeX engines. (line 553) -* platex-dev: TeX engines. (line 566) -* plural: \newglossaryentry. (line 14979) -* PNG files: \includegraphics. (line 12862) -* poetry, an environment for: verse. (line 6341) -* point: Units of length. (line 8262) + (line 15874) +* parentheses: Delimiters. (line 10083) +* part: Sectioning. (line 2632) +* part <1>: \part. (line 2718) +* part counter: Counters. (line 8091) +* pattern, current tab stops, tabbing: tabbing. (line 5538) +* pc: Units of length. (line 8417) +* PDF graphic files: \includegraphics. (line 13075) +* pdflatex: TeX engines. (line 518) +* pdflatex command: Output files. (line 477) +* pdflatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 569) +* pdfTeX: Output files. (line 477) +* pdfTeX engine: TeX engines. (line 519) +* period, abbreviation-ending: \@. (line 11529) +* period, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 13784) +* period, sentence-ending: \@. (line 11529) +* period, spacing after: \@. (line 11529) +* pica: Units of length. (line 8418) +* pict2e package: \line. (line 5179) +* picture environment: picture. (line 4918) +* pictures, creating: picture. (line 4918) +* pilcrow: Text symbols. (line 13661) +* placement of floats: Floats. (line 2433) +* platex: TeX engines. (line 557) +* platex-dev: TeX engines. (line 570) +* plural: \newglossaryentry. (line 15236) +* PNG files: \includegraphics. (line 13075) +* poetry, an environment for: verse. (line 6454) +* point: Units of length. (line 8414) * polish l: Additional Latin letters. - (line 13793) -* polyglossia package: Accents. (line 13629) -* polyglossia package <1>: \today. (line 13915) + (line 13999) +* polyglossia package: Accents. (line 13832) +* polyglossia package <1>: \today. (line 14121) * polyglossia package <2>: Table of contents etc.. - (line 14290) -* polyglossia package <3>: \index. (line 14646) + (line 14495) +* polyglossia package <3>: \index. (line 14904) * portrait orientation: Document class options. - (line 783) -* position, in picture: picture. (line 4896) + (line 785) +* position, in picture: picture. (line 4976) * positional parameter: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 7154) -* postamble: makeindex. (line 14759) -* postscript, in letters: \ps. (line 15261) -* pounds symbol: Text symbols. (line 13462) -* preamble: makeindex. (line 14755) + (line 7275) +* postamble: makeindex. (line 15017) +* PostScript point: Units of length. (line 8424) +* postscript, in letters: \ps. (line 15516) +* pounds symbol: Text symbols. (line 13665) +* preamble: makeindex. (line 15013) * preamble, defined: Starting and ending. - (line 443) -* prerelease testing: TeX engines. (line 569) + (line 447) +* prerelease testing: TeX engines. (line 573) * prompt, *: Recovering from errors. - (line 16032) -* pronunciation: Overview. (line 419) -* PSTricks package: \line. (line 5100) -* pt: Units of length. (line 8262) + (line 16296) +* pronunciation: Overview. (line 423) +* PSTricks package: \line. (line 5179) +* pt: Units of length. (line 8413) * quad: Spacing in math mode. - (line 10568) -* question mark, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 13584) -* quotation environment: quotation & quote. (line 5378) -* quotation marks, French: Text symbols. (line 13444) -* quote environment: quotation & quote. (line 5378) -* quote, single straight: Text symbols. (line 13599) -* quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 13603) + (line 10696) +* question mark, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 13787) +* quotation environment: quotation & quote. (line 5463) +* quotation marks, French: Text symbols. (line 13647) +* quote environment: quotation & quote. (line 5463) +* quote, single straight: Text symbols. (line 13802) +* quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 13806) * quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation & quote. - (line 5378) + (line 5463) * quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation & quote. - (line 5378) -* radical: \sqrt. (line 10778) -* ragged left text: \raggedleft. (line 4183) -* ragged left text, environment for: flushright. (line 4163) -* ragged right text: \raggedright. (line 4130) -* ragged right text, environment for: flushleft. (line 4101) -* read a file: \read. (line 15393) + (line 5463) +* radical: \sqrt. (line 10975) +* ragged left text: \raggedleft. (line 4262) +* ragged left text, environment for: flushright. (line 4242) +* ragged right text: \raggedright. (line 4209) +* ragged right text, environment for: flushleft. (line 4180) +* read a file: \read. (line 15648) * redefining environments: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. - (line 7476) -* reference, forward: Cross references. (line 3280) -* references, resolving forward: Output files. (line 486) -* registered symbol: Text symbols. (line 13606) -* relation, text above: \stackrel. (line 10794) -* release candidates: TeX engines. (line 569) -* remarks in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 8746) -* report class: Document classes. (line 699) + (line 7625) +* reference, forward: Cross references. (line 3365) +* references, resolving forward: Output files. (line 490) +* registered symbol: Text symbols. (line 13809) +* relation, text above: \stackrel. (line 10991) +* release candidates: TeX engines. (line 573) +* remarks in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 8936) +* report class: Document classes. (line 701) * reporting bugs: About this document. - (line 373) + (line 378) * reserved characters: Reserved characters. - (line 13317) -* resizing: \scalebox. (line 13251) -* resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 13282) -* restricted shell access: \write18. (line 15739) -* right angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13444) -* right arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 13609) -* right brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 13503) -* right quote: Text symbols. (line 13469) -* right quote, double: Text symbols. (line 13590) -* right quote, single: Text symbols. (line 13596) + (line 13525) +* resizing: \scalebox. (line 13458) +* resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 13490) +* restricted shell access: \write18. (line 15993) +* right angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13647) +* right arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 13812) +* right brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 13706) +* right quote: Text symbols. (line 13672) +* right quote, double: Text symbols. (line 13793) +* right quote, single: Text symbols. (line 13799) * right-hand equation numbers: Document class options. - (line 786) -* right-justifying text: \raggedleft. (line 4183) -* right-justifying text, environment for: flushright. (line 4163) -* rigid lengths: Lengths. (line 8161) -* ring accent: Accents. (line 13700) -* ring accent, math: Math accents. (line 10444) -* robust commands: \protect. (line 7754) + (line 788) +* right-justifying text: \raggedleft. (line 4262) +* right-justifying text, environment for: flushright. (line 4242) +* rigid lengths: Lengths. (line 8316) +* ring accent: Accents. (line 13903) +* ring accent, math: Math accents. (line 10569) +* robust commands: \protect. (line 7903) * roman font: Font styles. (line 1780) * root file: Splitting the input. - (line 13943) -* roots: \sqrt. (line 10778) -* rotating graphics: \rotatebox. (line 13183) -* rotating text: \rotatebox. (line 13183) -* rotation: \rotatebox. (line 13183) -* row, tabbing: tabbing. (line 5448) -* rubber lengths: Lengths. (line 8161) -* rubber lengths, defining new: \newlength. (line 7426) + (line 14149) +* root file <1>: Jobname. (line 16214) +* roots: \sqrt. (line 10975) +* rotating graphics: \rotatebox. (line 13390) +* rotating text: \rotatebox. (line 13390) +* rotation: \rotatebox. (line 13390) +* row, tabbing: tabbing. (line 5533) +* rubber lengths: Lengths. (line 8316) +* rubber lengths, defining new: \newlength. (line 7573) * running header and footer: Page layout parameters. - (line 2171) -* running header and footer style: \pagestyle. (line 11019) + (line 2182) +* running header and footer style: \pagestyle. (line 11219) +* samepage environment: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak. + (line 6951) * sans serif font: Font styles. (line 1786) -* scaled point: Units of length. (line 8288) -* scaling: \scalebox. (line 13251) -* scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 13282) -* script fonts: Calligraphic. (line 9941) +* scaled point: Units of length. (line 8440) +* scaling: \scalebox. (line 13458) +* scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 13490) +* script fonts: Calligraphic. (line 10066) * script letters for math: Font styles. (line 1774) +* script style: Math styles. (line 10870) +* scriptscript style: Math styles. (line 10873) * scrollmode: Command line options. - (line 15833) -* secnumdepth: Sectioning. (line 2607) -* secnumdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 2608) -* section: Sectioning. (line 2544) -* section <1>: \section. (line 2777) -* section number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 3381) -* section numbers, printing: Sectioning. (line 2608) -* section symbol: Text symbols. (line 13473) -* section, redefining: \@startsection. (line 3055) -* sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 2544) -* sectioning, part: \part. (line 2630) + (line 16087) +* secnumdepth: Sectioning. (line 2695) +* secnumdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 2696) +* section: Sectioning. (line 2632) +* section <1>: \section. (line 2865) +* section counter: Counters. (line 8091) +* section number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 3466) +* section numbers, printing: Sectioning. (line 2696) +* section symbol: Text symbols. (line 13676) +* section, redefining: \@startsection. (line 3141) +* sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 2632) +* sectioning, part: \part. (line 2718) * security and \write: \write and security. - (line 15604) -* see and see also index entries: \index. (line 14646) -* self-contained sources: filecontents. (line 4072) + (line 15858) +* see and see also index entries: \index. (line 14904) +* self-contained sources: filecontents. (line 4151) * series, of fonts: Low-level font commands. - (line 1928) + (line 1939) * setspace package: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. - (line 2377) -* setting counters: \setcounter. (line 8072) -* sh, used by \write18: \write18. (line 15746) + (line 2388) +* setting counters: \setcounter. (line 8224) +* sh, used by \write18: \write18. (line 16000) * shapes, of fonts: Low-level font commands. - (line 1968) + (line 1979) * sharp S letters: Additional Latin letters. - (line 13809) -* shell access: \write18. (line 15692) + (line 14015) +* shell access: \write18. (line 15946) * shell escape: Command line options. - (line 15867) -* SHELL, environment variables: \write18. (line 15746) -* shellesc package: \write18. (line 15757) -* showidx package: Indexes. (line 14586) -* simulating typed text: verbatim. (line 6246) -* single angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13444) -* single guillemets: Text symbols. (line 13444) -* single left quote: Text symbols. (line 13593) -* single low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 13466) -* single quote, straight: Text symbols. (line 13599) -* single right quote: Text symbols. (line 13596) -* siunitx package: minipage. (line 4811) -* siunitx package <1>: ~. (line 11484) + (line 16121) +* SHELL, environment variables: \write18. (line 16000) +* shellesc package: \write18. (line 16011) +* showidx package: Indexes. (line 14815) +* simulating typed text: verbatim. (line 6360) +* single angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13647) +* single guillemets: Text symbols. (line 13647) +* single left quote: Text symbols. (line 13796) +* single low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 13669) +* single quote, straight: Text symbols. (line 13802) +* single right quote: Text symbols. (line 13799) +* siunitx package: minipage. (line 4891) +* siunitx package <1>: ~. (line 11696) * sizes of text: Font sizes. (line 1840) -* skip plain TeX: Lengths. (line 8161) -* skip register, plain TeX: \newlength. (line 7426) +* skip plain TeX: Lengths. (line 8316) +* skip register, plain TeX: \newlength. (line 7573) * slanted font: Font styles. (line 1789) -* slides class: Document classes. (line 699) -* sloppypar: sloppypar. (line 6591) -* sloppypar environment: sloppypar. (line 6591) +* slides class: Document classes. (line 701) +* sloppypar environment: sloppypar. (line 6704) +* sloppypar environment <1>: sloppypar. (line 6704) +* slot, font: \DeclareTextAccent. + (line 1425) * small caps font: Font styles. (line 1783) -* sort: \newglossaryentry. (line 14983) -* source files, making self-contained: filecontents. (line 4072) -* sp: Units of length. (line 8288) +* sort: \newglossaryentry. (line 15240) +* source files, making self-contained: filecontents. (line 4151) +* sp: Units of length. (line 8439) * space between lines: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. - (line 2304) -* space, inserting horizontal: \hss. (line 11249) -* space, inserting vertical: \addvspace. (line 11876) + (line 2315) +* space, inserting horizontal: \hss. (line 11445) +* space, inserting vertical: \addvspace. (line 12089) * space, negative thin: \thinspace & \negthinspace. - (line 11513) + (line 11725) * space, thin: \thinspace & \negthinspace. - (line 11513) -* space, unbreakable: ~. (line 11453) -* space, vertical: \vspace. (line 11796) -* spaces: Spaces. (line 11131) + (line 11725) +* space, unbreakable: ~. (line 11660) +* space, vertical: \vspace. (line 12009) +* spaces: Spaces. (line 11331) * spaces, ignore around commands: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend. - (line 7806) -* spaces, ignore around commands <1>: xspace package. (line 7880) + (line 7955) +* spaces, ignore around commands <1>: xspace package. (line 8030) * spacing within math mode: Spacing in math mode. - (line 10509) -* spacing, inter-sentence: \frenchspacing. (line 11382) -* spacing, inter-sentence <1>: \normalsfcodes. (line 11402) + (line 10633) +* spacing, inter-sentence: \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing. + (line 11575) +* spacing, inter-sentence <1>: \normalsfcodes. (line 11596) * spacing, math mode: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. - (line 10641) -* spacing, math mode <1>: \mathstrut. (line 10702) -* Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 13578) + (line 10768) +* spacing, math mode <1>: \mathstrut. (line 10831) +* Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 13781) * special characters: Reserved characters. - (line 13317) + (line 13525) * special characters <1>: Additional Latin letters. - (line 13763) + (line 13969) * special insertions: Special insertions. - (line 13311) -* specifier, float placement: Floats. (line 2419) + (line 13519) +* specifier, float placement: Floats. (line 2433) * splitting the input file: Splitting the input. - (line 13939) -* square root: \sqrt. (line 10778) -* stack math: \stackrel. (line 10794) -* star-variants, commands: \@ifstar. (line 7310) + (line 14145) +* square root: \sqrt. (line 10975) +* stack math: \stackrel. (line 10991) +* star-variants, commands: \@ifstar. (line 7460) * starred form, defining new commands: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 7127) -* starting a new page: \newpage. (line 6740) + (line 7248) +* starting a new page: \newpage. (line 6855) * starting a new page and clearing floats: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage. - (line 6699) + (line 6814) * starting and ending: Starting and ending. - (line 427) + (line 431) * starting on a right-hand page: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage. - (line 6699) -* sterling symbol: Text symbols. (line 13462) -* straight double quote, base: Text symbols. (line 13603) -* straight quote, base: Text symbols. (line 13603) -* straight single quote: Text symbols. (line 13599) -* stretch, infinite horizontal: \hfill. (line 11216) -* stretch, infinite vertical: \vfill. (line 11847) -* stretch, omitting vertical: \raggedbottom. (line 2160) -* strut: \strut. (line 11711) + (line 6814) +* sterling symbol: Text symbols. (line 13665) +* straight double quote, base: Text symbols. (line 13806) +* straight quote, base: Text symbols. (line 13806) +* straight single quote: Text symbols. (line 13802) +* stretch, infinite horizontal: \hfill. (line 11412) +* stretch, infinite vertical: \vfill. (line 12060) +* stretch, omitting vertical: \raggedbottom. (line 2171) +* strut: \footnote. (line 7020) +* strut <1>: \strut. (line 11924) +* strut, math: \mathstrut. (line 10831) * styles of text: Font styles. (line 1701) -* styles, page: Page styles. (line 10878) -* subparagraph: Sectioning. (line 2544) +* styles, page: Page styles. (line 11079) +* subparagraph: Sectioning. (line 2632) * subparagraph <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. - (line 2919) + (line 3007) +* subparagraph counter: Counters. (line 8091) * subscript: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 8887) -* subsection: Sectioning. (line 2544) -* subsection <1>: \subsection. (line 2855) -* subsubsection: Sectioning. (line 2544) + (line 9052) +* subsection: Sectioning. (line 2632) +* subsection <1>: \subsection. (line 2943) +* subsection counter: Counters. (line 8091) +* subsubsection: Sectioning. (line 2632) * subsubsection <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. - (line 2919) -* suffix package: \@ifstar. (line 7370) + (line 3007) +* subsubsection counter: Counters. (line 8091) +* suffix package: \@ifstar. (line 7518) * superscript: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 8887) -* symbol: \newglossaryentry. (line 14987) + (line 9052) +* symbol: \newglossaryentry. (line 15244) * symbol, defining: \DeclareTextSymbol. (line 1593) -* symbols, arrows: Arrows. (line 9834) +* symbols, arrows: Arrows. (line 9959) * symbols, boldface: \boldmath & \unboldmath. - (line 9875) -* symbols, math: Math symbols. (line 8950) -* symbols, text: Text symbols. (line 13417) -* system commands, run from LaTeX: \write18. (line 15692) -* system information: \write18. (line 15751) -* T1: fontenc package. (line 1297) -* tab stops, using: tabbing. (line 5408) -* tabbing environment: tabbing. (line 5408) -* table environment: table. (line 5557) -* table of contents: \contentsline. (line 14466) + (line 10000) +* symbols, math: Math symbols. (line 9115) +* symbols, text: Text symbols. (line 13620) +* system commands, run from LaTeX: \write18. (line 15946) +* system information: \write18. (line 16005) +* T1: fontenc package. (line 1298) +* tab stops, using: tabbing. (line 5493) +* tabbing environment: tabbing. (line 5493) +* table counter: Counters. (line 8091) +* table environment: table. (line 5642) +* table of contents: \contentsline. (line 14673) * table of contents entry, create dotted line: \@dottedtocline. - (line 14296) + (line 14501) * table of contents entry, manually adding: \addcontentsline. - (line 14332) -* table of contents file: Output files. (line 496) + (line 14536) +* table of contents file: Output files. (line 500) * table of contents, avoiding footnotes: Footnotes in section headings. - (line 6996) + (line 7117) * table of contents, creating: Table of contents etc.. - (line 14171) + (line 14377) * table of contents, sectioning numbers printed: Sectioning. - (line 2619) -* tables, creating: table. (line 5557) -* tabular environment: tabular. (line 5615) -* template (simple), article: article template. (line 16090) -* template, beamer: beamer template. (line 16060) -* template, book: book template. (line 16113) + (line 2707) +* tablefootnote package: Footnotes in a table. + (line 7183) +* tables, creating: table. (line 5642) +* tabular environment: tabular. (line 5700) +* template (simple), article: article template. (line 16354) +* template, beamer: beamer template. (line 16324) +* template, book: book template. (line 16377) * template, book <1>: Larger book template. - (line 16137) + (line 16401) * templates, document: Document templates. - (line 16053) -* terminal input/output: Input/output. (line 15320) -* terminal, writing to: \write. (line 15526) -* TeX format (.fmt) files: TeX engines. (line 505) -* TeX logo: Text symbols. (line 13476) -* texosquery package: \write18. (line 15751) -* texput, jobname default: Jobname. (line 15969) -* text symbols: Text symbols. (line 13417) -* text, resizing: \scalebox. (line 13251) -* text, resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 13282) -* text, scaling: \scalebox. (line 13251) -* text, scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 13282) + (line 16317) +* terminal input/output: Input/output. (line 15575) +* terminal, writing to: \write. (line 15781) +* TeX format (.fmt) files: TeX engines. (line 509) +* TeX logo: Text symbols. (line 13679) +* texosquery package: \write18. (line 16005) +* texput, jobname default: Jobname. (line 16235) +* text style: Math styles. (line 10868) +* text symbols: Text symbols. (line 13620) +* text, resizing: \scalebox. (line 13458) +* text, resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 13490) +* text, scaling: \scalebox. (line 13458) +* text, scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 13490) * textcase package: Upper and lower case. - (line 13388) -* textcomp package: Text symbols. (line 13417) -* thanks, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 10941) -* thebibliography environment: thebibliography. (line 5940) -* theorem environment: theorem. (line 6177) -* theorem-like environment: \newtheorem. (line 7610) -* theorems, defining: \newtheorem. (line 7610) -* theorems, typesetting: theorem. (line 6177) + (line 13591) +* textcomp package: Text symbols. (line 13620) +* thanks, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 11142) +* thebibliography environment: thebibliography. (line 6024) +* theindex: Produce the index manually. + (line 14825) +* theindex environment: Produce the index manually. + (line 14828) +* theorem environment: theorem. (line 6291) +* theorem-like environment: \newtheorem. (line 7759) +* theorems, defining: \newtheorem. (line 7759) +* theorems, typesetting: theorem. (line 6291) * thin space: Spacing in math mode. - (line 10547) + (line 10674) * thin space <1>: \thinspace & \negthinspace. - (line 11513) + (line 11725) * thin space, negative: Spacing in math mode. - (line 10561) + (line 10688) * thin space, negative <1>: \thinspace & \negthinspace. - (line 11513) + (line 11725) * thorn, Icelandic letter: Additional Latin letters. - (line 13813) -* three-quarters em-dash: Text symbols. (line 13612) -* tie: ~. (line 11453) -* tie-after accent: Accents. (line 13706) -* TikZ package: \line. (line 5100) -* TikZ package <1>: \strut. (line 11767) -* TikZ package <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 11999) -* tikz-cd package: Arrows. (line 9869) -* tilde accent: Accents. (line 13671) -* tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 10447) -* tilde, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 13482) + (line 14019) +* three-quarters em-dash: Text symbols. (line 13815) +* tie: ~. (line 11660) +* tie-after accent: Accents. (line 13909) +* TikZ package: \line. (line 5179) +* TikZ package <1>: \strut. (line 11980) +* TikZ package <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12213) +* tikz-cd package: Arrows. (line 9994) +* tilde accent: Accents. (line 13874) +* tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 10572) +* tilde, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 13685) * title page, separate or run-in: Document class options. - (line 794) -* title pages, creating: titlepage. (line 6207) -* title, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 10948) -* titlepage environment: titlepage. (line 6207) + (line 796) +* title pages, creating: titlepage. (line 6321) +* title, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 11149) +* titlepage environment: titlepage. (line 6321) * titlepage option: Document class options. - (line 772) -* titles, making: \maketitle. (line 10890) -* titlesec package: Sectioning. (line 2598) -* titlesec package <1>: \part. (line 2678) -* titlesec package <2>: \chapter. (line 2757) -* titlesec package <3>: \section. (line 2835) -* titlesec package <4>: \subsection. (line 2901) + (line 774) +* titles, making: \maketitle. (line 11091) +* titlesec package: Sectioning. (line 2686) +* titlesec package <1>: \part. (line 2766) +* titlesec package <2>: \chapter. (line 2845) +* titlesec package <3>: \section. (line 2923) +* titlesec package <4>: \subsection. (line 2989) * titlesec package <5>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. - (line 2978) + (line 3064) * tocbibbind package: Table of contents etc.. - (line 14276) -* tocdepth: Sectioning. (line 2618) -* tocdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 2619) + (line 14481) +* tocdepth: Sectioning. (line 2706) +* tocdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 2707) * tocloft package: Table of contents etc.. - (line 14276) -* today's date: \today. (line 13908) -* tombstone: \rule. (line 13880) + (line 14481) +* tocloft package <1>: \contentsline. (line 14701) +* today's date: \today. (line 14114) +* tombstone: \rule. (line 14086) * topmargin: Page layout parameters. - (line 2290) -* topnumber: Floats. (line 2526) -* topnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2527) -* totalnumber: Floats. (line 2530) -* totalnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2531) -* trademark symbol: Text symbols. (line 13615) -* transcript file: Output files. (line 481) -* TrueType fonts: TeX engines. (line 505) -* TS1 encoding: Text symbols. (line 13417) -* two-column output: \twocolumn. (line 2032) -* two-thirds em-dash: Text symbols. (line 13618) + (line 2301) +* topnumber: Floats. (line 2540) +* topnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2541) +* totalnumber: Floats. (line 2544) +* totalnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2545) +* trademark symbol: Text symbols. (line 13818) +* transcript file: Output files. (line 485) +* TrueType fonts: TeX engines. (line 509) +* TS1 encoding: Text symbols. (line 13620) +* two-column output: \twocolumn. (line 2043) +* two-thirds em-dash: Text symbols. (line 13821) * twocolumn option: Document class options. - (line 801) + (line 803) * twoside option: Document class options. - (line 801) + (line 803) * type styles: Font styles. (line 1701) -* typed text, simulating: verbatim. (line 6246) +* typed text, simulating: verbatim. (line 6360) * typeface sizes: Font sizes. (line 1840) -* typefaces: Fonts. (line 1259) +* typefaces: Fonts. (line 1261) * typewriter font: Font styles. (line 1792) -* typewriter labels in lists: description. (line 3727) +* typewriter labels in lists: description. (line 3808) * ulem package: Over- and Underlining. - (line 10473) -* umlaut accent: Accents. (line 13648) -* unbreakable space: ~. (line 11453) -* underbar: Accents. (line 13676) + (line 10598) +* umlaut accent: Accents. (line 13851) +* unbreakable space: ~. (line 11660) +* underbar: Accents. (line 13879) * underlining: Over- and Underlining. - (line 10464) -* underscore, in text: Text symbols. (line 13621) -* Unicode: inputenc package. (line 13829) -* Unicode input, native: TeX engines. (line 505) -* unicode-math package: Greek letters. (line 10287) -* units, of length: Units of length. (line 8258) + (line 10589) +* underscore, in text: Text symbols. (line 13824) +* Unicode: inputenc package. (line 14035) +* Unicode input, native: TeX engines. (line 509) +* unicode-math package: Greek letters. (line 10412) +* units, of length: Units of length. (line 8410) * unofficial nature of this manual: About this document. - (line 369) -* unordered lists: itemize. (line 4210) -* uplatex: TeX engines. (line 554) -* uplatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 567) + (line 374) +* unordered lists: itemize. (line 4289) +* uplatex: TeX engines. (line 558) +* uplatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 571) * uppercase: Upper and lower case. - (line 13351) -* url package: \verb. (line 6323) -* using BibTeX: Using BibTeX. (line 6119) -* UTF-8, default LaTeX input encoding: Overview. (line 403) -* UTF-8, engine support for: TeX engines. (line 505) -* UTF-8, font support for: fontenc package. (line 1297) -* variables, a list of: Counters. (line 7929) -* vector symbol, math: Math accents. (line 10450) -* verbatim environment: verbatim. (line 6246) -* verbatim text: verbatim. (line 6246) -* verbatim text, inline: \verb. (line 6290) -* verbatimbox package: verbatim. (line 6282) -* verse environment: verse. (line 6341) -* vertical bar, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 13494) -* vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 13491) -* vertical mode: Modes. (line 10832) -* vertical space: \vspace. (line 11796) -* vertical space <1>: \addvspace. (line 11876) + (line 13555) +* url package: \verb. (line 6436) +* using BibTeX: Using BibTeX. (line 6202) +* UTF-8, default LaTeX input encoding: Overview. (line 408) +* UTF-8, engine support for: TeX engines. (line 509) +* UTF-8, font support for: fontenc package. (line 1298) +* variables, a list of: Counters. (line 8082) +* vector symbol, math: Math accents. (line 10575) +* verbatim environment: verbatim. (line 6360) +* verbatim text: verbatim. (line 6360) +* verbatim text, inline: \verb. (line 6403) +* verbatimbox package: verbatim. (line 6395) +* verse environment: verse. (line 6454) +* vertical bar, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 13697) +* vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 13694) +* vertical mode: Modes. (line 11031) +* vertical space: \vspace. (line 12009) +* vertical space <1>: \addvspace. (line 12089) * vertical space before paragraphs: \parindent & \parskip. - (line 8714) + (line 8904) * vertical spacing: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. - (line 10641) -* vertical spacing <1>: \mathstrut. (line 10702) -* vertical spacing, math mode: \smash. (line 10580) -* visible space: \verb. (line 6315) -* visible space symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 13624) + (line 10768) +* vertical spacing <1>: \mathstrut. (line 10831) +* vertical spacing, math mode: \smash. (line 10708) +* visible space: \verb. (line 6428) +* visible space symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 13827) * weights, of fonts: Low-level font commands. - (line 1938) -* whatsit item: \write. (line 15561) -* white space: Spaces. (line 11131) -* wide hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 10453) -* wide tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 10456) + (line 1949) +* whatsit item: \write. (line 15816) +* white space: Spaces. (line 11331) +* wide hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 10578) +* wide tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 10581) * widths, of fonts: Low-level font commands. - (line 1950) + (line 1961) * Wright, Joseph: Upper and lower case. - (line 13394) -* writing external files: filecontents. (line 4036) -* writing letters: Letters. (line 15023) -* x-height: Units of length. (line 8290) -* xdvi command: Output files. (line 463) -* xdvipdfmx: TeX engines. (line 541) -* xelatex: TeX engines. (line 540) -* xelatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 568) -* XeTeX: TeX engines. (line 541) -* xindex program: makeindex. (line 14865) -* xindy program: makeindex. (line 14858) + (line 13597) +* writing external files: filecontents. (line 4115) +* writing letters: Letters. (line 15280) +* x-height: Units of length. (line 8446) +* xdvi command: Output files. (line 467) +* xdvipdfmx: TeX engines. (line 545) +* xelatex: TeX engines. (line 544) +* xelatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 572) +* XeTeX: TeX engines. (line 545) +* xindex program: makeindex. (line 15122) +* xindy program: makeindex. (line 15115) * xparse package: LaTeX command syntax. - (line 622) -* xparse package <1>: \@ifstar. (line 7370) -* xr package: xr package. (line 3410) -* xr-hyper package: xr package. (line 3410) -* xstring package: Jobname. (line 15997) + (line 624) +* xparse package <1>: \@ifstar. (line 7518) +* xr package: xr package. (line 3495) +* xr-hyper package: xr package. (line 3495) +* xspace package: xspace package. (line 8030) +* xstring package: Jobname. (line 16261) diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml index 826f2582700..5081bda02d0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml @@ -1,23 +1,25 @@ <?xml version="1.0"?> -<!DOCTYPE texinfo PUBLIC "-//GNU//DTD TexinfoML V6.6//EN" "http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/dtd/6.6/texinfo.dtd"> +<!DOCTYPE texinfo PUBLIC "-//GNU//DTD TexinfoML V6.8//EN" "http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/dtd/6.8/texinfo.dtd"> <texinfo xml:lang="en"> <filename file="latex2e.xml"></filename> <preamble>\input texinfo -</preamble><!-- c $Id: latex2e.texi 935 2021-07-23 17:48:15Z jimhefferon $ --> +</preamble><!-- c $Id: latex2e.texi 1079 2022-01-26 18:15:20Z karl $ --> <!-- comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) --> <setfilename file="latex2e.info" spaces=" ">latex2e.info</setfilename> -<set name="UPDATED" line=" UPDATED July 2021">July 2021</set> -<!-- c $Id: common.texi 729 2018-11-13 23:22:27Z karl $ --> +<set name="UPDATED" line=" UPDATED January 2022">January 2022</set> +<!-- c $Id: common.texi 1031 2021-09-01 17:02:05Z vincentb1 $ --> <!-- c Public domain. --> <set name="LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE" line=" LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE https://latexref.xyz">https://latexref.xyz</set> <set name="LTXREFMAN_BUGS" line=" LTXREFMAN_BUGS latexrefman@@tug.org">latexrefman@@tug.org</set> <clear name="HAS-MATH" line=" HAS-MATH "></clear> <macro name="iftexthenelse" line=" iftexthenelse {then,else}"><formalarg>then</formalarg><formalarg>else</formalarg>\else\@c </macro> +<macro name="package" line=" package {packagename}"><formalarg>packagename</formalarg>@code{\packagename\} +</macro> <tex endspaces=" "> </tex> -<settitle spaces=" ">&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021)</settitle> +<settitle spaces=" ">&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022)</settitle> <!-- comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) --> <!-- c latex 2.09 commands should all be present now, --> @@ -38,7 +40,8 @@ <!-- c xx JH expand theorem, AMS math --> <!-- c xx JH something on code listings --> <!-- c xx JH ligatures --> -<!-- c xx JH \caption --> +<!-- c --> +<!-- c xx \NewCommandCopy et al. (Brian Dunn, 21 Dec 2021 06:50:17). --> <!-- c --> <!-- c xx The typeset source2e has an index with all kernel --> <!-- c xx commands, though some are internal and shouldn't be included. --> @@ -49,7 +52,7 @@ <copying endspaces=" "> <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a -document preparation system, version of July 2021. +document preparation system, version of January 2022. </para> <para>This manual was originally translated from <file>LATEX.HLP</file> v1.0a in the VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by @@ -66,7 +69,7 @@ latex2e-reference by Martin Herbert Dietze. (From these references no text was directly copied.) </para> <para>Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, -2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.&linebreak; +2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.&linebreak; Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.&linebreak; Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen. </para> @@ -108,7 +111,7 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. <titlepage endspaces=" "> <title spaces=" ">&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</title> -<subtitle spaces=" ">July 2021</subtitle> +<subtitle spaces=" ">January 2022</subtitle> <author spaces=" "><url><urefurl>https://latexref.xyz</urefurl></url></author> <page></page> <vskip> 0pt plus 1filll</vskip> @@ -119,6 +122,8 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. <contents></contents> <!-- c Best Effort Symbol --> +<macro name="visiblespace" line=" visiblespace">@w{ } +</macro> <macro name="BES" line=" BES {utf8,math}"><formalarg>utf8</formalarg><formalarg>math</formalarg>@U{\utf8\} </macro> <macro name="BESU" line=" BESU {utf8,math}"><formalarg>utf8</formalarg><formalarg>math</formalarg>@U{\utf8\} @@ -133,14 +138,14 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. </macro> <set name="NotInPlainTeX" line=" NotInPlainTeX Not available in plain @TeX{}.">Not available in plain @TeX{}.</set> -<set name="NeedsAMSSymb" line=" NeedsAMSSymb @value{NotInPlainTeX} In @LaTeX{} you need to load the @file{amssymb} package.">@value{NotInPlainTeX} In @LaTeX{} you need to load the @file{amssymb} package.</set> +<set name="NeedsAMSSymb" line=" NeedsAMSSymb @value{NotInPlainTeX} In @LaTeX{} you need to load the @package{amssymb} package.">@value{NotInPlainTeX} In @LaTeX{} you need to load the @package{amssymb} package.</set> <set name="NeedsSTIX" line=" NeedsSTIX @value{NotInPlainTeX} In @LaTeX{} you need to load the @file{stix} package.">@value{NotInPlainTeX} In @LaTeX{} you need to load the @file{stix} package.</set> <node name="Top" spaces=" "><nodename>Top</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">About this document</nodenext></node> <top spaces=" "><sectiontitle>&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</sectiontitle> <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of -July 2021) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system. +January 2022) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system. </para> <menu endspaces=" "> <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">About this document</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Bug reporting, etc. @@ -1157,7 +1162,7 @@ command is used within a moving argument, use <code>\newcommand</code>. </para> <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="104"><r>package</r>, <code>etoolbox</code></indexterm></cindex> <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="105"><code>etoolbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> - <para>The <file>etoolbox</file> package offers the commands + <para>The <code>etoolbox</code> package offers the commands <code>\newrobustcmd</code>, <code>\newrobustcmd*</code>, as well as the commands <code>\renewrobustcmd</code>, <code>\renewrobustcmd*</code>, and the commands <code>\providerobustcmd</code>, and <code>\providerobustcmd*</code>. These are @@ -1521,16 +1526,19 @@ alphabet free fonts available for easy use with &latex;. <para>Specify the font encodings. A font encoding is a mapping of the character codes to the font glyphs that are used to typeset your output. </para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="112"><r>package</r>, <code>fontspec</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="113"><code>fontspec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + <para>This package only applies if you use the <code>pdflatex</code> engine (<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>). If you use the <command>xelatex</command> or -<command>lualatex</command> engine then instead use the <file>fontspec</file> package. +<command>lualatex</command> engine then instead use the <code>fontspec</code> package. </para> <para>&tex;&textrsquo;s original font family, Computer Modern, has a limited character set. For instance, to make common accented characters you must use <code>\accent</code> (<pxref label="_005caccent"><xrefnodename>\accent</xrefnodename></pxref>) but this disables hyphenation. &tex; users have agreed on a number of standards to access the larger sets of characters provided by modern fonts. If you are using -<command>pdflatex</command> then this in the preamble +<command>pdflatex</command> then put this in the preamble </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} @@ -1543,15 +1551,15 @@ words with accented letters then &latex; will hyphenate them and your output can be copied and pasted. (The optional second line allows you to directly enter accented characters into your source file.) </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="112"><r>package</r>, <code>lmodern</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="113"><code>lmodern</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> - <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="114"><r>package</r>, <code>cm-super</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="115"><code>cm-super</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="114"><r>package</r>, <code>lmodern</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="115"><code>lmodern</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="116"><r>package</r>, <code>cm-super</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="117"><code>cm-super</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>If you are using an encoding such as <code>T1</code> and the characters appear blurry or do not magnify well then your fonts may be bitmapped, sometimes called raster or Type 3. You want vector fonts. Use a -package such as <file>lmodern</file> or <file>cm-super</file> to get a font that +package such as <code>lmodern</code> or <code>cm-super</code> to get a font that extends &latex;&textrsquo;s default using vector fonts. </para> <para>For each <var>font_encoding</var> given as an option but not already @@ -1620,9 +1628,9 @@ is not in effect. <node name="_005cDeclareFontEncoding" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareFontEncoding</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextAccent</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareFontEncoding</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="116">font encoding, declaring</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="117">encoding, font</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="118">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="118">font encoding, declaring</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="119">encoding, font</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="120">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="110" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareFontEncoding</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: @@ -1643,7 +1651,7 @@ is not in effect. <para>The <var>text-settings</var> are the commands that &latex; will run every time it switches from one encoding to another with the -<code>\selectfont</code> or <code>\fontencoding</code> command. The +<code>\selectfont</code> and <code>\fontencoding</code> commands. The <var>math-settings</var> are the commands that &latex; will use whenever the font is accessed as a math alphabet. </para> @@ -1668,8 +1676,8 @@ should only contain declarations specific to that encoding. <node name="_005cDeclareTextAccent" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextAccent</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareFontEncoding</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextAccent</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="119">font encoding</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="120">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="121">font encoding</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="122">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="111" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextAccent</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: @@ -1681,6 +1689,9 @@ should only contain declarations specific to that encoding. <para>Define an accent, to be put on top of other glyphs, in the encoding <var>encoding</var> at the location <var>slot</var>. </para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="123">slot, font</indexterm></cindex> +<para>A <dfn>slot</dfn> is the number identifying a glyph within a font. +</para> <para>This line from <file>t1enc.def</file> declares that to make a circumflex accent as in <code>\^A</code>, the system will put the accent in slot 2 over the <samp>A</samp> character, which is represented in ASCII as 65. @@ -1701,17 +1712,17 @@ transcript file. <node name="_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextAccent</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="121">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="124">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="112" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextAccent</indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="113" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextAccentDefault{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextAccentDefault{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>} </pre></example> -<para>If there is an encoding-specific accent command <var>cmd</var> but there is +<para>If there is an encoding-specific accent command \<var>cmd</var> but there is no associated <code>\DeclareTextAccent</code> for that encoding then this command will pick up the slack, by saying to use it as described for <var>encoding</var>. @@ -1732,8 +1743,8 @@ definition for that accent then &latex; will use the definition from & \UseTextAccent</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextCommandDefault[1]{<var>cmd</var>} - {\UseTextAccent{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>cmd</var>}{#1}} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextCommandDefault[1]{\<var>cmd</var>} + {\UseTextAccent{<var>encoding</var>}{\<var>cmd</var>}{#1}} </pre></example> <para>Note that <code>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code> works for any one-argument @@ -1745,30 +1756,29 @@ definition for that accent then &latex; will use the definition from <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextCommand</code> & <code>\ProvideTextCommand</code></sectiontitle> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="114" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextCommand</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="115" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextCommandDefault</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="116" mergedindex="cp">\ProvideTextCommand</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="115" mergedindex="cp">\ProvideTextCommand</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextCommand{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>defn</var>} -\DeclareTextCommand{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>defn}</var> -\DeclareTextCommand{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextCommand{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>defn</var>} +\DeclareTextCommand{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>defn}</var> +\DeclareTextCommand{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} </pre></example> <para>or one of: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\ProvideTextCommand{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>defn</var>} -\ProvideTextCommand{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>defn</var>} -\ProvideTextCommand{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\ProvideTextCommand{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>defn</var>} +\ProvideTextCommand{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>defn</var>} +\ProvideTextCommand{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} </pre></example> -<para>Define the command <var>cmd</var>, which will be specific to one encoding. -The command name <var>cmd</var> must begin with a backslash, \. These -commands can only appear in the preamble. Redefining <code>cmd</code> does -not cause an error. The defined command will be robust even if the code -in <var>defn</var> is fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). +<para>Define the command <code>\<var>cmd</var></code>, which will be specific to one +encoding. The command name <var>cmd</var> must be preceded by a backslash, +<code>\</code>. These commands can only appear in the preamble. Redefining +\<var>cmd</var> does not cause an error. The defined command will be robust +even if the code in <var>defn</var> is fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>For example, the file <file>t1enc.def</file> contains this line. </para> @@ -1789,22 +1799,23 @@ Legal limit is \( 0.8 \)\textperthousand. <samp>LaTeX Error: Command \textperthousand unavailable in encoding OT1</samp>. </para> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="116" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextSymbol</indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>\ProvideTextCommand</code> variant does the same, except that it -does nothing if <var>cmd</var> is already defined. The +does nothing if <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is already defined. The <code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code> command is faster than this one for simple slot-to-glyph association (<pxref label="_005cDeclareTextSymbol"><xrefnodename>\DeclareTextSymbol</xrefnodename></pxref>) </para> -<para>The optional <var>nargs</var> and <var>optargsdefault</var> arguments play the -same role here as in <code>\newcommand</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand & +<para>The optional <var>nargs</var> and <var>optargdefault</var> arguments play the same +role here as in <code>\newcommand</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand & \renewcommand</xrefnodename></pxref>). Briefly, <var>nargs</var> is an integer from 0 to 9 -specifying the number of arguments that the defined command <code>cmd</code> -takes. This number includes any optional argument. Omitting this -argument is the same as specifying 0, meaning that <var>cmd</var> will have -no arguments. And, if <var>optargsdefault</var> is present then the first -argument of <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is optional, with default value -<var>optargdefault</var> (which may be the empty string). If -<var>optargsdefault</var> is not present then <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> does not take -an optional argument. +specifying the number of arguments that the defined command +<code>\<var>cmd</var></code> takes. This number includes any optional argument. +Omitting this argument is the same as specifying 0, meaning that +<code>\<var>cmd</var></code> will have no arguments. And, if <var>optargdefault</var> +is present then the first argument of <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is optional, +with default value <var>optargdefault</var> (which may be the empty string). +If <var>optargdefault</var> is not present then <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> does not +take an optional argument. </para> </subsection> @@ -1819,18 +1830,18 @@ an optional argument. <para>Synopsis: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextCommandDefault{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>defn</var>} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>defn</var>} </pre></example> <para>or: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\ProvideTextCommandDefault{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>defn</var>} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>defn</var>} </pre></example> -<para>Give a default definition for <var>cmd</var>, for when that command is not -defined in the encoding currently in force. This default should only use -encodings known to be available. +<para>Give a default definition for <code>\<var>cmd</var></code>, for when that command +is not defined in the encoding currently in force. This default should +only use encodings known to be available. </para> <para>This makes <code>\copyright</code> available. </para> @@ -1838,6 +1849,7 @@ encodings known to be available. <pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\copyright}{\textcircled{c}} </pre></example> +<noindent></noindent> <para>It uses only an encoding (OMS) that is always available. </para> <para>The <code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> should not occur in the encoding @@ -1847,7 +1859,7 @@ when you select that encoding. It should instead be in a package. <para>As with the related non-default commands, the <code>\ProvideTextCommandDefault</code> has exactly the same behavior as <code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> except that it does nothing if -<var>cmd</var> is already defined (<pxref label="_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand"><xrefnodename>\DeclareTextCommand & +<code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is already defined (<pxref label="_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand"><xrefnodename>\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand</xrefnodename></pxref>). So, packages can use it to provide fallbacks that other packages can improve upon. </para> @@ -1856,13 +1868,13 @@ that other packages can improve upon. <node name="_005cDeclareTextComposite" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextComposite</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextComposite</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="122">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="125">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="121" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextComposite</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextComposite{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>simple_object</var>}{<var>slot</var>} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextComposite{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>simple_object</var>}{<var>slot</var>} </pre></example> <para>Access an accented glyph directly, that is, without having to put an @@ -1870,7 +1882,7 @@ accent over a separate character. </para> <para>This line from <file>t1enc.def</file> means that <code>\^o</code> will cause &latex; to typeset lowercase <samp>o</samp> by taking the character -directly from location 224 in the font. +directly from slot 224 in the font. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextComposite{\^}{T1}{o}{244} @@ -1880,7 +1892,7 @@ directly from location 224 in the font. <var>simple_object</var> should be a single character or a single command. The <var>slot</var> argument is usually a positive integer represented in decimal (although octal or hexadecimal are possible). Normally -<var>cmd</var> has already been declared for this encoding, either with +\<var>cmd</var> has already been declared for this encoding, either with <code>\DeclareTextAccent</code> or with a one-argument <code>\DeclareTextCommand</code>. In <file>t1enc.def</file>, the above line follows the <code>\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2}</code> command. @@ -1890,17 +1902,17 @@ the <code>\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2&rbrace <node name="_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextSymbol</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextComposite</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="123">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="126">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="122" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>arg</var>}{<var>code</var>} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>arg</var>}{<var>code</var>} </pre></example> <para>A more general version of <code>\DeclareTextComposite</code> that runs -arbitrary code with <var>cmd</var>. +arbitrary code with <code>\<var>cmd</var></code>. </para> <para>This allows accents on <samp>i</samp> to act like accents on dotless i, <code>\i</code>. @@ -1910,7 +1922,7 @@ arbitrary code with <var>cmd</var>. </pre></example> <para><xref label="fontenc-package"><xrefnodename>fontenc package</xrefnodename></xref>, for a list of common encodings. Normally -<var>cmd</var> will have already been declared with <code>\DeclareTextAccent</code> +<code>\<var>cmd</var></code> will have already been declared with <code>\DeclareTextAccent</code> or as a one argument <code>\DeclareTextCommand</code>. </para> @@ -1918,13 +1930,13 @@ or as a one argument <code>\DeclareTextCommand</code>. <node name="_005cDeclareTextSymbol" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextSymbol</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="124">symbol, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="127">symbol, defining</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="123" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextSymbol</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextSymbol{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>slot</var>} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextSymbol{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>slot</var>} </pre></example> <para>Define a symbol in the encoding <var>encoding</var> at the location @@ -1948,29 +1960,29 @@ can be specified in decimal, or octal (as in <code>'023</code>), or hexadecimal (as in <code>"13</code>), although decimal has the advantage that single quote or double quote could be redefined by another package. </para> -<para>If <var>cmd</var> has already been defined then <code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code> -does not give an error but it does log the redefinition in the -transcript file. +<para>If <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> has already been defined then +<code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code> does not give an error but it does log the +redefinition in the transcript file. </para> </subsection> <node name="_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\LastDeclaredEncoding</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextSymbol</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="125">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="128">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="124" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextSymbol</indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="125" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>} </pre></example> -<para>If there is an encoding-specific symbol command <var>cmd</var> but there is no -associated <code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code> for that encoding, then this command -will pick up the slack, by saying to get the symbol as described for -<var>encoding</var>. +<para>If there is an encoding-specific symbol command <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> but +there is no associated <code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code> for that encoding, then +this command will pick up the slack, by saying to get the symbol as +described for <var>encoding</var>. </para> <para>For example, to declare that if the current encoding has no meaning for <code>\textdollar</code> then use the one from <code>OT1</code>, declare this. @@ -1983,8 +1995,8 @@ will pick up the slack, by saying to get the symbol as described for & \UseTextAccent</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextCommandDefault{<var>cmd</var>} - {\UseTextSymbol{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>cmd</var>}} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\<var>cmd</var>} + {\UseTextSymbol{<var>encoding</var>}{\<var>cmd</var>}} </pre></example> <para>Note that <code>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code> can be used to define a @@ -2026,13 +2038,13 @@ name of the encoding explicitly. <para>Synopsis: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\UseTextSymbol{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>cmd</var>} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\UseTextSymbol{<var>encoding</var>}{\<var>cmd</var>} </pre></example> <para>or: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\UseTextAccent{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>text</var>} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\UseTextAccent{<var>encoding</var>}{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>text</var>} </pre></example> <para>Use a symbol or accent not from the current encoding. @@ -2078,13 +2090,13 @@ and only the accent is taken from <code>OT1</code>. <node name="Font-styles" spaces=" "><nodename>Font styles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Font sizes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Font styles</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="126">font styles</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="127">type styles</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="128">styles of text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="129">font styles</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="130">type styles</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="131">styles of text</indexterm></cindex> <para>The following type style commands are supported by &latex;. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="129">declaration form of font style commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="132">declaration form of font style commands</indexterm></cindex> <para>In the table below the listed commands, the <code>\text...</code> commands, are used with an argument as in <code>\textit{<var>text</var>}</code>. This is the preferred form. But shown after it in parenthesis is the @@ -2162,7 +2174,7 @@ To suppress the automatic insertion of italic correction, use </para> </tableitem></tableentry></table> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="130">emphasis</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="133">emphasis</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="151" mergedindex="cp">\emph</indexterm></findex> <para>Although it also changes fonts, the <code>\emph{<var>text</var>}</code> command is semantic, for text to be emphasized, and should not be used as a @@ -2183,39 +2195,39 @@ needed.) </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="152" mergedindex="cp">\bf</indexterm>\bf</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="131">bold font</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="134">bold font</indexterm></cindex> <para>Switch to bold face. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="153" mergedindex="cp">\cal</indexterm>\cal</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="132">script letters for math</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="133">calligraphic letters for math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="135">script letters for math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="136">calligraphic letters for math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Switch to calligraphic letters for math. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="154" mergedindex="cp">\it</indexterm>\it</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="134">italic font</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="137">italic font</indexterm></cindex> <para>Italics. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="155" mergedindex="cp">\rm</indexterm>\rm</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="135">roman font</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="138">roman font</indexterm></cindex> <para>Roman. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="156" mergedindex="cp">\sc</indexterm>\sc</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="136">small caps font</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="139">small caps font</indexterm></cindex> <para>Small caps. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="157" mergedindex="cp">\sf</indexterm>\sf</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="137">sans serif font</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="140">sans serif font</indexterm></cindex> <para>Sans serif. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="158" mergedindex="cp">\sl</indexterm>\sl</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="138">slanted font</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="139">oblique font</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="141">slanted font</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="142">oblique font</indexterm></cindex> <para>Slanted (oblique). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="159" mergedindex="cp">\tt</indexterm>\tt</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="140">typewriter font</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="141">monospace font</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="142">fixed-width font</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="143">typewriter font</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="144">monospace font</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="145">fixed-width font</indexterm></cindex> <para>Typewriter (monospace, fixed-width). </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> @@ -2260,16 +2272,16 @@ typographic treatment, regardless of the surrounding environment. </tableitem></tableentry></table> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="166" mergedindex="cp">\mathversion</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="143">math, bold</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="144">bold math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="146">math, bold</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="147">bold math</indexterm></cindex> <para>In addition, the command <code>\mathversion{bold}</code> can be used for switching to bold letters and symbols in formulas. <code>\mathversion{normal}</code> restores the default. </para> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="167" mergedindex="cp">\oldstylenums</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="145">numerals, old-style</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="146">old-style numerals</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="147">lining numerals</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="148">numerals, old-style</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="149">old-style numerals</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="150">lining numerals</indexterm></cindex> <para>Finally, the command <code>\oldstylenums{<var>numerals</var>}</code> will typeset so-called &textldquo;old-style&textrdquo; numerals, which have differing heights and depths (and sometimes widths) from the standard &textldquo;lining&textrdquo; @@ -2285,9 +2297,9 @@ entry: <url><urefurl>https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-osf</urefurl></url>. <node name="Font-sizes" spaces=" "><nodename>Font sizes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Low-level font commands</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Font styles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Font sizes</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="148">font sizes</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="149">typeface sizes</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="150">sizes of text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="151">font sizes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="152">typeface sizes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="153">sizes of text</indexterm></cindex> <para>The following standard type size commands are supported by &latex;. The table shows the command name and the corresponding actual font @@ -2330,7 +2342,7 @@ options</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>24.88 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>24.88 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>24.88 </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="151">declaration form of font size commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="154">declaration form of font size commands</indexterm></cindex> <para>The commands are listed here in declaration (not environment) form, since that is how they are typically used. For example. </para> @@ -2346,7 +2358,19 @@ since that is how they are typically used. For example. style command or the end of the current group, so you could enclose it in curly braces <code>{\small This text is typeset in the small font.}</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="152">environment form of font size commands</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Trying to use these commands in math, as with <code>$\small mv^2/2$</code>, +results in <samp>LaTeX Font Warning: Command \small +invalid in math mode</samp>, and the font size doesn&textrsquo;t +change. To work with a too-large formula, often the best option is to +use the <code>displaymath</code> environment (<pxref label="Math-formulas"><xrefnodename>Math formulas</xrefnodename></pxref>), or +one of the environments from the <code>amsmath</code> package. For inline +mathematics, such as in a table of formulas, an alternative is something +like <code>{\small $mv^2/2$}</code>. (Sometimes <code>\scriptsize</code> and +<code>\scriptstyle</code> are confused. Both change the font size, but the +latter also changes a number of other aspects of how mathematics is +typeset. <xref label="Math-styles"><xrefnodename>Math styles</xrefnodename></xref>.) +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="155">environment form of font size commands</indexterm></cindex> <para>An <dfn>environment form</dfn> of each of these commands is also defined; for instance, <code>\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}</code>. However, in practice this form can easily lead to unwanted spaces at the beginning and/or @@ -2365,8 +2389,8 @@ this particular use is not rare.) <node name="Low_002dlevel-font-commands" spaces=" "><nodename>Low-level font commands</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Font sizes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Low-level font commands</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="153">low-level font commands</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="154">font commands, low-level</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="156">low-level font commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="157">font commands, low-level</indexterm></cindex> <para>These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and packages. The commands listed here are only a subset of the available @@ -2390,8 +2414,8 @@ hyphenate words containing accented letters. For more, see <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontfamily">low level font commands fontfamily</anchor> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontfamily{<var>family</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="179" mergedindex="cp">\fontfamily</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="155">families, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="156">font catalogue</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="158">families, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="159">font catalogue</indexterm></cindex> <para>Select the font family. The web page <url><urefurl>https://tug.org/FontCatalogue/</urefurl></url> provides one way to browse through many of the fonts easily used with &latex;. Here are @@ -2444,7 +2468,7 @@ examples of some common families. <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontseries">low level font commands fontseries</anchor> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontseries{<var>series</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="180" mergedindex="cp">\fontseries</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="157">series, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="160">series, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> <para>Select the font series. A <dfn>series</dfn> combines a <dfn>weight</dfn> and a <dfn>width</dfn>. Typically, a font supports only a few of the possible combinations. Some common combined series values include: @@ -2462,7 +2486,7 @@ combinations. Some common combined series values include: </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Bold extended </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="158">weights, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="161">weights, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> <para>The possible values for weight, individually, are: </para> <multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnprototypes><columnprototype bracketed="on">xx</columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">Medium (normal) xx</columnprototype></columnprototypes> @@ -2486,7 +2510,7 @@ combinations. Some common combined series values include: </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Ultra bold </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="159">widths, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="162">widths, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> <para>The possible values for width, individually, are (the meaning and relationship of these terms varies with individual typefaces): </para> @@ -2516,10 +2540,10 @@ relationship of these terms varies with individual typefaces): weight and width are <code>m</code>, in which case use just one (<samp><code>m</code></samp>). </para> +<anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontshape">low level font commands fontshape</anchor> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontshape{<var>shape</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="181" mergedindex="cp">\fontshape</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="160">shapes, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> -<anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontshape">low level font commands fontshape</anchor> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="163">shapes, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> <para>Select font shape. Valid shapes are: </para> <multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnprototypes><columnprototype bracketed="on">xx</columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">Slanted (oblique)xx</columnprototype></columnprototypes> @@ -2543,7 +2567,7 @@ small caps are often missing as well. <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontsize">low level font commands fontsize</anchor> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontsize{<var>size</var>}{<var>skip</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="182" mergedindex="cp">\fontsize</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="161">font size</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="164">font size</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="183" mergedindex="cp">\baselineskip</indexterm></findex> <para>Set the font size and the line spacing. The unit of both parameters defaults to points (<code>pt</code>). The line spacing is the nominal @@ -2557,11 +2581,10 @@ reset every time a size change happens; instead use <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-linespread">low level font commands linespread</anchor> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\linespread{<var>factor</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="184" mergedindex="cp">\linespread</indexterm></findex> -<para>Equivalent to -<code>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<var>factor</var>}</code>, and -therefore must be followed by <code>\selectfont</code> to have any effect. -Best specified in the preamble, or use the <code>setspace</code> package, as -just described. +<para>Equivalent to <code>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<var>factor</var>}</code>, +and therefore must be followed by <code>\selectfont</code> to have any +effect. Best specified in the preamble. <xref label="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch"><xrefnodename>\baselineskip & +\baselinestretch</xrefnodename></xref>, for using <code>setspace</code> package instead. </para> <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-selectfont">low level font commands selectfont</anchor> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\selectfont</itemformat></item> @@ -2592,7 +2615,7 @@ followed by <code>\selectfont</code>. For example: <node name="Layout" spaces=" "><nodename>Layout</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Sectioning</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Fonts</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Layout</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="162">layout commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="165">layout commands</indexterm></cindex> <para>Commands for controlling the general page layout. </para> @@ -2611,7 +2634,7 @@ followed by <code>\selectfont</code>. For example: <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\onecolumn</code></sectiontitle> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="187" mergedindex="cp">\onecolumn</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="163">one-column output</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="166">one-column output</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -2630,8 +2653,8 @@ behavior (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class opt <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\twocolumn</code></sectiontitle> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="188" mergedindex="cp">\twocolumn</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="164">multicolumn text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="165">two-column output</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="167">multicolumn text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="168">two-column output</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses: </para> @@ -2792,7 +2815,7 @@ is to, in a final editing stage, adjust the height of individual pages <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raggedbottom</code></sectiontitle> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="198" mergedindex="cp">\raggedbottom</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="166">stretch, omitting vertical</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="169">stretch, omitting vertical</indexterm></cindex> <para>Make all later pages the natural height of the material on that page; no rubber vertical lengths will be stretched. Thus, in a two-sided @@ -2807,12 +2830,12 @@ option (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class optio <node name="Page-layout-parameters" spaces=" "><nodename>Page layout parameters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\raggedbottom</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Page layout parameters</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="167">page layout parameters</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="168">parameters, page layout</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="169">layout, page parameters for</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="170">header, parameters for</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="171">footer, parameters for</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="172">running header and footer</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="170">page layout parameters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="171">parameters, page layout</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="172">layout, page parameters for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="173">header, parameters for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="174">footer, parameters for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="175">running header and footer</indexterm></cindex> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="199" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item> @@ -2999,13 +3022,13 @@ same as the font size, e.g., <samp>10pt</samp> at a type size of 10pt. <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="237" mergedindex="cp">\baselineskip</indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="238" mergedindex="cp">\baselinestretch</indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="239" mergedindex="cp">\linespread</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="173">space between lines</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="174">interline space</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="175">leading</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="176">double spacing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="176">space between lines</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="177">interline space</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="178">leading</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="179">double spacing</indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>\baselineskip</code> is a rubber length (<pxref label="Lengths"><xrefnodename>Lengths</xrefnodename></pxref>). It gives -the leading, the normal distance between lines in a paragraph, from +the <dfn>leading</dfn>, the normal distance between lines in a paragraph, from baseline to baseline. </para> <para>Ordinarily document authors do not directly change <code>\baselineskip</code> @@ -3019,9 +3042,9 @@ spacing, see the discussion of <code>\baselinestretch</code> below. <para>Usually, a font&textrsquo;s size and baseline skip is assigned by the font designer. These numbers are nominal in the sense that if, for instance, a font&textrsquo;s style file has the command <code>\fontsize{10pt}{12pt}</code> -then that does not mean that the characters in the font are 10pt tall; +then that does not mean that the characters in the font are 10<dmn>pt</dmn> tall; for instance, parentheses and accented capitals may be taller. Nor does -it mean that if the lines are spaced less than 12pt apart then they risk +it mean that if the lines are spaced less than 12<dmn>pt</dmn> apart then they risk touching. Rather these numbers are typographic judgements. (Often, the <code>\baselineskip</code> is about twenty percent larger than the font size.) </para> @@ -3058,15 +3081,15 @@ lines would be too close together, closer than <code>\lineskiplimit</code>, then &tex; instead uses <code>\lineskip</code> as the interline glue. The second is that &tex; doesn&textrsquo;t actually use the depth of the previous line. Instead it uses <code>\prevdepth</code>, which usually contains that -depth. But at the beginning of the paragraph (or any vertical list) -or just after a rule, <code>\prevdepth</code> has the value -1000pt and this -special value tells &tex; not to insert any interline glue at the +depth. But at the beginning of the paragraph (or any vertical list) or +just after a rule, <code>\prevdepth</code> has the value -1000<dmn>pt</dmn> and +this special value tells &tex; not to insert any interline glue at the paragraph start. </para> -<para>In the standard classes <code>\lineskiplimit</code> is 0pt and -<code>\lineskip</code> is 1pt. By the prior paragraph then, the distance +<para>In the standard classes <code>\lineskiplimit</code> is 0<dmn>pt</dmn> and +<code>\lineskip</code> is 1<dmn>pt</dmn>. By the prior paragraph then, the distance between lines can approach zero but if it becomes zero (or less than -zero) then the lines jump to 1pt apart. +zero) then the lines jump to 1<dmn>pt</dmn> apart. </para> <para>Sometimes authors must, for editing purposes, put the document in double space or one-and-a-half space. The right way to influence the interline @@ -3080,23 +3103,24 @@ document is to put <code>\linespread{<var>factor</var>}</code> in For double spacing, take <var>factor</var> to be 1.6 and for one-and-a-half spacing use 1.3. These number are rough: for instance, since the <code>\baselineskip</code> is about 1.2 times the font size, multiplying by -1.6 gives a font size to baseline ratio of about 2. (The +1.6 gives a baseline skip to font size ratio of about 2. (The <code>\linespread</code> command is defined as <code>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<var>factor</var>}</code> so it won&textrsquo;t take effect until a font setting happens. But that always takes place at the start of a document, so there you don&textrsquo;t need to follow it with <code>\selectfont</code>.) </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="177"><r>package</r>, <code>setspace</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="178"><code>setspace</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="180"><r>package</r>, <code>setspace</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="181"><code>setspace</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<para>A simpler approach is the <file>setspace</file> package. The basic example: +<para>A simpler approach is the <code>setspace</code> package. The basic example: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage{setspace} \doublespacing % or \onehalfspacing for 1.5 </pre></example> +<noindent></noindent> <para>In the preamble these will start the document off with that sizing. But you can also use these declarations in the document body to change the spacing from that point forward, and consequently there is @@ -3106,8 +3130,10 @@ environments, such as <code>\begin{doublespace} ... \end{doublespace}</code>. The package also has commands to do arbitrary spacing: <code>\setstretch{<var>factor</var>}</code> and <code>\begin{spacing}{<var>factor</var>} ... \end{spacing}</code>. +This package also keeps the line spacing single-spaced in places +where that is typically desirable, such as footnotes and figure +captions. See the package documentation. </para> - </section> <node name="Floats" spaces=" "><nodename>Floats</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Floats</sectiontitle> @@ -3119,7 +3145,7 @@ for instance floating to the top of a later page. <para>&latex; can have a number of different classes of floating material. The default is the two classes, <code>figure</code> (<pxref label="figure"><xrefnodename>figure</xrefnodename></pxref>) and <code>table</code> (<pxref label="table"><xrefnodename>table</xrefnodename></pxref>), but you can create a new class with the -package <file>float</file>. +package <code>float</code>. </para> <para>Within any one float class &latex; always respects the order, so that the first figure in a document source must be typeset before the second @@ -3137,8 +3163,8 @@ float that is big may migrate to the end of the document. In which event, because all floats in a class must appear in sequential order, every following float in that class also appears at the end. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="179">placement of floats</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="180">specifier, float placement</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="182">placement of floats</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="183">specifier, float placement</indexterm></cindex> <para>In addition to changing the parameters, for each float you can tweak where the float placement algorithm tries to place it by using its <var>placement</var> argument. The possible values are a sequence of the @@ -3161,9 +3187,9 @@ FAQ: <url><urefurl>https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-2colfloat</urefurl></url>. appears. However, <code>h</code> is not allowed by itself; <code>t</code> is automatically added. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="181">here, putting floats</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="182"><r>package</r>, <code>float</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="183"><code>float</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="184">here, putting floats</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="185"><r>package</r>, <code>float</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="186"><code>float</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>To absolutely force a float to appear &textldquo;here&textrdquo;, you can <code>\usepackage{float}</code> and use the <code>H</code> specifier which it @@ -3171,7 +3197,7 @@ defines. For further discussion, see the FAQ entry at <url><urefurl>https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-figurehere</urefurl></url>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">p</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="184">float page</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="187">float page</indexterm></cindex> <para>(Page of floats)&textmdash;on a separate <dfn>float page</dfn>, which is a page containing no text, only floats. </para> @@ -3199,15 +3225,15 @@ use the <file>afterpage</file> package and issue <code>\afterpage{\clearpage}</code>. This will wait until the current page is finished and then flush all outstanding floats. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="185"><r>package</r>, <code>flafter</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="186"><code>flafter</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="188"><r>package</r>, <code>flafter</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="189"><code>flafter</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; can typeset a float before where it appears in the source (although on the same output page) if there is a <code>t</code> specifier in the <var>placement</var> parameter. If this is not desired, and deleting the <code>t</code> is not acceptable as it keeps the float from being placed at the top of the next page, then you can prevent it by either using -the <file>flafter</file> package or using the command +the <code>flafter</code> package or using the command <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="243" mergedindex="cp">\suppressfloats</indexterm></findex> <code>\suppressfloats[t]</code>, which causes floats for the top position on this page to moved to the next page. @@ -3306,27 +3332,127 @@ influence the position of float environments like figure and table in &latex;?&textrdquo; (<url><urefurl>https://www.latex-project.org/publications/2014-FMi-TUB-tb111mitt-float-placement.pdf</urefurl></url>). </para> +<menu endspaces=" "> +<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\caption</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Make a caption for a floating environment. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="_005ccaption" spaces=" "><nodename>\caption</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">Floats</nodeup></node> +<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\caption</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="266" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="190">captions</indexterm></cindex> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\caption{<var>caption-text</var>} +</pre></example> +<noindent></noindent> +<para>or +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\caption[<var>short-caption-text</var>]{<var>caption-text</var>} +</pre></example> + +<para>Make a caption for a floating environment, such as a <code>figure</code> or +<code>table</code> environment (<pxref label="figure"><xrefnodename>figure</xrefnodename></pxref> or <ref label="table"><xrefnodename>table</xrefnodename></ref>). +</para> +<para>In this example, &latex; places a caption below the vertical blank +space that is left by the author for the later inclusion of a picture. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{figure} + \vspace*{1cm} + \caption{Alonzo Cushing, Battery A, 4th US Artillery.} + \label{fig:CushingPic} +\end{figure} +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>The <code>\caption</code> command will label the <var>caption-text</var> with +something like <samp>Figure 1:</samp> for an article or +<samp>Figure 1.1:</samp> for a book. The text is centered if it is +shorter than the text width, or set as an unindented paragraph if it +takes more than one line. +</para> +<para>In addition to placing the <var>caption-text</var> in the output, the +<code>\caption</code> command also saves that information for use in a list of +figures or list of tables (<pxref label="Table-of-contents-etc_002e"><xrefnodename>Table of contents etc.</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +<para>Here the <code>\caption</code> command uses the optional +<var>short-caption-text</var>, so that the shorter text appears in the list +of tables, rather than the longer <var>caption-text</var>. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{table} + \centering + \begin{tabular}{|*{3}{c}|} + \hline + 4 &9 &2 \\ + 3 &5 &7 \\ + 8 &1 &6 \\ + \hline + \end{tabular} + \caption[\textit{Lo Shu} magic square]{% + The \textit{Lo Shu} magic square, which is unique among + squares of order three up to rotation and reflection.} + \label{tab:LoShu} +\end{table} +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>&latex; will label the <var>caption-text</var> with something like +<samp>Table 1:</samp> for an article or <samp>Table 1.1:</samp> for a +book. +</para> +<para>The caption can appear at the top of the <code>figure</code> or <code>table</code>. +For instance, that would happen in the prior example by putting the +<code>\caption</code> between the <code>\centering</code> and the +<code>\begin{tabular}</code>. +</para> +<para>Different floating environments are numbered separately, by default. It +is <code>\caption</code> that updates the counter, and so any <code>\label</code> +must come after the <code>\caption</code>. The counter for the <code>figure</code> +environment is named <code>figure</code>, and similarly the counter for the +<code>table</code> environment is <code>table</code>. +</para> +<para>The text that will be put in the list of figures or list of tables is +moving argument. If you get the &latex; error <samp>! Argument of +\&arobase;caption has an extra }</samp> then you must put <code>\protect</code> in front +of any fragile commands. <xref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></xref>. +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="191"><r>package</r>, <code>caption</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="192"><code>caption</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<para>The <code>caption</code> package has many options to adjust how the caption +appears, for example changing the font size, making the caption be +hanging text rather than set as a paragraph, or making the caption +always set as a paragraph rather than centered when it is short. +</para> + +</subsection> </section> </chapter> <node name="Sectioning" spaces=" "><nodename>Sectioning</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Cross references</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Layout</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Sectioning</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="187">sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="188">part</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="189">chapter</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="190">section</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="191">subsection</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="192">subsubsection</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="193">paragraph</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="194">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="266" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="267" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="268" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="269" mergedindex="cp">\subsection</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="270" mergedindex="cp">\subsubsection</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="271" mergedindex="cp">\paragraph</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="272" mergedindex="cp">\subparagraph</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="193">sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="194">part</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="195">chapter</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="196">section</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="197">subsection</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="198">subsubsection</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="199">paragraph</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="200">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="267" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="268" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="269" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="270" mergedindex="cp">\subsection</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="271" mergedindex="cp">\subsubsection</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="272" mergedindex="cp">\paragraph</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="273" mergedindex="cp">\subparagraph</indexterm></findex> <para>Structure your text into divisions: parts, chapters, sections, etc. All sectioning commands have the same form, one of: @@ -3364,7 +3490,7 @@ not available in <code>article</code>. </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\subparagraph</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>5 </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="195"><code>*</code>-form of sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="201"><code>*</code>-form of sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex> <para>All these commands have a <code>*</code>-form that prints <var>title</var> as usual but does not number it and does not make an entry in the table of contents. An example of using this is for an appendix in an <code>article</code>. The @@ -3394,22 +3520,22 @@ a <code>\section</code> and, in a <code>book</code> class document, that before <code>\section</code> you will have a <code>\chapter</code>. Otherwise you can get something like a subsection numbered <samp>3.0.1</samp>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="196"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="197"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="202"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="203"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; lets you change the appearance of the sectional units. As a simple example, you can change the section numbering to upper-case letters with <code>\renewcommand\thesection{\Alph{section}}</code> in the preamble (<pxref label="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><xrefnodename>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</xrefnodename></pxref>). CTAN has many packages that make this adjustment easier, notably -<file>titlesec</file>. +<code>titlesec</code>. </para> <para>Two counters relate to the appearance of headings made by sectioning commands. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="273" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth</indexterm>secnumdepth</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="274" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="198">section numbers, printing</indexterm></cindex> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="274" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth</indexterm>secnumdepth</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="275" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="204">section numbers, printing</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="sectioning-secnumdepth">sectioning secnumdepth</anchor> <anchor name="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth">Sectioning/secnumdepth</anchor> <para>Controls which sectioning unit are numbered. Setting the counter with @@ -3423,9 +3549,9 @@ produce output like <samp>Discussion</samp>, without the number. &latex;&textrsq default <code>secnumdepth</code> is 3 in <file>article</file> class and 2 in the <file>book</file> and <file>report</file> classes. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="275" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth</indexterm>tocdepth</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="276" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="199">table of contents, sectioning numbers printed</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="276" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth</indexterm>tocdepth</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="277" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="205">table of contents, sectioning numbers printed</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="sectioning-tocdepth">sectioning tocdepth</anchor> <anchor name="Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</anchor> <para>Controls which sectioning units are listed in the table of contents. @@ -3454,9 +3580,9 @@ list sections but not subsections. &latex;&textrsquo;s default <node name="_005cpart" spaces=" "><nodename>\part</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\chapter</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\part</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="277" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="200">part</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="201">sectioning, part</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="278" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="206">part</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="207">sectioning, part</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -3497,8 +3623,8 @@ but it does not show the part number, does not increment the <para>The optional argument <var>toc-title</var> will appear as the part title in the table of contents (<pxref label="Table-of-contents-etc_002e"><xrefnodename>Table of contents etc.</xrefnodename></pxref>) and in running headers (<pxref label="Page-styles"><xrefnodename>Page styles</xrefnodename></pxref>). If it is not present then <var>title</var> -will be there. This example puts a line break in <var>title</var> but leaves -out the break in the table of contents. +will be there. This example puts a line break in <var>title</var> but omits +the break in the table of contents. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\part[Up from the bottom; my life]{Up from the bottom\\ my life} @@ -3508,17 +3634,17 @@ out the break in the table of contents. the table of contents, the level number of a part is -1 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>, and <ref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></ref>). </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="202"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="203"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="208"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="209"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>In the class <code>article</code>, if a paragraph immediately follows the part title then it is not indented. To get an indent you can use the package -<file>indentfirst</file>. +<code>indentfirst</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="204"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="205"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="210"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="211"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<para>One package to change the behavior of <code>\part</code> is <file>titlesec</file>. +<para>One package to change the behavior of <code>\part</code> is <code>titlesec</code>. See its documentation on CTAN. </para> @@ -3526,8 +3652,8 @@ See its documentation on CTAN. <node name="_005cchapter" spaces=" "><nodename>\chapter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\section</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\part</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\chapter</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="278" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="206">chapter</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="279" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="212">chapter</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -3594,12 +3720,12 @@ the break in the contents the table of contents, the level number of a chapter is 0 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="207"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="208"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="213"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="214"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The paragraph that follows the chapter title is not indented, as is a standard typographical practice. To get an indent use the package -<file>indentfirst</file>. +<code>indentfirst</code>. </para> <para>You can change what is shown for the chapter number. To change it to something like <samp>Lecture 1</samp>, put in the preamble either @@ -3612,24 +3738,24 @@ something like <samp>Lecture 1</samp>, put in the preamble either \makeatother </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="209"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="210"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="215"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="216"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <noindent></noindent><para>To make this change because of the primary language for -the document, see the package <file>babel</file>. +the document, see the package <code>babel</code>. </para> <para>In a two-sided document &latex; puts a chapter on odd-numbered page, if necessary leaving an even-numbered page that is blank except for any running headers. To make that page completely blank, see <ref label="_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage"><xrefnodename>\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</xrefnodename></ref>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="211"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="212"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="217"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="218"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>To change the behavior of the <code>\chapter</code> command, you can copy its definition from the &latex; format file and make adjustments. But there are also many packages on CTAN that address this. One is -<file>titlesec</file>. See its documentation, but the example below gives a +<code>titlesec</code>. See its documentation, but the example below gives a sense of what it can do. </para> <example endspaces=" "> @@ -3651,8 +3777,8 @@ running headers. <node name="_005csection" spaces=" "><nodename>\section</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\subsection</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\chapter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\section</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="279" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="213">section</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="280" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="219">section</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -3697,7 +3823,7 @@ prior section.) in the table of contents (<pxref label="Table-of-contents-etc_002e"><xrefnodename>Table of contents etc.</xrefnodename></pxref>) and in running headers (<pxref label="Page-styles"><xrefnodename>Page styles</xrefnodename></pxref>). If it is not present then <var>title</var> will be there. This shows the full name in the title of the -section, +section: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\section[Elizabeth~II]{Elizabeth the Second, @@ -3720,20 +3846,20 @@ so it is omitted from the contents and headers. the table of contents, the level number of a section is 1 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="214"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="215"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="220"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="221"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The paragraph that follows the section title is not indented, as is a standard typographical practice. One way to get an indent is to use the -package <file>indentfirst</file>. +package <code>indentfirst</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="216"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="217"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="222"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="223"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>In general, to change the behavior of the <code>\section</code> command, there are a number of options. One is the <code>\&arobase;startsection</code> command (<pxref label="_005c_0040startsection"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;startsection</xrefnodename></pxref>). There are also many packages on CTAN that -address this, including <file>titlesec</file>. See the documentation but the +address this, including <code>titlesec</code>. See the documentation but the example below gives a sense of what they can do. </para> <!-- c credit: egreg https://groups.google.com/forum/#!topic/comp.text.tex/tvc8oM5P4y4 --> @@ -3756,8 +3882,8 @@ example below gives a sense of what they can do. <node name="_005csubsection" spaces=" "><nodename>\subsection</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\section</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\subsection</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="280" mergedindex="cp">\subsection</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="218">subsection</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="281" mergedindex="cp">\subsection</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="224">subsection</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -3794,8 +3920,8 @@ But it does not show the subsection number, does not increment the </para> <para>The optional argument <var>toc-title</var> will appear as the subsection title in the table of contents (<pxref label="Table-of-contents-etc_002e"><xrefnodename>Table of contents etc.</xrefnodename></pxref>). If it is -not present then <var>title</var> will be there. This shows the full text in -the title of the subsection, +not present then <var>title</var> will be there. This +shows the full text in the title of the subsection: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\subsection[$\alpha,\beta,\gamma$ paper]{\textit{The Origin of @@ -3810,20 +3936,20 @@ paper</samp> on the contents page. the table of contents, the level number of a subsection is 2 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="219"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="220"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="225"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="226"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The paragraph that follows the subsection title is not indented, as is a standard typographical practice. One way to get an indent is to use the -package <file>indentfirst</file>. +package <code>indentfirst</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="221"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="222"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="227"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="228"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the <code>\subsection</code> command. One is the <code>\&arobase;startsection</code> command (<pxref label="_005c_0040startsection"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;startsection</xrefnodename></pxref>). There are also many packages on CTAN that -address this, including <file>titlesec</file>. See the documentation but the +address this, including <code>titlesec</code>. See the documentation but the example below gives a sense of what they can do. </para> <example endspaces=" "> @@ -3845,12 +3971,12 @@ text. <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\subsubsection</code>, <code>\paragraph</code>, <code>\subparagraph</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="281" mergedindex="cp">\subsubsection</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="223">subsubsection</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="282" mergedindex="cp">\paragraph</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="224">paragraph</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="283" mergedindex="cp">\subparagraph</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="225">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="282" mergedindex="cp">\subsubsection</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="229">subsubsection</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="283" mergedindex="cp">\paragraph</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="230">paragraph</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="284" mergedindex="cp">\subparagraph</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="231">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -3916,20 +4042,20 @@ the table of contents, the level number of a subsubsection is 3, of a paragraph is 4, and of a subparagraph is 5 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="226"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="227"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="232"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="233"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The paragraph that follows the subsubsection title is not indented, as is a standard typographical practice. One way to get an indent is to use the -package <file>indentfirst</file>. +package <code>indentfirst</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="228"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="229"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="234"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="235"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the these commands. One is the <code>\&arobase;startsection</code> command (<pxref label="_005c_0040startsection"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;startsection</xrefnodename></pxref>). There are also many packages on CTAN that address this, including -<file>titlesec</file>. See the documentation on CTAN. +<code>titlesec</code>. See the documentation on CTAN. </para> </section> @@ -3937,9 +4063,9 @@ There are also many packages on CTAN that address this, including <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\appendix</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="284" mergedindex="cp">\appendix</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="230">appendix</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="231">appendices</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="285" mergedindex="cp">\appendix</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="236">appendix</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="237">appendices</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -3971,10 +4097,10 @@ book or report, and in an article resets the <code>section</code> and <samp>Appendix A</samp> and <samp>Appendix B</samp>. <xref label="Larger-book-template"><xrefnodename>Larger book template</xrefnodename></xref>, for another example. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="232"><r>package</r>, <code>appendix</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="233"><code>appendix</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="238"><r>package</r>, <code>appendix</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="239"><code>appendix</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<para>The <file>appendix</file> package adds the command +<para>The <code>appendix</code> package adds the command <code>\appendixpage</code> to put a separate <samp>Appendices</samp> in the document body before the first appendix, and the command <code>\addappheadtotoc</code> to do the same in the table of contents. You can reset the name @@ -3987,17 +4113,17 @@ number of other features. See the documentation on CTAN. <node name="_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter" spaces=" "><nodename>\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\&arobase;startsection</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\appendix</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, <code>\backmatter</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="285" mergedindex="cp">\frontmatter</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="234">book, front matter</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="235">front matter of a book</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="286" mergedindex="cp">\mainmatter</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="236">book, main matter</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="237">main matter of a book</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="287" mergedindex="cp">\backmatter</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="238">book, back matter</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="239">book, end matter</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="240">back matter of a book</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="241">end matter of a book</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="286" mergedindex="cp">\frontmatter</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="240">book, front matter</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="241">front matter of a book</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="287" mergedindex="cp">\mainmatter</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="242">book, main matter</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="243">main matter of a book</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="288" mergedindex="cp">\backmatter</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="244">book, back matter</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="245">book, end matter</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="246">back matter of a book</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="247">end matter of a book</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one or more of: </para> @@ -4038,8 +4164,8 @@ switches the chapters back to being not numbered. <node name="_005c_0040startsection" spaces=" "><nodename>\&arobase;startsection</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="288" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;startsection</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="242">section, redefining</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="289" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;startsection</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="248">section, redefining</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4050,7 +4176,7 @@ switches the chapters back to being not numbered. <para>Used to help redefine the behavior of commands that start sectioning divisions such as <code>\section</code> or <code>\subsection</code>. </para> -<para>Note that the <file>titlesec</file> package makes manipulation of sectioning +<para>Note that the <code>titlesec</code> package makes manipulation of sectioning easier. Further, while most requirements for sectioning commands can be satisfied with <code>\&arobase;startsection</code>, some cannot. For instance, in the standard &latex; <code>book</code> and <code>report</code> classes the commands @@ -4289,9 +4415,9 @@ display that counter. <node name="Cross-references" spaces=" "><nodename>Cross references</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Environments</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Cross references</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="243">cross references</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="249">cross references</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="244">label</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="250">label</indexterm></cindex> <para>We often want something like <samp>See Theorem~31</samp>. But by-hand typing the 31 is poor practice. Instead you should write a <dfn>label</dfn> such as <code>\label{eq:GreensThm}</code> and then <dfn>reference</dfn> it, as with @@ -4315,8 +4441,8 @@ the <code>\label</code>. So if <code>\label</code> is in <file>calculus.tex</fi the information is in <file>calculus.aux</file>. &latex; puts the information in that file every time it runs across a <code>\label</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="245">forward reference</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="246">reference, forward</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="251">forward reference</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="252">reference, forward</indexterm></cindex> <para>The behavior described in the prior paragraph results in a quirk that happens when your document has a <dfn>forward reference</dfn>, a <code>\ref</code> that appears before the associated <code>\label</code>. If this is the first @@ -4328,8 +4454,8 @@ change some things so the references changes; you get the same warning and the output contains the old reference information. In both cases, resolve this by compiling the document a second time. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="247"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="248"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="253"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="254"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>cleveref</code> package enhances &latex;&textrsquo;s cross referencing features. You can arrange that if you enter <code>\begin{thm}\label{th:Nerode}...\end{thm}</code> then @@ -4347,7 +4473,7 @@ having to enter the &textldquo;Theorem.&textrdquo; <node name="_005clabel" spaces=" "><nodename>\label</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pageref</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\label</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="289" mergedindex="cp">\label</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="290" mergedindex="cp">\label</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4419,9 +4545,9 @@ See Figure~\ref{fig:test}. <node name="_005cpageref" spaces=" "><nodename>\pageref</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ref</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\label</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pageref</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="290" mergedindex="cp">\pageref</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="249">cross referencing with page number</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="250">page number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="291" mergedindex="cp">\pageref</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="255">cross referencing with page number</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="256">page number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4454,12 +4580,12 @@ those.) <node name="_005cref" spaces=" "><nodename>\ref</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">xr package</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\pageref</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ref</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="291" mergedindex="cp">\ref</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="251">cross referencing, symbolic</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="252">section number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="253">equation number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="254">figure number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="255">footnote number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="292" mergedindex="cp">\ref</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="257">cross referencing, symbolic</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="258">section number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="259">equation number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="260">figure number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="261">footnote number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4489,10 +4615,10 @@ so this document would have to be compiled twice. \end{enumerate} </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="256"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="257"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="262"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="263"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<para>The <file>cleveref</file> package includes text such as <samp>Theorem</samp> in the +<para>The <code>cleveref</code> package includes text such as <samp>Theorem</samp> in the reference. See the documentation on CTAN. </para> @@ -4500,10 +4626,14 @@ reference. See the documentation on CTAN. <node name="xr-package" spaces=" "><nodename>xr package</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\ref</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>xr</code> package</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="292" mergedindex="cp"><code>xr</code> package</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="293" mergedindex="cp"><code>xr-hyper</code> package</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="294" mergedindex="cp">\externaldocument</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="258">cross referencing, across documents</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="264"><r>package</r>, <code>xr</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="265"><code>xr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="266"><r>package</r>, <code>xr-hyper</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="267"><code>xr-hyper</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="293" mergedindex="cp">\externaldocument</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="268">cross referencing, across documents</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4512,6 +4642,7 @@ reference. See the documentation on CTAN. \externaldocument{<var>document-basename</var>} </pre></example> +<noindent></noindent> <para>or </para> <example endspaces=" "> @@ -4520,9 +4651,9 @@ reference. See the documentation on CTAN. </pre></example> <para>Make cross references to the external document -<code><var>document-basename</var>.tex</code>. +<file><var>document-basename</var>.tex</file>. </para> -<para>Here is an example. If <code>lectures.tex</code> has this in the preamble +<para>Here is an example. If <file>lectures.tex</file> has this in the preamble </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage{xr} @@ -4531,21 +4662,24 @@ reference. See the documentation on CTAN. \externaldocument{answers} </pre></example> +<noindent></noindent> <para>then it can use cross reference labels from the other three documents. -Suppose that <code>exercises.tex</code> has an enumerated list containing +Suppose that <file>exercises.tex</file> has an enumerated list containing this, </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\item \label{exer:EulersThm} What if every vertex has odd degree? </pre></example> -<para>and <code>hints.tex</code> has an enumerated list with this, +<noindent></noindent> +<para>and <file>hints.tex</file> has an enumerated list with this, </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\item \label{exer:EulersThm} Distinguish the case of two vertices. </pre></example> -<para>and <code>answers.tex</code> has an enumerated list with this. +<noindent></noindent> +<para>and <file>answers.tex</file> has an enumerated list with this, </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\item \label{ans:EulersThm} There is no Euler path, except if there @@ -4553,7 +4687,7 @@ this, </pre></example> <para>After compiling the exercises, hints, and answers documents, entering -this in the body of <code>lectures.tex</code> will result in the lectures +this in the body of <file>lectures.tex</file> will result in the lectures getting the reference numbers used in the other documents. </para> <example endspaces=" "> @@ -4577,9 +4711,9 @@ uses <code>hyperref</code> then they all must use it. <node name="Environments" spaces=" "><nodename>Environments</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Line breaking</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Cross references</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Environments</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="259">environments</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="295" mergedindex="cp">\begin</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="296" mergedindex="cp">\end</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="269">environments</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="294" mergedindex="cp">\begin</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="295" mergedindex="cp">\end</indexterm></findex> <para>&latex; provides many environments for delimiting certain behavior. An environment begins with <code>\begin</code> and ends with <code>\end</code>, @@ -4597,7 +4731,7 @@ the end. For instance, the input <samp>! LaTeX Error: \begin{table*} on input line 5 ended by \end{table}.</samp> </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="260">group, and environments</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="270">group, and environments</indexterm></cindex> <para>Environments are executed within a group. </para> <menu endspaces=" "> @@ -4635,10 +4769,10 @@ the end. For instance, the input <node name="abstract" spaces=" "><nodename>abstract</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">array</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>abstract</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="297" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>abstract</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="298" mergedindex="cp"><code>abstract</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="296" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>abstract</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="297" mergedindex="cp"><code>abstract</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="261">abstracts</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="271">abstracts</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4665,8 +4799,8 @@ default only in the <code>report</code> class. \end{abstract} </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="262"><r>package</r>, <code>abstract</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="263"><code>abstract</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="272"><r>package</r>, <code>abstract</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="273"><code>abstract</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The next example produces a one column abstract in a two column document (for a more flexible solution, use the package <file>abstract</file>). @@ -4698,10 +4832,10 @@ a more flexible solution, use the package <file>abstract</file>). <node name="array" spaces=" "><nodename>array</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">center</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">abstract</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>array</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="299" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>array</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="300" mergedindex="cp"><code>array</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="298" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>array</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="299" mergedindex="cp"><code>array</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="264">arrays, math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="274">arrays, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4723,10 +4857,10 @@ a more flexible solution, use the package <file>abstract</file>). </pre></example> <para>Produce a mathematical array. This environment can only be used in math -mode, and normally appears within a displayed mathematics environment -such as <code>equation</code> (<pxref label="equation"><xrefnodename>equation</xrefnodename></pxref>). Inside of each row the -column entries are separated by an ampersand, (<code>&</code>). Rows are -terminated with double-backslashes (<pxref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></pxref>). +mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>), and normally appears within a displayed +mathematics environment such as <code>equation</code> (<pxref label="equation"><xrefnodename>equation</xrefnodename></pxref>). +Inside of each row the column entries are separated by an ampersand, +(<code>&</code>). Rows are terminated with double-backslashes (<pxref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>This example shows a three by three array. </para> @@ -4753,20 +4887,20 @@ other common features of the two environments, including the optional </para> <para>There are two ways that <code>array</code> diverges from <code>tabular</code>. The first is that <code>array</code> entries are typeset in math mode, in -textstyle (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>) except if the <var>cols</var> definition specifies +textstyle (<pxref label="Math-styles"><xrefnodename>Math styles</xrefnodename></pxref>) except if the <var>cols</var> definition specifies the column with <code>p{...}</code>, which causes the entry to be typeset in text mode. The second is that, instead of <code>tabular</code>&textrsquo;s parameter <code>\tabcolsep</code>, &latex;&textrsquo;s intercolumn space in an <code>array</code> is governed by -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="301" mergedindex="cp">\arraycolsep</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="300" mergedindex="cp">\arraycolsep</indexterm></findex> <code>\arraycolsep</code>, which gives half the width between columns. The default for this is <samp>5pt</samp> so that between two columns comes 10<dmn>pt</dmn> of space. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="265"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="266"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="275"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="276"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<para>To obtain arrays with braces the standard is to use the <file>amsmath</file> +<para>To obtain arrays with braces the standard is to use the <code>amsmath</code> package. It comes with environments <code>pmatrix</code> for an array surrounded by parentheses <code>(...)</code>, <code>bmatrix</code> for an array surrounded by square brackets <code>[...]</code>, <code>Bmatrix</code> for an @@ -4775,10 +4909,10 @@ an array surrounded by vertical bars <code>|...|</code>, and <code>Vmatrix</code> for an array surrounded by double vertical bars <code>||...||</code>, along with a number of other array constructs. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="267"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="268"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="277"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="278"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<para>The next example uses the <file>amsmath</file> package. +<para>The next example uses the <code>amsmath</code> package. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage{amsmath} % in preamble @@ -4791,14 +4925,14 @@ bars <code>||...||</code>, along with a number of other array constructs. \end{equation} </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="269"><r>package</r>, <code>array (package)</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="270"><code>array (package)</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="279"><r>package</r>, <code>array</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="280"><code>array</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="271"><r>package</r>, <code>dcolumn</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="272"><code>dcolumn</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="281"><r>package</r>, <code>dcolumn</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="282"><code>dcolumn</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<para>There are many packages concerning arrays. The <file>array</file> package has -many useful extensions, including more column types. The <file>dcolumn</file> +<para>There are many packages concerning arrays. The <code>array</code> package has +many useful extensions, including more column types. The <code>dcolumn</code> package adds a column type to center on a decimal point. For both see the documentation on CTAN. </para> @@ -4807,10 +4941,10 @@ the documentation on CTAN. <node name="center" spaces=" "><nodename>center</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">description</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">array</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>center</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="302" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>center</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="303" mergedindex="cp"><code>center</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="301" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>center</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="302" mergedindex="cp"><code>center</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="273">centering text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="283">centering text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4825,7 +4959,7 @@ the documentation on CTAN. <para>Create a new paragraph consisting of a sequence of lines that are centered within the left and right margins. Use double-backslash, <code>\\</code>, to get a line break (<pxref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></pxref>). -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="304" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>center</code>)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="303" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>center</code>)</r></indexterm></findex> If some text is too long to fit on a line then &latex; will insert line breaks that avoid hyphenation and avoid stretching or shrinking any interword space. @@ -4873,9 +5007,8 @@ entire page. <node name="_005ccentering" spaces=" "><nodename>\centering</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">center</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\centering</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="305" mergedindex="cp">\centering</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="274">centering text, declaration for</indexterm></cindex> - +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="304" mergedindex="cp">\centering</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="284">centering text, declaration for</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4931,11 +5064,11 @@ centered lines <samp>xx</samp> and <samp>yy</samp>, followed by a new paragraph <node name="description" spaces=" "><nodename>description</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">displaymath</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">center</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>description</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="306" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>description</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="307" mergedindex="cp"><code>description</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="305" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>description</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="306" mergedindex="cp"><code>description</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="275">labelled lists, creating</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="276">description lists, creating</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="285">labelled lists, creating</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="286">description lists, creating</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4966,14 +5099,14 @@ missing \item</samp>. <para>The labels <samp>lama</samp> and <samp>llama</samp> are output in boldface, with the left edge on the left margin. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="308" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="307" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex> <para>Start list items with the <code>\item</code> command (<pxref label="_005citem"><xrefnodename>\item</xrefnodename></pxref>). Use the optional labels, as in <code>\item[Main point]</code>, because there is no sensible default. Following the <code>\item</code> is optional text, which may contain multiple paragraphs. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="277">bold typewriter, avoiding</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="278">typewriter labels in lists</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="287">bold typewriter, avoiding</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="288">typewriter labels in lists</indexterm></cindex> <para>Since the labels are in bold style, if the label text calls for a font change given in argument style (see <ref label="Font-styles"><xrefnodename>Font styles</xrefnodename></ref>) then it will come out bold. For instance, if the label text calls for typewriter with @@ -4990,7 +5123,7 @@ boldface and flush left at all levels. </para> <para>For information about list layout parameters, including the default values, and for information about customizing list layout, see -<ref label="list"><xrefnodename>list</xrefnodename></ref>. The package <file>enumitem</file> is useful for customizing +<ref label="list"><xrefnodename>list</xrefnodename></ref>. The package <code>enumitem</code> is useful for customizing lists. </para> <para>This example changes the description labels to small caps. @@ -5006,8 +5139,8 @@ lists. <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>displaymath</code></sectiontitle> <!-- c http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/40492/what-are-the-differences-between-align-equation-and-displaymath --> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="309" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>displaymath</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="310" mergedindex="cp"><code>displaymath</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="308" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>displaymath</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="309" mergedindex="cp"><code>displaymath</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: @@ -5028,21 +5161,21 @@ math text. One way to get an equation number is to use the </para> <para>&latex; will not break the <var>math text</var> across lines. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="279"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="280"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="289"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="290"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<para>Note that the <file>amsmath</file> package has significantly more extensive +<para>Note that the <code>amsmath</code> package has significantly more extensive displayed equation facilities. For example, there are a number of ways in that package for having math text broken across lines. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="311" mergedindex="cp">\[...\] <r>display math</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="310" mergedindex="cp">\[...\] <r>display math</r></indexterm></findex> <para>The construct <code>\[<var>math</var>\]</code> is a synonym for the environment <code>\begin{displaymath} <var>math</var> \end{displaymath}</code> but the latter is easier to work with in the source; for instance, searching for a square bracket may get false positives but the word <code>displaymath</code> will likely be unique. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="312" mergedindex="cp">$$...$$ <r>plain &tex; display math</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="311" mergedindex="cp">$$...$$ <r>plain &tex; display math</r></indexterm></findex> <para>(Aside: The construct <code>$$<var>math</var>$$</code> from Plain &tex; is sometimes mistakenly used as a synonym for <code>displaymath</code>. It is not a synonym, and is not officially supported in &latex; at all; @@ -5067,8 +5200,8 @@ consistency checks.) <node name="document" spaces=" "><nodename>document</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">enumerate</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">displaymath</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>document</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="313" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>document</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="314" mergedindex="cp"><code>document</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="312" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>document</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="313" mergedindex="cp"><code>document</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>document</code> environment encloses the entire body of a document. @@ -5083,8 +5216,8 @@ It is required in every &latex; document. <xref label="Starting-and-ending"><xr <node name="_005cAtBeginDocument" spaces=" "><nodename>\AtBeginDocument</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\AtEndDocument</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">document</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\AtBeginDocument</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="315" mergedindex="cp">\AtBeginDocument</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="281">beginning of document hook</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="314" mergedindex="cp">\AtBeginDocument</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="291">beginning of document hook</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -5106,8 +5239,8 @@ will be executed in the order that you gave them. <node name="_005cAtEndDocument" spaces=" "><nodename>\AtEndDocument</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\AtBeginDocument</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">document</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\AtEndDocument</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="316" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndDocument</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="282">end of document hook</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="315" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndDocument</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="292">end of document hook</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -5131,10 +5264,10 @@ will be executed in the order that you gave them. <node name="enumerate" spaces=" "><nodename>enumerate</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">eqnarray</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">document</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>enumerate</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="317" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>enumerate</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="318" mergedindex="cp"><code>enumerate</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="316" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>enumerate</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="317" mergedindex="cp"><code>enumerate</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="283">lists of items, numbered</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="293">lists of items, numbered</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -5164,7 +5297,7 @@ As a top-level list the labels would come out as <samp>1.</samp> and \end{enumerate} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="319" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="318" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex> <para>Start list items with the <code>\item</code> command (<pxref label="_005citem"><xrefnodename>\item</xrefnodename></pxref>). If you give <code>\item</code> an optional argument by following it with square brackets, as in <code>\item[Interstitial label]</code>, then the next item @@ -5186,10 +5319,10 @@ the outermost level. </para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><para>uppercase letter followed by a period: <samp>A.</samp>, <samp>B.</samp>, &dots; </para></listitem></enumerate> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="320" mergedindex="cp">\enumi</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="321" mergedindex="cp">\enumii</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="322" mergedindex="cp">\enumiii</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="323" mergedindex="cp">\enumiv</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="319" mergedindex="cp">\enumi</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="320" mergedindex="cp">\enumii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="321" mergedindex="cp">\enumiii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="322" mergedindex="cp">\enumiv</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="enumerate-enumi">enumerate enumi</anchor> <anchor name="enumerate-enumii">enumerate enumii</anchor> <anchor name="enumerate-enumiii">enumerate enumiii</anchor> @@ -5200,13 +5333,13 @@ the outermost level. <para>For other major &latex; labeled list environments, see <ref label="description"><xrefnodename>description</xrefnodename></ref> and <ref label="itemize"><xrefnodename>itemize</xrefnodename></ref>. For information about list layout parameters, including the default values, and for information about -customizing list layout, see <ref label="list"><xrefnodename>list</xrefnodename></ref>. The package <file>enumitem</file> is +customizing list layout, see <ref label="list"><xrefnodename>list</xrefnodename></ref>. The package <code>enumitem</code> is useful for customizing lists. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="324" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumi</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="325" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumii</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="326" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumiii</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="327" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumiv</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="323" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumi</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="324" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="325" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumiii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="326" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumiv</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="enumerate-labelenumi">enumerate labelenumi</anchor> <anchor name="enumerate-labelenumii">enumerate labelenumii</anchor> <anchor name="enumerate-labelenumiii">enumerate labelenumiii</anchor> @@ -5217,7 +5350,7 @@ through <code>\labelenumiv</code>. For instance, this first level list will be labelled with uppercase letters, in boldface, and without a trailing period. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="328" mergedindex="cp">\Alph <r>example</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="327" mergedindex="cp">\Alph <r>example</r></indexterm></findex> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\textbf{\Alph{enumi}}} \begin{enumerate} @@ -5234,20 +5367,20 @@ period. <node name="eqnarray" spaces=" "><nodename>eqnarray</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">equation</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">enumerate</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>eqnarray</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="329" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>eqnarray</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="330" mergedindex="cp"><code>eqnarray</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="328" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>eqnarray</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="329" mergedindex="cp"><code>eqnarray</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="284">equations, aligning</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="285">aligning equations</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="294">equations, aligning</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="295">aligning equations</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="286">align <r>environment, from <code>amsmath</code></r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="287">amsmath <r>package, replacing <code>eqnarray</code></r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="288">Madsen, Lars</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="296">align <r>environment, from <code>amsmath</code></r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="297">amsmath <r>package, replacing <code>eqnarray</code></r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="298">Madsen, Lars</indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>eqnarray</code> environment is obsolete. It has infelicities, including spacing that is inconsistent with other mathematics elements. (See &textldquo;Avoid eqnarray!&textrdquo;&noeos; by Lars Madsen <url><urefurl>https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf</urefurl></url>). New documents -should include the <file>amsmath</file> package and use the displayed +should include the <code>amsmath</code> package and use the displayed mathematics environments provided there, such as the <code>align</code> environment. We include a description only for completeness and for working with old documents. @@ -5271,7 +5404,7 @@ working with old documents. \end{eqnarray*} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="331" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="330" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex> <para>Display a sequence of equations or inequalities. The left and right sides are typeset in display mode, while the middle is typeset in text mode. @@ -5279,18 +5412,18 @@ mode. <para>It is similar to a three-column <code>array</code> environment, with items within a row separated by an ampersand (<code>&</code>), and with rows separated by double backslash <code>\\</code>). -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="332" mergedindex="cp">\\* <r>(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="331" mergedindex="cp">\\* <r>(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex> The starred form of line break (<code>\\*</code>) can also be used to separate equations, and will disallow a page break there (<pxref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="333" mergedindex="cp">\nonumber</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="289">equation numbers, omitting</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="332" mergedindex="cp">\nonumber</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="299">equation numbers, omitting</indexterm></cindex> <para>The unstarred form <code>eqnarray</code> places an equation number on every line (using the <code>equation</code> counter), unless that line contains a <code>\nonumber</code> command. The starred form <code>eqnarray*</code> omits equation numbering, while otherwise being the same. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="334" mergedindex="cp">\lefteqn</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="333" mergedindex="cp">\lefteqn</indexterm></findex> <para>The command <code>\lefteqn</code> is used for splitting long formulas across lines. It typesets its argument in display style flush left in a box of zero width. @@ -5311,11 +5444,11 @@ while the third line has not entry on the left side. <node name="equation" spaces=" "><nodename>equation</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">figure</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">eqnarray</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>equation</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="335" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="336" mergedindex="cp"><code>equation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="334" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="335" mergedindex="cp"><code>equation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="290">equations, environment for</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="291">formulas, environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="300">equations, environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="301">formulas, environment for</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -5333,10 +5466,10 @@ The equation number is generated using the <code>equation</code> counter. <code>\begin{equation}</code>, or &latex; will tell you that there is a missing dollar sign. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="292"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="293"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="302"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="303"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<para>The package <file>amsmath</file> package has extensive displayed equation +<para>The package <code>amsmath</code> package has extensive displayed equation facilities. New documents should include this package. </para> @@ -5344,11 +5477,11 @@ facilities. New documents should include this package. <node name="figure" spaces=" "><nodename>figure</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">filecontents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">equation</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>figure</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="337" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>figure</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="338" mergedindex="cp"><code>figure</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="336" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>figure</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="337" mergedindex="cp"><code>figure</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="294">inserting figures</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="295">figures, inserting</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="304">inserting figures</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="305">figures, inserting</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -5392,13 +5525,12 @@ spans both columns, at the top of the page. To add the possibility of placing at a page bottom see the discussion of <var>placement</var> <code>b</code> in <ref label="Floats"><xrefnodename>Floats</xrefnodename></ref>. </para> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="338" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex> <para>The label is optional; it is used for cross references (<pxref label="Cross-references"><xrefnodename>Cross -references</xrefnodename></pxref>). -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="339" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex> -The optional <code>\caption</code> command specifies caption text for the -figure. By default it is numbered. If <var>loftitle</var> is present, it is -used in the list of figures instead of <var>title</var> (<pxref label="Table-of-contents-etc_002e"><xrefnodename>Table of -contents etc.</xrefnodename></pxref>). +references</xrefnodename></pxref>). The optional <code>\caption</code> command specifies caption +text for the figure (<pxref label="_005ccaption"><xrefnodename>\caption</xrefnodename></pxref>). By default it is numbered. +If <var>loftitle</var> is present, it is used in the list of figures +instead of <var>title</var> (<pxref label="Table-of-contents-etc_002e"><xrefnodename>Table of contents etc.</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>This example makes a figure out of a graphic. &latex; will place that graphic and its caption at the top of a page or, if it is pushed to the @@ -5419,14 +5551,14 @@ end of the document, on a page of floats. <node name="filecontents" spaces=" "><nodename>filecontents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">flushleft</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">figure</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>filecontents</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="340" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="341" mergedindex="cp"><code>filecontents</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="339" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="340" mergedindex="cp"><code>filecontents</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="342" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents*</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="343" mergedindex="cp"><code>filecontents*</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="341" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents*</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="342" mergedindex="cp"><code>filecontents*</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="296">external files, writing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="297">writing external files</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="306">external files, writing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="307">writing external files</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -5459,16 +5591,16 @@ version <code>filecontents*</code> does not include the header. <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">force</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">overwrite</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="298"><code>force</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="299"><code>overwrite</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="308"><code>force</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="309"><code>overwrite</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex> <para>Overwrite an existing file. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">noheader</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="300"><code>noheader</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="310"><code>noheader</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex> <para>Omit the header. Equivalent to using <code>filecontents*</code>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">nosearch</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="301"><code>nosearch</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="311"><code>nosearch</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex> <para>Only check the current directory (and the output directory, if specified) for an existing file, not the entire search path. </para> @@ -5476,8 +5608,8 @@ specified) for an existing file, not the entire search path. <para>These options were added in a 2019 release of &latex;. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="302">self-contained sources</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="303">source files, making self-contained</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="312">self-contained sources</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="313">source files, making self-contained</indexterm></cindex> <para>This environment can be used anywhere in the preamble, although it often appears before the <code>\documentclass</code> command. It is commonly used to create a <code>.bib</code> or other such data file from the @@ -5514,11 +5646,11 @@ Article by \myname. <node name="flushleft" spaces=" "><nodename>flushleft</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">flushright</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">filecontents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>flushleft</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="344" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushleft</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="345" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushleft</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="343" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushleft</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="344" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushleft</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="304">left-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="305">ragged right text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="314">left-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="315">ragged right text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -5530,7 +5662,7 @@ Article by \myname. \end{flushleft} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="346" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>flushleft</code></r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="345" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>flushleft</code></r></indexterm></findex> <para>An environment that creates a paragraph whose lines are flush to the left-hand margin, and ragged right. If you have lines that are too long then &latex; will linebreak them in a way that avoids hyphenation and @@ -5560,10 +5692,10 @@ flush left and ragged right. <node name="_005craggedright" spaces=" "><nodename>\raggedright</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">flushleft</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raggedright</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="347" mergedindex="cp">\raggedright</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="306">ragged right text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="307">left-justifying text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="308">justification, ragged right</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="346" mergedindex="cp">\raggedright</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="316">ragged right text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="317">left-justifying text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="318">justification, ragged right</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses: </para> @@ -5610,11 +5742,11 @@ delimit its effect. <node name="flushright" spaces=" "><nodename>flushright</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">itemize</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">flushleft</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>flushright</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="348" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushright</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="349" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushright</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="347" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushright</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="348" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushright</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="309">ragged left text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="310">right-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="319">ragged left text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="320">right-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{flushright} @@ -5624,7 +5756,7 @@ delimit its effect. \end{flushright} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="350" mergedindex="cp">\\ (for <code>flushright</code>)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="349" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>flushright</code>)</r></indexterm></findex> <para>An environment that creates a paragraph whose lines are flush to the right-hand margin and ragged left. If you have lines that are too long to fit the margins then &latex; will linebreak them in a way that @@ -5644,10 +5776,10 @@ where one just have mutatis mutandis to replace <code>flushleft</code> by <node name="_005craggedleft" spaces=" "><nodename>\raggedleft</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">flushright</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raggedleft</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="351" mergedindex="cp">\raggedleft</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="311">ragged left text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="312">justification, ragged left</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="313">right-justifying text</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="350" mergedindex="cp">\raggedleft</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="321">ragged left text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="322">justification, ragged left</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="323">right-justifying text</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses: </para> @@ -5685,14 +5817,14 @@ where one just have mutatis mutandis to replace <code>\raggedright</code> by <node name="itemize" spaces=" "><nodename>itemize</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">letter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">flushright</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>itemize</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="352" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>itemize</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="353" mergedindex="cp"><code>itemize</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="351" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>itemize</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="352" mergedindex="cp"><code>itemize</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="354" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="314">lists of items</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="315">unordered lists</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="316">bulleted lists</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="317">bullet lists</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="353" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="324">lists of items</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="325">unordered lists</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="326">bulleted lists</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="327">bullet lists</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -5718,12 +5850,12 @@ must be at least one <code>\item</code> within the environment; having none caus </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>With the default locale&textmdash;without loading e.g.&noeos; <file>babel</file> package +<para>With the default locale&textmdash;without loading e.g.&noeos; <code>babel</code> package with another language than USenglish&textmdash;as a top-level list each label would come out as a bullet, •. The format of the labeling depends on the nesting level; see below. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="355" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="354" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex> <para>Start list items with the <code>\item</code> command (<pxref label="_005citem"><xrefnodename>\item</xrefnodename></pxref>). If you give <code>\item</code> an optional argument by following it with square brackets, as in <code>\item[<var>Optional label</var>]</code>, then by default @@ -5736,10 +5868,10 @@ the item, which may be empty or contain multiple paragraphs. They can also be nested within other paragraph-making environments, such as <code>enumerate</code> (<pxref label="enumerate"><xrefnodename>enumerate</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="356" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemi</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="357" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemii</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="358" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemiii</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="359" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemiv</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="355" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemi</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="356" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="357" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemiii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="358" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemiv</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="itemize-labelitemi">itemize labelitemi</anchor> <anchor name="itemize-labelitemii">itemize labelitemii</anchor> <anchor name="itemize-labelitemiii">itemize labelitemiii</anchor> @@ -5764,13 +5896,13 @@ the first level use diamonds. <pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\diamond$} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="360" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargin</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="361" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargini</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="362" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginii</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="363" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginiii</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="364" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginiv</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="365" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginv</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="366" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginvi</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="359" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargin</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="360" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargini</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="361" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="362" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginiii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="363" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginiv</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="364" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginv</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="365" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginvi</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="itemize-leftmargin">itemize leftmargin</anchor> <anchor name="itemize-leftmargini">itemize leftmargini</anchor> <anchor name="itemize-leftmarginii">itemize leftmarginii</anchor> @@ -5787,15 +5919,15 @@ command name to denote the nesting level.) The defaults are: level 2, <code>1.87em</code> in level 3, and <code>1.7em</code> in level 4, with smaller values for more deeply nested levels. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="318"><r>package</r>, <code>enumitem</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="319"><code>enumitem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="328"><r>package</r>, <code>enumitem</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="329"><code>enumitem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>For other major &latex; labeled list environments, see <ref label="description"><xrefnodename>description</xrefnodename></ref> and <ref label="enumerate"><xrefnodename>enumerate</xrefnodename></ref>. The <code>itemize</code>, <code>enumerate</code> and <code>description</code> environment use the same list layout parameters. For a description, including the default values, and for information about customizing list layout, see <ref label="list"><xrefnodename>list</xrefnodename></ref>. The -package <file>enumitem</file> is useful for customizing lists. +package <code>enumitem</code> is useful for customizing lists. </para> <para>This example greatly reduces the margin space for outermost itemized lists. @@ -5804,7 +5936,7 @@ lists. <pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength{\leftmargini}{1.25em} % default 2.5em </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="367" mergedindex="cp">\parskip <r>example</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="366" mergedindex="cp">\parskip <r>example</r></indexterm></findex> <para>Especially for lists with short items, it may be desirable to elide space between items. Here is an example defining an <code>itemize*</code> environment with no extra spacing between items, or between paragraphs @@ -5825,8 +5957,8 @@ within a single item (<code>\parskip</code> is not list-specific, <node name="letter" spaces=" "><nodename>letter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">list</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">itemize</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>letter</code> environment: writing letters</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="368" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>letter</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="369" mergedindex="cp"><code>letter</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="367" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>letter</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="368" mergedindex="cp"><code>letter</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> <para>This environment is used for creating letters. <xref label="Letters"><xrefnodename>Letters</xrefnodename></xref>. @@ -5836,10 +5968,10 @@ within a single item (<code>\parskip</code> is not list-specific, <node name="list" spaces=" "><nodename>list</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">math</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">letter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>list</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="370" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>list</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="371" mergedindex="cp"><code>list</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="369" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>list</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="370" mergedindex="cp"><code>list</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="320">lists of items, generic</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="330">lists of items, generic</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -5902,7 +6034,7 @@ counter will be reset to zero each time &latex; enters the environment, and the counter is incremented by one each time &latex; encounters an <code>\item</code> that does not have an optional argument. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="372" mergedindex="cp">\makelabel</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="371" mergedindex="cp">\makelabel</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="list-makelabel">list makelabel</anchor> <para>Another command that can go in <var>spacing</var> is <code>\makelabel</code>, which constructs the label box. By default it puts the contents flush right. Its only argument is the label, which it @@ -5928,12 +6060,12 @@ command such as <code>\setlength{itemsep}{2pt plus1pt minus For some effects these lengths should be zero or negative. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="373" mergedindex="cp">\itemindent</indexterm>\itemindent</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="372" mergedindex="cp">\itemindent</indexterm>\itemindent</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-itemindent">list itemindent</anchor> <para>Extra horizontal space indentation, beyond <code>leftmargin</code>, of the first line each item. Its default value is <code>0pt</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="374" mergedindex="cp">\itemsep</indexterm>\itemsep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="373" mergedindex="cp">\itemsep</indexterm>\itemsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-itemsep">list itemsep</anchor> <para>Vertical space between items, beyond the <code>\parsep</code>. The defaults for the first three levels in &latex;&textrsquo;s <samp>article</samp>, <samp>book</samp>, @@ -5946,13 +6078,13 @@ plus1pt minus1pt</code>). The defaults at 12 point are: <code>5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt</code>, <code>\parsep</code> (that is, <code>2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>), and <code>\topsep</code> (that is, <code>2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="375" mergedindex="cp">\labelsep</indexterm>\labelsep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="374" mergedindex="cp">\labelsep</indexterm>\labelsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-labelsep">list labelsep</anchor> <para>Horizontal space between the label and text of an item. The default for &latex;&textrsquo;s <samp>article</samp>, <samp>book</samp>, and <samp>report</samp> classes is <code>0.5em</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="376" mergedindex="cp">\labelwidth</indexterm>\labelwidth</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="375" mergedindex="cp">\labelwidth</indexterm>\labelwidth</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-labelwidth">list labelwidth</anchor> <para>Horizontal width. The box containing the label is nominally this wide. If <code>\makelabel</code> returns text that is wider than this then the first @@ -5974,7 +6106,7 @@ mode and <code>1.5em</code> in two column mode). At the second level it is label&textrsquo;s left edge coincide with the left margin of the enclosing environment. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="377" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargin</indexterm>\leftmargin</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="376" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargin</indexterm>\leftmargin</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-leftmargin">list leftmargin</anchor> <para>Horizontal space between the left margin of the enclosing environment (or the left margin of the page if this is a top-level list), and the @@ -5992,14 +6124,14 @@ error message <samp>Too deeply nested</samp>.) <code>2.5em</code> (in two column mode, <code>2em</code>), <code>\leftmarginii</code> is <code>2.2em</code>, and <code>\leftmarginiii</code> is <code>1.87em</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="378" mergedindex="cp">\listparindent</indexterm>\listparindent</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="377" mergedindex="cp">\listparindent</indexterm>\listparindent</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-listparindent">list listparindent</anchor> <para>Horizontal space of additional line indentation, beyond <code>\leftmargin</code>, for second and subsequent paragraphs within a list item. A negative value makes this an &textldquo;outdent&textrdquo;. Its default value is <code>0pt</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="379" mergedindex="cp">\parsep</indexterm>\parsep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="378" mergedindex="cp">\parsep</indexterm>\parsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-parsep">list parsep</anchor> <para>Vertical space between paragraphs within an item. The defaults for the first three levels in &latex;&textrsquo;s <samp>article</samp>, <samp>book</samp>, and <samp>report</samp> classes at 10 point size are: <code>4pt @@ -6009,7 +6141,7 @@ defaults at 11 point size are: <code>4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt</code>, size are: <code>5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt</code>, <code>2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>, and <code>0pt</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="380" mergedindex="cp">\partopsep</indexterm>\partopsep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="379" mergedindex="cp">\partopsep</indexterm>\partopsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-partopsep">list partopsep</anchor> <para>Vertical space added, beyond <code>\topsep</code>+<code>\parskip</code>, to the top and bottom of the entire environment if the list instance is preceded by @@ -6025,13 +6157,13 @@ minus1pt</code>. The defaults at 11 point are: <code>3pt plus1pt minus1pt</code defaults at 12 point are: <code>3pt plus2pt minus3pt</code>, <code>3pt plus2pt minus2pt</code>, and <code>1pt plus0pt minus1pt</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="381" mergedindex="cp">\rightmargin</indexterm>\rightmargin</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="380" mergedindex="cp">\rightmargin</indexterm>\rightmargin</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-rightmargin">list rightmargin</anchor> <para>Horizontal space between the right margin of the list and the right margin of the enclosing environment. Its default value is <code>0pt</code>. It must be non-negative. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="382" mergedindex="cp">\topsep</indexterm>\topsep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="381" mergedindex="cp">\topsep</indexterm>\topsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-topsep">list topsep</anchor> <para>Vertical space added to both the top and bottom of the list, in addition to <code>\parskip</code> (<pxref label="_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"><xrefnodename>\parindent & \parskip</xrefnodename></pxref>). The defaults for @@ -6110,22 +6242,22 @@ e.g., <code>\&arobase;beginparpenalty=9999</code>; a value of 10000 prohibits a page break. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="383" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;beginparpenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;beginparpenalty</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="382" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;beginparpenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;beginparpenalty</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-beginparpenalty">list beginparpenalty</anchor> <para>The page breaking penalty for breaking before the list (default <code>-51</code>). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="384" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;itempenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;itempenalty</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="383" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;itempenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;itempenalty</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-itempenalty">list itempenalty</anchor> <para>The page breaking penalty for breaking before a list item (default <code>-51</code>). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="385" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;endparpenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;endparpenalty</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="384" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;endparpenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;endparpenalty</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-endparpenalty">list endparpenalty</anchor> <para>The page breaking penalty for breaking after a list (default <code>-51</code>). </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="321"><r>package</r>, <code>enumitem</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="322"><code>enumitem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="331"><r>package</r>, <code>enumitem</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="332"><code>enumitem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The package <code>enumitem</code> is useful for customizing lists. </para> @@ -6257,10 +6389,10 @@ default) they have no paragraph indent and are vertically separated. <node name="math" spaces=" "><nodename>math</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">minipage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">list</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>math</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="386" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="387" mergedindex="cp"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="385" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="386" mergedindex="cp"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="323">inline formulas</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="333">inline formulas</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6270,8 +6402,8 @@ default) they have no paragraph indent and are vertically separated. \end{math} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="388" mergedindex="cp">$ <r>inline math</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="389" mergedindex="cp">\(...\) <r>inline math</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="387" mergedindex="cp">$ <r>inline math</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="388" mergedindex="cp">\(...\) <r>inline math</r></indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>math</code> environment inserts given <var>math</var> material within the running text. <code>\(...\)</code> and <code>$...$</code> are synonyms. <xref label="Math-formulas"><xrefnodename>Math formulas</xrefnodename></xref>. @@ -6281,10 +6413,10 @@ the running text. <code>\(...\)</code> and <code>$...$</code> are synonyms. <node name="minipage" spaces=" "><nodename>minipage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">picture</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">math</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>minipage</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="390" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>minipage</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="391" mergedindex="cp"><code>minipage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="389" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>minipage</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="390" mergedindex="cp"><code>minipage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="324">minipage, creating a</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="334">minipage, creating a</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses: </para> @@ -6347,16 +6479,14 @@ vertically aligns with the surrounding material. vertical center lines up with the center of the adjacent text line. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">t</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="392" mergedindex="cp">\vtop <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></findex> -<!-- c xx Is there any reason why the word ``match'' is used instead of word --> -<!-- c ``align''. Do we mean some more permissive alignment? --> -<para>Match the top line in the <code>minipage</code> with the baseline of the -surrounding text (plain &tex;&textrsquo;s <code>\vtop</code>). +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="391" mergedindex="cp">\vtop <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></findex> +<para>Align the baseline of the top line in the <code>minipage</code> with the +baseline of the surrounding text (plain &tex;&textrsquo;s <code>\vtop</code>). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">b</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="393" mergedindex="cp">\vbox <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></findex> -<para>Match the bottom line in the <code>minipage</code> with the baseline of the -surrounding text (plain &tex;&textrsquo;s <code>\vbox</code>). +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="392" mergedindex="cp">\vbox <r>(plain &tex;)</r></indexterm></findex> +<para>Align the baseline of the bottom line in the <code>minipage</code> with the +baseline of the surrounding text (plain &tex;&textrsquo;s <code>\vbox</code>). </para></tableitem></tableentry></table> <para>To see the effects of these, contrast running this @@ -6413,15 +6543,15 @@ in place of <code>b</code>. Text after </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="325">indentation of paragraphs, in minipage</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="326">paragraph indentation, in minipage</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="394" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="335">indentation of paragraphs, in minipage</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="336">paragraph indentation, in minipage</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="393" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex> <para>By default paragraphs are not indented in a <code>minipage</code>. Change that with a command such as <code>\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}</code> at the start of <var>contents</var>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="327">footnotes in figures</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="328">figures, footnotes in</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="337">footnotes in figures</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="338">figures, footnotes in</indexterm></cindex> <para>Footnotes in a <code>minipage</code> environment are handled in a way that is particularly useful for putting footnotes in figures or tables. A <code>\footnote</code> or <code>\footnotetext</code> command puts the footnote at @@ -6454,8 +6584,8 @@ Footnotes appear at the bottom of the text ended by the next <para>This puts a table containing data side by side with a map graphic. They are vertically centered. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="329"><r>package</r>, <code>siunitx</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="330"><code>siunitx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="339"><r>package</r>, <code>siunitx</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="340"><code>siunitx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">% siunitx to have the S column specifier, @@ -6488,11 +6618,11 @@ are vertically centered. <node name="picture" spaces=" "><nodename>picture</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">quotation & quote</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">minipage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>picture</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="395" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>picture</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="396" mergedindex="cp"><code>picture</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="394" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>picture</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="395" mergedindex="cp"><code>picture</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="331">creating pictures</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="332">pictures, creating</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="341">creating pictures</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="342">pictures, creating</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses: </para><example endspaces=" "> @@ -6521,7 +6651,7 @@ covered in this document; see CTAN. </para> <para>To start, here&textrsquo;s an example showing the parallelogram law for adding vectors. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="397" mergedindex="cp">\unitlength</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="396" mergedindex="cp">\unitlength</indexterm></findex> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm} \begin{picture}(6,6) % picture box will be 6cm wide by 6cm tall @@ -6565,7 +6695,7 @@ the origin at the lower-left corner. If you then want to modify your picture by shifting everything, you can just add the appropriate optional argument. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="333">position, in picture</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="343">position, in picture</indexterm></cindex> <para>Each <var>picture command</var> tells &latex; where to put something by providing its position. A <dfn>position</dfn> is a pair such as <code>(2.4,-5)</code> giving the x- and y-coordinates. A <dfn>coordinate</dfn> is a not a length, @@ -6601,7 +6731,7 @@ often used is <code>\put</code>. This <para>places the object with its reference point at coordinates <math>(11.3,-0.3)</math>. The reference points for various objects will be described below. -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="398" mergedindex="cp">LR box</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="397" mergedindex="cp">LR box</indexterm></findex> The <code>\put</code> command creates an <dfn>LR box</dfn> (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>). Anything that can go in an <code>\mbox</code> (<pxref label="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox & \makebox</xrefnodename></pxref>) can go in the text argument of the <code>\put</code> command. The reference point @@ -6668,7 +6798,7 @@ page header to get repeat material on each of a document&textrsquo;s pages. <node name="_005cput" spaces=" "><nodename>\put</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\multiput</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\put</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="399" mergedindex="cp">\put</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="398" mergedindex="cp">\put</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6695,7 +6825,7 @@ text, at the bottom left of the <samp>A</samp>. <node name="_005cmultiput" spaces=" "><nodename>\multiput</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\qbezier</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\put</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\multiput</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="400" mergedindex="cp">\multiput</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="399" mergedindex="cp">\multiput</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6726,7 +6856,7 @@ text, at the bottom left of the <samp>A</samp>. <node name="_005cqbezier" spaces=" "><nodename>\qbezier</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\graphpaper</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\multiput</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\qbezier</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="401" mergedindex="cp">\qbezier</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="400" mergedindex="cp">\qbezier</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6778,7 +6908,7 @@ that curve. <node name="_005cgraphpaper" spaces=" "><nodename>\graphpaper</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\line</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\qbezier</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\graphpaper</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="402" mergedindex="cp">\graphpaper</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="401" mergedindex="cp">\graphpaper</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> <example endspaces=" "> @@ -6786,10 +6916,10 @@ that curve. \graphpaper[<var>spacing</var>](<var>x_init</var>,<var>y_init</var>)(<var>x_dimen</var>,<var>y_dimen</var>) </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="334"><r>package</r>, <code>graphpap</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="335"><code>graphpap</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="344"><r>package</r>, <code>graphpap</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="345"><code>graphpap</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<para>Draw a coordinate grid. Requires the <file>graphpap</file> package. +<para>Draw a coordinate grid. Requires the <code>graphpap</code> package. The grid&textrsquo;s origin is <code>(<var>x_init</var>,<var>y_init</var>)</code>. Grid lines come every <var>spacing</var> units (the default is 10). The grid extends <var>x_dimen</var> units to the right and <var>y_dimen</var> units up. @@ -6813,7 +6943,7 @@ All arguments must be positive integers. <node name="_005cline" spaces=" "><nodename>\line</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\linethickness</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\graphpaper</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\line</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="403" mergedindex="cp">\line</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="402" mergedindex="cp">\line</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6853,22 +6983,21 @@ then the line&textrsquo;s ending point has a second coordinate that is less than <para>If <var>travel</var> is negative then you get <code>LaTeX Error: Bad \line or \vector argument.</code> </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="336"><code>pict2e</code> package</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="337">graphics packages</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="338"><r>package</r>, <code>pict2e</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="339"><code>pict2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="346">graphics packages</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="347"><r>package</r>, <code>pict2e</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="348"><code>pict2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="340"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="341"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="349"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="350"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="342"><r>package</r>, <code>PSTricks</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="343"><code>PSTricks</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="351"><r>package</r>, <code>PSTricks</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="352"><code>PSTricks</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="344"><r>package</r>, <code>MetaPost</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="345"><code>MetaPost</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="353"><r>package</r>, <code>MetaPost</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="354"><code>MetaPost</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="346"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="347"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="355"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="356"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>Standard &latex; can only draw lines with a limited range of slopes because these lines are made by putting together line segments from @@ -6878,7 +7007,7 @@ relatively prime, so that <var>(x_run,y_rise)</var> can be (2,1) but not (4,2) (if you choose the latter then instead of lines you get sequences of arrowheads; the solution is to switch to the former). To get lines of arbitrary slope and plenty of other shapes in a system like -<code>picture</code>, see the package <file>pict2e</file> +<code>picture</code>, see the package <code>pict2e</code> (<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/pict2e</urefurl></url>). Another solution is to use a full-featured graphics system such as TikZ, PSTricks, MetaPost, or Asymptote. @@ -6888,7 +7017,7 @@ MetaPost, or Asymptote. <node name="_005clinethickness" spaces=" "><nodename>\linethickness</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thinlines</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\line</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\linethickness</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="404" mergedindex="cp">\linethickness</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="403" mergedindex="cp">\linethickness</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6900,14 +7029,14 @@ MetaPost, or Asymptote. picture to be <var>dim</var>, which must be a positive length (<pxref label="Lengths"><xrefnodename>Lengths</xrefnodename></pxref>). It differs from <code>\thinlines</code> and <code>\thicklines</code> in that it does not affect the thickness of slanted -lines, circles, or ovals. +lines, circles, or ovals (<pxref label="_005coval"><xrefnodename>\oval</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> </subsection> <node name="_005cthinlines" spaces=" "><nodename>\thinlines</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thicklines</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\linethickness</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thinlines</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="405" mergedindex="cp">\thinlines</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="404" mergedindex="cp">\thinlines</indexterm></findex> <para>Declaration to set the thickness of subsequent lines, circles, and ovals in a picture environment to be 0.4<dmn>pt</dmn>. This is the default @@ -6919,19 +7048,19 @@ changed with either <ref label="_005clinethickness"><xrefnodename>\linethickness <node name="_005cthicklines" spaces=" "><nodename>\thicklines</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\circle</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\thinlines</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thicklines</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="406" mergedindex="cp">\thicklines</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="405" mergedindex="cp">\thicklines</indexterm></findex> <para>Declaration to set the thickness of subsequent lines, circles, and ovals in a picture environment to be 0.8<dmn>pt</dmn>. See also <ref label="_005clinethickness"><xrefnodename>\linethickness</xrefnodename></ref> and <ref label="_005cthinlines"><xrefnodename>\thinlines</xrefnodename></ref>. This command is illustrated -in the Trapezoidal Rule example of <ref label="picture"><xrefnodename>picture</xrefnodename></ref>. +in the Trapezoidal Rule example of <ref label="_005cqbezier"><xrefnodename>\qbezier</xrefnodename></ref>. </para> </subsection> <node name="_005ccircle" spaces=" "><nodename>\circle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\oval</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\thicklines</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\circle</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="407" mergedindex="cp">\circle</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="406" mergedindex="cp">\circle</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6958,7 +7087,7 @@ integers from 1 to 15. <node name="_005coval" spaces=" "><nodename>\oval</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\shortstack</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\circle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\oval</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="408" mergedindex="cp">\oval</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="407" mergedindex="cp">\oval</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6967,9 +7096,10 @@ integers from 1 to 15. \oval(<var>width</var>,<var>height</var>)[<var>portion</var>] </pre></example> -<para>Produce a rectangle with rounded corners. The optional argument -<var>portion</var> allows you to produce only half or a quarter of the oval. -For half an oval take <var>portion</var> to be one of these. +<para>Produce a rectangle with rounded corners, hereinafter referred to as an +<dfn>oval</dfn>. The optional argument <var>portion</var> allows you to produce +only half or a quarter of the oval. For half an oval take <var>portion</var> +to be one of these. </para> <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">t</itemformat></item> @@ -6998,14 +7128,14 @@ top half. <para>These shapes are not ellipses. They are rectangles whose corners are made with quarter circles. These circles have a maximum radius of 20<dmn>pt</dmn> (<pxref label="_005ccircle"><xrefnodename>\circle</xrefnodename></pxref> for the sizes). Thus large ovals are just -boxes with a small amount of corner rounding. +frames with a small amount of corner rounding. </para> </subsection> <node name="_005cshortstack" spaces=" "><nodename>\shortstack</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vector</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\oval</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\shortstack</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="409" mergedindex="cp">\shortstack</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="408" mergedindex="cp">\shortstack</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7015,19 +7145,23 @@ boxes with a small amount of corner rounding. <para>Produce a vertical stack of objects. </para> -<para>This labels the <math>y</math> axis. +<para>This labels the <math>y</math> axis by writing the word <samp><math>y</math></samp> above +the word <samp>axis</samp>. </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\put(0,0){\vector(1,0){4}} % x axis -\put(0,0){\vector(0,1){2}} % y -\put(-0.25,2){\makebox[0][r]{\shortstack[r]{$y$\\ axis}}} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm} +\begin{picture}(5,2.5)(-0.75,0) + \put(0,0){\vector(1,0){4}} % x axis + \put(0,0){\vector(0,1){2}} % y + \put(-0.2,2){\makebox(0,0)[r]{\shortstack[r]{$y$\\ axis}}} +\end{picture} </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> <para>For a short stack, the reference point is the lower left of the stack. -In the above example the <ref label="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox & \makebox</xrefnodename></ref> puts the stack flush -right in a zero width box so in total the short stack sits slightly to -the left of the <math>y</math> axis. +In the above example the <code>\makebox</code> (<pxref label="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox & \makebox</xrefnodename></pxref>) puts +the stack flush right in a zero width box so in total the short stack +sits slightly to the left of the <math>y</math> axis. </para> <para>The valid positions are: </para> @@ -7040,14 +7174,16 @@ the left of the <math>y</math> axis. </tableterm><tableitem><para>Center objects (default) </para></tableitem></tableentry></table> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="410" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>\shortstack</code> objects)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="409" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>\shortstack</code> objects)</r></indexterm></findex> <para>Separate objects into lines with <code>\\</code>. These stacks are short in that, unlike in a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment, here the -rows are not spaced out to be of even heights. Thus, in +rows are not spaced out to be of even baseline skips. Thus, in <code>\shortstack{X\\o\\o\\X}</code> the first and last rows are taller than -the middle two. You can adjust row heights either by putting in the -usual interline spacing with <code>\shortstack{X\\ \strut o\\o\\X}</code>, -or by hand, via an explicit zero-width box <code>\shortstack{X \\ +the middle two, and therefore the baseline skip between the two middle +rows is smaller than that between the third and last row. You can +adjust row heights and depths either by putting in the usual interline +spacing with <code>\shortstack{X\\ \strut o\\o\\X}</code> (<pxref label="_005cstrut"><xrefnodename>\strut</xrefnodename></pxref>), +or explicitly, via an zero-width box <code>\shortstack{X \\ \rule{0pt}{12pt} o\\o\\X}</code> or by using <code>\\</code>&textrsquo;s optional argument <code>\shortstack{X\\[2pt] o\\o\\X}</code>. </para> @@ -7059,7 +7195,7 @@ argument <code>\shortstack{X\\[2pt] o\\o\\X}</code>. <node name="_005cvector" spaces=" "><nodename>\vector</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makebox (picture)</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\shortstack</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vector</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="411" mergedindex="cp">\vector</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="410" mergedindex="cp">\vector</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7088,7 +7224,7 @@ not (if you use the latter then you get a sequence of arrowheads). <node name="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\makebox (picture)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\framebox (picture)</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\vector</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\makebox</code> (picture)</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="412" mergedindex="cp">\makebox <r>(for <code>picture</code>)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="411" mergedindex="cp">\makebox <r>(for <code>picture</code>)</r></indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7137,7 +7273,7 @@ two of these letters. <node name="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\framebox (picture)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frame</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makebox (picture)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\framebox</code> (picture)</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="413" mergedindex="cp">\framebox</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="412" mergedindex="cp">\framebox</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7169,8 +7305,8 @@ the text in the center. <var>text</var>; see <ref label="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><xrefnodename>\makebox (picture)</xrefnodename></ref> for the values that it can take. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="414" mergedindex="cp">\fboxrule</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="415" mergedindex="cp">\fboxsep</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="413" mergedindex="cp">\fboxrule</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="414" mergedindex="cp">\fboxsep</indexterm></findex> <para>The rule has thickness <code>\fboxrule</code> and there is a blank space <code>\fboxsep</code> between the frame and the contents of the box. </para> @@ -7184,7 +7320,7 @@ determined in some other way then either use <code>\fbox</code> (<pxref label="_ <node name="_005cframe" spaces=" "><nodename>\frame</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\dashbox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\framebox (picture)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frame</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="416" mergedindex="cp">\frame</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="415" mergedindex="cp">\frame</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7202,7 +7338,7 @@ between the frame and the object. It is fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><x <node name="_005cdashbox" spaces=" "><nodename>\dashbox</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\frame</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\dashbox</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="417" mergedindex="cp">\dashbox</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="416" mergedindex="cp">\dashbox</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7243,18 +7379,18 @@ take. <node name="quotation-_0026-quote" spaces=" "><nodename>quotation & quote</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">tabbing</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">picture</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>quotation</code> & <code>quote</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="418" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quotation</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="419" mergedindex="cp"><code>quotation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="417" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quotation</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="418" mergedindex="cp"><code>quotation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="348">quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="349">displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="350">paragraph indentations in quoted text</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="420" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quote</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="421" mergedindex="cp"><code>quote</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="357">quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="358">displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="359">paragraph indentations in quoted text</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="419" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quote</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="420" mergedindex="cp"><code>quote</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="351">quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="352">displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="353">paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="360">quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="361">displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="362">paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7297,12 +7433,12 @@ between paragraphs (it is the rubber length <code>\parsep</code>). <!-- c xx TODO align on the French which is more precise and has more illustrative examples. --> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="422" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabbing</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="423" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabbing</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="421" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabbing</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="422" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabbing</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="354">tab stops, using</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="355">lining text up using tab stops</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="356">alignment via tabbing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="363">tab stops, using</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="364">lining text up using tab stops</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="365">alignment via tabbing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7350,14 +7486,14 @@ of a tabbed row. The right margin of the <code>tabbing</code> environment is the end of line, so that the width of the environment is <code>\linewidth</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="357">row, <r>tabbing</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="366">row, <r>tabbing</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>tabbing</code> environment contains a sequence of <dfn>tabbed rows</dfn>. The first tabbed row begins immediately after <code>\begin{tabbing}</code> and each row ends with <code>\\</code> or <code>\kill</code>. The last row may omit the <code>\\</code> and end with just <code>\end{tabbing}</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="358">pattern, current tab stops, <r>tabbing</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="367">pattern, current tab stops, <r>tabbing</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>At any point the <code>tabbing</code> environment has a <dfn>current tab stop pattern</dfn>, a sequence of <math><var>n</var> > 0</math> tab stops, numbered 0, 1, etc. These create <var>n</var> corresponding columns. Tab stop 0 is @@ -7375,37 +7511,37 @@ done in LR mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref> They are all fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="424" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="423" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>End a tabbed line and typeset it. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="425" mergedindex="cp">\= <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\= <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="424" mergedindex="cp">\= <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\= <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets a tab stop at the current position. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="426" mergedindex="cp">\> <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\> <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="427" mergedindex="cp">\></indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="425" mergedindex="cp">\> <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\> <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="426" mergedindex="cp">\></indexterm></findex> <para>Advances to the next tab stop. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="428" mergedindex="cp">\<</indexterm>\<</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="427" mergedindex="cp">\<</indexterm>\<</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Put following text to the left of the local margin (without changing the margin). Can only be used at the start of the line. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="429" mergedindex="cp">\+</indexterm>\+</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="428" mergedindex="cp">\+</indexterm>\+</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands one tab stop to the right, beginning tabbed line if necessary. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="430" mergedindex="cp">\-</indexterm>\-</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="429" mergedindex="cp">\-</indexterm>\-</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands one tab stop to the left, beginning tabbed line if necessary. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="431" mergedindex="cp">\' <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\' <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="430" mergedindex="cp">\' <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\' <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Moves everything that you have typed so far in the current column, i.e., everything from the most recent <code>\></code>, <code>\<</code>, <code>\'</code>, <code>\\</code>, or <code>\kill</code> command, to the previous column and aligned to the right, flush against the current column&textrsquo;s tab stop. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="432" mergedindex="cp">\` <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\` <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="431" mergedindex="cp">\` <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\` <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Allows you to put text flush right against any tab stop, including tab stop 0. However, it can&textrsquo;t move text to the right of the last column because there&textrsquo;s no tab stop there. The <code>\`</code> command moves @@ -7415,29 +7551,29 @@ of the <code>tabbing</code> environment. There must be no <code>\></code> or <code>\'</code> command between the <code>\`</code> and the <code>\\</code> or <code>\end{tabbing}</code> command that ends the line. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="433" mergedindex="cp">\a <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\a <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="434" mergedindex="cp">\a' <r>(acute accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="435" mergedindex="cp">\a` <r>(grave accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="436" mergedindex="cp">\a= <r>(macron accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="432" mergedindex="cp">\a <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\a <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="433" mergedindex="cp">\a' <r>(acute accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="434" mergedindex="cp">\a` <r>(grave accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="435" mergedindex="cp">\a= <r>(macron accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex> <para>In a <code>tabbing</code> environment, the commands <code>\=</code>, <code>\'</code> and <code>\`</code> do not produce accents as usual (<pxref label="Accents"><xrefnodename>Accents</xrefnodename></pxref>). Instead, use the commands <code>\a=</code>, <code>\a'</code> and <code>\a`</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="437" mergedindex="cp">\kill</indexterm>\kill</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="436" mergedindex="cp">\kill</indexterm>\kill</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets tab stops without producing text. Works just like <code>\\</code> except that it throws away the current line instead of producing output for it. Any <code>\=</code>, <code>\+</code> or <code>\-</code> commands in that line remain in effect. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="438" mergedindex="cp">\poptabs</indexterm>\poptabs</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="439" mergedindex="cp">\poptabs</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="437" mergedindex="cp">\poptabs</indexterm>\poptabs</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="438" mergedindex="cp">\poptabs</indexterm></findex> <para>Restores the tab stop positions saved by the last <code>\pushtabs</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="440" mergedindex="cp">\pushtabs</indexterm>\pushtabs</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="439" mergedindex="cp">\pushtabs</indexterm>\pushtabs</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful for temporarily changing tab stop positions in the middle of a <code>tabbing</code> environment. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="441" mergedindex="cp">\tabbingsep</indexterm>\tabbingsep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="440" mergedindex="cp">\tabbingsep</indexterm>\tabbingsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Distance of the text moved by <code>\'</code> to left of current tab stop. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> @@ -7469,15 +7605,15 @@ function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\ end; </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="359"><r>package</r>, <code>algorithm2e</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="360"><code>algorithm2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> - <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="361"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="362"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> - <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="363"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="364"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="368"><r>package</r>, <code>algorithm2e</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="369"><code>algorithm2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="370"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="371"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="372"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="373"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="365"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="366"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="374"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="375"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <noindent></noindent> <para>This example is just for illustration of the environment. To actually @@ -7491,11 +7627,11 @@ there are quite a few packages, including <code>algorithm2e</code>, <node name="table" spaces=" "><nodename>table</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">tabular</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">tabbing</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>table</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="442" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>table</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="443" mergedindex="cp"><code>table</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="441" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>table</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="442" mergedindex="cp"><code>table</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="367">tables, creating</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="368">creating tables</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="376">tables, creating</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="377">creating tables</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7538,11 +7674,12 @@ float placement algorithm, see <ref label="Floats"><xrefnodename>Floats</xrefnod </para> <para>The label is optional; it is used for cross references (<pxref label="Cross-references"><xrefnodename>Cross references</xrefnodename></pxref>). -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="444" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex> -The <code>\caption</code> command is also optional. It specifies caption text -<var>title</var> for the table. By default it is numbered. If its optional -<var>lottitle</var> is present then that text is used in the list of tables -instead of <var>title</var> (<pxref label="Table-of-contents-etc_002e"><xrefnodename>Table of contents etc.</xrefnodename></pxref>). +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="443" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex> +The <code>\caption</code> command is also optional. It specifies caption +text <var>title</var> for the table (<pxref label="_005ccaption"><xrefnodename>\caption</xrefnodename></pxref>). By default it is +numbered. If its optional <var>lottitle</var> is present then that text is +used in the list of tables instead of <var>title</var> (<pxref label="Table-of-contents-etc_002e"><xrefnodename>Table of +contents etc.</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>In this example the table and caption will float to the bottom of a page, unless it is pushed to a float page at the end. @@ -7565,11 +7702,11 @@ unless it is pushed to a float page at the end. <node name="tabular" spaces=" "><nodename>tabular</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">thebibliography</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">table</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>tabular</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="445" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabular</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="446" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabular</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="444" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabular</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="445" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabular</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="369">lines in tables</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="370">lining text up in tables</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="378">lines in tables</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="379">lining text up in tables</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7607,12 +7744,12 @@ illustrates many of the features. <para>The output will have two left-aligned columns with a vertical bar between them. This is specified in <code>tabular</code>&textrsquo;s argument <code>{l|l}</code>. -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="447" mergedindex="cp">& <r>for table cells</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="446" mergedindex="cp">& <r>for table cells</r></indexterm></findex> Put the entries into different columns by separating them with an ampersand, <code>&</code>. The end of each row is marked with a double backslash, <code>\\</code>. Put a horizontal rule below a row, after a double backslash, with <code>\hline</code>. -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="448" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>tabular</code></r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="447" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>tabular</code></r></indexterm></findex> After the last row the <code>\\</code> is optional, unless an <code>\hline</code> command follows to put a rule below the table. </para> @@ -7690,7 +7827,7 @@ arranged so the numbers in the table are aligned on it. \end{tabular} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="449" mergedindex="cp">\extracolsep</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="448" mergedindex="cp">\extracolsep</indexterm></findex> <para>An <code>\extracolsep{<var>wd</var>}</code> command in an &arobase;-expression causes an extra space of width <var>wd</var> to appear to the left of all subsequent columns, until countermanded by another <code>\extracolsep</code>. Unlike @@ -7749,25 +7886,25 @@ are likely to get the <code>Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in alignment <!-- c xx defaults, own node (xref from array)? --> </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="450" mergedindex="cp">\arrayrulewidth</indexterm>\arrayrulewidth</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="449" mergedindex="cp">\arrayrulewidth</indexterm>\arrayrulewidth</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="tabular-arrayrulewidth">tabular arrayrulewidth</anchor> <para>A length that is the thickness of the rule created by <code>|</code>, <code>\hline</code>, and <code>\vline</code> in the <code>tabular</code> and <code>array</code> environments. The default is <samp>.4pt</samp>. Change it as in <code>\setlength{\arrayrulewidth}{0.8pt}</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="451" mergedindex="cp">\arraystretch</indexterm>\arraystretch</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="450" mergedindex="cp">\arraystretch</indexterm>\arraystretch</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="tabular-arraystrech">tabular arraystrech</anchor> <para>A factor by which the spacing between rows in the <code>tabular</code> and <code>array</code> environments is multiplied. The default is <samp>1</samp>, for no scaling. Change it as <code>\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2}</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="452" mergedindex="cp">\doublerulesep</indexterm>\doublerulesep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="451" mergedindex="cp">\doublerulesep</indexterm>\doublerulesep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="tabular-doublerulesep">tabular doublerulesep</anchor> <para>A length that is the distance between the vertical rules produced by the <code>||</code> specifier. The default is <samp>2pt</samp>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="453" mergedindex="cp">\tabcolsep</indexterm>\tabcolsep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="452" mergedindex="cp">\tabcolsep</indexterm>\tabcolsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="tabular-tabcolsep">tabular tabcolsep</anchor> <para>A length that is half of the space between columns. The default is <samp>6pt</samp>. Change it with <code>\setlength</code>. @@ -7789,7 +7926,7 @@ lines: <node name="_005cmulticolumn" spaces=" "><nodename>\multicolumn</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vline</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\multicolumn</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="454" mergedindex="cp">\multicolumn</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="453" mergedindex="cp">\multicolumn</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7870,7 +8007,7 @@ range en-dash. <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{tabular}{l|r&arobase;{--}l} \multicolumn{1}{c}{\textsc{Period}} - &multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsc{Span}} \\ \hline + &\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsc{Span}} \\ \hline Baroque &1600 &1760 \\ Classical &1730 &1820 \\ Romantic &1780 &1910 \\ @@ -7889,7 +8026,7 @@ in the first row here. That&textrsquo;s because there is no vertical bar in the <node name="_005cvline" spaces=" "><nodename>\vline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\cline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\multicolumn</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vline</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="455" mergedindex="cp">\vline</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="454" mergedindex="cp">\vline</indexterm></findex> <para>Draw a vertical line in a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment extending the full height and depth of an entry&textrsquo;s row. Can also be used in an &arobase;-expression, although its synonym vertical @@ -7922,7 +8059,7 @@ the vertical line in that entry appears immediately next to the <node name="_005ccline" spaces=" "><nodename>\cline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\vline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\cline</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="456" mergedindex="cp">\cline</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="455" mergedindex="cp">\cline</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7952,7 +8089,7 @@ height. <node name="_005chline" spaces=" "><nodename>\hline</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\cline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hline</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="457" mergedindex="cp">\hline</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="456" mergedindex="cp">\hline</indexterm></findex> <para>Draw a horizontal line the width of the enclosing <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment. It&textrsquo;s most commonly used to draw a line at the @@ -7977,10 +8114,10 @@ is required. <node name="thebibliography" spaces=" "><nodename>thebibliography</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">theorem</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">tabular</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>thebibliography</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="458" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>thebibliography</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="459" mergedindex="cp"><code>thebibliography</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="457" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>thebibliography</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="458" mergedindex="cp"><code>thebibliography</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="371">bibliography, creating (manually)</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="380">bibliography, creating (manually)</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -8025,8 +8162,8 @@ as wide as the widest item label produced by the <code>\bibitem</code> commands. The tradition is to use <code>9</code> for bibliographies with less than 10 references, <code>99</code> for ones with less than 100, etc. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="460" mergedindex="cp">\bibname</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="461" mergedindex="cp">\refname</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="459" mergedindex="cp">\bibname</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="460" mergedindex="cp">\refname</indexterm></findex> <para>The bibliographic list is headed by a title such as <samp>Bibliography</samp>. To change it there are two cases. In the <file>book</file> and <file>report</file> classes, where the top level sectioning is <code>\chapter</code> and the @@ -8037,10 +8174,10 @@ title is in macro <code>\refname</code>. Change it by redefining the command, as with <code>\renewcommand{\refname}{Cited references}</code>, after <code>\begin{document}</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="372"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="373"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="381"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="382"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<para>Language support packages such as <file>babel</file> will automatically +<para>Language support packages such as <code>babel</code> will automatically redefine <code>\refname</code> or <code>\bibname</code> to fit the selected language. </para> @@ -8057,7 +8194,7 @@ language. <node name="_005cbibitem" spaces=" "><nodename>\bibitem</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\cite</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\bibitem</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="462" mergedindex="cp">\bibitem</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="461" mergedindex="cp">\bibitem</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -8074,7 +8211,7 @@ language. <para>Generate an entry labeled by default by a number generated using the <code>enumi</code> counter. The <dfn>citation key</dfn> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="374">citation key</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="383">citation key</indexterm></cindex> <var>cite_key</var> can be any string of letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols (but not comma). </para> @@ -8131,7 +8268,7 @@ recompiling. <node name="_005ccite" spaces=" "><nodename>\cite</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\nocite</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\bibitem</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\cite</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="463" mergedindex="cp">\cite</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="462" mergedindex="cp">\cite</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -8194,7 +8331,7 @@ the fix may be to run &latex; again. <node name="_005cnocite" spaces=" "><nodename>\nocite</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Using BibTeX</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\cite</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\nocite</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="464" mergedindex="cp">\nocite</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="463" mergedindex="cp">\nocite</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -8215,19 +8352,19 @@ have not explicitly cited them (<pxref label="_005ccite"><xrefnodename>\cite</xr <node name="Using-BibTeX" spaces=" "><nodename>Using BibTeX</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\nocite</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Using Bib&tex;</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="375">using Bib&tex;</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="376">bib&tex;, using</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="377">bibliography, creating (automatically)</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="465" mergedindex="cp">\bibliographystyle</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="466" mergedindex="cp">\bibliography</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="384">using Bib&tex;</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="385">bib&tex;, using</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="386">bibliography, creating (automatically)</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="464" mergedindex="cp">\bibliographystyle</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="465" mergedindex="cp">\bibliography</indexterm></findex> <para>As described in <code>thebibliography</code> (<pxref label="thebibliography"><xrefnodename>thebibliography</xrefnodename></pxref>), a sophisticated approach to managing bibliographies is provided by the Bib&tex; program. This is only an introduction; see the full documentation on CTAN (<pxref label="CTAN"><xrefnodename>CTAN</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<para>With Bib&tex;, you don&textrsquo;t use <code>thebibliography</code> -(<pxref label="thebibliography"><xrefnodename>thebibliography</xrefnodename></pxref>). Instead, include these lines. +<para>With Bib&tex;, you don&textrsquo;t use the <code>thebibliography</code> environment +directly (<pxref label="thebibliography"><xrefnodename>thebibliography</xrefnodename></pxref>). Instead, include these lines: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\bibliographystyle{<var>bibstyle</var>} @@ -8253,8 +8390,8 @@ Sort the bibliographic items alphabetically. </para></tableitem></tableentry></table> <noindent></noindent><para>Many, many other Bib&tex; style files exist, -tailored to the demands of various publications. See CTAN&textrsquo;s listing -<url><urefurl>https://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib</urefurl></url>. +tailored to the demands of various publications. See the CTAN topic +<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/topic/bibtex-sty</urefurl></url>. </para> <para>The <code>\bibliography</code> command is what actually produces the bibliography. Its argument is a comma-separated list, referring to @@ -8285,16 +8422,66 @@ can keep all your sources together in one file, or a small number of files, and rely on Bib&tex; to include in this document only those that you used. </para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="387"><samp>*</samp>, to <code>\nocite</code> all keys</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="466" mergedindex="cp">\nocite <r>{*}, for all keys</r></indexterm></findex> +<para>With Bib&tex;, the <var>keys</var> argument to <code>\nocite</code> can also be +the single character <samp>*</samp>. This means to implicitly cite all +entries from all given bibliographies. +</para> +<menu endspaces=" "> +<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::">Bib&tex; error messages</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve"> +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + +<node name="BibTeX-error-messages" spaces=" "><nodename>Bib&tex; error messages</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">Using BibTeX</nodeup></node> +<subsubsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Bib&tex; error messages</sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="388">Bib&tex; error messages</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="389">error messages, from Bib&tex;</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="467" mergedindex="cp">.aux <r>file and Bib&tex; commands</r></indexterm></findex> + +<para>If you forget to use <code>\bibliography</code> or <code>\bibliographystyle</code> +in your document (or, less likely, any <code>\cite</code> or <code>\nocite</code> +command), Bib&tex; will issue an error message. Because Bib&tex; +can be used with any program, not just &latex;, the error messages +refer to the internal commands read by Bib&tex; (from the <file>.aux</file> +file), rather than the user-level commands described above. +</para> +<para>Here is a table showing internal commands mentioned in the Bib&tex; +errors, and the corresponding user-level commands. +</para> +<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="468" mergedindex="cp">\bibdata</indexterm>\bibdata</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="469" mergedindex="cp">\bibliography <r>and internal <code>\bibdata</code></r></indexterm></findex> +<para><code>\bibliography</code> +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="470" mergedindex="cp">\bibstyle</indexterm>\bibstyle</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="471" mergedindex="cp">\bibliographystyle <r>and internal <code>\bibstyle</code></r></indexterm></findex> +<para><code>\bibliographystyle</code> +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="472" mergedindex="cp">\citation</indexterm>\citation</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="473" mergedindex="cp">\cite <r>and internal <code>\citation</code></r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="474" mergedindex="cp">\nocite <r>and internal <code>\citation</code></r></indexterm></findex> +<para><code>\cite</code>, <code>\nocite</code> +</para></tableitem></tableentry></ftable> + +<para>For example, if your document has no <code>\bibliographystyle</code> +command, Bib&tex; complains as follows: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">I found no \bibstyle command---while reading file <var>document</var>.aux +</pre></example> + +</subsubsection> </subsection> </section> <node name="theorem" spaces=" "><nodename>theorem</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">titlepage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>theorem</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="467" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>theorem</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="468" mergedindex="cp"><code>theorem</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="475" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>theorem</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="476" mergedindex="cp"><code>theorem</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="378">theorems, typesetting</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="390">theorems, typesetting</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -8322,11 +8509,11 @@ The next result follows immediately. \end{thm} </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="379"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="380"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="391"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="392"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="381"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="382"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="393"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="394"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>Most new documents use the packages <code>amsthm</code> and <code>amsmath</code> from the American Mathematical Society. Among other things these @@ -8338,11 +8525,11 @@ such as styling options. <node name="titlepage" spaces=" "><nodename>titlepage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">verbatim</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">theorem</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>titlepage</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="469" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>titlepage</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="470" mergedindex="cp"><code>titlepage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="477" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>titlepage</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="478" mergedindex="cp"><code>titlepage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="383">making a title page</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="384">title pages, creating</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="395">making a title page</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="396">title pages, creating</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -8389,14 +8576,14 @@ environment, use <code>\maketitle</code> (<pxref label="_005cmaketitle"><xrefnod <node name="verbatim" spaces=" "><nodename>verbatim</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">verse</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">titlepage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>verbatim</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="471" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verbatim</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="472" mergedindex="cp"><code>verbatim</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="479" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verbatim</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="480" mergedindex="cp"><code>verbatim</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="385">verbatim text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="386">simulating typed text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="387">typed text, simulating</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="388">code, typesetting</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="389">computer programs, typesetting</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="397">verbatim text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="398">simulating typed text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="399">typed text, simulating</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="400">code, typesetting</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="401">computer programs, typesetting</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -8422,8 +8609,8 @@ Symbol swearing: %&$#?&eosexcl;. <para>The only restriction on <code>literal-text</code> is that it cannot include the string <code>\end{verbatim}</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="390"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="391"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="402"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="403"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>You cannot use the verbatim environment in the argument to macros, for instance in the argument to a <code>\section</code>. This is not the same as @@ -8435,11 +8622,11 @@ already be converted to a token list along the catcode regime in effect when the macro was called. However, the <code>cprotect</code> package can help with this. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="392"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="393"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="404"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="405"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="394"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="395"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="406"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="407"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>One common use of verbatim input is to typeset computer code. There are packages that are an improvement the <code>verbatim</code> environment. For @@ -8447,11 +8634,11 @@ instance, one improvement is to allow the verbatim inclusion of external files, or parts of those files. Such packages include <code>listings</code>, and <code>minted</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="396"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="397"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="408"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="409"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="398"><r>package</r>, <code>verbatimbox</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="399"><code>verbatimbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="410"><r>package</r>, <code>verbatimbox</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="411"><code>verbatimbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>A package that provides many more options for verbatim environments is <code>fancyvrb</code>. Another is <code>verbatimbox</code>. @@ -8466,8 +8653,8 @@ and <code>minted</code>. <node name="_005cverb" spaces=" "><nodename>\verb</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">verbatim</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\verb</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="473" mergedindex="cp">\verb</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="400">verbatim text, inline</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="481" mergedindex="cp">\verb</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="412">verbatim text, inline</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -8500,7 +8687,7 @@ synopsis shows a space only to distinguish one component from the other). The delimiter must not appear in <var>literal-text</var>. The <var>literal-text</var> cannot include a line break. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="401">visible space</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="413">visible space</indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>*</code>-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a visible space character. <tex endspaces=" "> @@ -8513,24 +8700,24 @@ space character. <pre xml:space="preserve">The command's first argument is \verb*!filename with extension! and ... </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="402"><r>package</r>, <code>url</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="403"><code>url</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="414"><r>package</r>, <code>url</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="415"><code>url</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>For typesetting Internet addresses, urls, the package <code>url</code> is a better option than the <code>\verb</code> command, since it allows line breaks. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="404"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="405"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="416"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="417"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="406"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="407"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="418"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="419"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>For computer code there are many packages with advantages over -<code>\verb</code>. One is <file>listings</file>, another is <file>minted</file>. +<code>\verb</code>. One is <code>listings</code>, another is <code>minted</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="408"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="409"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="420"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="421"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>You cannot use <code>\verb</code> in the argument to a macro, for instance in the argument to a <code>\section</code>. It is not a question of <code>\verb</code> @@ -8547,10 +8734,10 @@ However, the <code>cprotect</code> package can help with this. <node name="verse" spaces=" "><nodename>verse</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">verbatim</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>verse</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="474" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verse</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="475" mergedindex="cp"><code>verse</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="482" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verse</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="483" mergedindex="cp"><code>verse</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="410">poetry, an environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="422">poetry, an environment for</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -8571,7 +8758,7 @@ However, the <code>cprotect</code> package can help with this. On the fair daughter of rich Capulet. </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="476" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>verse</code></r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="484" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>verse</code></r></indexterm></findex> <para>Separate the lines of each stanza with <code>\\</code>, and use one or more blank lines to separate the stanzas. </para> @@ -8599,8 +8786,8 @@ are not indented, and the text is not right-justified. <node name="Line-breaking" spaces=" "><nodename>Line breaking</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Page breaking</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Environments</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Line breaking</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="411">line breaking</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="412">breaking lines</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="423">line breaking</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="424">breaking lines</indexterm></cindex> <para>The first thing &latex; does when processing ordinary text is to translate your input file into a sequence of glyphs and spaces. To @@ -8615,6 +8802,23 @@ before taking a final pass through and considering line breaks (and page breaks). This differs from word processing, where you are formatting text as you input it. Putting these off until the end prevents a lot of fiddling with breaks that will change anyway. +<!-- c Alernative text proposed here: https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000803.html --> +<!-- c this text is that of the French version. --> +<ignore> +A common workflow with LaTeX is to get a final version of the document +content before taking a final pass through and considering line breaks +(and page breaks). Most people do not consider LaTeX as a word +processor, because it does not show the output instantly. However +differing the output encourages the user to put off until the end +formatting adjustments, and thus it prevents a lot of fiddling with +breaks that will change anyway. +@noindent +Differing the output has other advantages: it enables to make no +compromise about the typesetting, which ensures that what you see it +exactly what you get, and it also helps authors concentrate their mind +on either writing or reading rather than distract it by doing both a the +same time. +</ignore> </para> <menu endspaces=" "> <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\\</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Start a new line. @@ -8631,9 +8835,9 @@ fiddling with breaks that will change anyway. <node name="_005c_005c" spaces=" "><nodename>\\</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\obeycr & \restorecr</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\\</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="477" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>force line break</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="413">new line, starting</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="414">line break, forcing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="485" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>force line break</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="425">new line, starting</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="426">line break, forcing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -8656,14 +8860,15 @@ rubber length (<pxref label="Lengths"><xrefnodename>Lengths</xrefnodename></pxre the line break is set at its normal length, that is, it is not stretched to fill out the line width. This command is fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<para>The starred form, <code>\\*</code>, tells &latex; not to start a new page -between the two lines, by issuing a <code>\nobreak</code>. -</para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\title{My story: \\[0.25in] a tale of woe} </pre></example> +<noindent></noindent> +<para>The starred form, <code>\\*</code>, tells &latex; not to start a new page +between the two lines, by issuing a <code>\nobreak</code>. +</para> <para>Explicit line breaks in the main text body are unusual in &latex;. In particular, don&textrsquo;t start new paragraphs with <code>\\</code>. Instead leave a blank line between the two paragraphs. And don&textrsquo;t put in a sequence of @@ -8715,9 +8920,9 @@ something like this. <node name="_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr" spaces=" "><nodename>\obeycr & \restorecr</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\\</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\obeycr</code> & <code>\restorecr</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="478" mergedindex="cp">\obeycr</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="479" mergedindex="cp">\restorecr</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="415">new line, output as input</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="486" mergedindex="cp">\obeycr</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="487" mergedindex="cp">\restorecr</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="427">new line, output as input</indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>\obeycr</code> command makes a return in the input file (<samp>^^M</samp>, internally) the same as <code>\\</code>, followed by <code>\relax</code>. So each @@ -8767,13 +8972,13 @@ fff ggg <node name="_005cnewline" spaces=" "><nodename>\newline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\- (hyphenation)</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\obeycr & \restorecr</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newline</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="480" mergedindex="cp">\newline</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="416">new line, starting (paragraph mode)</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="488" mergedindex="cp">\newline</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="428">new line, starting (paragraph mode)</indexterm></cindex> <para>In ordinary text, this ends a line in a way that does not right-justify -the line, so the prior text is not stretched. That is, in paragraph mode -(<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>), the <code>\newline</code> command is equivalent to -double-backslash (<pxref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></pxref>). This command is fragile +it, so the text before the end of line is not stretched. That is, in +paragraph mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>), the <code>\newline</code> command is +equivalent to double-backslash (<pxref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></pxref>). This command is fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>However, the two commands are different inside a <code>tabular</code> or @@ -8787,7 +8992,7 @@ equivalent <code>\tabularnewline</code>. single cell of the table. </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{tabular}{p{1in}{\hspace{2in}}p{1in}} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{tabular}{p{1in}&arobase;{\hspace{2in}}p{1in}} Name: \newline Address: &Date: \\ \hline \end{tabular} </pre></example> @@ -8800,13 +9005,14 @@ single cell of the table. <node name="_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\- (hyphenation)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\discretionary</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="481" mergedindex="cp">\- <r>(hyphenation)</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="417">hyphenation, forcing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="489" mergedindex="cp">\- <r>(hyphenation)</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="429">hyphenation, forcing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Tell &latex; that it may hyphenate the word at that point. When you insert <code>\-</code> commands in a word, the word will only be hyphenated at -those points and not at any of the hyphenation points that &latex; -might otherwise have chosen. This command is robust (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). +those points and not at any of the other hyphenation points that +&latex; might otherwise have chosen. This command is robust +(<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>&latex; is good at hyphenating and usually finds most of the correct hyphenation points, while almost never using an incorrect one. The @@ -8833,17 +9039,17 @@ in unacceptably large spaces to set the narrow column. better fit. </para> <para>The <code>\-</code> command only allows &latex; to break there, it does not -require that it break there. You can insist on a split with something -like <code>Hef-\linebreak feron</code>. Of course, if you later change the -text then this forced break may look very odd, so this approach requires +require that it break there. You can force a split with something like +<code>Hef-\linebreak feron</code>. Of course, if you later change the text +then this forced break may look very odd, so this approach requires care. </para> </section> <node name="_005cdiscretionary" spaces=" "><nodename>\discretionary</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\fussy & \sloppy</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\- (hyphenation)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="418">hyphenation, discretionary</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="419">discretionary hyphenation</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="430">hyphenation, discretionary</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="431">discretionary hyphenation</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -8857,10 +9063,10 @@ care. <para>If a line break occurs at the point where <code>\discretionary</code> appears then &tex; puts <var>pre-break</var> at the end of the current line and puts <var>post-break</var> at the start of the next line. If there is no line -break here then &tex; puts <var>no-break</var> +break here then &tex; puts <var>no-break</var>. </para> <para>In <samp>difficult</samp> the three letters <code>ffi</code> form a ligature. But -&tex; can nonetheless break between the two f&textrsquo;s with this. +&tex; can nonetheless break between the two <samp>f</samp>&textrsquo;s with this. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">di\discretionary{f-}{fi}{ffi}cult @@ -8869,14 +9075,55 @@ break here then &tex; puts <var>no-break</var> <para>Note that users do not have to do this. It is typically handled automatically by &tex;&textrsquo;s hyphenation algorithm. </para> +<!-- c xxx TODO, complete this node, see LaTeX-fr (copied & pasted below, --> +<!-- c with accented letter escaped) --> + +<ignore> +@c Les arguments de @code{\discretionary} ne peuvent contenir que des +@c caract@`eres, des bo@^{@dotless{i}}tes ou des cr@'enages. +@c +@c La commande @code{\discretionary} permet de contr@^oler +@c finement la c@'esure dans les cas o@`u ne suffisent ni le contr@^ole standard +@c de la c@'esure fait l'algorithme de c@'esure de @TeX{} et les r@`egles de +@c c@'esures donn@'ees par les paquetages de gestion linguistiques, ni les +@c moyens de contr@^ole explicites offerts par les commandes +@c @code{\hyphenation} (@pxref{\hyphenation}) et @code{\-} (@pxref{\- +@c (hyphenation),\- (c@'esure @`a gr@'e)}). +@c +@c L'usage typique de @code{\discretionary} est par exemple de contr@^oler la +@c c@'esure au sein d'une formule math@'ematique en mode ligne (voir aussi +@c @ref{Math miscellany,Miscellan@'ees math@'ematique (entr@'ee \*)}). Ci-dessous +@c un exemple de contr@^ole de la c@'esure au sein d'une adresse r@'eticulaire, +@c o@`u l'on autorise la c@'esure sur les obliques mais en utilisant une +@c contr'oblique violette en lieu de trait d'union@tie{}: +@c +@c @example +@c \documentclass@{article@} +@c \usepackage[T1]@{fontenc@} +@c \usepackage[utf8]@{inputenc@} +@c \usepackage@{xcolor@} +@c \usepackage@{hyperref@} +@c \usepackage@{french@} +@c \newcommand*\DiscrSlash@{\discretionary@{\mbox@{\textcolor +@c @{purple@}@{\textbackslash@}@}@}@{/@}@{/@}@} +@c \begin@{document@} +@c Allez donc @`a \href@{http://une/tr\%c3\%A8s/tr\%c3\%A8s/longue% +@c /mais/vraiment/tr\%c3\%A8s/longue/adresse/r\%C3\%A9ticulaire% +@c /index.html@}@{http://une\DiscrSlash tr@`es\DiscrSlash tr@`es\DiscrSlash +@c longue\DiscrSlash mais\DiscrSlash vraiment\DiscrSlash +@c tr@`es\DiscrSlash longue\DiscrSlash adresse\DiscrSlash +@c r@'eticulaire\DiscrSlash index.html@} +@c \end@{document@} +@c @end example +</ignore> </section> <node name="_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy" spaces=" "><nodename>\fussy & \sloppy</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hyphenation</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\discretionary</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\fussy</code> & <code>\sloppy</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="482" mergedindex="cp">\fussy</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="483" mergedindex="cp">\sloppy</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="420">line breaks, changing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="490" mergedindex="cp">\fussy</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="491" mergedindex="cp">\sloppy</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="432">line breaks, changing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Declarations to make &tex; more picky or less picky about line breaking. Declaring <code>\fussy</code> usually avoids too much space between @@ -8885,10 +9132,10 @@ words, at the cost of an occasional overfull box. Conversely, spacing. </para> <para>The default is <code>\fussy</code>. Line breaking in a paragraph is -controlled by whichever declaration is current at the blank line, or -<code>\par</code>, or displayed equation ending that paragraph. So to affect -the line breaks, include that paragraph-ending material in the scope of -the command. +controlled by whichever declaration is current at the end of the +paragraph, i.e., at the blank line or <code>\par</code> or displayed +equation ending that paragraph. So to affect the line breaks, include +that paragraph-ending material in the scope of the command. </para> <menu endspaces=" "> <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">sloppypar</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Environment version of \sloppy command. @@ -8898,8 +9145,10 @@ the command. <node name="sloppypar" spaces=" "><nodename>sloppypar</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">\fussy & \sloppy</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>sloppypar</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="484" mergedindex="cp">sloppypar</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="421">sloppypar environment</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="492" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>sloppypar</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="493" mergedindex="cp"><code>sloppypar</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="433">sloppypar environment</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -8936,8 +9185,8 @@ the command. <node name="_005chyphenation" spaces=" "><nodename>\hyphenation</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\linebreak & \nolinebreak</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\fussy & \sloppy</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hyphenation</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="485" mergedindex="cp">\hyphenation</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="422">hyphenation, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="494" mergedindex="cp">\hyphenation</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="434">hyphenation, defining</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -8956,17 +9205,22 @@ hyphenation with a dash character, <code>-</code>. </pre></example> <para>Use lowercase letters. &tex; will only hyphenate if the word matches -exactly. Multiple <code>\hyphenation</code> commands accumulate. +exactly, no inflections are tried. Multiple <code>\hyphenation</code> +commands accumulate. </para> +<!-- c xx Re-align on LaTeX-fr which also mentions fontenc, and that --> +<!-- c babel/polyglossia already load hyphenation patterns, and you have to --> +<!-- c declare only non existing words. --> + </section> <node name="_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak" spaces=" "><nodename>\linebreak & \nolinebreak</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\hyphenation</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\linebreak</code> & <code>\nolinebreak</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="486" mergedindex="cp">\linebreak</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="487" mergedindex="cp">\nolinebreak</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="423">line breaks, forcing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="424">line breaks, preventing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="495" mergedindex="cp">\linebreak</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="496" mergedindex="cp">\nolinebreak</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="435">line breaks, forcing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="436">line breaks, preventing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses, one of: </para> @@ -8984,12 +9238,12 @@ exactly. Multiple <code>\hyphenation</code> commands accumulate. </pre></example> <para>Encourage or discourage a line break. The optional <var>zero-to-four</var> -is an integer that allows you to soften the instruction. The default is -4, so that without the optional argument these commands entirely force -or prevent the break. But for instance, <code>\nolinebreak[1]</code> is a -suggestion that another place may be better. The higher the number, the -more insistent the request. Both commands are fragile -(<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). +is an integer lying between 0 and 4 that allows you to soften the +instruction. The default is 4, so that without the optional argument +these commands entirely force or prevent the break. But for instance, +<code>\nolinebreak[1]</code> is a suggestion that another place may be better. +The higher the number, the more insistent the request. Both commands +are fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>Here we tell &latex; that a good place to put a linebreak is after the standard legal text. @@ -9001,18 +9255,17 @@ underrepresented groups. </pre></example> <para>When you issue <code>\linebreak</code>, the spaces in the line are stretched -out so that it extends to the right margin. <xref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></xref> +out so that the break point reaches the right margin. <xref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></xref> and <ref label="_005cnewline"><xrefnodename>\newline</xrefnodename></ref>, to have the spaces not stretched out. </para> - </section> </chapter> <node name="Page-breaking" spaces=" "><nodename>Page breaking</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Page breaking</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="425">page breaking</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="426">breaking pages</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="437">page breaking</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="438">breaking pages</indexterm></cindex> <para>Ordinarily &latex; automatically takes care of breaking output into pages with its usual aplomb. But if you are writing commands, or @@ -9055,11 +9308,11 @@ influence page breaks while preparing a final version of a document. <node name="_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage" spaces=" "><nodename>\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newpage</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\clearpage</code> & <code>\cleardoublepage</code> </sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="488" mergedindex="cp">\clearpage</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="427">flushing floats and starting a page</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="428">starting a new page and clearing floats</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="489" mergedindex="cp">\cleardoublepage</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="429">starting on a right-hand page</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="497" mergedindex="cp">\clearpage</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="439">flushing floats and starting a page</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="440">starting a new page and clearing floats</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="498" mergedindex="cp">\cleardoublepage</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="441">starting on a right-hand page</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -9114,9 +9367,9 @@ two-column mode then <code>\newpage</code> ends the current column while <node name="_005cnewpage" spaces=" "><nodename>\newpage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\enlargethispage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newpage</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="490" mergedindex="cp">\newpage</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="430">new page, starting</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="431">starting a new page</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="499" mergedindex="cp">\newpage</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="442">new page, starting</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="443">starting a new page</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -9159,8 +9412,8 @@ stretch out the page, as <code>\pagebreak</code> does. <node name="_005cenlargethispage" spaces=" "><nodename>\enlargethispage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newpage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\enlargethispage</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="491" mergedindex="cp">\enlargethispage</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="432">enlarge current page</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="500" mergedindex="cp">\enlargethispage</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="444">enlarge current page</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -9193,10 +9446,10 @@ explicit <code>\pagebreak</code>. <node name="_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak" spaces=" "><nodename>\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\enlargethispage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagebreak</code> & <code>\nopagebreak</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="492" mergedindex="cp">\pagebreak</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="493" mergedindex="cp">\nopagebreak</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="433">page break, forcing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="434">page break, preventing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="501" mergedindex="cp">\pagebreak</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="502" mergedindex="cp">\nopagebreak</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="445">page break, forcing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="446">page break, preventing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses: </para> @@ -9246,13 +9499,21 @@ this can cause you to get <samp>Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has occurred while \output is active</samp>. <xref label="_005cnewpage"><xrefnodename>\newpage</xrefnodename></xref>, for a command that does not have these effects. </para> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="503" mergedindex="cp">\samepage</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="504" mergedindex="cp">samepage <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<para>(There is an obsolete declaration <code>\samepage</code>, which tries to only +allow a break between two paragraphs. There is a related environment +<code>samepage</code>, also obsolete. Neither of these work reliably. For +more on keeping material on the same page, see the FAQ entry +<url><urefurl>https://texfaq.org/FAQ-nopagebrk</urefurl></url>.) +</para> </section> </chapter> <node name="Footnotes" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Definitions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="435">footnotes, creating</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="447">footnotes, creating</indexterm></cindex> <para>Place a footnote at the bottom of the current page, as here. </para> @@ -9286,7 +9547,7 @@ include a bibliographic style with that behavior (<pxref label="Using-BibTeX"><x <node name="_005cfootnote" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnote</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\footnotemark</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnote</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="494" mergedindex="cp">\footnote</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="505" mergedindex="cp">\footnote</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -9310,9 +9571,9 @@ include a bibliographic style with that behavior (<pxref label="Using-BibTeX"><x the footnote. If you use this then &latex; does not increment the <code>footnote</code> counter. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="436">footnotes, symbols instead of numbers</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="495" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol<r>, and footnotes</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="496" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;fnsymbol</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="448">footnotes, symbols instead of numbers</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="506" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol<r>, and footnotes</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="507" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;fnsymbol</indexterm></findex> <para>By default, &latex; uses arabic numbers as footnote markers. Change this with something like <code>\renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}</code>, which @@ -9323,11 +9584,11 @@ you make the change local then you may want to reset the counter with </para> <para>&latex; determines the spacing of footnotes with two parameters. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="437">footnote parameters</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="438">parameters, for footnotes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="449">footnote parameters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="450">parameters, for footnotes</indexterm></cindex> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="497" mergedindex="cp">\footnoterule</indexterm>\footnoterule</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="508" mergedindex="cp">\footnoterule</indexterm>\footnoterule</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="footnote-footnoterule">footnote footnoterule</anchor> <para>Produces the rule separating the main text on a page from the page&textrsquo;s footnotes. Default dimensions in the standard document classes (except @@ -9343,8 +9604,9 @@ Change the rule with something like this. \kern 2pt} % and this 2 </pre></example> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="498" mergedindex="cp">\footnotesep</indexterm>\footnotesep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="509" mergedindex="cp">\footnotesep</indexterm>\footnotesep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="footnote-footnotesep">footnote footnotesep</anchor> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="451">strut</indexterm></cindex> <para>The height of the strut placed at the beginning of the footnote (<pxref label="_005cstrut"><xrefnodename>\strut</xrefnodename></pxref>). By default, this is set to the normal strut for <code>\footnotesize</code> fonts (<pxref label="Font-sizes"><xrefnodename>Font sizes</xrefnodename></pxref>), therefore there is no @@ -9362,8 +9624,8 @@ sectioning command such as <code>\chapter</code> (it can only be used in outer paragraph mode; <pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>). There are some workarounds; see following sections. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="439">footnotes, in a minipage</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="440">mpfootnote counter</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="452">footnotes, in a minipage</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="453">mpfootnote counter</indexterm></cindex> <para>In a <code>minipage</code> environment the <code>\footnote</code> command uses the <code>mpfootnote</code> counter instead of the <code>footnote</code> counter, so they are numbered independently. They are shown at the bottom of the @@ -9375,7 +9637,7 @@ shown alphabetically. <xref label="minipage"><xrefnodename>minipage</xrefnodenam <node name="_005cfootnotemark" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnotemark</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\footnotetext</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnote</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnotemark</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="499" mergedindex="cp">\footnotemark</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="510" mergedindex="cp">\footnotemark</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -9391,9 +9653,9 @@ footnote mark. This command can be used in inner paragraph mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>If you use <code>\footnotemark</code> without the optional argument then it -increments the footnote counter but if you use the optional <var>number</var> -then it does not. The next example produces several consecutive footnote -markers referring to the same footnote. +increments the <code>footnote</code> counter, but if you use the optional +<var>number</var> then it does not. The next example produces several +consecutive footnote markers referring to the same footnote. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">The first theorem\footnote{Due to Gauss.} @@ -9401,10 +9663,11 @@ and the second theorem\footnotemark[\value{footnote}] and the third theorem.\footnotemark[\value{footnote}] </pre></example> -<para>If there are intervening footnotes then you must remember the value of the -common mark. This example gives the same institutional affiliation to -both the first and third authors (<code>\thanks</code> is a version of -<code>footnote</code>), by-hand giving the number of the footnote. +<para>If there are intervening footnotes then you must remember the value of +the number of the common mark. This example gives the same +institutional affiliation to both the first and third authors +(<code>\thanks</code> is a version of <code>\footnote</code>), by-hand giving the +number of the footnote. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\title{A Treatise on the Binomial Theorem} @@ -9428,13 +9691,13 @@ Illogical persons are despised.\footnotemark[\value{footnoteValueSaver&rb Therefore, anyone who can manage a crocodile is not a baby. </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="441"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="442"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="454"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="455"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="443"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="444"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="456"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="457"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<para>This example accomplishes the same by using the package <file>cleveref</file>. +<para>This example accomplishes the same by using the package <code>cleveref</code>. </para> <!-- c from SE user Jake http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/10116/339 --> <example endspaces=" "> @@ -9446,17 +9709,17 @@ The corollary is from Chance.\footnote{Evers, Chance, 1990.} But the key lemma is from Tinker.\cref{fn:TE} </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="445"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="446"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="458"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="459"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<para>It will work with the package <file>hyperref</file>. +<para>It will work with the package <code>hyperref</code>. </para> </section> <node name="_005cfootnotetext" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnotetext</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes in section headings</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnotemark</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnotetext</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="500" mergedindex="cp">\footnotetext</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="511" mergedindex="cp">\footnotetext</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -9479,8 +9742,8 @@ examples. <node name="Footnotes-in-section-headings" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes in section headings</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes in a table</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnotetext</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes in section headings</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="447">footnote, in section headings</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="448">table of contents, avoiding footnotes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="460">footnote, in section headings</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="461">table of contents, avoiding footnotes</indexterm></cindex> <para>Putting a footnote in a section heading, as in: </para> @@ -9509,7 +9772,7 @@ what gets moved to the table of contents is the optional argument. <node name="Footnotes-in-a-table" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes in a table</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes of footnotes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes in section headings</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes in a table</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="449">footnote, in a table</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="462">footnote, in a table</indexterm></cindex> <para>Inside a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment the <code>\footnote</code> command does not work; there is a footnote mark in the table cell but @@ -9525,7 +9788,7 @@ the footnote text does not appear. The solution is to use a \textit{HMS Polychrest} &Post Captain \\ \textit{HMS Lively} &Post Captain \\ \textit{HMS Surprise} &A number of books\footnote{% - Starting with HMS Surprise.} + Starting with \textit{HMS Surprise}.} \end{tabular} \end{minipage} \end{center} @@ -9562,8 +9825,11 @@ part of the regular footnote sequence, use the <code>\footnotemark</code> and \end{center} </pre></example> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="463"><r>package</r>, <code>tablefootnote</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="464"><code>tablefootnote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + <para>For a floating <code>table</code> environment (<pxref label="table"><xrefnodename>table</xrefnodename></pxref>), use the -<file>tablefootnote</file> package. +<code>tablefootnote</code> package. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage{tablefootnote} % in preamble @@ -9590,14 +9856,14 @@ other footnotes. <node name="Footnotes-of-footnotes" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes of footnotes</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes in a table</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes of footnotes</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="450">footnote, of a footnote</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="465">footnote, of a footnote</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="451"><r>package</r>, <code>bigfoot</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="452"><code>bigfoot</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="466"><r>package</r>, <code>bigfoot</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="467"><code>bigfoot</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>Particularly in the humanities, authors can have multiple classes of footnotes, including having footnotes of footnotes. The package -<file>bigfoot</file> extends &latex;&textrsquo;s default footnote mechanism in many +<code>bigfoot</code> extends &latex;&textrsquo;s default footnote mechanism in many ways, including allow these two, as in this example. </para> <example endspaces=" "> @@ -9607,7 +9873,7 @@ ways, including allow these two, as in this example. ... The third theorem is a partial converse of the second.\footnotefrom{% - First noted in Wilson.\footnote{Second edition only.}} + Noted in Wilson.\footnote{Second edition only.}} </pre></example> @@ -9616,7 +9882,7 @@ second.\footnotefrom{% <node name="Definitions" spaces=" "><nodename>Definitions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Counters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Definitions</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="453">definitions</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="468">definitions</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; has support for making new commands of many different kinds. </para> @@ -9640,11 +9906,11 @@ second.\footnotefrom{% <node name="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand" spaces=" "><nodename>\newcommand & \renewcommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\providecommand</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newcommand</code> & <code>\renewcommand</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="501" mergedindex="cp">\newcommand</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="454">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="455">commands, redefining</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="456">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="457">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="512" mergedindex="cp">\newcommand</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="469">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="470">commands, redefining</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="471">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="472">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses, one of: </para> @@ -9672,9 +9938,9 @@ second.\footnotefrom{% <para>Define or redefine a command (see also the discussion of <code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code> in <ref label="Class-and-package-commands"><xrefnodename>Class and package commands</xrefnodename></ref>). </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="458">starred form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="459">*-form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="502" mergedindex="cp">\long</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="473">starred form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="474">*-form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="513" mergedindex="cp">\long</indexterm></findex> <para>The starred form of these two forbids the arguments from containing multiple paragraphs of text (in plain &tex; terms, the commands are not <code>\long</code>). With the default form, arguments can be @@ -9685,8 +9951,8 @@ multiple paragraphs. <table commandarg="var" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">cmd</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem> -<para>Required; the command name. It must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>, -and must not begin with the four letter string <code>\end</code>. For +<para>Required; <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is the command name. It must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>, +and must not begin with the four character string <code>\end</code>. For <code>\newcommand</code>, it must not be already defined. For <code>\renewcommand</code>, this name must already be defined. </para> @@ -9703,7 +9969,7 @@ different number of arguments than the old version. (which may be the empty string). If <var>optargsdefault</var> is not present then <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> does not take an optional argument. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="460">positional parameter</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="475">positional parameter</indexterm></cindex> <para>That is, if <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is used with square brackets, as in <code>\<var>cmd</var>[<var>optval</var>]{...}...</code>, then within <var>defn</var> the parameter <code>#1</code> is set to the value of <var>optval</var>. On the @@ -9726,10 +9992,11 @@ argument and you don&textrsquo;t exercise the option). </para> </tableitem></tableentry></table> -<para>&tex; ignores spaces in the source following an alphabetic control -sequence, as in <samp>\cmd </samp>. If you actually want a space there, one -solution is to type <code>{}</code> after the command (<samp>\cmd{} </samp>, and -another solution is to use an explicit control space (<samp>\cmd\ </samp>). +<para>&tex; ignores blanks in the source following a control word +(<pxref label="Control-sequences"><xrefnodename>Control sequences</xrefnodename></pxref>), as in <samp>\cmd </samp>. If you actually want a +space there, one solution is to type <code>{}</code> after the command +(<samp>\cmd{} </samp>, and another solution is to use an explicit control +space (<samp>\cmd\ </samp>). </para> <para>A simple example of defining a new command: <code>\newcommand{\RS}{Robin Smith}</code> results in <code>\RS</code> being @@ -9742,8 +10009,8 @@ defined. Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual</samp>. If you try to redefine a command and the name has not yet been used then you get something like <samp>LaTeX Error: \hank undefined</samp>. </para> -<para>Here the first command definition has no arguments, and the second has -one required argument. +<para>Here the first definition creates a command with no arguments, and the +second, one with one required argument. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand{\student}{Ms~O'Leary} @@ -9752,7 +10019,7 @@ one required argument. <noindent></noindent> <para>Use the first as in <code>I highly recommend \student{} to you</code>. The -second has a variable, so that <code>\defref{def:basis}</code> expands to +second has a variable argument, so that <code>\defref{def:basis}</code> expands to <code>Definition~\ref{def:basis}</code>, which ultimately expands to something like <samp>Definition~3.14</samp>. </para> @@ -9799,25 +10066,67 @@ with <code>\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{\it #1}</code>, is to put another pair of braces inside the definition: <code>\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{{\it #1}}</code>. </para> +<menu endspaces=" "> +<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Control sequences</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Control sequence, control word and control symbol. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + +<node name="Control-sequences" spaces=" "><nodename>Control sequences</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">\newcommand & \renewcommand</nodeup></node> +<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Control sequence, control word and control symbol</sectiontitle> +<para>When reading input &tex; converts the sequences of read characters into +a sequence of <dfn>tokens</dfn>. When &tex; sees a backslash <code>\</code>, it +will handle the following characters in a special way in order to make a +<dfn>control sequence</dfn> token. +</para> +<para>The control sequences fall into two categories: +</para> +<itemize commandarg="bullet" endspaces=" "><itemprepend>•</itemprepend> +<listitem><prepend>•</prepend> +<para><dfn>control word</dfn>, when the control sequence is gathered from a +<code>\</code> followed by at least one ASCII letter, followed by at least one +blank. The sequence of at least one ASCII letter is called the +<dfn>control sequence name</dfn>. +</para></listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend> +<para><dfn>control symbol</dfn>, when the control sequence is gathered from a +<code>\</code> followed by one non-letter character. +</para></listitem></itemize> + +<para>Blanks after a control word are ignored and do not produce any +whitespace in the output (<pxref label="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand & \renewcommand</xrefnodename></pxref> and +<ref label="_005c_0028SPACE_0029"><xrefnodename>\(SPACE)</xrefnodename></ref>). +</para> +<para>Just as the <code>\relax</code> command does nothing, the following will print +<samp>Hello!</samp><inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>tex</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt>: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">Hel\relax<w> </w><w> </w><w> </w> +<w> </w><w> </w><w> </w>lo! +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>This is because blanks after <code>\relax</code>, including the newline are +ignored, and blanks at the beginning of a line are also ignored +(<pxref label="Leading-blanks"><xrefnodename>Leading blanks</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +</subsection> </section> <node name="_005cprovidecommand" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\providecommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makeatletter & \makeatother</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newcommand & \renewcommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\providecommand</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="503" mergedindex="cp">\providecommand</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="461">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="462">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="463">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="514" mergedindex="cp">\providecommand</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="476">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="477">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="478">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses, one of: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\providecommand{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>defn</var>} -\providecommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>defn</var>} -\providecommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} -\providecommand*{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>defn</var>} -\providecommand*{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>defn</var>} -\providecommand*{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\providecommand{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>defn</var>} +\providecommand{\<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>defn</var>} +\providecommand{\<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} +\providecommand*{\<var>cmd</var>}{<var>defn</var>} +\providecommand*{\<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>defn</var>} +\providecommand*{\<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} </pre></example> <para>Defines a command, as long as no command of this name already exists. @@ -9831,8 +10140,8 @@ that may be loaded more than once, such as a style file. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Saint Michael's College} -\providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Saint Michael's College} ->From \myaffiliation. +\providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Lyc\'ee Henri IV} +From \myaffiliation. </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> @@ -9859,9 +10168,9 @@ letter, code 11. The <code>\makeatother</code> declaration sets the category code of the at-sign to code 12, its default value. </para> <para>As &tex; reads characters, it assigns each one a category code, or -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="464">catcode</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="465">character category code</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="466">category code, character</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="479">catcode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="480">character category code</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="481">category code, character</indexterm></cindex> <dfn>catcode</dfn>. For instance, it assigns the backslash character <samp><code>\</code></samp> the catcode 0. Command names consist of a category 0 character, ordinarily backslash, followed @@ -9883,8 +10192,8 @@ since the <code>\usepackage</code> and <code>\documentclass</code> commands alre arrange that the at-sign has the character code of a letter, catcode 11. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="467"><r>package</r>, <code>macros2e</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="468"><code>macros2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="482"><r>package</r>, <code>macros2e</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="483"><code>macros2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see <url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</urefurl></url>. @@ -9905,9 +10214,9 @@ three lines should go in the preamble, before the <node name="_005c_0040ifstar" spaces=" "><nodename>\&arobase;ifstar</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makeatletter & \makeatother</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;ifstar</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="504" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;ifstar</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="469">commands, star-variants</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="470">star-variants, commands</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="515" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;ifstar</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="484">commands, star-variants</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="485">star-variants, commands</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -9975,18 +10284,18 @@ command and the star. Thus <code>\agentsecret*{Bond}</code> and <code>\agentsecret<w> *</w>{Bond}</code> are equivalent. However, the standard practice is not to insert any such spaces. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="471"><r>package</r>, <code>suffix</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="472"><code>suffix</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="486"><r>package</r>, <code>suffix</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="487"><code>suffix</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="473"><r>package</r>, <code>xparse</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="474"><code>xparse</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="488"><r>package</r>, <code>xparse</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="489"><code>xparse</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>There are two alternative ways to accomplish the work of -<code>\&arobase;ifstar</code>. (1) The <file>suffix</file> package allows the +<code>\&arobase;ifstar</code>. (1) The <code>suffix</code> package allows the construct <code>\newcommand\mycommand{<var>unstarred-variant</var>}</code> followed by <code>\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{<var>starred-variant</var>}</code>. -(2) &latex; provides the <file>xparse</file> package, which allows +(2) &latex; provides the <code>xparse</code> package, which allows this code: </para> <example endspaces=" "> @@ -10001,8 +10310,8 @@ this code: <node name="_005cnewcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\newcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newlength</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\&arobase;ifstar</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="505" mergedindex="cp">\newcounter</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="475">counters, defining new</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="516" mergedindex="cp">\newcounter</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="490">counters, defining new</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -10054,24 +10363,26 @@ defined.</samp> <node name="_005cnewlength" spaces=" "><nodename>\newlength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newsavebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newlength</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="506" mergedindex="cp">\newlength</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="476">lengths, allocating new</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="477">rubber lengths, defining new</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="478">skip register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="479">glue register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="517" mergedindex="cp">\newlength</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="491">lengths, allocating new</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="492">rubber lengths, defining new</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="493">skip register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="494">glue register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\newlength{<var>arg</var>} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\newlength{\<var>len</var>} </pre></example> <para>Allocate a new length register (<pxref label="Lengths"><xrefnodename>Lengths</xrefnodename></pxref>). The required argument -<var>arg</var> must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>. The new register holds -rubber lengths such as <code>72.27pt</code> or <code>1in plus.2in minus.1in</code> -(a &latex; length register is what plain &tex; calls a <code>skip</code> -register). The initial value is zero. The control sequence -<code>\<var>arg</var></code> must not be already defined. +<code>\<var>len</var></code> has to be a control sequence (<pxref label="Control-sequences"><xrefnodename>Control +sequences</xrefnodename></pxref>), and as such must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code> under +normal circumstances. The new register holds rubber lengths such as +<code>72.27pt</code> or <code>1in plus.2in minus.1in</code> (a &latex; length +register is what plain &tex; calls a <code>skip</code> register). The +initial value is zero. The control sequence <code>\<var>len</var></code> must not +be already defined. </para> <para>An example: </para> @@ -10080,7 +10391,7 @@ register). The initial value is zero. The control sequence </pre></example> <para>If you forget the backslash then you get <samp>Missing control sequence -inserted</samp>. If the command sequence already exists then you get +inserted</samp>. If the control sequence already exists then you get something like <samp>LaTeX Error: Command \graphichgt already defined. Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual</samp>. </para> @@ -10089,8 +10400,8 @@ Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual</samp>. <node name="_005cnewsavebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\newsavebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newlength</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newsavebox</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="507" mergedindex="cp">\newsavebox</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="480">box, allocating new</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="518" mergedindex="cp">\newsavebox</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="495">box, allocating new</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -10127,11 +10438,11 @@ Our logo is \usebox{\logobox}. <node name="_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" spaces=" "><nodename>\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newtheorem</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newsavebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newenvironment</code> & <code>\renewenvironment</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="508" mergedindex="cp">\newenvironment</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="509" mergedindex="cp">\renewenvironment</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="481">environments, defining</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="482">defining new environments</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="483">redefining environments</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="519" mergedindex="cp">\newenvironment</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="520" mergedindex="cp">\renewenvironment</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="496">environments, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="497">defining new environments</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="498">redefining environments</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses, one of: </para> @@ -10159,7 +10470,7 @@ Our logo is \usebox{\logobox}. <para>Define or redefine the environment <var>env</var>, that is, create the construct <code>\begin{<var>env</var>} ... <var>body</var> ... \end{<var>env</var>}</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="484"><code>*</code>-form of environment commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="499"><code>*</code>-form of environment commands</indexterm></cindex> <para>The starred form of these commands requires that the arguments not contain multiple paragraphs of text. However, the body of these environments can contain multiple paragraphs. @@ -10291,12 +10602,12 @@ the document, use the environment like this. <node name="_005cnewtheorem" spaces=" "><nodename>\newtheorem</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newfont</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newtheorem</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="510" mergedindex="cp">\newtheorem</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="485">theorems, defining</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="486">defining new theorems</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="521" mergedindex="cp">\newtheorem</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="500">theorems, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="501">defining new theorems</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="487">theorem-like environment</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="488">environment, theorem-like</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="502">theorem-like environment</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="503">environment, theorem-like</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses: </para> <example endspaces=" "> @@ -10426,9 +10737,9 @@ by <samp>Theorem 2.1</samp> and <samp>Definition 2.2</samp>. <node name="_005cnewfont" spaces=" "><nodename>\newfont</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\protect</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newtheorem</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newfont</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="511" mergedindex="cp">\newfont</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="489">fonts, new commands for</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="490">defining new fonts</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="522" mergedindex="cp">\newfont</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="504">fonts, new commands for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="505">defining new fonts</indexterm></cindex> <!-- c @findex .fd @r{file} --> <para>This command is obsolete. This description is here only to help with old @@ -10449,8 +10760,8 @@ boldface with a roman (<pxref label="Fonts"><xrefnodename>Fonts</xrefnodename></ The control sequence must not already be defined. It must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="491">at clause, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="492">design size, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="506">at clause, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="507">design size, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex> <para>The <var>font description</var> consists of a <var>fontname</var> and an optional <dfn>at clause</dfn>. &latex; will look on your system for a file named <file><var>fontname</var>.tfm</file>. The at clause can have the form either @@ -10474,9 +10785,9 @@ relative to the font&textrsquo;s design size, which is a value defined in the <node name="_005cprotect" spaces=" "><nodename>\protect</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newfont</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\protect</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="512" mergedindex="cp">\protect</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="493">fragile commands</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="494">robust commands</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="523" mergedindex="cp">\protect</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="508">fragile commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="509">robust commands</indexterm></cindex> <para>All &latex; commands are either <dfn>fragile</dfn> or <dfn>robust</dfn>. A fragile command can break when it is used in the argument to certain @@ -10494,7 +10805,7 @@ name</var>}</code> command it writes the <var>section name</var> text to document such as in the table of contents. Any argument that is internally expanded by &latex; without typesetting it directly is referred to as a -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="495">moving arguments</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="510">moving arguments</indexterm></cindex> <dfn>moving argument</dfn>. A command is fragile if it can expand during this process into invalid &tex; code. Some examples of moving arguments are those that appear in the <code>\caption{...}</code> @@ -10540,10 +10851,10 @@ to <code>\protect\(..\protect\)</code>. <node name="_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend" spaces=" "><nodename>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">xspace package</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\protect</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="513" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespaces</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="514" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespacesafterend</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="496">spaces, ignore around commands</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="497">commands, ignore spaces</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="524" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespaces</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="525" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespacesafterend</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="511">spaces, ignore around commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="512">commands, ignore spaces</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -10558,11 +10869,12 @@ to <code>\protect\(..\protect\)</code>. <pre xml:space="preserve">\ignorespacesafterend </pre></example> -<para>Both commands cause &latex; to ignore spaces after the end of the -command up until the first non-space character. The first is a command -from plain &tex;, and the second is &latex;-specific. +<para>Both commands cause &latex; to ignore blanks (that is, characters of +catcode 10 such as space or tabulation) after the end of the +command up to the first box or non-blank character. The first is a +command from plain &tex;, and the second is &latex;-specific. </para> -<para>The <code>ignorespaces</code> is often used when defining commands via +<para>The <code>\ignorespaces</code> is often used when defining commands via <code>\newcommand</code>, or <code>\newenvironment</code>, or <code>\def</code>. The example below illustrates. It allows a user to show the points values for quiz questions in the margin but it is inconvenient because, as @@ -10585,7 +10897,7 @@ the command and the question text. \makebox[0pt]{\makebox[10em][l]{#1~pts}}\ignorespaces} </pre></example> -<para>A second example shows spaces being removed from the front of text. The +<para>A second example shows blanks being removed from the front of text. The commands below allow a user to uniformly attach a title to names. But, as given, if a title accidentally starts with a space then <code>\fullname</code> will reproduce that. @@ -10609,7 +10921,7 @@ at the end of the <var>begin</var> clause, as in <code>\begin{newenvironment}{<var>env name</var>}{... \ignorespaces}{...}</code>. </para> -<para>To strip spaces off the end of an environment use +<para>To strip blanks off the end of an environment use <code>\ignorespacesafterend</code>. An example is that this will show a much larger vertical space between the first and second environments than between the second and third. @@ -10637,9 +10949,12 @@ inconvenient. The solution is to change to <node name="xspace-package" spaces=" "><nodename>xspace package</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>xspace package</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="515" mergedindex="cp">\xspace</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="498">spaces, ignore around commands</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="499">commands, ignore spaces</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="526" mergedindex="cp">\xspace</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="513"><r>package</r>, <code>xspace</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="514"><code>xspace</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="515">spaces, ignore around commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="516">commands, ignore spaces</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -10649,13 +10964,15 @@ inconvenient. The solution is to change to \newcommand{...}{...\xspace} </pre></example> -<para>The <code>\xspace</code> macro, when used at the end of a command, adds a -space unless the command is followed by certain punctuation characters. +<para>The <code>\xspace</code> macro, when used at the end of a command definition, +adds a space unless the command is followed by certain punctuation +characters. </para> -<para>After a command name that uses letters (as opposed to single character -command names using non-letters such as <code>\$</code>), &tex; gobbles white -space. Thus, in the first sentence below, the output has <samp>Vermont</samp> -placed snugly against the period, without any intervening space. +<para>After a command control sequence that is a control word (<pxref label="Control-sequences"><xrefnodename>Control +sequences</xrefnodename></pxref>, as opposed to control symbols such as <code>\$</code>), &tex; +gobbles blank characters. Thus, in the first sentence below, the output +has <samp>Vermont</samp> placed snugly against the period, without any +intervening space. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont} @@ -10663,15 +10980,16 @@ Our college is in \VT . The \VT{} summers are nice. </pre></example> -<para>But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the dummy curly +<para>But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the empty curly braces or else there would be no space separating <samp>Vermont</samp> from -<samp>summers</samp>. (Many authors instead instead use a backslash-space +<samp>summers</samp>. (Many authors instead use a backslash-space <code>\ </code> for this. <xref label="_005c_0028SPACE_0029"><xrefnodename>\(SPACE)</xrefnodename></xref>.) </para> -<para>The <file>xspace</file> package provides <code>\xspace</code>. It is for writing -commands which are designed to be used mainly in text. It inserts a -space after that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of -exceptions. In this example, the dummy braces are not needed. +<para>The <code>xspace</code> package provides <code>\xspace</code>. It is for writing +commands which are designed to be used mainly in text. It must be place +at the very end of the definition of these commands. It inserts a space +after that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of +exceptions. In this example, the empty braces are not needed. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont\xspace} @@ -10682,16 +11000,17 @@ Our college is in \VT . <para>The default exception list contains the characters <code>,.'/?;:!~-)</code>, the open curly brace and the backslash-space command discussed above, and the commands <code>\footnote</code> or <code>\footnotemark</code>. Add to that -list as with <code>\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}</code> and remove -from that list as with <code>\xspaceremoveexception{!}</code>. +list as with <code>\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}</code> which adds +<code>\myfni</code> and <code>\myfnii</code> to the list, and remove from that +list as with <code>\xspaceremoveexception{!}</code>. </para> <!-- c David Carlisle https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/86620/339 --> <para>A comment: many experts prefer not to use <code>\xspace</code>. Putting it in a definition means that the command will usually get the spacing right. -But it isn&textrsquo;t easy to predict when to enter dummy braces because +But it isn&textrsquo;t easy to predict when to enter empty braces because <code>\xspace</code> will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another command, and so <code>\xspace</code> can make editing material harder and more -error-prone than instead always remembering the dummy braces. +error-prone than instead always inserting the empty braces. </para> </section> @@ -10699,8 +11018,8 @@ error-prone than instead always remembering the dummy braces. <node name="Counters" spaces=" "><nodename>Counters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Lengths</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Definitions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Counters</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="500">counters, a list of</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="501">variables, a list of</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="517">counters, a list of</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="518">variables, a list of</indexterm></cindex> <para>Everything &latex; numbers for you has a counter associated with it. The name of the counter is often the same as the name of the @@ -10712,6 +11031,23 @@ track of the chapter number. <para>Below is a list of the counters used in &latex;&textrsquo;s standard document classes to control numbering. </para> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="527" mergedindex="cp">part counter</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="528" mergedindex="cp">chapter counter</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="529" mergedindex="cp">section counter</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="530" mergedindex="cp">subsection counter</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="531" mergedindex="cp">subsubsection counter</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="532" mergedindex="cp">paragraph counter</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="533" mergedindex="cp">subparagraph counter</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="534" mergedindex="cp">page counter</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="535" mergedindex="cp">equation counter</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="536" mergedindex="cp">figure counter</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="537" mergedindex="cp">table counter</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="538" mergedindex="cp">footnote counter</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="539" mergedindex="cp">mpfootnote counter</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="540" mergedindex="cp">enumi counter</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="541" mergedindex="cp">enumii counter</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="542" mergedindex="cp">enumiii counter</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="543" mergedindex="cp">enumiv counter</indexterm></findex> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">part paragraph figure enumi chapter subparagraph table enumii @@ -10745,7 +11081,7 @@ up to four levels of nesting (<pxref label="enumerate"><xrefnodename>enumerate</ <node name="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol" spaces=" "><nodename>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\usecounter</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="502">counters, printing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="519">counters, printing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Print the value of a counter, in a specified style. For instance, if the counter <var>counter</var> has the value 1 then a @@ -10757,30 +11093,30 @@ instance, <code>\alph{enumi}</code>. Note that the counter name d start with a backslash. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="516" mergedindex="cp">\alph{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\alph{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="544" mergedindex="cp">\alph{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\alph{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Print the value of <var>counter</var> in lowercase letters: &textlsquo;a&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;b&textrsquo;, &enddots; If the counter&textrsquo;s value is less than 1 or more than 26 then you get <samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large.</samp> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="517" mergedindex="cp">\Alph{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\Alph{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="545" mergedindex="cp">\Alph{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\Alph{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in uppercase letters: &textlsquo;A&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;B&textrsquo;, &enddots; If the counter&textrsquo;s value is less than 1 or more than 26 then you get <samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large.</samp> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="518" mergedindex="cp">\arabic{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\arabic{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="546" mergedindex="cp">\arabic{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\arabic{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in Arabic numbers such as <samp>5</samp> or <samp>-2</samp>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="519" mergedindex="cp">\roman{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\roman{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="547" mergedindex="cp">\roman{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\roman{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in lowercase roman numerals: &textlsquo;i&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;ii&textrsquo;, &enddots; If the counter&textrsquo;s value is less than 1 then you get no warning or error but &latex; does not print anything in the output. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="520" mergedindex="cp">\Roman{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\Roman{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="548" mergedindex="cp">\Roman{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\Roman{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in uppercase roman numerals: &textlsquo;I&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;II&textrsquo;, &enddots; If the counter&textrsquo;s value is less than 1 then you get no warning or error but &latex; does not print anything in the output. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="521" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="549" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Prints the value of <var>counter</var> using a sequence of nine symbols that are traditionally used for labeling footnotes. The value of <var>counter</var> should be between 1 and 9, inclusive. If the @@ -10790,7 +11126,7 @@ warning but &latex; does not output anything. </para> <para>Here are the symbols: </para> -<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnfractions line=".10 .30 .30 .30"><columnfraction value=".10"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".30"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".30"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".30"></columnfraction></columnfractions> +<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnfractions line=".11 .30 .30 .29"><columnfraction value=".11"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".30"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".30"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".29"></columnfraction></columnfractions> <thead><row><entry command="headitem" spaces=" "><para>Number</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Name</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Command</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Symbol </para></entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry command="item"> <para>1</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>asterisk</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\ast</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>*<!-- c --> @@ -10821,9 +11157,9 @@ warning but &latex; does not output anything. <node name="_005cusecounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\usecounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\value</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\usecounter</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="522" mergedindex="cp">\usecounter</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="503">list items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="504">numbered items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="550" mergedindex="cp">\usecounter</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="520">list items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="521">numbered items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -10858,8 +11194,8 @@ enumerated with <var>testcounter</var>: <node name="_005cvalue" spaces=" "><nodename>\value</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\setcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\usecounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\value</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="523" mergedindex="cp">\value</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="505">counters, getting value of</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="551" mergedindex="cp">\value</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="522">counters, getting value of</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -10902,9 +11238,9 @@ preceded by <code>\protect</code> (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\pr <node name="_005csetcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\setcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtocounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\value</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\setcounter</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="524" mergedindex="cp">\setcounter</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="506">counters, setting</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="507">setting counters</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="552" mergedindex="cp">\setcounter</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="523">counters, setting</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="524">setting counters</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -10930,7 +11266,7 @@ Here it is in Roman: \Roman{exercise}. <node name="_005caddtocounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\addtocounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\refstepcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\setcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addtocounter</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="525" mergedindex="cp">\addtocounter</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="553" mergedindex="cp">\addtocounter</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -10954,7 +11290,7 @@ Here it is in Roman: \Roman{section}. <node name="_005crefstepcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\refstepcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\stepcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addtocounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\refstepcounter</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="526" mergedindex="cp">\refstepcounter</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="554" mergedindex="cp">\refstepcounter</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -10978,7 +11314,7 @@ locally, i.e., inside the current group. <node name="_005cstepcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\stepcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\day & \month & \year</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\refstepcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\stepcounter</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="527" mergedindex="cp">\stepcounter</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="555" mergedindex="cp">\stepcounter</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -11000,15 +11336,15 @@ not influence references; that is, it does not define the current <node name="_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear" spaces=" "><nodename>\day & \month & \year</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\stepcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\day</code> & <code>\month</code> & <code>\year</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="528" mergedindex="cp">\day</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="529" mergedindex="cp">\month</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="530" mergedindex="cp">\year</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="556" mergedindex="cp">\day</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="557" mergedindex="cp">\month</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="558" mergedindex="cp">\year</indexterm></findex> <para>&latex; defines the counter <code>\day</code> for the day of the month (nominally with value between 1 and 31), <code>\month</code> for the month of -the year (nominally with value between 1 and 12), and year <code>\year</code>. -When &tex; starts up, they are set from the current values on the -system. The related command <code>\today</code> produces a string +the year (nominally with value between 1 and 12), and <code>\year</code> for +the year. When &tex; starts up, they are set from the current values +on the system. The related command <code>\today</code> produces a string representing the current day (<pxref label="_005ctoday"><xrefnodename>\today</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>They counters are not updated as the job progresses so in principle they @@ -11023,22 +11359,24 @@ check: <para>gives no error or warning and results in the output <samp>-2, -4</samp> (the bogus month value produces no output). </para> - +<para><xref label="Command-line-input"><xrefnodename>Command line input</xrefnodename></xref>, to force the date to a given value from the +command line. +</para> </section> </chapter> <node name="Lengths" spaces=" "><nodename>Lengths</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Counters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Lengths</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="508">lengths, defining and using</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="525">lengths, defining and using</indexterm></cindex> <para>A <dfn>length</dfn> is a measure of distance. Many &latex; commands take a length as an argument. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="509">rigid lengths</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="510">rubber lengths</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="511">dimen <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="512">skip <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="513">glue <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="526">rigid lengths</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="527">rubber lengths</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="528">dimen <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="529">skip <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="530">glue <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>Lengths come in two types. A <dfn>rigid length</dfn> such as <code>10pt</code> does not contain a <code>plus</code> or <code>minus</code> component. (Plain &tex; calls this a <dfn>dimen</dfn>.) A <dfn>rubber length</dfn> (what plain @@ -11141,10 +11479,10 @@ the page. \end{minipage} </pre></example> -<para>&tex; actually has three levels of infinity for glue components: -<code>fil</code>, <code>fill</code>, and <code>filll</code>. The later ones are more -infinite than the earlier ones. Ordinarily document authors only use -the middle one (<pxref label="_005chfill"><xrefnodename>\hfill</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="_005cvfill"><xrefnodename>\vfill</xrefnodename></pxref>). +<para>&tex; has three levels of infinity for glue components: <code>fil</code>, +<code>fill</code>, and <code>filll</code>. The later ones are more infinite than +the earlier ones. Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one +(<pxref label="_005chfill"><xrefnodename>\hfill</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="_005cvfill"><xrefnodename>\vfill</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length, so that after <code>\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}</code> and @@ -11160,126 +11498,127 @@ that after <code>\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in&rbrace </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\settowidth</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Set a length to the width of something. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\stretch</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Add infinite stretchability. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Expressions</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Compute with lengths and integers. -<!-- c * Predefined lengths:: Lengths that are, like, predefined. --> </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> <node name="Units-of-length" spaces=" "><nodename>Units of length</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\setlength</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Units of length</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="514">units, of length</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="531">units, of length</indexterm></cindex> <para>&tex; and &latex; know about these units both inside and outside of math mode. </para> -<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">pt </itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="531" mergedindex="cp">pt</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="515">point</indexterm></cindex> +<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="559" mergedindex="cp">pt</indexterm>pt </itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="532">point</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="units-of-length-pt">units of length pt</anchor> -<para>Point, 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units -is 1<dmn>point</dmn> = 2.845<dmn>mm</dmn> = .2845<dmn>cm</dmn>. +<para>Point, 1/72.27 inch. The (approximate) conversion to metric units +is 1<dmn>point</dmn> = .35146<dmn>mm</dmn> = .035146<dmn>cm</dmn>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">pc</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="516">pica</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="532" mergedindex="cp">pc</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="560" mergedindex="cp">pc</indexterm>pc</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="533">pica</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="units-of-length-pc">units of length pc</anchor> <para>Pica, 12 pt </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">in </itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="533" mergedindex="cp">in</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="534" mergedindex="cp">inch</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="561" mergedindex="cp">in</indexterm>in </itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="534">inch</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="units-of-length-in">units of length in</anchor> -<para>Inch, 72.27 pt +<para>Inch, 72.27 pt </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">bp </itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="535" mergedindex="cp">bp</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="517">big point</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="562" mergedindex="cp">bp</indexterm>bp </itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="535">big point</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="536">PostScript point</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="units-of-length-bp">units of length bp</anchor> <para>Big point, 1/72 inch. This length is the definition of a point in PostScript and many desktop publishing systems. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">cm </itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="518">centimeter</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="536" mergedindex="cp">cm</indexterm></findex> -<anchor name="units-of-length-cm">units of length cm</anchor> -<para>Centimeter -</para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">mm </itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="519">millimeter</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="537" mergedindex="cp">mm</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="563" mergedindex="cp">mm</indexterm>mm </itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="537">millimeter</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="units-of-length-mm">units of length mm</anchor> -<para>Millimeter +<para>Millimeter, 2.845 pt +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="564" mergedindex="cp">cm</indexterm>cm </itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="538">centimeter</indexterm></cindex> +<anchor name="units-of-length-cm">units of length cm</anchor> +<para>Centimeter, 10 mm </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">dd </itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="520">didot point</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="538" mergedindex="cp">dd</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="565" mergedindex="cp">dd</indexterm>dd </itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="539">didot point</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="units-of-length-dd">units of length dd</anchor> <para>Didot point, 1.07 pt </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">cc </itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="521">cicero</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="539" mergedindex="cp">cc</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="566" mergedindex="cp">cc</indexterm>cc </itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="540">cicero</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="units-of-length-cc">units of length cc</anchor> <para>Cicero, 12 dd </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">sp </itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="522">scaled point</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="540" mergedindex="cp">sp</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="567" mergedindex="cp">sp</indexterm>sp </itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="541">scaled point</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="units-of-length-sp">units of length sp</anchor> <para>Scaled point, 1/65536 pt </para> -</tableitem></tableentry></table> +</tableitem></tableentry></ftable> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="523">ex</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="524">x-height</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="541" mergedindex="cp">ex</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="525">m-width</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="526">em</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="542" mergedindex="cp">em</indexterm></findex> -<anchor name="Lengths_002fem">Lengths/em</anchor> -<anchor name="Lengths_002fen">Lengths/en</anchor> +<para>Three other units are defined according to the current font, rather +than being an absolute dimension. +</para> +<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="568" mergedindex="cp">ex</indexterm>ex</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="542">x-height</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="543">ex</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="Lengths_002fex">Lengths/ex</anchor> -<anchor name="units-of-length-em">units of length em</anchor> -<anchor name="units-of-length-en">units of length en</anchor> <anchor name="units-of-length-ex">units of length ex</anchor> -<para>Two other lengths that are often used are values set by the designer of -the font. The x-height of the current font <dfn>ex</dfn>, traditionally the +<para>The x-height of the current font <dfn>ex</dfn>, traditionally the height of the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical -lengths. Similarly <dfn>em</dfn>, traditionally the width of the capital -letter M, is often used for horizontal lengths (there is also -<code>\enspace</code>, which is <code>0.5em</code>). Use of these can help make a -definition work better across font changes. For example, a definition -of the vertical space between list items given as -<code>\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex}</code> is more -likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a definition -given in points. -</para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="527">mu, math unit</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="543" mergedindex="cp">mu</indexterm></findex> -<para>In math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of the math unit -<dfn>mu</dfn> given by 1 em = 18 mu, where the em is taken from the current -math symbols family. <xref label="Spacing-in-math-mode"><xrefnodename>Spacing in math mode</xrefnodename></xref>. +lengths. </para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="569" mergedindex="cp">em</indexterm>em</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="544">m-width</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="545">em</indexterm></cindex> +<anchor name="Lengths_002fem">Lengths/em</anchor> +<anchor name="units-of-length-em">units of length em</anchor> +<para>Similarly <dfn>em</dfn>, traditionally the width of the capital +letter M, is often used for horizontal lengths. This is also often +the size of the current font, e.g., a nominal 10<dmn>pt</dmn> font will +have 1<dmn>em</dmn> = 10<dmn>pt</dmn>. &latex; has several commands to produce +horizontal spaces based on the em (<pxref label="_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad"><xrefnodename>\enspace & \quad & \qquad</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="570" mergedindex="cp">mu</indexterm>mu</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="546">mu, math unit</indexterm></cindex> +<anchor name="units-of-length-mu">units of length mu</anchor> +<para>Finally, in math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms +of the math unit <dfn>mu</dfn>, defined by 1<dmn>em</dmn> = 18<dmn>mu</dmn>, where the +em is taken from the current math symbols family. <xref label="Spacing-in-math-mode"><xrefnodename>Spacing in +math mode</xrefnodename></xref>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry></ftable> +<para>Using these units can help make a definition work better across font +changes. For example, a definition of the vertical space between list +items given as <code>\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus +0.01ex}</code> is more likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed +than a definition given in points. +</para> </section> <node name="_005csetlength" spaces=" "><nodename>\setlength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtolength</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Units of length</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\setlength</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="544" mergedindex="cp">\setlength</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="528">lengths, setting</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="571" mergedindex="cp">\setlength</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="547">lengths, setting</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength{<var>len</var>}{<var>amount</var>} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength{\<var>len</var>}{<var>amount</var>} </pre></example> -<para>Set the length <var>len</var> to <var>amount</var>. The length name <var>len</var> -must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>. The <code>amount</code> can be a -rubber length (<pxref label="Lengths"><xrefnodename>Lengths</xrefnodename></pxref>). It can be positive, negative or zero, -and can be in any units that &latex; understands (<pxref label="Units-of-length"><xrefnodename>Units of -length</xrefnodename></pxref>). +<para>Set the length \<var>len</var> to <var>amount</var>. The length name +<code>\<var>len</var></code> has to be a control sequence (<pxref label="Control-sequences"><xrefnodename>Control +sequences</xrefnodename></pxref>), and as such must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code> under +normal circumstances. The <var>amount</var> can be a rubber length +(<pxref label="Lengths"><xrefnodename>Lengths</xrefnodename></pxref>). It can be positive, negative or zero, and can be in +any units that &latex; understands (<pxref label="Units-of-length"><xrefnodename>Units of length</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>Below, with &latex;&textrsquo;s defaults the first paragraph will be indented while the second will not. @@ -11291,33 +11630,32 @@ while the second will not. He said stop going to those places. </pre></example> -<para>If you did not declare <var>len</var> with <code>\newlength</code>, for example if -you mistype the above as +<para>If you did not declare \<var>len</var> with <code>\newlength</code>, for example if +you mistype it as in <code>\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}</code>, then you get an error like <samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \sepcindent</samp>. If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name -then you get an error like <samp>Missing number, treated as zero. <to be -read again> \relax l.19 \setlength{specparindent}{0.6\parindent}</samp> +then you get an error like <samp>Missing number, treated as zero.</samp>. </para> - </section> <node name="_005caddtolength" spaces=" "><nodename>\addtolength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\settodepth</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\setlength</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addtolength</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="545" mergedindex="cp">\addtolength</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="529">lengths, adding to</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="572" mergedindex="cp">\addtolength</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="548">lengths, adding to</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\addtolength{<var>len</var>}{<var>amount</var>} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\addtolength{\<var>len</var>}{<var>amount</var>} </pre></example> -<para>Increment the length <var>len</var> by <var>amount</var>. The length name -<var>len</var> begins with a backslash, <code>\</code>. The <code>amount</code> is a -rubber length (<pxref label="Lengths"><xrefnodename>Lengths</xrefnodename></pxref>). It can be positive, negative or zero, -and can be in any units that &latex; understands (<pxref label="Units-of-length"><xrefnodename>Units of -length</xrefnodename></pxref>). +<para>Increment the length \<var>len</var> by <var>amount</var>. The length name +<code>\<var>len</var></code> has to be a control sequence (<pxref label="Control-sequences"><xrefnodename>Control +sequences</xrefnodename></pxref>), and as such must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code> under +normal circumstances. The <var>amount</var> is a rubber length +(<pxref label="Lengths"><xrefnodename>Lengths</xrefnodename></pxref>). It can be positive, negative or zero, and can be in +any units that &latex; understands (<pxref label="Units-of-length"><xrefnodename>Units of length</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>Below, if <code>\parskip</code> starts with the value <code>0pt plus 1pt</code> </para> @@ -11331,32 +11669,36 @@ Nurse: no change. <noindent></noindent> <para>then it has the value <code>1pt plus 1pt</code> for the second paragraph. </para> -<para>If you did not declare the length <var>len</var> with <code>\newlength</code>, if -for example you mistype the above as +<para>If you did not declare \<var>len</var> with <code>\newlength</code>, for example if +you mistype it as in +<code>\newlength{\specparindent}\addtolength{\sepcparindent}{...}</code>, +then you get an error like <samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> +\sepcindent</samp>. If the <var>amount</var> uses some length that has not been +declared, for instance if for example you mistype the above as <code>\addtolength{\specparindent}{0.6\praindent}</code>, then you get something like <samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \praindent</samp>. -If you leave off the backslash at the start of <var>len</var>, as in +If you leave off the backslash at the start of \<var>len</var>, as in <code>\addtolength{parindent}{1pt}</code>, then you get something like <samp>You can't use `the letter p' after \advance</samp>. </para> - </section> <node name="_005csettodepth" spaces=" "><nodename>\settodepth</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\settoheight</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addtolength</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\settodepth</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="546" mergedindex="cp">\settodepth</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="573" mergedindex="cp">\settodepth</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\settodepth{<var>len</var>}{<var>text</var>} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\settodepth{\<var>len</var>}{<var>text</var>} </pre></example> -<para>Set the length <var>len</var> to the depth of box that &latex; gets on -typesetting the <var>text</var> argument. The length name <var>len</var> must -begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>. +<para>Set the length \<var>len</var> to the depth of box that &latex; gets on +typesetting the <var>text</var> argument. The length name <code>\<var>len</var></code> +has to be a control sequence (<pxref label="Control-sequences"><xrefnodename>Control sequences</xrefnodename></pxref>), and as such +must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code> under normal circumstances. </para> -<para>This will show how low the character descenders go. +<para>This will print how low the character descenders go. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\newlength{\alphabetdepth} @@ -11364,10 +11706,10 @@ begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>. \the\alphabetdepth </pre></example> -<para>If you did not set aside the length <var>len</var>, if for example you +<para>If you did not declare \<var>len</var> with <code>\newlength</code>, if for example you mistype the above as <code>\settodepth{\aplhabetdepth}{abc...}</code>, then you get something like <samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> -\aplhabetdepth</samp>. If you leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in +\aplhabetdepth</samp>. If you leave the backslash out of \<var>len</var>, as in <code>\settodepth{alphabetdepth}{...}</code> then you get something like <samp>Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox</samp>. </para> @@ -11376,19 +11718,20 @@ then you get something like <samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> <node name="_005csettoheight" spaces=" "><nodename>\settoheight</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\settowidth</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\settodepth</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\settoheight</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="547" mergedindex="cp">\settoheight</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="574" mergedindex="cp">\settoheight</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\settoheight{<var>len</var>}{text} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\settoheight{\<var>len</var>}{text} </pre></example> -<para>Sets the length <var>len</var> to the height of box that &latex; gets on -typesetting the <code>text</code> argument. The length name <var>len</var> must -begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>. +<para>Sets the length \<var>len</var> to the height of box that &latex; gets on +typesetting the <code>text</code> argument. The length name <code>\<var>len</var></code> +has to be a control sequence (<pxref label="Control-sequences"><xrefnodename>Control sequences</xrefnodename></pxref>), and as such +must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code> under normal circumstances. </para> -<para>This will show how high the characters go. +<para>This will print how high the characters go. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\newlength{\alphabetheight} @@ -11396,11 +11739,11 @@ begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>. \the\alphabetheight </pre></example> -<para>If no such length <var>len</var> has been declared with <code>\newlength</code>, if +<para>If no such length \<var>len</var> has been declared with <code>\newlength</code>, if for example you mistype as <code>\settoheight{\aplhabetheight}{abc...}</code>, then you get something like <samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \alphabetheight</samp>. If -you leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in +you leave the backslash out of \<var>len</var>, as in <code>\settoheight{alphabetheight}{...}</code> then you get something like <samp>Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox</samp>. </para> @@ -11409,19 +11752,20 @@ you leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in <node name="_005csettowidth" spaces=" "><nodename>\settowidth</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\stretch</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\settoheight</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\settowidth</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="548" mergedindex="cp">\settowidth</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="575" mergedindex="cp">\settowidth</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\settowidth{<var>len</var>}{<var>text</var>} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\settowidth{\<var>len</var>}{<var>text</var>} </pre></example> -<para>Set the length <var>len</var> to the width of the box that &latex; gets on -typesetting the <var>text</var> argument. The length name <var>len</var> must -begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>. +<para>Set the length \<var>len</var> to the width of the box that &latex; gets on +typesetting the <var>text</var> argument. The length name <code>\<var>len</var></code> +has to be a control sequence (<pxref label="Control-sequences"><xrefnodename>Control sequences</xrefnodename></pxref>), and as such +must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code> under normal circumstances. </para> -<para>This measures the width of the lowercase ASCII alphabet. +<para>This prints the width of the lowercase ASCII alphabet. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\newlength{\alphabetwidth} @@ -11429,10 +11773,11 @@ begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>. \the\alphabetwidth </pre></example> -<para>If no such length <var>len</var> has been set aside, if for example you -mistype the above as <code>\settowidth{\aplhabetwidth}{abc...}</code>, -then you get something like <samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> -\aplhabetwidth</samp>. If you leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in +<para>If no such length \<var>len</var> has been declared with <code>\newlength</code>, +if for example you mistype the above as +<code>\settowidth{\aplhabetwidth}{abc...}</code>, then you get something +like <samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \aplhabetwidth</samp>. If +you leave the backslash out of \<var>len</var>, as in <code>\settoheight{alphabetwidth}{...}</code> then you get something like <samp>Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox</samp>. </para> @@ -11441,7 +11786,7 @@ then you get something like <samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> <node name="_005cstretch" spaces=" "><nodename>\stretch</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Expressions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\settowidth</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\stretch</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="549" mergedindex="cp">\stretch</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="576" mergedindex="cp">\stretch</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -11488,7 +11833,7 @@ We dedicate this book to our wives. <node name="Expressions" spaces=" "><nodename>Expressions</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\stretch</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Expressions</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="550" mergedindex="cp">expressions</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="577" mergedindex="cp">expressions</indexterm></findex> <!-- c Much from Joseph Wright's https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/245663/339 --> <para>Synopsis, one of: @@ -11570,10 +11915,11 @@ parentheses to be affected by a factor. So <code>\the\glueexpr 5pt plus <para>&tex; will coerce other numerical types in the same way as it does when doing register assignment. Thus <code>\the\numexpr\dimexpr 1pt\relax\relax</code> will result in <samp>65536</samp>, which is <code>1pt</code> -converted to scaled points (&tex;&textrsquo;s internal unit) and then coerced -into an integer. With a <code>\glueexpr</code> here, the stretch and shrink -would be dropped. Going the other way, a <code>\numexpr</code> inside a -<code>\dimexpr</code> or <code>\glueexpr</code> will need appropriate units, as in +converted to scaled points (<pxref label="units-of-length-sp"><xrefnodename>units of length sp</xrefnodename><xrefinfoname><code>sp</code></xrefinfoname></pxref>, +&tex;&textrsquo;s internal unit) and then coerced into an integer. With a +<code>\glueexpr</code> here, the stretch and shrink would be dropped. Going +the other way, a <code>\numexpr</code> inside a <code>\dimexpr</code> or +<code>\glueexpr</code> will need appropriate units, as in <code>\the\dimexpr\numexpr 1 + 2\relax pt\relax</code>, which produces <samp>3.0pt</samp>. </para> @@ -11599,12 +11945,12 @@ because it rounds <code>3/2</code> to <code>2</code>, while <node name="Making-paragraphs" spaces=" "><nodename>Making paragraphs</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math formulas</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Lengths</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Making paragraphs</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="530">making paragraphs</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="531">paragraphs</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="549">making paragraphs</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="550">paragraphs</indexterm></cindex> <para>To start a paragraph, just type some text. To end the current -paragraph, put an empty line. This is three paragraphs, separated by -two empty lines. +paragraph, put an empty line. This is three paragraphs, the +separation of which is made by two empty lines. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">It is a truth universally acknowledged, that a single man in possession @@ -11619,15 +11965,35 @@ of some one or other of their daughters. ``have you heard that Netherfield Park is let at last?'' </pre></example> -<para>The separator lines must be empty, including not containing a comment -character, <code>%</code>. +<para>A paragraph separator is made of a sequence of at least one blank +line, at least one of which is not terminated by a comment. A blank +line is a line that is empty or made only of blank characters such as +space or tab. Comments in source code are started with a <code>%</code> and +span up to the end of line. In the following example the two columns +are identical: </para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass[twocolumn]{article} +\begin{document} +First paragraph. + +Second paragraph. +\newpage +First paragraph. + + % separator lines may contain blank characters. + +Second paragraph. +\end{document} +</pre></example> + + <para>Once &latex; has gathered all of a paragraph&textrsquo;s contents it divides that content into lines in a way that is optimized over the entire paragraph (<pxref label="Line-breaking"><xrefnodename>Line breaking</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>There are places where a new paragraph is not permitted. Don&textrsquo;t put a -blank line in math mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>); here the line before the +blank line in math mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>); here the blank line before the <code>\end{equation}</code> </para> <example endspaces=" "> @@ -11639,7 +12005,7 @@ blank line in math mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename> <noindent></noindent> <para>will get you the error <samp>Missing $ inserted</samp>. Similarly, the blank -line in this <code>section</code> argument +line in this <code>\section</code> argument </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\section{aaa @@ -11663,11 +12029,11 @@ complete</samp>. <node name="_005cpar" spaces=" "><nodename>\par</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\indent & \noindent</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\par</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="551" mergedindex="cp">\par</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="532">paragraph, ending</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="578" mergedindex="cp">\par</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="551">paragraph, ending</indexterm></cindex> -<para>Synopsis (note that while reading the input &tex; converts two -consecutive newlines to a <code>\par</code>): +<para>Synopsis (note that while reading the input &tex; converts any sequence +of one or more blank lines to a <code>\par</code>, <ref label="Making-paragraphs"><xrefnodename>Making paragraphs</xrefnodename></ref>): </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\par @@ -11685,18 +12051,18 @@ readability. \whatCheatingIs\par\whatHappensWhenICatchYou} </pre></example> -<para>In LR mode or a vertical mode the <code>\par</code> command does nothing but -it terminates paragraph mode, switching &latex; to vertical mode -(<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>). +<para>In LR mode the <code>\par</code> command does nothing and is ignored. In +paragraph mode, the <code>\par</code> command terminates paragraph mode, +switching &latex; to vertical mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>You cannot use the <code>\par</code> command in a math mode. You also cannot -use it in the argument of many commands, such as the <code>\section</code> -command (<pxref label="Making-paragraphs"><xrefnodename>Making paragraphs</xrefnodename></pxref> and <ref label="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand & -\renewcommand</xrefnodename></ref>). +use it in the argument of many commands, such as the sectioning +commands, e.g.&noeos; <code>\section</code> (<pxref label="Making-paragraphs"><xrefnodename>Making paragraphs</xrefnodename></pxref> and +<ref label="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand & \renewcommand</xrefnodename></ref>). </para> <para>The <code>\par</code> command is not the same as the <code>\paragraph</code> command. The latter is, like <code>\section</code> or <code>\subsection</code>, a -sectioning unit used by the standard &latex; documents +sectioning command used by the &latex; document standard classes (<pxref label="_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph"><xrefnodename>\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>The <code>\par</code> command is not the same as <code>\newline</code> or the line @@ -11728,10 +12094,10 @@ there is an empty horizontal space of 3 inches and then <node name="_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent" spaces=" "><nodename>\indent & \noindent</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\parindent & \parskip</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\par</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\indent</code> & <code>\noindent</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="552" mergedindex="cp">\indent</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="553" mergedindex="cp">\noindent</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="554" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="533">indent, forcing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="579" mergedindex="cp">\indent</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="580" mergedindex="cp">\noindent</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="581" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="552">indent, forcing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -11784,8 +12150,8 @@ because &latex; is already in horizontal mode there. The you may want to also set the length of spaces between paragraphs, <code>\parskip</code> (<pxref label="_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"><xrefnodename>\parindent & \parskip</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="534"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="535"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="553"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="554"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>Default &latex; styles have the first paragraph after a section that is not indented, as is traditional typesetting in English. To change that, @@ -11796,11 +12162,11 @@ look on CTAN for the package <code>indentfirst</code>. <node name="_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip" spaces=" "><nodename>\parindent & \parskip</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Marginal notes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\indent & \noindent</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\parindent</code> & <code>\parskip</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="555" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="556" mergedindex="cp">\parskip</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="536">paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="537">horizontal paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="538">vertical space before paragraphs</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="582" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="583" mergedindex="cp">\parskip</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="555">paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="556">horizontal paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="557">vertical space before paragraphs</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -11825,27 +12191,29 @@ paragraphs, respectively. <para>The document will have paragraphs that are not indented, but instead are vertically separated by about the height of a lowercase <samp>x</samp>. </para> -<para>In standard &latex; documents, the default value for <code>\parindent</code> -in one-column documents is <code>15pt</code> when the default text size is -<code>10pt</code>, <code>17pt</code> for <code>11pt</code>, and <code>1.5em</code> for -<code>12pt</code>. In two-column documents it is <code>1em</code>. (These values -are set before &latex; calls <code>\normalfont</code> so <code>em</code> is derived -from the default font, Computer Modern. If you use a different font -then to set <code>\parindent</code> in units matching that font, do -<code>\AtBeginDocument{\setlength{\parindent}{1em}}</code>.) +<para>In &latex; standard class documents, the default value for +<code>\parindent</code> in one-column documents is <code>15pt</code> when the +default text size is <code>10pt</code>, <code>17pt</code> for <code>11pt</code>, and +<code>1.5em</code> for <code>12pt</code>. In two-column documents it is <code>1em</code>. +(These values are set before &latex; calls <code>\normalfont</code> so +<code>em</code> is derived from the default font, Computer Modern. If you use +a different font then to set <code>\parindent</code> to 1<dmn>em</dmn> matching +that font, put +<code>\AtBeginDocument{\setlength{\parindent}{1em}}</code> in the +preamble.) </para> <para>The default value for <code>\parskip</code> in &latex;&textrsquo;s standard document -styles is <code>0pt plus1pt</code>. +classes is <code>0pt plus1pt</code>. </para> </section> <node name="Marginal-notes" spaces=" "><nodename>Marginal notes</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\parindent & \parskip</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Marginal notes</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="539">marginal notes</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="540">notes in the margin</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="541">remarks in the margin</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="557" mergedindex="cp">\marginpar</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="558">marginal notes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="559">notes in the margin</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="560">remarks in the margin</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="584" mergedindex="cp">\marginpar</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -11866,8 +12234,8 @@ two-sided layout (document option <code>twoside</code>) then it goes in the outside margin. If you are in two-column layout (document option <code>twocolumn</code>) then it goes in the nearest margin. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="558" mergedindex="cp">\reversemarginpar</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="559" mergedindex="cp">\normalmarginpar</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="585" mergedindex="cp">\reversemarginpar</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="586" mergedindex="cp">\normalmarginpar</indexterm></findex> <para>If you declare <code>\reversemarginpar</code> then &latex; will place subsequent marginal notes in the opposite margin to that given in the prior paragraph. Revert that to the default position with @@ -11884,18 +12252,18 @@ hyphenation there by beginning <var>left</var> or <var>right</var> with <para>These parameters affect the formatting of the note: </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="560" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm>\marginparpush</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="587" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm>\marginparpush</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="marginal-notes-marginparpush">marginal notes marginparpush</anchor> <para>Minimum vertical space between notes; default <samp>7pt</samp> for <samp>12pt</samp> documents, <samp>5pt</samp> else. See also <ref label="page-layout-parameters-marginparpush"><xrefnodename>page layout parameters marginparpush</xrefnodename></ref>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="561" mergedindex="cp">\marginparsep</indexterm>\marginparsep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="588" mergedindex="cp">\marginparsep</indexterm>\marginparsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="marginal-notes-marginparsep">marginal notes marginparsep</anchor> <para>Horizontal space between the main text and the note; default <samp>11pt</samp> for <samp>10pt</samp> documents, <samp>10pt</samp> else. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="562" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm>\marginparwidth</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="589" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm>\marginparwidth</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="marginal-notes-marginparwidth">marginal notes marginparwidth</anchor> <para>Width of the note itself; default for a one-sided <samp>10pt</samp> document is <samp>90pt</samp>, <samp>83pt</samp> for <samp>11pt</samp>, and <samp>68pt</samp> for @@ -11916,17 +12284,17 @@ notes from falling off the bottom of the page. <node name="Math-formulas" spaces=" "><nodename>Math formulas</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Modes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math formulas</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="542">math formulas</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="543">formulas, math</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="544">math mode, entering</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="563" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="564" mergedindex="cp"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="561">math formulas</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="562">formulas, math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="563">math mode, entering</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="590" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="591" mergedindex="cp"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="565" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>displaymath</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="566" mergedindex="cp"><code>displaymath</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="592" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>displaymath</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="593" mergedindex="cp"><code>displaymath</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="567" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="568" mergedindex="cp"><code>equation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="594" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="595" mergedindex="cp"><code>equation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> <para>Produce mathematical text by putting &latex; into math mode or display @@ -12000,59 +12368,31 @@ equivalent to <code>\begin{displaymath} <var>math</var> \end{displaymath}</code>. These environments can only be used in paragraph mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="569" mergedindex="cp">\displaystyle</indexterm></findex> -<para>The two mathematics modes are similar, but there are some differences. -One involves the placement of subscripts and superscripts; in display -math mode they are further apart and in inline math mode they are closer -together. -</para> -<para>Sometimes you want the display math typographical treatment to happen in -the inline math mode. For this, the <code>\displaystyle</code> declaration -forces the size and style of the formula to be that of -<code>displaymath</code>. Thus <code>\(\displaystyle \sum_{n=0}^\infty -x_n\)</code> will have the limits above and below the summation sign, not next -to it. Another example is that -</para> -<example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{tabular}{r|cc} - \textsc{Name} &\textsc{Series} &\textsc{Sum} \\ \hline - Arithmetic &\( a+(a+b)+(a+2b)+\cdots+(a+(n-1)b) \) - &\( na+(n-1)n\cdot\frac{b}{2}\) \\ - Geometric &\( a+ab+ab^2+\cdots+ab^{n-1} \) - &\(\displaystyle a\cdot\frac{1-b^n}{1-b}\) \\ -\end{tabular} -</pre></example> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="564"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="565"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<noindent></noindent> -<para>because it has no <code>\displaystyle</code>, the <samp>Arithmetic</samp> line&textrsquo;s -fraction will be scrunched. But, because of its <code>\displaystyle</code>, -the <samp>Geometric</samp> line&textrsquo;s fraction will be easy to read, with -characters the same size as in the rest of the line. -</para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="545"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="546"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> - -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="547"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="548"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="566"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="567"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="549"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="550"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="568"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="569"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The American Mathematical Society has made freely available a set of packages that greatly expand your options for writing mathematics, -<file>amsmath</file> and <file>amssymb</file> (also be aware of the <file>mathtools</file> -package that is an extension to, and loads, <file>amsmath</file>). New +<code>amsmath</code> and <code>amssymb</code> (also be aware of the <code>mathtools</code> +package that is an extension to, and loads, <code>amsmath</code>). New documents that will have mathematical text should use these packages. Descriptions of these packages is outside the scope of this document; see their documentation on CTAN. </para> <menu endspaces=" "> -<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Subscripts & superscripts</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Also known as exponent or index. +<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Subscripts & superscripts</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Also known as exponents or indices. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Math symbols</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Various mathematical squiggles. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Math functions</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Math function names like sin and exp. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Math accents</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Accents in math. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Over- and Underlining</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Things over or under formulas. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Spacing in math mode</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Thick, medium, thin, and negative spaces. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Math styles</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Determine the size of things. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Math miscellany</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Stuff that doesn&textrsquo;t fit anywhere else. </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> @@ -12060,11 +12400,11 @@ see their documentation on CTAN. <node name="Subscripts-_0026-superscripts" spaces=" "><nodename>Subscripts & superscripts</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math symbols</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Subscripts & superscripts</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="551">superscript</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="552">subscript</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="570" mergedindex="cp">^ <r>superscript</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="571" mergedindex="cp">_ <r>subscript</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="553">exponent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="570">superscript</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="571">subscript</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="596" mergedindex="cp">^ <r>superscript</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="597" mergedindex="cp">_ <r>subscript</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="572">exponent</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis (in math mode or display math mode), one of: </para> @@ -12135,24 +12475,24 @@ attaching to a prior symbols. display math mode, as in <code>the expression x^2</code>, will get you the error <samp>Missing $ inserted</samp>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="554"><r>package</r>, <code>mhchem</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="555"><code>mhchem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="573"><r>package</r>, <code>mhchem</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="574"><code>mhchem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>A common reason to want subscripts outside of a mathematics mode is to typeset chemical formulas. There are packages for that, such as -<file>mhchem</file>; see CTAN. +<code>mhchem</code>; see CTAN. </para> </section> <node name="Math-symbols" spaces=" "><nodename>Math symbols</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math functions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Subscripts & superscripts</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math symbols</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="556">math symbols</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="557">symbols, math</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="558">greek letters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="575">math symbols</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="576">symbols, math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="577">greek letters</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="559"><r>package</r>, <code>comprehensive</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="560"><code>comprehensive</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="578"><r>package</r>, <code>comprehensive</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="579"><code>comprehensive</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; provides almost any mathematical or technical symbol that @@ -12172,184 +12512,184 @@ mode, see <ref label="_005censuremath"><xrefnodename>\ensuremath</xrefnodename>< <!-- c Useful: http://www.w3.org/TR/WD-math-970515/section6.html --> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="572" mergedindex="cp">\|</indexterm>\|</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="598" mergedindex="cp">\|</indexterm>\|</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2225</U> Parallel (relation). Synonym: <code>\parallel</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="573" mergedindex="cp">\aleph</indexterm>\aleph</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="599" mergedindex="cp">\aleph</indexterm>\aleph</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2135</U> Aleph, transfinite cardinal (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="574" mergedindex="cp">\alpha</indexterm>\alpha</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="600" mergedindex="cp">\alpha</indexterm>\alpha</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B1</U> Lowercase Greek letter alpha (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="575" mergedindex="cp">\amalg</indexterm>\amalg</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="601" mergedindex="cp">\amalg</indexterm>\amalg</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A3F</U> Disjoint union (binary) </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="576" mergedindex="cp">\angle</indexterm>\angle</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="602" mergedindex="cp">\angle</indexterm>\angle</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2220</U> Geometric angle (ordinary). Similar: less-than sign <code><</code> and angle bracket <code>\langle</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="577" mergedindex="cp">\approx</indexterm>\approx</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="603" mergedindex="cp">\approx</indexterm>\approx</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2248</U> Almost equal to (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="578" mergedindex="cp">\ast</indexterm>\ast</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="604" mergedindex="cp">\ast</indexterm>\ast</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2217</U> Asterisk operator, convolution, six-pointed (binary). Synonym: <code>*</code>, which is often a superscript or subscript, as in the Kleene star. Similar: <code>\star</code>, which is five-pointed, and is sometimes used as a general binary operation, and sometimes reserved for cross-correlation. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="579" mergedindex="cp">\asymp</indexterm>\asymp</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="605" mergedindex="cp">\asymp</indexterm>\asymp</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>224D</U> Asymptotically equivalent (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="580" mergedindex="cp">\backslash</indexterm>\backslash</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="606" mergedindex="cp">\backslash</indexterm>\backslash</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>\ Backslash (ordinary). Similar: set minus <code>\setminus</code>, and <code>\textbackslash</code> for backslash outside of math mode. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="581" mergedindex="cp">\beta</indexterm>\beta</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="607" mergedindex="cp">\beta</indexterm>\beta</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B2</U> Lowercase Greek letter beta (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="582" mergedindex="cp">\bigcap</indexterm>\bigcap</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="608" mergedindex="cp">\bigcap</indexterm>\bigcap</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C2</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, intersection (operator). Similar: binary intersection <code>\cap</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="583" mergedindex="cp">\bigcirc</indexterm>\bigcirc</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="609" mergedindex="cp">\bigcirc</indexterm>\bigcirc</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>26AA</U> Circle, larger (binary). Similar: function composition <code>\circ</code>. <!-- c bb Best unicode symbol for this? --> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="584" mergedindex="cp">\bigcup</indexterm>\bigcup</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="610" mergedindex="cp">\bigcup</indexterm>\bigcup</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C3</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, union (operator). Similar: binary union <code>\cup</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="585" mergedindex="cp">\bigodot</indexterm>\bigodot</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="611" mergedindex="cp">\bigodot</indexterm>\bigodot</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A00</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled dot operator (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="586" mergedindex="cp">\bigoplus</indexterm>\bigoplus</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="612" mergedindex="cp">\bigoplus</indexterm>\bigoplus</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A01</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled plus operator (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="587" mergedindex="cp">\bigotimes</indexterm>\bigotimes</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="613" mergedindex="cp">\bigotimes</indexterm>\bigotimes</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A02</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled times operator (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="588" mergedindex="cp">\bigtriangledown</indexterm>\bigtriangledown</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="614" mergedindex="cp">\bigtriangledown</indexterm>\bigtriangledown</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25BD</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing down (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="589" mergedindex="cp">\bigtriangleup</indexterm>\bigtriangleup</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="615" mergedindex="cp">\bigtriangleup</indexterm>\bigtriangleup</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25B3</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing up (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="590" mergedindex="cp">\bigsqcup</indexterm>\bigsqcup</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="616" mergedindex="cp">\bigsqcup</indexterm>\bigsqcup</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A06</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, square union (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="591" mergedindex="cp">\biguplus</indexterm>\biguplus</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="617" mergedindex="cp">\biguplus</indexterm>\biguplus</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A04</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, union operator with a plus (operator). (Note that the name has only one p.) </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="592" mergedindex="cp">\bigvee</indexterm>\bigvee</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="618" mergedindex="cp">\bigvee</indexterm>\bigvee</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C1</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-or (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="593" mergedindex="cp">\bigwedge</indexterm>\bigwedge</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="619" mergedindex="cp">\bigwedge</indexterm>\bigwedge</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C0</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-and (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="594" mergedindex="cp">\bot</indexterm>\bot</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="620" mergedindex="cp">\bot</indexterm>\bot</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A5</U>, Up tack, bottom, least element of a partially ordered set, or a contradiction (ordinary). See also <code>\top</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="595" mergedindex="cp">\bowtie</indexterm>\bowtie</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="621" mergedindex="cp">\bowtie</indexterm>\bowtie</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C8</U> Natural join of two relations (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="596" mergedindex="cp">\Box</indexterm>\Box</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="622" mergedindex="cp">\Box</indexterm>\Box</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25A1</U> Modal operator for necessity; square open box -(ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. +(ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package. <!-- c bb Best Unicode equivalent? --> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="597" mergedindex="cp">\bullet</indexterm>\bullet</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="561">bullet symbol</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="623" mergedindex="cp">\bullet</indexterm>\bullet</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="580">bullet symbol</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>2022</U> Bullet (binary). Similar: multiplication dot <code>\cdot</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="598" mergedindex="cp">\cap</indexterm>\cap</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="624" mergedindex="cp">\cap</indexterm>\cap</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2229</U> Intersection of two sets (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigcap</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="599" mergedindex="cp">\cdot</indexterm>\cdot</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="625" mergedindex="cp">\cdot</indexterm>\cdot</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C5</U> Multiplication (binary). Similar: Bullet dot <code>\bullet</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="600" mergedindex="cp">\chi</indexterm>\chi</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="626" mergedindex="cp">\chi</indexterm>\chi</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C7</U> Lowercase Greek chi (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="601" mergedindex="cp">\circ</indexterm>\circ</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="627" mergedindex="cp">\circ</indexterm>\circ</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2218</U> Function composition, ring operator (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigcirc</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="602" mergedindex="cp">\clubsuit</indexterm>\clubsuit</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="628" mergedindex="cp">\clubsuit</indexterm>\clubsuit</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2663</U> Club card suit (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="603" mergedindex="cp">\complement</indexterm>\complement</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="629" mergedindex="cp">\complement</indexterm>\complement</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2201</U>, Set complement, used as a superscript as in -<code>$S^\complement$</code> (ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. Also used: +<code>$S^\complement$</code> (ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package. Also used: <code>$S^{\mathsf{c}}$</code> or <code>$\bar{S}$</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="604" mergedindex="cp">\cong</indexterm>\cong</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="630" mergedindex="cp">\cong</indexterm>\cong</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2245</U> Congruent (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="605" mergedindex="cp">\coprod</indexterm>\coprod</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="631" mergedindex="cp">\coprod</indexterm>\coprod</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2210</U> Coproduct (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="606" mergedindex="cp">\cup</indexterm>\cup</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="632" mergedindex="cp">\cup</indexterm>\cup</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>222A</U> Union of two sets (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigcup</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="607" mergedindex="cp">\dagger</indexterm>\dagger</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="633" mergedindex="cp">\dagger</indexterm>\dagger</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2020</U> Dagger relation (binary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="608" mergedindex="cp">\dashv</indexterm>\dashv</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="634" mergedindex="cp">\dashv</indexterm>\dashv</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A3</U> Dash with vertical, reversed turnstile (relation). Similar: turnstile <code>\vdash</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="609" mergedindex="cp">\ddagger</indexterm>\ddagger</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="635" mergedindex="cp">\ddagger</indexterm>\ddagger</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2021</U> Double dagger relation (binary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="610" mergedindex="cp">\Delta</indexterm>\Delta</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="636" mergedindex="cp">\Delta</indexterm>\Delta</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>0394</U> Greek uppercase delta, used for increment (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="611" mergedindex="cp">\delta</indexterm>\delta</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="637" mergedindex="cp">\delta</indexterm>\delta</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B4</U> Greek lowercase delta (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="612" mergedindex="cp">\Diamond</indexterm>\Diamond</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C7</U> Large diamond operator (ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="638" mergedindex="cp">\Diamond</indexterm>\Diamond</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C7</U> Large diamond operator (ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="613" mergedindex="cp">\diamond</indexterm>\diamond</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="639" mergedindex="cp">\diamond</indexterm>\diamond</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C4</U> Diamond operator (binary). Similar: large diamond <code>\Diamond</code>, circle bullet <code>\bullet</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="614" mergedindex="cp">\diamondsuit</indexterm>\diamondsuit</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="640" mergedindex="cp">\diamondsuit</indexterm>\diamondsuit</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2662</U> Diamond card suit (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="615" mergedindex="cp">\div</indexterm>\div</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="641" mergedindex="cp">\div</indexterm>\div</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00F7</U> Division sign (binary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="616" mergedindex="cp">\doteq</indexterm>\doteq</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="642" mergedindex="cp">\doteq</indexterm>\doteq</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2250</U> Approaches the limit (relation). Similar: geometrically equal to <code>\Doteq</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="617" mergedindex="cp">\downarrow</indexterm>\downarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="643" mergedindex="cp">\downarrow</indexterm>\downarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2193</U> Down arrow, converges (relation). Similar: <code>\Downarrow</code> double line down arrow. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="618" mergedindex="cp">\Downarrow</indexterm>\Downarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="644" mergedindex="cp">\Downarrow</indexterm>\Downarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D3</U> Double line down arrow (relation). Similar: <code>\downarrow</code> single line down arrow. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="619" mergedindex="cp">\ell</indexterm>\ell</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="645" mergedindex="cp">\ell</indexterm>\ell</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2113</U> Lowercase cursive letter l (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="620" mergedindex="cp">\emptyset</indexterm>\emptyset</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="646" mergedindex="cp">\emptyset</indexterm>\emptyset</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2205</U> Empty set symbol (ordinary). The variant form is <code>\varnothing</code>. <!-- c bb Why Unicode has \revemptyset but no \emptyset? --> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="621" mergedindex="cp">\epsilon</indexterm>\epsilon</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="647" mergedindex="cp">\epsilon</indexterm>\epsilon</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03F5</U> Lowercase lunate epsilon (ordinary). Similar to Greek text letter. More widely used in mathematics is the script small letter epsilon <code>\varepsilon</code> <U>03B5</U>. Related: @@ -12357,205 +12697,205 @@ the set membership relation <code>\in</code> <U>2208</U>. <!-- c src: David Carlisle http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/98018/339 and --> <!-- c Unicode referenced there asserts varepsilon is much more widely used. --> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="622" mergedindex="cp">\equiv</indexterm>\equiv</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="648" mergedindex="cp">\equiv</indexterm>\equiv</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2261</U> Equivalence (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="623" mergedindex="cp">\eta</indexterm>\eta</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="649" mergedindex="cp">\eta</indexterm>\eta</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B7</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="624" mergedindex="cp">\exists</indexterm>\exists</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="650" mergedindex="cp">\exists</indexterm>\exists</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2203</U> Existential quantifier (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="625" mergedindex="cp">\flat</indexterm>\flat</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="651" mergedindex="cp">\flat</indexterm>\flat</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>266D</U> Musical flat (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="626" mergedindex="cp">\forall</indexterm>\forall</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="652" mergedindex="cp">\forall</indexterm>\forall</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2200</U> Universal quantifier (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="627" mergedindex="cp">\frown</indexterm>\frown</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="653" mergedindex="cp">\frown</indexterm>\frown</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2322</U> Downward curving arc (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="628" mergedindex="cp">\Gamma</indexterm>\Gamma</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="654" mergedindex="cp">\Gamma</indexterm>\Gamma</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>0393</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="629" mergedindex="cp">\gamma</indexterm>\gamma</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="655" mergedindex="cp">\gamma</indexterm>\gamma</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B3</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="630" mergedindex="cp">\ge</indexterm>\ge</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="656" mergedindex="cp">\ge</indexterm>\ge</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2265</U> Greater than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for <code>\geq</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="631" mergedindex="cp">\geq</indexterm>\geq</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="657" mergedindex="cp">\geq</indexterm>\geq</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2265</U> Greater than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for <code>\ge</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="632" mergedindex="cp">\gets</indexterm>\gets</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="658" mergedindex="cp">\gets</indexterm>\gets</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2190</U> Is assigned the value (relation). Synonym: <code>\leftarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="633" mergedindex="cp">\gg</indexterm>\gg</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="659" mergedindex="cp">\gg</indexterm>\gg</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>226B</U> Much greater than (relation). Similar: much less than <code>\ll</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="634" mergedindex="cp">\hbar</indexterm>\hbar</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="660" mergedindex="cp">\hbar</indexterm>\hbar</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>210F</U> Planck constant over two pi (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="635" mergedindex="cp">\heartsuit</indexterm>\heartsuit</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="661" mergedindex="cp">\heartsuit</indexterm>\heartsuit</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2661</U> Heart card suit (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="636" mergedindex="cp">\hookleftarrow</indexterm>\hookleftarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="662" mergedindex="cp">\hookleftarrow</indexterm>\hookleftarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21A9</U> Hooked left arrow (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="637" mergedindex="cp">\hookrightarrow</indexterm>\hookrightarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="663" mergedindex="cp">\hookrightarrow</indexterm>\hookrightarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21AA</U> Hooked right arrow (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="638" mergedindex="cp">\iff</indexterm>\iff</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="664" mergedindex="cp">\iff</indexterm>\iff</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27F7</U> If and only if (relation). It is <code>\Longleftrightarrow</code> with a <code>\thickmuskip</code> on either side. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="639" mergedindex="cp">\Im</indexterm>\Im</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="665" mergedindex="cp">\Im</indexterm>\Im</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2111</U> Imaginary part (ordinary). See: real part <code>\Re</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="640" mergedindex="cp">\imath</indexterm>\imath</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="562">dotless i, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="666" mergedindex="cp">\imath</indexterm>\imath</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="581">dotless i, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Dotless i; used when you are putting an accent on an i (<pxref label="Math-accents"><xrefnodename>Math accents</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="641" mergedindex="cp">\in</indexterm>\in</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="667" mergedindex="cp">\in</indexterm>\in</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2208</U> Set element (relation). See also: lowercase lunate epsilon <code>\epsilon</code><U>03F5</U> and small letter script epsilon <code>\varepsilon</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="642" mergedindex="cp">\infty</indexterm>\infty</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="668" mergedindex="cp">\infty</indexterm>\infty</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>221E</U> Infinity (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="643" mergedindex="cp">\int</indexterm>\int</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="669" mergedindex="cp">\int</indexterm>\int</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>222B</U> Integral (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="644" mergedindex="cp">\iota</indexterm>\iota</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="670" mergedindex="cp">\iota</indexterm>\iota</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B9</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="645" mergedindex="cp">\Join</indexterm>\Join</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="671" mergedindex="cp">\Join</indexterm>\Join</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A1D</U> Condensed bowtie symbol (relation). Not available in Plain &tex;. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="646" mergedindex="cp">\jmath</indexterm>\jmath</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="563">dotless j, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="672" mergedindex="cp">\jmath</indexterm>\jmath</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="582">dotless j, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Dotless j; used when you are putting an accent on a j (<pxref label="Math-accents"><xrefnodename>Math accents</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="647" mergedindex="cp">\kappa</indexterm>\kappa</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="673" mergedindex="cp">\kappa</indexterm>\kappa</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BA</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="648" mergedindex="cp">\Lambda</indexterm>\Lambda</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="674" mergedindex="cp">\Lambda</indexterm>\Lambda</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>039B</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="649" mergedindex="cp">\lambda</indexterm>\lambda</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="675" mergedindex="cp">\lambda</indexterm>\lambda</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BB</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="650" mergedindex="cp">\land</indexterm>\land</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="676" mergedindex="cp">\land</indexterm>\land</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2227</U> Logical and (binary). Synonym: <code>\wedge</code>. See also logical or <code>\lor</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="651" mergedindex="cp">\langle</indexterm>\langle</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="677" mergedindex="cp">\langle</indexterm>\langle</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27E8</U> Left angle, or sequence, bracket (opening). Similar: less-than <code><</code>. Matches <code>\rangle</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="652" mergedindex="cp">\lbrace</indexterm>\lbrace</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="678" mergedindex="cp">\lbrace</indexterm>\lbrace</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>007B</U> Left curly brace (opening). Synonym: <code>\{</code>. Matches <code>\rbrace</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="653" mergedindex="cp">\lbrack</indexterm>\lbrack</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="679" mergedindex="cp">\lbrack</indexterm>\lbrack</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>005B</U> Left square bracket (opening). Synonym: <code>[</code>. Matches <code>\rbrack</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="654" mergedindex="cp">\lceil</indexterm>\lceil</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="680" mergedindex="cp">\lceil</indexterm>\lceil</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2308</U> Left ceiling bracket, like a square bracket but with the bottom shaved off (opening). Matches <code>\rceil</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="655" mergedindex="cp">\le</indexterm>\le</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="681" mergedindex="cp">\le</indexterm>\le</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2264</U> Less than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for <code>\leq</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="656" mergedindex="cp">\leadsto</indexterm>\leadsto</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="682" mergedindex="cp">\leadsto</indexterm>\leadsto</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21DD</U> Squiggly right arrow (relation). To get this symbol outside of math mode you can put <code>\newcommand*{\Leadsto}{\ensuremath{\leadsto}}</code> in the preamble and then use <code>\Leadsto</code> instead. <!-- c bb Best Unicode equivalent? --> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="657" mergedindex="cp">\Leftarrow</indexterm>\Leftarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="683" mergedindex="cp">\Leftarrow</indexterm>\Leftarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D0</U> Is implied by, double-line left arrow (relation). Similar: single-line left arrow <code>\leftarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="658" mergedindex="cp">\leftarrow</indexterm>\leftarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="684" mergedindex="cp">\leftarrow</indexterm>\leftarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2190</U> Single-line left arrow (relation). Synonym: <code>\gets</code>. Similar: double-line left arrow <code>\Leftarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="659" mergedindex="cp">\leftharpoondown</indexterm>\leftharpoondown</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="685" mergedindex="cp">\leftharpoondown</indexterm>\leftharpoondown</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BD</U> Single-line left harpoon, barb under bar (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="660" mergedindex="cp">\leftharpoonup</indexterm>\leftharpoonup</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="686" mergedindex="cp">\leftharpoonup</indexterm>\leftharpoonup</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BC</U> Single-line left harpoon, barb over bar (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="661" mergedindex="cp">\Leftrightarrow</indexterm>\Leftrightarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="687" mergedindex="cp">\Leftrightarrow</indexterm>\Leftrightarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D4</U> Bi-implication; double-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar: single-line double headed arrow <code>\leftrightarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="662" mergedindex="cp">\leftrightarrow</indexterm>\leftrightarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="688" mergedindex="cp">\leftrightarrow</indexterm>\leftrightarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2194</U> Single-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar: double-line double headed arrow <code>\Leftrightarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="663" mergedindex="cp">\leq</indexterm>\leq</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="689" mergedindex="cp">\leq</indexterm>\leq</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2264</U> Less than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for <code>\le</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="664" mergedindex="cp">\lfloor</indexterm>\lfloor</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="690" mergedindex="cp">\lfloor</indexterm>\lfloor</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>230A</U> Left floor bracket (opening). Matches: <code>\floor</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="665" mergedindex="cp">\lhd</indexterm>\lhd</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="691" mergedindex="cp">\lhd</indexterm>\lhd</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C1</U> Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should load -<file>amssymb</file> and use <code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation +<code>amssymb</code> and use <code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="666" mergedindex="cp">\ll</indexterm>\ll</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="692" mergedindex="cp">\ll</indexterm>\ll</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>226A</U> Much less than (relation). Similar: much greater than <code>\gg</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="667" mergedindex="cp">\lnot</indexterm>\lnot</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="693" mergedindex="cp">\lnot</indexterm>\lnot</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00AC</U> Logical negation (ordinary). Synonym: <code>\neg</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="668" mergedindex="cp">\longleftarrow</indexterm>\longleftarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="694" mergedindex="cp">\longleftarrow</indexterm>\longleftarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27F5</U> Long single-line left arrow (relation). Similar: long double-line left arrow <code>\Longleftarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="669" mergedindex="cp">\longleftrightarrow</indexterm>\longleftrightarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="695" mergedindex="cp">\longleftrightarrow</indexterm>\longleftrightarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27F7</U> Long single-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar: long double-line double-headed arrow <code>\Longleftrightarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="670" mergedindex="cp">\longmapsto</indexterm>\longmapsto</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="696" mergedindex="cp">\longmapsto</indexterm>\longmapsto</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27FC</U> Long single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar (relation). Similar: shorter version <code>\mapsto</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="671" mergedindex="cp">\longrightarrow</indexterm>\longrightarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="697" mergedindex="cp">\longrightarrow</indexterm>\longrightarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27F6</U> Long single-line right arrow (relation). Similar: long double-line right arrow <code>\Longrightarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="672" mergedindex="cp">\lor</indexterm>\lor</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="698" mergedindex="cp">\lor</indexterm>\lor</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2228</U> Logical or (binary). Synonym: <code>\vee</code>. See also logical and <code>\land</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="673" mergedindex="cp">\mapsto</indexterm>\mapsto</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="699" mergedindex="cp">\mapsto</indexterm>\mapsto</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21A6</U> Single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar (relation). Similar: longer version <code>\longmapsto</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="674" mergedindex="cp">\mho</indexterm>\mho</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="700" mergedindex="cp">\mho</indexterm>\mho</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2127</U> Conductance, half-circle rotated capital omega (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="675" mergedindex="cp">\mid</indexterm>\mid</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="701" mergedindex="cp">\mid</indexterm>\mid</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2223</U> Single-line vertical bar (relation). A typical use of <code>\mid</code> is for a set <code>\{\, x \mid x\geq 5 \,\}</code>. </para> @@ -12565,129 +12905,129 @@ ordinary) and you should not use them as relations but instead only as ordinals, i.e., footnote symbols. For absolute value, see the entry for <code>\vert</code> and for norm see the entry for <code>\Vert</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="676" mergedindex="cp">\models</indexterm>\models</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="702" mergedindex="cp">\models</indexterm>\models</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A8</U> Entails, or satisfies; double turnstile, short double dash (relation). Similar: long double dash <code>\vDash</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="677" mergedindex="cp">\mp</indexterm>\mp</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="703" mergedindex="cp">\mp</indexterm>\mp</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2213</U> Minus or plus (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="678" mergedindex="cp">\mu</indexterm>\mu</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="704" mergedindex="cp">\mu</indexterm>\mu</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BC</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="679" mergedindex="cp">\nabla</indexterm>\nabla</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="705" mergedindex="cp">\nabla</indexterm>\nabla</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2207</U> Hamilton&textrsquo;s del, or differential, operator (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="680" mergedindex="cp">\natural</indexterm>\natural</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="706" mergedindex="cp">\natural</indexterm>\natural</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>266E</U> Musical natural notation (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="681" mergedindex="cp">\ne</indexterm>\ne</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="707" mergedindex="cp">\ne</indexterm>\ne</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2260</U> Not equal (relation). Synonym: <code>\neq</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="682" mergedindex="cp">\nearrow</indexterm>\nearrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="708" mergedindex="cp">\nearrow</indexterm>\nearrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2197</U> North-east arrow (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="683" mergedindex="cp">\neg</indexterm>\neg</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="709" mergedindex="cp">\neg</indexterm>\neg</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00AC</U> Logical negation (ordinary). Synonym: <code>\lnot</code>. Sometimes instead used for negation: <code>\sim</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="684" mergedindex="cp">\neq</indexterm>\neq</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="710" mergedindex="cp">\neq</indexterm>\neq</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2260</U> Not equal (relation). Synonym: <code>\ne</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="685" mergedindex="cp">\ni</indexterm>\ni</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="711" mergedindex="cp">\ni</indexterm>\ni</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>220B</U> Reflected membership epsilon; has the member (relation). Synonym: <code>\owns</code>. Similar: is a member of <code>\in</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="686" mergedindex="cp">\not</indexterm>\not</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="712" mergedindex="cp">\not</indexterm>\not</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><!-- c the "@ "s put in spaces so the not slash doesn't hit the next char. --> <para><U>0020</U><spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/>Long solidus, or slash, used to overstrike a following operator (relation). </para> <para>Many negated operators are available that don&textrsquo;t require <code>\not</code>, -particularly with the <file>amssymb</file> package. For example, <code>\notin</code> +particularly with the <code>amssymb</code> package. For example, <code>\notin</code> is typographically preferable to <code>\not\in</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="687" mergedindex="cp">\notin</indexterm>\notin</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="713" mergedindex="cp">\notin</indexterm>\notin</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2209</U> Not an element of (relation). Similar: not subset of <code>\nsubseteq</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="688" mergedindex="cp">\nu</indexterm>\nu</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="714" mergedindex="cp">\nu</indexterm>\nu</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BD</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="689" mergedindex="cp">\nwarrow</indexterm>\nwarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="715" mergedindex="cp">\nwarrow</indexterm>\nwarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2196</U> North-west arrow (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="690" mergedindex="cp">\odot</indexterm>\odot</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="716" mergedindex="cp">\odot</indexterm>\odot</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2299</U> Dot inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigodot</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="691" mergedindex="cp">\oint</indexterm>\oint</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="717" mergedindex="cp">\oint</indexterm>\oint</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>222E</U> Contour integral, integral with circle in the middle (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="692" mergedindex="cp">\Omega</indexterm>\Omega</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="718" mergedindex="cp">\Omega</indexterm>\Omega</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A9</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="693" mergedindex="cp">\omega</indexterm>\omega</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="719" mergedindex="cp">\omega</indexterm>\omega</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C9</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="694" mergedindex="cp">\ominus</indexterm>\ominus</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="720" mergedindex="cp">\ominus</indexterm>\ominus</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2296</U> Minus sign, or dash, inside a circle (binary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="695" mergedindex="cp">\oplus</indexterm>\oplus</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="721" mergedindex="cp">\oplus</indexterm>\oplus</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2295</U> Plus sign inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigoplus</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="696" mergedindex="cp">\oslash</indexterm>\oslash</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="722" mergedindex="cp">\oslash</indexterm>\oslash</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2298</U> Solidus, or slash, inside a circle (binary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="697" mergedindex="cp">\otimes</indexterm>\otimes</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="723" mergedindex="cp">\otimes</indexterm>\otimes</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2297</U> Times sign, or cross, inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigotimes</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="698" mergedindex="cp">\owns</indexterm>\owns</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="724" mergedindex="cp">\owns</indexterm>\owns</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>220B</U> Reflected membership epsilon; has the member (relation). Synonym: <code>\ni</code>. Similar: is a member of <code>\in</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="699" mergedindex="cp">\parallel</indexterm>\parallel</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="725" mergedindex="cp">\parallel</indexterm>\parallel</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2225</U> Parallel (relation). Synonym: <code>\|</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="700" mergedindex="cp">\partial</indexterm>\partial</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="726" mergedindex="cp">\partial</indexterm>\partial</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2202</U> Partial differential (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="701" mergedindex="cp">\perp</indexterm>\perp</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="727" mergedindex="cp">\perp</indexterm>\perp</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27C2</U> Perpendicular (relation). Similar: <code>\bot</code> uses the same glyph but the spacing is different because it is in the class ordinary. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="702" mergedindex="cp">\Phi</indexterm>\Phi</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="728" mergedindex="cp">\Phi</indexterm>\Phi</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A6</U> Uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="703" mergedindex="cp">\phi</indexterm>\phi</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="729" mergedindex="cp">\phi</indexterm>\phi</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03D5</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is <code>\varphi</code> <U>03C6</U>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="704" mergedindex="cp">\Pi</indexterm>\Pi</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="730" mergedindex="cp">\Pi</indexterm>\Pi</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A0</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="705" mergedindex="cp">\pi</indexterm>\pi</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="731" mergedindex="cp">\pi</indexterm>\pi</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C0</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is <code>\varpi</code> <U>03D6</U>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="706" mergedindex="cp">\pm</indexterm>\pm</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="732" mergedindex="cp">\pm</indexterm>\pm</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00B1</U> Plus or minus (binary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="707" mergedindex="cp">\prec</indexterm>\prec</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="733" mergedindex="cp">\prec</indexterm>\prec</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>227A</U> Precedes (relation). Similar: less than <code><</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="708" mergedindex="cp">\preceq</indexterm>\preceq</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="734" mergedindex="cp">\preceq</indexterm>\preceq</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2AAF</U> Precedes or equals (relation). Similar: less than or equals <code>\leq</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="709" mergedindex="cp">\prime</indexterm>\prime</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="735" mergedindex="cp">\prime</indexterm>\prime</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2032</U> Prime, or minute in a time expression (ordinary). Typically used as a superscript: <code>$f^\prime$</code>; <code>$f^\prime$</code> and <code>$f'$</code> produce the same result. An advantage of the second @@ -12697,334 +13037,334 @@ typing. You can only use <code>\prime</code> in math mode. Using the right single quote <code>'</code> in text mode produces a different character (apostrophe). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="710" mergedindex="cp">\prod</indexterm>\prod</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="736" mergedindex="cp">\prod</indexterm>\prod</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>220F</U> Product (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="711" mergedindex="cp">\propto</indexterm>\propto</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="737" mergedindex="cp">\propto</indexterm>\propto</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>221D</U> Is proportional to (relation) </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="712" mergedindex="cp">\Psi</indexterm>\Psi</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="738" mergedindex="cp">\Psi</indexterm>\Psi</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A8</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="713" mergedindex="cp">\psi</indexterm>\psi</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="739" mergedindex="cp">\psi</indexterm>\psi</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C8</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="714" mergedindex="cp">\rangle</indexterm>\rangle</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="740" mergedindex="cp">\rangle</indexterm>\rangle</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27E9</U> Right angle, or sequence, bracket (closing). Similar: greater than <code>></code>. Matches:<code>\langle</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="715" mergedindex="cp">\rbrace</indexterm>\rbrace</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="741" mergedindex="cp">\rbrace</indexterm>\rbrace</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>007D</U> Right curly brace (closing). Synonym: <code>\}</code>. Matches <code>\lbrace</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="716" mergedindex="cp">\rbrack</indexterm>\rbrack</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="742" mergedindex="cp">\rbrack</indexterm>\rbrack</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>005D</U> Right square bracket (closing). Synonym: <code>]</code>. Matches <code>\lbrack</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="717" mergedindex="cp">\rceil</indexterm>\rceil</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="743" mergedindex="cp">\rceil</indexterm>\rceil</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2309</U> Right ceiling bracket (closing). Matches <code>\lceil</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="718" mergedindex="cp">\Re</indexterm>\Re</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="744" mergedindex="cp">\Re</indexterm>\Re</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>211C</U> Real part, real numbers, cursive capital R (ordinary). Related: double-line, or blackboard bold, R <code>\mathbb{R}</code>; to access -this, load the <file>amsfonts</file> package. +this, load the <code>amsfonts</code> package. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="719" mergedindex="cp">\restriction</indexterm>\restriction</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="745" mergedindex="cp">\restriction</indexterm>\restriction</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BE</U>, Restriction of a function (relation). Synonym: -<code>\upharpoonright</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. +<code>\upharpoonright</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="720" mergedindex="cp">\revemptyset</indexterm>\revemptyset</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="746" mergedindex="cp">\revemptyset</indexterm>\revemptyset</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>29B0</U>, Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary). Related: <code>\varnothing</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>stix</file> package. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="721" mergedindex="cp">\rfloor</indexterm>\rfloor</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="747" mergedindex="cp">\rfloor</indexterm>\rfloor</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>230B</U> Right floor bracket, a right square bracket with the top cut off (closing). Matches <code>\lfloor</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="722" mergedindex="cp">\rhd</indexterm>\rhd</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="748" mergedindex="cp">\rhd</indexterm>\rhd</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C1</U> Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead -load <file>amssymb</file> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a +load <code>amssymb</code> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="723" mergedindex="cp">\rho</indexterm>\rho</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="749" mergedindex="cp">\rho</indexterm>\rho</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C1</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is <code>\varrho</code> <U>03F1</U>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="724" mergedindex="cp">\Rightarrow</indexterm>\Rightarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="750" mergedindex="cp">\Rightarrow</indexterm>\Rightarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D2</U> Implies, right-pointing double line arrow (relation). Similar: right single-line arrow <code>\rightarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="725" mergedindex="cp">\rightarrow</indexterm>\rightarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="751" mergedindex="cp">\rightarrow</indexterm>\rightarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2192</U> Right-pointing single line arrow (relation). Synonym: <code>\to</code>. Similar: right double line arrow <code>\Rightarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="726" mergedindex="cp">\rightharpoondown</indexterm>\rightharpoondown</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="752" mergedindex="cp">\rightharpoondown</indexterm>\rightharpoondown</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21C1</U> Right-pointing harpoon with barb below the line (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="727" mergedindex="cp">\rightharpoonup</indexterm>\rightharpoonup</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="753" mergedindex="cp">\rightharpoonup</indexterm>\rightharpoonup</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21C0</U> Right-pointing harpoon with barb above the line (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="728" mergedindex="cp">\rightleftharpoons</indexterm>\rightleftharpoons</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="754" mergedindex="cp">\rightleftharpoons</indexterm>\rightleftharpoons</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21CC</U> Right harpoon up above left harpoon down (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="729" mergedindex="cp">\searrow</indexterm>\searrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="755" mergedindex="cp">\searrow</indexterm>\searrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2198</U> Arrow pointing southeast (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="730" mergedindex="cp">\setminus</indexterm>\setminus</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="756" mergedindex="cp">\setminus</indexterm>\setminus</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>29F5</U> Set difference, reverse solidus or reverse slash, like \ (binary). Similar: backslash <code>\backslash</code> and also <code>\textbackslash</code> outside of math mode. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="731" mergedindex="cp">\sharp</indexterm>\sharp</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="757" mergedindex="cp">\sharp</indexterm>\sharp</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>266F</U> Musical sharp (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="732" mergedindex="cp">\Sigma</indexterm>\Sigma</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="758" mergedindex="cp">\Sigma</indexterm>\Sigma</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A3</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="733" mergedindex="cp">\sigma</indexterm>\sigma</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="759" mergedindex="cp">\sigma</indexterm>\sigma</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C3</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is <code>\varsigma</code> <U>03C2</U>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="734" mergedindex="cp">\sim</indexterm>\sim</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="760" mergedindex="cp">\sim</indexterm>\sim</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>223C</U> Similar, in a relation (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="735" mergedindex="cp">\simeq</indexterm>\simeq</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="761" mergedindex="cp">\simeq</indexterm>\simeq</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2243</U> Similar or equal to, in a relation (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="736" mergedindex="cp">\smallint</indexterm>\smallint</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="762" mergedindex="cp">\smallint</indexterm>\smallint</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>222B</U> Integral sign that does not change to a larger size in a display (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="737" mergedindex="cp">\smile</indexterm>\smile</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="763" mergedindex="cp">\smile</indexterm>\smile</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2323</U> Upward curving arc, smile (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="738" mergedindex="cp">\spadesuit</indexterm>\spadesuit</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="764" mergedindex="cp">\spadesuit</indexterm>\spadesuit</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2660</U> Spade card suit (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="739" mergedindex="cp">\sqcap</indexterm>\sqcap</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="765" mergedindex="cp">\sqcap</indexterm>\sqcap</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2293</U> Square intersection symbol (binary). Similar: intersection <code>cap</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="740" mergedindex="cp">\sqcup</indexterm>\sqcup</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="766" mergedindex="cp">\sqcup</indexterm>\sqcup</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2294</U> Square union symbol (binary). Similar: union <code>cup</code>. Related: variable-sized operator <code>\bigsqcup</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="741" mergedindex="cp">\sqsubset</indexterm>\sqsubset</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="767" mergedindex="cp">\sqsubset</indexterm>\sqsubset</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>228F</U>, Square subset symbol (relation). Similar: -subset <code>\subset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. +subset <code>\subset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="742" mergedindex="cp">\sqsubseteq</indexterm>\sqsubseteq</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="768" mergedindex="cp">\sqsubseteq</indexterm>\sqsubseteq</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2291</U> Square subset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: subset or equal to <code>\subseteq</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="743" mergedindex="cp">\sqsupset</indexterm>\sqsupset</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="769" mergedindex="cp">\sqsupset</indexterm>\sqsupset</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2290</U>, Square superset symbol (relation). Similar: -superset <code>\supset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. +superset <code>\supset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="744" mergedindex="cp">\sqsupseteq</indexterm>\sqsupseteq</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="770" mergedindex="cp">\sqsupseteq</indexterm>\sqsupseteq</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2292</U> Square superset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: superset or equal <code>\supseteq</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="745" mergedindex="cp">\star</indexterm>\star</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="771" mergedindex="cp">\star</indexterm>\star</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C6</U> Five-pointed star, sometimes used as a general binary operation but sometimes reserved for cross-correlation (binary). Similar: the synonyms asterisk <code>*</code> and <code>\ast</code>, which are six-pointed, and more often appear as a superscript or subscript, as with the Kleene star. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="746" mergedindex="cp">\subset</indexterm>\subset</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="772" mergedindex="cp">\subset</indexterm>\subset</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2282</U> Subset (occasionally, is implied by) (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="747" mergedindex="cp">\subseteq</indexterm>\subseteq</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="773" mergedindex="cp">\subseteq</indexterm>\subseteq</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2286</U> Subset or equal to (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="748" mergedindex="cp">\succ</indexterm>\succ</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="774" mergedindex="cp">\succ</indexterm>\succ</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>227B</U> Comes after, succeeds (relation). Similar: is less than <code>></code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="749" mergedindex="cp">\succeq</indexterm>\succeq</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="775" mergedindex="cp">\succeq</indexterm>\succeq</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2AB0</U> Succeeds or is equal to (relation). Similar: less than or equal to <code>\leq</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="750" mergedindex="cp">\sum</indexterm>\sum</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="776" mergedindex="cp">\sum</indexterm>\sum</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2211</U> Summation (operator). Similar: Greek capital sigma <code>\Sigma</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="751" mergedindex="cp">\supset</indexterm>\supset</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="777" mergedindex="cp">\supset</indexterm>\supset</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2283</U> Superset (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="752" mergedindex="cp">\supseteq</indexterm>\supseteq</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="778" mergedindex="cp">\supseteq</indexterm>\supseteq</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2287</U> Superset or equal to (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="753" mergedindex="cp">\surd</indexterm>\surd</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="779" mergedindex="cp">\surd</indexterm>\surd</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>221A</U> Radical symbol (ordinary). The &latex; command <code>\sqrt{...}</code> typesets the square root of the argument, with a bar that extends to cover the argument. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="754" mergedindex="cp">\swarrow</indexterm>\swarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="780" mergedindex="cp">\swarrow</indexterm>\swarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2199</U> Southwest-pointing arrow (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="755" mergedindex="cp">\tau</indexterm>\tau</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="781" mergedindex="cp">\tau</indexterm>\tau</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C4</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="756" mergedindex="cp">\theta</indexterm>\theta</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="782" mergedindex="cp">\theta</indexterm>\theta</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B8</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is <code>\vartheta</code> <U>03D1</U>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="757" mergedindex="cp">\times</indexterm>\times</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="783" mergedindex="cp">\times</indexterm>\times</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00D7</U> Primary school multiplication sign (binary). See also <code>\cdot</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="758" mergedindex="cp">\to</indexterm>\to</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="784" mergedindex="cp">\to</indexterm>\to</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2192</U> Right-pointing single line arrow (relation). Synonym: <code>\rightarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="759" mergedindex="cp">\top</indexterm>\top</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="785" mergedindex="cp">\top</indexterm>\top</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A4</U> Top, greatest element of a partially ordered set (ordinary). See also <code>\bot</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="760" mergedindex="cp">\triangle</indexterm>\triangle</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="786" mergedindex="cp">\triangle</indexterm>\triangle</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25B3</U> Triangle (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="761" mergedindex="cp">\triangleleft</indexterm>\triangleleft</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="787" mergedindex="cp">\triangleleft</indexterm>\triangleleft</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C1</U> Not-filled triangle pointing left (binary). Similar: <code>\lhd</code>. For the normal subgroup symbol you -should load <file>amssymb</file> and use <code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which +should load <code>amssymb</code> and use <code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="762" mergedindex="cp">\triangleright</indexterm>\triangleright</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="788" mergedindex="cp">\triangleright</indexterm>\triangleright</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25B7</U> Not-filled triangle pointing right (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load -<file>amssymb</file> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a +<code>amssymb</code> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="763" mergedindex="cp">\unlhd</indexterm>\unlhd</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="789" mergedindex="cp">\unlhd</indexterm>\unlhd</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22B4</U> Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is, triangle, with a line under (binary). For the -normal subgroup symbol load <file>amssymb</file> and +normal subgroup symbol load <code>amssymb</code> and use <code>\vartrianglelefteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="764" mergedindex="cp">\unrhd</indexterm>\unrhd</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="790" mergedindex="cp">\unrhd</indexterm>\unrhd</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22B5</U> Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is, triangle, with a line under (binary). For the -normal subgroup symbol load <file>amssymb</file> and +normal subgroup symbol load <code>amssymb</code> and use <code>\vartrianglerighteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="765" mergedindex="cp">\Uparrow</indexterm>\Uparrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="791" mergedindex="cp">\Uparrow</indexterm>\Uparrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D1</U> Double-line upward-pointing arrow (relation). Similar: single-line up-pointing arrow <code>\uparrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="766" mergedindex="cp">\uparrow</indexterm>\uparrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="792" mergedindex="cp">\uparrow</indexterm>\uparrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2191</U> Single-line upward-pointing arrow, diverges (relation). Similar: double-line up-pointing arrow <code>\Uparrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="767" mergedindex="cp">\Updownarrow</indexterm>\Updownarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="793" mergedindex="cp">\Updownarrow</indexterm>\Updownarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D5</U> Double-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow (relation). Similar: single-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow <code>\updownarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="768" mergedindex="cp">\updownarrow</indexterm>\updownarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="794" mergedindex="cp">\updownarrow</indexterm>\updownarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2195</U> Single-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow (relation). Similar: double-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow <code>\Updownarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="769" mergedindex="cp">\upharpoonright</indexterm>\upharpoonright</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="795" mergedindex="cp">\upharpoonright</indexterm>\upharpoonright</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BE</U>, Up harpoon, with barb on right side (relation). Synonym: <code>&backslashchar;restriction</code>. -Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. +Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="770" mergedindex="cp">\uplus</indexterm>\uplus</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="796" mergedindex="cp">\uplus</indexterm>\uplus</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>228E</U> Multiset union, a union symbol with a plus symbol in the middle (binary). Similar: union <code>\cup</code>. Related: variable-sized operator <code>\biguplus</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="771" mergedindex="cp">\Upsilon</indexterm>\Upsilon</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="797" mergedindex="cp">\Upsilon</indexterm>\Upsilon</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A5</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="772" mergedindex="cp">\upsilon</indexterm>\upsilon</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="798" mergedindex="cp">\upsilon</indexterm>\upsilon</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C5</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="773" mergedindex="cp">\varepsilon</indexterm>\varepsilon</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="799" mergedindex="cp">\varepsilon</indexterm>\varepsilon</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B5</U> Small letter script epsilon (ordinary). This is more widely used in mathematics than the non-variant lunate epsilon form <code>\epsilon</code> <U>03F5</U>. Related: set membership <code>\in</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="774" mergedindex="cp">\vanothing</indexterm>\vanothing</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="800" mergedindex="cp">\vanothing</indexterm>\vanothing</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2205</U>, Empty set symbol. Similar: <code>\emptyset</code>. Related: -<code>\revemptyset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. +<code>\revemptyset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="775" mergedindex="cp">\varphi</indexterm>\varphi</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="801" mergedindex="cp">\varphi</indexterm>\varphi</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C6</U> Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The non-variant form is <code>\phi</code> <U>03D5</U>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="776" mergedindex="cp">\varpi</indexterm>\varpi</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="802" mergedindex="cp">\varpi</indexterm>\varpi</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03D6</U> Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The non-variant form is <code>\pi</code> <U>03C0</U>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="777" mergedindex="cp">\varrho</indexterm>\varrho</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="803" mergedindex="cp">\varrho</indexterm>\varrho</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03F1</U> Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The non-variant form is <code>\rho</code> <U>03C1</U>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="778" mergedindex="cp">\varsigma</indexterm>\varsigma</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="804" mergedindex="cp">\varsigma</indexterm>\varsigma</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C2</U> Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The non-variant form is <code>\sigma</code> <U>03C3</U>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="779" mergedindex="cp">\vartheta</indexterm>\vartheta</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="805" mergedindex="cp">\vartheta</indexterm>\vartheta</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03D1</U> Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The non-variant form is <code>\theta</code> <U>03B8</U>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="780" mergedindex="cp">\vdash</indexterm>\vdash</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="806" mergedindex="cp">\vdash</indexterm>\vdash</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A2</U> Provable; turnstile, vertical and a dash (relation). Similar: turnstile rotated a half-circle <code>\dashv</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="781" mergedindex="cp">\vee</indexterm>\vee</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="807" mergedindex="cp">\vee</indexterm>\vee</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2228</U> Logical or; a downwards v shape (binary). Related: logical and <code>\wedge</code>. Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigvee</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="782" mergedindex="cp">\Vert</indexterm>\Vert</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="808" mergedindex="cp">\Vert</indexterm>\Vert</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2016</U> Vertical double bar (ordinary). <xref label="Delimiters"><xrefnodename>Delimiters</xrefnodename></xref>, -for how to use the <file>mathtools</file> package to create flexibly-sized +for how to use the <code>mathtools</code> package to create flexibly-sized norm symbols. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="783" mergedindex="cp">\vert</indexterm>\vert</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="809" mergedindex="cp">\vert</indexterm>\vert</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>007C</U> Single line vertical bar (ordinary). For &textldquo;such that&textrdquo;, as in the definition of a set, use <code>\mid</code> because it -is a relation. <xref label="Delimiters"><xrefnodename>Delimiters</xrefnodename></xref>, for how to use the <file>mathtools</file> +is a relation. <xref label="Delimiters"><xrefnodename>Delimiters</xrefnodename></xref>, for how to use the <code>mathtools</code> package to create flexibly-sized absolute-value symbols. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="784" mergedindex="cp">\wedge</indexterm>\wedge</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="810" mergedindex="cp">\wedge</indexterm>\wedge</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2227</U> Logical and (binary). Synonym: <code>\land</code>. See also logical or <code>\vee</code>. Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigwedge</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="785" mergedindex="cp">\wp</indexterm>\wp</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="811" mergedindex="cp">\wp</indexterm>\wp</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2118</U> Weierstrass p (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="786" mergedindex="cp">\wr</indexterm>\wr</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="812" mergedindex="cp">\wr</indexterm>\wr</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2240</U> Wreath product (binary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="787" mergedindex="cp">\Xi</indexterm>\Xi</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="813" mergedindex="cp">\Xi</indexterm>\Xi</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>039E</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="788" mergedindex="cp">\xi</indexterm>\xi</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="814" mergedindex="cp">\xi</indexterm>\xi</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BE</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="789" mergedindex="cp">\zeta</indexterm>\zeta</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="815" mergedindex="cp">\zeta</indexterm>\zeta</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B6</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> @@ -13033,19 +13373,19 @@ operator <code>\bigwedge</code>. provides versions to use in mathematical text. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="790" mergedindex="cp">\mathdollar</indexterm>\mathdollar</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="816" mergedindex="cp">\mathdollar</indexterm>\mathdollar</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Dollar sign in math mode: $. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="791" mergedindex="cp">\mathparagraph</indexterm>\mathparagraph</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="817" mergedindex="cp">\mathparagraph</indexterm>\mathparagraph</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Paragraph sign (pilcrow) in math mode, <U>00B6</U>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="792" mergedindex="cp">\mathsection</indexterm>\mathsection</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="818" mergedindex="cp">\mathsection</indexterm>\mathsection</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Section sign in math mode <U>00A7</U>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="793" mergedindex="cp">\mathsterling</indexterm>\mathsterling</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="819" mergedindex="cp">\mathsterling</indexterm>\mathsterling</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Sterling sign in math mode: £. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="794" mergedindex="cp">\mathunderscore</indexterm>\mathunderscore</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="820" mergedindex="cp">\mathunderscore</indexterm>\mathunderscore</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Underscore in math mode: _. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> @@ -13064,18 +13404,18 @@ provides versions to use in mathematical text. <node name="Arrows" spaces=" "><nodename>Arrows</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\boldmath & \unboldmath</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Arrows</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="564">arrows</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="565">symbols, arrows</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="795" mergedindex="cp">math, arrows</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="583">arrows</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="584">symbols, arrows</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="821" mergedindex="cp">math, arrows</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="566"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="567"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="585"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="586"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="568"><r>package</r>, <code>latexsym</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="569"><code>latexsym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="587"><r>package</r>, <code>latexsym</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="588"><code>latexsym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>These are the arrows that come with standard &latex;. The -<file>latexsym</file> and <file>amsfonts</file> packages contain many more. +<code>latexsym</code> and <code>amsfonts</code> packages contain many more. </para> <multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnfractions line=".10 .40 .50"><columnfraction value=".10"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".40"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".50"></columnfraction></columnfractions> <thead><row><entry command="headitem" spaces=" "><para>Symbol</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Command</para></entry><entry command="tab"> @@ -13136,24 +13476,24 @@ provides versions to use in mathematical text. <para>An example of the difference between <code>\to</code> and <code>\mapsto</code> is: <code>\( f\colon D\to C \) given by \( n\mapsto n^2 \)</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="570"><r>package</r>, <code>amscd</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="571"><code>amscd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="589"><r>package</r>, <code>amscd</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="590"><code>amscd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="572"><r>package</r>, <code>tikz-cd</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="573"><code>tikz-cd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="591"><r>package</r>, <code>tikz-cd</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="592"><code>tikz-cd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>For commutative diagrams there are a number of packages, including -<file>tikz-cd</file> and <file>amscd</file>. +<code>tikz-cd</code> and <code>amscd</code>. </para> </subsection> <node name="_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath" spaces=" "><nodename>\boldmath & \unboldmath</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Blackboard bold</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Arrows</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\boldmath</code> & <code>\unboldmath</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="574">boldface mathematics</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="575">symbols, boldface</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="796" mergedindex="cp">\boldmath</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="797" mergedindex="cp">\unboldmath</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="593">boldface mathematics</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="594">symbols, boldface</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="822" mergedindex="cp">\boldmath</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="823" mergedindex="cp">\unboldmath</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis (used in paragraph mode or LR mode): </para> @@ -13168,8 +13508,8 @@ is: <code>\( f\colon D\to C \) given by \( n\mapsto n^2 \)</code>. <pre xml:space="preserve">\unboldmath \( <var>math</var> \) </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="798" mergedindex="cp">\boldmath</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="799" mergedindex="cp">\unboldmath</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="824" mergedindex="cp">\boldmath</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="825" mergedindex="cp">\unboldmath</indexterm></findex> <para>Declarations to change the letters and symbols in <var>math</var> to be in a bold font, or to countermand that and bring back the regular (non-bold) default. They must be used when not in math mode or display @@ -13194,11 +13534,11 @@ Command \boldmath invalid in math mode on input line 11</samp> and <samp>LaTeX Font Warning: Command \mathversion invalid in math mode on input line 11</samp>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="576"><r>package</r>, <code>bm</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="577"><code>bm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="595"><r>package</r>, <code>bm</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="596"><code>bm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>There are many issues with <code>\boldmath</code>. New documents should use -the <file>bm</file> package provided by the &latex; Project team. A complete +the <code>bm</code> package provided by the &latex; Project team. A complete description is outside the scope of this document (see the full documentation on CTAN) but even this small example </para> @@ -13216,8 +13556,8 @@ we have $\bm{v} = 5\cdot\bm{u}$ <node name="Blackboard-bold" spaces=" "><nodename>Blackboard bold</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Calligraphic</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\boldmath & \unboldmath</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Blackboard bold</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="578">blackboard bold</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="579">doublestruck</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="597">blackboard bold</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="598">doublestruck</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -13252,9 +13592,9 @@ capital letters; look on CTAN. <node name="Calligraphic" spaces=" "><nodename>Calligraphic</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Delimiters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Blackboard bold</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Calligraphic</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="580">calligraphic fonts</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="581">script fonts</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="582">fonts, script</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="599">calligraphic fonts</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="600">script fonts</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="601">fonts, script</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -13279,11 +13619,11 @@ an error but you also do not get math calligraphic output. For instance, <node name="Delimiters" spaces=" "><nodename>Delimiters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Dots</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Calligraphic</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Delimiters</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="583">delimiters</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="584">parentheses</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="585">braces</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="586">curly braces</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="587">brackets</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="602">delimiters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="603">parentheses</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="604">braces</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="605">curly braces</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="606">brackets</indexterm></cindex> <para>Delimiters are parentheses, braces, or other characters used to mark the start and end of subformulas. This formula has three sets of @@ -13334,22 +13674,22 @@ parentheses delimiting the three subformulas. <para><U>2016</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\|</code> or <code>\Vert</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Double vertical bar </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="588"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="589"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="607"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="608"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<para>The <file>mathtools</file> package allows you to create commands for paired +<para>The <code>mathtools</code> package allows you to create commands for paired delimiters. For instance, if you put <code>\DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs{\lvert}{\rvert}</code> in your preamble then you get two commands for single-line vertical bars (they only work -in math mode). The starred version, such as +in math mode). The starred form, such as <code>\abs*{\frac{22}{7}}</code>, has the height of the vertical bars -match the height of the argument. The unstarred version, such as +match the height of the argument. The unstarred form, such as <code>\abs{\frac{22}{7}}</code>, has the bars fixed at a default height. -This version accepts an optional argument, as in <code>\abs[<var>size +This form accepts an optional argument, as in <code>\abs[<var>size command</var>]{\frac{22}{7}}</code>, where the height of the bars is given in -<var>size command</var>, such as <code>\Bigg</code>. Using <code>\lVert</code> and -<code>\rVert</code> as the symbols will give you a norm symbol with the same -behavior. +<var>size command</var>, such as <code>\Bigg</code>. Using instead <code>\lVert</code> +and <code>\rVert</code> as the symbols will give you a norm symbol with the +same behavior. </para> <menu endspaces=" "> <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\left & \right</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Automatically sized delimiters. @@ -13360,13 +13700,13 @@ behavior. <node name="_005cleft-_0026-_005cright" spaces=" "><nodename>\left & \right</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\bigl & \bigr etc.</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Delimiters</nodeup></node> <subsubsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\left</code> & <code>\right</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="590">delimiters, paired</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="591">paired delimiters</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="592">matching parentheses</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="593">matching brackets</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="594">null delimiter</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="800" mergedindex="cp">\left</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="801" mergedindex="cp">\right</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="609">delimiters, paired</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="610">paired delimiters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="611">matching parentheses</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="612">matching brackets</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="613">null delimiter</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="826" mergedindex="cp">\left</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="827" mergedindex="cp">\right</indexterm></findex> <!-- c Credit: SE userPhilipp https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/12793 --> @@ -13399,11 +13739,11 @@ example, leaving out the <code>\left(</code> gets the error message <samp>Extra \right</samp>. Leaving out the <code>\right)</code> gets <samp>You can't use `\eqno' in math mode</samp>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="595"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="596"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="614"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="615"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="597"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="598"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="616"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="617"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>However, <var>delimiter1</var> and <var>delimiter2</var> need not match. A common case is that you want an unmatched brace, as below. Use a period, @@ -13420,9 +13760,9 @@ case is that you want an unmatched brace, as below. Use a period, <noindent></noindent> <para>Note that to get a curly brace as a delimiter you must prefix it with a -backslash, <code>\{</code>. (The packages <file>amsmath</file> and -<file>mathtools</file> allow you to get the above construct through in a -<code>cases</code> environment.) +backslash, <code>\{</code> (<pxref label="Reserved-characters"><xrefnodename>Reserved characters</xrefnodename></pxref>). (The packages +<code>amsmath</code> and <code>mathtools</code> allow you to get the above +construct through in a <code>cases</code> environment.) </para> <para>The <code>\left ... \right</code> pair make a group. One consequence is that the formula enclosed in the <code>\left ... \right</code> pair cannot have @@ -13469,7 +13809,7 @@ form a group, the enclosed subformula will be typeset at its natural width, with no stretching or shrinking to make the line fit better. </para> <para>&tex; scales the delimiters according to the height and depth of the -contained formula. Here &latex; grows the brackets to extend the full +enclosed formula. Here &latex; grows the brackets to extend the full height of the integral. </para> <example endspaces=" "> @@ -13515,10 +13855,10 @@ delimiter; you can&textrsquo;t use <code>\left</code> on the first line and <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\bigl<var>delimiter1</var> ... \bigr<var>delimiter2</var> -\Bigl<var>delimiter1</var> ... \bigr<var>delimiter2</var> -\biggl<var>delimiter1</var> ... \biggr<var>delimiter2</var> -\Biggl<var>delimiter1</var> ... \Biggr<var>delimiter2</var> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\bigl<inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><var>delimiter1</var> ... \bigr<inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><var>delimiter2</var> +\Bigl<inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><var>delimiter1</var> ... \bigr<inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><var>delimiter2</var> +\biggl<inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><var>delimiter1</var> ... \biggr<inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><var>delimiter2</var> +\Biggl<inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><var>delimiter1</var> ... \Biggr<inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><var>delimiter2</var> </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> @@ -13526,20 +13866,20 @@ delimiter; you can&textrsquo;t use <code>\left</code> on the first line and paired, see below), or one of: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\bigm<var>delimiter</var> -\Bigm<var>delimiter</var> -\biggm<var>delimiter</var> -\Biggm<var>delimiter</var> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\bigm<inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><var>delimiter</var> +\Bigm<inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><var>delimiter</var> +\biggm<inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><var>delimiter</var> +\Biggm<inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><var>delimiter</var> </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> <para>(as with <code>\bigm|</code>), or one of: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\big<var>delimiter</var> -\Big<var>delimiter</var> -\bigg<var>delimiter</var> -\Bigg<var>delimiter</var> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\big<inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><var>delimiter</var> +\Big<inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><var>delimiter</var> +\bigg<inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><var>delimiter</var> +\Bigg<inlinefmt><inlinefmtformat>info</inlinefmtformat></inlinefmt><var>delimiter</var> </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> @@ -13560,8 +13900,8 @@ causing &latex; to spread the lines apart. The larger sizes are meant for displayed equations. </para> <para><xref label="Delimiters"><xrefnodename>Delimiters</xrefnodename></xref>, for a list of the common delimiters. In the family of -commands with <samp>l</samp> and <samp>r</samp>, <var>delimiter1</var> and -<var>delimiter2</var> need not be the same. +commands with <samp>l</samp> or <samp>r</samp>, <var>delimiter1</var> and +<var>delimiter2</var> need not match together. </para> <para>The <samp>l</samp> and <samp>r</samp> commands produce open and close delimiters that insert no horizontal space between a preceding atom and the @@ -13591,12 +13931,12 @@ some circumstances, as with this large vertical line \end{equation} </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="599"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="600"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="618"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="619"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <noindent></noindent> <para>(many authors would replace <code>\frac</code> with the <code>\tfrac</code> command -from the <file>amsmath</file> package), and as with this larger slash. +from the <code>amsmath</code> package), and as with this larger slash. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{equation} @@ -13605,7 +13945,7 @@ from the <file>amsmath</file> package), and as with this larger slash. </pre></example> <para>Unlike the <code>\left...\right</code> pair (<pxref label="_005cleft-_0026-_005cright"><xrefnodename>\left & \right</xrefnodename></pxref>), the -commands here with <samp>l</samp> and <samp>r</samp> do not make a group. +commands here with <samp>l</samp> or <samp>r</samp> do not make a group. Strictly speaking they need not be matched so you can write something like this. </para> @@ -13633,8 +13973,8 @@ formulas, as here. <node name="Dots" spaces=" "><nodename>Dots</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Greek letters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Delimiters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Dots, horizontal or vertical</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="601">ellipses</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="602">dots</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="620">ellipses</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="621">dots</indexterm></cindex> <para>Ellipses are the three dots (usually three) indicating that a pattern continues. @@ -13651,21 +13991,21 @@ continues. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <beforefirstitem><anchor name="ellipses-cdots">ellipses cdots</anchor> -</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="802" mergedindex="cp">\cdots</indexterm>\cdots</itemformat></item> +</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="828" mergedindex="cp">\cdots</indexterm>\cdots</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Horizontal ellipsis with the dots raised to the center of the line, as in <U>22EF</U>. Used as: <code>\( a_0\cdot a_1\cdots a_{n-1} \)</code>. </para> <anchor name="ellipses-ddots">ellipses ddots</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="803" mergedindex="cp">\ddots</indexterm>\ddots</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="829" mergedindex="cp">\ddots</indexterm>\ddots</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Diagonal ellipsis, <U>22F1</U>. See the above array example for a usage. </para> <anchor name="ellipses-ldots">ellipses ldots</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="804" mergedindex="cp">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="830" mergedindex="cp">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Ellipsis on the baseline, <U>2026</U>. Used as: <code>\( x_0,\ldots x_{n-1} \)</code>. Another example is the above array example. A -synonym is <code>\mathellipsis</code>. A synonym from the <file>amsmath</file> +synonym is <code>\mathellipsis</code>. A synonym from the <code>amsmath</code> package is <code>\hdots</code>. </para> <para>You can also use this command outside of mathematical text, as in @@ -13673,16 +14013,16 @@ package is <code>\hdots</code>. mode or LR mode a synonym for <code>\ldots</code> is <code>\dots</code>.) </para> <anchor name="ellipses-vdots">ellipses vdots</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="805" mergedindex="cp">\vdots</indexterm>\vdots</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="831" mergedindex="cp">\vdots</indexterm>\vdots</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Vertical ellipsis, <U>22EE</U>. See the above array example for a usage. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="603"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="604"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="622"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="623"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<para>The <file>amsmath</file> package has the command <code>\dots</code> to semantically +<para>The <code>amsmath</code> package has the command <code>\dots</code> to semantically mark up ellipses. This example produces two different-looking outputs for the first two uses of the <code>\dots</code> command. </para> @@ -13712,7 +14052,7 @@ or relation symbol, <code>\dotsi</code> for dots with integrals, or <node name="Greek-letters" spaces=" "><nodename>Greek letters</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Dots</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Greek letters</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="605">Greek letters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="624">Greek letters</indexterm></cindex> <para>The upper case versions of these Greek letters are only shown when they differ from Roman upper case letters. @@ -13769,13 +14109,13 @@ differ from Roman upper case letters. <para><U>03C9</U>, <U>03A9</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\omega</code>, <code>\Omega</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Omega </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="606"><r>package</r>, <code>unicode-math</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="607"><code>unicode-math</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="625"><r>package</r>, <code>unicode-math</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="626"><code>unicode-math</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>For omicron, if you are using &latex;&textrsquo;s default Computer Modern font then enter omicron just as <samp>o</samp> or <samp>O</samp>. If you like having the name or if your font shows a difference then you can use something like -<code>\newcommand\omicron{o}</code>. The package <file>unicode-math</file> has +<code>\newcommand\omicron{o}</code>. The package <code>unicode-math</code> has <code>\upomicron</code> for upright omicron and <code>\mitomicron</code> for math italic. </para> @@ -13788,124 +14128,124 @@ italic. <node name="Math-functions" spaces=" "><nodename>Math functions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math accents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math functions</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="608">math functions</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="609">functions, math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="627">math functions</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="628">functions, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>These commands produce roman function names in math mode with proper spacing. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="806" mergedindex="cp">\arccos</indexterm>\arccos</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="832" mergedindex="cp">\arccos</indexterm>\arccos</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Inverse cosine </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="807" mergedindex="cp">\arcsin</indexterm>\arcsin</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="833" mergedindex="cp">\arcsin</indexterm>\arcsin</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Inverse sine </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="808" mergedindex="cp">\arctan</indexterm>\arctan</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="834" mergedindex="cp">\arctan</indexterm>\arctan</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Inverse tangent </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="809" mergedindex="cp">\arg</indexterm>\arg</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="835" mergedindex="cp">\arg</indexterm>\arg</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Angle between the real axis and a point in the complex plane </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="810" mergedindex="cp">\bmod</indexterm>\bmod</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="836" mergedindex="cp">\bmod</indexterm>\bmod</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Binary modulo operator, used as in <code>\( 5\bmod 3=2 \)</code> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="811" mergedindex="cp">\cos</indexterm>\cos</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="837" mergedindex="cp">\cos</indexterm>\cos</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Cosine </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="812" mergedindex="cp">\cosh</indexterm>\cosh</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="838" mergedindex="cp">\cosh</indexterm>\cosh</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Hyperbolic cosine </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="813" mergedindex="cp">\cot</indexterm>\cot</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="839" mergedindex="cp">\cot</indexterm>\cot</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Cotangent </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="814" mergedindex="cp">\coth</indexterm>\coth</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="840" mergedindex="cp">\coth</indexterm>\coth</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Hyperbolic cotangent </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="815" mergedindex="cp">\csc</indexterm>\csc</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="841" mergedindex="cp">\csc</indexterm>\csc</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Cosecant </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="816" mergedindex="cp">\deg</indexterm>\deg</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="842" mergedindex="cp">\deg</indexterm>\deg</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Degrees </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="817" mergedindex="cp">\det</indexterm>\det</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="843" mergedindex="cp">\det</indexterm>\det</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Determinant </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="818" mergedindex="cp">\dim</indexterm>\dim</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="844" mergedindex="cp">\dim</indexterm>\dim</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Dimension </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="819" mergedindex="cp">\exp</indexterm>\exp</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="845" mergedindex="cp">\exp</indexterm>\exp</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Exponential </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="820" mergedindex="cp">\gcd</indexterm>\gcd</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="846" mergedindex="cp">\gcd</indexterm>\gcd</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Greatest common divisor </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="821" mergedindex="cp">\hom</indexterm>\hom</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="847" mergedindex="cp">\hom</indexterm>\hom</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Homomorphism </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="822" mergedindex="cp">\inf</indexterm>\inf</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="848" mergedindex="cp">\inf</indexterm>\inf</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Infinum </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="823" mergedindex="cp">\ker</indexterm>\ker</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="849" mergedindex="cp">\ker</indexterm>\ker</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Kernel </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="824" mergedindex="cp">\lg</indexterm>\lg</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="850" mergedindex="cp">\lg</indexterm>\lg</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Base 2 logarithm </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="825" mergedindex="cp">\lim</indexterm>\lim</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="851" mergedindex="cp">\lim</indexterm>\lim</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Limit </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="826" mergedindex="cp">\liminf</indexterm>\liminf</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="852" mergedindex="cp">\liminf</indexterm>\liminf</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Limit inferior </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="827" mergedindex="cp">\limsup</indexterm>\limsup</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="853" mergedindex="cp">\limsup</indexterm>\limsup</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Limit superior </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="828" mergedindex="cp">\ln</indexterm>\ln</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="854" mergedindex="cp">\ln</indexterm>\ln</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Natural logarithm </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="829" mergedindex="cp">\log</indexterm>\log</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="855" mergedindex="cp">\log</indexterm>\log</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Logarithm </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="830" mergedindex="cp">\max</indexterm>\max</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="856" mergedindex="cp">\max</indexterm>\max</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Maximum </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="831" mergedindex="cp">\min</indexterm>\min</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="857" mergedindex="cp">\min</indexterm>\min</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Minimum </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="832" mergedindex="cp">\pmod</indexterm>\pmod</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="858" mergedindex="cp">\pmod</indexterm>\pmod</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Parenthesized modulus, as used in <code>\( 5\equiv 2\pmod 3 \)</code> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="833" mergedindex="cp">\Pr</indexterm>\Pr</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="859" mergedindex="cp">\Pr</indexterm>\Pr</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Probability </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="834" mergedindex="cp">\sec</indexterm>\sec</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="860" mergedindex="cp">\sec</indexterm>\sec</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Secant </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="835" mergedindex="cp">\sin</indexterm>\sin</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="861" mergedindex="cp">\sin</indexterm>\sin</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Sine </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="836" mergedindex="cp">\sinh</indexterm>\sinh</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="862" mergedindex="cp">\sinh</indexterm>\sinh</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Hyperbolic sine </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="837" mergedindex="cp">\sup</indexterm>\sup</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="863" mergedindex="cp">\sup</indexterm>\sup</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>sup <!-- c don't try to use \sup with dvi/pdf output since that turned into a --> <!-- c Texinfo command and it's not worth hassling with different versions --> <!-- c when it's just three roman letters anyway. --> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="838" mergedindex="cp">\tan</indexterm>\tan</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="864" mergedindex="cp">\tan</indexterm>\tan</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Tangent </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="839" mergedindex="cp">\tanh</indexterm>\tanh</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="865" mergedindex="cp">\tanh</indexterm>\tanh</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Hyperbolic tangent </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="610"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="611"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="629"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="630"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<para>The <file>amsmath</file> package adds improvements on some of these, and also +<para>The <code>amsmath</code> package adds improvements on some of these, and also allows you to define your own. The full documentation is on CTAN, but briefly, you can define an identity operator with <code>\DeclareMathOperator{\identity}{id}</code> that is like the ones @@ -13918,68 +14258,68 @@ below, as is traditional with <code>\lim</code>, <code>\sup</code>, or <code>\ma <node name="Math-accents" spaces=" "><nodename>Math accents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Over- and Underlining</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math functions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math accents</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="612">math accents</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="613">accents, mathematical</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="631">math accents</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="632">accents, mathematical</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; provides a variety of commands for producing accented letters in math. These are different from accents in normal text (<pxref label="Accents"><xrefnodename>Accents</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="840" mergedindex="cp">\acute</indexterm>\acute</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="614">acute accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="866" mergedindex="cp">\acute</indexterm>\acute</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="633">acute accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math acute accent </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="841" mergedindex="cp">\bar</indexterm>\bar</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="615">bar-over accent, math</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="616">macron accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="867" mergedindex="cp">\bar</indexterm>\bar</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="634">bar-over accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="635">macron accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math bar-over accent </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="842" mergedindex="cp">\breve</indexterm>\breve</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="617">breve accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="868" mergedindex="cp">\breve</indexterm>\breve</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="636">breve accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math breve accent </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="843" mergedindex="cp">\check</indexterm>\check</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="618">check accent, math</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="619">h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="869" mergedindex="cp">\check</indexterm>\check</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="637">check accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="638">h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek (check) accent </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="844" mergedindex="cp">\ddot</indexterm>\ddot</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="620">double dot accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="870" mergedindex="cp">\ddot</indexterm>\ddot</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="639">double dot accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math dieresis accent </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="845" mergedindex="cp">\dot</indexterm>\dot</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="621">overdot accent, math</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="622">dot over accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="871" mergedindex="cp">\dot</indexterm>\dot</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="640">overdot accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="641">dot over accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math dot accent </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="846" mergedindex="cp">\grave</indexterm>\grave</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="623">grave accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="872" mergedindex="cp">\grave</indexterm>\grave</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="642">grave accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math grave accent </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="847" mergedindex="cp">\hat</indexterm>\hat</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="624">hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="625">circumflex accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="873" mergedindex="cp">\hat</indexterm>\hat</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="643">hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="644">circumflex accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math hat (circumflex) accent </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="848" mergedindex="cp">\mathring</indexterm>\mathring</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="626">ring accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="874" mergedindex="cp">\mathring</indexterm>\mathring</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="645">ring accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math ring accent <!-- c don't bother implementing in texinfo --> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="849" mergedindex="cp">\tilde</indexterm>\tilde</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="627">tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="875" mergedindex="cp">\tilde</indexterm>\tilde</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="646">tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math tilde accent </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="850" mergedindex="cp">\vec</indexterm>\vec</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="628">vector symbol, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="876" mergedindex="cp">\vec</indexterm>\vec</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="647">vector symbol, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math vector symbol </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="851" mergedindex="cp">\widehat</indexterm>\widehat</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="629">wide hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="877" mergedindex="cp">\widehat</indexterm>\widehat</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="648">wide hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math wide hat accent </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="852" mergedindex="cp">\widetilde</indexterm>\widetilde</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="630">wide tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="878" mergedindex="cp">\widetilde</indexterm>\widetilde</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="649">wide tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math wide tilde accent </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> @@ -13992,35 +14332,35 @@ one without a dot, <code>\imath</code> or <code>jmath</code> (<pxref label="Math <node name="Over_002d-and-Underlining" spaces=" "><nodename>Over- and Underlining</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math accents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Over- and Underlining</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="631">overlining</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="632">underlining</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="650">overlining</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="651">underlining</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; provides commands for making overlines or underlines, or putting braces over or under some material. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <beforefirstitem> -</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="853" mergedindex="cp">\underline{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\underline{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> +</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="879" mergedindex="cp">\underline{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\underline{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Underline <var>text</var>. Works inside math mode, and outside. The line is always completely below the text, taking account of descenders, so in <code>\(\underline{y}\)</code> the line is lower than in <code>\(\underline{x}\)</code>. This command is fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="633"><r>package</r>, <code>ulem</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="634"><code>ulem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="652"><r>package</r>, <code>ulem</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="653"><code>ulem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<para>Note that the package <file>ulem</file> does text mode underlining and allows +<para>Note that the package <code>ulem</code> does text mode underlining and allows line breaking as well as a number of other features. See the documentation on CTAN. See also <ref label="_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill"><xrefnodename>\hrulefill & \dotfill</xrefnodename></ref> for producing a line, for such things as a signature. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="854" mergedindex="cp">\overline{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\overline{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="880" mergedindex="cp">\overline{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\overline{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Put a horizontal line over <var>text</var>. Works inside math mode, and outside. For example, <code>\overline{x+y}</code>. Note that this differs from the command <code>\bar</code> (<pxref label="Math-accents"><xrefnodename>Math accents</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="855" mergedindex="cp">\underbrace{<var>math</var>}</indexterm>\underbrace{<var>math</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="881" mergedindex="cp">\underbrace{<var>math</var>}</indexterm>\underbrace{<var>math</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Put a brace under <var>math</var>. For example, this <code>(1-\underbrace{1/2)+(1/2}-1/3)</code> emphasizes the telescoping part. Attach text to the brace by using subscript, <code>_</code>, or superscript, @@ -14036,26 +14376,26 @@ Attach text to the brace by using subscript, <code>_</code>, or superscript, <para>The superscript appears on top of the expression, and so can look unconnected to the underbrace. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="856" mergedindex="cp">\overbrace{<var>math</var>}</indexterm>\overbrace{<var>math</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="882" mergedindex="cp">\overbrace{<var>math</var>}</indexterm>\overbrace{<var>math</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Put a brace over <var>math</var>, as with <code>\overbrace{x+x+\cdots+x}^{\mbox{\(k\) times}}</code>. See also <code>\underbrace</code>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="635"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="636"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="654"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="655"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<para>The package <file>mathtools</file> adds an over- and underbrace, as well as +<para>The package <code>mathtools</code> adds an over- and underbrace, as well as some improvements on the braces. See the documentation on CTAN. </para> </section> -<node name="Spacing-in-math-mode" spaces=" "><nodename>Spacing in math mode</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Over- and Underlining</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node> +<node name="Spacing-in-math-mode" spaces=" "><nodename>Spacing in math mode</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math styles</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Over- and Underlining</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Spacing in math mode</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="637">spacing within math mode</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="638">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="656">spacing within math mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="657">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex> <para>When typesetting mathematics, &latex; puts in spacing according to the normal rules for mathematics texts. If you enter <code>y=m x</code> then @@ -14079,39 +14419,44 @@ a <samp>M</samp>. </para> <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\;</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="857" mergedindex="cp">\;</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="858" mergedindex="cp">\thickspace</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="883" mergedindex="cp">\;</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="884" mergedindex="cp">\thickspace</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace">spacing in math mode thickspace</anchor> -<para>Synonym: <code>\thickspace</code>. Normally <code>5.0mu plus 5.0mu</code>. -With <code>amsmath</code>, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be -used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="658"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="659"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<para>Synonym: <code>\thickspace</code>. Normally <code>5.0mu plus 5.0mu</code>. With +the <code>amsmath</code> package, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, +can be used in text mode as well as math mode; otherwise, in math mode +only. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\negthickspace</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="859" mergedindex="cp">\negthickspace</indexterm></findex> -<para>Normally <code>-5.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>. -With <code>amsmath</code>, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be -used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="885" mergedindex="cp">\negthickspace</indexterm></findex> +<para>Normally <code>-5.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>. With the <code>amsmath</code> +package, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be used in text +mode as well as math mode; otherwise, in math mode only. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\:</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\></itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="860" mergedindex="cp">\:</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="861" mergedindex="cp">\></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="862" mergedindex="cp">\medspace</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="886" mergedindex="cp">\:</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="887" mergedindex="cp">\></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="888" mergedindex="cp">\medspace</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-medspace">spacing in math mode medspace</anchor> -<para>Synonym: <code>\medspace</code>. Normally <code>4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>. -With <code>amsmath</code>, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be -used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. +<para>Synonym: <code>\medspace</code>. Normally <code>4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus +4.0mu</code>. With the <code>amsmath</code> package, or as of the 2020-10-01 +&latex; release, can be used in text mode as well as math mode; before +that, in math mode only. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\negmedspace</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="863" mergedindex="cp">\negmedspace</indexterm></findex> -<para>Normally <code>-4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>. -With <code>amsmath</code>, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be -used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="889" mergedindex="cp">\negmedspace</indexterm></findex> +<para>Normally <code>-4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>. With the <code>amsmath</code> +package, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be used in text +mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\,</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="864" mergedindex="cp">\,</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="865" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="639">thin space</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="890" mergedindex="cp">\,</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="891" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="660">thin space</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace">Spacing in math mode/\thinspace</anchor> <anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace">spacing in math mode thinspace</anchor> <para>Synonym: <code>\thinspace</code>. Normally <code>3mu</code>, which is 1/6<dmn>em</dmn>. @@ -14130,19 +14475,20 @@ this, before punctuation in a displayed equation. </pre></example> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\!</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="866" mergedindex="cp">\!</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="867" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="640">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="892" mergedindex="cp">\!</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="893" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="661">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace">spacing in math mode negthinspace</anchor> -<para>A negative thin space. Normally <code>-3mu</code>. -With <code>amsmath</code>, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be -used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, -The <code>\!</code> command is math mode only but the <code>\negthinspace</code> -command has always worked in text mode (<pxref label="_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace"><xrefnodename>\thinspace & \negthinspace</xrefnodename></pxref>). +<para>Synonym: <code>\negthinspace</code>. A negative thin space. Normally +<code>-3mu</code>. With the <code>amsmath</code> package, or as of the 2020-10-01 +&latex; release, can be used in text mode as well as math mode; +otherwise, the <code>\!</code> command is math mode only but the +<code>\negthinspace</code> command has always also worked in text mode +(<pxref label="_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace"><xrefnodename>\thinspace & \negthinspace</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\quad</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="641">quad</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="868" mergedindex="cp">\quad</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="662">quad</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="894" mergedindex="cp">\quad</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-quad">spacing in math mode quad</anchor> <para>This is 18<dmn>mu</dmn>, that is, 1<dmn>em</dmn>. This is often used for space surrounding equations or expressions, for instance for the space between @@ -14150,7 +14496,7 @@ two equations inside a <code>displaymath</code> environment. It is available in both text and math mode. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\qquad</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="869" mergedindex="cp">\qquad</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="895" mergedindex="cp">\qquad</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-qquad">spacing in math mode qquad</anchor> <para>A length of 2 quads, that is, 36<dmn>mu</dmn> = 2<dmn>em</dmn>. It is available in both text and math mode. @@ -14166,8 +14512,8 @@ both text and math mode. <node name="_005csmash" spaces=" "><nodename>\smash</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\smash</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="642">vertical spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="643">math mode, vertical space</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="663">vertical spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="664">math mode, vertical space</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -14234,8 +14580,8 @@ mode. So if it starts a paragraph then you should first put a \leavevmode\smash{zzz} % usual paragraph indent </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="644"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="645"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="665"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="666"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The package <code>mathtools</code> has operators that provide even finer control over smashing a subformula box. @@ -14245,12 +14591,12 @@ control over smashing a subformula box. <node name="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom" spaces=" "><nodename>\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\mathstrut</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\smash</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\phantom</code> & <code>\vphantom</code> & <code>\hphantom</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="646">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="647">horizontal spacing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="648">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="649">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="650">invisible character</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="651">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="667">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="668">horizontal spacing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="669">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="670">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="671">invisible character</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="672">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -14273,11 +14619,13 @@ control over smashing a subformula box. <para>The <code>\phantom</code> command creates a box with the same height, depth, and width as <var>subformula</var>, but empty. That is, this command causes &latex; to typeset the space but not fill it with the material. Here -&latex; will put a box of the right size for the quotation, but empty. +&latex; will put a blank line that is the correct width for the answer, +but will not show that answer. </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\fbox{\phantom{Conservatism is the fear-filled worship of dead radicals. - --- Mark Twain}} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{displaymath} + \int x^2\,dx=\mbox{\underline{$\phantom{(1/3)x^3+C}$}} +\end{displaymath} </pre></example> <para>The <code>\vphantom</code> variant produces an invisible box with the same @@ -14302,24 +14650,24 @@ two expressions come out at the same level. <para>These commands are often used in conjunction with <code>\smash</code>. <xref label="_005csmash"><xrefnodename>\smash</xrefnodename></xref>, which includes another example of <code>\vphantom</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="652"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="653"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="673"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="674"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The three phantom commands appear often but note that &latex; provides a suite of other commands to work with box sizes that may be more convenient, including <code>\makebox</code> (<pxref label="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox & \makebox</xrefnodename></pxref>) as well as <code>\settodepth</code> (<pxref label="_005csettodepth"><xrefnodename>\settodepth</xrefnodename></pxref>), <code>\settoheight</code> (<pxref label="_005csettoheight"><xrefnodename>\settoheight</xrefnodename></pxref>), and <code>\settowidth</code> (<pxref label="_005csettowidth"><xrefnodename>\settowidth</xrefnodename></pxref>). -In addition, the <file>mathtools</file> package has many commands that offer +In addition, the <code>mathtools</code> package has many commands that offer fine-grained control over spacing. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="654"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="655"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="675"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="676"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>All three commands produce an ordinary box, without any special mathematics status. So to do something like attaching a superscript you should give it such a status, for example with the <code>\operatorname</code> -command from the package <file>amsmath</file>. +command from the package <code>amsmath</code>. </para> <para>While most often used in mathematics, these three can appear in other contexts. However, they don&textrsquo;t cause &latex; to change into horizontal @@ -14331,12 +14679,13 @@ with <code>\leavevmode</code>. <node name="_005cmathstrut" spaces=" "><nodename>\mathstrut</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\mathstrut</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="870" mergedindex="cp"><code>\mathstrut</code></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="656">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="657">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="658">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="659">invisible character</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="660">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="896" mergedindex="cp"><code>\mathstrut</code></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="677">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="678">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="679">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="680">invisible character</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="681">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="682">strut, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -14362,10 +14711,106 @@ amount of space, use <code>\rule</code> with a width of zero. <xref label="_005 </subsection> </section> -<node name="Math-miscellany" spaces=" "><nodename>Math miscellany</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node> +<node name="Math-styles" spaces=" "><nodename>Math styles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node> +<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math styles</sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="683">math styles</indexterm></cindex> + +<para>&tex;&textrsquo;s rules for typesetting a formula depend on the context. For +example, inside a displayed equation, the input <code>\sum_{0\leq +i<n}k^m=\frac{n^{m+1}}{m+1}+\mbox{lower order terms}</code> will give +output with the summation index centered below the summation symbol. +But if that input is inline then the summation index is off to the right +rather than below, so it won&textrsquo;t push the lines apart. Similarly, in a +displayed context, the symbols in the numerator and denominator will be +larger than for an inline context, and in display math subscripts and +superscripts are further apart then they are in inline math. +</para> +<para>&tex; uses four math styles. +</para> +<itemize commandarg="bullet" spaces=" " endspaces=" "><itemprepend><formattingcommand command="bullet"/></itemprepend> +<beforefirstitem> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="684">display style</indexterm></cindex> +</beforefirstitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend> +<para>Display style is for a formula displayed on a line by itself, such as +with <code>\begin{equation} ... \end{equation}</code>. +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="685">text style</indexterm></cindex> +</listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend> +<para>Text style is for an inline formula, as with <samp>so we have $ ... $</samp>. +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="686">script style</indexterm></cindex> +</listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend> +<para>Script style is for parts of a formula in a subscript or superscript. +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="687">scriptscript style</indexterm></cindex> +</listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend> +<para>Scriptscript style is for parts of a formula at a second level (or more) +of subscript or superscript. +</para> +</listitem></itemize> + +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="897" mergedindex="cp">\displaystyle</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="898" mergedindex="cp">\textstyle</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="899" mergedindex="cp">\scriptstyle</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="900" mergedindex="cp">\scriptscriptstyle</indexterm></findex> +<para>&tex; determines a default math style but you can override it with a +declaration of <code>\displaystyle</code>, or <code>\textstyle</code>, or +<code>\scriptstyle</code>, or <code>\scriptscriptstyle</code>. +</para> +<para>In this example, the <samp>Arithmetic</samp> line&textrsquo;s fraction will look +scrunched. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{tabular}{r|cc} + \textsc{Name} &\textsc{Series} &\textsc{Sum} \\ \hline + Arithmetic &$a+(a+b)+(a+2b)+\cdots+(a+(n-1)b)$ + &$na+(n-1)n\cdot\frac{b}{2}$ \\ + Geometric &$a+ab+ab^2+\cdots+ab^{n-1}$ + &$\displaystyle a\cdot\frac{1-b^n}{1-b}$ \\ +\end{tabular} +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>But because of the <code>\displaystyle</code> declaration, +the <samp>Geometric</samp> line&textrsquo;s fraction will be easy to read, with +characters the same size as in the rest of the line. +</para> +<para>Another example is that, compared to the same input without the +declaration, the result of +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">we get +$\pi=2\cdot{\displaystyle\int_{x=0}^1 \sqrt{1-x^2}\,dx}$ +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>will have an integral sign that is much taller. Note that here the +<code>\displaystyle</code> applies to only part of the formula, and it is +delimited by being inside curly braces, as <samp>{\displaystyle ...}</samp>. +</para> +<para>The last example is a continued fraction. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{equation} +a_0+\frac{1}{ + \displaystyle a_1+\frac{\mathstrut 1}{ + \displaystyle a_2+\frac{\mathstrut 1}{ + \displaystyle a_3}}} +\end{equation} +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>Without the <code>\displaystyle</code> declarations, the denominators would be +set in script style and scriptscript style. (The <code>\mathstrut</code> +improves the height of the denominators; <pxref label="_005cmathstrut"><xrefnodename>\mathstrut</xrefnodename></pxref>.) +</para> + +</section> +<node name="Math-miscellany" spaces=" "><nodename>Math miscellany</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Math styles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math miscellany</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="661">math miscellany</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="688">math miscellany</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; contains a wide variety of mathematics facilities. Here are some that don&textrsquo;t fit into other categories. @@ -14382,9 +14827,9 @@ some that don&textrsquo;t fit into other categories. <node name="Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">Colon character & \colon</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\*</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colon character <code>:</code> & <code>\colon</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="662">colon character</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="871" mergedindex="cp">: <r>for math</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="872" mergedindex="cp">\colon</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="689">colon character</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="901" mergedindex="cp">: <r>for math</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="902" mergedindex="cp">\colon</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -14399,18 +14844,18 @@ some that don&textrsquo;t fit into other categories. <pre xml:space="preserve">With side ratios \( 3:4 \) and \( 4:5 \), the triangle is right. </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="663"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="664"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="690"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="691"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <noindent></noindent> <para>Ordinary &latex; defines <code>\colon</code> to produce the colon character with the spacing appropriate for punctuation, as in set-builder notation <code>\{x\colon 0\leq x<1\}</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="665"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="666"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="692"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="693"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<para>But the widely-used <file>amsmath</file> package defines <code>\colon</code> for use +<para>But the widely-used <code>amsmath</code> package defines <code>\colon</code> for use in the definition of functions <code>f\colon D\to C</code>. So if you want the colon character as a punctuation then use <code>\mathpunct{:}</code>. </para> @@ -14419,11 +14864,11 @@ the colon character as a punctuation then use <code>\mathpunct{:}< <node name="_005c_002a" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\*</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frac</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Colon character & \colon</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\*</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="667">multiplication, discretionary</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="668">breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="669">line breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="670">discretionary breaks, multiplication</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="873" mergedindex="cp">\*</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="694">multiplication, discretionary</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="695">breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="696">line breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="697">discretionary breaks, multiplication</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="903" mergedindex="cp">\*</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -14446,8 +14891,8 @@ break, followed by <code>\( A_3 A_4 \)</code>. <node name="_005cfrac" spaces=" "><nodename>\frac</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\sqrt</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\*</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frac</code> </sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="671">fraction</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="874" mergedindex="cp">\frac</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="698">fraction</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="904" mergedindex="cp">\frac</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -14465,10 +14910,10 @@ mode it comes out small; see the discussion of <code>\displaystyle</code> <node name="_005csqrt" spaces=" "><nodename>\sqrt</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\stackrel</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\frac</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\sqrt</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="672">square root</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="673">roots</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="674">radical</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="875" mergedindex="cp">\sqrt</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="699">square root</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="700">roots</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="701">radical</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="905" mergedindex="cp">\sqrt</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -14491,9 +14936,9 @@ a large enough <code>arg</code>, it is vertical). <node name="_005cstackrel" spaces=" "><nodename>\stackrel</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\sqrt</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\stackrel</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="675">stack math</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="676">relation, text above</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="876" mergedindex="cp">\stackrel</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="702">stack math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="703">relation, text above</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="906" mergedindex="cp">\stackrel</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -14511,7 +14956,7 @@ arrow enter <code>\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}</cod <node name="Modes" spaces=" "><nodename>Modes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Page styles</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Modes</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="677">modes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="704">modes</indexterm></cindex> <para>As &latex; processes your document, at any point it is in one of six modes. They fall into three categories of two each, the horizontal @@ -14522,13 +14967,15 @@ the math modes), and error messages will refer to these. <itemize commandarg="bullet" endspaces=" "><itemprepend>•</itemprepend> <listitem><prepend>•</prepend> <anchor name="modes-paragraph-mode">modes paragraph mode</anchor> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="678">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex> -<para><dfn>Paragraph mode</dfn> is what &latex; is in when processing ordinary -text. It breaks the input text into lines and breaks the lines into -pages. This is the mode &latex; is in most of the time. -</para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="679">left-to-right mode</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="680">LR mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="705">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex> +<para><dfn>Paragraph mode</dfn> (in plain &tex; this is called <dfn>horizontal +mode</dfn>) is what &latex; is in when processing ordinary text. It breaks +the input text into lines and finds the positions of line breaks, so that +in vertical mode page breaks can be done. This is the mode &latex; is +in most of the time. +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="706">left-to-right mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="707">LR mode</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="modes-lr-mode">modes lr mode</anchor> <para><dfn>LR mode</dfn> (for left-to-right mode; in plain &tex; this is called <dfn>restricted horizontal mode</dfn>) is in effect when &latex; starts @@ -14541,27 +14988,28 @@ that box into a line, it could very well complain that the finished LR box won&textrsquo;t fit there.) </para> </listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="681">math mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="708">math mode</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="modes-math-mode">modes math mode</anchor> <para><dfn>Math mode</dfn> is when &latex; is generating an inline mathematical formula. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="682">display math mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="709">display math mode</indexterm></cindex> <para><dfn>Display math mode</dfn> is when &latex; is generating a displayed mathematical formula. (Displayed formulas differ somewhat from inline ones. One example is that the placement of the subscript on <code>\int</code> differs in the two situations.) </para> </listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="683">vertical mode</indexterm></cindex> -<anchor name="modes-vertical-mode">modes vertical mode</anchor> -<para><dfn>Vertical mode</dfn> is when &latex; is building the list of lines and -other material making the output page. This is the mode &latex; is in -when it starts a document. +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="710">vertical mode</indexterm></cindex> +<anchor name="modes-vertical-mode">modes vertical mode</anchor> <para><dfn>Vertical mode</dfn> is when &latex; is +building the list of lines and other material making the output page, +which comprises insertion of page breaks. This is the mode &latex; is +in when it starts a document. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="684">internal vertical mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="711">internal vertical mode</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="modes-internal-vertical-mode">modes internal vertical mode</anchor> <para><dfn>Internal vertical mode</dfn> is in effect when &latex; starts making a -<code>\vbox</code>. This is the vertical analogue of LR mode. +<code>\vbox</code>. It has not such thing as page breaks, and as such is the +vertical analogue of LR mode. </para> </listitem></itemize> @@ -14573,8 +15021,8 @@ mode, then the next switch happens at the <samp>\(</samp> where &latex; changes to math mode, and then when it leaves the formula it pops back to paragraph mode. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="685">inner paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="686">outer paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="712">inner paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="713">outer paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="modes-inner-paragraph-mode">modes inner paragraph mode</anchor> <anchor name="modes-outer-paragraph-mode">modes outer paragraph mode</anchor> <para>Paragraph mode has two subcases. If you use a <code>\parbox</code> command @@ -14624,8 +15072,8 @@ But compare the correct spacing in $\alf+\alf$ with that in \alf+\alf. <node name="Page-styles" spaces=" "><nodename>Page styles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Spaces</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Modes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Page styles</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="687">styles, page</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="688">page styles</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="714">styles, page</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="715">page styles</indexterm></cindex> <para>The style of a page determines where &latex; places the components of that page, such as headers and footers, and the text body. This @@ -14633,10 +15081,10 @@ includes pages in the main part of the document but also includes special pages such as the title page of a book, a page from an index, or the first page of an article. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="689"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="690"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="716"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="717"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<para>The package <file>fancyhdr</file> is very helpful for constructing page +<para>The package <code>fancyhdr</code> is very helpful for constructing page styles. See its documentation on CTAN. </para> <menu endspaces=" "> @@ -14650,8 +15098,8 @@ styles. See its documentation on CTAN. <node name="_005cmaketitle" spaces=" "><nodename>\maketitle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagenumbering</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\maketitle</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="691">titles, making</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="877" mergedindex="cp">\maketitle</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="718">titles, making</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="907" mergedindex="cp">\maketitle</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -14694,10 +15142,10 @@ the following declarations. These must come before the <code>\maketitle</code>, either in the preamble or in the document body. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="878" mergedindex="cp">\author{<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...}</indexterm>\author{<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="692">author, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="879" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>\author</code></r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="880" mergedindex="cp">\and <r>for <code>\author</code></r></indexterm></findex> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="908" mergedindex="cp">\author{<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...}</indexterm>\author{<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="719">author, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="909" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>\author</code></r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="910" mergedindex="cp">\and <r>for <code>\author</code></r></indexterm></findex> <para>Required. Declare the document author or authors. The argument is a list of authors separated by <code>\and</code> commands. To separate lines within a single author&textrsquo;s entry, for instance to give the author&textrsquo;s @@ -14705,25 +15153,25 @@ institution or address, use a double backslash, <code>\\</code>. If you omit the <code>\author</code> declaration then you get <samp>LaTeX Warning: No \author given</samp>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="881" mergedindex="cp">\date{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\date{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="693">date, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="911" mergedindex="cp">\date{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\date{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="720">date, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> <para>Optional. Declare <var>text</var> to be the document&textrsquo;s date. The <var>text</var> doesn&textrsquo;t need to be in a date format; it can be any text at all. If you omit <code>\date</code> then &latex; uses the current date (<pxref label="_005ctoday"><xrefnodename>\today</xrefnodename></pxref>). To have no date, instead use <code>\date{}</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="882" mergedindex="cp">\thanks{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\thanks{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="694">thanks, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="695">credit footnote</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="912" mergedindex="cp">\thanks{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\thanks{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="721">thanks, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="722">credit footnote</indexterm></cindex> <para>Optional. Produce a footnote. You can use it in the author information for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can also use it in the title, or any place a footnote makes sense. It can be any text at all so you can use it for any purpose, such as to print an email address. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="883" mergedindex="cp">\title{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\title{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="696">title, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="884" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>\title</code></r></indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="913" mergedindex="cp">\title{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\title{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="723">title, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="914" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>\title</code></r></indexterm></findex> <para>Required. Declare <var>text</var> to be the title of the document. Get line breaks inside <var>text</var> with a double backslash, <code>\\</code>. If you omit the <code>\title</code> declaration then you get <samp>LaTeX Error: No @@ -14742,8 +15190,8 @@ house requirements.) <node name="_005cpagenumbering" spaces=" "><nodename>\pagenumbering</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagestyle</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\maketitle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagenumbering</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="885" mergedindex="cp">\pagenumbering</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="697">page numbering style</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="915" mergedindex="cp">\pagenumbering</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="724">page numbering style</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -14789,11 +15237,11 @@ get <samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large</samp>. get <samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large</samp>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">gobble</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="698"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="699"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="725"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="726"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; does not output a page number, although it does get reset. References to that page also are blank. (This does not -work with the popular package <file>hyperref</file> so to have the page number +work with the popular package <code>hyperref</code> so to have the page number not appear you may want to instead use <code>\pagestyle{empty}</code> or <code>\thispagestyle{empty}</code>.) </para> @@ -14804,20 +15252,19 @@ contents, etc.&textmdash;then it is numbered with lowercase Roman numerals. The main matter of a document uses arabic. <xref label="_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter"><xrefnodename>\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</xrefnodename></xref>. </para> -<para>If you want to address where the page number appears on the page, -see <ref label="_005cpagestyle"><xrefnodename>\pagestyle</xrefnodename></ref>. If you want to change the value of page -number then you will manipulate the <code>page</code> counter -(<pxref label="Counters"><xrefnodename>Counters</xrefnodename></pxref>). +<para>If you want to change where the page number appears on the page, +see <ref label="_005cpagestyle"><xrefnodename>\pagestyle</xrefnodename></ref>. If you want to change the value of the page +number, then you manipulate the <code>page</code> counter (<pxref label="Counters"><xrefnodename>Counters</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> </section> <node name="_005cpagestyle" spaces=" "><nodename>\pagestyle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thispagestyle</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\pagenumbering</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagestyle</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="886" mergedindex="cp">\pagestyle</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="700">header style</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="701">footer style</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="702">running header and footer style</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="916" mergedindex="cp">\pagestyle</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="727">header style</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="728">footer style</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="729">running header and footer style</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -14828,11 +15275,11 @@ number then you will manipulate the <code>page</code> counter <para>Declaration that specifies how the page headers and footers are typeset, from the current page onwards. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="703"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="704"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="730"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="731"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>A discussion with an example is below. Note first that the package -<file>fancyhdr</file> is now the standard way to manipulate headers and +<code>fancyhdr</code> is now the standard way to manipulate headers and footers. New documents that need to do anything other than one of the standard options below should use this package. See its documentation on CTAN. @@ -14844,7 +15291,7 @@ on CTAN. </tableterm><tableitem><para>The header is empty. The footer contains only a page number, centered. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">empty</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>The header and footer is empty. +</tableterm><tableitem><para>The header and footer are both empty. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">headings</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Put running headers and footers on each page. The document style @@ -14902,7 +15349,7 @@ setting <code>\rightmark</code> to <samp>Subsection 2.1</samp>, etc. <para>Here are the descriptions of <code>\markboth</code> and <code>\markright</code>: </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="887" mergedindex="cp">\markboth{<var>left-head</var>}{<var>right-head</var>}</indexterm>\markboth{<var>left-head</var>}{<var>right-head</var>}</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="917" mergedindex="cp">\markboth{<var>left-head</var>}{<var>right-head</var>}</indexterm>\markboth{<var>left-head</var>}{<var>right-head</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets both the right hand and left hand heading information for either a page style of <code>headings</code> or <code>myheadings</code>. A left hand page heading <var>left-head</var> is generated by the last <code>\markboth</code> @@ -14911,7 +15358,7 @@ command before the end of the page. A right hand page heading <code>\markright</code> that comes on the page if there is one, otherwise by the last one that came before that page. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="888" mergedindex="cp">\markright{<var>right</var>}</indexterm>\markright{<var>right</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="918" mergedindex="cp">\markright{<var>right</var>}</indexterm>\markright{<var>right</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets the right hand page heading, leaving the left unchanged. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> @@ -14921,8 +15368,8 @@ the last one that came before that page. <node name="_005cthispagestyle" spaces=" "><nodename>\thispagestyle</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\pagestyle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thispagestyle</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="889" mergedindex="cp">\thispagestyle</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="705">page style, this page</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="919" mergedindex="cp">\thispagestyle</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="732">page style, this page</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -14962,14 +15409,12 @@ To make the page entirely empty, the command <node name="Spaces" spaces=" "><nodename>Spaces</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Boxes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Page styles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Spaces</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="706">spaces</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="707">white space</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="733">spaces</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="734">white space</indexterm></cindex> -<para>&latex; has many ways to produce white (or filled) space. Some of -these are best suited to mathematical text; see <ref label="Spacing-in-math-mode"><xrefnodename>Spacing in -math mode</xrefnodename></ref>. Some spacing commands are suitable for both regular text -and mathematical text; versions of some of these commands are in this -chapter. +<para>&latex; has many ways to produce white space, or filled space. Some of +these are best suited to mathematical text; for these +see <ref label="Spacing-in-math-mode"><xrefnodename>Spacing in math mode</xrefnodename></ref>. </para> <menu endspaces=" "> <menucomment><pre xml:space="preserve">Horizontal space @@ -14997,9 +15442,9 @@ Vertical space <node name="_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad" spaces=" "><nodename>\enspace & \quad & \qquad</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hspace</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\enspace</code> & <code>\quad</code> & <code>\qquad</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="890" mergedindex="cp">\enspace</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="891" mergedindex="cp">\quad</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="892" mergedindex="cp">\qquad</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="920" mergedindex="cp">\enspace</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="921" mergedindex="cp">\quad</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="922" mergedindex="cp">\qquad</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -15035,7 +15480,7 @@ in many circumstances than arbitrary lengths, such as you get with <node name="_005chspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\hspace</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hfill</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\enspace & \quad & \qquad</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hspace</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="893" mergedindex="cp">\hspace</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="923" mergedindex="cp">\hspace</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -15044,11 +15489,12 @@ in many circumstances than arbitrary lengths, such as you get with \hspace*{<var>length</var>} </pre></example> -<para>Insert the horizontal space <var>length</var>. The <var>length</var> can be -positive, negative, or zero; adding negative space is like backspacing. -It is a rubber length, that is, it may contain a <code>plus</code> or -<code>minus</code> component, or both (<pxref label="Lengths"><xrefnodename>Lengths</xrefnodename></pxref>). Because the space is -stretchable and shrinkable, it is sometimes called <dfn>glue</dfn>. +<para>Insert the amount <var>length</var> of horizontal space. The <var>length</var> can +be positive, negative, or zero; adding a negative amount of space is +like backspacing. It is a rubber length, that is, it may contain a +<code>plus</code> or <code>minus</code> component, or both (<pxref label="Lengths"><xrefnodename>Lengths</xrefnodename></pxref>). +Because the space is stretchable and shrinkable, it is sometimes called +<dfn>glue</dfn>. </para> <para>This makes a line with <samp>Name:</samp> an inch from the right margin. </para> @@ -15056,10 +15502,10 @@ stretchable and shrinkable, it is sometimes called <dfn>glue</dfn>. <pre xml:space="preserve">\noindent\makebox[\linewidth][r]{Name:\hspace{1in}} </pre></example> -<para>The <code>*</code>-version inserts horizontal space that non-discardable. -More precisely, when &tex; breaks a paragraph into lines any white +<para>The <code>*</code>-form inserts horizontal space that is non-discardable. More +precisely, when &tex; breaks a paragraph into lines any white space&textmdash;glues and kerns&textmdash;that come at a line break are discarded. The -<code>*</code>-version avoids that (technically, it adds a non-discardable +<code>*</code>-form avoids that (technically, it adds a non-discardable invisible item in front of the space). </para> <para>In this example @@ -15096,10 +15542,10 @@ space won&textrsquo;t shrink more than 0.25<dmn>cm</dmn> (<pxref label="Lengths" <node name="_005chfill" spaces=" "><nodename>\hfill</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hss</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\hspace</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hfill</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="894" mergedindex="cp">\hfill</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="924" mergedindex="cp">\hfill</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="708">stretch, infinite horizontal</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="709">infinite horizontal stretch</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="735">stretch, infinite horizontal</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="736">infinite horizontal stretch</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -15117,7 +15563,7 @@ of the page and <samp>Quiz One</samp> on the right. <pre xml:space="preserve">\noindent Name:\hfill Quiz One </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="895" mergedindex="cp">\fill</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="925" mergedindex="cp">\fill</indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>\hfill</code> command is equivalent to <code>\hspace{\fill}</code> and so the space can be discarded at line breaks. To avoid that instead use <code>\hspace*{\fill}</code> (<pxref label="_005chspace"><xrefnodename>\hspace</xrefnodename></pxref>). @@ -15144,10 +15590,10 @@ so the space can be discarded at line breaks. To avoid that instead use <node name="_005chss" spaces=" "><nodename>\hss</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\hfill</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hss</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="896" mergedindex="cp">\hss</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="710">horizontal space</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="711">horizontal space, stretchable</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="712">space, inserting horizontal</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="926" mergedindex="cp">\hss</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="737">horizontal space</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="738">horizontal space, stretchable</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="739">space, inserting horizontal</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -15184,7 +15630,7 @@ X\hbox to 0pt{\hss Z}Y <pre xml:space="preserve">\spacefactor=<var>integer</var> </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="897" mergedindex="cp">\spacefactor</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="927" mergedindex="cp">\spacefactor</indexterm></findex> <para>Influence &latex;&textrsquo;s glue stretch and shrink behavior. Most user-level documents do not use this command. </para> @@ -15243,19 +15689,19 @@ then you have probably tried to redefine an internal command. <menu endspaces=" "> <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\&arobase;</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Distinguish sentence-ending periods from abbreviations. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\frenchspacing</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Equal interword and inter-sentence space. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Equal interword and inter-sentence space. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\normalsfcodes</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Restore space factor settings to the default. </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> -<node name="_005c_0040" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\&arobase;</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frenchspacing</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodeup></node> +<node name="_005c_0040" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\&arobase;</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;</code> </sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="898" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="899" mergedindex="cp">at-sign</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="713">period, sentence-ending</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="714">period, abbreviation-ending</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="715">period, spacing after</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="928" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="929" mergedindex="cp">at-sign</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="740">period, sentence-ending</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="741">period, abbreviation-ending</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="742">period, spacing after</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="_005cAT">\AT</anchor><!-- c old name --> <para>Synopsis: @@ -15313,12 +15759,13 @@ Examples are <code>Nat.\ Acad.\ Science</code>, and <code>Mr.~Bean</code>, and </para> </subsection> -<node name="_005cfrenchspacing" spaces=" "><nodename>\frenchspacing</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\normalsfcodes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\&arobase;</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodeup></node> -<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frenchspacing</code></sectiontitle> +<node name="_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing" spaces=" "><nodename>\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\normalsfcodes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\&arobase;</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodeup></node> +<anchor name="_005cfrenchspacing">\frenchspacing</anchor><!-- c old node name --> +<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frenchspacing</code> & <code>\nonfrenchspacing</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="900" mergedindex="cp">\frenchspacing</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="901" mergedindex="cp">\nonfrenchspacing</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="716">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="930" mergedindex="cp">\frenchspacing</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="931" mergedindex="cp">\nonfrenchspacing</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="743">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -15327,10 +15774,11 @@ Examples are <code>Nat.\ Acad.\ Science</code>, and <code>Mr.~Bean</code>, and \nonfrenchspacing </pre></example> -<para>The first declaration causes &latex; to treat spacing between sentences -in the same way as spacing between words in the middle of a sentence. -The second causes spacing between sentences to stretch or shrink more -(<pxref label="_005cspacefactor"><xrefnodename>\spacefactor</xrefnodename></pxref>); this is the default. +<para>The first declaration causes &latex; to handle spacing between +sentences in the same way as spacing between words in the middle of a +sentence. The second switches back to the default handling in which +spacing between sentences stretches or shrinks more +(<pxref label="_005cspacefactor"><xrefnodename>\spacefactor</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>Some typographic traditions, including English, prefer to adjust the space between sentences (or spaces following a question mark, @@ -15341,11 +15789,11 @@ spaces are treated equally. </para> </subsection> -<node name="_005cnormalsfcodes" spaces=" "><nodename>\normalsfcodes</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\frenchspacing</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodeup></node> +<node name="_005cnormalsfcodes" spaces=" "><nodename>\normalsfcodes</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\normalsfcodes</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="902" mergedindex="cp">\normalsfcodes</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="717">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="932" mergedindex="cp">\normalsfcodes</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="744">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -15353,7 +15801,7 @@ spaces are treated equally. <pre xml:space="preserve">\normalsfcodes </pre></example> -<para>Reset the &latex; space factor values to the default +<para>Reset the &latex; space factors to the default values (<pxref label="_005cspacefactor"><xrefnodename>\spacefactor</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> @@ -15362,17 +15810,17 @@ spaces are treated equally. <node name="_005c_0028SPACE_0029" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\(SPACE)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">~</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Backslash-space, <code>\ </code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="718">\NEWLINE</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="719">\SPACE</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="720">\ (backslash-space)</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="721">\TAB</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="903" mergedindex="cp">\SPACE</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="745">\<key>NEWLINE</key></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="746">\<key>SPACE</key></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="747">\<key>TAB</key></indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="933" mergedindex="cp">\<w> </w> <r>(backslash-space)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="934" mergedindex="cp">\<key>SPACE</key></indexterm></findex> <para>This section refers to the command consisting of two characters, a -backslash followed by a space. Synopsis: +backslash followed by a space.&linebreak;Synopsis: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\ +<pre xml:space="preserve">\<w> </w> </pre></example> <para>Produce a space. By default it produces white space of length @@ -15382,10 +15830,10 @@ backslash followed by a space. Synopsis: space. But that is different than an explicit space. This illustrates. </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{tabular}{l} -One blank: makes some space \\ -Three blanks: in a row \\ -Three spaces:\ \ \ in a row \\ +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{tabular}{rl} +One blank:& makes some space \\ +Three blanks:& in a row \\ +Three spaces:&\ \ \ in a row \\ \end{tabular} </pre></example> @@ -15393,26 +15841,43 @@ Three spaces:\ \ \ in a row \\ <para>On the first line &latex; puts some space after the colon. On the second line &latex; collapses the three blanks to output one whitespace, so you end with the same space after the colon as in the -first line. &latex; would similarly collapse a blank followed by a -tab, or a blank and a newline and a blank. However, the bottom line -asks for three spaces so the white area is wider. That is, the -backslash-space command creates a fixed amount of horizontal space. -(Note that you can define a horizontal space of any width at all with -<code>\hspace</code>; see <ref label="_005chspace"><xrefnodename>\hspace</xrefnodename></ref>.) +first line. &latex; would similarly collapse them to a single +whitespace if one, two or all of the three blanks were replaced by a +tab, or by a newline. However, the bottom line asks for three spaces so +the white area is wider. That is, the backslash-space command creates a +fixed amount of horizontal space. (Note that you can define a +horizontal space of any width at all with <code>\hspace</code>; +see <ref label="_005chspace"><xrefnodename>\hspace</xrefnodename></ref>.) </para> <para>The backslash-space command has two main uses. It is often used after -control sequences to keep them from gobbling the space that follows, as -in <code>\TeX\ is nice</code>. (But using curly parentheses, as in -<code>\TeX{} is best</code>, has the advantage of still working if the next -character is a period.) The other common use is that it marks a period -as ending an abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in <code>So -says Prof.\ Smith</code> or <code>Jones et al.\ (1993)</code> (<pxref label="_005c_0040"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;</xrefnodename></pxref>). -</para> -<para>Under normal circumstances, <code>\</code><key>tab</key> and <code>\</code><key>newline</key> +control sequences to keep them from gobbling the blank that follows, as +after <code>\TeX</code> in <code>\TeX\ (or \LaTeX)</code>. (But using curly braces +has the advantage of still working whether the next character is a blank +or any other non-letter, as in <code>\TeX{} (or \LaTeX{})</code> in which +<code>{}</code> can be added after <code>\LaTeX</code> as well as after +<code>\TeX</code>.) The other common use is that it marks a period as ending +an abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in <code>Prof.\ Smith</code> +or <code>Jones et al.\ (1993)</code> (<pxref label="_005c_0040"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +<para>Under normal circumstances, <code>\</code><key>TAB</key> and <code>\</code><key>NEWLINE</key> are equivalent to backslash-space, <code>\ </code>. </para> +<anchor name="Leading-blanks">Leading blanks</anchor> +<para>Please also note that in order to allow source code indentation, under +normal circumstances, &tex; ignores leading blanks in a line. So the +following prints <samp>one word</samp>: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">one + word +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>where the white space between <samp>one</samp> and <samp>word</samp> is produced by +the newline after <samp>one</samp>, not by the space before <samp>word</samp>. +</para> <!-- c @PkgIndex{xspace} --> -<!-- c Some individual commands, notably those defined with the @code{xspace}, --> +<!-- c Some individual commands, notably those defined with the @package{xspace}, --> <!-- c package do not follow the standard behavior. --> @@ -15420,12 +15885,12 @@ are equivalent to backslash-space, <code>\ </code>. <node name="_007e" spaces=" "><nodename>~</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thinspace & \negthinspace</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\(SPACE)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>~</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="904" mergedindex="cp">~</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="722">tie</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="723">space, unbreakable</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="724">hard space</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="725">unbreakable space</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="726">NBSP</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="935" mergedindex="cp">~</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="748">tie</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="749">space, unbreakable</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="750">hard space</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="751">unbreakable space</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="752">NBSP</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -15433,12 +15898,19 @@ are equivalent to backslash-space, <code>\ </code>. <pre xml:space="preserve"><var>before</var>~<var>after</var> </pre></example> -<para>The tie character, <code>~</code>, produces a space between <var>before</var> and +<para>The <dfn>tie</dfn> character, <code>~</code>, produces a space between <var>before</var> and <var>after</var> at which the line will not be broken. By default the white space has length 3.33333<dmn>pt</dmn> plus 1.66666<dmn>pt</dmn> minus 1.11111<dmn>pt</dmn> (<pxref label="Lengths"><xrefnodename>Lengths</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<para>Here &latex; will not break the line between the final two words. +<!-- c This paragraph is not translated to French, as the French translation --> +<!-- c uses a term that means ``unbreakable''. --> +<para>Note that the word <samp>tie</samp> has this meaning in the &tex;/Texinfo +community; this differs from the typographic term &textldquo;tie&textrdquo;, which +is a diacritic in the shape of an arc, called a &textldquo;tie-after&textrdquo; accent +in <cite>The &tex;book</cite>. +</para> +<para>Here &latex; will not break the line between the final two words: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">Thanks to Prof.~Lerman. @@ -15459,7 +15931,7 @@ from <cite>The &tex;book</cite>. </para> <itemize commandarg="bullet" spaces=" " endspaces=" "><itemprepend><formattingcommand command="bullet"/></itemprepend> <listitem><prepend>•</prepend> -<para>Between an enumerator and its item, such as in references: +<para>Between an enumerator label and number, such as in references: <code>Chapter~12</code>, or <code>Theorem~\ref{th:Wilsons}</code>, or <code>Figure~\ref{fig:KGraph}</code>. </para> @@ -15467,15 +15939,15 @@ from <cite>The &tex;book</cite>. <para>When cases are enumerated inline: <code>(b)~Show that $f(x)$ is (1)~continuous, and (2)~bounded</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="727"><r>package</r>, <code>siunitx</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="728"><code>siunitx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="753"><r>package</r>, <code>siunitx</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="754"><code>siunitx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> </listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend> <para>Between a number and its unit: <code>$745.7.8$~watts</code> (the -<file>siunitx</file> package has a special facility for this) or -<code>144~eggs</code>. This includes between a month and a date: -<code>October~12</code> or <code>12~Oct</code>. In general, in any expressions -where numbers and abbreviations or symbols are separated by a space: +<code>siunitx</code> package has a special facility for this) or +<code>144~eggs</code>. This includes between a month and day number in a date: +<code>October~12</code> or <code>12~Oct</code>. In general, in any expressions where +numbers and abbreviations or symbols are separated by a space: <code>AD~565</code>, or <code>2:50~pm</code>, or <code>Boeing~747</code>, or <code>268~Plains Road</code>, or <code>\$$1.4$~billion</code>. Other common choices here are a thin space (<pxref label="_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace"><xrefnodename>\thinspace & \negthinspace</xrefnodename></pxref>) and @@ -15509,12 +15981,12 @@ Vall\'ee~Poussin</code>. <node name="_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\thinspace & \negthinspace</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\/</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">~</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thinspace</code> & <code>\negthinspace</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="905" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="906" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="729">thin space</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="730">space, thin</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="731">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="732">space, negative thin</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="936" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="937" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="755">thin space</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="756">space, thin</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="757">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="758">space, negative thin</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -15543,18 +16015,21 @@ think the three dots and/or four dots are plenty). Another style-specific use is between initials, as in <code>D.\thinspace E.\ Knuth</code>. </para> -<para>&latex; provides a variety of similar spacing commands -(<pxref label="Spacing-in-math-mode"><xrefnodename>Spacing in math mode</xrefnodename></pxref>). With <code>amsmath</code>, or as of the -2020-10-01 &latex; release, they can be used in text mode as well as -math mode, including <code>\!</code> for <code>\negthinspace</code>; before that, -they were available only in math mode. +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="759"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="760"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<para>&latex; provides a variety of similar spacing commands for math mode +(<pxref label="Spacing-in-math-mode"><xrefnodename>Spacing in math mode</xrefnodename></pxref>). With the <code>amsmath</code> package, or as +of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, they can be used in text mode as +well as math mode, including <code>\!</code> for <code>\negthinspace</code>; but +otherwise, they are available only in math mode. </para> </section> <node name="_005c_002f" spaces=" "><nodename>\/</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hrulefill & \dotfill</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\thinspace & \negthinspace</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\/</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="907" mergedindex="cp">\/</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="733">italic correction</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="938" mergedindex="cp">\/</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="761">italic correction</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -15596,11 +16071,11 @@ where this is needed is the name <code>pdf\/\TeX</code>. However, most upright characters have a zero italic correction. Some font creators do not include italic correction values even for italic fonts. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="908" mergedindex="cp">\fontdimen1</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="734">font dimension, slant</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="939" mergedindex="cp">\fontdimen1</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="762">font dimension, slant</indexterm></cindex> <para>Technically, &latex; uses another font-specific value, the so-called -slant parameter (namely <code>\fontdimen1</code>), to determine whether to -possibly insert an italic correction, rather than tying the action to +<dfn>slant parameter</dfn> (namely <code>\fontdimen1</code>), to determine whether +to possibly insert an italic correction, rather than tying the action to particular font commands. </para> <para>There is no concept of italic correction in math mode; math spacing is @@ -15611,8 +16086,8 @@ done in a different way. <node name="_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill" spaces=" "><nodename>\hrulefill & \dotfill</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\/</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hrulefill</code> & <code>\dotfill</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="909" mergedindex="cp">\hrulefill</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="910" mergedindex="cp">\dotfill</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="940" mergedindex="cp">\hrulefill</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="941" mergedindex="cp">\dotfill</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -15648,7 +16123,7 @@ here </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand{\hrulefill}{% - \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern\z&arobase;} + \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern0pt } </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> @@ -15657,7 +16132,7 @@ Similarly, adjust the dot spacing as with </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand{\dotfill}{% - \leavevmode\cleaders\hb&arobase;xt&arobase;1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern\z&arobase;} + \leavevmode\cleaders\hbox to 1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern0pt } </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> @@ -15709,29 +16184,29 @@ file. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <beforefirstitem><anchor name="bigskip">bigskip</anchor> -</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="911" mergedindex="cp">\bigskip</indexterm>\bigskip</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="912" mergedindex="cp">\bigskipamount</indexterm></findex> +</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="942" mergedindex="cp">\bigskip</indexterm>\bigskip</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="943" mergedindex="cp">\bigskipamount</indexterm></findex> <para>The same as <code>\vspace{\bigskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about one line space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the <code>book</code> and <code>article</code> classes is <code>12pt plus 4pt minus 4pt</code>. </para> <anchor name="medskip">medskip</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="913" mergedindex="cp">\medskip</indexterm>\medskip</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="914" mergedindex="cp">\medskipamount</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="944" mergedindex="cp">\medskip</indexterm>\medskip</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="945" mergedindex="cp">\medskipamount</indexterm></findex> <para>The same as <code>\vspace{\medskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about half of a line space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the <code>book</code> and <code>article</code> classes is <code>6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt</code>. </para> <anchor name="smallskip">smallskip</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="915" mergedindex="cp">\smallskip</indexterm>\smallskip</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="916" mergedindex="cp">\smallskipamount</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="946" mergedindex="cp">\smallskip</indexterm>\smallskip</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="947" mergedindex="cp">\smallskipamount</indexterm></findex> <para>The same as <code>\vspace{\smallskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about a quarter of a line space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the <code>book</code> and <code>article</code> classes is <code>3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</code>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> -<para>Because each command is a <code>\vspace</code>, if you use on in mid-paragraph +<para>Because each command is a <code>\vspace</code>, if you use it in mid-paragraph then it will insert its vertical space between the line in which you use it and the next line, not necessarily at the place that you use it. So these are best between paragraphs. @@ -15779,8 +16254,8 @@ with <samp>def</samp>. <node name="_005cstrut" spaces=" "><nodename>\strut</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vspace</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\strut</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="917" mergedindex="cp">\strut</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="735">strut</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="948" mergedindex="cp">\strut</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="763">strut</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -15792,7 +16267,7 @@ with <samp>def</samp>. and depth at least <code>0.3\baselineskip</code>. Essentially, &latex; inserts into the line a rectangle having zero width, <code>\rule[-0.3\baselineskip]{0pt}{\baselineskip}</code> (<pxref label="_005crule"><xrefnodename>\rule</xrefnodename></pxref>). -The <code>\baselineskip</code> changes with the current font and fontsize. +The <code>\baselineskip</code> changes with the current font or fontsize. </para> <para>In this example the <code>\strut</code> keeps the box inside the frame from having zero height. @@ -15840,18 +16315,18 @@ item&textrsquo;s second line. <noindent></noindent> <para>The final two lists use <code>\fbox</code> to show what&textrsquo;s happening. The -third list&textrsquo;s <code>\parbox</code> goes only to the bottom of its second -<samp>test</samp>, which happens not have any characters that descend below -the baseline. The fourth list adds the strut that gives the needed -extra below-baseline space. +first item <code>\parbox</code> of the third list goes only to the bottom of +its second <samp>test</samp>, which happens not have any characters that +descend below the baseline. The fourth list adds the strut that gives +the needed extra below-baseline space. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="736"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="737"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> - <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="738"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="739"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="764"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="765"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="766"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="767"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>\strut</code> command is often useful in graphics, such as in -<file>TikZ</file> or <file>Asymptote</file>. For instance, you may have a command +<code>TikZ</code> or <code>Asymptote</code>. For instance, you may have a command such as <code>\graphnode{<var>node-name</var>}</code> that fits a circle around <var>node-name</var>. However, unless you are careful the <var>node-name</var>&textrsquo;s <samp>x</samp> and <samp>y</samp> will produce different-diameter circles because @@ -15874,19 +16349,19 @@ second rule keeps the second integral from hitting the first. <noindent></noindent> <para>(Although the line-ending double backslash command has an available -optional argument to put in more vertical room, that won&textrsquo;t work here. -Changing the first double backslash to something like <code>\\[2.5ex]</code> -will put the room between the header line and the <code>\hline</code>, and the -integral would still hit the line.) +optional argument to change the corresponding baseline skip, that won&textrsquo;t +solve this issue. Changing the first double backslash to something like +<code>\\[2.5ex]</code> will put more room between the header line and the +<code>\hline</code> rule, and the integral would still hit the rule.) </para> </section> <node name="_005cvspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\vspace</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vfill</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\strut</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vspace</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="918" mergedindex="cp">\vspace</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="740">vertical space</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="741">space, vertical</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="949" mergedindex="cp">\vspace</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="768">vertical space</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="769">space, vertical</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -15912,9 +16387,9 @@ The new day dawned cold. <para>(<xref label="_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip"><xrefnodename>\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip</xrefnodename></xref>, for common inter-paragraph spaces.) </para> -<para>The <code>*</code>-version inserts vertical space that non-discardable. More +<para>The <code>*</code>-form inserts vertical space that is non-discardable. More precisely, &latex; discards vertical space at a page break and the -<code>*</code>-version causes the space to stay. This example leaves space +<code>*</code>-form causes the space to stay. This example leaves space between the two questions. </para> <example endspaces=" "> @@ -15951,10 +16426,10 @@ the page, with at least one inch of space below each. <node name="_005cvfill" spaces=" "><nodename>\vfill</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addvspace</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\vspace</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vfill</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="919" mergedindex="cp">\vfill</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="950" mergedindex="cp">\vfill</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="742">stretch, infinite vertical</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="743">infinite vertical stretch</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="770">stretch, infinite vertical</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="771">infinite vertical stretch</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -15992,9 +16467,9 @@ Lost Dog! <node name="_005caddvspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\addvspace</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\vfill</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addvspace</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="920" mergedindex="cp">\addvspace</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="744">vertical space</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="745">space, inserting vertical</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="951" mergedindex="cp">\addvspace</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="772">vertical space</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="773">space, inserting vertical</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -16009,10 +16484,11 @@ space needed to make the natural length equal to the maximum of the (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). The <var>vert-length</var> is a rubber length (<pxref label="Lengths"><xrefnodename>Lengths</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<para>This example illustrates. The <code>picture</code> draws a scale. In a -standard &latex; article the length <code>\baselineskip</code> is 12<dmn>pt</dmn>. -The two rules here are 22<dmn>pt</dmn> apart: the sum of the -<code>\baselineskip</code> and the 10<dmn>pt</dmn> from the first <code>addvspace</code>. +<para>This example illustrates. The <code>picture</code> draws a scale over which +to rules are placed. In a standard &latex; article the length +<code>\baselineskip</code> is 12<dmn>pt</dmn>. As shown by the scale, the two +rules are 22<dmn>pt</dmn> apart: the sum of the <code>\baselineskip</code> and the +10<dmn>pt</dmn> from the first <code>\addvspace</code>. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass{article} @@ -16053,17 +16529,17 @@ with a <code>\par</code> command (<pxref label="_005cpar"><xrefnodename>\par</xr <node name="Boxes" spaces=" "><nodename>Boxes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Color</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Spaces</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Boxes</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="746">boxes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="774">boxes</indexterm></cindex> <!-- c xx Expand on boxes and glue, for xref from elsewhere. --> <para>At its core, &latex; puts things in boxes and then puts the boxes on a page. So these commands are central. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="747"><r>package</r>, <code>adjustbox</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="748"><code>adjustbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="775"><r>package</r>, <code>adjustbox</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="776"><code>adjustbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>There are many packages on CTAN that are useful for manipulating boxes. -One useful adjunct to the commands here is <file>adjustbox</file>. +One useful adjunct to the commands here is <code>adjustbox</code>. </para> <menu endspaces=" "> <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\mbox & \makebox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Horizontal boxes. @@ -16079,11 +16555,11 @@ One useful adjunct to the commands here is <file>adjustbox</file>. <node name="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\mbox & \makebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\fbox & \framebox</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\mbox</code> & <code>\makebox</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="921" mergedindex="cp">\mbox</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="922" mergedindex="cp">\makebox</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="749">box</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="750">make a box</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="751">hyphenation, preventing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="952" mergedindex="cp">\mbox</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="953" mergedindex="cp">\makebox</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="777">box</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="778">make a box</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="779">hyphenation, preventing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -16154,7 +16630,11 @@ values: </tableterm><tableitem><para>Flush right. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">s</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>Stretch the interword space in <var>text</var> across the entire <var>width</var>. +</tableterm><tableitem><!-- c xx TODO add a generic node to make clear that some statement may be --> +<!-- c not true for some internationalization or some script. Eg. in Arabic --> +<!-- c script or with microtype package I think that the strech also plays --> +<!-- c on word width --> +<para>Stretch the interword space in <var>text</var> across the entire <var>width</var>. The <var>text</var> must contain stretchable space for this to work. For instance, this could head a press release: <code>\noindent\makebox[\textwidth][s]{\large\hfil IMMEDIATE\hfil @@ -16172,16 +16652,16 @@ puts the value of the quiz questions to the left of those questions. </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="752"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="753"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<para><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="780"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="781"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="754"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="755"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="782"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="783"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The right edge of the output <samp>10 points </samp> (note the ending space after <samp>points</samp>) will be just before the <samp>What</samp>. You can use -<code>\makebox</code> similarly when making graphics, such as in <file>TikZ</file> -or <file>Asymptote</file>, where you put the edge of the text at a known +<code>\makebox</code> similarly when making graphics, such as in <code>TikZ</code> +or <code>Asymptote</code>, where you put the edge of the text at a known location, regardless of the length of that text. </para> <para>For boxes with frames see <ref label="_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox"><xrefnodename>\fbox & \framebox</xrefnodename></ref>. For colors @@ -16203,8 +16683,8 @@ and <ref label="minipage"><xrefnodename>minipage</xrefnodename></ref>. <node name="_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\fbox & \framebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\parbox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\mbox & \makebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\fbox</code> & <code>\framebox</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="923" mergedindex="cp">\fbox</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="924" mergedindex="cp">\framebox</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="954" mergedindex="cp">\fbox</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="955" mergedindex="cp">\framebox</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopses, one of: </para> @@ -16215,7 +16695,7 @@ and <ref label="minipage"><xrefnodename>minipage</xrefnodename></ref>. \framebox[<var>width</var>][<var>position</var>]{<var>text</var>} </pre></example> -<para>Create a box with an enclosing frame, four lines surrounding the space. +<para>Create a box with an enclosing frame, four rules surrounding the <var>text</var>. These commands are the same as <code>\mbox</code> and <code>\makebox</code> except for the frame (<pxref label="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox & \makebox</xrefnodename></pxref>). The <code>\fbox</code> command is robust, the <code>\framebox</code> command is fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). @@ -16225,8 +16705,8 @@ robust, the <code>\framebox</code> command is fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotec </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>&latex; puts the text into a box that cannot be split or hyphenated. -Around that box, separated from it by a small gap, are four lines making +<para>&latex; puts the text into a box, the text cannot be hyphenated. +Around that box, separated from it by a small gap, are four rules making a frame. </para> <para>The first two command invocations, <code>\fbox{...}</code> and @@ -16241,32 +16721,32 @@ here is an example creating an empty box that is 1/4<dmn>in</dmn> wide. </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>The <code>\strut</code> inserts a vertical height of <code>\baselineskip</code> +<para>The <code>\strut</code> ensures a total height of <code>\baselineskip</code> (<pxref label="_005cstrut"><xrefnodename>\strut</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>These parameters determine the frame layout. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <beforefirstitem><anchor name="fbox-framebox-fboxrule">fbox framebox fboxrule</anchor> -</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="925" mergedindex="cp">\fboxrule</indexterm>\fboxrule</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="926" mergedindex="cp">frame, line width</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="927" mergedindex="cp">frame rule width</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="756">\fboxrule</indexterm></cindex> -<para>The thickness of the lines around the enclosed box. The default is +</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="956" mergedindex="cp">\fboxrule</indexterm>\fboxrule</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="957" mergedindex="cp">frame, line width</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="958" mergedindex="cp">frame rule width</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="784">\fboxrule</indexterm></cindex> +<para>The thickness of the rules around the enclosed box. The default is 0.2<dmn>pt</dmn>. Change it with a command such as <code>\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}</code> (<pxref label="_005csetlength"><xrefnodename>\setlength</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <anchor name="fbox-framebox-fboxsep">fbox framebox fboxsep</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="928" mergedindex="cp">\fboxsep</indexterm>\fboxsep</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="929" mergedindex="cp">frame, separation from contents</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="757">\fboxsep</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="959" mergedindex="cp">\fboxsep</indexterm>\fboxsep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="960" mergedindex="cp">frame, separation from contents</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="785">\fboxsep</indexterm></cindex> <para>The distance from the frame to the enclosed box. The default is 3<dmn>pt</dmn>. Change it with a command such as <code>\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}</code> (<pxref label="_005csetlength"><xrefnodename>\setlength</xrefnodename></pxref>). Setting it to 0<dmn>pt</dmn> is useful sometimes: this will put a frame around the picture with no white border. </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">{\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt} +<pre xml:space="preserve">{\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}% \framebox{% \includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]{prudence.jpg}}} </pre></example> @@ -16290,18 +16770,18 @@ paragraph, and then frame the result. <para><xref label="Colored-boxes"><xrefnodename>Colored boxes</xrefnodename></xref>, for colors other than black and white. </para> -<para>The <code>picture</code> environment has a version of this command where the -units depend on <code>picture</code>&textrsquo;s <code>\unitlength</code> (<pxref label="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029"><xrefnodename>\framebox -(picture)</xrefnodename></pxref>). +<para>The <code>picture</code> environment has a version of the <code>\framebox</code> +command where the units depend on <code>picture</code>&textrsquo;s <code>\unitlength</code> +(<pxref label="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029"><xrefnodename>\framebox (picture)</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> </section> <node name="_005cparbox" spaces=" "><nodename>\parbox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\raisebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\fbox & \framebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\parbox</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="930" mergedindex="cp">\parbox</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="758">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="759">paragraph, in a box</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="961" mergedindex="cp">\parbox</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="786">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="787">paragraph, in a box</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses, one of: </para> @@ -16363,7 +16843,7 @@ stretchable space). <node name="_005craisebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\raisebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\sbox & \savebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\parbox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raisebox</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="931" mergedindex="cp">\raisebox</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="962" mergedindex="cp">\raisebox</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -16428,9 +16908,9 @@ second is the height of <file>meta.png</file>. <node name="_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\sbox & \savebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">lrbox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\raisebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\sbox</code> & <code>\savebox</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="932" mergedindex="cp">\sbox</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="933" mergedindex="cp">\savebox</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="760">box, save</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="963" mergedindex="cp">\sbox</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="964" mergedindex="cp">\savebox</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="788">box, save</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -16484,7 +16964,8 @@ warning. To fix this use a <code>\parbox</code> or <code>minipage</code> as her </para> <!-- c credit: egreg https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/41668/121234 --> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\savebox{\areg}{% +<pre xml:space="preserve">\newsavebox{\areg} +\savebox{\areg}{% \begin{minipage}{\linewidth} \begin{enumerate} \item First item @@ -16527,7 +17008,7 @@ header. &latex; only typesets it once. <node name="lrbox" spaces=" "><nodename>lrbox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\usebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\sbox & \savebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>lrbox</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="934" mergedindex="cp">lrbox</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="965" mergedindex="cp">lrbox</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -16538,8 +17019,8 @@ header. &latex; only typesets it once. </pre></example> <para>This is the environment form of the <code>\sbox</code> and <code>\savebox</code> -commands, and is equivalent to them. for the full description, -<xref label="_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox"><xrefnodename>\sbox & \savebox</xrefnodename></xref>. +commands, and is equivalent to them. <xref label="_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox"><xrefnodename>\sbox & \savebox</xrefnodename></xref>, for the +full description. </para> <para>The <var>text</var> inside the environment is saved in the box register referred to by variable <code><var>box-cmd</var></code>. The variable name @@ -16565,8 +17046,8 @@ for entering the <code>tabular</code>. <node name="_005cusebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\usebox</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">lrbox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\usebox</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="935" mergedindex="cp">\usebox</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="761">box, use saved box</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="966" mergedindex="cp">\usebox</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="789">box, use saved box</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -16576,8 +17057,8 @@ for entering the <code>tabular</code>. <para>Produce the box most recently saved in the box register <var>box-cmd</var> by the commands <code>\sbox</code> or <code>\savebox</code>, or the <code>lrbox</code> -environment. For more information and examples, <xref label="_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox"><xrefnodename>\sbox & -\savebox</xrefnodename></xref>. (Note that the variable name <var>box-cmd</var> starts with a +environment. For more information and examples, <pxref label="_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox"><xrefnodename>\sbox & +\savebox</xrefnodename></pxref>. (Note that the variable name <var>box-cmd</var> starts with a backslash, <code>\</code>.) This command is robust (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> @@ -16586,7 +17067,7 @@ backslash, <code>\</code>.) This command is robust (<pxref label="_005cprotect" <node name="Color" spaces=" "><nodename>Color</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Graphics</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Boxes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Color</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="762">color</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="790">color</indexterm></cindex> <para>You can add color to text, rules, etc. You can also have color in a box or on an entire page and write text on top of it. @@ -16610,8 +17091,8 @@ significantly extends the capabilities described here, including adding <node name="Color-package-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Color package options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Color models</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>color</code> package options</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="763">color package options</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="764">options, color package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="791">color package options</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="792">options, color package</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis (must be in the document preamble): </para> @@ -16661,7 +17142,7 @@ memory space. <node name="Color-models" spaces=" "><nodename>Color models</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Commands for color</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Color package options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Color models</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="765">color models</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="793">color models</indexterm></cindex> <para>A <dfn>color model</dfn> is a way of representing colors. &latex;&textrsquo;s capabilities depend on the printer driver. However, the <file>pdftex</file>, @@ -16722,7 +17203,7 @@ names depends on the driver, but all support the names <samp>black</samp>, <node name="Commands-for-color" spaces=" "><nodename>Commands for color</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Color models</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Commands for color</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="766">color package commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="794">color package commands</indexterm></cindex> <para>These are the commands available with the <file>color</file> package. </para> @@ -16737,9 +17218,9 @@ names depends on the driver, but all support the names <samp>black</samp>, <node name="Define-colors" spaces=" "><nodename>Define colors</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored text</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Define colors</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="767">color</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="768">define color</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="769">color, define</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="795">color</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="796">define color</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="797">color, define</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -16773,8 +17254,8 @@ or style, rather than in the document body. <node name="Colored-text" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored text</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored boxes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Define colors</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored text</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="770">color</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="771">colored text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="798">color</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="799">colored text</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses: </para> @@ -16875,9 +17356,9 @@ numbers, <code>gray</code> takes only one. <node name="Colored-boxes" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored boxes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored pages</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Colored text</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored boxes</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="772">color</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="773">colored boxes</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="774">box, colored</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="800">color</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="801">colored boxes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="802">box, colored</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses: </para> @@ -16931,10 +17412,10 @@ of the second line. <node name="Colored-pages" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored pages</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Colored boxes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored pages</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="775">color</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="776">colored page</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="777">page, colored</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="778">background, colored</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="803">color</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="804">colored page</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="805">page, colored</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="806">background, colored</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses: </para> @@ -16965,8 +17446,8 @@ rather than the default transparent background.) <node name="Graphics" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Special insertions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Color</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Graphics</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="779">graphics</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="780">graphics package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="807">graphics</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="808">graphics package</indexterm></cindex> <para>You can use graphics such as PNG or PDF files in your &latex; document. You need an additional package, which comes standard with &latex;. @@ -16980,12 +17461,12 @@ This example is the short how-to. <para>To use the commands described here your document preamble must contain either <code>\usepackage{graphicx}</code> or -<code>\usepackage{graphics}</code>. Most of the time, <file>graphicx</file> is the +<code>\usepackage{graphics}</code>. Most of the time, <code>graphicx</code> is the better choice. </para> <para>Graphics come in two main types, raster and vector. &latex; can use both. In raster graphics the file contains an entry for each location -in an array, describing what color it is. An example is a photograph, +in an array, describing what color it is. An example is a photograph in JPG format. In vector graphics, the file contains a list of instructions such as <samp>draw a circle with this radius and that center</samp>. An example is a line drawing produced by the Asymptote @@ -17015,8 +17496,8 @@ see their documentation on CTAN. <node name="Graphics-package-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics package options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>graphics</code> package options</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="781">graphics package options</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="782">options, graphics package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="809">graphics package options</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="810">options, graphics package</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis (must be in the document preamble): </para> @@ -17034,7 +17515,7 @@ see their documentation on CTAN. <para>The <code>graphicx</code> package has a format for optional arguments to the <code>\includegraphics</code> command that is convenient (it is the key-value format), so it is the better choice for new documents. When you load -the <file>graphics</file> or <file>graphicx</file> package with <code>\usepackage</code> +the <code>graphics</code> or <code>graphicx</code> package with <code>\usepackage</code> there are two kinds of available options. </para> <para>The first is that &latex; does not contain information about different @@ -17096,9 +17577,9 @@ option has &latex; to read the size from the latter. <node name="Graphics-package-configuration" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics package configuration</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics package options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>graphics</code> package configuration</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="783">graphics</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="784">graphics package</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="785">configuration, graphics package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="811">graphics</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="812">graphics package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="813">configuration, graphics package</indexterm></cindex> <para>These commands configure the way &latex; searches the file system for the graphic. @@ -17119,7 +17600,7 @@ the documentation in <file>grfguide.pdf</file>, or the &latex; source, or your <node name="_005cgraphicspath" spaces=" "><nodename>\graphicspath</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\graphicspath</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="936" mergedindex="cp">\graphicspath</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="967" mergedindex="cp">\graphicspath</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -17197,7 +17678,7 @@ instead in <file>book/plots</file>. <node name="_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareGraphicsRule</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\graphicspath</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="937" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="968" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopses: </para> @@ -17240,8 +17721,8 @@ the most recent <file>pdftex.def</file> has this extension list. <pre xml:space="preserve">.pdf,.png,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PDF,.PNG,.JPG,.JPEG,.JBIG2,.JB2 </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="786"><r>package</r>, <code>grfext</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="787"><code>grfext</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="814"><r>package</r>, <code>grfext</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="815"><code>grfext</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>To change the order, use the <code>grfext</code> package. </para> @@ -17254,7 +17735,7 @@ than once. Show its value with <node name="_005cDeclareGraphicsRule" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareGraphicsRule</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="938" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareGraphicsRule</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="969" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareGraphicsRule</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -17264,7 +17745,7 @@ than once. Show its value with <para>Declare how to handle graphic files whose names end in <var>extension</var>. </para> -<para>This example declares that all files with names have the form +<para>This example declares that all files with names of the form <file>filename-without-dot.mps</file> will be treated as output from MetaPost, meaning that the printer driver will use its MetaPost-handling code to input the file. @@ -17340,11 +17821,11 @@ See the documentation for your &tex; distribution. <node name="Commands-for-graphics" spaces=" "><nodename>Commands for graphics</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Commands for graphics</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="788">graphics package commands</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="789">commands, graphics package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="816">graphics package commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="817">commands, graphics package</indexterm></cindex> -<para>These are the commands available with the <file>graphics</file> and -<file>graphicx</file> packages. +<para>These are the commands available with the <code>graphics</code> and +<code>graphicx</code> packages. </para> <menu endspaces=" "> <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\includegraphics</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Using a graphic in your document. @@ -17357,18 +17838,18 @@ See the documentation for your &tex; distribution. <node name="_005cincludegraphics" spaces=" "><nodename>\includegraphics</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\rotatebox</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\includegraphics</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="790">graphics</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="791">graphics package</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="792">including graphics</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="793">importing graphics</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="794">EPS files</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="795">JPEG files</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="796">JPG files</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="797">PDF graphic files</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="798">PNG files</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="939" mergedindex="cp">\includegraphics</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="818">graphics</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="819">graphics package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="820">including graphics</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="821">importing graphics</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="822">EPS files</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="823">JPEG files</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="824">JPG files</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="825">PDF graphic files</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="826">PNG files</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="970" mergedindex="cp">\includegraphics</indexterm></findex> -<para>Synopses for <file>graphics</file> package: +<para>Synopses for <code>graphics</code> package: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\includegraphics{<var>filename</var>} @@ -17379,7 +17860,7 @@ See the documentation for your &tex; distribution. \includegraphics*[<var>llx</var>,<var>lly</var>][<var>urx</var>,<var>ury</var>]{<var>filename</var>} </pre></example> -<para>Synopses for <file>graphicx</file> package: +<para>Synopses for <code>graphicx</code> package: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\includegraphics{<var>filename</var>} @@ -17422,7 +17903,7 @@ with that extension (<pxref label="_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions"><xrefnodename <para>If your file name contains dots before the extension then you can hide them with curly braces, as in <code>\includegraphics{{plot.2018.03.12.a}.pdf}</code>. Or, if you use -the <file>graphicx</file> package then you can use the options <code>type</code> and +the <code>graphicx</code> package then you can use the options <code>type</code> and <code>ext</code>; see below. This and other filename issues are also handled with the package <file>grffile</file>. </para> @@ -17469,7 +17950,7 @@ text, with the two vertically centered. \end{center} </pre></example> -<para>If you use the <file>graphics</file> package then the only options involve the +<para>If you use the <code>graphics</code> package then the only options involve the size of the graphic (but see <ref label="_005crotatebox"><xrefnodename>\rotatebox</xrefnodename></ref> and <ref label="_005cscalebox"><xrefnodename>\scalebox</xrefnodename></ref>). When one optional argument is present then it is <code>[<var>urx</var>,<var>ury</var>]</code> and it gives the coordinates of the top @@ -17482,7 +17963,7 @@ lower left. Thus, <code>\includegraphics[1in,0.618in]{...}</code> the graphic to be placed so it is 1 inch wide and 0.618 inches tall and so its origin is at (0,0). </para> -<para>The <file>graphicx</file> package gives you many more options. Specify them +<para>The <code>graphicx</code> package gives you many more options. Specify them in a key-value form, as here. </para> <example endspaces=" "> @@ -17501,8 +17982,8 @@ two will end with different widths and heights. </para> <para>There are many options. The primary ones are listed first. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="799">bounding box</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="800">box, bounding</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="827">bounding box</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="828">box, bounding</indexterm></cindex> <para>Note that a graphic is placed by &latex; into a box, which is traditionally referred to as its <dfn>bounding box</dfn> (distinct from the PostScript BoundingBox described below). The graphic&textrsquo;s printed area may @@ -17758,18 +18239,18 @@ external commands. <node name="_005crotatebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\rotatebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\scalebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\includegraphics</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\rotatebox</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="801">rotation</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="802">rotating graphics</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="803">rotating text</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="940" mergedindex="cp">\rotatebox</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="829">rotation</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="830">rotating graphics</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="831">rotating text</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="971" mergedindex="cp">\rotatebox</indexterm></findex> -<para>Synopsis if you use the <file>graphics</file> package: +<para>Synopsis if you use the <code>graphics</code> package: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\rotatebox{<var>angle</var>}{<var>material</var>} </pre></example> -<para>Synopses if you use the <file>graphicx</file> package: +<para>Synopses if you use the <code>graphicx</code> package: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\rotatebox{<var>angle</var>}{<var>material</var>} @@ -17805,8 +18286,8 @@ from the first step (they need not coincide vertically). This new bounding box, in its new position, is what &latex; uses as the box when typesetting this material. </para> -<para>If you use the <file>graphics</file> package then the rotation is about the -reference point of the box. If you use the <file>graphicx</file> package +<para>If you use the <code>graphics</code> package then the rotation is about the +reference point of the box. If you use the <code>graphicx</code> package then these are the options that can go in the <var>key-value list</var>, but note that you can get the same effect without needing this package, except for the <code>x</code> and <code>y</code> options @@ -17849,14 +18330,14 @@ setting <code>units=6.283185</code> changes to radians counterclockwise. <node name="_005cscalebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\scalebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\resizebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\rotatebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\scalebox</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="804">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="805">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="806">scaling</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="807">resizing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="808">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="809">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="941" mergedindex="cp">\scalebox</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="942" mergedindex="cp">\reflectbox</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="832">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="833">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="834">scaling</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="835">resizing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="836">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="837">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="972" mergedindex="cp">\scalebox</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="973" mergedindex="cp">\reflectbox</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopses: </para> @@ -17885,27 +18366,27 @@ defaults to the same value as the <var>horizontal factor</var>. </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>If you use the <file>graphicx</file> package then you can accomplish the same +<para>If you use the <code>graphicx</code> package then you can accomplish the same thing with optional arguments to <code>\includegraphics</code> (<pxref label="_005cincludegraphics"><xrefnodename>\includegraphics</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>The <code>\reflectbox</code> command abbreviates <code>\scalebox{-1}[1]{<var>material</var>}</code>. Thus, <code>Able was I\reflectbox{Able was I}</code> will show the phrase <samp>Able was I</samp> -immediately followed by its mirror reflection. +immediately followed by its mirror reflection against a vertical axis. </para> </subsection> <node name="_005cresizebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\resizebox</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\scalebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\resizebox</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="810">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="811">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="812">scaling</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="813">resizing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="814">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="815">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="943" mergedindex="cp">\resizebox</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="838">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="839">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="840">scaling</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="841">resizing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="842">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="843">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="974" mergedindex="cp">\resizebox</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopses: </para> @@ -17929,7 +18410,7 @@ vertically by the same factor to keep it from being distorted. <para>The unstarred form <code>\resizebox</code> takes <var>vertical length</var> to be the box&textrsquo;s height while the starred form <code>\resizebox*</code> takes it to be height+depth. For instance, make the text have a height+depth of a -quarter inch with <code>\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{1in}{This +quarter-inch with <code>\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{3.5in}{This box has both height and depth.}}</code>. </para> <para>You can use <code>\depth</code>, <code>\height</code>, <code>\totalheight</code>, and @@ -17944,8 +18425,8 @@ text two inches wide but keep the original height with <node name="Special-insertions" spaces=" "><nodename>Special insertions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Special insertions</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="816">special insertions</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="817">insertions of special characters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="844">special insertions</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="845">insertions of special characters</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; provides commands for inserting characters that have a special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type. @@ -17966,10 +18447,10 @@ special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type. <node name="Reserved-characters" spaces=" "><nodename>Reserved characters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Upper and lower case</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Reserved characters</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="818">reserved characters</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="819">characters, reserved</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="820">special characters</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="821">characters, special</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="846">reserved characters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="847">characters, reserved</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="848">special characters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="849">characters, special</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; sets aside the following characters for special purposes. For example, the percent sign <code>%</code> is for comments. They are called <dfn>reserved characters</dfn> or <dfn>special characters</dfn>. They are @@ -17979,21 +18460,21 @@ all discussed elsewhere in this manual. <pre xml:space="preserve"># $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \ </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="944" mergedindex="cp">\#</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="945" mergedindex="cp">\$</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="946" mergedindex="cp">\%</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="947" mergedindex="cp">\&</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="948" mergedindex="cp">\_</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="949" mergedindex="cp">\{</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="950" mergedindex="cp">\}</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="975" mergedindex="cp">\#</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="976" mergedindex="cp">\$</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="977" mergedindex="cp">\%</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="978" mergedindex="cp">\&</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="979" mergedindex="cp">\_</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="980" mergedindex="cp">\{</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="981" mergedindex="cp">\}</indexterm></findex> <para>If you want a reserved character to be printed as itself, in the text body font, for all but the final three characters in that list simply put a backslash <code>\</code> in front of the character. Thus, typing <code>\$1.23</code> will produce <code>$1.23</code> in your output. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="951" mergedindex="cp">\~</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="952" mergedindex="cp">\^</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="953" mergedindex="cp">\textbackslash</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="982" mergedindex="cp">\~</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="983" mergedindex="cp">\^</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="984" mergedindex="cp">\textbackslash</indexterm></findex> <para>As to the last three characters, to get a tilde in the text body font use <code>\~{}</code> (omitting the curly braces would result in the next character receiving a tilde accent). Similarly, to get a text body @@ -18016,10 +18497,10 @@ there to split the lines in the output). <node name="Upper-and-lower-case" spaces=" "><nodename>Upper and lower case</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Symbols by font position</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Reserved characters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Upper and lower case</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="822">uppercase</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="823">lowercase</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="824">characters, case of</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="825">changing case of characters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="850">uppercase</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="851">lowercase</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="852">characters, case of</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="853">changing case of characters</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -18062,23 +18543,23 @@ you need to do expansion. Here the <code>\Schoolname</code> produces <w> </w>\expandafter{\schoolname}} </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="826"><r>package</r>, <code>textcase</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="827"><code>textcase</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="854"><r>package</r>, <code>textcase</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="855"><code>textcase</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<para>The <file>textcase</file> package brings some of the missing feature of the +<para>The <code>textcase</code> package brings some of the missing feature of the standard &latex; commands <code>\MakeUppercase</code> and <code>\MakeLowerCase</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="828"><r>package</r>, <code>mfirstuc</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="829"><code>mfirstuc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="856"><r>package</r>, <code>mfirstuc</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="857"><code>mfirstuc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>To uppercase only the first letter of words, you can use the package -<file>mfirstuc</file>. +<code>mfirstuc</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="830"><r>package</r>, <code>expl3</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="831"><code>expl3</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="858"><r>package</r>, <code>expl3</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="859"><code>expl3</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="832">Wright, Joseph</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="860">Wright, Joseph</indexterm></cindex> <para>Handling all the casing rules specified by Unicode, e.g., for non-Latin scripts, is a much bigger job than anything envisioned in the original &tex; and &latex;. It has been implemented in the @@ -18093,9 +18574,9 @@ good overview of the topic, past and present. <node name="Symbols-by-font-position" spaces=" "><nodename>Symbols by font position</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Text symbols</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Upper and lower case</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Symbols by font position</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="954" mergedindex="cp">\symbol</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="833">accessing any character of a font</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="834">font symbols, by number</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="985" mergedindex="cp">\symbol</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="861">accessing any character of a font</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="862">font symbols, by number</indexterm></cindex> <para>You can access any character of the current font using its number with the <code>\symbol</code> command. For example, the visible space character @@ -18113,11 +18594,11 @@ visible space at 32 decimal could also be written as <node name="Text-symbols" spaces=" "><nodename>Text symbols</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Accents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Symbols by font position</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Text symbols</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="835">text symbols</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="836">symbols, text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="863">text symbols</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="864">symbols, text</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="955" mergedindex="cp">textcomp <r>package</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="837">TS1 encoding</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="986" mergedindex="cp">textcomp <r>package</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="865">TS1 encoding</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols in running text. Some of these, especially the more obscure ones, are not available in OT1. As of the &latex; February 2020 release, all @@ -18126,172 +18607,172 @@ the <code>textcomp</code> package for some (technically, those in the <code>TS1</code> font encoding). </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="956" mergedindex="cp">\copyright</indexterm>\copyright</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="957" mergedindex="cp">\textcopyright</indexterm>\textcopyright</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="838">copyright symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="987" mergedindex="cp">\copyright</indexterm>\copyright</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="988" mergedindex="cp">\textcopyright</indexterm>\textcopyright</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="866">copyright symbol</indexterm></cindex> <para>©right; The copyright symbol. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="958" mergedindex="cp">\dag</indexterm>\dag</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="839">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="989" mergedindex="cp">\dag</indexterm>\dag</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="867">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>2020</U> The dagger symbol (in text). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="959" mergedindex="cp">\ddag</indexterm>\ddag</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="840">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="990" mergedindex="cp">\ddag</indexterm>\ddag</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="868">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>2021</U> The double dagger symbol (in text). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="960" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeX</indexterm>\LaTeX</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="841">&latex; logo</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="842">logo, &latex;</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="991" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeX</indexterm>\LaTeX</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="869">&latex; logo</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="870">logo, &latex;</indexterm></cindex> <para>The &latex; logo. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="961" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeXe</indexterm>\LaTeXe</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="843">&latex;2e logo</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="844">logo, &latex;2e</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="992" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeXe</indexterm>\LaTeXe</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="871">&latex;2e logo</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="872">logo, &latex;2e</indexterm></cindex> <para>The &latex;2e logo. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="962" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotleft <r>(«)</r></indexterm>\guillemotleft <r>(«)</r></itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="963" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotright <r>(»)</r></indexterm>\guillemotright <r>(»)</r></itemformat></itemx> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="964" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></itemformat></itemx> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="965" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="845">double guillemets</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="846">single guillemets</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="847">left angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="848">right angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="849">double angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="850">single angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="851">French quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="852">quotation marks, French</indexterm></cindex> -<para>«, », ‹, › +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="993" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotleft <r>(&guillemotleft;)</r></indexterm>\guillemotleft <r>(&guillemotleft;)</r></itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="994" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotright <r>(&guillemotright;)</r></indexterm>\guillemotright <r>(&guillemotright;)</r></itemformat></itemx> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="995" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></itemformat></itemx> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="996" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="873">double guillemets</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="874">single guillemets</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="875">left angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="876">right angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="877">double angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="878">single angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="879">French quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="880">quotation marks, French</indexterm></cindex> +<para>&guillemotleft;, &guillemotright;, ‹, › Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used in French. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="966" mergedindex="cp">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="967" mergedindex="cp">\dots</indexterm>\dots</itemformat></itemx> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="968" mergedindex="cp">\textellipsis</indexterm>\textellipsis</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="853">ellipsis</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="997" mergedindex="cp">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="998" mergedindex="cp">\dots</indexterm>\dots</itemformat></itemx> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="999" mergedindex="cp">\textellipsis</indexterm>\textellipsis</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="881">ellipsis</indexterm></cindex> <para>&dots; An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline): <code>\ldots</code> and <code>\dots</code> also work in math mode. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="969" mergedindex="cp">\lq</indexterm>\lq</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="854">left quote</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="855">opening quote</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1000" mergedindex="cp">\lq</indexterm>\lq</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="882">left quote</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="883">opening quote</indexterm></cindex> <para>&textlsquo; Left (opening) quote. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="970" mergedindex="cp">\P</indexterm>\P</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="971" mergedindex="cp">\textparagraph</indexterm>\textparagraph</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="856">paragraph symbol</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="857">pilcrow</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1001" mergedindex="cp">\P</indexterm>\P</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1002" mergedindex="cp">\textparagraph</indexterm>\textparagraph</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="884">paragraph symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="885">pilcrow</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>00B6</U> Paragraph sign (pilcrow). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="972" mergedindex="cp">\pounds</indexterm>\pounds</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="973" mergedindex="cp">\textsterling</indexterm>\textsterling</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="858">pounds symbol</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="859">sterling symbol</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1003" mergedindex="cp">\pounds</indexterm>\pounds</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1004" mergedindex="cp">\textsterling</indexterm>\textsterling</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="886">pounds symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="887">sterling symbol</indexterm></cindex> <para>£ English pounds sterling. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="974" mergedindex="cp">\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></indexterm>\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="975" mergedindex="cp">\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></indexterm>\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="860">double low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="861">single low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="862">low-9 quotation marks, single and double</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1005" mergedindex="cp">\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></indexterm>\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1006" mergedindex="cp">\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></indexterm>\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="888">double low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="889">single low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="890">low-9 quotation marks, single and double</indexterm></cindex> <para>„ and ‚ Double and single quotation marks on the baseline. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="976" mergedindex="cp">\rq</indexterm>\rq</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="863">right quote</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="864">closing quote</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1007" mergedindex="cp">\rq</indexterm>\rq</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="891">right quote</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="892">closing quote</indexterm></cindex> <para>&textrsquo; Right (closing) quote. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="977" mergedindex="cp">\S</indexterm>\S</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="978" mergedindex="cp">\textsection</indexterm>\textsection</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="865">section symbol</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1008" mergedindex="cp">\S</indexterm>\S</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1009" mergedindex="cp">\textsection</indexterm>\textsection</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="893">section symbol</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>00A7</U> Section sign. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="979" mergedindex="cp">\TeX</indexterm>\TeX</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="866">&tex; logo</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="867">logo, &tex;</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1010" mergedindex="cp">\TeX</indexterm>\TeX</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="894">&tex; logo</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="895">logo, &tex;</indexterm></cindex> <para>The &tex; logo. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="980" mergedindex="cp">\textasciicircum</indexterm>\textasciicircum</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="868">circumflex, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="869">ASCII circumflex, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1011" mergedindex="cp">\textasciicircum</indexterm>\textasciicircum</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="896">circumflex, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="897">ASCII circumflex, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>^ ASCII circumflex. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="981" mergedindex="cp">\textasciitilde</indexterm>\textasciitilde</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="870">tilde, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="871">ASCII tilde, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1012" mergedindex="cp">\textasciitilde</indexterm>\textasciitilde</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="898">tilde, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="899">ASCII tilde, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>~ ASCII tilde. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="982" mergedindex="cp">\textasteriskcentered</indexterm>\textasteriskcentered</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="872">asterisk, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="873">centered asterisk, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1013" mergedindex="cp">\textasteriskcentered</indexterm>\textasteriskcentered</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="900">asterisk, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="901">centered asterisk, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>* Centered asterisk. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="983" mergedindex="cp">\textbackslash</indexterm>\textbackslash</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="874">backslash, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1014" mergedindex="cp">\textbackslash</indexterm>\textbackslash</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="902">backslash, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>\ Backslash. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="984" mergedindex="cp">\textbar</indexterm>\textbar</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="875">vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="876">bar, vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1015" mergedindex="cp">\textbar</indexterm>\textbar</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="903">vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="904">bar, vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>| Vertical bar. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="985" mergedindex="cp">\textbardbl</indexterm>\textbardbl</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="877">vertical bar, double, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="878">bar, double vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="879">double vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1016" mergedindex="cp">\textbardbl</indexterm>\textbardbl</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="905">vertical bar, double, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="906">bar, double vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="907">double vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>23F8</U> Double vertical bar. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="986" mergedindex="cp">\textbigcircle</indexterm>\textbigcircle</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="880">big circle symbols, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="881">circle symbol, big, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1017" mergedindex="cp">\textbigcircle</indexterm>\textbigcircle</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="908">big circle symbols, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="909">circle symbol, big, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>25EF</U>, Big circle symbol. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="987" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceleft</indexterm>\textbraceleft</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="882">left brace, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="883">brace, left, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1018" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceleft</indexterm>\textbraceleft</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="910">left brace, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="911">brace, left, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>{ Left brace. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="988" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceright</indexterm>\textbraceright</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="884">right brace, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="885">brace, right, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1019" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceright</indexterm>\textbraceright</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="912">right brace, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="913">brace, right, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>} Right brace. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="989" mergedindex="cp">\textbullet</indexterm>\textbullet</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="886">bullet, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1020" mergedindex="cp">\textbullet</indexterm>\textbullet</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="914">bullet, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>• Bullet. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="990" mergedindex="cp">\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</indexterm>\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="887">circled letter, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1021" mergedindex="cp">\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</indexterm>\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="915">circled letter, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>24B6</U>, Circle around <var>letter</var>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="991" mergedindex="cp">\textcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcompwordmark</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="992" mergedindex="cp">\textcapitalcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcapitalcompwordmark</itemformat></itemx> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="993" mergedindex="cp">\textascendercompwordmark</indexterm>\textascendercompwordmark</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="888">composite word mark, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="889">cap height</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="890">ascender height</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1022" mergedindex="cp">\textcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcompwordmark</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1023" mergedindex="cp">\textcapitalcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcapitalcompwordmark</itemformat></itemx> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1024" mergedindex="cp">\textascendercompwordmark</indexterm>\textascendercompwordmark</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="916">composite word mark, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="917">cap height</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="918">ascender height</indexterm></cindex> <para>Used to separate letters that would normally ligature. For example, <code>f\textcompwordmark i</code> produces <samp>fi</samp> without a ligature. This is most useful in non-English languages. The <code>\textcapitalcompwordmark</code> form has the cap height of the font while the <code>\textascendercompwordmark</code> form has the ascender height. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="994" mergedindex="cp">\textdagger</indexterm>\textdagger</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="891">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1025" mergedindex="cp">\textdagger</indexterm>\textdagger</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="919">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>2020</U> Dagger. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="995" mergedindex="cp">\textdaggerdbl</indexterm>\textdaggerdbl</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="892">dagger, double, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="893">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1026" mergedindex="cp">\textdaggerdbl</indexterm>\textdaggerdbl</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="920">dagger, double, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="921">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>2021</U> Double dagger. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="996" mergedindex="cp">\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></indexterm>\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="894">dollar sign</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="895">currency, dollar</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1027" mergedindex="cp">\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></indexterm>\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="922">dollar sign</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="923">currency, dollar</indexterm></cindex> <para>$ Dollar sign. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="997" mergedindex="cp">\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></indexterm>\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="896">em-dash</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1028" mergedindex="cp">\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></indexterm>\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="924">em-dash</indexterm></cindex> <raggedright endspaces=" "> <para>&textmdash; Em-dash. Used for punctuation, usually similar to commas or parentheses, as in &textlsquo;<code>The playoffs---if you're lucky @@ -18299,145 +18780,145 @@ enough to make the playoffs---are more like a sprint.</code>&textrsquo; Conventi for spacing around em-dashes vary widely. </para></raggedright> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="998" mergedindex="cp">\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></indexterm>\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="897">e-dash</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1029" mergedindex="cp">\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></indexterm>\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="925">e-dash</indexterm></cindex> <para>&textndash; En-dash. Used for ranges, as in &textlsquo;<code>see pages 12--14</code>&textrsquo;. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="999" mergedindex="cp">\texteuro</indexterm>\texteuro</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="898">euro symbol</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="899">currency, euro</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="900"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="901"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1030" mergedindex="cp">\texteuro</indexterm>\texteuro</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="926">euro symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="927">currency, euro</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="928"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="929"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The Euro currency symbol: €. -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="902"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="903"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="930"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="931"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> </para> <para>For an alternative glyph design, try the -<file>eurosym</file> package; also, most fonts nowadays come with their own +<code>eurosym</code> package; also, most fonts nowadays come with their own Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1000" mergedindex="cp">\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="904">exclamation point, upside-down</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1031" mergedindex="cp">\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="932">exclamation point, upside-down</indexterm></cindex> <para>¡ Upside down exclamation point. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1001" mergedindex="cp">\textfiguredash</indexterm>\textfiguredash</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="905">figure dash character</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1032" mergedindex="cp">\textfiguredash</indexterm>\textfiguredash</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="933">figure dash character</indexterm></cindex> <para>Dash used between numerals, Unicode U+2012. Defined in the June 2021 release of &latex;. When used in pdf&tex;, approximated by an en-dash; with a Unicode engine, either typesets the glyph if available in the current font, or writes the usual &textldquo;Missing character&textrdquo; warning to the log file. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1002" mergedindex="cp">\textgreater</indexterm>\textgreater</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="906">greater than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1033" mergedindex="cp">\textgreater</indexterm>\textgreater</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="934">greater than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>> Greater than symbol. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1003" mergedindex="cp">\texthorizontalbar</indexterm>\texthorizontalbar</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="907">horizontal bar character</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1034" mergedindex="cp">\texthorizontalbar</indexterm>\texthorizontalbar</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="935">horizontal bar character</indexterm></cindex> <para>Horizontal bar character, Unicode U+2015. Defined in the June 2021 release of &latex;. Behavior as with <code>\textfiguredash</code> above; the pdf&tex; approximation is an em-dash. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1004" mergedindex="cp">\textless</indexterm>\textless</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="908">less than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1035" mergedindex="cp">\textless</indexterm>\textless</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="936">less than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>< Less than symbol. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1005" mergedindex="cp">\textleftarrow</indexterm>\textleftarrow</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="909">arrow, left, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="910">left arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1036" mergedindex="cp">\textleftarrow</indexterm>\textleftarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="937">arrow, left, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="938">left arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>2190</U>, Left arrow. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1006" mergedindex="cp">\textnonbreakinghyphen</indexterm>\textnonbreakinghyphen</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="911">non-breaking hyphen character</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="912">hyphen character, non-breaking</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1037" mergedindex="cp">\textnonbreakinghyphen</indexterm>\textnonbreakinghyphen</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="939">non-breaking hyphen character</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="940">hyphen character, non-breaking</indexterm></cindex> <para>Non-breaking hyphen character, Unicode U+2011. Defined in the June 2021 release of &latex;. Behavior as with <code>\textfiguredash</code> above; the pdf&tex; approximation is a regular ASCII hyphen (with breaks disallowed after). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1007" mergedindex="cp">\textordfeminine</indexterm>\textordfeminine</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1008" mergedindex="cp">\textordmasculine</indexterm>\textordmasculine</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="913">feminine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="914">masculine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="915">ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="916">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1038" mergedindex="cp">\textordfeminine</indexterm>\textordfeminine</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1039" mergedindex="cp">\textordmasculine</indexterm>\textordmasculine</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="941">feminine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="942">masculine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="943">ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="944">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex> <para>ª, º Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1009" mergedindex="cp">\textperiodcentered</indexterm>\textperiodcentered</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="917">period, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="918">centered period, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1040" mergedindex="cp">\textperiodcentered</indexterm>\textperiodcentered</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="945">period, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="946">centered period, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>00B7</U> Centered period. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1010" mergedindex="cp">\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="919">question mark, upside-down</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1041" mergedindex="cp">\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="947">question mark, upside-down</indexterm></cindex> <para>¿ Upside down question mark. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1011" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="920">left quote, double</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="921">double left quote</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1042" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="948">left quote, double</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="949">double left quote</indexterm></cindex> <para>&textldquo; Double left quote. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1012" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="922">right quote, double</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="923">double right quote</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1043" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="950">right quote, double</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="951">double right quote</indexterm></cindex> <para>&textrdquo; Double right quote. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1013" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="924">left quote, single</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="925">single left quote</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1044" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="952">left quote, single</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="953">single left quote</indexterm></cindex> <para>&textlsquo; Single left quote. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1014" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="926">right quote, single</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="927">single right quote</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1045" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="954">right quote, single</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="955">single right quote</indexterm></cindex> <para>&textrsquo; Single right quote. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1015" mergedindex="cp">\textquotesingle</indexterm>\textquotesingle</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="928">quote, single straight</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="929">straight single quote</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="930">single quote, straight</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1046" mergedindex="cp">\textquotesingle</indexterm>\textquotesingle</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="956">quote, single straight</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="957">straight single quote</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="958">single quote, straight</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>0027</U>, Straight single quote. (From TS1 encoding.) </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1016" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightbase</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1017" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightdblbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightdblbase</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="931">quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="932">straight quote, base</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="933">double quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="934">straight double quote, base</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1047" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightbase</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1048" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightdblbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightdblbase</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="959">quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="960">straight quote, base</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="961">double quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="962">straight double quote, base</indexterm></cindex> <!-- c Unicode doesn't have these https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quotation_mark --> <para>Single and double straight quotes on the baseline. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1018" mergedindex="cp">\textregistered</indexterm>\textregistered</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="935">registered symbol</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1049" mergedindex="cp">\textregistered</indexterm>\textregistered</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="963">registered symbol</indexterm></cindex> <para>®istered; Registered symbol. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1019" mergedindex="cp">\textrightarrow</indexterm>\textrightarrow</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="936">arrow, right, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="937">right arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1050" mergedindex="cp">\textrightarrow</indexterm>\textrightarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="964">arrow, right, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="965">right arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>2192</U>, Right arrow. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1020" mergedindex="cp">\textthreequartersemdash</indexterm>\textthreequartersemdash</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="938">three-quarters em-dash</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="939">em-dash, three-quarters</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1051" mergedindex="cp">\textthreequartersemdash</indexterm>\textthreequartersemdash</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="966">three-quarters em-dash</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="967">em-dash, three-quarters</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>FE58</U>, &textldquo;Three-quarters&textrdquo; em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1021" mergedindex="cp">\texttrademark</indexterm>\texttrademark</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="940">trademark symbol</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1052" mergedindex="cp">\texttrademark</indexterm>\texttrademark</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="968">trademark symbol</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>2122</U> Trademark symbol. </para> <!-- c ?? Diff from \textthreequartersemdash? In Unicode? --> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1022" mergedindex="cp">\texttwelveudash</indexterm>\texttwelveudash</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="941">two-thirds em-dash</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="942">em-dash, two-thirds</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1053" mergedindex="cp">\texttwelveudash</indexterm>\texttwelveudash</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="969">two-thirds em-dash</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="970">em-dash, two-thirds</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>FE58</U>, &textldquo;Two-thirds&textrdquo; em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1023" mergedindex="cp">\textunderscore</indexterm>\textunderscore</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="943">underscore, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1054" mergedindex="cp">\textunderscore</indexterm>\textunderscore</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="971">underscore, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>_ Underscore. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1024" mergedindex="cp">\textvisiblespace</indexterm>\textvisiblespace</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="944">visible space symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1055" mergedindex="cp">\textvisiblespace</indexterm>\textvisiblespace</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="972">visible space symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>2423</U>, Visible space symbol. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> @@ -18447,21 +18928,21 @@ breaks disallowed after). <node name="Accents" spaces=" "><nodename>Accents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Additional Latin letters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Text symbols</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Accents</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="945">accents</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="946">characters, accented</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="947">letters, accented</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="973">accents</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="974">characters, accented</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="975">letters, accented</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="948"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="949"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="976"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="977"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="950"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="951"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="978"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="979"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="952">multilingual support</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="980">multilingual support</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; has wide support for many of the world&textrsquo;s scripts and languages, provided through the core <code>babel</code> package, which supports pdf&latex;, Xe&latex; and Lua&latex;. The -<file>polyglossia</file> package provides similar support with the latter +<code>polyglossia</code> package provides similar support with the latter two engines. </para> <para>This section does not cover that support. It only lists the core @@ -18472,12 +18953,12 @@ use with capital letters. These are not available with OT1. <para>Below, to make them easier to find, the accents are all illustrated with lowercase <samp>o</samp>. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1025" mergedindex="cp">\i <r>(dotless i)</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="953">dotless i</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1056" mergedindex="cp">\i <r>(dotless i)</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="981">dotless i</indexterm></cindex> <para>Note that <code>\i</code> produces a dotless i, <!-- c @dotless{i}, --> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1026" mergedindex="cp">\j <r>(dotless j)</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="954">dotless j</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1057" mergedindex="cp">\j <r>(dotless j)</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="982">dotless j</indexterm></cindex> and <code>\j</code> produces a dotless j. <!-- c @dotless{j}. --> These are often used in place of their dotted counterparts when they are @@ -18486,63 +18967,63 @@ accented. <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\"</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaldieresis</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1027" mergedindex="cp">\" <r>(umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1028" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldieresis</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="955">umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="956">dieresis accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1058" mergedindex="cp">\" <r>(umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1059" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldieresis</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="983">umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="984">dieresis accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="uml">o</accent> Umlaut (dieresis). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\'</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalacute</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1029" mergedindex="cp">\' <r>(acute accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1030" mergedindex="cp">\capitalacute</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="957">acute accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1060" mergedindex="cp">\' <r>(acute accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1061" mergedindex="cp">\capitalacute</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="985">acute accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="acute">o</accent> Acute accent. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\.</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1031" mergedindex="cp">\. <r>(dot-over accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="958">dot accent</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="959">dot-over accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1062" mergedindex="cp">\. <r>(dot-over accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="986">dot accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="987">dot-over accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="dotaccent">o</accent> Dot accent. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\=</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalmacron</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1032" mergedindex="cp">\= <r>(macron accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1033" mergedindex="cp">\capitalmacron</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="960">macron accent</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="961">overbar accent</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="962">bar-over accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1063" mergedindex="cp">\= <r>(macron accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1064" mergedindex="cp">\capitalmacron</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="988">macron accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="989">overbar accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="990">bar-over accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="macr">o</accent> Macron (overbar) accent. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\^</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcircumflex</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1034" mergedindex="cp">\^ <r>(circumflex accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1035" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcircumflex</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="963">circumflex accent</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="964">hat accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1065" mergedindex="cp">\^ <r>(circumflex accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1066" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcircumflex</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="991">circumflex accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="992">hat accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="circ">o</accent> Circumflex (hat) accent. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\`</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalgrave</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1036" mergedindex="cp">\` <r>(grave accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1037" mergedindex="cp">\capitalgrave</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="965">grave accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1067" mergedindex="cp">\` <r>(grave accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1068" mergedindex="cp">\capitalgrave</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="993">grave accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="grave">o</accent> Grave accent. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\~</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaltilde</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1038" mergedindex="cp">\~ <r>(tilde accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1039" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltilde</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="966">tilde accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1069" mergedindex="cp">\~ <r>(tilde accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1070" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltilde</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="994">tilde accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="tilde">n</accent> Tilde accent. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\b</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1040" mergedindex="cp">\b <r>(bar-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="967">bar-under accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1071" mergedindex="cp">\b <r>(bar-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="995">bar-under accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="ubaraccent">o</accent> Bar accent underneath. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1041" mergedindex="cp">\underbar</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="968">underbar</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1072" mergedindex="cp">\underbar</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="996">underbar</indexterm></cindex> <para>Related to this, <code>\underbar{<var>text</var>}</code> produces a bar under <var>text</var>. The argument is always processed in LR mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>). The bar is always a fixed position under the baseline, @@ -18551,65 +19032,66 @@ thus crossing through descenders. See also <code>\underline</code> in </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\c</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcedilla</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1042" mergedindex="cp">\c <r>(cedilla accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1043" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcedilla</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="969">cedilla accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1073" mergedindex="cp">\c <r>(cedilla accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1074" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcedilla</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="997">cedilla accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="cedil">c</accent> Cedilla accent underneath. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\d</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaldotaccent</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1044" mergedindex="cp">\d <r>(dot-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1045" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldotaccent</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="970">dot-under accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1075" mergedindex="cp">\d <r>(dot-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1076" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldotaccent</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="998">dot-under accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="udotaccent">o</accent> Dot accent underneath. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\H</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalhungarumlaut</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1046" mergedindex="cp">\H <r>(Hungarian umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1047" mergedindex="cp">\capitalhungarumlaut</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="971">hungarian umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1077" mergedindex="cp">\H <r>(Hungarian umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1078" mergedindex="cp">\capitalhungarumlaut</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="999">hungarian umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="doubleacute">o</accent> Long Hungarian umlaut accent. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\k</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalogonek</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1048" mergedindex="cp">\k <r>(ogonek)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1049" mergedindex="cp">\capitalogonek</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="972">ogonek</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1079" mergedindex="cp">\k <r>(ogonek)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1080" mergedindex="cp">\capitalogonek</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1000">ogonek</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="ogon">o</accent> Ogonek. Not available in the OT1 encoding. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\r</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalring</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1050" mergedindex="cp">\r <r>(ring accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1051" mergedindex="cp">\capitalring</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="973">ring accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1081" mergedindex="cp">\r <r>(ring accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1082" mergedindex="cp">\capitalring</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1001">ring accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="ring">o</accent> Ring accent. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\t</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaltie</itemformat></itemx> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\newtie</itemformat></itemx> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalnewtie</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1052" mergedindex="cp">\t <r>(tie-after accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1053" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltie</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1054" mergedindex="cp">\newtie</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1055" mergedindex="cp">\capitalnewtie</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="974">tie-after accent</indexterm></cindex> -<para><accent type="tieaccent">oo</accent> Tie-after accent. The <code>\newtie</code> form is centered in -its box. +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1083" mergedindex="cp">\t <r>(tie-after accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1084" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltie</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1085" mergedindex="cp">\newtie</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1086" mergedindex="cp">\capitalnewtie</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1002">tie-after accent</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Tie-after accent (used for transliterating from Cyrillic, such as in the +ALA-LC romanization). It expects that the argument has two characters. +The <code>\newtie</code> form is centered in its box. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\u</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalbreve</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1056" mergedindex="cp">\u <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1057" mergedindex="cp">\capitalbreve</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="975">breve accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1087" mergedindex="cp">\u <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1088" mergedindex="cp">\capitalbreve</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1003">breve accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="breve">o</accent> Breve accent. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\v</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcaron</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1058" mergedindex="cp">\v <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1059" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcaron</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="976">hacek accent</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="977">check accent</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="978">caron accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1089" mergedindex="cp">\v <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1090" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcaron</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1004">hacek accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1005">check accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1006">caron accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="caron">o</accent> H<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek (check, caron) accent. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></table> @@ -18621,7 +19103,7 @@ its box. <node name="_005caccent" spaces=" "><nodename>\accent</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">Accents</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\accent</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1060" mergedindex="cp">\accent</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1091" mergedindex="cp">\accent</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -18630,9 +19112,9 @@ its box. </pre></example> <para>A &tex; primitive command used to generate accented characters from -accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by <var>number</var>, -a numeric argument, followed by a space and then a <var>character</var> argument -constructs the accented character in the current font. +accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by <var>number</var>, a +numeric argument, followed by a space and then a <var>character</var> +argument to construct the accented character in the current font. </para> <para>These are accented <samp>e</samp> characters. </para> @@ -18645,7 +19127,8 @@ constructs the accented character in the current font. </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>The first is a grave, the second is breve, etc. +<para>The first is a grave, the second a caron, the third a breve, the fourth +a macron, and the fifth a ring above. </para> <para>The position of the accent is determined by the font designer and so the outcome of <code>\accent</code> use may differ between fonts. In &latex; it is @@ -18676,12 +19159,12 @@ cases will not work as it cannot analyze upper/lower case. <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Additional Latin letters</sectiontitle> <anchor name="Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</anchor> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="979">Latin letters, additional</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="980">letters, additional Latin</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="981">extended Latin</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="982">special characters</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="983">non-English characters</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="984">characters, non-English</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1007">Latin letters, additional</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1008">letters, additional Latin</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1009">extended Latin</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1010">special characters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1011">non-English characters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1012">characters, non-English</indexterm></cindex> <para>Here are the basic &latex; commands for inserting letters beyond A&textndash;Z that extend the Latin alphabet, used primarily in languages other @@ -18690,84 +19173,84 @@ than English. <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\aa</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AA</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1061" mergedindex="cp">\aa (å)</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1062" mergedindex="cp">\AA (Å)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="985">aring</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1092" mergedindex="cp">\aa <r>(å)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1093" mergedindex="cp">\AA <r>(Å)</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1013">aring</indexterm></cindex> <para>å and Å. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ae</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AE</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1063" mergedindex="cp">\ae (æ)</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1064" mergedindex="cp">\AE (Æ)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="986">ae ligature</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1094" mergedindex="cp">\ae <r>(æ)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1095" mergedindex="cp">\AE <r>(Æ)</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1014">ae ligature</indexterm></cindex> <para>æ and Æ. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\dh</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DH</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1065" mergedindex="cp">\dh (ð)</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1066" mergedindex="cp">\DH (Ð)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="987">Icelandic eth</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="988">eth, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1096" mergedindex="cp">\dh <r>(ð)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1097" mergedindex="cp">\DH <r>(Ð)</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1015">Icelandic eth</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1016">eth, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex> <para>Icelandic letter eth: ð and Ð. Not available with <sc>OT1</sc> encoding, you need the <file>fontenc</file> package to select an alternate font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\dj</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DJ</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1067" mergedindex="cp">\dj</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1068" mergedindex="cp">\DJ</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1098" mergedindex="cp">\dj</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1099" mergedindex="cp">\DJ</indexterm></findex> <para>Crossed d and D, a.k.a.&noeos; capital and small letter d with stroke. Not available with <sc>OT1</sc> encoding, you need the <file>fontenc</file> package to select an alternate font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ij</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\IJ</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1069" mergedindex="cp">\ij (ij)</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1070" mergedindex="cp">\IJ (IJ)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="989">ij letter, Dutch</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1100" mergedindex="cp">\ij <r>(ij)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1101" mergedindex="cp">\IJ <r>(IJ)</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1017">ij letter, Dutch</indexterm></cindex> <para>ij and IJ (except somewhat closer together than appears here). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\l</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\L</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1071" mergedindex="cp">\l (&lslash;)</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1072" mergedindex="cp">\L (&Lslash;)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="990">polish l</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1102" mergedindex="cp">\l <r>(&lslash;)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1103" mergedindex="cp">\L <r>(&Lslash;)</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1018">polish l</indexterm></cindex> <para>&lslash; and &Lslash;. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ng</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\NG</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1073" mergedindex="cp">\ng</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1074" mergedindex="cp">\NG</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1104" mergedindex="cp">\ng</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1105" mergedindex="cp">\NG</indexterm></findex> <para>Lappish letter eng, also used in phonetics. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\o</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\O</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1075" mergedindex="cp">\o (ø)</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1076" mergedindex="cp">\O (Ø)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="991">oslash</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1106" mergedindex="cp">\o <r>(ø)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1107" mergedindex="cp">\O <r>(Ø)</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1019">oslash</indexterm></cindex> <para>ø and Ø. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\oe</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\OE</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1077" mergedindex="cp">\oe (œ)</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1078" mergedindex="cp">\OE (Œ)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="992">oe ligature</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1108" mergedindex="cp">\oe <r>(œ)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1109" mergedindex="cp">\OE <r>(Œ)</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1020">oe ligature</indexterm></cindex> <para>œ and Œ. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ss</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\SS</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1079" mergedindex="cp">\ss (ß)</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1080" mergedindex="cp">\SS (SS)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="993">es-zet German letter</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="994">sharp S letters</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1110" mergedindex="cp">\ss <r>(ß)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1111" mergedindex="cp">\SS <r>(SS)</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1021">es-zet German letter</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1022">sharp S letters</indexterm></cindex> <para>ß and SS. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\th</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\TH</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1081" mergedindex="cp">\th (þ)</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1082" mergedindex="cp">\TH (Þ)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="995">Icelandic thorn</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="996">thorn, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1112" mergedindex="cp">\th <r>(þ)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1113" mergedindex="cp">\TH <r>(Þ)</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1023">Icelandic thorn</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1024">thorn, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex> <para>Icelandic letter thorn: þ and Þ. Not available with <sc>OT1</sc> encoding, you need the <file>fontenc</file> package to select an alternate font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>. @@ -18779,7 +19262,7 @@ font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>. <node name="inputenc-package" spaces=" "><nodename>inputenc package</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\rule</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Additional Latin letters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>inputenc</code> package</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1083" mergedindex="cp">inputenc</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1114" mergedindex="cp">inputenc</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -18792,14 +19275,14 @@ default, if this package is not loaded, is UTF-8. Technically, specifying the encoding name is optional, but in practice it is not useful to omit it. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="997">encoding, of input files</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="998">character encoding</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="999">Unicode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1025">encoding, of input files</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1026">character encoding</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1027">Unicode</indexterm></cindex> <para>In a computer file, the characters are stored according to a scheme called the <dfn>encoding</dfn>. There are many different encodings. The simplest is ASCII, which supports 95 printable characters, not enough for most of the world&textrsquo;s languages. For instance, to typeset the -a-umlaut character <accent type="uml">a</accent> in an ASCII-encoded &latex; source file, the +a-umlaut character <samp><accent type="uml">a</accent></samp> in an ASCII-encoded &latex; source file, the sequence <code>\"a</code> is used. This would make source files for anything but English hard to read; even for English, often a more extensive encoding is more convenient. @@ -18833,6 +19316,8 @@ is a left single quote from a web page using <code>latin1</code> inside a replace the non-UTF-8 character with its UTF-8 equivalent, or use a &latex; equivalent command or character. </para> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1115" mergedindex="cp">\inputencoding</indexterm></findex> +<anchor name="_005cinputencoding">\inputencoding</anchor> <para>In some documents, such as a collection of journal articles from a variety of authors, changing the encoding in mid-document may be necessary. Use the command @@ -18846,7 +19331,7 @@ for <var>encoding-name</var> are: <code>ascii</code>, <code>latin1</code>, <node name="_005crule" spaces=" "><nodename>\rule</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\today</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">inputenc package</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\rule</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1084" mergedindex="cp">\rule</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1116" mergedindex="cp">\rule</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -18857,8 +19342,8 @@ for <var>encoding-name</var> are: <code>ascii</code>, <code>latin1</code>, <para>Produce a <dfn>rule</dfn>, a filled-in rectangle. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1000">Halmos symbol</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1001">tombstone</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1028">Halmos symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1029">tombstone</indexterm></cindex> <para>This example produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos symbol, or just &textldquo;qed&textrdquo;, often used to mark the end of a proof: </para> @@ -18866,11 +19351,11 @@ or just &textldquo;qed&textrdquo;, often used to mark the end of a proof: <pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand{\qedsymbol}{\rule{0.4em}{2ex}} </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1002"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1003"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1030"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1031"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <noindent></noindent> -<para>The <file>amsthm</file> package includes this command, with a somewhat +<para>The <code>amsthm</code> package includes this command, with a somewhat different-looking symbol. </para> <para>The mandatory arguments give the horizontal <var>width</var> and vertical @@ -18898,9 +19383,9 @@ output, but can cause &latex; to change the output around it. <node name="_005ctoday" spaces=" "><nodename>\today</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\rule</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\today</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1085" mergedindex="cp">\today</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1004">date, today&textrsquo;s</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1005">today&textrsquo;s date</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1117" mergedindex="cp">\today</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1032">date, today&textrsquo;s</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1033">today&textrsquo;s date</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -18912,13 +19397,13 @@ output, but can cause &latex; to change the output around it. <var>yyyy</var></samp>. An example of a date in that format is <samp>July 4, 1976</samp>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1006"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1007"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1034"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1035"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1008"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1009"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1036"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1037"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<para>Multilingual packages such as <file>babel</file> or <file>polyglossia</file>, or +<para>Multilingual packages such as <code>babel</code> or <code>polyglossia</code>, or classes such as <file>lettre</file>, will localize <code>\today</code>. For example, the following will output <samp>4 juillet 1976</samp>: </para> @@ -18935,10 +19420,10 @@ the following will output <samp>4 juillet 1976</samp>: <para><code>\today</code> uses the counters <code>\day</code>, <code>\month</code>, and <code>\year</code> (<pxref label="_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear"><xrefnodename>\day & \month & \year</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1010"><r>package</r>, <code>datetime</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1011"><code>datetime</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1038"><r>package</r>, <code>datetime</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1039"><code>datetime</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<para>A number of package on CTAN work with dates. One is <file>datetime</file> package +<para>A number of package on CTAN work with dates. One is <code>datetime</code> package which can produce a wide variety of date formats, including ISO standards. </para> <para>The date is not updated as the &latex; process runs, so in principle the @@ -18950,16 +19435,16 @@ date could be incorrect by the time the program finishes. <node name="Splitting-the-input" spaces=" "><nodename>Splitting the input</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Splitting the input</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1012">splitting the input file</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1013">input file</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1040">splitting the input file</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1041">input file</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; lets you split a large document into several smaller ones. This can simplify editing or allow multiple authors to work on the document. It can also speed processing. </para> <para>Regardless of how many separate files you use, there is always one -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1014">root file</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1015">file, root</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1042">root file</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1043">file, root</indexterm></cindex> <dfn>root file</dfn>, on which &latex; compilation starts. This shows such a file with five included files. </para> @@ -19010,7 +19495,7 @@ your output correctly. <node name="_005cendinput" spaces=" "><nodename>\endinput</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\include & \includeonly</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\endinput</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1086" mergedindex="cp">\endinput</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1118" mergedindex="cp">\endinput</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -19052,8 +19537,8 @@ This allows you, for instance, to close an <code>\if...</code> with a <node name="_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly" spaces=" "><nodename>\include & \includeonly</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\input</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\endinput</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\include</code> & <code>\includeonly</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1087" mergedindex="cp">\include</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1088" mergedindex="cp">\includeonly</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1119" mergedindex="cp">\include</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1120" mergedindex="cp">\includeonly</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -19152,6 +19637,7 @@ should avoid spaces in the file names. The tradition is to instead use dashes or underscores. Nevertheless, for the name <samp>amo amas amat</samp>, this works under &tex; Live on GNU/Linux: </para> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1121" mergedindex="cp">\space</indexterm></findex> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass{book} \includeonly{ @@ -19174,7 +19660,7 @@ this works under &tex; Live on GNU/Linux: \end{document} </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1016">nested <code>\include</code>, not allowed</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1044">nested <code>\include</code>, not allowed</indexterm></cindex> <para>You cannot use <code>\include</code> inside a file that is being included or you get <samp>LaTeX Error: \include cannot be nested.</samp> The <code>\include</code> command cannot appear in the document preamble; you will @@ -19196,7 +19682,7 @@ also delete the file <file><var>root</var>.aux</file> and rerun &latex;. <node name="_005cinput" spaces=" "><nodename>\input</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\include & \includeonly</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\input</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1089" mergedindex="cp">\input</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1122" mergedindex="cp">\input</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -19231,6 +19717,7 @@ should avoid spaces in the file names. The tradition is to instead use dashes or underscores. Nevertheless, for the name <samp>amo amas amat</samp>, this works under &tex; Live on GNU/Linux: </para> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1123" mergedindex="cp">\space</indexterm></findex> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\input{"amo\space amas\space amat"} </pre></example> @@ -19253,18 +19740,18 @@ this works under &tex; Live on GNU/Linux: </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Glossaries</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Generate a glossary. </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> - +<!-- c no comma in the node name because Texinfo doesn't support that well. --> <node name="Table-of-contents-etc_002e" spaces=" "><nodename>Table of contents etc.</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Indexes</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node> -<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Table of contents etc.</sectiontitle> +<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1017">table of contents, creating</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1045">table of contents, creating</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1090" mergedindex="cp">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1091" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1092" mergedindex="cp">\listoffigures</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1093" mergedindex="cp">\listoftables</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1094" mergedindex="cp">.lof <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1095" mergedindex="cp">.lot <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1124" mergedindex="cp">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1125" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1126" mergedindex="cp">\listoffigures</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1127" mergedindex="cp">\listoftables</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1128" mergedindex="cp">.lof <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1129" mergedindex="cp">.lot <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -19333,7 +19820,7 @@ input</xrefnodename></pxref>). For example, this &latex; file <file>test.tex</f \contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}First subsection}{2} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1096" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1130" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex> <noindent></noindent> <para>Each line contains a single command, <code>\contentsline</code> (<pxref label="_005ccontentsline"><xrefnodename>\contentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>). The first argument, the <code>section</code> or @@ -19388,16 +19875,16 @@ inside a box of width <code>\&arobase;pnumwidth</code>. By default <code>1.55em</code>. Change these as with <code>\renewcommand{\&arobase;tocrmarg}{3.5em}</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1018"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1019"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1046"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1047"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1020"><r>package</r>, <code>tocbibbind</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1021"><code>tocbibbind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1048"><r>package</r>, <code>tocbibbind</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1049"><code>tocbibbind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures -and tables (<pxref label="CTAN"><xrefnodename>CTAN</xrefnodename></pxref>). The package <file>tocloft</file> is convenient for +and tables (<pxref label="CTAN"><xrefnodename>CTAN</xrefnodename></pxref>). The package <code>tocloft</code> is convenient for adjusting some aspects of the default such as spacing. And, -<file>tocbibbind</file> will automatically add the bibliography, index, +<code>tocbibbind</code> will automatically add the bibliography, index, etc. to the table of contents. </para> <para>To change the header for the table of contents page, do something like @@ -19410,13 +19897,13 @@ these commands before you call <code>\tableofcontents</code>, etc. </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1022"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1023"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<para><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1050"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1051"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1024"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1025"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1052"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1053"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<para>Internationalization packages such as <file>babel</file> or <file>polyglossia</file> +<para>Internationalization packages such as <code>babel</code> or <code>polyglossia</code> will change these headers depending on the chosen base language. </para> <menu endspaces=" "> @@ -19432,8 +19919,8 @@ will change these headers depending on the chosen base language. <node name="_005c_0040dottedtocline" spaces=" "><nodename>\&arobase;dottedtocline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addcontentsline</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;dottedtocline</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1097" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;dottedtocline</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1026">table of contents entry, create dotted line</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1131" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;dottedtocline</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1054">table of contents entry, create dotted line</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -19459,27 +19946,27 @@ file contains these definitions: <para>In this example, <code>\&arobase;dottedcline</code> appears to have been given only three arguments. But tracing the internal code shows that it picks up the final <var>text</var> and <var>pagenumber</var> arguments in the synopsis -from a call to <code>\contentsline</code>. +from a call to <code>\contentsline</code> (<pxref label="_005ccontentsline"><xrefnodename>\contentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1027">leaders, dots in table of contents</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1055">leaders, dots in table of contents</indexterm></cindex> <para>Between the box for the title text of a section and the right margin box, these <code>\&arobase;dottedtocline</code> commands insert <dfn>leaders</dfn>, that is, evenly-spaced dots. The dot-to-dot space is given by the command -<code>\&arobase;dotsep</code>. By default it is 4.5 (it is in math units, which -are <code>1/18</code> em. Change it using <code>\renewcommand</code>, as -in <code>\renewcommand{\&arobase;dotsep}{3.5}</code>. +<code>\&arobase;dotsep</code>. By default it is 4.5 (it is in math units, aka.&noeos; +<code>mu</code>, which are <code>1/18</code> em. Change it using +<code>\renewcommand</code>, as in <code>\renewcommand{\&arobase;dotsep}{3.5}</code>. </para> -<para>In the default book class, &latex; does not use dotted leaders for -the Part and Chapter table entries, and in the default article class -it does not use dotted leaders for Section entries. +<para>In the standard <file>book</file> class, &latex; does not use dotted leaders +for the Part and Chapter table entries, and in the standard +<file>article</file> class it does not use dotted leaders for Section entries. </para> </subsection> <node name="_005caddcontentsline" spaces=" "><nodename>\addcontentsline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtocontents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\&arobase;dottedtocline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addcontentsline</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1098" mergedindex="cp">\addcontentsline</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1028">table of contents entry, manually adding</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1132" mergedindex="cp">\addcontentsline</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1056">table of contents entry, manually adding</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -19487,7 +19974,7 @@ it does not use dotted leaders for Section entries. <pre xml:space="preserve">\addcontentsline{<var>ext</var>}{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1099" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1133" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex> <para>Add an entry to the auxiliary file with extension <var>ext</var>. </para> <para>The following will result in an <samp>Appendices</samp> line in the table of @@ -19500,22 +19987,24 @@ contents. <noindent></noindent> <para>It will appear at the same indentation level as the sections, will be in boldface, and will be assigned the page number associated with the point -where it appears in the input file. +where the command appears in the input file. </para> <para>The <code>\addcontentsline</code> command writes information to the file -<file><var>root-name</var>.<var>ext</var></file>. It writes that information as the -text of the command +<file><var>root-name</var>.<var>ext</var></file>, where <var>root-name</var> is the file name +of the root file (<pxref label="Splitting-the-input"><xrefnodename>Splitting the input</xrefnodename></pxref>). It writes that +information as the text of the command <code>\contentsline{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>}{<var>num</var>}</code>, where <code><var>num</var></code> is the current value of counter <code><var>unit</var></code> (<pxref label="_005ccontentsline"><xrefnodename>\contentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>). The most common case is the table of contents and there <var>num</var> is the page number of the first page of <var>unit</var>. </para> <para>This command is invoked by the sectioning commands <code>\chapter</code>, -etc., and also by <code>\caption</code> inside a float environment. But it is -also used by authors. For example, an author writing a book whose style -is to have an unnumbered preface may use the starred <code>\chapter*</code>. -But that command leaves out table of contents information, which can be -entered manually, as here. +etc. (<pxref label="Sectioning"><xrefnodename>Sectioning</xrefnodename></pxref>), and also by <code>\caption</code> inside a float +environment (<pxref label="Floats"><xrefnodename>Floats</xrefnodename></pxref>). But it is also directly used by authors. +For example, an author writing a book whose style is to have an +unnumbered preface may use the starred <code>\chapter*</code>. But that +command leaves out table of contents information, which can be entered +manually, as here. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\chapter*{Preface} @@ -19523,9 +20012,10 @@ entered manually, as here. </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>In the <file>.toc</file> file &latex; will put the line <code>\contentsline -{chapter}{\numberline {}Preface}{3}</code>; note that the page number -<samp>3</samp> is automatically generated by the system, not entered manually. +<para>In the <file><var>root-name</var>.toc</file> file &latex; will put the line +<code>\contentsline {chapter}{\numberline {}Preface}{3}</code>; note +that the page number <samp>3</samp> is automatically generated by the system, +not entered manually. </para> <para>All of the arguments for <code>\addcontentsline</code> are required. </para> @@ -19536,7 +20026,8 @@ entered manually, as here. tables. The filename extension of the information file. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">unit</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>A string that depends on the value of the <var>ext</var> argument: +</tableterm><tableitem><para>A string that depends on the value of the <var>ext</var> argument, typically +one of: </para> <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">toc</itemformat></item> @@ -19551,8 +20042,8 @@ tables. The filename extension of the information file. </para></tableitem></tableentry></table> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">text</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>The text of the entry. You must <code>\protect</code> any commands that are -fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</tableterm><tableitem><para>The text of the entry. You must <code>\protect</code> any fragile commands +(<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>) used in it. </para></tableitem></tableentry></table> <para>The <code>\addcontentsline</code> command has an interaction with @@ -19562,7 +20053,8 @@ the same level, as with in the table of contents can come out in the wrong order. The solution is to move <code>\addcontentsline</code> into the file being included. </para> -<para>If you use a <var>unit</var> that &latex; does not recognize, as here +<para>If you use a <var>unit</var> that &latex; does not recognize, as with the +typo here </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\addcontentsline{toc}{setcion}{\protect\textbf{Appendices}} @@ -19577,7 +20069,7 @@ will not make sense. <node name="_005caddtocontents" spaces=" "><nodename>\addtocontents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\contentsline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addcontentsline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addtocontents</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1100" mergedindex="cp">\addtocontents{<var>ext</var>}{<var>text</var>}</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1134" mergedindex="cp">\addtocontents{<var>ext</var>}{<var>text</var>}</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -19653,17 +20145,17 @@ move <code>\addtocontents</code> into the file being included. <node name="_005ccontentsline" spaces=" "><nodename>\contentsline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\nofiles</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addtocontents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\contentsline</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1029">table of contents</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1101" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1102" mergedindex="cp">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1103" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1104" mergedindex="cp">\listoffigures</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1105" mergedindex="cp">\listoftables</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1106" mergedindex="cp">.lof <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1107" mergedindex="cp">.lot <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1108" mergedindex="cp">\l&arobase;chapter</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1109" mergedindex="cp">\l&arobase;section</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1110" mergedindex="cp">\l&arobase;subsection</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1057">table of contents</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1135" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1136" mergedindex="cp">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1137" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1138" mergedindex="cp">\listoffigures</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1139" mergedindex="cp">\listoftables</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1140" mergedindex="cp">.lof <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1141" mergedindex="cp">.lot <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1142" mergedindex="cp">\l&arobase;chapter</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1143" mergedindex="cp">\l&arobase;section</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1144" mergedindex="cp">\l&arobase;subsection</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -19679,7 +20171,7 @@ etc.</xrefnodename></pxref>). Authors do not directly enter <code>\contentsline< commands <code>\chapter</code>, <code>\section</code>, etc. for the table of contents, or by the <code>\caption</code> command inside of a <code>\figure</code> or <code>\table</code> environment (<pxref label="figure"><xrefnodename>figure</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="table"><xrefnodename>table</xrefnodename></pxref>). Thus, -where the base file is <file>thesis.tex</file>, and contains the declaration +where the root file is <file>thesis.tex</file>, and contains the declaration <code>\tableofcontents</code>, the command <code>\chapter{Chapter One}</code> produces something like this in the file <file>thesis.toc</file>. </para> @@ -19700,22 +20192,29 @@ something like this in <file>thesis.lof</file>. where <var>filetype</var> is <code>toc</code>, <code>lof</code>, or <code>lot</code> (<pxref label="_005caddcontentsline"><xrefnodename>\addcontentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1058"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1059"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + <para>For manipulating how the <code>\contentline</code> material is typeset, see -the <file>tocloft</file> package. +the <code>tocloft</code> package. </para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1060"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1061"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + <para>Note that the <code>hyperref</code> package changes the definition of <code>\contentsline</code> (and <code>\addcontentsline</code>) to add more arguments, to make hyperlinks. This is the source of the error -<code>Argument of \contentsline has an extra }</code>. Fix this error by -deleting the <file>.toc</file> or <file>.lof</file> or <file>.lot</file> file, and running -&latex; again. +<code>Argument of \contentsline has an extra }</code> when one adds/remove +the use of package <code>hyperref</code> and a compilation was already run. +Fix this error by deleting the <file>.toc</file> or <file>.lof</file> or <file>.lot</file> +file, and running &latex; again. </para> </subsection> <node name="_005cnofiles" spaces=" "><nodename>\nofiles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\numberline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\contentsline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\nofiles</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1111" mergedindex="cp">\nofiles</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1145" mergedindex="cp">\nofiles</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -19750,7 +20249,7 @@ the old information. <node name="_005cnumberline" spaces=" "><nodename>\numberline</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\nofiles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\numberline</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1112" mergedindex="cp">\numberline</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1146" mergedindex="cp">\numberline</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -19762,7 +20261,7 @@ the old information. <code>\contentsline</code> command to typeset the section number (<pxref label="_005ccontentsline"><xrefnodename>\contentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<para>For example, this line in a <file>.toc</file> file causes the <code>1</code> to be +<para>For example, this line in a <file>.toc</file> file causes the <code>1.1</code> to be typeset flush left. </para> <example endspaces=" "> @@ -19773,16 +20272,22 @@ typeset flush left. <code>\&arobase;tempdima</code>. That length is set by the commands <code>\l&arobase;section</code>, <code>\l&arobase;subsection</code>, etc. Put section numbers inside a natural-width box with -<code>\renewcommand{\numberline}[1]{#1~}</code>. +<code>\renewcommand{\numberline}[1]{#1~}</code> before +<code>\tableofcontents</code>. </para> -<para>This command is fragile, so you may need to precede it with +<para>This command is fragile so you may need to precede it with <code>\protect</code> (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). An example is the use of -<code>\protect</code> in the command -<code>\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}Summary}</code> -to get the <code>\numberline</code> into this command in the <file>.toc</file> file: -<code>\contentsline {section}{\numberline {}Summary}{6}</code> (the -page number <samp>6</samp> is automatically added by &latex;; -<pxref label="_005caddcontentsline"><xrefnodename>\addcontentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>). +<code>\protect</code> in this command, +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve"><code>\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}Summary}</code> +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>to get the <code>\numberline</code> into the <code>\contentsline</code> +command in the <file>.toc</file> file: <code>\contentsline +{section}{\numberline {}Summary}{6}</code> (the page number <samp>6</samp> +is automatically added by &latex;; <pxref label="_005caddcontentsline"><xrefnodename>\addcontentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> </subsection> @@ -19790,70 +20295,132 @@ page number <samp>6</samp> is automatically added by &latex;; <node name="Indexes" spaces=" "><nodename>Indexes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Glossaries</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Indexes</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1030">indexes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1062">indexes</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1113" mergedindex="cp">\makeindex</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1114" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1031"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1147" mergedindex="cp">\makeindex</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1148" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1063"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex> -<para>This document has an index. +<para>If you tell &latex; what terms you want to appear in an index then it +can produce that index, alphabetized and with the page numbers +automatically maintained. This illustrates the basics. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass{article} -\usepackage{makeidx} \makeindex +\usepackage{makeidx} % Provide indexing commands + \makeindex +% \usepackage{showidx} % Show marginal notes of index entries ... \begin{document} ... -Recall Wilson's Theorem: \index{Wilson's Theorem} -a number \( n>1 \) is prime if and only if the factorial of \( n-1 \) -is congruent to \( -1 \) modulo~\( n \). +Wilson's Theorem\index{Wilson's Theorem} +says that a number $n>1$ is prime if and only if the factorial +of $n-1$ is congruent to $-1$ +modulo~$n$.\index{congruence!and Wilson's Theorem} ... \printindex - ... +\end{document} </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>The <code>\usepackage{makeidx}</code> and <code>\makeindex</code> in the preamble -bring in the relevant commands. -</para> -<para>Producing an index is a three stage process. First, in the document -body you declare index entries with the <code>\index</code> command +<para>As that shows, declare index entries with the <code>\index</code> command (<pxref label="_005cindex"><xrefnodename>\index</xrefnodename></pxref>). When you run &latex;, the <code>\index</code> writes its -information to an auxiliary file <file><var>root-name</var>.idx</file>. Next, to -alphabetize and to do other manipulations you run an external command, -typically <command>makeindex</command> or <command>xindy</command> (<pxref label="makeindex"><xrefnodename>makeindex</xrefnodename></pxref>). -These output a file <file><var>root-name</var>.ind</file>. Finally, you bring the -information back into your document and typeset it with the -<code>\printindex</code> command (<pxref label="_005cprintindex"><xrefnodename>\printindex</xrefnodename></pxref>). -</para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1032"><r>package</r>, <code>showidx</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1033"><code>showidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> - -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1034"><r>package</r>, <code>multind</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1035"><code>multind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> - -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1036">index, multiple</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1037">multiple indexes</indexterm></cindex> +information, such as <samp>Wilson's Theorem</samp> and the page number, to an +auxiliary file whose name ends in <file>.idx</file>. Next, to alphabetize and +do other manipulations, run an external command, typically +<command>makeindex</command> (<pxref label="makeindex"><xrefnodename>makeindex</xrefnodename></pxref>), which writes a file whose name +ends in <file>.ind</file>. Finally, <code>\printindex</code> brings this +manipulated information into the output (<pxref label="_005cprintindex"><xrefnodename>\printindex</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +<para>Thus, if the above example is in the file <file>numth.tex</file> then running +<samp>pdflatex numth</samp> will save index entry and page number information +to <file>numth.idx</file>. Then running <samp>makeindex numth</samp> will +alphabetize and save the results to <file>numth.ind</file>. Finally, again +running <samp>pdflatex numth</samp> will show the desired index, at the place +where the <code>\printindex</code> command is in the source file. +</para> +<para>There are many options for the output. An example is that the +exclamation point in <code>\index{congruence!and Wilson's Theorem}</code> +produces a main entry of <samp>congruence</samp> with a subentry of <samp>and +Wilson's Theorem</samp>. For more, <pxref label="makeindex"><xrefnodename>makeindex</xrefnodename></pxref>. +</para> +<para>The <code>\makeindex</code> and <code>\printindex</code> commands are independent. +Leaving out the <code>\makeindex</code> will stop &latex; from saving the +index entries to the auxiliary file. Leaving out the <code>\printindex</code> +will cause &latex; to not show the index in the document output. +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1064"><r>package</r>, <code>showidx</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1065"><code>showidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1066"><r>package</r>, <code>multind</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1067"><code>multind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1068">index, multiple</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1069">multiple indexes</indexterm></cindex> <para>There are many packages in the area of indexing. The <code>showidx</code> package causes each index entries to be shown in the margin on the -page where the entry appears. This can help in preparing the index. +page where the <code>\index</code> appears. This can help in preparing the index. The <code>multind</code> package, among others, supports multiple indexes. See also the &tex; FAQ entry on this topic, <url><urefurl>https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-multind</urefurl></url>, and the CTAN topic, <url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/topic/index-multi</urefurl></url>. </para> <menu endspaces=" "> -<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\index</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Declare an index entry. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">makeindex</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Alphabetize index entries. +<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Produce the index manually</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Alphabetize entries yourself. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\index</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Declare an index entry. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">makeindex</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Alphabetize index entries automatically. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\printindex</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Put the index here. </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> -<node name="_005cindex" spaces=" "><nodename>\index</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">makeindex</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node> +<node name="Produce-the-index-manually" spaces=" "><nodename>Produce the index manually</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\index</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node> +<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Produce the index manually</sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1070">index, producing manually</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1149" mergedindex="cp">theindex</indexterm></findex> + +<para>Documents that are small and static can have a manually produced index. +This will make a separate page labeled <samp>Index</samp>, in twocolumn +format. +</para> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1150" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>theindex</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1151" mergedindex="cp"><code>theindex</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> + +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{theindex} +\item acorn squash, 1 +\subitem maple baked, 2 +\indexspace +\item bacon, 3 +\subitem maple baked, 4 +\end{theindex} +</pre></example> + +<para>Note that the author must enter the page numbers, which is tedious and +which will result in wrong numbers if the document changes. This is why +in most cases automated methods such as <command>makeindex</command> are best. +<xref label="Indexes"><xrefnodename>Indexes</xrefnodename></xref>. +</para> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1152" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1153" mergedindex="cp">\subitem</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1154" mergedindex="cp">\subsubitem</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1155" mergedindex="cp">\indexspace</indexterm></findex> +<para>However we cover the commands for completeness, and because the +automated methods are based on these commands. There are three levels +of entries. As the example shows, a main entry uses <code>\item</code>, +subentries use <code>\subitem</code>, and the lowest level uses +<code>\subsubitem</code>. Blank lines between entries have no effect. The +example above includes <code>\indexspace</code> to produce vertical space in +the output that some index styles use before the first entry starting +with a new letter. +</para> + +</subsection> +<node name="_005cindex" spaces=" "><nodename>\index</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">makeindex</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Produce the index manually</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\index</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1038">index entry</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1115" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1071">index entry</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1156" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -19870,13 +20437,16 @@ process the index entries with <code>makeindex test</code>, and then compile again with <code>pdflatex test</code>. </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">W~Ackermann (1896--1962).\index{Ackermann} +<pre xml:space="preserve">% file test.tex + ... +W~Ackermann (1896--1962).\index{Ackermann} ... Ackermann function\index{Ackermann!function} ... rate of growth\index{Ackermann!function!growth rate} </pre></example> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1072">index entries, subentries</indexterm></cindex> <noindent></noindent> <para>All three index entries will get a page number, such as <samp>Ackermann, 22</samp>. &latex; will format the second as a subitem of the first, on the @@ -19884,7 +20454,8 @@ line below it and indented, and the third as a subitem of the second. Three levels deep is as far as you can nest subentries. (If you add <code>\index{Ackermann!function!growth rate!comparison}</code> then <command>makeindex</command> says <samp>Scanning input file test.idx....done (4 -entries accepted, 1 rejected)</samp> and nothing appears in the index). +entries accepted, 1 rejected)</samp> and the fourth level is silently missing +from the index.) </para> <para>If you enter a second <code>\index</code> with the same <var>index-entry-string</var> then you will get a single index entry with two @@ -19895,20 +20466,20 @@ document as above will give an index entry like <samp>Ackermann, 22, instance <code>\index{Ackermann!function}</code> could come before <code>\index{Ackermann}</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1039">index, page range</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1073">index, page range</indexterm></cindex> <para>Get a page range in the output, like <samp>Hilbert, 23--27</samp>, as here. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">W~Ackermann (1896--1962).\index{Ackermann} ... -D~Hilbert (1862--1943)\index{Ackermann!Hilbert\(} +D~Hilbert (1862--1943)\index{Ackermann!Hilbert|(} ... -disapproved of his marriage.\index{Ackermann!Hilbert\)} +disapproved of his marriage.\index{Ackermann!Hilbert|)} </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> <para>If the beginning and ending of the page range are equal then the system -just gives a single page entry, not a range. +just gives a single page number, not a range. </para> <para>If you index subentries but not a main entry, as with <code>\index{Jones!program}</code> and <code>\index{Jones!results}</code>, then @@ -19916,26 +20487,25 @@ the output is the item <samp>Jones</samp> with no comma or page number, followed by two subitems, like <samp>program, 50</samp> and <samp>results, 51</samp>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1040">see and see also index entries</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1041">index entries, &textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo;</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1116" mergedindex="cp">\seename</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1117" mergedindex="cp">\alsoname</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1042"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1043"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> - <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1044"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1045"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1074">see and see also index entries</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1075">index entries, &textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo;</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1157" mergedindex="cp">\seename</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1158" mergedindex="cp">\alsoname</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1076"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1077"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1078"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1079"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<para>Generate a index entry that says <samp>See</samp> by using a vertical bar +<para>Generate a index entry that says <samp>see</samp> by using a vertical bar character: <code>\index{Ackermann!function|see{P\'eter's -function}}</code>. You can instead get <samp>See also</samp> with <code>seealso</code>. -(The text <samp>See</samp> is defined by <code>\seename</code>, and <samp>See also</samp> +function}}</code>. You can instead get <samp>see also</samp> with <code>seealso</code>. +(The text <samp>see</samp> is defined by <code>\seename</code>, and <samp>see also</samp> by <code>\alsoname</code>. You can redefine these either by using an -internationalization package such as <file>babel</file> or <file>polyglossia</file>, -or directly as with <code>\renewcommand{\alsoname}[1]{Also see -#1}</code>.) +internationalization package such as <code>babel</code> or <code>polyglossia</code>, +or directly as with <code>\renewcommand{\alsoname}{Also see}</code>.) </para> -<para>The <samp>See</samp> feature is part of a more general functionality. After +<para>The <samp>see</samp> feature is part of a more general functionality. After the vertical bar you can put the name of a one-input command, as in <code>\index{group|textit}</code> (note the missing backslash on the <code>\textit</code> command) and the system will apply that command to the @@ -19977,21 +20547,21 @@ then <var>pos</var> gives the alphabetical position of the entry while <samp>SMC</samp> alphabetized into a different location than its spelling would naturally give it. </para> -<para>To put a <code>!</code>, or <code>&arobase;</code>, or <code>|</code> character in an index -entry, preceding it with a double quote, <code>"</code>. (The double quote -gets deleted before alphabetization.) +<para>To put a <code>!</code>, or <code>&arobase;</code>, or <code>|</code>, or <code>"</code> character in +an index entry, escape it by preceding it with a double quote, <code>"</code>. +(The double quote gets deleted before alphabetization.) </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1046"><r>package</r>, <code>index</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1047"><code>index</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1080"><r>package</r>, <code>index</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1081"><code>index</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>A number of packages on CTAN have additional functionality beyond that -provided by <file>makeidx</file>. One is <file>index</file>, which allows for +provided by <code>makeidx</code>. One is <code>index</code>, which allows for multiple indices and contains a command <code>\index*{<var>index-entry-string</var>}</code> that prints the <var>index-entry-string</var> as well as indexing it. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1118" mergedindex="cp">\indexentry</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1048">idx file</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1159" mergedindex="cp">\indexentry</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1082">idx file</indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>\index</code> command writes the indexing information to the file <file><var>root-name</var>.idx</file> file. Specifically, it writes text of the command @@ -20013,11 +20583,11 @@ message like this. <node name="makeindex" spaces=" "><nodename>makeindex</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\printindex</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\index</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><command>makeindex</command></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1049">index, processing</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1119" mergedindex="cp">makeindex</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1050"><command>makeindex</command> program</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1051"><file>.ind</file> file</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1052"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1083">index, processing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1160" mergedindex="cp">makeindex, <r>program</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1084"><command>makeindex</command> program</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1085"><file>.ind</file> file</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1086"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -20033,9 +20603,9 @@ raw index files, <file><var>filename</var>.idx</file> files, and produces the actual index file, the <file><var>filename</var>.ind</file> file that is input by <code>\printindex</code> (<pxref label="_005cprintindex"><xrefnodename>\printindex</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1053"><file>.isty</file> file</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1120" mergedindex="cp">index, style file</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1121" mergedindex="cp">makeindex, style file</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1087"><file>.isty</file> file</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1161" mergedindex="cp">index, style file</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1162" mergedindex="cp">makeindex, style file</indexterm></findex> <para>The first form of the command suffices for many uses. The second allows you to format the index by using an <dfn>index style file</dfn>, a <file>.isty</file> file. The third form is the most general; see the full @@ -20064,7 +20634,7 @@ on CTAN. </para> <para>A style file consists of a list of pairs: <var>specifier</var> and <var>attribute</var>. These can appear in the file in any order. All of the -<var>attributes</var> are strings, except where noted. Strings are +<var>attribute</var>s are strings, except where noted. Strings are surrounded with double quotes, <code>"</code>, and the maximum length of a string is 144 characters. The <code>\n</code> is for a newline and <code>\t</code> is for a tab. Backslashes are escaped with another backslash, @@ -20073,25 +20643,25 @@ comment. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <beforefirstitem><anchor name="makeindex-preamble">makeindex preamble</anchor> -</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1122" mergedindex="cp">preamble</indexterm>preamble</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>Preamble of the output file. Defines the context in which the index is +</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1163" mergedindex="cp">preamble</indexterm>preamble</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Preamble of the output index file. Defines the context in which the index is formatted. Default: <code>"\\begin{theindex}\n"</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-postamble">makeindex postamble</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1123" mergedindex="cp">postamble</indexterm>postamble</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>Postamble of the output file. Default: <code>"\n\n\\end{theindex}\n"</code>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1164" mergedindex="cp">postamble</indexterm>postamble</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Postamble of the output index file. Default: <code>"\n\n\\end{theindex}\n"</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-group-skip">makeindex group skip</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1124" mergedindex="cp">group_skip</indexterm>group_skip</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1125" mergedindex="cp">\indexspace</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1165" mergedindex="cp">group_skip</indexterm>group_skip</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1166" mergedindex="cp">\indexspace</indexterm></findex> <para>Traditionally index items are broken into groups, typically a group for -entries starting with <samp>a</samp>, etc. This specifier gives what is -inserted when a new group begins. Default: <code>"\n\n \\indexspace\n"</code> -(<code>\indexspace</code> is a command inserting a rubber length, by default -<code>10pt plus5pt minus3pt</code>). +entries starting with letter <samp>a</samp>, etc. This specifier gives what +is inserted when a new group begins. Default: <code>"\n\n +\\indexspace\n"</code> (<code>\indexspace</code> is a command inserting a rubber +length, by default <code>10pt plus5pt minus3pt</code>). </para> <anchor name="makeindex-letheadflag">makeindex letheadflag</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1126" mergedindex="cp">lethead_flag</indexterm>lethead_flag</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1167" mergedindex="cp">lethead_flag</indexterm>lethead_flag</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>An integer. It governs what is inserted for a new group or letter. If it is 0 (which is the default) then other than <code>group_skip</code> nothing will be inserted before the group. If it is positive then at a new @@ -20101,93 +20671,93 @@ then what will be inserted is the letter in lowercase. The default is 0. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-lethead-prefix">makeindex lethead prefix</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1127" mergedindex="cp">lethead_prefix</indexterm>lethead_prefix</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1168" mergedindex="cp">lethead_prefix</indexterm>lethead_prefix</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>If a new group begins with a different letter then this is the prefix inserted before the new letter header. Default: <code>""</code> </para> <anchor name="makeindex-lethead-suffix">makeindex lethead suffix</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1128" mergedindex="cp">lethead_suffix</indexterm>lethead_suffix</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1169" mergedindex="cp">lethead_suffix</indexterm>lethead_suffix</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>If a group begins with a different letter then this is the suffix inserted after the new letter header. Default: <code>""</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-item-0">makeindex item 0</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1129" mergedindex="cp">item_0</indexterm>item_0 </itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1170" mergedindex="cp">item_0</indexterm>item_0 </itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between two level 0 items. Default: <code>"\n \\item "</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-item-1">makeindex item 1</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1130" mergedindex="cp">item_1</indexterm>item_1</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1171" mergedindex="cp">item_1</indexterm>item_1</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Put between two level 1 items. Default: <code>"\n \\subitem "</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-item-2">makeindex item 2</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1131" mergedindex="cp">item_2</indexterm>item_2</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1172" mergedindex="cp">item_2</indexterm>item_2</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>put between two level 2 items. Default: <code>"\n \\subsubitem "</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-item-01">makeindex item 01</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1132" mergedindex="cp">item_01</indexterm>item_01</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1173" mergedindex="cp">item_01</indexterm>item_01</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between a level 0 item and a level 1 item. Default: <code>"\n \\subitem "</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-item-x1">makeindex item x1</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1133" mergedindex="cp">item_x1</indexterm>item_x1</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1174" mergedindex="cp">item_x1</indexterm>item_x1</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between a level 0 item and a level 1 item in the case that the level 0 item doesn&textrsquo;t have any page numbers (as in <code>\index{aaa|see{bbb}}</code>). Default: <code>"\n \\subitem "</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-item-12">makeindex item 12</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1134" mergedindex="cp">item_12</indexterm>item_12</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1175" mergedindex="cp">item_12</indexterm>item_12</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between a level 1 item and a level 2 item. Default: <code>"\n \\subsubitem "</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-item-x2">makeindex item x2</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1135" mergedindex="cp">item_x2</indexterm>item_x2</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1176" mergedindex="cp">item_x2</indexterm>item_x2</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between a level 1 item and a level 2 item, if the level 1 item doesn&textrsquo;t have page numbers. Default: <code>"\n \\subsubitem "</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-delim-0">makeindex delim 0</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1136" mergedindex="cp">delim_0</indexterm>delim_0</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1177" mergedindex="cp">delim_0</indexterm>delim_0</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Delimiter put between a level 0 key and its first page number. Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code>", "</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-delim-1">makeindex delim 1</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1137" mergedindex="cp">delim_1</indexterm>delim_1</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1178" mergedindex="cp">delim_1</indexterm>delim_1</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Delimiter put between a level 1 key and its first page number. Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code>", "</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-delim-2">makeindex delim 2</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1138" mergedindex="cp">delim_2</indexterm>delim_2</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1179" mergedindex="cp">delim_2</indexterm>delim_2</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Delimiter between a level 2 key and its first page number. Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code>", "</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-delim-n">makeindex delim n</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1139" mergedindex="cp">delim_n</indexterm>delim_n</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1180" mergedindex="cp">delim_n</indexterm>delim_n</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Delimiter between two page numbers for the same key (at any level). Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code>", "</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-delim-r">makeindex delim r</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1140" mergedindex="cp">delim_r</indexterm>delim_r</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1181" mergedindex="cp">delim_r</indexterm>delim_r</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between the starting and ending page numbers of a range. Default: <code>"--"</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-line-max">makeindex line max</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1141" mergedindex="cp">line_max</indexterm>line_max</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1182" mergedindex="cp">line_max</indexterm>line_max</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>An integer. Maximum length of an index entry&textrsquo;s line in the output, beyond which the line wraps. Default: <code>72</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-indent-space">makeindex indent space</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1142" mergedindex="cp">indent_space</indexterm>indent_space</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1183" mergedindex="cp">indent_space</indexterm>indent_space</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>What is inserted at the start of a wrapped line. Default: <code>"\t\t"</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-indent-length">makeindex indent length</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1143" mergedindex="cp">indent_length</indexterm>indent_length</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1184" mergedindex="cp">indent_length</indexterm>indent_length</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>A number. The length of the wrapped line indentation. The default <code>indent_space</code> is two tabs and each tab is eight spaces so the default here is <code>16</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-page-precedence">makeindex page precedence</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1144" mergedindex="cp">page_precedence</indexterm>page_precedence</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1185" mergedindex="cp">page_precedence</indexterm>page_precedence</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>A document may have pages numbered in different ways. For example, a book may have front matter pages numbered in lowercase roman while main matter pages are in arabic. This string specifies the order in which @@ -20199,16 +20769,16 @@ roman <code>R</code>, and uppercase alphabetic <code>A</code>. Default: </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1145" mergedindex="cp">xindy <r>program</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1186" mergedindex="cp">xindy <r>program</r></indexterm></findex> <para>There are a number of other programs that do the job <command>makeindex</command> does. One is <command>xindy</command> -(https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy), which does internationalization and can +(<uref><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy</urefurl></uref>), which does internationalization and can process indexes for documents marked up using &latex; and a number of other languages. It is written in Lisp, highly configurable, both in markup terms and in terms of the collating order of the text, as described in its documentation. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1146" mergedindex="cp">xindex <r>program</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1187" mergedindex="cp">xindex <r>program</r></indexterm></findex> <para>A more recent indexing program supporting Unicode is <code>xindex</code>, written in Lua (<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/xindex</urefurl></url>). </para> @@ -20217,8 +20787,8 @@ written in Lua (<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/xindex</urefurl></url>). <node name="_005cprintindex" spaces=" "><nodename>\printindex</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">makeindex</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><command>\printindex</command></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1054">index, printing</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1147" mergedindex="cp">\printindex</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1088">index, printing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1188" mergedindex="cp">\printindex</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -20226,9 +20796,11 @@ written in Lua (<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/xindex</urefurl></url>). <pre xml:space="preserve">\printindex </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1148" mergedindex="cp">\printindex</indexterm></findex> <para>Place the index into the output. </para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1089"><r>package</r>, <code>makeidx</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1090"><code>makeidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + <para>To get an index you must first include <code>\usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex</code> in the document preamble and compile the document, then run the system command <command>makeindex</command>, @@ -20241,11 +20813,11 @@ discussion and an example of the use of <code>\printindex</code>. <node name="Glossaries" spaces=" "><nodename>Glossaries</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Indexes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Glossaries</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1055">glossary</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1056">glossaries</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1057">acronyms, list of</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1149" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1150" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1091">glossary</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1092">glossaries</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1093">acronyms, list of</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1189" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1190" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -20289,9 +20861,9 @@ of a Turing machine</samp>. In addition, in a separate sectional unit headed <samp>Turing machine</samp> and the rest of the item says in normal type <samp>A model of a machine &dots; Computer Science</samp>. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1151" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1152" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1058"><file>.glo</file> file</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1191" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1192" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1094"><file>.glo</file> file</indexterm></cindex> <para>The command <code>\makeglossary</code> opens the file that will contain the entry information, <file><var>root-file</var>.glo</file>. Put the <code>\printglossaries</code> command where you want the glossaries to appear @@ -20311,8 +20883,8 @@ CTAN. <node name="_005cnewglossaryentry" spaces=" "><nodename>\newglossaryentry</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\gls</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Glossaries</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newglossaryentry</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1059">glossary, entries</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1153" mergedindex="cp">\newglossaryentry</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1095">glossary, entries</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1193" mergedindex="cp">\newglossaryentry</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -20358,22 +20930,22 @@ paragraph. here are a few. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1154" mergedindex="cp">name</indexterm>name</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1194" mergedindex="cp">name</indexterm>name</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>(Required.) The word, phrase, or symbol that you are defining. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1155" mergedindex="cp">description</indexterm>description</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1195" mergedindex="cp">description</indexterm>description</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>(Required.) The description that will appear in the glossary. If this has more than one paragraph then you must use the second command form given in the synopsis. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1156" mergedindex="cp">plural</indexterm>plural</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1196" mergedindex="cp">plural</indexterm>plural</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>The plural form of <var>name</var>. Refer to the plural form using <code>\glspl</code> or <code>\Glspl</code> (<pxref label="_005cgls"><xrefnodename>\gls</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1157" mergedindex="cp">sort</indexterm>sort</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1197" mergedindex="cp">sort</indexterm>sort</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>How to place this entry in the list of entries that the glossary holds. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1158" mergedindex="cp">symbol</indexterm>symbol</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1198" mergedindex="cp">symbol</indexterm>symbol</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>A symbol, such as a mathematical symbol, besides the name. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> @@ -20383,8 +20955,8 @@ form given in the synopsis. <node name="_005cgls" spaces=" "><nodename>\gls</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\newglossaryentry</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Glossaries</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\gls</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1060">glossary, entry reference</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1159" mergedindex="cp">\gls</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1096">glossary, entry reference</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1199" mergedindex="cp">\gls</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -20425,8 +20997,8 @@ which also takes the plural. <node name="Letters" spaces=" "><nodename>Letters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Input/output</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Letters</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1061">letters, writing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1062">writing letters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1097">letters, writing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1098">writing letters</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -20476,7 +21048,7 @@ such as <code>\chapter</code> that make no sense in a letter are turned off. Each <code>letter</code> environment body typically ends with a <code>\closing</code> command such as <code>\closing{Yours,}</code>. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1160" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for letters</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1200" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for letters</r></indexterm></findex> <para>Additional material may come after the <code>\closing</code>. You can say who is receiving a copy of the letter with a command like <code>\cc{the Boss \\ the Boss's Boss}</code>. There&textrsquo;s a similar <code>\encl</code> command for @@ -20530,7 +21102,7 @@ I am not interested in entering a business arrangement with you. <node name="_005caddress" spaces=" "><nodename>\address</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\cc</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\address</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1161" mergedindex="cp">\address</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1201" mergedindex="cp">\address</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -20563,8 +21135,8 @@ is formatted as a personal letter. <node name="_005ccc" spaces=" "><nodename>\cc</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\closing</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\address</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\cc</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1162" mergedindex="cp">\cc</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1063">cc list, in letters</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1202" mergedindex="cp">\cc</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1099">cc list, in letters</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -20588,9 +21160,9 @@ with a double backslash, <code>\\</code>, as in: <node name="_005cclosing" spaces=" "><nodename>\closing</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\encl</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\cc</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\closing</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1163" mergedindex="cp">\closing</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1064">letters, ending</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1065">closing letters</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1203" mergedindex="cp">\closing</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1100">letters, ending</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1101">closing letters</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -20610,8 +21182,8 @@ at the end of a letter, above a handwritten signature. For example: <node name="_005cencl" spaces=" "><nodename>\encl</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\location</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\closing</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\encl</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1164" mergedindex="cp">\encl</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1066">enclosure list</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1204" mergedindex="cp">\encl</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1102">enclosure list</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -20634,7 +21206,7 @@ Separate multiple lines with a double backslash, <code>\\</code>. <node name="_005clocation" spaces=" "><nodename>\location</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makelabels</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\encl</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\location</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1165" mergedindex="cp">\location</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1205" mergedindex="cp">\location</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -20650,7 +21222,7 @@ appears if the page style is <code>firstpage</code>. <node name="_005cmakelabels" spaces=" "><nodename>\makelabels</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\name</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\location</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\makelabels</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1166" mergedindex="cp">\makelabels</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1206" mergedindex="cp">\makelabels</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -20707,8 +21279,8 @@ columns having two labels each. <para>The first column contains the return address twice. The second column contains the address for each recipient. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1067"><r>package</r>, <code>envlab</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1068"><code>envlab</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1103"><r>package</r>, <code>envlab</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1104"><code>envlab</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The package <code>envlab</code> makes formatting the labels easier, with standard sizes already provided. The preamble lines @@ -20720,7 +21292,7 @@ are all that you need to print envelopes. <node name="_005cname" spaces=" "><nodename>\name</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\opening</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makelabels</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\name</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1167" mergedindex="cp">\name</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1207" mergedindex="cp">\name</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -20736,8 +21308,8 @@ with the return address. <node name="_005copening" spaces=" "><nodename>\opening</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ps</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\name</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\opening</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1168" mergedindex="cp">\opening</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1069">letters, starting</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1208" mergedindex="cp">\opening</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1105">letters, starting</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -20756,8 +21328,8 @@ with the return address. </section> <node name="_005cps" spaces=" "><nodename>\ps</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\signature</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\opening</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ps</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1169" mergedindex="cp">\ps</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1070">postscript, in letters</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1209" mergedindex="cp">\ps</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1106">postscript, in letters</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -20784,7 +21356,7 @@ with the return address. ... } </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1170" mergedindex="cp">\signature</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1210" mergedindex="cp">\signature</indexterm></findex> <para>The sender&textrsquo;s name. This command is optional, although its inclusion is usual. @@ -20825,7 +21397,7 @@ the document. To have it apply to one letter only, put it inside a <node name="_005ctelephone" spaces=" "><nodename>\telephone</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\signature</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\telephone</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1171" mergedindex="cp">\telephone</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1211" mergedindex="cp">\telephone</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -20844,9 +21416,9 @@ page. <node name="Input_002foutput" spaces=" "><nodename>Input/output</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Command line interface</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Letters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Input/output</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1071">input/output, to terminal</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1072">terminal input/output</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1073">input/output</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1107">input/output, to terminal</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1108">terminal input/output</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1109">input/output</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; uses the ability to write to a file and later read it back in to build document components such as a table of contents or index. You @@ -20866,13 +21438,13 @@ And, you can issue instructions for the operating system. <node name="_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout" spaces=" "><nodename>\openin & \openout</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\read</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Input/output</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\openin</code> & <code>\openout</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1172" mergedindex="cp">\openin</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1173" mergedindex="cp">\openout</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1174" mergedindex="cp">\closein</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1175" mergedindex="cp">\closeout</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1074">file, opening</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1075">file, closing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1076">open a file</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1212" mergedindex="cp">\openin</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1213" mergedindex="cp">\openout</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1214" mergedindex="cp">\closein</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1215" mergedindex="cp">\closeout</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1110">file, opening</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1111">file, closing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1112">open a file</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -20886,9 +21458,9 @@ And, you can issue instructions for the operating system. <pre xml:space="preserve">\openout <var>number</var>=<var>filename</var> </pre></example> -<para>Open a file for reading material, or for writing it. The <var>number</var> -must be between 0 and 15, as in <code>\openin3</code> (in Lua&latex; -<var>number</var> can be between 0 and 255). +<para>Open a file for reading material, or for writing it. In most engines, +the <var>number</var> must be between 0 and 15, as in <code>\openin3</code>; in +Lua&latex;, <var>number</var> can be between 0 and 127. </para> <para>Here &tex; opens the file <file>presidents.tex</file> for reading. </para> @@ -20954,9 +21526,9 @@ Bad number (16). <to be read again> = l.30 \openin16=test.jh</samp>. <node name="_005cread" spaces=" "><nodename>\read</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\typein</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\openin & \openout</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Input/output</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\read</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1176" mergedindex="cp">\read</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1077">file, reading</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1078">read a file</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1216" mergedindex="cp">\read</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1113">file, reading</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1114">read a file</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -20989,19 +21561,19 @@ is <code>\typein</code> (<pxref label="_005ctypein"><xrefnodename>\typein</xrefn <code>\input</code> (<pxref label="_005cinput"><xrefnodename>\input</xrefnodename></pxref>) or <code>\include</code> (<pxref label="_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly"><xrefnodename>\include & \includeonly</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1079"><r>package</r>, <code>datatool</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1080"><code>datatool</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1115"><r>package</r>, <code>datatool</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1116"><code>datatool</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1081">mail merges</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1117">mail merges</indexterm></cindex> <para>A common reason to want to read from a data file is to do mail merges. -CTAN has a number of packages for that; one is <file>datatool</file>. +CTAN has a number of packages for that; one is <code>datatool</code>. </para> </section> <node name="_005ctypein" spaces=" "><nodename>\typein</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\typeout</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\read</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Input/output</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\typein</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1177" mergedindex="cp">\typein</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1217" mergedindex="cp">\typein</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -21064,7 +21636,7 @@ Recommendation for John Dee. <node name="_005ctypeout" spaces=" "><nodename>\typeout</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\write</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\typein</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Input/output</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\typeout</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1178" mergedindex="cp">\typeout</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1218" mergedindex="cp">\typeout</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -21087,11 +21659,12 @@ Recommendation for John Dee. <code>\renewcommand</code> (among others) are replaced by their definitions before being printed. </para> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1219" mergedindex="cp">\space</indexterm></findex> <para>&latex;&textrsquo;s usual rules for treating multiple spaces as a single space -and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to <code>msg</code>. As above, -use the command <code>\space</code> to get a single space, independent of -surrounding spaces. Use <code>^^J</code> to get a newline. Get a percent -character with <code>\csname &arobase;percentchar\endcsname</code>. +and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to <code>msg</code>. Use the +command <code>\space</code> to get a single space, independent of surrounding +spaces. Use <code>^^J</code> to get a newline. Get a percent character with +<code>\csname &arobase;percentchar\endcsname</code>. </para> <para>This command can be useful for simple debugging, as here: </para> @@ -21109,7 +21682,7 @@ character with <code>\csname &arobase;percentchar\endcsname</code>. <node name="_005cwrite" spaces=" "><nodename>\write</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\typeout</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Input/output</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\write</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1179" mergedindex="cp">\write</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1220" mergedindex="cp">\write</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -21134,7 +21707,7 @@ it, and closes that file. \immediate\closeout\myfile </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1180" mergedindex="cp">\newwrite</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1221" mergedindex="cp">\newwrite</indexterm></findex> <noindent></noindent> <para>The <code>\newwrite</code> allocates a stream number, giving it a symbolic name to make life easier, so that <code>stream @@ -21143,9 +21716,9 @@ Then <code>\openout</code> associates the stream number with the given file name. &tex; ultimately executed <code>\write3</code> which puts the string in the file. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1082">log file, writing to</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1083">terminal, writing to</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1084"><math>-1</math>, write stream number</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1118">log file, writing to</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1119">terminal, writing to</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1120"><math>-1</math>, write stream number</indexterm></cindex> <para>Typically <var>number</var> is between 0 and 15, because typically &latex; authors follow the prior example and the number is allocated by the system. If <var>number</var> is outside the range from 0 to 15 or @@ -21160,12 +21733,12 @@ puts the same in the log file but also puts <samp>Hello World!</samp> followed by a newline in the terminal output. (But 16, 17, and 18 are special as <var>number</var>; see below.) </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1085">Lua&tex;, 256 output streams in</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1121">Lua&tex;, 256 output streams in</indexterm></cindex> <para>In Lua&tex;, instead of 16 output streams there are 256 (<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1181" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;auxout</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1182" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;mainaux</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1222" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;auxout</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1223" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;mainaux</indexterm></findex> <para>Use <code>\write\&arobase;auxout{<var>string</var>}</code> to write to the current <file>.aux</file> file, which is associated with either the root file or with the current include file; and use @@ -21188,8 +21761,8 @@ in one of three contexts: <enumerate first="1" endspaces=" "> <listitem> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1086">immediate <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1183" mergedindex="cp">\immediate\write</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1122">immediate <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1224" mergedindex="cp">\immediate\write</indexterm></findex> <para>With the first, &latex; writes <var>string</var> to the file immediately. Any macros in <var>string</var> are fully expanded (just as in <code>\edef</code>) so to prevent expansion you must use <code>\noexpand</code>, @@ -21197,16 +21770,16 @@ Any macros in <var>string</var> are fully expanded (just as in <code>##</code>). </para> </listitem><listitem> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1087">delayed <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1088">whatsit item</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1184" mergedindex="cp">\shipout <r>and expansion</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1123">delayed <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1124">whatsit item</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1225" mergedindex="cp">\shipout <r>and expansion</r></indexterm></findex> <para>With the second, <var>string</var> is stored on the current list of things (as a &tex; &textldquo;whatsit&textrdquo; item) and kept until the page is shipped out and likewise the macros are unexpanded until <code>\shipout</code>. At <code>\shipout</code>, <var>string</var> is fully expanded. </para> </listitem><listitem> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1185" mergedindex="cp">\protected&arobase;write</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1226" mergedindex="cp">\protected&arobase;write</indexterm></findex> <para>The third, <code>\protected&arobase;write</code>, is like the second except that you can use <code>\protect</code> to avoid expansion. The extra first argument allows you to locally insert extra definitions to make more @@ -21229,7 +21802,7 @@ the text <samp>XYZ</samp>: <para>This results in the file <file>test.jh</file> containing the text <samp>test XYZtest</samp> followed by a newline. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1089"><code>\write</code> streams 16, 17, 18</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1125"><code>\write</code> streams 16, 17, 18</indexterm></cindex> <para>The cases where <var>number</var> is 16, 17, or 18 are special. Because of <code>\write</code>&textrsquo;s behavior when <var>number</var> is outside the range from 0 to 15 described above, in Plain &tex; <code>\write16</code> and @@ -21239,8 +21812,8 @@ terminal; however, in &latex;, the natural way to do that is with even more special; modern &tex; systems use it for giving commands to the operating system (<pxref label="_005cwrite18"><xrefnodename>\write18</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1090">newline, in <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1091"><code>^^J</code>, in <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1126">newline, in <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1127"><code>^^J</code>, in <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex> <para>Ordinarily <code>\write</code> outputs a single line. You can include a newline with <code>^^J</code>. Thus, this produces two lines in the log file: @@ -21249,13 +21822,13 @@ file: <pre xml:space="preserve">\wlog{Parallel lines have a lot in common.^^JBut they never meet.} </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1092"><r>package</r>, <code>answers</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1093"><code>answers</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1128"><r>package</r>, <code>answers</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1129"><code>answers</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>A common case where authors need to write their own file is for answers to exercises, or another situation where you want to write out verbatim, without expanding the macros. CTAN has a number of -packages for this; one is <file>answers</file>. +packages for this; one is <code>answers</code>. </para> <menu endspaces=" "> <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\write and security</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Security. @@ -21268,8 +21841,8 @@ packages for this; one is <file>answers</file>. <node name="_005cwrite-and-security" spaces=" "><nodename>\write and security</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\message</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">\write</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\write</code> and security</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1094">security and <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1095"><code>\write</code> and security</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1130">security and <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1131"><code>\write</code> and security</indexterm></cindex> <para>The ability to write files raises security issues. If you compiled a downloaded &latex; file and it overwrote your password file then you @@ -21292,7 +21865,7 @@ those. So, this code ! I can't write on file `../test.jh' </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1096">parent directories, cannot write to</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1132">parent directories, cannot write to</indexterm></cindex> <para>You can get just such an error when using commands such as <code>\include{../filename}</code> because &latex; will try to open <file>../filename.aux</file>. The simplest solution is to put the included @@ -21303,7 +21876,7 @@ files in the same directory as the root file, or in subdirectories. <node name="_005cmessage" spaces=" "><nodename>\message</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\wlog</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\write and security</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\write</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\message</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1186" mergedindex="cp">\message</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1227" mergedindex="cp">\message</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -21364,7 +21937,7 @@ starting your message at the beginning of a line. <node name="_005cwlog" spaces=" "><nodename>\wlog</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\write18</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\message</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\write</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\wlog</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1187" mergedindex="cp">\wlog</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1228" mergedindex="cp">\wlog</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -21392,11 +21965,11 @@ starting your message at the beginning of a line. <node name="_005cwrite18" spaces=" "><nodename>\write18</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\wlog</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\write</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\write18</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1188" mergedindex="cp">\write18</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1097">external commands</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1098">commands, run from &latex;</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1099">system commands, run from &latex;</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1100">shell access</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1229" mergedindex="cp">\write18</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1133">external commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1134">commands, run from &latex;</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1135">system commands, run from &latex;</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1136">shell access</indexterm></cindex> <!-- c Derived from: Joseph Wright: https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/20446/121234 --> <para>Synopsis: @@ -21409,8 +21982,8 @@ starting your message at the beginning of a line. runs the command and &latex;&textrsquo;s execution is blocked until that finishes. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1101"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1102"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1137"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1138"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>This sequence (on Unix) </para> @@ -21438,7 +22011,7 @@ in which case this is the option argument. </para> <para>You sometimes need to do a multi-step process to get the information that you want. This will insert into the input a list of all PDF files -in the current directory (but see <file>texosquery</file> below): +in the current directory (but see <code>texosquery</code> below): </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\immediate\write18{ls *.pdf > tmp.dat} @@ -21459,7 +22032,7 @@ safe, by compiling with <code>latex --enable-write18 <var>filename</var></code> (<pxref label="Command-line-options"><xrefnodename>Command line options</xrefnodename></pxref>). (The <code>--shell-escape</code> option is a synonym, in &tex; Live.) </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1103">restricted shell access</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1139">restricted shell access</indexterm></cindex> <para>In the place of full shell access, modern distributions by default use a restricted version that allows some commands to work, such as those that run Metafont to generate missing fonts, even if you do not use @@ -21468,33 +22041,33 @@ commands is short and features only commands that are under the control of the distribution maintainers (<pxref label="Command-line-options"><xrefnodename>Command line options</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1189" mergedindex="cp">/bin/sh<r>, used by <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1190" mergedindex="cp">sh<r>, used by <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1191" mergedindex="cp">cmd.exe<r>, used by <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1192" mergedindex="cp">SHELL<r>, environment variables</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1230" mergedindex="cp">/bin/sh<r>, used by <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1231" mergedindex="cp">sh<r>, used by <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1232" mergedindex="cp">cmd.exe<r>, used by <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1233" mergedindex="cp">SHELL<r>, environment variables</r></indexterm></findex> <para>The <var>shell_command</var> text is always passed to <file>/bin/sh</file> on Unix-like operating systems, and the DOS command interpreter <file>cmd.exe</file> on Windows. Any different shell set by the user, and the <code>SHELL</code> environment variable, is ignored. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1104"><r>package</r>, <code>texosquery</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1105"><code>texosquery</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1140"><r>package</r>, <code>texosquery</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1141"><code>texosquery</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1106">system information</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1107">operating system information</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1108">locale information, from system</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1109">directory listings, from system</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1142">system information</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1143">operating system information</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1144">locale information, from system</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1145">directory listings, from system</indexterm></cindex> <para>If what you need is system information, such as the operating system name, locale information, or directory contents, take a look at the -<file>texosquery</file> package, which provides a convenient and secure +<code>texosquery</code> package, which provides a convenient and secure interface for this, unlike the above examples using the raw <code>\write18</code>: <url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/texosquery</urefurl></url>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1110"><r>package</r>, <code>shellesc</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1111"><code>shellesc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1146"><r>package</r>, <code>shellesc</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1147"><code>shellesc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1193" mergedindex="cp">\ShellEscape</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1194" mergedindex="cp">\DelayedShellEscape</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1234" mergedindex="cp">\ShellEscape</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1235" mergedindex="cp">\DelayedShellEscape</indexterm></findex> <para>&latex; provides a package <code>shellesc</code> on top of the primitive <code>\write18</code> command. Its primary purpose is to provide a command <code>\ShellEscape</code> which works identically on all &tex; engines; @@ -21512,9 +22085,9 @@ same reason. <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line interface</sectiontitle> <anchor name="Command-line">Command line</anchor><!-- c old name --> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1112">command line interface</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1113">interface, command line</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1114">CLI</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1148">command line interface</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1149">interface, command line</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1150">CLI</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis (from a terminal command line): </para> @@ -21535,7 +22108,7 @@ creating the output <file>thesis.pdf</file>. </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1195" mergedindex="cp">.tex, <r>default extension</r></indexterm></findex> +<para><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1236" mergedindex="cp">.tex, <r>default extension</r></indexterm></findex> Note that <file>.tex</file> is the default file name extension. </para> <para>pdf&tex; is an extension of the original &tex; program, as are @@ -21578,7 +22151,7 @@ to do. <node name="Command-line-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Command line options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Command line input</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Command line interface</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line options</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1115">options, command line</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1151">options, command line</indexterm></cindex> <para>These are the command-line options relevant to ordinary document authoring. For a full list, try running <samp>latex --help</samp> from the @@ -21593,23 +22166,23 @@ argument with an <samp>=</samp> sign (<samp>--foo=val</samp>), but there can be spaces around the <samp>=</samp>. We will generally use the <samp>=</samp> syntax. </para> <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<beforefirstitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1196" mergedindex="cp">--version <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> +<beforefirstitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1237" mergedindex="cp">--version <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> </beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-version</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Show the current version, like <samp>pdfTeX 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.16 (TeX Live 2015/Debian)</samp> along with a small amount of additional information, and exit. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1197" mergedindex="cp">--help <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1238" mergedindex="cp">--help <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-help</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Give a brief usage message that is useful as a prompt and exit. </para> <anchor name="interaction-modes">interaction modes</anchor> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1198" mergedindex="cp">--interaction <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1239" mergedindex="cp">--interaction <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-interaction=<var>mode</var></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1116">batchmode</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1117">scrollmode</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1118">errorstopmode</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1119">nonstopmode</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1152">batchmode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1153">scrollmode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1154">errorstopmode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1155">nonstopmode</indexterm></cindex> <para>&tex; compiles a document in one of four interaction modes: <code>batchmode</code>, <code>nonstopmode</code>, <code>scrollmode</code>, <code>errorstopmode</code>. In <dfn>errorstopmode</dfn> (the default), &tex; @@ -21630,17 +22203,17 @@ input, but nothing else. <noindent></noindent> <para>eliminates most terminal output. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1120">jobname</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1121">filename for current job</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1199" mergedindex="cp">--jobname <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1156">jobname</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1157">filename for current job</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1240" mergedindex="cp">--jobname <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-jobname=<var>string</var></itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Set the value of &tex;&textrsquo;s <dfn>jobname</dfn> to the string. The log file and output file will then be named <file><var>string</var>.log</file> and <file><var>string</var>.pdf</file>. <pxref label="Jobname"><xrefnodename>Jobname</xrefnodename></pxref>. </para> <anchor name="output-directory">output directory</anchor> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1122">output directory for all external files</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1200" mergedindex="cp">--output-directory <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1158">output directory for all external files</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1241" mergedindex="cp">--output-directory <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-output-directory=<var>directory</var></itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Write files in the directory <var>directory</var>. It must already exist. This applies to all external files created by &tex; or &latex;, such @@ -21654,12 +22227,12 @@ external files can be read back in, if desired. The true current directory (in which &latex; was run) remains unchanged, and is also checked for input files. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1123">shell escape</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1124"><code>\write18</code>, enabling</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1201" mergedindex="cp">--enable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1202" mergedindex="cp">--disable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1203" mergedindex="cp">--shell-escape <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1204" mergedindex="cp">--no-shell-escape <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1159">shell escape</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1160"><code>\write18</code>, enabling</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1242" mergedindex="cp">--enable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1243" mergedindex="cp">--disable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1244" mergedindex="cp">--shell-escape <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1245" mergedindex="cp">--no-shell-escape <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--enable-write18</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--disable-write18</itemformat></itemx> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--shell-escape</itemformat></itemx> @@ -21680,12 +22253,12 @@ a limited number of &tex;-related programs, which they distribute.) <code>\write18{ls -l}</code>, then you do not get an error but the log file says <samp>runsystem(ls -l)...disabled</samp>. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1205" mergedindex="cp">--halt-on-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1246" mergedindex="cp">--halt-on-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-halt-on-error</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Stop processing at the first error. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1206" mergedindex="cp">--file-line-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1207" mergedindex="cp">--no-file-line-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1247" mergedindex="cp">--file-line-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1248" mergedindex="cp">--no-file-line-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-file-line-error</itemformat></item> </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-no-file-line-error</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Enable or disable <code><var>filename</var>:<var>lineno</var>:<var>error</var></code>-style @@ -21697,7 +22270,7 @@ error messages. These are only available with &tex; Live or Mac&tex;. <node name="Command-line-input" spaces=" "><nodename>Command line input</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Jobname</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Command line options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Command line interface</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line input</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1125">input, on command line</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1161">input, on command line</indexterm></cindex> <para>As part of the command line invocation </para> @@ -21709,10 +22282,10 @@ error messages. These are only available with &tex; Live or Mac&tex;. <var>argument</var> with a backslash. (All the engines support this.) This allows you to do some special effects. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1126"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1127"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1162"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1163"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>For example, this file (which uses the -<file>hyperref</file> package for hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of +<code>hyperref</code> package for hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of output, one to be read on physical paper and one to be read online. </para> <example endspaces=" "> @@ -21753,30 +22326,45 @@ pdflatex -jobname=teachers "\def\teachers{}\input{main <noindent></noindent> <para>The <code>jobname</code> option is there because otherwise both files would be -called <file>main.pdf</file> and the second would overwrite the first. (See -the next section.) +called <file>main.pdf</file> and the second would overwrite the +first. (<pxref label="Jobname"><xrefnodename>Jobname</xrefnodename></pxref>.) </para> -<para>In this example, we pass the <code>draft</code> option to the -<file>graphicx</file> package: +<para>In this example we use the command line to select which parts of a +document to include. For a book named <file>mybook.tex</file> and structured +like this. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass{book} +\begin{document} + ... +\include{chap1} +\include{chap2} + ... +\end{document} +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>the command line </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">pdflatex "\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\input{aa.tex}" +<pre xml:space="preserve">pdflatex "\includeonly{chap1}\input{mybook}" </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>so the graphic files are read for their bounding box size information -but replaced in the PDF by a box with same size and that contains only -the file name, which speeds up compilation time and saves printer ink. +<para>will give output that has the first chapter but no other +chapter. <xref label="Splitting-the-input"><xrefnodename>Splitting the input</xrefnodename></xref>. </para> </section> <node name="Jobname" spaces=" "><nodename>Jobname</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Recovering from errors</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Command line input</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Command line interface</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Jobname</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1208" mergedindex="cp"><code>\jobname</code></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1128">jobname</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1129">document root name</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1130">name of document root</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1249" mergedindex="cp"><code>\jobname</code></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1164">jobname</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1165">document root name</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1166">name of document root</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1167">root file</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1168">file, root</indexterm></cindex> <para>Running &latex; creates a number of files, including the main PDF (or DVI) output but also including others. These files are named with the @@ -21788,28 +22376,29 @@ Here the job name is <code>thesis</code>. <para>In general, &latex; is invoked as <code><var>latex-engine</var> <var>options</var> <var>argument</var></code>, where <var>latex-engine</var> is <command>pdflatex</command>, <command>lualatex</command>, etc.&noeos; (<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>). -If <var>argument</var> does not start with a backslash, as is the case -above with <code>thesis</code>, then &tex; considers it to be the name of -the file to input as the main document. The name of that root file, -without the <file>.tex</file> extension, is the jobname. If <var>argument</var> -does start with a backslash, or if &tex; is in interactive mode, then -it waits for the first <code>\input</code> command, and the jobname is the -argument to <code>\input</code>. +If <var>argument</var> does not start with a backslash, as is the case above +with <code>thesis</code>, then &tex; considers it to be the name of the file +to input as the main document. This file is referred to as the <dfn>root +file</dfn> (<pxref label="Splitting-the-input"><xrefnodename>Splitting the input</xrefnodename></pxref>, and <ref label="_005cinput"><xrefnodename>\input</xrefnodename></ref>). The name of +that root file, without the <file>.tex</file> extension if any, is the +jobname. If <var>argument</var> does start with a backslash, or if &tex; is +in interactive mode, then it waits for the first <code>\input</code> command, +and the jobname is the argument to <code>\input</code>. </para> <para>There are two more possibilities for the jobname. It can be directly specified with the <code>-jobname</code> option, as in <code>pdflatex -jobname=myname</code> (<pxref label="Command-line-input"><xrefnodename>Command line input</xrefnodename></pxref> for a real example). </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1209" mergedindex="cp">texput<r>, jobname default</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1131">fallback jobname</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1250" mergedindex="cp">texput<r>, jobname default</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1169">fallback jobname</indexterm></cindex> <para>The final possibility is <file>texput</file>, which is the final fallback -default if no other name is available to &tex;. For example, if no +default if no other name is available to &tex;. That is, if no <code>-jobname</code> option was specified, and the compilation stops before -there is any output, then the log file will be named -<file>texput.log</file>. +any input file is met, then the log file will be named +<file>texput.log</file>. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1210" mergedindex="cp">\documentclass<r>, and <code>texput</code> jobname</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1211" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackage<r>, and <code>texput</code> jobname</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1251" mergedindex="cp">\documentclass<r>, and <code>texput</code> jobname</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1252" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackage<r>, and <code>texput</code> jobname</r></indexterm></findex> <para>A special case of this is that in &latex; versions of (approximately) 2020 or later, the jobname is also <file>texput</file> if the first <code>\input</code> occurs as a result of being called by either @@ -21831,7 +22420,7 @@ a file named <file>texput.pdf</file>: <para>the output file is <file>lipsum.pdf</file>, as <code>\usepackage</code> calls <code>\input</code>. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1212" mergedindex="cp">\jobname</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1253" mergedindex="cp">\jobname</indexterm></findex> <para>Within the document, the macro <code>\jobname</code> expands to the jobname. (When you run &latex; on a file whose name contains spaces, the string returned by <code>\jobname</code> contains matching start and end quotes.) @@ -21839,9 +22428,9 @@ In the expansion of that macro, all characters are of catcode 12 (other) except that spaces are category 10, including letters that are normally catcode 11. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1213" mergedindex="cp">\IfBeginWith*<r> macro from <file>xstring</file></r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1132"><r>package</r>, <code>xstring</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1133"><code>xstring</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1254" mergedindex="cp">\IfBeginWith*<r> macro from <file>xstring</file></r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1170"><r>package</r>, <code>xstring</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1171"><code>xstring</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>Because of this catcode situation, using the jobname in a conditional can become complicated. One solution is to use the macro @@ -21890,9 +22479,9 @@ l.5 The \PN typo. You could instead enter <kbd>?</kbd> and <kbd>RETURN</kbd> to see other options. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1134"><samp>*</samp> prompt</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1135">prompt, <samp>*</samp></indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1214" mergedindex="cp">\stop</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1172"><samp>*</samp> prompt</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1173">prompt, <samp>*</samp></indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1255" mergedindex="cp">\stop</indexterm></findex> <para>There are two other error scenarios. The first is that you forgot to include the <code>\end{document}</code> or misspelled it. In this case &latex; gives you a <samp>*</samp> prompt. You can get back to the command @@ -21920,8 +22509,8 @@ keys down at the same time), and then retype the correct command line. <node name="Document-templates" spaces=" "><nodename>Document templates</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Index</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Command line interface</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <appendix spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Document templates</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1136">document templates</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1137">templates, document</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1174">document templates</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1175">templates, document</indexterm></cindex> <para>Although illustrative material, perhaps these document templates will be useful. Additional template resources are listed at @@ -21938,10 +22527,10 @@ be useful. Additional template resources are listed at <node name="beamer-template" spaces=" "><nodename>beamer template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">article template</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>beamer</code> template</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1138"><code>beamer</code> template and class</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1139">template, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1140"><r>package</r>, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1141"><code>beamer</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1176"><code>beamer</code> template and class</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1177">template, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1178"><r>package</r>, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1179"><code>beamer</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>beamer</code> class creates presentation slides. It has a vast @@ -21978,7 +22567,7 @@ array of features, but here is a basic template: <node name="article-template" spaces=" "><nodename>article template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">book template</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">beamer template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>article</code> template</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1142">template (simple), <code>article</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1180">template (simple), <code>article</code></indexterm></cindex> <para>A simple template for an article. </para> @@ -22007,7 +22596,7 @@ Some more text. <node name="book-template" spaces=" "><nodename>book template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Larger book template</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">article template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>book</code> template</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1143">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1181">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex> <para>This is a straightforward template for a book. <xref label="Larger-book-template"><xrefnodename>Larger book template</xrefnodename></xref>, for a more elaborate one. @@ -22037,7 +22626,7 @@ The end. <node name="Larger-book-template" spaces=" "><nodename>Larger book template</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">book template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Larger <code>book</code> template</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1144">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1182">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex> <para>This is a somewhat elaborate template for a book. <xref label="book-template"><xrefnodename>book template</xrefnodename></xref>, for a simpler one. |